LIVRES - BOKKS - EBOOKS - ROUTLEDGE

Promoting Well-Being in the Pre-School YearsResearch Applications and Strategies Promoting Well-Being in the Pre-School Years provides evidence-based research and real-life strategies that support social and emotional development and well-being for children aged 3–5 years. It places emphasis on nurturing social emotional competence through purposeful scaffolding activities and how these can be used by children and families to create a harmonious platform for building resilience and positive relationships with family and the community. Drawing on principles from Positive Psychology and Positive Education it is illustrated throughout with examples of sustainable practice in diverse global settings. Key topics explored include: Contemporary well-being concepts including ‘grit’ ‘growth mindset’ 　and ‘gratitude’ as well as ‘classic’ constructs such as coping and self-efficacy The attitudes and skills that need to be developed to ensure that young children flourish Cognitive and sociocultural perspectives complemented by neuroscience and epigenetics Social Emotional Learning (SEL) in the early years curriculum Using visual tools – the Early Years Coping Cards How we measure young children’s coping The relationship between coping stress and mental health Recognition of the importance of parents’ own coping skills How partnerships with communities can improve children’s SEL. Promoting Well-Being in the Pre-School Years shows how we can support young children to develop an understanding of what it means to be happy and to flourish as a socially responsible member of the family and wider community. It is essential reading for teachers parents and professionals who work with young children as well as academics in child development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367028633

Promoting Women's RightsPolitics of Gender in the European Union This dissertation examines the impact of international institutions on women's rights policies by focusing on the European Union (EU) as a case study in order to illustrate the influence and the ways in which international factors affect women's right as a global policy concern. The principle proposition of this study is that beyond states institutions are autonomous agents that influence policy outcomes often against member states' preferences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861076

Promoting Young People's Wellbeing through Empowerment and AgencyA Critical Framework for Practice The terms ‘wellbeing’ ‘empowerment’ and ‘agency’ are common parlance in policy and practice with children young people and families (CYPF) yet are often misused or not fully understood. Further there is a disconnect between these abstract concepts and tangible practice with CYPF. This book bridges the theory-practice divide offering a clear and definitive guide to concepts and practical ways to develop CYPF wellbeing. It examines the concept of wellbeing and its intrinsic relationship to social justice both theoretically and through case study material and locates these practices within critical pedagogy. The book highlights a range of practice with CYPF of various ages in formal and non-formal learning situations engaged in a range of different programmes including learning reduction from offending social action and tackling targeted needs. Each chapter highlights relevant policy research and practice examples to ensure that the book is relevant to a variety of readers. This book will benefit students and practitioners who work with young people to realise wellbeing and to embed critical pedagogy in their practice. It also provides a frame of reference to critically engage in policy analysis and is essential reading for social workers teachers police support officers and anyone working to support CYPF to become empowered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937192

Promoting Your MusicThe Lovin' of the Game While many dream of a career as a singer/songwriter few know how to go about getting bookings copywrighting and protecting their songs making promotional recordings getting radio and print coverage and negotiating contracts for appearances. This book covers all of these topics and more aimed at everyone from the absolute beginner to the more seasoned performer to help them avoid the common pitfalls and problems encountered along the road to success. The authors draw on years of experience as songwriters and performers. They have conducted interviews with many singer/songwriters who share their experiences both good and bad as they’ve worked their way up from local gigs to full-time careers. Throughout practical tips are highlighted and real-life stories help illuminate common issues faced by all performers/songwriters. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203941881

Promoting Youth Sexual HealthHome School and Community Collaboration Promoting Youth Sexual Health written for preventionists and interventionists who work with children and adolescents across home school or community settings offers guidance on how to promote sexual health among youth. The reader is first introduced to the state of the field including sexual behaviors in which youth engage sexual risk and protective factors standards and professional guidelines for promoting sexual health of youth developmental and cultural considerations and considerations in supporting LGBTQ youth. Evidence-based strategies to support child and adolescent sexual health in homes schools and communities are then presented. The book concludes with a proposed model for integrating supports across settings to comprehensively promote youth sexual health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138774643

Promotional Culture and ConvergenceMarkets Methods Media The rapid growth of promotional material through the internet social media and entertainment culture has created consumers who are seeking out their own information to guide their purchasing decisions. Promotional Culture and Convergence analyses the environments necessary for creating a culture of collaboration with consumers and critically engages with key areas of contemporary promotional development including: promotional culture’s primary industries including advertising marketing PR and branding and how are they informed by changes in consumer behaviour and market conditions how industries are adapting in the digital age to attract both audiences and advertising revenue the evolving dialogues between ‘new consumers’ and producers and promotional industries. Ten contributions from leading theorists on contemporary promotional culture presents an indispensable guide to this creative and dynamic field and include detailed historical analysis in-depth case studies and global examples of promotion through TV magazines newspapers and cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415672801

Promotional Marketing In today’s connected world promotion is fundamental to everything we do to drive business. This is a new edition of an established book updated with the latest research on the shopper/buyer and how to reach their ‘tipping point’ when the decision to buy is made now covering mobile online and bricks-and-mortar sales and marketing. This book clarifies why a focus on the customer is key and how to communicate with them from even before they discover a want or need to the point of purchase and after. The author of this important book explains how and when to use suppliers (agencies printers insurers etc.) for promotions of all types including advertising (outdoor on websites and in print) experiential marketing (road and trade shows exhibitions merchandising) and sales promotions (in-store/web and mobile promotion offers). Processes describe and explain how to implement promotional marketing to achieve business objectives. Promotional Marketing is a practitioner guide to sales and marketing for agencies entrepreneurs and small businesses and those seeking a career in retail. It is packed with real-life and award-winning case studies and practical briefs (NatWest Diageo Sainsbury’s Shell and Radisson for example) as a starter for when the client needs a creative answer yesterday! It is also tuned to those studying providing a chapter on how marketing and sales fit into business. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359951

Promotional Screen Industries From the trailers and promos that surround film and television to the ads and brand videos that are sought out and shared promotional media have become a central part of contemporary screen life. Promotional Screen Industries is the first book to explore the sector responsible for this thriving area of media production. In a wide-ranging analysis Paul Grainge and Catherine Johnson explore the intermediaries – advertising agencies television promotion specialists movie trailer houses digital design companies – that compete and collaborate in the fluid fast-moving world of promotional screen work. Through interview-based fieldwork with companies and practitioners based in the UK US and China Promotional Screen Industries encourages us to see promotion as a professional and creative discipline with its own opportunities and challenges. Outlining how shifts in the digital media environment have unsettled the boundaries of ‘promotion’ and ‘content’ the authors provide new insight into the sector work strategies and imaginaries of contemporary screen promotion. With case studies on mobile communication television film and live events this timely book offers a compelling examination of the industrial configurations and media forms such as ads apps promos trailers digital shorts branded entertainment and experiential media that define promotional screen culture at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415831666

Pronominal Gender in EnglishA Study of English Varieties from a Cross-Linguistic Perspective This book investigates the use of English third person pronouns (he she it) across different varieties of English where we frequently find he and she used for inanimate objects (the tree – he the house – he the bucket – he but the water – it). It is the first book-length study of this subject. Varieties of English are discussed in the context of Germanic and Romance languages and dialects as well as a small sample of additional languages. The analysis is conducted within the framework set out by functional typology. The book's straightforward and illuminating generalization in terms of the well known hierarchy of individuation provides a systematic link between pronominal usage in Standard English and its varieties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415543071

Pronouncing Shakespeare's Words First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145108

Pronouncing Shakespeare's WordsA Guide from A to Zounds A sensible and straightforward guide for students teachers and actors of Shakespeare. Based on the results of an extensive survey of 100 Shakespearean scholars and dramatists from the US Canada and the UK. Their recommendations on the pronunciation of over 300 controversial words together with a variety of linguistic studies are the authorities for the pronunciations given here. Pronunciation variants are listed for the UK Canada and the US. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315062068

Pronouns Presuppositions and HierarchiesThe Work of Eloise Jelinek in Context Eloise Jelinek was a leading authority on syntactic and semantic theory information structure and several Native American languages (including Lummi Yaqui and Navajo). She was one of the very first generative linguists who brought the theoretical implications of the properties of typologically unusual and understudied languages to the forefront of mainstream generative thinking. Jelinek originated the Pronominal Argument Hypothesis – the idea that many languages restrict realization of their arguments to pronouns. In other work Jelinek investigated a broad range of morphological syntactic and semantic phenomena in understudied and endangered languages. Besides the theoretical value of that work it was instrumental in providing sophisticated semantic and syntactic documentation for such languages where description is typically limited to the basic morphophonology and morphosyntax as well as texts that form the core of most descriptive work. Thirteen of her most important papers together with a fourteenth essay previously unpublished are here collected each preceded by a short introduction that provides context for the work and evidence of its subsequent influence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138549081

Pronouns and Word Order in Old EnglishWith Particular Reference to the Indefinite Pronoun Man First published in 2003 this is a study of the syntactic behaviour of personal pronoun subjects and the indefinite pronoun man in Old English. It focuses on differences in word order as compared to full noun phrases. In generative work on Old English noun phrases are usually divided into two categories: 'nominal' and 'pronominal'. The latter category has typically been restricted to personal pronouns but despite striking similarities to the behaviour of nominals there were good reasons to believe that man should be grouped with personal pronouns. This book explores the investigation carried out with the aid of the Toronto Corpus which confirmed this hypothesis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920439

Pronunc Standard Eng America V First Published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015422

Pronunciation Pronunciation is one of the core areas of linguistics language teaching and applied linguistics. It is a salient aspect of spoken language and is of widespread interest to researchers because of the window it provides on questions involving spoken language and to teachers because of its relevance to the immediate concerns of classroom instruction. This new four volume collection will gather the key historical articles and contemporary research in pronunciation to provide a one stop research resource for student and scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901971

Pronunciation Pronunciation is one of the core areas of linguistics language teaching and applied linguistics. It is a salient aspect of spoken language and is of widespread interest to researchers because of the window it provides on questions involving spoken language and to teachers because of its relevance to the immediate concerns of classroom instruction. This new four volume collection will gather the key historical articles and contemporary research in pronunciation to provide a one stop research resource for student and scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902022

Pronunciation Pronunciation is one of the core areas of linguistics language teaching and applied linguistics. It is a salient aspect of spoken language and is of widespread interest to researchers because of the window it provides on questions involving spoken language and to teachers because of its relevance to the immediate concerns of classroom instruction. This new four volume collection will gather the key historical articles and contemporary research in pronunciation to provide a one stop research resource for student and scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138902015

Pronunciation Pronunciation is one of the core areas of linguistics language teaching and applied linguistics. It is a salient aspect of spoken language and is of widespread interest to researchers because of the window it provides on questions involving spoken language and to teachers because of its relevance to the immediate concerns of classroom instruction. This new four volume collection will gather the key historical articles and contemporary research in pronunciation to provide a one stop research resource for student and scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901995

Pronunciation Pronunciation is one of the core areas of linguistics language teaching and applied linguistics. It is a salient aspect of spoken language and is of widespread interest to researchers because of the window it provides on questions involving spoken language and to teachers because of its relevance to the immediate concerns of classroom instruction. This new four volume collection will gather the key historical articles and contemporary research in pronunciation to provide a one stop research resource for student and scholar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138901988

Pronunciation and PhoneticsA Practical Guide for English Language Teachers This engaging succinct text is an introduction to both phonetics and phonology as applied to the teaching of pronunciation to English language learners. Section 1 selectively covers the main areas of phonetics and phonology without going into any area in more depth than the average English language teacher requires or that the average English language teacher trainee can handle. Section 2 focuses on practical issues related to learners and how they learn languages and what represents good practice in terms of classroom activities for pronunciation—including aspects such as targets motivation and priorities. The chapters end with activities to help the reader understand concepts. Section 3 provides innovative sample activities which put into practice the theoretical points covered in the first two sections answers to the various exercises recommended further reading (both print and non-print) a glossary of technical phonetic terms and a bibliography of works on pronunciation teaching. The text is accompanied by a Companion Website with audio recordings of model pronunciations and audio material relating to the activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722766

Pronunciation for English as an International LanguageFrom research to practice Pronunciation plays a crucial role in learning English as an international language yet often remains marginalised by educators due to a lack of required phonetic and phonological knowledge. Pronunciation for English as an International Language bridges the gap between phonetics phonology and pronunciation and provides the reader with a research based guide on how best to teach the English language. The book follows an easy to follow format which ensures the reader will have a comprehensive grasp of each given topic by the end of the chapter. Key ideas explored include: • Articulation of English speech sounds and basic transcription • Connected speech processes • Current issues in English language pronunciation teaching • Multimedia in English language pronunciation practice • Using speech analysis to investigate pronunciation features Using the latest research Pronunciation for English as an International Language will facilitate effective teaching and learning for any individual involved in teaching English as a second foreign or international language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138696433

Proof Logic and Formalization The mathematical proof is the most important form of justification in mathematics. It is not however the only kind of justification for mathematical propositions. The existence of other forms some of very significant strength places a question mark over the prominence given to proof within mathematics. This collection of essays by leading figures working within the philosophy of mathematics is a response to the challenge of understanding the nature and role of the proof. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009073

Proof and Knowledge in Mathematics These questions arise from any attempt to discover an epistemology for mathematics. This collection of essays considers various questions concerning the nature of justification in mathematics and possible sources of that justification. Among these are the question of whether mathematical justification is a priori or a posteriori in character whether logical and mathematical differ and if formalization plays a significant role in mathematical justification Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009356

Proof TheorySequent Calculi and Related Formalisms Although sequent calculi constitute an important category of proof systems they are not as well known as axiomatic and natural deduction systems. Addressing this deficiency Proof Theory: Sequent Calculi and Related Formalisms presents a comprehensive treatment of sequent calculi including a wide range of variations. It focuses on sequent calculi for various non-classical logics from intuitionistic logic to relevance logic linear logic and modal logic. In the first chapters the author emphasizes classical logic and a variety of different sequent calculi for classical and intuitionistic logics. She then presents other non-classical logics and meta-logical results including decidability results obtained specifically using sequent calculus formalizations of logics. The book is suitable for a wide audience and can be used in advanced undergraduate or graduate courses. Computer scientists will discover intriguing connections between sequent calculi and resolution as well as between sequent calculi and typed systems. Those interested in the constructive approach will find formalizations of intuitionistic logic and two calculi for linear logic. Mathematicians and philosophers will welcome the treatment of a range of variations on calculi for classical logic. Philosophical logicians will be interested in the calculi for relevance logics while linguists will appreciate the detailed presentation of Lambek calculi and their extensions. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466564664

Proofs 101An Introduction to Formal Mathematics Proofs 101: An Introduction to Formal Mathematics serves as an introduction to proofs for mathematics majors who have completed the calculus sequence (at least Calculus I and II) and a first course in linear algebra. The book prepares students for the proofs they will need to analyze and write the axiomatic nature of mathematics and the rigors of upper-level mathematics courses. Basic number theory relations functions cardinality and set theory will provide the material for the proofs and lay the foundation for a deeper understanding of mathematics which students will need to carry with them throughout their future studies. Features Designed to be teachable across a single semester Suitable as an undergraduate textbook for Introduction to Proofs or Transition to Advanced Mathematics courses Offers a balanced variety of easy moderate and difficult exercises Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367536817

Propaganda Persuasion and the Great WarHeredity in the modern sale of products and political ideas How to persuade citizens to enlist? How to convince them to fight in a war which was for many distant in terms of kilometres as well as interest? Modern persuasion techniques both political and commercial were used to motivate enlistment and financial support to build a "factory of consensus". The propagandists manipulated the public guiding their thoughts and actions according to the wishes of those in power and were therefore the forerunners of spin doctors and marketing and advertising professionals. Their posters caught the attention of members of the public with images of children and beautiful women involving them nourishing their inner needs for well-being and social prestige motivating them by showing them testimonials in amusing and adventurous situations and inspiring their way of perceiving the enemy and the war itself whose objective was to "make the world safe for democracy".In the discourse of this strategy we find storytelling humour satire and fear but also the language of gestures recognized as important for the completeness of messages. Were the propagandists "hidden persuaders" who knew the characteristics of the human mind? We do not know for certain. However their posters have a personal and consistent motivation which this book intends to demonstrate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594794

Propaganda Politics and Violence in CambodiaDemocratic Transition Under United Nations Peace-Keeping Describes and analyses the propaganda and violence of the four Cambodian parties to the 1991 Paris peace agreements. This volume explores Cambodia during the UNTAC period and sets the events within the larger context of Khmer politics history and culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315285894

Propaganda War Crimes Trials and International LawFrom Speakers' Corner to War Crimes Propaganda War Crimes Trials and International Law addresses the emerging jurisprudence and international law concerning propaganda in war crimes investigations and trials. The role of propaganda in the perpetration of atrocities has emerged as a central theme in the war crimes trials in the past century. The Nuremburg trials initially and the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia and the International Criminal Tribunal for Rwanda currently have all substantially contributed to the development of international law in this respect. Investigating and exploring the areas between lawful and unlawful propaganda they have dealt with specific mechanisms and consequences of the phenomenon within the perspective and framework of their international legal mandates. But the cultural codes and argots through which propaganda operates have vexed international courts struggling to assign responsibility to the instigators of mass crimes as subtle but potentially fatal communications often remain undetected misinterpreted or even dismissed as entirely irrelevant. With contributions from leading international scholars and legal practioners Propaganda War Crimes Trials and International Law pursues a comparative approach to this problem: providing an overview of the current state of the theory of propaganda in the social sciences; exploring this theory in the legal analysis of war crimes and related proceedings; and finally offering a study of the prosecution of propaganda-related crimes in international law and the newly emerging jurisprudence of war crimes propaganda cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415823982

Propaganda and Information in Eastern India 1939-45A Necessary Weapon of War This is a study of the social political economic and public health aspects of the Second World War in South Asia with particular attention being accorded to colonial Eastern India which was treated as a single administrative unit during the course of the conflict for strategic purposes. The conclusion deals with the long term effects of the war: its effects on political formations bureaucratic re-negotiation and the de-colonisation of the British Indian empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983960

Propaganda and Intelligence in the Cold WarThe NATO information service This book offers the first account of the foundation organisation and activities of the NATO Information Service (NATIS) during the Cold War. During the Cold War NATIS was pivotal in bringing national delegations together to discuss their security information and intelligence concerns and when appropriate or possible to devise a common response to the ‘Communist threat’. At the same time NATIS liaised with bodies like the Atlantic Institute and the Bilderberg group in the attempt to promote a coordinated western response. The NATO archive material also shows that NATIS carried out its own information and intelligence activities. Propaganda and Intelligence in the Cold War provides the first sustained study of the history of NATIS throughout the Cold War. Examining the role of NATIS as a forum for the exchange of ideas and techniques about how to develop and run propaganda programmes this book presents a sophisticated understanding of the extent to which national information agencies collaborated. By focusing on the degree of cooperation on cultural and information activities this analysis of NATIS also contributes to the history of NATO as a political alliance and reminds us that NATO was – and still is – primarily a political organisation. This book will be of much interest to students of NATO Cold War studies intelligence studies and IR in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138940239

Propaganda and International Criminal LawFrom Cognition to Criminality This book addresses the conceptual and evidentiary issues relating to the treatment of propaganda in international criminal law. Bringing together an interdisciplinary range of scholars researchers and legal practitioners from Africa Australia Europe and the United States the book provides an in-depth analysis of the nature position and role of the concept of propaganda in mass atrocity crimes trials. A sequel to the earlier Propaganda War Crimes Trials and International Law: From Speakers’ Corner to War Crimes (Routledge 2011) this book is the first to synthesize the knowledge procedures and methods of international criminal law with the social cognitive sciences. Including a comprehensive overview of the most relevant case law jurisprudence and scientific studies the book also offers a series of practical insights and strategies for both academics and legal professionals. An invaluable resource for those working in the area of international criminal law this book will also be of interest to academics practitioners and students with relevant interests in legal theory politics linguistics and psychology. 　　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335639

Propaganda and Nation BuildingSelling the Irish Free State This book examines the origins of Ireland in its first independent incarnation the Irish Free State (1922-1937). It explores how contemporary public relations and propaganda techniques were used to construct an identity for this new state – a state which after enduring seven years of insurrection and civil war became one of the most stable democracies in Europe. This stability the book argues was constructed not solely through policies enacted by governments but through the construction of a Gaelic Catholic and Celtic national identity. By shifting the perspective to how nation building was communicated it weaves an interdisciplinary narrative that initiates a new understanding of nation building - providing insights of increasing relevance in current world events. Avoiding a simplistic cause and effect history of public relations the book examines the uses and effects of early public relations from a political and societal perspective and suggests that while governments were only modestly successful in their varied propaganda efforts cumulatively they facilitated a transition from violence to peace. This will be of interest to researchers and advanced students with an interest in public relations propaganda studies nation building and Irish studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870881

Propaganda and Public Relations in Military RecruitmentPromoting Military Service in the Twentieth and Twenty-First Centuries This book represents the first international investigation of military recruitment advertising public relations and propaganda. Comprised of eleven case studies that explore mobilisation work in Africa the Americas Asia and Europe it covers more than a hundred years of recent history with chapters on the First and Second World Wars the Cold War and the present day. The book explores such promotion in countries both large and small and in times of both war and peace with readers gaining an insight into the different strategies and tactics used to motivate men women and occasionally even children to serve and fight in many parts of the world. Readers will also learn about the crucial but little-known role of commercial advertising public relations and media professionals in the production and distribution of recruitment promotion. This book the first of its kind to be published will explore that role and in the process address two questions that are central to studies of media and conflict: how do militaries encourage civilians to join up and are they successful in doing so? It is a multi-disciplinary project intended for a diverse academic audience including postgraduate students exploring aspects of war propaganda and public opinion and researchers working across the domains of history communications studies conflict studies psychology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333928

Propaganda and the Genocide in IndonesiaImagined Evil In Indonesia the events of 1st October 1965 were followed by a campaign to annihilate the Communist Party and its alleged sympathisers. It resulted in the murder of an estimate of one million people – a genocide that counts as one of the largest mass murders after WWII – and the incarceration of another million many of them for a decade or more without any legal process. This drive was justified and enabled by a propaganda campaign in which communists were painted as atheist hypersexual amoral and intent to destroy the nation. To date the effects of this campaign are still felt and the victims are denied the right of association and freedom of speech. This book presents the history of the genocide and propaganda campaign and the process towards the International People’s Tribunal on 1965 crimes against humanity in Indonesia (IPT 1965) which was held in November 2015 in The Hague The Netherlands. The authors an Indonesian Human Rights lawyer and a Dutch academic examine this unique event which for the first time brings these crimes before an international court and its verdict. They single out the campaign of hate propaganda as it provided the incitement to kill so many Indonesians and why this propaganda campaign is effective to this day. The first book on this topic it fills a significant gap in Asian Studies and Genocide Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584276

Propaganda in the Information AgeStill Manufacturing Consent Propaganda in the Information Age is a collaborative volume which updates Herman and Chomsky’s propaganda model for the twenty-first-century media landscape and makes the case for the continuing relevance of their original ideas. It includes an exclusive interview with Noam Chomsky himself. 2018 marks 30 years since the publication of Edward Herman and Noam Chomsky’s ground-breaking book Manufacturing Consent which lifted the veil over how the mass media operate. The book’s model presented five filters which all potentially newsworthy events must pass through before they reach our TV screens smartphones or newspapers. In Propaganda in the Information Age many of the world’s leading media scholars analysts and journalists use this model to explore the modern media world covering some of the most pressing contemporary topics such as fake news Cambridge Analytica the Syrian Civil War and Russiagate. The collection also acknowledges that in an increasingly globalized world our media is increasingly globalized as well with chapters exploring both Indian and African media. For students of Media Studies Journalism Communication and Sociology Propaganda in the Information Age offers a fascinating introduction to the propaganda model and how it can be applied to our understanding not only of how media functions in corporate America but across the world in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138366404

PropagandaIdeas Discourses and its Legitimization Propaganda is subjective information primarily used to influence an audience and further a political agenda. In China it has a long history but has been most effective in modern society. What exactly is propaganda? Why does it exist and why does the public tolerate it? The book answers these questions by tracing back to the emergence and development of integrated propaganda and scientific propaganda. On this basis it focuses on the emergence of propaganda concept in China the establishment of Kuomintang and the Communist Party of China’s propaganda concept intellectuals and propaganda the debate on the propaganda concept in China after 1949 as well as the emergence of Propaganda 3.0 that coordinates integrated propaganda and scientific propaganda.    Setting propaganda in the framework of modernity the book explains how various groups have legitimatized propaganda since the 20th century. From a reasonable and neutral standpoint the author describes the confrontation among various propaganda concepts and discourses displaying a panorama of the mutual conflicts between nations and individuals control and freedom ideas and bodies. Not only will scholars and students studying journalism and communication find this book interesting but professionals working in journalism advertising public relations and publicity will also find it engaging and enlightening. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367373979

Propagation Of The Houbara Bustard First Published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983977

PropagationsThirty Years of Influence From the Mental Research Institute Here is a work of profound clinical scope from some of the foremost leaders in psychology. Propagations: Thirty Years of Influence From the Mental Research Institute written by alumni and disciples of the Institute (MRI) is not just a compliment to the MRI influence but also a way for readers to discover and savor the important contributions of those influenced by the MRI. The book contains the cutting edge thinking of some of the most respected clinicians from across the globe. The authors describe their application of ideas pioneered at the MRI demonstrating its broad influence on present day leaders of family and brief therapy. Chapters range from the theoretical to the case study tied together by the theme of how this amazing institute has widely impacted therapeutic thought. The book clarifies the depth and power of the MRI influence which extends to theory all aspects of psychotherapy practice other professions and other lands. Propagations offers outstanding conceptualizations teaching writing and clinical and non-clinical therapy ideas that are immediately useful to clinicians academic researchers students and other individuals interested in how people change.The book’s introduction provides background information on MRI and includes a condensed transcript of a “trialog” which took place between Jules Riskin Paul Watzlawick and John Weakland conveying MRI’s origins traditions and ethos. Propagations then breaks into four sections. Influencing Fields of Interest and Viewpoints examines MRI influence beyond the specific field of psychotherapy. Influences on Clinical Work looks at MRI’s influence on professional groups and contains clinicians’reflections on how contact with MRI theory and practice has influenced their work. Changes in Venue shows utilization of MRI approaches across cultural and professional borders while The Outer Reaches looks beyond the specifics of psychotherapy. This inviting book reflects a wide variety of approaches styles and subjects and ranges from preliminary musings to formal reports. This diversity offers a useful example of how new ideas and related practices develop and diversify from a broad common core. Readers can discover how interactional principles are being implemented in different nations practice settings and theoretical applications. Family and brief therapists counselors and counselor educators and professionals in related fields will find Propagations a source of useful information thoughtful recollection and stimulation for future activities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138983984

PROPEL to Quality HealthcareSix Steps to Improve Patient Care Staff Engagement and the Bottom Line You got into healthcare because you wanted to help people but quickly discovered providing high-quality care is challenging. Seemingly impossible demands are placed on you and your team. Some coworkers are constantly complaining; others are in their silos doing only what they must to get through the long days. Collaboration is often lacking and patients suffer the painful consequences. It’s easy to become overloaded with work and overwhelmed with negativity. This is not how the healthcare profession has to be. There is a new science – Positive Psychology – that studies how people are able to perform extraordinarily well in challenging situations. After a dozen years of research in prestigious medical centers an evidence-based method for applying this science has been developed. That six step program is PROPEL. You will read stories illustrating the experiences of doctors nurses and administrators who learned to use PROPEL to transform their professional life (and for many their personal life as well). You will learn how they were able to attain remarkable results with their teams units and clinics: • Staff callout and FMLA decreased 75% • Wait times for chemotherapy infusion reduced 6 hours • Staff turnover dropped 80% • Pediatric MRI scheduling driven down from 14 weeks to 10 days • Bone marrow transplant procedures increased by 50% • ED diversion due to psychiatric patient boarding virtually eliminated • Patient fall rate cut by 70% • Use of agency and travelers nurses abolished • Patient satisfaction scores up 50% The cumulative impact to the bottom line has been calculated to be millions of dollars. The most meaningful measure of PROPEL’s success however comes from the thousands of dedicated professionals who have expressed heartfelt gratitude for having learned how to recapture their joy for working in healthcare. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138215047

Propensity Score AnalysisFundamentals and Developments This book is designed to help researchers better design and analyze observational data from quasi-experimental studies and improve the validity of research on causal claims. It provides clear guidance on the use of different propensity score analysis (PSA) methods from the fundamentals to complex cutting-edge techniques. Experts in the field introduce underlying concepts and current issues and review relevant software programs for PSA. The book addresses the steps in propensity score estimation including the use of generalized boosted models how to identify which matching methods work best with specific types of data and the evaluation of balance results on key background covariates after matching. Also covered are applications of PSA with complex data working with missing data controlling for unobserved confounding and the extension of PSA to prognostic score analysis for causal inference. User-friendly features include statistical program codes and application examples. Data and software code for the examples are available at the companion website (www.guilford.com/pan-materials). Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462519491

Proper English First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415867580

Proper PeasantsSocial Relations in a Hungarian Village Based on an intensive fourteen-year study of a Hungarian peasant village Proper Peasants greatly expands our knowledge of Eastern European social organizations with its accurate portrayal of a rapidly vanishing peasant way of life. Centering on the village of Átány in central Hungary the study presents a dramatic account of peasant life through the turbulent centuries. It is based largely upon evidence given by villagers themselves and is a moving human story of a com­munity with a tragic historical background and a complex demanding present.Edit Fél and Tamás Hofer begin by locating Átány within the historical geographical and cultural context of Hungary as a whole. The following chapters describe units of social organization and the human relationships within and among these units. There is a special analysis of stratification and mobility within the changing structural situations of the past hundred years. Objective information about all the dimensions of village life is obtained from a comparison of Átány with nearby villages and from the use of local records. The book portrays the attempts of the community to classify organize and understand the universe within which lives and to control the unexpected and varied demands that have been made upon it by changing circumstances.This work makes excellent use of the strong 150-year tradition of ethnographic research in Hungary. The discus­sion of the warm personal relationships among the Átány people is supplemented with extensive statistical material on demographic processes economic structure and stratification. The picture that results is rich and fruitful particularly so in a post-communist nation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530928

Properties Powers and StructuresIssues in the Metaphysics of Realism While the phrase "metaphysics of science" has been used from time to time it has only recently begun to denote a specific research area where metaphysics meets philosophy of science—and the sciences themselves. The essays in this volume demonstrate that metaphysics of science is an innovative field of research in its own right. The principle areas covered are: The modal metaphysics of properties: What is the essential nature of natural properties? Are all properties essentially categorical? Are they all essentially dispositions or are some categorical and others dispositional? Realism in mathematics and its relation to science: What does a naturalistic commitment of scientific realism tell us about our commitments to mathematical entities? Can this question be framed in something other than a Quinean philosophy? Dispositions and their relation to causation: Can we generate an account of causation that takes dispositionality as fundamental? And if we take dispositions as fundamental (and hence not having a categorical causal basis) what is the ontological ground of dispositions? Pandispositionalism: Could all properties be dispositional in nature? Natural kinds: Are there natural kinds and if so what account of their nature should we give? For example do they have essences? Here we consider how these issues may be illuminated by considering examples from reals science in particular biochemistry and neurobiology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245280

Properties and Applications of Perovskite-Type Oxides This reference offers an overview of the bulk and surface properties of perovskite-like structures and provides the latest discussions on the applications of these materials and processes. It also introduces ceramic methods for the processing of perovskite-derived high Tc cuprates.;Examining every available procedure for synthesizing high-surface-area perovskite oxides this book: delineates processing techniques for preparing perovskite-derived high-critical-temperature superconductors; illustrates the relevance of physiochemical methods to investigate bulk and surface structures of perovskite compounds; explicates the importance of surface composition in the context of catalytic behaviour; summarizes methods of changing stoichiometry; shows how to design perovskite oxides for a given purpose; reviews key solid-state properties; and presents the major applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402525

Properties Of Biomaterials In The Physiological Environment First Published in 1980 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the relationship between biomaterials the environments in which they are designed for and the methods in which they are applied in Medicine. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Medicine and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367233785

Properties of Materials The second volume in the author’s three-part series Properties of Materials uses the principles of classical mechanics to qualitatively and quantitatively model specific features of matter. The text develops linear models of elasticity to correlate and quantify the changes in an object’s shape induced by the application of a constant force. It describes quiescent and flowing liquids and gases and examines the behavior of oscillating systems subjected to time-dependent external applied forces. The author employs linear superposition to analyze the combined effects of two or more waves simultaneously present in a medium such as standing waves beating interference and diffraction. The book considers acoustics including the production propagation and perception of sound as well as optics including the laws of reflection and refraction. It also treats temperature heat and thermometry before applying the laws of thermodynamics to ideal gas systems. Throughout the investigations of particular phenomena the author emphasizes the modeling of composite systems assembled from simple constituents. This text extends the rigorous calculus-based introduction to classical physics begun in his Elements of Mechanics. With more than 300 problems it can serve as a primary textbook in an introductory physics course as a student supplement or as an exam review for graduate or professional studies. Solutions manual available upon qualifying course adoption View the author’s related textbooks Elements of Mechanics and Electricity and Magnetism. Read reviews of Elements of Mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482206227

Property The editor of this new Routledge collection reminds us that ‘property is one of the most unassailable concepts of modern Western legal systems’. The need for individuals and companies to be able to control and manipulate property—including among other things rights in land objects patents and copyrights—is foundational not only to modern economies but also to our very identities our liberties and our relationships. Indeed the secure creation and protection of property is regarded as a fundamental part of most civilized legal systems and it is even regarded by many as a necessary and pre-legal facet of human society itself. But the existence and concept of private property has always been subject to critique from the Diggers to Marx and anarchist movements to conscientious objectors to intellectual property modern land reformers and campaigners for decolonization. The nature justification distribution forms and meanings of property continue to be hugely controversial particularly in a context of diminishing resources environmental stress and an expanding class of owners across the world. Recent academic theory emphasizes alternatives to mainstream property thinking as well as a renewed interest in the commons as an alternative—in some spheres—to endless private commodification. Property meets the need for an authoritative reference work to help researchers and students navigate and make sense of a huge—and growing—scholarly literature. The collection is made up of four volumes which bring together the best and most influential canonical and trailblazing research. Fully indexed and with a comprehensive introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected material in its historical and intellectual context Property is an essential reference work destined to be valued by scholars and students as a vital research resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415708784

Property Land Revenue and PolicyThe East India Company c.1757–1825 For the first century-and-a-half of its nearly 275 year existence the English East India Company remained ostensibly a mercantile enterprise satisfied to simply trade competing with other European traders. In the middle of the eighteenth century as a response to French expansion in India the East India Company redefined itself becoming an active participant in India’s ‘game of thrones’. Through the use of its military might only tentatively supported by the English Crown and Parliament the Company dominated trade became a king-maker and ultimately a colonial administrator over much of the Indian Subcontinent. The Company had become a state in the guise of a merchant. The Company consolidated its position in Bengal then began to exert its power by toppling local potentates and absorbing one princely state after another. Confronted with a land system that was built on custom and tradition and not law with no tradition of land ownership the British were forced to formulate a new land tenure and revenue system for India one based on British principles of property. Permanent Settlement was the new government’s first attempt at creating a new revenue system. Through its creation for the first time private property rights were conferred on the formerly non-landowning zamindars. Which as this authoritative volume notes in turn created a land market destabilizing the political and social structure of India irretrievably. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138234871

Property Place and Piracy This book takes the concept of piracy as a starting point to discuss the instability of property as a social construction and how this is spatially situated. Piracy is understood as acts and practices that emerge in zones where the construction and definition of property is ambiguous. Media piracy is a frequently used example where file-sharers and copyright holders argue whether culture and information is a common resource to be freely shared or property to be protected. This book highlights that this is not a dilemma unique to immaterial resources: concepts such as property ownership and the rights of use are just as diffuse when it comes to spatial resources such as land water air or urban space. By structuring the book around this heterogeneous understanding of piracy as an analytical perspective the editors and contributors advance a trans-disciplinary and multi-theoretical approach to place and property. In doing so the book moves from theoretical discussions on commons and property to empirical cases concerning access to and appropriation of land natural and cultural resources. The chapters cover areas such as maritime piracy the philosophical and legal foundations of property rights mining and land rights biopiracy and traditional knowledge indigenous rights colonization of space military expansionism and the enclosure of urban space. This book is essential reading for a variety of disciplines including indigenous studies cultural studies geography political economy law environmental studies and all readers concerned with piracy and the ambiguity of property. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735654

Property Politics and Urban PlanningA History of Australian City Planning 1890-1990 This text on the origins and history of city planning in Australian cities covers the emergence of the Town Planning Movement and planning from the nineteenth century through to the post-1980s period. Looking at the cities of Adelaide Melbourne and Sydney. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513716

Property Tenancy and Urban Growth in Stockholm and Berlin 1860�1920 From the middle of the nineteenth century most European cities experienced a period of unrivalled growth and development that forever changed not only their physical characteristics but also their social foundations. As the great industrial cites were forced to face the new and unprecedented challenges of rapid urbanisation and increased population they had to rethink many of the concepts on which previous city institutions had been based. One of the most fundamental of these was the role of house ownership and the rights and responsibilities it offered. Exploring the social and political meanings attributed to property - specifically home ownership - this study looks at how these changed during the course of the modern city building process between 1860 and 1920. Focussing on two northern European capital cities Berlin and Stockholm it provides a symmetrical investigation that helps illuminate the competing factors that shaped the shifting nature of cityscapes and urban social structures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367593889

Property and Finance on the Post-Brexit London StageWe Want What You Have A guide to the contemporary London stage as well as an argument about its future the book walks readers through the city’s performance spaces following the Brexit vote. Austerity-era London theatre is suffused with the belief that private ownership defines full citizenship its perspective narrowing to what an affluent audience might find relatable. From pub theatres to the National Michael Meeuwis reveals how what gets put on in London interacts with the daily life of the neighbourhoods in which they are set. This study addresses global theatregoers as well as students and scholars across theatre and performance studies—particularly those interested in UK culture after Brexit urban geography class and theatrical economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367548025

Property and Money Property and Money is a simple guide to the investment and financial aspects of commercial property. Putting property into its financial context it seeks to bridge the world of the surveyor and property developer and the investment and financial markets of the City of London.The book starts from first principles assuming no pre-existing knowledge. It is thus suitable for students as well as more established property practitioners and its appeal extends to bankers solicitors accountants and fund managers whose work brings them into contact with commercial property transactions. This updated and expanded edition includes coverage of: - Principles and pitfalls of property finance - How the property investment market works - Evaluating property and its performance - Understanding property companies and their accounts - How property companies get into trouble - Bank loans bonds profit-share agreements leasebacks and other methods of property finance - The crash of the early 1990's and its consequences.Based on a widely acclaimed series of articles that appeared in Estates Gazette magazine Property and Money is complemented by an extensive index and glossary and enlivened by Nick Newman's cartoonist-eye view of the property world. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138169852

Property And PersuasionEssays On The History Theory And Rhetoric Of Ownership "In an era in which socialism has been widely discredited the moral and legal status of private property is crucial and property theory has become one of the most active and exciting battlegrounds of contemporary political and social thought. In this important contribution to the theory of property Carol Rose sympathetically examines the two currently dominant traditions-neoconservative utilitarianism and liberal communitarianism-acknowledging the strengths of each and laying the groundwork for a theory to bridge the gap between them. By insisting that community norms must underlie any property regime she expands the horizons of property theory exploring the role of narrative and storytelling in the establishment of these norms. The result is a study that credits the insights of rival views and breaks new ground both substantively in its implications for understanding property and methodologically in its application of the study of narrative to property law. Property and Persuasion is a valuable contribution to legal theory as well as to political and social philosophy and it is essential reading for students and professionals in all these fields." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367299934

Property and Power in Social TheoryA Study in Intellectual Rivalry Property and power perform a key role in social and political theories of class inequality and social stratification however theorists have yet clearly to define these concepts their mutual boundaries and scopes of application. This book answers the property/power puzzle by undertaking a broad historical inquiry into its intellectual origins and present-day effects through a series of case studies including:Marxism vs. anarchism* the fascist assertion of the primacy of the political* social science as power theory* the managerial revolution* the knowledge society and the new intellectual classes Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007208

Property and Prophets: The Evolution of Economic Institutions and IdeologiesThe Evolution of Economic Institutions and Ideologies "Property and Prophets" is a concise history of the rise and subsequent triumph of capitalism. Focused primarily on England until 1800 and the United States since 1800 the book's economic history is interspersed with the history of ideas that evolved along with the capitalist system. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701486

Property and Social Resilience in Times of ConflictLand Custom and Law in East Timor Peace-building in a number of contemporary contexts involves fragile states influential customary systems and histories of land conflict arising from mass population displacement. This book is a timely response to the increased international focus on peace-building problems arising from population displacement and post-conflict state fragility. It considers the relationship between property and resilient customary systems in conflict-affected East Timor. The chapters include micro-studies of customary land and population displacement during the periods of Portuguese colonization and Indonesian military occupation. There is also analysis of the development of laws relating to customary land in independent East Timor (Timor Leste). The book fills a gap in socio-legal literature on property custom and peace-building and is of interest to property scholars anthropologists and academics and practitioners in the emerging field of peace and conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138257023

Property and SovereigntyLegal and Cultural Perspectives This book explores the relationships between property and the concept of sovereignty from a number of different perspectives. It distinguishes between the dual meaning of 'sovereignty' in property discourse - political sovereignty and owner sovereignty. The contributors discuss the nature of sovereignty in both senses applying it to a wide range of topics such as the evolution of property rights in fragile and conflict-affected nation states and notions of sovereign property in new worlds. A section on the Arts illuminates the relationships between property sovereignty and culture and a further section investigates regulatory property and governmental control over resources. The book concludes with an exploration of sovereign shaping of private property entitlements to achieve instrumental ends. This interesting collection will be valuable to those in the fields of legal philosophy property theory international and comparative law and political sociology. This book explores the relationships between property and the concept of sovereignty from a number of different perspectives. It distinguishes between the dual meaning of ’sovereignty’ in property discourse - political sovereignty and owner sovereignty. The contributors discuss the nature of sovereignty in both senses applying it to a wide range of topics such as the evolution of property rights in fragile and conflict-affected nation states and notions of sovereign property in new worlds. A section on The Arts illuminates the relationships between property sovereignty and culture and a further section investigates regulatory property and governmental control over resources. The book concludes with an exploration of sovereign shaping of private property entitlements to achieve instrumental ends. This interesting collection will be valuable to those in the fields of legal philosophy property theory international and comparative law and political sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601096

Property Asset Management Property asset management requires both day-to-day oversight of rental properties and an ability to maximize the potential of the portfolio through forward thinking and practical planning. Successful property managers must be flexible and proactive whilst maintaining a robust knowledge of technical financial and legal aspects of the leasing system. Property Asset Management is a practical guide to the key principles of successful property management perfect for both student and practitioner alike. In this book Douglas Scarrett and Jan Wilcox demonstrate how to successfully manage properties for the varying needs of clients ranging from individual property owners to large international commercial ventures. As well as the basic theory Property Asset Management discusses the process of active management the strategic objectives performance measurement and the key financial and operational information needed for high quality and comprehensive reporting to clients. This fourth edition has new chapters on corporate real estate and financial management and has been extensively rewritten to incorporate recent developments in property management. Software screenshots are used to illustrate salient points and readers are provided with a thorough overview of the latest legal aspects of land ownership and tenancy arrangements. With everything you need for successful property asset management this book both caters for the needs of RICS accredited and business courses and serves as a handy guide for everyday practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644236

Property Bureaucracy & Culture First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315884349

Property CrimeCriminological and Psychological Perspectives Property Crime: Criminological and Psychological Perspectives pulls together expertise from a wide range of academics and practitioners who focus on preventing and investigating property crime. From car theft and vandalism to burglary and robbery this book provides an insight into the motivations and pathways of crime as well as how it is investigated and what happens to offenders when they are caught. This book aims to highlight the extent nature and impact of property crime as well as providing an overview of different topics such as: offender crime scene behaviour motivations the decision process that underpins a range of property-related offences prosecution rehabilitation and prevention. In addition the processes and challenges involved in investigating and prosecuting property offences are discussed from a range of perspectives including crime analysts police detectives forensic crime scene investigators and prosecutors. This is an essential read for students applied researchers and practitioners working across the criminal justice system. It is a 'one-stop-shop' for anyone interested in this pervasive form of criminal behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138632479

Property Development The 6th edition of this extremely popular and classic textbook has been updated to reflect ongoing changes in the field of property development. Attention is paid to the impact of the global financial crisis on the property development process and in addition to the increasing relevance of technology to the property profession. Whilst the successful style and format of the text has been retained new chapters have been added and existing chapters updated and enhanced to guide lecturers and students in their teaching reading and studying. Other new features in this edition include: Fully updated discussion points and reflective summaries Examples of contemporary best practice based on international case studies covering the UK USA and Australia New chapters on ‘Property Cycles’ and ‘Technology’ Online materials for lecturers and students This fully revised edition of a standard text for all property development and real estate students will also be of interest to early career professionals and those pursuing similar professional degrees in the industry and in wider built environment courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415825184

Property Development "Property Development" includes such considerations as the objectives functions roles and methods of operation of all those involved in the development process the financial aspects of development social considerations planning matters and others providing readers with the opportunity to develop their understanding of and their expertise in the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Estates Gazette 9781138168350

Property Diversity and its Implications Property is more diverse than is usually assumed. Developing the concept of property diversity this book explores the varied role of property in placed human landscapes. In acknowledging the propertied diversity about us the book highlights the paucity of our settled contemporary assumptions of property as defined by private ownership. Challenging this universalizing model the book analyses how this self-limiting view produces critical blind spots in modern property discourse. In response it offers a re-conceptualization of property that matches the grounded reality of our rich and diverse relationships with land. Integrating the plurality of real property types (private public and common) with inclusive understandings of both interest and ownership it thus identifies and substantiates an overarching theory of property diversity. Drawing on studies from numerous jurisdictions including the USA New Zealand Australia and the UK its analysis of property as something more – and indeed other – than a place-less abstraction provides an invaluable contribution to the contemporary law and theory of property. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481893

Property in QuestionValue Transformation in the Global Economy How has it come about that indigenous cultures body parts and sequences of musical notes are considered property? How has the movement from collective to privatized systems affected notions of property? At what point in transaction chains do native cultures indigenous medicines or cyberdata become objects and therefore propertized and what are the social economic and ethical considerations for such transformations? Addressing these hotly contested issues and many more Property in Question interrogates the very concept of property and what is happening to it in the contemporary world in case studies ranging from Romania to Kazakhstan Africa to North America. The book examines not only the changing character of the property concept but also its ideological foundations and political usages. Authors address bio-transactions music copyright cyberspace oil prospecting debates over privatization of land and factories and dilemmas arising with new forms of ownership of businesses. Offering a fresh perspective on contemporary economic transformation this volume is a long overdue investigation of the power of the private property concept as well as an exploration of how the global economy may be subtly even invisibly changing what property means and how we relate to it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086451

Property in WorkThe Employment Relationship in the Anglo-American Firm The notion of property in work has deep historical roots in the common law tradition but is yet to receive the attention it deserves. In this timely and thought-provoking book Wanjiru Njoya contrasts ideas of ownership and property rights in English American and European labour law and considers their practical implications. The author's contention that shared ownership within a stakeholder theory of the firm allows better protection of both shareholders' and employees' interests in the large public corporation puts employee-participation firmly back on the corporate governance agenda. The book offers a refreshing new perspective on how a more socially desirable balance between economic flexibility and job security may be achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138278196

Property Investment DecisionsA quantitative approach The importance of property as an investment medium continues to grow. Investors in property or those involved with the provision of expert advice to investors have had to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of their decision making. The aim of this book is to lay down the theoretical foundations of investment decision making incorporating the techniques and procedures of modern management science so that particular decisions regarding property investment can be made efficiently and rationally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138160125

Property Investment Theory This up-to-date reference on property investment highlights the problems with existing techniques of property valuation and appraisal and identifies possible ways forward for both research and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780367400552

Property InvestmentPrinciples and Practice of Portfolio Management Property investment markets and applied property research are now recognised as an increasingly important international phenomenon. Written by two of the most respected academics in the field this authoritative guide provides a fresh and much needed perspective on this important subject. The book examines the unique characteristics of property investment within the context of other capital markets . The emphasis is strongly on the application of analytical tools from other markets to help academics and practitioners alike understand and apply the investment management of property with that of other asset classes. The book is split into three parts each focusing mainly on direct commercial property: The characteristics of the various asset classes in the investment background The analyses necessary to develop a property portfolio strategy An examination of property in a wider context  This book will be invaluable to all undergraduate and postgraduate students on property courses worldwide. It is also an essential tool to understanding this complex and exciting field for students on finance business and accountancy courses which cover property. Its practical applied approach means that the book will be a welcome addition to the bookshelf of any researchers or investment managers with an interest in property. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836709

Property Law Statutes ‘Focused content layout and price - Routledge competes and wins in relation to all of these factors’ - Craig Lind University of Sussex UK  ‘The best value and best format books on the market.’ - Ed Bates Southampton University UK   Routledge Student Statutes present all the legislation students need in one easy-to-use volume. Developed in response to feedback from lecturers and students this book offers a fully up-to-date comprehensive and clearly presented collection of legislation - ideal for LLB and GDL course and exam use.  Routledge Student Statutes are:    • Exam Friendly: un-annotated and conforming to exam regulations   • Tailored to fit your course: 80% of lecturers we surveyed agree that Routledge Student Statutes match their course and cover the relevant legislation   • Trustworthy: Routledge Student Statutes are compiled by subject experts updated annually and have been developed to meet student needs through extensive market research   • Easy to use: a clear text design comprehensive table of contents multiple indexes and highlighted amendments to the law make these books the most student-friendly Statutes on the market    Competitively Priced: Routledge Student Statutes offer content and usability rated as good or better than our major competitor but at a more competitive price   • Supported by a Companion Website: presenting scenario questions for interpreting Statutes annotated web links and multiple-choice questions these resources are designed to help students to be confident and prepared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736794

Property Law Statutes 2012-2013 ‘Focused content layout and price - Routledge competes and wins in relation to all of these factors’ - Craig Lind University of Sussex UK  ‘The best value and best format books on the market.’ - Ed Bates Southampton University UK   Routledge Student Statutes present all the legislation students need in one easy-to-use volume. Developed in response to feedback from lecturers and students this book offers a fully up-to-date comprehensive and clearly presented collection of legislation - ideal for LLB and GDL course and exam use.  Routledge Student Statutes are:    • Exam Friendly: un-annotated and conforming to exam regulations   • Tailored to fit your course: 80% of lecturers we surveyed agree that Routledge Student Statutes match their course and cover the relevant legislation   • Trustworthy: Routledge Student Statutes are compiled by subject experts updated annually and have been developed to meet student needs through extensive market research   • Easy to use: a clear text design comprehensive table of contents multiple indexes and highlighted amendments to the law make these books the most student-friendly Statutes on the market    Competitively Priced: Routledge Student Statutes offer content and usability rated as good or better than our major competitor but at a more competitive price   • Supported by a Companion Website: presenting scenario questions for interpreting Statutes annotated web links and multiple-choice questions these resources are designed to help students to be confident and prepared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633895

Property Law: Current Issues and Debates Published in 1999. Questions of human rights changes in social structures economic climates and technological developments all impact on property law. This edited collection provides an in-depth analysis of present law and practical proposals for the future written by the foremost international figures in the field from a variety of theoretical and professional backgrounds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328778

Property ManagementCorporate Strategies Financial Instruments and the Urban Environment Drawing upon a number of international property management projects this book outlines the issues underlying the development of property management. Addressing key topics such as value for money economy efficiency and effectiveness it focuses on corporate strategies and financial instruments of property management. It examines how managers are responsible for developing the corporate strategies and financial instruments required to provide a comprehensive appraisal of the land and buildings that make up the built environment. It outlines a framework for analysis and provides a directory of the environmental assessment methods currently available. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247383

Property Markets and the State in Adam Smith's System This book first published in 1987 is an attempt to explain Adam Smith’s theory of property. The author examines Smith’s theory in the context of The Wealth of Nations and explores what Smith said what he really meant and what can be logically deduced from it. This title will be of interest to students of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230613

Property Regimes in Transition Land Reform Food Security and Economic Development: A Case Study in the Kyrguz RepublicA Case Study in the This title was first published in 2003. Many former communist republics strive to adopt a market economy in which the privatisation of landed property is a key element. Generally it is expected that by doing so economic development will take off improving food security and decreasing rural poverty. The relationship between changing land regulations economic development and poverty is complex and yet little understood. With land reform governments in transitional economies expect to achieve economic growth and thus alleviation of rural poverty. Nowadays there is ample research to prove that to be effective land policy reforms need to be complemented with institutional reforms and rural development activities. It puts forward a model for rapid assessment of project progress in which macro-economic indicators are applied in a systematic way to give insight to concepts such as land tenure security and food security and to provide warning signals for less-desired developments as a result of project implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715622

Property Regimes in Transition Land Reform Food Security and Economic Development: A Case Study in the Kyrguz RepublicA Case Study in the This title was first published in 2003. Many former communist republics strive to adopt a market economy in which the privatisation of landed property is a key element. Generally it is expected that by doing so economic development will take off improving food security and decreasing rural poverty. The relationship between changing land regulations economic development and poverty is complex and yet little understood. With land reform governments in transitional economies expect to achieve economic growth and thus alleviation of rural poverty. Nowadays there is ample research to prove that to be effective land policy reforms need to be complemented with institutional reforms and rural development activities. It puts forward a model for rapid assessment of project progress in which macro-economic indicators are applied in a systematic way to give insight to concepts such as land tenure security and food security and to provide warning signals for less-desired developments as a result of project implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138715639

Property Rights Economics and the Environment This book explores how discussions of environmental policy increasingly require scholars and practitioners to integrate legal-economic analyses of property rights issues. An excellent array of contributors have come together for the first time to produce this magnificent book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653978

Property Rights & Economic Development First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996830

Property Rights (Routledge Revivals)Philosophic Foundations Property Rights: Philosophic Foundations first published in 1977 comprehensively examines the general justifications for systems of private property rights and discusses with great clarity the major arguments as to the rights and responsibilities of property ownership. In particular the arguments that hold that there are natural rights derived from first occupancy labour utility liberty and virtue are considered as are the standard anti-property arguments based on disutility virtue and inequality and the belief that justice in distribution must take precedence over private ownership. Lawrence Becker goes on to contend that there are four sound lines of argument for private property that together with what is sound in the anti-property arguments must be co-ordinated to form the foundations of a new theory. He therefore expounds a concise but sophisticated theory of property that is relevant to the modern world and concludes by indicating some of the implications of his theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138016736

Property Rights and Climate ChangeLand use under changing environmental conditions Property Rights and Climate Change explores the multifarious relationships between different types of climate-driven environmental changes and property rights. This original contribution to the literature examines such climate changes through the lens of property rights rather than through the lens of land use planning. The inherent assumption pursued is that the different types of environmental changes with their particular effects and impact on land use share common issues regarding the relation between the social construction of land via property rights and the dynamics of a changing environment. Making these common issues explicit and discussing the different approaches to them is the central objective of this book. Through examining a variety of cases from the Arctic to the Australian coast the contributors take a transdisciplinary look at the winners and losers of climate change discuss approaches to dealing with changing environmental conditions and stimulate pathways for further research. This book is essential reading for lawyers planners property rights experts and environmentalists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367735777

Property Rights and Eminent Domain In a country built on the institution of private property property-owner rights have been under attack. By arguing that private property is a fundamental liberty whose protection deserves the highest priority Ellen Frankel Paul challenges one of the dominant trends of the past half century: the erosion of property rights via zoning and land use restrictions carried on by government exercising its "police power" or promoting "the public interest." Paul begins by examining the arguments of environmentalists in support of land-use legislation and explores a few particularly troubling examples of the exercise of eminent domain and police powers. She traces the philosophical arguments for the two powers as well as their tortuous judicial history the meaning of property rights and investigates how previous thinkers have defended these rights is detailed and Paul suggests a more adequate defense for them. In the concluding portion of the book the very legitimacy of eminent domain is questioned and the author offers recommendations for its reform. This analysis is wide in scope and makes creative use of historical legal economic and philosophic methodologies. It not only gives an account of the present power regulations on land but also provides an exhaustive history of the development of the law in these two areas and of the philosophical ideas of the thinkers who helped shape this process. This book is distinctive because it places a theory of the just acquisition of property at the heart of the answer to the question of the extent to which governments can rightfully exercise the powers of eminent domain and police. "Amazingly in a country built on the institution of private property the right to property in land has been under increasing assault and has seldom been defended. Paul's book--by arguing that private property is a fundamental liberty whose protection deserves the highest priority--is a major step toward filling the void."--Robert Hessen Stanford University Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127545

Property Rights and Governance in Artisanal and Small-Scale MiningCritical Approaches Disputes and dispossession of property rights in the mining sector are causes of injustice violence and forced resettlement around the world. This comprehensive volume examines mining particularly what is often called ‘Artisanal and Small-Scale Mining’ from a perspective of governance and rights. It focuses on rights to land natural resources and other forms of material ‘property’. Many projects policies and laws targeting artisanal and small-scale mining are embedded in problematic conceptual and institutional frameworks that implicitly stigmatise and discipline artisanal and small-scale miners. This collection takes a critical look at notions of property to destabilise some of these frameworks. The chapters in this book are notable for their recognition of the agency of artisanal miners and ‘local communities’ within the uneven hierarchies in which they are embedded and their acknowledgement of the difficulties of state regulation of such a complex set of issues. The authors use a variety of theoretical tools engaging with political economy political ecology classical economic theory and socio-cultural concepts derived from ethnographic methods. This book includes insightful case studies from Colombia Democratic Republic of Congo Ghana Mongolia South Africa and Zambia and is an important resource for academics development practitioners and policy-makers. It was originally published online as a special issue of Third World Thematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367236731

Property Rights and NeoliberalismCultural Demands and Legal Actions Property rights and efforts to curb state appropriation of private properties for public purposes have always held high status on the political agenda of the US and many other nations that feature a corporate capitalist economic system. In addition to this over the last several decades conservative libertarian and neo-liberal groups have put constitutional demands for greater property protection on the agendas of courts in several countries. Studying property rights mobilization in both domestic and comparative contexts the contributors to this volume bring a range of social science perspectives to address three primary issues: the contours and characteristics of property rights mobilizations; the degree to which property rights movements have influenced development of law in demonstrable ways; and the broader cultural social and economic implications of modern-era property rights litigation and legal mobilizations. This will be a key text for anyone working within or interested in property rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602666

Property Rights DynamicsA Law and Economics Perspective Issues such as the patentability of scientific ideas the market for organs and open source software are hotly debated and yet poorly understood. In particular there is a great need for sound economic theorizing on such issues. There is also a need for a clear and concise exposition of the state-of-the-art of the economics of property rights. This book fulfils these various needs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203014981

Property Rights from BelowCommodification of Land and the Counter-Movement Recent years have seen a globalization of property rights as the Western conception of property over land has extended across the world. As formerly community-owned land and natural resources are privatized and titling schemes proliferate Property Rights from Below questions the trend toward treating land as a commodity and explores alternatives to the Western model. As we enter an era of resource scarcity and as competition for land and associated natural resources increases purchasing power cannot become the sole criterion for land allocation; and the law of supply and demand in increasingly financialized markets cannot become the sole metric through which the value of land is determined. Using a range of examples from around the world Property Rights from Below demonstrates that alternatives to this model often emerge from social innovations supported by local communities and that there is an urgent need for a broader political imagination when it comes to land governance.　 This innovative cross-disciplinary perspective on the pressing problems surrounding global property rights will be of interest to academics students and professionals with an interest in property law development economics and land governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657243

Property Rights in LandIssues in social economic and global history Property Rights in Land widens our understanding of property rights by looking through the lenses of social history and sociology discussing mainstream theory of new institutional economics and the derived grand narrative of economic development. 　As neo-institutional development theory has become a narrative in global history and political economy the problem of promoting global development has arisen from creating the conditions for ‘good’ institutions to take root in the global economy and in developing societies. Written by a collection of expert authors the chapters delve into social processes through which property relations became institutionalized and were used in social action for the appropriation of resources and rent. This was in order to gain a better understanding of the social processes intervening between the institutionalized ‘rules of the game’ and their economic and social outcomes. This collection of essays is of great interest to those who study economic history historical sociology and economic sociology as well as Agrarian and rural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876067

Property Rights in the Defence of Nature First published in 1995. In this study the author provides a lively and accessible account of the failure of the legal regime to protect the environment. Elizabeth Brubaker explores how legal reliance on property rights has been useful in opposing pollution of land and water. This title will be of interest to students of Environmental Studies as well as to all those interest in a more secure future for the environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367200985

Property RightsFrom Magna Carta to the Fourteenth Amendment Property Rights: From Magna Carta to the Fourteenth Amendment breaks new ground in our understanding of the genesis of property rights in the United States. According to the standard interpretation echoed by as lofty an authority as Supreme Court Justice Harry Blackmun the courts did little in the way of protecting property rights in the early years of our nation. Not only does Siegan find this accepted teaching erroneous but he finds post-Colonial jurisprudence to be firmly rooted in English common law and the writings of its most revered interpreters. Siegan conducts an exhaustive examination of property rights cases decided by state courts between the time of the ratification of the U.S. Constitution in 1788 and the adoption of the Fourteenth Amendment in 1868. This inventory which in its sweep captures scores of cases overlooked by previous commentators on the history of property rights reveals that the protection of these rights is neither a relatively new phenomenon nor a heritage with precarious pedigree. These court cases as well as early state constitutions consistently and repeatedly embraced key elements of a property rights jurisprudence such as protection of the privileges and immunities of citizens due process of law equal protection under the law and prohibitions on the taking of property without just compensation. Case law provides overwhelming evidence that the American legal system from its inception has held property rights and their protection in the highest regard.The American Revolution Siegan reminds us was fought largely to affirm and protect private property rights-that is to uphold the "rights of Englishmen"-even if it meant that the colonists would cease being Englishmen. John Locke and other great theoreticians of property rights understood their importance not only to individuals who happened to possess property but to the preservation of a free society and to the prosperity of its inhabitants. Siegan's contribution to this venerable tradition lies in his faithful reconstruction of our legal history which allows us to see just how central property rights have been to the American experiment in liberty-from the very beginning. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351325967

Property TaxAn International Comparative Review First published in 1999 this volume aims to add to the existing body of knowledge with regard to application of ad valorem property taxation in various countries. To this end the present volume has essentially focused on updating revising and extending the coverage of material included in the earlier book ‘Comparative Property Tax Systems’. The contributors discuss issues including property tax in Singapore Ireland Pakistan Poland and Cyprus. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362895

Property to the People: The Struggle for Radical Economic Reform in RussiaThe Struggle for Radical Economic Reform in Russia This text sets Russia's current economic transformation in the context of economic and political change and provides an overview of issues central to the economic reform debate in Russia. It also highlights the human dimension of large-scale economic change through case studies and interviews. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315287539

Property ValuationThe Five Methods The third edition of Property Valuation: The Five Methods introduces students to the fundamental principles of property valuation theory by means of clear explanation and worked examples. An ideal text for those new to the subject the book provides 1st year undergraduate students with a working knowledge and understanding of the five methods of valuation and the ways in which they are interlinked. In this fully revised edition the new author team have: restructured the chapters to ensure a more logical order outlined the economic theory of value and the rules and constraints under which a valuer works provided detailed consideration of each of the five recognised approaches placed a larger emphasis on the Discounted Cash Flow approach These revisions are all written in the concise and accessible style which has made previous editions of the book so successful. The new edition of this textbook will be essential reading for undergraduates on all property real estate planning and built environment courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415717687

PropertyA Study in Social Psychology First published in 1931 this book represents an attempt to study the psychological basis of the institution of property. There had been many psychological and social studies of marriage and religion prior to publication of this title but none which considered the problems which arise when the institution of property is viewed from the angle of social psychology. Some of these problems are set out in the first chapter. In the remaining chapters the author discusses the problems in the light of evidence drawn from the various branches of psychology and sociology of the day. The final chapter indicates the importance of the author’s conclusions for political and social theory at the time. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138844469

Prophecy Behaviour and ChangeAn Examination of Self-fulfilling Prophecies in Helping Relationships Professional helpers may harm their clients instead of helping them. This is one of the important implications – for the selection training and practice of members of the helping professions – of the evidence reviewed in this book. Originally published in 1977 Gerald Smale argues that the expectations of the professional helper whether social worker doctor psychiatrist psychoanalyst psychotherapist or counsellor can act as self-fulfilling prophecies on his or her clients for better or worse. In order to suggest how the expectations of the helper might operate the author examines a three-stage model of self-fulfilling prophecies. The stages are: the prophecy; behaviour based upon the prophecy; the outcome brought about by the behaviour. Extensive evidence from the fields of experimenter bias hypnosis and placebo medicine psychotherapy casework and counselling research is reviewed and related to the model and the relationship between this analysis and labelling theory is discussed. The book demonstrates that it is the behaviour of the worker towards the client which is of crucial importance and proposes that the client’s future and his or her personal strengths should be an important focus of the helping relationship. Finally it outlines the dangers of negative expectations and emphasises the ways in which expectations can be used to optimum effect. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134648

Prophecy and Sibylline Imagery in the RenaissanceShakespeare’s Sibyls This book restores the rich tradition of the Sibyls to the position of prominence they once held in the culture and society of the English Renaissance. The sibyls — figures from classical antiquity — played important roles in literature scholarship and art of the period exerting a powerful authority due to their centuries-old connection to prophetic declamations of the coming of Christ and the Apocalypse. The identity of the sibyls however was not limited to this particular aspect of their fame but contained a fluid multi-layering of meanings given their prominence in ancient Greek and Roman cultures as well as the widespread dissemination of prophecies attributed the sibyls that circulated through the oral tradition. Sibylline prophecy of the Middle Ages served as another conduit through which sibylline authority fame and familiarity was transmitted and enhanced. Writers as disparate as John Foxe John Dee Thomas Churchyard John Fletcher Thomas Heywood Jane Seager John Lyly An Collins William Shakespeare and many draw upon this shared sibylline tradition to produce particular and specific meanings in their writing. This book explores the many identities the many faces of the prophetic sibyls as they appear in the works of English Renaissance writers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868878

Prophecy in Islam Originally published in 1958. This volume brings into focus an area of Islamic religio-philosophical thought to which relatively little attention has been paid by modern scholars of Muslim thought. The importance of the subject lies in the fact that it constitutes a central point at the confrontation of the traditional Islamic and Hellenic thought currents. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203706954

Prophecy in the New MillenniumWhen Prophecies Persist Secular and spiritual prophets of doom abound in the information-rich twenty-first century - as they have for millennia. But there has yet to be worldwide floods meteor impact global computer failure obvious alien contact or direct intervention from God to end the world as we know it. Considering the frequency with which prophecy apparently fails why do prophecies continue to be made and what social functions do they serve? This volume gives a concise but comprehensive overview of the rich diversity of prophecy its role in major world religions as well as in new religions and alternative spiritualties its social dynamics and its impact on individuals’ lives. Academic analyses are complimented with contextualized primary source testimonies of those who live and have lived within a prophetic framework. The book argues that the key to understanding the more dramatic apocalyptic and millenarian aspects of prophecy is in appreciating prophecy’s more mundane manifestations and its role in providing meaning and motivation in everyday life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409449966

Prophet of a New Hindu AgeThe Life and Times of Acharya Pranavananda This is the fascinating biography first published in 1985 of the remarkable Bengali religious leader Swami Pranavananda who lived in the turbulent years of the early twentieth century. The story of his life has to some extent been eclipsed by the struggle for Indian independence but his extraordinary personal qualities his determined asceticism his high ideals of social service and commitment to Hindu solidarity all serve to set him apart from his contemporaries and entitle him to be better known by political and religious historians of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633452

Prophetic Witness and the Reimagining of the WorldPoetry Theology and Philosophy in Dialogue- Power of the Word V This book explores the prophetic characteristics of literature particularly poetry that seek to reimagine the world in which it is written. Using theological and philosophical insights it charts the relentless impulse of literature to propose alternative visions practicable or utopian and point toward possibilities of renewal and change. Drawing from each of the three main Abrahamic religions as well as Greek and Latin classics an international group of scholars utilise a diverse range of analytical and interpretive methods to draw out the prophetic voice in poetry. Looking at the writings of figures like T. S. Elliot Blake Wittgenstein and Isaiah the theme of the prophetic is shown to be of timely importance given the current state of geo-political challenges and uncertainties and offers a much-needed critical discussion of these broad cultural questions. This collection of essays offers readers an insight into the constructive power of literature. As such it will be of great interest to scholars working in Religion and the Arts Religious Studies Theology and Aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344108

Prophets Prophecy and Oracles in the Roman EmpireJewish Christian and Greco-Roman Cultures This book surveys the uses and function of prophecy prophets and oracles among Jews Christians and pagans in the first three centuries of the Roman Empire and explores how prophecy and prophetic texts functioned as a common language that enabled religious discourse to develop between these groups. It shows that each of these cultures believed that it was in prophetic texts and prophetic utterances that they could find the surest proof of their religious beliefs and a strong confirmation of their group identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607289

Prophets and Conspirators in Prerevolutionary Russia In this magisterial and exciting book Ulam offers a brilliant history of Russian political and intellectual life in those critical years from 1855 to 1884 and describes the successive conspiracies that shook the edifice of tsarist autocracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530935

Prophets and ProfitsAncient Divination and Its Reception This volume examines the ways in which divination often through oracular utterances and other mechanisms linked mortals with the gods and places the practice within the ancient sociopolitical and religious environment. Whether humans sought knowledge by applying to an oracle through which the god was believed to speak or used soothsayers who interpreted specific signs such as the flight of birds there was a fundamental desire to know the will of the gods. In many cases pragmatic concerns â€“ personal economic or political â€“ can be deduced from the context of the application. Divination and communication with the gods in a post-pagan world has also produced fascinating receptions. The presentation of these processes in monotheistic societies such as early Christian Late Antiquity (where the practice continued through the use of curse tablets) or medieval Europe and beyond where the role of religion had changed radically provides a particular challenge and this topic has been little discussed by scholars. This volume aims to rectify this desideratum by providing the opportunity to address questions related to the reception of Greco-Roman divination oracles and prophecy in all media including literature and film.Several contributions in this volume originated in the 2015 Classics Colloquium held at the University of South Africa and the volume has been augmented with additional contributions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594619

Prophets of RageThe Black Freedom Struggle in San Francisco 1945-1969 First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984004

Pro-poor Growth and Liberalization in Developing EconomiesThe Case of Nepal By looking at the link between trade liberalization and pro-poor growth in Nepal this book explores how a developing and transition economy can attain higher and pro-poor growth along with the ongoing trend of globalization. The author develops a social accounting database for Nepal and applies it to quantify computable general equilibrium (CGE) model to investigate the trade-offs between growth and distribution that are associated with opening up the economy and deregulating it. The book presents a number of pragmatic scenarios that bring about the desired pro-poor growth effects in order to demonstrate possible outcomes for policy making. The research findings apply to other economies with similar macroeconomic structure to Nepal; those small economies with a dominant traditional and stagnant agriculture; fragile industrial base weak and volatile external sector and almost half of the population living below the poverty line. This book will be of considerable interest to students and scholars in the areas of development economics political economy of policy reforms and trade and poverty with special emphasis on South Asia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948266

Pro-Poor Strategies in Urban Water ProvisioningWhat Kenyan Water Utilities Do and Why They Do It Water utilities are the main instrument for countries to achieve universal service coverage. In pursuing universal service coverage water utilities have turned to pro-poor water services to extend water services in low-income areas. This thesis discusses the use of pro-poor water services by water utilities in Kenya with the intention of highlighting the dimensions of the approach that require attention of policy makers and practitioners when engaging with the concept. Based on the analysis of the technologies financial and organisational arrangements associated with the pro-poor concept this thesis shows that the use of pro-poor strategies allows water utilities to reduce the risks of servicing low-income areas while still claiming to fulfil their mandate of providing access to all in a commercially viable manner. The analysis also shows that rather than a decision of the water utility the choice for pro-poor strategies emerges as the result of a consensus or compromise between the different actors that constitute the broader institutional environment in which water utilities operate. The thesis concludes that while pro-poor water services may serve the interests of water utilities and other stakeholders in the absence of well-directed subsidies and proper monitoring they will not result in low-income households benefiting from more affordable and reliable access to water. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367705114

Proportionality Equality Laws and ReligionConflicts in England Canada and the USA This book considers how the law should manage conflicts between the right of religious freedom and that of non-discrimination on the grounds of sexual orientation. These disputes are often high-profile and frequently receive a lot of media attention and public debate. Starting from the basis that both these rights are valuable and worthy of protection but that such disputes are often characterised by animosity it contends that a proportionality analysis provides the best method for resolving these conflicts. The work takes a comparative approach examining the law in England and Wales Canada and the USA and examines four main areas of law considering how a proportionality approach could be used in each. The book will be an invaluable resource for students and researchers in the areas of Public Law Human Rights Law Law and Religion Discrimination Law and Comparative Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189914

ProportionScience Philosophy Architecture This handbook provides readers with a well-illustrated and readable comparative guide to proportion systems in architecture setting out the mathematical principles that underlie the main systems and illustrating these with examples of their use in historical and modern buildings. The main body of the text traces the interplay of abstraction and empathy through the history of science philosophy and architecture from the early Greeks through to the two early twentieth-century architects who made proportion the focus of their work: Le Corbusier and Van der Laan. The book ends with a reflection on the present and future role of proportion in architecture. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138133174

Proposing Empirical ResearchA Guide to the Fundamentals Proposing Empirical Research: A Guide to the Fundamentals provides step-by-step instructions for students who will be writing their first research proposal in the social and behavioral sciences and using both quantitative and qualitative methods. The structure of the book enables students to work independently with confidence while writing the first drafts of their proposals. Each major section is divided into short topics and for each topic students are asked to complete an exercise that leads them toward the goal of preparing a proposal. Numerous illustrative examples throughout the book make the recommendations for proposal writing come alive. In addition the 10 model proposals provided at the end of the book illustrate proposal writing and provide material for classroom discussions. New to the Sixth Edition: Updates throughout to reflect research and learning in the digital/online environment e.g. online surveys digital organization tools digital recruitment methods for research and digital databases records and archives. Discussion of qualitative methods. Updated references model proposals end of chapter exercises etc. Proposing Empirical Research is ideal for use in research methods classes where students write a proposal as a term project thesis/dissertation preparation classes senior research seminars where proposing and conducting research is a culminating undergraduate activity and any graduate-level seminar in which the instructor wants to incorporate a project that will engage students in critical thinking about the content area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615632

Pros and ConsA Debaters Handbook Pros and Cons: A Debaters Handbook offers a unique and invaluable guide to the arguments both for and against over 140 current controversies and global issues. Since it was first published in 1896 the handbook has been regularly updated and this nineteenth edition includes new entries on topics such as the right to possess nuclear weapons the bailing out of failing industries the protection of indigenous languages and the torture of suspected terrorists. Equal coverage is given to both sides of each debate in a dual column format which allows for easy comparison. Each entry also includes a list of related topics and suggestions for possible motions. The introductory essay describes debating technique covering the rules structure and type of debate and offering tips on how to become a successful speaker. The book is then divided into eight thematic sections where specific subjects are covered individually. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415827805

Prose by Victorian WomenAn Anthology First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315805450

Prose Poems of the French EnlightenmentDelimiting Genre By examining nearly sixty works the author traces the prehistory of the French prose poem demonstrating that the disquiet of some eighteenth-century writers with the Enlightenment gave rise to the genre nearly a century before it is habitually supposed to have existed. In the throes of momentous scientific philosophical and socioeconomic changes Enlightenment authors turned to the past to revive sources such as Homer the pastoral Ossian the Bible and primitive eloquence favoring music to construct alternatives to the world of reason. The result the author argues were prose poems including F lon's Les Adventures de T maque Montesquieu's Le Temple de Gnide Rousseau's Le L te d'Ephraïm Chateaubriand's Atala as well as many lesser-known texts most of which remain out of print. The author's treatment of Bible criticism and eighteenth-century religious reform movements reveal the often-neglected spiritual side of Enlightenment culture and tracks its contribution to the period's reflection about language and poetic invention. The author includes in appendices four unusual texts adjudicating the merits of prose poems making evidence of their controversial nature now accessible to readers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138620223

Prosecuting Homicide in Eighteenth-Century Law and Practice“And Must They All Be Hanged?” This volume uses four case studies all with strong London connections to analyze homicide law and the pardoning process in eighteenth-century England. Each reveals evidence of how attempts were made to negotiate a path through the justice system to avoid conviction and so avoid a sentence of hanging. This approach allows a deep examination of the workings of the justice system using social and cultural history methodologies. The cases explore wider areas of social and cultural history in the period such as the role of policing agents attitudes towards sexuality and prostitution press reporting and popular conceptions of "honorable" behavior. They also allow an engagement with what has been identified as the gradual erosion of individual agency within the law and the concomitant rise of the state. Investigating the nature of the pardoning process shows how important it was to have "friends in high places " and also uncovers ways in which the legal system was susceptible to accusations of corruption. Readers will find an illuminating view of eighteenth-century London through a legal lens. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367460099

Prosecuting Juvenile Piracy SuspectsThe International Legal Framework Duncan Gaswaga a former judge of the Seychelles Supreme Court who has presided over numerous piracy trials asked the following question: "What is a judge to do when a bearded piracy suspect facing justice asserts that he is fourteen?" This book addresses this important question by focusing on the treatment of juvenile piracy suspects under international law within national prosecutorial regimes. Beginning with the modern-day Somali piracy model and exploring the reasons for piracy organizers and financiers to have employed Somali youth as pirates author Milena Sterio analyzes the relevant international legal framework applicable to the treatment of juvenile criminal suspects such as international human rights law international criminal law including the statutes of several international and ad hoc tribunals as well as legal issues related to the use of child soldiers as a parallel to the use of child pirates. This volume examines recent national piracy prosecutions involving juvenile suspects in Germany Spain India Italy Malaysia the Seychelles and the United States developing a set of recommendations and best practices for all piracy prosecuting nations dealing with juvenile suspects to refer to in developing their national policy toward the treatment of juvenile piracy suspects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138839335

Prosecuting Nazi War Criminals It has been nearly fifty years since the collapse of the Nazi regime; is there any longer a point to presenting for the apprehension and prosecution of surviving Nazi war criminals? In this carefully argued book Alan Rosenbaum makes it clear that there is. This book is an important contribution to Jewish and Holocaust studies to political and social thought and to moral theory arguing that we must continue to pursue the prosecutorial agenda as an investment in the moral climate in which we wish to live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284480

Prosecuting Political ViolenceCollaborative Research and Method This volume unpacks the multidimensional realities of political violence and how these crimes are dealt with throughout the US judicial system using a mixed methods approach. The work seeks to challenge the often-noted problems with mainstream terrorism research namely an overreliance on secondary sources a scarcity of data-driven analyses and a tendency for authors not to work collaboratively. This volume inverts these challenges situating itself within primary-source materials empirically studied through collaborative inter-generational (statistical) analysis. Through a focused exploration of how these crimes are influenced by gender ethnicity ideology tactical choice geography and citizenship the chapters offered here represent scholarship from a pool of more than sixty authors. Utilizing a variety of quantitative and qualitative methods including regression and other forms of statistical analysis Grounded Theory Qualitative Comparative Analysis Corpus Linguistics and Discourse Analysis the researchers in this book explore not only the subject of political violence and the law but also the craft of research. In bringing together these emerging voices this volume seeks to challenge expertism while privileging the empirical. This book will be of much interest to students of terrorism and political violence criminology and US politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367482220

Prosecuting Slobodan MiloševićThe Unfinished Trial This book offers a comprehensive analysis of the trial of former Serbian leader Slobodan Milošević at the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY). With the premature death of Milošević in March 2006 his trial was left unfinished. Although the traditional objectives of criminal law such as retribution justice for victims and deterrence were not achieved the Milošević trial archive is a significant historical resource for researchers from various fields. This book extracts details from the collection of documentary and transcript evidence that makes up the trial record – sources which would be almost impossible to extricate without an insider’s guiding hand – to allow readers to trace the threads of several historical narratives. The value of this methodology is particularly evident in the Milošević case as acting as his own defence counsel he responded to and interacted with almost all witnesses and evidence presented against him. By providing snapshots of the behaviour displayed by Milošević in court while conducting his defence in combination with passages of carefully selected evidence from an immense archive familiar to few scholars this volume reveals how these trial records and trail records in general are a truly invaluable historical source. The book underlines the premise that any record of a mass atrocities trial whether finished or unfinished establishes a record of past events contributes to interpretations of a historical period and influences the shaping of collective memory. This book will be of much interest to students of the Former Yugoslavia war crimes international law human rights international relations and European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347606

Prosecuting War CrimesLessons and legacies of the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia This volume examines the legacy of the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) which was created under Chapter VII of the UN Charter as a mechanism explicitly aimed at the restoration and maintenance of international peace and security. As the ICTY has now entered its twentieth year this volume reflects on the record and practices of the Tribunal. Since it was established it has had enormous impact on the procedural jurisprudential and institutional development of international criminal law as well as the international criminal justice project. This will be its international legacy but its legacy in the region where the crimes under its jurisdiction took place is less clear; research has shown that reactions to the ICTY have been mixed among the communities most affected by its work. Bringing together a range of key thinkers in the field Prosecuting War Crimes explores these findings and discusses why many feel that the ICTY has failed to fully engage with people’s experiences and meet their expectations. This book will be of much interest to students of war crimes international criminal law Central and East European politics human rights and peace and conflict studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347538

Proselytization RevisitedRights Talk Free Markets and Culture Wars The act of converting people to certain beliefs or values is highly controversial in today's postcolonial multicultural world. Proselytization has been viewed by some as an aggressive act of political domination. 'Proselytization Revisited' offers a comprehensive overview of the many arguments for and against proselytization in different regions and contexts. Proselytization is examined in the context of rights talk globalisation and culture wars. The volume brings together essays demonstrating the global significance of proselytization ranging from Christians in India to Turkish Islamic Movements and the Wiccan use of modern media technologies. The cross-cultural and multidisciplinary nature of this collection of essays provides a fresh perspective and the book will be of value to readers interested in the dynamic interaction of beliefs ideas and cultures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711157

Prosodic Constituency in the Lexicon First published in 1990. This study introduces Prosodic Lexical Phonology a theory of morphology-phonology interaction. This theory unifies the theoretical treatments of lexical and postlexical phonological rule application. It also provides an explanatory account of systematic discrepancies that have been observed between the parsing of strings for purposes of the morphology and the parsing of those strings into domains of phonological rule application. This title will be of interest to students of language and linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317468

Prosodic Morphology in Mandarin Chinese It is not entirely clear if modern Chinese is a monosyllabic or disyllabic language. Although a disyllabic prosodic unit of some sort has long been considered by many to be at play in Chinese grammar the intuition is not always rigidly fleshed out theoretically in the area of Chinese morphology. In this book Shengli Feng applies the theoretical model of prosodic morphology to Chinese morphology to provide the theoretical clarity regarding how and why Mandarin Chinese words are structured in a particular way.　 All of the facts generated by the system of prosodic morphology in Chinese provide new perspectives for linguistic theory as well as insights for teaching Chinese and studying of Chinese poetic prosody. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598112

Prosodic Phonology of the Fuzhou DialectDomains and Rule Application Prosodic Phonology of the Fuzhou Dialect: Domains and Rule Application is the first attempt to conduct a comprehensive analysis of the Fuzhou phonological system from the perspective of prosodic phonology. It addresses the following issues: What prosodic constituents exist in the Fuzhou dialect and what kinds of roles they play in the Fuzhou phonological system; how to define the domain formation of these prosodic constituents in the Fuzhou dialect; what kinds of Fuzhou phonological phenomena make crucial reference to these prosodic constituents as the domain of application; and what implications does the study of the Fuzhou phonological system have for the prosodic phonology theory. This book is a valuable text for students and scholars in the field of Chinese dialectology Min dialects prosodic phonology and phonology-morphosyntax interface. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199487

Prosodic StudiesChallenges and Prospects Prosody is one of the core components of language and speech indicating information about syntax turn-taking in conversation types of utterances such as questions or statements as well as speakers' attitudes and feelings. This edited volume takes studies in prosody on Asian languages as well as examples from other languages. It brings together the most recent research in the field and also charts the influence on such diverse fields as multimedia communication and SLA. Intended for a wide audience of linguists that includes neighbouring disciplines such as computational sciences psycholinguists and specialists in language acquisition Prosodic Studies is also ideal for scholars and researchers working in intonation who want a complement of information on specifics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815380580

Prosodic Syntax in Chinese In THE TWO VOLUMES of Prosodic Syntax in Chinese the author develops a new model which proposes that the interaction between syntax and prosody is bi-directional and that prosody can not only constrains syntactic structures but also activates syntactic operations. All of the facts investigated in Chinese provide new perspectives for linguistic theories as well as the insights into the nature of human languages. The subtitles of the two volumes are Theory and Facts and History and Change respectively with each focusing on different topics (though each volume has both theoretical and (historical) descriptive concerns). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367140120

Prosodic Syntax in ChineseHistory and Changes In the two volumes of Prosodic Syntax in Chinese the author develops a new model which proposes that the interaction between syntax and prosody is bi-directional and that prosody can not only constrains syntactic structures but also activates syntactic operations. All of the facts investigated in Chinese provide new perspectives for linguistic theories as well as the insights into the nature of human languages. The subtitles of the two volumes are Theory and Facts and History and Change respectively with each focusing on different topics (though each volume has both theoretical and historical descriptive concerns). In this volume the author first introduces the relevant theories and concepts of Metrical Phonology Prosodic Phonology and Formal Syntax and formulates the Government-based Nuclear Stress Rule in Chinese which can explain how and why Mandarin Chinese sentences are structured in a particular way. It is proposed that prosody can not only blocks the legitimate syntactic structures but also activates the potential syntactic operations. The former can be seen from the ungrammatical sentences that are caused by the inoperable NSR in these structures while the latter can be seen from sentences that are derived from syntactic movements which however are operable only when being motivated by prosody.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728991

Prosodic Syntax in ChineseTheory and Facts In the two volumes of Prosodic Syntax in Chinese the author develops a new model which proposes that the interaction between syntax and prosody is bi-directional and that prosody not only constrains syntactic structures but also activates syntactic operations. All of the facts investigated in Chinese provide new perspectives for linguistic theories as well as insights into the nature of human languages. The subtitles of the two volumes are Theory and Facts and History and Change respectively with each focusing on different topics (though each volume has both theoretical and historical descriptive concerns). This book has shown that prosody has played a crucial role in triggering the many changes in the diachronic development of Chinese. On the one hand this book investigates the existence of SOV structures in Early Archaic Chinese a SVO language and then demonstrates the role of VO prosody in causing the disappearance of the remnant structures after the Han Dynasty. On the other hand this book surveys the historical evidence for analyses of bei passives and Ba-constructions and then offers a prosodic analysis on the origin of these two sentence patterns in Chinese. It is claimed that prosody can be an important factor in triggering balancing and finally terminating changes in the syntactic evolution of Chinese. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729400

Prosody and Focus in European PortuguesePhonological Phrasing and Intonation First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984011

Prospect and Refuge in the Landscape of Jane Austen How do Austen's heroines find a way to prevail in their environments? How do they make the landscape work for them? In what ways does Austen herself use landscape to convey meaning? These are among the questions Barbara Britton Wenner asks as she explores how Austen uses landscape to extend the range of reflection and activity for her female protagonists. Women Wenner argues create private spaces within the landscape that offer them the power of knowledge gained through silent and invisible observation. She traces the construction of these hidden refuges in Austen's six major novels as well as in her juvenilia and her final unfinished novel Sanditon. Her book will be an important resource for Austen specialists and for those interested generally in the importance of landscape in late eighteenth- and early nineteenth-century women's fiction writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273610

Prospect Theory and Foreign Policy Analysis in the Asia PacificRational Leaders and Risky Behavior Why does North Korea behave erratically in pursuing its nuclear weapons program? Why did the United States prefer bilateral alliances to multilateral ones in Asia after World War II? Why did China become "nice"—no more military coercion—in dealing with the pro-independence Taiwan President Chen Shuibian after 2000? Why did China compromise in the negotiation of the Chunxiao gas exploration in 2008 while Japan became provocative later in the Sino-Japanese disputes in the East China Sea? North Korea’s nuclear behavior U.S. alliance strategy China’s Taiwan policy and Sino-Japanese territorial disputes are all important examples of seemingly irrational foreign policy decisions that have determined regional stability and Asian security. By examining major events in Asian security this book investigates why and how leaders make risky and seemingly irrational decisions in international politics. The authors take the innovative step of integrating the neoclassical realist framework in political science and prospect theory in psychology. Their analysis suggests that political leaders are more likely to take risky actions when their vital interests and political legitimacy are seriously threatened. For each case the authors first discuss the weaknesses of some of the prevailing arguments mainly from rationalist and constructivist theorizing and then offer an alternative explanation based on their political legitimacy-prospect theory model. This pioneering book tests and expands prospect theory to the study of Asian security and challenges traditional expected-utility-based rationalist theories of foreign policy behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107939

Prospective Memory Featuring contributions from world-leading experts this book presents a timely overview of current theoretical methodological and applied issues in the field of prospective memory. The authors explore how prospective memories are formed how they are maintained over time and how they are retrieved. This volume integrates our understanding of prospective memory and how it functions with related cognitive processes and themes such as context memory metamemory working memory and cognitive control. Considering recent methodological advances in the field such as the use of cognitive modeling the book also covers individual differences in prospective memory abilities their development across the life span and their manifestations in naturalistic settings. The book also illustrates how the understanding of prospective memory can be integrated with other related research areas. Prospective Memory is an invaluable resource for students and researchers of human memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138545830

Prospective Memory in Clinical Populations Prospective memory has emerged as an important aspect of episodic memory. Prospective memory involves remembering to complete a previously formed intention. Successful prospective memory performance is important in daily life tasks such as taking medications or paying bills and has been related to compliance with treatment. Prospective memory has now been studied in many clinical populations as well as across the lifespan. Although prospective memory is recognized as an important aspect of daily life there has been only limited crossover from the research literature to clinical practice. The wealth of research findings need to be translated to evidence-based clinical approaches that are uniquely tailored to individual populations. Each chapter of Prospective Memory in Clinical Populations covers current knowledge of prospective memory deficits in a population; approaches to clinical assessment; any published evidence-based approaches to treatment; and suggestions for management. This book was originally published as a special issue of The Clinical Neuropsychologist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437527

Prospective MemoryCognitive Neuroscience Developmental and Applied Perspectives Over the last decade the topic of prospective memory – the encoding storage and delayed retrieval of intended actions – has attracted much interest and this is reflected in a rapidly growing body of literature: 350 scientific articles have been published on this topic since the appearance of the first edited book in 1996. In addition to the quantity the quality and diversity of approaches to research in the field has also developed rapidly. Prospective Memory provides an accessible integrated guide to the expanded literature on the topic. While many of the authors also contributed to the 1996 book and can be regarded as the founders of current prospective memory research other contributions come from authors who are relatively new to the field and who are examining broader aspects of prospective memory and as a result extending our understanding of it. Besides more generally reviewing the expanded literature all authors have been encouraged to consider future directions for research and to raise questions that they believe all researchers in this area will need to address. The book is divided into four sections that together provide a broad and deep introduction to the cognitive neuroscience developmental and applied aspects of prospective memory. Following the model of the first prospective memory volume prominent memory researchers evaluate the papers in each section and comment more generally on the state of prospective memory research in the four major areas targeted. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876699

Prospective MemoryTheory and Applications Devoted exclusively to prospective memory this volume organizes the research and thoughts of the important contributors to the field in one comprehensive resource. The chapter authors not only focus on their own work but also review other research areas and address those where the methods and theories from the retrospective memory literature are useful and where they fall short. Each section is followed by at least one commentary written by a prominent scholar in the field of memory. The commentators present critical analyses of the chapters note ideas that they found particularly exciting and use these ideas as a foundation on which to elaborate their own views of prospective memory. This volume will stimulate the thinking of active prospective memory researchers provide a coherent organization of the area for the increasing number of people who are interested in prospective memory but who are not yet actively conducting research in the area and serve as a book of readings for upper division seminars. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984028

Prospective Payment Systems The third book in the Healthcare Payment Systems series Prospective Payment Systems examines the various types of prospective payment systems (PPS) used by healthcare providers and third-party payers. Emphasizing the basic elements of PPS it considers the many variations of payment for hospital inpatient and outpatient services skilled nursing facilities home health agencies long-term hospital care and rehabilitation facilities along with other providers. The book describes the anatomy of PPS including cost reports adjudication features and processes relative weights and payment processes. It outlines the features and documentation requirements for Medicare Severity Diagnosis Related Groups (MS-DRGs) the Medicare Ambulatory Payment Classifications (APCs) Medicare HHPPS Medicare Skilled Nursing Resource Utilization Groups (RUGs) and private third-party payers. Provides a framework for understanding and analyzing the characteristics of any PPS Discusses Medicare prospective payment systems and approaches Includes specific references to helpful resources both online and in print Facilitates a clear understanding of the complexities related to PPS—covering specific topics at a high level and revisiting similar topics to reinforce understanding Complete with a detailed listing of the acronyms most-commonly used in healthcare coding billing and reimbursement the book includes a series of case studies that illustrate key concepts. It concludes with a discussion of the challenges with PPS—including compliance and overpayment issues—to provide you with the real-world understanding needed to make sense of any PPS. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781439873014

Prospects and Utilization of Tropical Plantation Trees Large numbers of tropical trees from natural forests or plantation forest are available for human consumption and management. This book focuses on the prospects and utilization of tropical plantation trees in context of economic and business planting managing stocks and uses of trees converted to various wood-based products. It provides information on key areas of tropical plantation trees including growth performance nursery practices soil properties planting stock production raw material cellulose anatomy pulping and papermaking fiber modification and properties of wood composites. Features: Comprehensive information on prospects and utilization of tropical plantation tree species. Features information on potential products derived from tropical plantation trees including cellulose-based wood products particleboard with bioplastic binder and laminated veneer lumber. Discusses species usage of economic importance other than wood production. Presents information on nursery practices growth performance and soil properties of tropical trees. Illustrates methodologies for repeating investigations on work that has been done previously in tropical tree research. This book introduces information for entrepreneurs or researchers before undertaking work with these tree species illustrating technical methodologies allowing for repetition or previous successful works. This information proves valuable to researchers if further work is needed for improvement on these plant-derived products. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138336896

Prospects for an Ethics of Architecture Bringing together the reflections of an architectural theorist and a philosopher  this book encourages philosophers and architects scholars and designers alike to reconsider what they do as well as what they can do in the face of challenging times. It does so by exploring the notion that architecture and design can (and possibly should) in their own right make for a distinctive form of ethical investigation. The book is less concerned with absolutist understandings of the two components of ethics a theory of ‘the good’ and a theory of ‘the right’ than with remaining open to multiple relations between ideas about the built environment design practices and the plurality of kinds of human subjects (inhabitants individuals and communities) accommodated by buildings and urban spaces. The built environment contributes to the inculcation of all sorts of values (good and bad). Thus this book aims to change the way people commonly think about ethics not only in relation to the built environment but to themselves their ways of thinking and modes of behaviour. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203721032

Prospects For Conventional Arms Control In Europe This study is an attempt to examine the political military and technical issues as well as the opportunities and pitfalls associated with conventional arms control in Europe providing a short outline of the developments that have led to the renewed interest in conventional arms control since 1985. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284497

Prospects for ImmortalityA Sensible Search for Life after Death "Prospects for Immortality: A Sensible Search for Life After Death" theorizes how matters concerning the birth of the universe its ultimate fate and the creation evolution and final destiny of life on earth co-exist with regenerated consciousness. Readers of this volume will be prompted to think about the basic concepts of life death and consciousness in a unique way. Written in a style that entertains and informs author J. Robert Adams speculates on how the transfer of memory and consciousness into the hereafter occurs in conjunction with the physical chemical and historical facts already established by science. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315223858

Prospects for Pastoralism in Kazakstan and TurkmenistanFrom State Farms to Private Flocks This collection traces how pastoralists have coped with the challenges of change in a part of the world with a long-tradition of livestock keeping. Their precarious position - balanced between a market system where only the fittest may survive and their attempt to remain a human resource for the future development of the natural pastures and livestock industry - is carefully and critically examined by the contributors. The pastoralists' unique skills at managing livestock in a variable and challenging environment and their ability to supply commodities much in demand mean that an understanding of their societal position is essential for anyone interested in transition in the former Soviet Union. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996847

Prospects for People with Learning Difficulties First published in 1991. This work published in honour of Professor Peter Mittler is concerned with the prospects for people with severe learning difficulties and how they have developed since the 1960s. The internationally known team of contributors provide not only an overview of the developments in their fields but also speculate on future developments both positive and negative. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138592247

Prospects for Recovery in the British Economy First published in 1985 Prospects for Recovery in the British Economy examines the origins of the economic downturn of the early 1980s. The book explores the causes of the decrease in industrial production and employment during the early 1980s and considers the longer-term cyclical problems of the British economy. In doing so it provides a detailed study on downturn and recovery from a variety of perspectives. Topics covered include the role of the financial markets; the decline in profitability and productivity in the manufacturing industry; and the social implications of long-term trends. Prospects for Recovery in the British Economy is ideal for those with an interest in the history of the British economy and the history of economic thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367654177

Prospects For Soviet Grain Production This book challenges the conventional view that the present low yields of the Soviet agricultural system result primarily from its institutional structure demonstrating that other factors are of equal or greater importance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284503

Prospects for Sustainable Development in the Chinese CountrysideThe Political Economy of Chinese Ecological Agriculture This title was first published in 2000:  An examination of the potential for Chinese ecological agriculture providing a basis for sustainable development in the Chinese countryside. Richard Sanders involves primary research in seven villages and four countries in China that have adopted ecological agriculture. He examines the concept of sustainable development generally and analyses China’s political-economic policies towards the countryside since 1949 the impacts on the environment and the state of China’s environmental protection. The study addresses three main questions: 1. Is Chinese ecological agriculture worth adopting - specifically does CEA promise a form of sustainable rural development? 2. To the extent that it does what are the social political and economic conditions in the Chinese countryside which most favour its extension? 3. To the extent that these conditions are restrictive what can the Chinese authorities do to make them less so and thus encourage its extension? The study concludes that the CEA despite certain difficulties and problems holds out the prospect of a more sustainable future for the rural economy than more usual forms of activity in the Chinese countryside. It finds that the conditions for adopting CEA are restrictive and that while the Chinese government is in favour of extending CEA it must reconsider questions of land management and ownership and assess long-term needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700246

Prospects for the National Health The British National Health Service celebrated its thirtieth birthday in 1978. A Royal Commission was set up to consider the role of the National Health Service and it is the debates that surrounded this Royal Commission that form the basis for the twelve topics covered by this book. The economic difficulties that the country was facing when this book was published in 1979 highlighted the widely publicised malaise in the health service and exposed the limitation of a set of ideals developed by the NHS in the years after the Second World War. These limitations reflected in the economic recession of all industrial countries presented a challenge and thus an opportunity to re-examine the nature and purpose of our health service. Although this work offered no easy solutions it did present significant implications for public debate and public appraisal of the prospects of the National Health Service and greatly mirrors the debates that have been stirring in more recent years. This title will be of interest to students of sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138952454

Prospects for the Professions in China Professionals are a growing group in China and increasingly make their presence felt in governance and civil society. At the same time however professionals in the West are under increasing pressure from commercialism or scepticism about their ability to rise above self-interest. 　 This book focuses on professionals in China and asks whether developing countries have a fateful choice: to embrace Western models of professional organization as they now exist or to set off on an independent path adapting elements of Western practices to their own historical and cultural situation. 　In doing so the authors in this volume discuss a wealth of issues including: the historic antecedents of modern Chinese professionalism; the implications of professionalism as an import in China; the impact of socialism the developmental state and rampant commercialism on the professions in China; and the feasibility of liberal professions in an illiberal state. To conclude the book considers whether there might be an emerging professionalism with Chinese characteristics and how this might have an impact on the professions elsewhere. 　 Prospects for the Professions in China will be of interest to students and scholars of Chinese Studies law sociology medical studies and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415854634

Prospects for the World Oil Industry Written in 1985 at a time when the world oil industry was facing a difficult period of over-supply and falling prices this book examines some of the most important strategic issues facing both the producers and consumers of oil and gas. A theme underlying al the papers is the need for strengthening the co-operation between producing and consuming nations especially between the Arab Gulf States and the members of the EU. The security of supply is also examined in the light of regional instability and peace in the Middle East. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648050

Prospects of the Industrial Areas of Great Britain This book first published in 1945 is based primarily on some fifty regional reports submitted to the Government between 1941 and 1943. The original reports condensed and brought together in this volume were for the most part prepared by members of university departments of economics or geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815370260

Prosperity Amidst CrisisAustria's Economic Policy And The Energy Crunch This book deals with the exciting question of whether the world economic crisis can in fact be stopped only by a fight among all against all by forcing others to make painful adjustments in their demand price and employment levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284510

Prosperity and DepressionA Theoretical Analysis of Cyclical Movements First issued in 1937 and then revised in 1957 Prosperity and Depression focuses on the task of analyzing existing theories of the business cycle and deriving a synthetic account of the nature and possible causes of economic fluctuations. The application as far as possible of quantitative tests to the various causal hypotheses - influences the manner in which the problem of economic cycles is approached in Haberler's book.The first part on "The Systematic Analysis of the Theories of the Business Cycle" gathers various hypotheses of explanation to test their logical consistency and their compatibility with one another and with accepted economic principles. It gives a well rounded picture of the possible explanations of economic fluctuations. The second part "Synthetic Exposition Relating to the Nature and Causes of Business Cycles" argues that there are many points where no definitive solution can be proposed but have a number of possibilities. The choice between these can then be made only on the basis of empirical investigations.Haberler argues that theoretical reasoning supported only by broad facts as one happens to know without special statistical or historical investigations can create intelligent questions but it cannot definitely answer them. By analyzing various theories and explanations of the business cycle this book clarifies a number of issues presupposed. The difference between the theories analyzed is not as complicated as is sometimes believed. In fact it is shown how theories which seem prima facie to contradict one another can be reconciled. David Felix's new introduction underlines the continuing importance of this classic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842204

Prosperity without GrowthFoundations for the Economy of Tomorrow What can prosperity possibly mean in a world of environmental and social limits? The publication of Prosperity without Growth was a landmark in the sustainability debate. Tim Jackson’s piercing challenge to conventional economics openly questioned the most highly prized goal of politicians and economists alike: the continued pursuit of exponential economic growth. Its findings provoked controversy inspired debate and led to a new wave of research building on its arguments and conclusions. This substantially revised and re-written edition updates those arguments and considerably expands upon them. Jackson demonstrates that building a ‘post-growth’ economy is a precise definable and meaningful task. Starting from clear first principles he sets out the dimensions of that task: the nature of enterprise; the quality of our working lives; the structure of investment; and the role of the money supply. He shows how the economy of tomorrow may be transformed in ways that protect employment facilitate social investment reduce inequality and deliver both ecological and financial stability. Seven years after it was first published Prosperity without Growth is no longer a radical narrative whispered by a marginal fringe but an essential vision of social progress in a post-crisis world. Fulfilling that vision is simply the most urgent task of our times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138935419

Prosperous Paupers and Other Population Problems In current intellectual and public discourse the entire modern world-from the affluent United States to the poorest low-income regions-is beset today by a broad and alarming array of "population problems." Around the globe leading scientists academics and political figures attribute poverty hunger social tension and even political conflict to contemporary demographic trends. These authorities assert that the size composition and growth rate of population routinely pose direct and major threats to human well-being. They argue for interventions aimed specifically at altering society's demographic rhythms. In this wide-ranging and carefully reasoned book renowned demographer and social scientist Nicholas Eberstadt challenges these ideas and exposes their glaring intellectual -shortcomings.Eberstadt makes the case that the very conception of "population problems" is inherently ambiguous and arbitrary lending itself to faulty analysis and inappropriate diagnoses. Careless thinking about population is typically a result of inattention to or indifference toward the fundamental unit in all populations: the individual human being. In our time Eberstadt writes problems attributed to demographic trends are actually rooted in political and ethical situations. The brave new world of economic reform far from bringing about the good society serves only to postpone that society by a cavalier disregard of social and culture factors in human evolution. Eberstadt warns against a melodramatic approach to issues such as hunger and malnutrition. Material advances in the economy and cultural advances in the polity are safeguards against the worst outcomes of current problems in population. His reversal of cause and effect marks this as a volume apart provocative controversial but surefooted in its scholarly sensibility and methods. In an academic world in which demographers are now speaking of the peaking of population rather than its infinite expansion Eberstadt moves the discussion to family ties and common bonds. Demographers and family planners alike have much to learn from an approach that takes seriously the pitfalls as well as blessings of so-called zero-growth in the world -population. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513747

Prostaglandins In Bone Resorption First Published in 1988 this book offers a full comprehensive guide into the process of bone resorption. Carefully compiled and filled with a vast repertoire of notes diagrams and references this book serves as a useful reference for Students of Osteology and other practitioners in their respective fields. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429279195

Prostate Cancer ImagingAn Engineering and Clinical Perspective This book covers novel strategies and state of the art approaches for automated non-invasive systems for early prostate cancer diagnosis. 　Prostate cancer is the most frequently diagnosed malignancy after skin cancer and the second leading cause of cancer related male deaths in the USA after lung cancer. However early detection of prostate cancer increases chances of patients’ survival. Generally The CAD systems analyze the prostate images in three steps: (i) prostate segmentation; (ii) Prostate description or feature extraction; and (iii) classification of the prostate status. Explores all of the latest research and developments in state-of-the art imaging of the prostate from world class experts. Contains a comprehensive overview of 2D/3D Shape Modeling for MRI data. Presents a detailed examination of automated segmentation of the prostate in 3D imaging. Examines Computer-Aided-Diagnosis through automated techniques. There will be extensive references at the end of each chapter to enhance further study. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498786232

Prostate CancerPrinciples and Practice Written by over 250 of the world's leading urologists and uro-oncologists from the USA Canada UK Austria Belgium Finland France Germany Ireland Italy the Netherlands and Singapore who tackle prostate cancer on a daily basis this comprehensive and fully up-to-date illustrated text reference covers the etiology pathophysiology diagnosis management and treatment of early and advanced prostate cancer. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367446383

Prostate CancerTranslational and Emerging Therapies Scientists have reached a critical point in the development of new therapies for prostate cancer. The information gleaned from the Human Genome Project alongside the emergence of new technologies for the use of genetic data has expanded the physician's understanding of disease progression and widened his armamentarium for prostate cancer prevention and control. This expertly-written reference thoroughly analyzes the scientific principles and methodologies behind the most recent translational therapies and provides the necessary context data and studies for practitioners to select appropriate candidates for treatment and effectively apply new therapies in clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390181

Prostheses in Antiquity Today a prosthesis is an artificial device that replaces a missing body part generally designed and assembled according to the individual’s appearance and functional needs with a view to being both as unobtrusive and as useful as possible. In classical antiquity however this was not necessarily the case. The ancient literary and documentary evidence for prostheses and prosthesis use is contradictory and the bioarchaeological and archaeological evidence is enigmatic but discretion and utility were not necessarily priorities. So when howand why did individuals utilise them? This volume the first to explore prostheses and prosthesis use in classical antiquity seeks to answer these questions and will be of interest to academics and students with specialistinterests in classical archaeology ancient history and history especially those engaged in studies of healing medical and surgical practices or impairment and disability in past societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367733605

Prosthesis in Medieval and Early Modern Culture ‘Prosthesis’ denotes a rhetorical ‘addition’ to a pre-existing ‘beginning’ a ‘replacement’ for that which is ‘defective or absent’ a technological mode of ‘correction’ that reveals a history of corporeal and psychic discontent. Recent scholarship has given weight to these multiple meanings of ‘prosthesis’ as tools of analysis for literary and cultural criticism. The study of pre-modern prosthesis however often registers as an absence in contemporary critical discourse. This collection seeks to redress this omission reconsidering the history of prosthesis and its implications for contemporary critical responses to and uses of it. The book demonstrates the significance of notions of prosthesis in medieval and early modern theological debate Reformation controversy and medical discourse and practice. It also tracks its importance for imaginings of community and of the relationship of self and other as performed on the stage expressed in poetry charms exemplary and devotional literature and as fought over in the documents of religious and cultural change. Interdisciplinary in nature the book engages with contemporary critical and cultural theory and philosophy genre theory literary history disability studies and medical humanities establishing prosthesis as a richly productive analytical tool in the pre-modern as well as the modern context. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Textual Practice journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890971

Prosthetic Culture In a fascinating account of how technology is altering our consciousness Celia Lury shows how the manipulation of photographic images and ways of seeing can so redefine the relation between consciousness the body and memory as to create a 'prosthetic culture' whose capacities both extend and threaten our humanity.We live in a society in which some memories can be falsely implanted in the individual while others are stored in video archives of images in which the powers of cartoon superheroes break through the limitations of time and space. Using the examples of photo-therapy family albums Benetton advertising campaigns the phenomenon of false memory syndrome and the 'lives' of cartoon characters this book argues that the 'eyes' made available by contemporary visual technologies involve not simply specific ways of seeing but also ways of life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203425251

Prostitution Harm and Gender InequalityTheory Research and Policy Prostitution Harm and Gender Inequality brings together international research exploring the range of gendered harms to women involved in prostitution and the consequences of growth of the sex industry for global gender relations. While there is an increasing amount of research and academic output on prostitution the current focus is often on discussion and critique of policy frameworks and contemporary debates over harm are largely limited to sex trafficking and sexual exploitation of children. Less attention is paid to questions of how the sex industry perpetuates notions of objectification and male entitlement with respect to sexual access to women's bodies despite being key feminist concerns for several decades. This position has become effectively marginalized but the global growth and industrialization of the sex industry requires a return to these questions. Through exploring gendered inequality and re-engaging with an understanding of prostitution as harmful with impacts on the self and body that are experienced as abusive but do not always constitute violence this book introduces a range of research and thinking while also drawing on existing literature to explore the consequences of prostitution for women in the sex industry and wider gender relations. These issues are discussed with regard to: coercion and recruitment including trafficking; notions of male entitlement in accounts of men who buy sex; critical interrogations of agency and choice; legal and policy frameworks; and representations of prostitution in popular culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268203

Prostitution Pornography and Trafficking in WomenIsrael's Blood Money This book critically analyzes the sex industry in Israel using feminist concepts and scholarship to elaborate on the power of prostitution to shape a world in which women are objects for fulfilling men's desires. A comprehensive collection of research-based articles that examine prostitution trafficking in women and pornography from divergent disciplinary angles it reveals the interconnectedness of these three aspects of the sex trade which objectifies commercializes and exploits human – and in particular women’s – sexuality. Showing these practices to be embedded in a capitalist and patriarchal oppressive context that is accommodated by state institutions this volume rejects the argument that it is possible to choose prostitution and that feminist pornography is possible. With case studies including the conspicuous context of migration that attracts sex traffickers the liberal discourse introduced by cinema the media and the arts that serve to legitimate prostitution and pornography the chauvinist-macho culture that perceives and treats women as sex objects and the issues of male prostitution and men as clients Prostitution Pornography and Trafficking in Women: Israel’s Blood Money constitutes a study of Israel as a unique context in which the sex trade can prosper in spite of geographical religious and institutional constraints. As such it will be of interest to scholars of sociology anthropology history cultural studies and gender and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582029

Prostitution Race and PoliticsPolicing Venereal Disease in the British Empire In addition to shouldering the blame for the increasing incidence of venereal disease among sailors and soldiers prostitutes throughout the British Empire also bore the burden of the contagious diseases ordinances that the British government passed. By studying how British authorities enforced these laws in four colonial sites between the 1860s and the end of the First World War Philippa Levine reveals how myths and prejudices about the sexual practices of colonized peoples not only had a direct and often punishing effect on how the laws operated but how they also further justified the distinction between the colonizer and the colonized. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203881941

Prostitution and Eighteenth-Century CultureSex Commerce and Morality The eighteenth century saw profound changes in the way prostitution was represented in literary and visual culture. This collection of essays focuses on the variety of ways that the sex trade was represented in popular culture of the time across different art forms and highlighting contradictory interpretations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138661509

Prostitution and Social Control in Eighteenth-Century Ports In the last third of the eighteenth-century Bristol and Nantes were two of the most active commercial ports of England and France despite a slowdown of their economy. Their economies were based primarily on the maritime trade but they developed alongside Atlantic industries that attracted many migrants both male and female from the surrounding countryside and from abroad. The busy urban environment the high number of sailors and single men migrating to the port and the decline of female house based proto-industries were factors encouraging the development of prostitution.How prostitution is perceived in the context of social control and urban change is key to understanding the evolving attitudes to gender and sexuality in the eighteenth century. In this comparative study Marion Pluskota offers an analysis of the lives of prostitutes that looks beyond a purely criminal perspective and which encompasses their roles within their families relationships and social networks. Using police and judicial records she provides a valuable corrective to the narrow analysis of prostitutes in terms of immorality or deviance.The unique forms of development and problems faced by port cities in the early modern period make them particularly interesting subjects for comparative history. This book is well suited for those who study social history gender and women’s history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668600

Prostitution and Victorian Social Reform In the mid-nineteenth century many parts of England and Wales were still subjected to a system of regulated prostitution which by identifying and detaining for treatment infected prostitutes aimed to protect members of the armed forces (94 per cent of whom were forbidden to marry) from venereal diseases. The coercive nature of the Contagious Diseases Acts and the double standard which allowed the continuance of prostitution on the ground that the prostitute 'herself the supreme type of vice she is ultimately the most efficient guardian of virtue' aroused the ire of many reformers not only women’s rights campaigners. Paul McHugh analyses the social composition of the different repeal and reform movements – the liberal reformists the passionate struggle of the charismatic Josephine Butler the Tory reformers whose achievement was in the improvement of preventative medicine and finally the Social Purity movement of the 1880s which favoured a coercive approach. This is a fascinating study of ideals and principles in action of pressure-group strategy and of individual leaders in the repeal movement’s sixteen year progress to victory. The book was originally publised in 1980. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415752589

Prostitution in the CommunityAttitudes Action and Resistance Prostitution often causes significant anxiety for communities. These communities have been known to campaign against its presence in ‘their’ neighbourhoods seeking the removal of street sex workers and their male clients. Although research and literature has begun to explore prostitution from the standpoint of the community there is no comprehensive text which brings together some of the current literature in this area. This book aspires to cast light on some of this work by exploring the nature extent and visibility of prostitution in residential communities and business areas considering the legal and social context in which it is situated and the community responses of those who live and work in areas of sex work. This book aims to examine current literature on the impacts of prostitution in residential areas and considers how different policy approaches employed by the police and local authorities have mediated and shaped the nature of sex work in different communities. It explores what communities think about prostitution and those involved as well as studies the techniques and strategies communities have utilized to take action against prostitution in their neighbourhoods. This book will also demonstrate the diversity of public attitudes action and reaction to prostitution in the community. This book is a useful contribution for academics and researchers in the fields of Criminology and Sociology who wish to understand current policy initiatives surrounding the issue of prostitution in local national and international community settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138922402

Prostitution Policy in the Nordic RegionAmbiguous Sympathies There is great interest internationally in the development of prostitution policies in the Nordic countries after Sweden Norway and Iceland have introduced general bans against buying sex whilst selling sex remains legal. In addition there is a partial ban against buying sex in Finland. This is a different approach from that of several other European countries where we have seen a decriminalisation of third-party involvement in prostitution as well as to that of the USA which criminalises both the buying and selling of sexual services. Thus the Nordic countries are often treated as representatives of a 'Nordic model' of prostitution policies. In this book - the first on the subject - Skilbrei and Holmström argue that these models of policies or policy regimes tend to ignore the trajectories contexts and consequences of the full range of approaches to prostitution thus they are too simplistic and static. Prostitution policies in the Nordic countries are multifaceted and dynamic and cannot be represented as following a straight path and detached from empirical contexts. Their analysis treats Nordic prostitution policies both as a product of history of current national and Nordic debates and of international obligations and changes in the international and national prostitution markets. Furthermore they argue that a broad understanding of the relevant context is necessary so as to place Nordic prostitution policies within broader policy concerns related to gender class ethnicity sexuality social welfare immigration and organised crime as well as to neoliberal forms of governance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269842

Prostitution Research in ContextMethodology Representation and Power The starting point for this book is the question of how we research sex for sale and the implications of the choices we make in terms of epistemology and ethics. Which dilemmas and ethical aspects need to be taken into account when producing qualitative data within a highly politicised and moral-infected realm? These two questions are exactly what Spanger and Skilbrei aim to unpack in this unusual interdisciplinary methodology book Prostitution Research in Context. The book offers contributions from a number of scholars who based on their reflections on their own research practice and the existing knowledge field discuss ongoing methodological issues and challenges representative of international research on sex for sale. Some chapters deal explicitly with methodological dilemmas in research; others thematise the encounter between prostitution research and general texts on epistemology. Other chapters again actively engage with the ethical dilemmas that research on the topic of sex for sale can entail. The authors represent different disciplines but share an interest in engaging in reflexive research practices informed by feminism and feminist epistemologies. An authoritative contribution to the field this innovative volume will appeal to international scholars and students from across the social sciences and humanities in areas such as sociology anthropology criminology media studies feminist studies human geography and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375119

Prostitution Scandals in ChinaPolicing Media and Society Prostitution Scandals in China presents an examination of media coverage of prostitution-related scandals in contemporary China. It demonstrates that the subject of prostitution is not only widely debated but also that these public discussions have ramifications for some of the key social legal and political issues affecting citizens of the PRC. Further this book shows how these public discussions impact on issues as diverse as sexual exploitation civil rights government corruption child and youth protection policing abuses and public health. In this book Elaine Jeffreys highlights China’s changing sexual behaviours in the context of rapid social and economic change. Her work points to changes in the nature of the PRC’s prostitution controls flowing from media exposure of policing and other abuses. It also illustrates the emergence of new and legally based conceptions of rightful citizenship in China today such as children’s rights the right to privacy work sex and health and the rights of citizens to claim legal redress for losses and injuries experienced as the result of unlawful acts by state personnel. Prostitution Scandals in China will be of great interest to students and scholars across a range of diverse fields including Chinese culture and society gender studies and media and communication studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107182

ProstitutionPrevention and Reform in England 1860-1914 Prostitution: Prevention and Reform in England 1860-1914 is the first comprehensive overview of attempts to eradicate prostitution from English society including discussion of early attempts at reform and prevention through to the campaigns of the social purists.Prostitution looks in depth at the various reform institutions which were set up to house prostitutes analysing the motives of the reformers as well as daily life within these penitentiaries.This indispensable book reveals:* reformers' attitudes towards prostitutes and prostitution * daily life inside reform institutions* attempts at moral education* developments in moral health theories* influence of eugenics* attempts at suppressing prostitution. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203453032

Protagoras and the Challenge of RelativismPlato's Subtlest Enemy Protagoras was an important Greek thinker of the fifth century BC the most famous of the so called Sophists though most of what we know of him and his thought comes to us mainly through the dialogues of his strenuous opponent Plato. In this book Ugo Zilioli offers a sustained and philosophically sophisticated examination of what is in philosophical terms the most interesting feature of Protagoras' thought for modern readers: his role as the first Western thinker to argue for relativism. Zilioli relates Protagoras' relativism with modern forms of relativism in particular the 'robust relativism' of Joseph Margolis gives an integrated account both of the perceptual relativism examined in Plato's Theaetetus and the ethical or social relativism presented in the first part of Plato's Protagoras and offers an integrated and positive analysis of Protagoras' thought rather than focusing on ancient criticisms and responses to his thought. This is a deeply scholarly work which brings much argument to bear to the claim that Protagoras was and remains Plato's subtlest philosophical enemy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254725

Protean LiteracyExtending the Discourse on Empowerment Originally published in 1996. During the author's decade of critical ethnography in Carpinteria California she has illuminated the intricate relationships between Latino families as together they build a sociopolitical community to bridge family and school alliances. How they extend their learning from the social networks to the family arena and to the personal and in reverse represents their protean responses to the diversity and adversity in their lives. This life-story captures the collective and individual texts of the Latino children their parents and educators used to empower themselves to transform discontinuity in an age where continuity is increasingly foreign. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815373766

Protected Areas Sustainable Land? Protected areas such as nature reserves national parks and marine conservation areas are the main tool of nature conservation policies and are increasing on a worldwide scale. They are one of the main forms of environmental planning and conservation institutions have increasing means at their disposal. At the same time the goals of protected areas have become more diverse with the involvement of more stakeholders and complex institutional frameworks. Giving an account of the extension and diversification of protected areas this book determines whether these two processes constitute a breakdown in conservation policies. Economists ecologists lawyers anthropologists and geographers analyse the various trends which are fundamental to the future of protected areas to reveal a conflicting scene where narrative around cooperation and integration hides competition between different interests. This book shows how protected areas are emerging as zones of divergent experimentations of sustainable development rather than lasting forms of integrative environmental management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138250970

Protected Areas Sustainable Tourism and Neo-liberal Governance PoliciesIssues management and research From its late nineteenth century origins the concept of protected areas has increased in scope and complexity. It now has to come to terms with the twenty first century world of neo-liberal politics performance metrics and the growing and complex demands of tourism. This international collection of papers explores how this might be done detailing the issues involved and the value and values that protected areas have for economies peoples and environments. Special attention is given to World Heritage Sites tourism planning and their communities to the growth of private protected areas and to the health values of protected areas. Other subjects include private sector business involvement in protected areas concessions policy experiments and how the work of the world’s largest protected area agency the US National Park Service is adapting to changing political and market demands and to the challenges of sustainable development. It concludes with a searching interview with a member of UNESCO’s World Heritage Committee. The chapters were originally published in a special issue in the Journal of Sustainable Tourism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367586485

Protected Areas and Regional Development in EuropeTowards a New Model for the 21st Century While originally created as reserves for beautiful landscapes and endangered species protected areas in Europe were subsequently used as a means to preserve whole ecosystems with restrictions on human activities and impacts. More recently protected areas are also being considered as instruments for regional development particularly in marginal regions facing severe economic and socio-cultural problems. Contrary to previous conservation-focused policies new approaches aim to blend conservation and development functions making protected areas real 'living landscapes' and integrating activities such as agriculture forestry handicrafts tourism and education with the conservation and sustainability aspects. The past decade has seen a marked increase in these innovative and dynamic types of protected areas. However the policies of individual European countries are very varied. This volume provides a comprehensive overview of the relationship between protected areas and regional development policies both in theory and practice. Illustrated with a wide range of case studies from across Europe it compares the different concepts strategies and instruments being used. In conclusion it suggests the most innovative and successful ways to use protected areas for regeneration and sustainable regional development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138262621

Protecting ÇatalhöyükMemoir of an Archaeological Site Guard They are essential to every major archaeological excavation but rarely acknowledged by the visiting researchers once the artifacts have been shipped. As part of the innovative multivocal output from the famous Turkish Neolithic site of Çatalhöyük we hear from one of the site guards Sadrettin Dural who tells the story of the excavation from the point of view of the “Other.” He offers tales of the strange habits of archaeologists describes the local in-fighting that scholars never see and explains how scientists can be protected from the Yatirs spirits of the dead who guard the mound. Ian Hodder director of the Çatalhöyük project provides explanatory notes for the reader and an interview with the author exploring indigenous interpretations of ancient sites and the archaeologists who excavate them. For the archaeologist this offers a revolutionary new viewpoint on their work. For the cultural anthropologist Dural’s role as site guard is only a small part of his life as a Turkish villager. The author recounts the daily lived experience of one man in a contemporary Turkish village including changing economic strategies for supporting his family brushes with the law trips to the beach and the city and Turkish phone sex. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315421810

Protecting and Exploiting New Technology and Designs The protection of intellectual property rights has become a major concern in recent years. The opportunities being seized or lost in areas such as computer software or biotechnology have captured most of the headlines but in every research facility whatever the subject there is an increased awareness of the importance to R & D management of a more commercial attitude. Keith Hodkinson has run Government sponsored "professional updating" courses for academic and industrial researchers and business executives. The practical questions raised there and the advice found most useful have all helped to make this guide a down-to-earth source of help which will be of immediate profitable use to its readers. Appendices to the book as well as giving lists of useful names and addresses to contact also contain examples of draft letters contracts and record forms and licensing negotiating checklists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138440531

Protecting Biological DiversityThe Effectiveness of Access and Benefit-sharing Regimes During the last ten years the enormous global loss of biodiversity has received remarkable attention. Among the numerous approaches undertaken to stop or lessen this process access and benefit-sharing (ABS) a market-based approach has emerged as among the most prominent. In theory ABS turns biodiversity and genetic resources from an open access good to a private good and creates a market for genetic resources. It internalizes the resources’ positive externalities by pricing the commercial values for research and development and makes users pay for it. Users’ benefits are shared with the resource holders and set incentives for the sustainable use and the conservation of biodiversity. Carmen Richerzhagen however finds that in practice there are significant questions about the effectiveness of the approach in the protection of biodiversity and about the fair and equitable sharing of benefits arising from the commercialization. Utilizing the empirical findings of three case studies of biodiversity-providing countries - Costa Rica the Philippines and Ethiopia - and one case study of a community of user countries the European Union (EU) Richerzhagen examines the effectiveness of ABS through the realization of its own objectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415810623

Protecting ChildrenA Handbook for Teachers and School Managers Protecting children from abuse has never been more central to our welfare system than it is now. Schools and the people who work there are vital to the government's vision for child protection. New laws guidance and standards all set out what educational establishments must provide in order to meet their legal obligations. This book brings all these sources together to provide detailed and practical advice to help the busy teacher or school manager. Based on years of direct experience in advising schools the author offers a realistic and informed account of the inter-agency system and of the particular contribution of schools within it including: information on the legal and procedural frameworks responding to concerns about children's welfare meeting inspection standards for effective governance promoting inter-agency communication managing allegations against education staff wider issues of child safety including bullying and child employment. Protecting Children provides a guide through the minefield balancing the needs of parents professionals and pupils. It will be essential reading for all designated and newly-qualified teachers school managers governors and LEA officers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466142

Protecting Civilians During Violent ConflictTheoretical and Practical Issues for the 21st Century There is almost unanimous agreement that civilians should be protected from the direct effects of violent conflict and that the distinction between combatant and non-combatant should be respected. But what are the fundamental ethical questions about civilian immunity? Are new styles of conflict making this distinction redundant? Eloquently combining theory and practice leading scholars from the fields of political science law and philosophy have been brought together to provide an essential overview of some of the major ethical legal and political issues with regard to protecting civilians caught up in modern inter- and intra-state conflicts. In doing so they examine what is being done and what can be done to make soldiers more aware of their responsibilities in this area under international law and the ethics of war and more able to respond appropriately to the challenges that will confront them in the field. 'Protecting Civilians During Violent Conflict' presents a clear-eyed look at the dilemmas facing regular combatants as they confront enemies in the modern battlespace and especially the complications arising from the new styles of conflict where enemy and civilian populations merge. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254565

Protecting Critical Infrastructures Against Cyber-Attack The threat that is posed by "cyber-warriors" is illustrated by recent incidents such as the Year 2000 "Millennium Bug". Strategies to reduce the risk that cyber-attack poses at both individual and national level are described and compared with the actions being taken by a number of Western governments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138413993

Protecting Democracy from Dissent: Population Engineering in Western Europe 1918-1926 In the aftermath of the First World War the victorious powers – more or less liberal democracies – argued that democracy would bring peace to Europe because this was the only effective way for legitimate states with governments based on the consent of the governed to be organized. What the victorious statesmen failed to foresee was how much conflict this postwar settlement would provoke since it was far from clear exactly which people should qualify for the privilege of self-governance.　 It is well known that these conflicts played out dramatically and violently in eastern and southeastern Europe in the immediate postwar years. What is less well known is that the contest extended into the western European heartland of the victorious powers as well. There the quest for a new conception of democracy â€“ based on both liberalism and nationalism â€“ led the victors to pursue liberal policies of population engineering with paradoxically the best of intentions: the preservation and stability of democracy itself. In an era in which people were becoming more involved in choosing their governments governments were becoming more involved in choosing their people. While the victors sought to craft a more ethical â€“ or at least more legalistic â€“ form of population engineering than the often violent and ad hoc versions employed further east the result nevertheless remained at odds with the ethical foundations of liberal democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367349356

Protecting Human Rights Defenders at Risk This book assesses the construction operation and effects of the international protection regime for human rights defenders which has evolved significantly over the last twenty years in response to the risks people face as they promote and protect human rights. Drawing upon the experiences of human rights defenders who continue to persevere in their activism in Indonesia Egypt Kenya Mexico and Colombia this edited collection examines the ways in which formal protection mechanisms by state and civil society actors intersect with self-protection measures and informal protection initiatives by families and friends. It highlights that protection practices are most effective when they are designed to address the specific risks that human rights defenders face (which are gendered and intersectional); reflect how defenders understand ‘risk’ ‘security’ and ‘protection’; and are appropriate for the dynamic sociopolitical and legal contexts in which defenders operate. This book proposes ways in which the protection of human rights defenders at risk should be reimagined and practised. This book will be a thought-provoking guide for students and scholars of politics international relations law and human rights as well as to practitioners engaged in the protection of human rights defenders at risk. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138392618

Protecting Human Rights in the 21st Century This book contributes to current debates on the protection of human rights in the 21st century. With the global economic collapse the rise of the BRICS the post-intervention chaos in Libya the migration crisis in Europe and the regional conflagration sparked by the conflict in Syria the need to protect human rights has arguably never been greater. In light of the precipitous decline in global respect for human rights and the eruption or escalation of intra-state crises across the world this book asks 'what is the future of human rights protection?'. Seeking to avoid both denial and fatalism this book thus aims to: examine the principles at the very foundation of the debate on human rights; diagnose the causes of the decline of liberal internationalism so as to offer guiding lessons for future initiatives; identify those practices and developments that can and should be preserved in the new era; question the parameters of the contemporary debate and advance perspectives that aim to identify the contours of future ideas and practices that may offer a way forward. This book will be of much interest to students of humanitarian intervention R2P international organisations human rights and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218932

Protecting Immigrant Rights in MexicoUnderstanding the State-Civil Society Nexus The state-civil society relationship to migration policy is an area both largely unexplored and little understood in current scholarly literature. Laura González-Murphy offers a timely analysis of the changing role played by civil society in the formulation and implementation of government policies in general and migration policy in particular. Using Mexico as her primary case study because of the recent impact of immigrants on its legislation and the historical evolution of its institutions  González-Murphy details the ways that civil society has become a participant in immigration policy changes including Mexico’s new migration law. Mexico’s experience is also closely compared with countries presently experiencing similar immigration and political dynamics such as Spain and Italy. The extensive interviews with Mexican civil society actors and government officials that González-Murphy has conducted during the last few years enable her thorough understanding of the state-civil society relationship in Mexico.  The book closes with an examination of what the Mexican experience contributes to our understanding of the actors processes issues and obstacles involved in migration policy development. Protecting Immigrant Rights in Mexico will offer scholars as well as policy makers and civil society actors a greater understanding of the domestic and international political issues and constraints that shape immigration policy making and its implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138926363

Protecting Information Assets and IT Infrastructure in the Cloud Today many businesses and corporations are moving their on premises IT Infrastructure to the Cloud. There are numerous advantages to do doing so including on-demand service scalability and fixed pricing. As a result the Cloud has become a popular target of cyber-based attacks. Although an ISP is often charged with keeping virtual infrastructure secure it is not safe to assume this. Back-up measures must be taken. This book explains how to guard against cyber-attacks by adding another layer of protection to the most valuable data in the Cloud: customer information and trade secrets. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138393325

Protecting Intellectual Property in the Arabian PeninsulaThe GCC states Jordan and Yemen 　 This work examines the endeavours of the Arabian Peninsula States – namely the Gulf Cooperation Council member States of Bahrain Kuwait Oman Qatar Saudi Arabia and the UAE as well as Jordan and Yemen as prospective GCC members – in establishing national intellectual property protection regimes which both meet their international treaty obligations and are also congruent with their domestic policy objectives. It uses the WTO’s TRIPS Agreement of 1995 as the universal benchmark against which the region’s laws are assessed. The challenges faced by the States in enforcing their intellectual property laws receive particular attention. Protecting Intellectual Property in the Arabian Peninsula considers the changing nature of the States’ intellectual property laws since 1995. It argues that the decade immediately following the TRIPS Agreement was marked by a period of foreign forces shaping or influencing the character of the States’ intellectual property legislative regimes primarily through multilateral or bilateral trade-based agreements. The second and current decade however see a significant shift away from foreign influences and a move towards domestic and regional imperatives and initiatives taking over. The work also examines regional initiatives for the protection of traditional knowledge and cultural heritage as areas of intellectual property which fall outside the parameters of the TRIPS Agreement but which are of significant concern to the States and other developing countries and to which they are giving increasing attention in terms of providing proper protection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138211476

Protecting Judgment-Impaired AdultsIssues Interventions and Policies This thorough book provides valuable information on guardianship and alternative methods for serving judgment-impaired adults. To date much of contemporary guardianship policy has been developed by “muddling through.” This book explores developments in case law concerning the scope of the guardian's authority the proposed national guardianship act and proposed changes in federal legislation regarding representative payees and provides guidance in these important areas of concern. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315825427

Protecting Main StreetMeasuring the Customer Experience in Financial Services for Business and Public Policy Unlike other books which focus solely on the business or profit aspects of measuring the customer experience this book focuses on the benefits to the consumer as well as the company or financial institution. The book describes how business and government can undertake market research to determine whether the credit and investment markets are functioning properly and providing consumers with adequate information to make sound and safe credit and investment decisions. A discussion of different market research methods abilities to uncover problems in the credit and investment markets is provided. Findings and trends from studies measuring the customers experience in the credit and investment markets during the 1991 - 2009 time periods are discussed along with regulatory guidelines and consumer protection laws. The methodologies used to measure the customer experience and detect misleading sales practices; unfair treatment and discrimination in the financial services market place are described in detail. The techniques of mystery shopping matched pair testing and consumer surveys are described along with a detailed discussion of study design data collection methods sample size determination statistical testing reporting and analysis. Sample questionnaires mystery shop scenarios and profiles and sample analyses and charts are provided. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864160

Protecting Mobile Networks and DevicesChallenges and Solutions This book gathers and analyzes the latest attacks solutions and trends in mobile networks. Its broad scope covers attacks and solutions related to mobile networks mobile phone security and wireless security. It examines the previous and emerging attacks and solutions in the mobile networking worlds as well as other pertinent security issues. The many attack samples present the severity of this problem while the delivered methodologies and countermeasures show how to build a truly secure mobile computing environment. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367658311

Protecting Our PortsDomestic and International Politics of Containerized Freight Security Since the terrorist attacks of September 11 2001 there has been much discussion of the security of borders and ports of entry in the United States and around the world. Ports of entry particularly sea ports are viewed as one of the most defenceless targets for a terrorist attack. In response to this perceived vulnerability a number of port security initiatives have been implemented both on both a domestic and international level. This timely project investigates a number of issues surrounding the container security issue. It examines the scope of containerized freight security analyzes cooperation between agents in the United States and abroad explores the politics of port security and provides an assessment of 17 of the world's sea ports. The work sheds light on the container security threat and the domestic and international responses that have emerged as well as those steps that still must be taken. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602677

Protecting Patients' RightsA Comparative Study of the Ombudsman in Healthcare A key text for doctors this revised expanded and updated edition now includes a section on understanding one's own attitudes and empathy and greatly enhanced material on communication strategies and skills. The text is also suitable for candidates preparing for the MRCGP examination. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315375335

Protecting Privacy in Private International and Procedural Law and by Data ProtectionEuropean and American Developments Ensuring the effective right to privacy regarding the gathering and processing of personal data has become a key issue both in the internal market and in the international arena. The extent of one's right to control their data the implications of the `right to be forgotten' the impact of the CJEU's decisions on personality rights and recent defamation legislation are shaping a new understanding of data protection and the right to privacy. This book explores these issues with a view to assessing the status quo and prospective developments in this area of the law which is undergoing significant changes and reforms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472473301

Protecting Rights Without a Bill of RightsInstitutional Performance and Reform in Australia Australia is now the only major Anglophone country that has not adopted a Bill of Rights. Since 1982 Canada New Zealand and the UK have all adopted either constitutional or statutory bills of rights. Australia however continues to rely on common law statutes dealing with specific issues such as racial and sexual discrimination a generally tolerant society and a vibrant democracy. This book focuses on the protection of human rights in Australia and includes international perspectives for the purpose of comparison and it provides an examination of how well Australian institutions governments legislatures courts and tribunals have performed in protecting human rights in the absence of a Bill of Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815391203

Protecting Seniors Against Environmental DisastersFrom Hazards and Vulnerability to Prevention and Resilience The baby boom generation were born between 1946 and 1964 and are the largest population cohort in US history. They should number about 90 million by mid-century more than doubling their current size. The massive increase in seniors and relative decline of those of working age in the US is mirrored in almost all the world’s most populous countries. This book connects the dots between the US baby boom generation and the marked increase in natural and human-caused disasters. It evaluates options available to seniors their aids for and not-for and for-profit organizations and government to reduce vulnerability to hazard events. These include coordinated planning risk assessment regulations and guidelines education and other risk management efforts. Using interviews with experts cases studies especially of Superstorm Sandy and literature it culls best practice and identify major gaps. It is original and successful in making the connection between the growing group of vulnerable US seniors environmental events and risk management practices in order to isolate the most effective lessons learned. 　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138282377

Protecting Suburban AmericaGentrification Advocacy and the Historic Imaginary Protecting Suburban America explores the dynamics and conflicts inherent in preserving historic twentieth-century suburban landscapes in America.Bridging architecture anthropology planning and urban studies its unique approach combines a study of historic preservation with multi-sited ethnographic fieldwork to shed fascinating light on issues of heritage preservation gentrification class ethnicity and contested values in suburbia. These are subjects which reach far beyond the setting of the book’s focus in California to touch on topical debates in cities suburbia and gentrifying neighborhoods worldwide.At the heart of the book is a detailed comparative ethnography of preservation practices and the changing landscapes of five suburban cities where affluent homeowners have begun to restore their early twentieth-century houses in neighborhoods once suffering from decline. Not every neighbor however shares the same aesthetic values and complex dynamics can arise. The study compares experiences in five different cities and in different long-term immigrant and gentrifying populations. Themes revealed include homeowner restoration practices aesthetic contestations local advocacy and public policy alongside an exploration of the social construction of the historic restoration process and how homeowners construct ‘historical’ meaning in their homes and neighbourhoods. These are themes with consequences for national and global settings – of interest wherever contested preservation aesthetics and regulations are reshaping older residential neighbourhoods and their social dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367668433

Protecting the AtmosphereThe Climate Change Convention and its context 'The authors take us into less-known corridors of climate Realpolitik and energy power play. We are provided with the essential vocabulary to understand what is at stake and how the challenge should be tackled' Prince Sadruddin Aga Khan Global warming and the resulting climate change present one of the greatest potential threats humanity has had to face. Every country contributes to them and they affect every person. Correspondingly the Framework Convention on Climate Change negotiated at the Earth Summit and since is potentially one of the most significant international agreements ever reached � and its successful implementation is vital if the threat is to be averted. This book provides a guide to the Convention and explains in very clear terms what is involved: the background which makes it so necessary; the tortuous process involved in negotiating it; what it says; and most importantly how it must be interpreted and implemented making clear the scale of the changes involved and the dangers of evading them. Sten Nilsson is leader of the forest resources project at the International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis. David Pitt is a consultant to the Bellerive Foundation and Alp Action. They are the authors of Mountain World in Danger published by Earthscan in 1991. Originally published in 1994 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415849234

Protecting the Global Environment " Gary Bryner's brief readable capstone book: " Features a forward by Mark A. Boyer Outlines the major environmental challenges facing the world today Applies international relations theory to these challenges Covers such key topics as development sustainability and market capitalism Offers a social justice perspective to environmental problems and solutions Borne of an amalgam of social science fieldwork and a passionate commitment to justice this book brings debates about climate change to a new level compelling readers and researchers to rethink the reasons for reversing global environmental trends. The book lays out three inspirations for improving environmental prospects: effective markets sustainable development and environmental justice for the most vulnerable. It also projects three possible scenarios flowing from the success or failure of these inspirations one bleak one breakthrough and one of status quo. Gary Bryner is not sanguine about humanity s ability to make the right choices but this does not deter him from asking us to think beyond our own generation and our own species in urging environmental action now." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594516757

Protecting the Internally DisplacedRhetoric and Reality Today there are over 40 million conflict-induced internally displaced persons (IDPs) globally almost double the number of refugees. Yet IDPs are protected only by the soft-law Guiding Principles on Internal Displacement at the global level. Instead of a dedicated international organization IDPs receive protection and assistance only through the UN’s cluster approach. Orchard argues that while an international IDP protection regime exists many aspects of it are informal with IDP issues bound up in a humanitarian regime complex that divides the mandates of key organizations and even the question of IDP status itself. While the Guiding Principles mark an important step forward implementation of laws and policies based on them at the domestic level remains haphazard. Action at the international level similarly reflects an all-too-often ad hoc approach to IDP issues. Through an in-depth examination of IDP efforts at the international level and across the forty states which have adopted IDP laws and policies Orchard argues that while progress has been made new and greater monitoring and accountability mechanisms at both the domestic and international levels are critical. This work will be valuable to scholars students and practitioners of forced migration international relations theory and the Responsibility to Protect doctrine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138799226

Protecting the Marine Environment From Land-Based Sources of PollutionTowards Effective International Cooperation Global findings estimate that 80 per cent of marine pollution originates from land-based sources and is trans-boundary in nature. These problems persist in spite of a number of legal and policy initiatives taken to protect the marine environment. This volume explores the applications and shortcomings of current international regimes in addressing these issues. The book identifies the sources and effects of land-based marine pollution and analyzes the problems of controlling them. Management principles policy and regulation are examined at both regional and international level. The author discusses the strengths and weaknesses of existing regimes and advances a more effective international legal framework. The text provides a valuable insight into an important area of international environmental law. It will be of interest to researchers and policy-makers working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259225

Protecting the Objects and Serving the PublicJournal of Museum Education 36:2 Thematic Issue Sponsored by the Museum Education Rountable Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781598748734

Protecting the Ozone LayerThe United Nations History In the 1970s the world became aware of a huge danger: the destruction of the stratospheric ozone layer by CFCs escaping into the atmosphere and the damage this could do to human health and the food chain. So great was the threat that by 1987 the UN had succeeded in coordinating an international treaty to phase out emissions; which over the following 15 years has been implemented. It has been hailed as an outstanding success. It needed the participation of all the parties: governments industry scientists campaigners NGOs and the media and is a model for future treaties. This volume provides the authoritative and comprehensive history of the whole process from the earliest warning signs to the present. It is an invaluable record for all those involved and a necessary reference for future negotiations to a wide range of scholars students and professionals. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849772266

Protecting the PeripheryEnvironmental Policy in Peripheral Regions of the European Union First published in 1994. ln Protecting the Periphery the editors present a series of papers revealing the impact of EU policies on environmental quality in regions at the edge of the European Union and in those lying just outside it. In many cases these regions contain habitats and landscapes of international importance; they have also often escaped some of the environmental damage caused by industrialization. But as the papers' reveal attempts by the EU to safeguard these environmental benefits are often contradicted by the EU’s own development policies bringing air pollution from new roads contamination from new industries and leading to habitat destruction from modern agricultural practices and increases in tourism. As the Union pushes for the deepening of the integration process including completing the internal market the pressures on the periphery's environment are increasing. Furthermore the efforts of the periphery to catch-up economically with the developed core can often heighten the tension between economic considerations on the one hand and the need for environmental protection on the other. The studies in this book examine the ambivalent responses to EU environmental policy among policy-makers and environmentalists in the periphery. Both the willingness as well as the capacity of the periphery to protect its environmental heritage are explored. In particular the administrative capacity institutional arrangements political culture as well as economic development needs are taken into account in an examination of the nature of the periphery’s response to and implementation of Union environmental policy. The book will appeal to policy-makers and academics in the countries of the European periphery and to analysts of European policy-making everywhere especially those concerned with environmental policy and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367189679

Protecting the Public?Executive Discretion and the Release of Mentally Disordered Offenders The separation of powers and independent judicial decision-making are generally accepted as hallmarks of the rule of law in democratic societies. Yet the exercise of executive discretion remains an important aspect of criminal justice in many areas. Protecting the Public? explores the tension between the rights of individuals detained under criminal and mental health law and the responsibility for public protection in the little-known world of executive discretion over mentally disordered offenders. It is based on extensive and unique empirical research conducted at the UK Home Office with legal and clinical practitioners with civil society organisations and by reference to comparative jurisdictions. Central questions considered include: executive judicial and tribunal decision-making; mental health and criminal law reform regarding serious or high-risk offenders; the influence of human rights law on policy and practice; and the role of civil society particularly victim interest groups in public policy. Through its analysis of decisions to release 'high-risk' offenders this book goes to the heart of the public protection agenda â€“ examining how 'the public' is constructed and what protection is provided by the exercise of executive discretion. This book will be of interest to academic and other researchers students policy-makers law reformers commentators and anyone interested in the field of criminal justice mental health law and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9780415627962

Protecting the Religious Freedom of New Minorities in International Law This book examines the interpretation and application of the right to freedom of religion and belief of new minorities formed by recent migration by the European Court of Human Rights (ECtHR) and the United Nations Human Rights Committee (HRC).　 New minorities are increasingly confronted with restrictions of their religious practices and have addressed their rights claims both to the ECtHR and the HRC through their individual complaint procedures which resulted in several　contradicting decisions. Based on a quantitative and qualitative empirical analysis of the relevant case law focusing in particular on the reasoning adopted by the two bodies this book finds that the HRC in its practice offers a significantly higher level of protection to new minorities than the ECtHR. Such divergence may be explained by various institutional and conceptual differences of which the concept of the margin of appreciation is the most influential. It is contended that the extensive use of the concept of the margin of appreciation by the ECtHR in the case law regarding new minorities’ right to freedom of religion and belief and the absence of such concept in the HRC’s case law could be explained by different understandings of the role of an international human rights body in conflicts between the majority and minorities. This book argues that such divergence could be mitigated with various tools such as the inclusion of cross-references to the case law of other relevant bodies as well as to instruments specifically established for the protection of minorities.　 The book will be of interest to academics researchers and practitioners in the area of international human rights law international public law in general and law and religion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209124

Protecting the Sacred Creating Peace in Asia-Pacific Using case studies from the Middle East South Asia Southeast Asia and the Pacific Basin this book examines the global trend of violence against religious places and figures. The contributors believe attacks on sacred places to be particularly damaging to peace and harmony because of the centrality of religion in many Asian and Pacific countries.A diverse range of topics are covered including an empirical exploration of the global trends of violence against sacred spaces; attacks against and policies toward holy sites in Israel and the Palestinian Territories; the fate of Indian Islamic monuments after India gained independence in 1947; the Christian community's response to the increasing Islamization of Malaysia and the future of communalism in Malaysia. Africa and Australia are also referenced in the work.Taken together this volume explores the importance of protecting sacred spaces holy symbols and religious people as a crucial element in fostering peace in the world and especially the Asia-Pacific region. The contributors argue that much of the violence in the world is rooted in politics of religious identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412849852

Protecting the VulnerableAutonomy and Consent in Health Care The right of adults with sound mind to consent to treatment or risk their own health for the benefit of the community in a clinical trial is unequivocally recognised by the law. But what about those vulnerable by virtue of their age nature or position in society? Experts from the fields of medicine philosophy theology and law explore the ethical and legal principles which seek to reconcile the individual's right to autonomy with the need to protect vulnerable groups. Discussions refer both to specific groups (premature babies children people with mental handicaps) and specific issues (cases of abuse by sterilization of women suicide the right to information). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755450

Protecting the Weak in East AsiaFraming Mobilisation and Institutionalisation This book investigates public claims for the protection of weak groups and interests in Japan and China from the nineteenth century to the present day. Taking an interdisciplinary approach it engages with ongoing global debates relevant to both Western and non-Western societies whilst also providing an historically informed analysis of contemporary issues. Using case studies on disaster victims employee well-being cultural heritage and animal welfare this book analytically distinguishes between framing mobilisation and institutionalisation processes. It examines these processes at the intersections of international and domestic spheres and in doing so demonstrates how drives for protection are formulated contested and played out in practice. Ultimately however this book argues that claims for protection do not necessarily translate into effective measures but may in fact entail ambiguous or negative outcomes for the protected ‘weak’. Protecting the Weak in East Asia makes a significant contribution to the empirical and theoretical research into the transformation of East Asian societies. As such it will appeal to students and scholars of Asian history Asian culture and society and East Asian Studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815368229

Protecting Traditional KnowledgeThe WIPO Intergovernmental Committee on Intellectual Property and Genetic Resources Traditional Knowledge a This is the first comprehensive review of the Intergovernmental Committee (IGC) of the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) established in 2000. It provides an in-depth consideration of the key thematic areas within WIPO discussions – genetic resources (GRs) traditional knowledge (TK) and traditional cultural expressions (TCEs) through the perspectives of a broad range of experts and stakeholders including indigenous peoples and local communities. It also looks at how these areas have been treated in a number of forums and settings (including national systems and experiences and also in trade agreements) and the interface with WIPO discussions. Furthermore the book analyses the process and the negotiation dynamics since the IGC received a mandate from WIPO members in 2009 to undertake formal text-based negotiations towards legal instruments for the protection of GR TK and TCEs. While there has been some progress in these negotiations important disagreements persist. If these are to be resolved the adoption of these legal instruments would be a significant development towards resolving key gaps in the modern intellectual property system. In this regard the book considers the future of the IGC and suggests options which could contribute towards achieving a consensual outcome. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335236

Protecting Your CollectionA Handbook Survey & Guide for the Security of Rare Books Manuscripts Archives & Works of Art Here is a practical volume that focuses on the major security problems for libraries archives and museums. Written by a respected librarian and security consultant Protecting Your Collection provides provides a thorough review of the procedures for protecting library art and archival collections against losses from theft fire flooding and mutilation. Author Slade Gandert includes fascinating interviews with librarians rare book dealers archivists detectives and security professionals to find out who steals from institutional collections--how they do it and why they do it. Each chapter features case studies of intriguing security leaks in the institutional system and describes their outcome. This important book is beneficial reading for library staff and administrators. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859699

Protection and Industry First published in 1904 this volume emerged during a split within the Liberal Unionist Party over Joseph Chamberlain’s advocacy of Protectionism through Tariff Reform. Having originally broken with the Liberal Party over Home Rule in 1885 1904 saw some Liberal Unionists return to the Liberal fold. The authors here constitute those departing Liberal Unionists in a multifaceted rallying call for Free Trade in the face of Protectionism. Their articles on subjects such as Shipping Agriculture and Engineering assess the implications of Free Trade with a focus on each author’s specialist industry. The authors unanimously declare in favour of the system under which they maintain Great Britain developed unparalleled prosperity and taught other nations her industrial success. In the process they demonstrate that trade cannot improve whilst fettered and focus on the potential for real improvements through Free Trade. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138602106

Protection of Civilians and Individual AccountabilityObligations and Responsibilities of Military Commanders in United Nations Peacekeeping Operations This book explores the question of whether peacekeeping commanders can be held accountable for a failure to protect the civilian population in the mission area. This requires an assessment of whether peacekeeping commanders have an obligation to act against such serious crimes being committed under domestic and international law. The work uses the cases of the Dutch and Belgian peacekeeping commanders in Srebrenica and Kigali as examples but it also places the analysis into the context of contemporary peacekeeping operations. It unfolds two main arguments. First it provides a critical note to the contextual interpretation given to international law in relation to peacekeeping. It is argued that establishing a specific paradigm for peacekeeping operations with clear rules of interpretation and benchmark criteria would benefit peacekeeping and international law by making the contextual interpretation of international law redundant. Second it is held that alternative options to the existing forms of criminal responsibility for military commanders should be considered possibly focusing more clearly on failing to fulfil a norm of protection that is specific to peacekeeping and distinct from protective obligations under international human rights law and international humanitarian law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138388765

Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of Armed Conflict At the request of UNESCO Jiri Toman Acting Director of the Henry Dunant Institute in Geneva has written this detailed analysis of the 1954 Hague Convention for the Protection of Cultural Property in the Event of Armed Conflict - still the only universal legal instrument in this field. The author has used the materials that emerged from the preparatory work for the Convention and has taken numerous examples from UNESCO’s records about the application of the Convention in conflicts over the last 40 years to illustrate this article-by-article commentary on the Convention itself the Regulations for its Execution and its Protocol. The author establishes parallels with other international legal instruments such as the 1977 Protocols Additional to the 1949 Geneva Conventions or the other UNESCO conventions relating to cultural heritage and puts forward ideas for a more general study of the protection of cultural property in the event of armed conflict and the legal and practical ways of achieving this. This work should satisfy the expectations of politicians and those responsible for culture in the countries that are States Parties to the Convention now numbering more than 80 and of those that are considering becoming parties to it given the increasing calls being made for the international community to have greater powers to defend the cultural heritage from attacks to which it is too often exposed in armed conflicts today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245812

Protection of Public Health from Microbial and Chemical Hazards in Swimming Pool Environments This thesis describes the occurrence of microbial and chemical contaminants in swimming pools and the investigation of an alternative disinfection technology UVOX Redox® that could reduce reliance on chlorine and the formation of chlorinated disinfection byproducts (DBPs) in swimming pools. This technology was effective in inactivation of chlorine resistant microorganisms represented by Bacillus subtilis spores and in combination with chlorine generated lower concentrations of chlorinated DBPs compared to chlorination alone. It enhanced the removal of pharmaceuticals and personal care products (PPCPs) which were frequently present in indoor outdoor and spa pools. Carbamazepine and 1H-benzotriazole were the most frequently detected PPCPs while hydrochlorothiazide and 4-methylbenzylidene camphor were detected at the highest concentration. An investigation of seven different swimming pool facilities showed that clinically relevant fungi were omnipresent. Floors at the sites where the pool visitors converge such as the exit leading to shower rooms showed the highest fungal concentrations. The distribution of fungi inside the swimming pool facilities highlighted potential transmission pathways and a possible risk of fungal infections. Future swimming pool water guidance should include raising awareness among swimmers pool operators and managers about hygienic behaviour and better hygiene measures and application of alternative disinfection technologies such as UVOX. Key features: Identifies clinically relevant fungi in swimming pool environments Identifies potential transmission pathways of clinically relevant fungi in indoor swimming pools Highlights the occurrence of PPCPs in different type of pools and their relation with pool water treatment Assesses an alternative disinfection technology for swimming pool water treatment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367251352

Protection of Refugees and Displaced Persons in the Asia Pacific Region The chapters in this book explore the impact of recent shifts in global and regional power and the subsequent development and enforcement of international refugee protection standards in the Asia Pacific region. Drawing on their expertise across a number of jurisdictions the contributors assess the challenges confronting the implementation of international law in the region as well as new opportunities for extending protection norms into national and regional dialogues. The case studies span key jurisdictions across the region and include a comparative analysis with China Indonesia Thailand Myanmar Malaysia Bangladesh and Australia. This topical and important book raises critical questions for the Asia Pacific region and sheds light on the challenges confronting the protection of refugees and displaced persons in this area. Interdisciplinary in its approach it will be of interest to academics researchers students and policy-makers concerned with the rights and protection of refugees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254640

Protection of Sexual Minorities since StonewallProgress and Stalemate in Developed and Developing Countries The Stonewall Riot in New York in 1969 marked the birth of the sexual minority rights movement worldwide. In the subsequent four decades equality and related rights on grounds of sexual orientation and gender identity have been enshrined in many African Asian Australasian European and North American countries thanks to better informed discourses of the natures of sexual orientation gender identity equality and rights that systematic scientific and socio-legal research has generated. Discrimination harassment and persecution on grounds of a person’s sexual orientation or gender identity however continue to pervade the laws and social norms in all developed and developing countries. In tribute to the courage of those who participated in the Stonewall Riot this book examines the progress and stalemate in various countries on five continents as well as in the development of international law concerning the rights of persons belonging to sexual minorities. This book covers issues including homophobic bullying and gay–straight alliances in schools; the merits and problems that legislation prohibiting hate speech on grounds of sexual orientation presents; criminal justice systems in relation to male rape victims and to criminalisation of HIV exposure and transmission; the development of sexual minority rights from historical and socio-legal perspectives in Hong Kong Japan Singapore and Zimbabwe; the lives of transgender persons in Asian countries; the evolution operation and impact of international and domestic refugee laws on sexual orientation and gender identity as grounds for refugee status and asylum; and the conflicts between law religion and sexual minority equality rights that inhere in the same-sex marriage debate in Ireland. This book was previously published as a special double issue of The International Journal of Human Rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415508889

Protection or Free TradeAn Examination of the Tariff Question With Especial Regard to the Interests of Labour In this book first published in 1890 the author endeavours to determine whether protectionism or free trade better accords with the interests of labour – particularly with regards to the raising of wages. He analyses the popularity of protection in the face of the evidence of its fallacies and examines the principle of free trade and its consequences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138305380

Protection Techniques in Electrical Energy Systems Presenting the theoretical principles for and current state of electrical power system protection engineering this work explains the functions of protection and control equipment. It provides application guidelines for every component to be protected in a system and examines and compares American British and continental protection philosophies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401641

Protectionism to LiberalisationIreland and the EEC 1957 to 1966 This title was first published in 2000. This work examines Irish government towards European integration in the second post-war decade by concentrating on crisis points or flash points it does this in a fairly subject-oriented manner concerning Dublin's decision-making processes. The central themes of this study are concentrated on economic matters but they deal with other tenets when relevant too be they of a cultural diplomatic ideological military political or social nature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138730144

Protective and Preferential Import Duties A.C. Pigou spent his career in the shadow of Marshall and Keynes and his contributions have seemed small by comparison but his influence remains significant. He is regarded by many as the father of modern public finance and welfare theory as the way that economists analyze and justify government intervention in economic affairs stems from Pigou. Following on from A. C. Pigou’s 1903 pamphlet The Riddle of the Tariff this book originally published in 1906 is a more technical treatment leaning on the Marshalian apparatus and coming out against the policy of Imperial preference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217102

Protective Armor Engineering Design There is increasing interest in the area of protective vests either for protection against bullets or protection from the most realistic threats within domestic frontline operations: edged weapon knives and medical needles. This volume addresses that need. This new book provides an in-depth survey of the state-of-the-art research and practical techniques in the area of protected fabrics especially stab-resistant and bulletproof fabrics. The book covers:• The history of protective armor: the long history of the art of protective armor manufacturing.• Materials used for body armor: the design and materials used for soft armor to increase its perforation-resistance utilizing high-performance fibers.• Anti-stab and anti-bullet armor design: the different design parameters required for the design of flexible armor in order to stop high-velocity projectiles.• The comfort of the body armor design: the flexibility thermal resistivity and evaporative moisture resistivity through the fabric.• Methods of testing the flexible body armors: testing the components of flexible body armor according to the level of the protection required such as NIJ Standards HOSDB Body Armour Standards for UK Police and the German SK1 Standard among others. Written by an expert in textile composite material engineering this volume fills an important gap in the area of protective fabric against stabbing or bullets and provides invaluable practical knowledge for body armor design. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771887878

Protective Gloves for Occupational Use Completely updated to reflect the continued importance of protective gloves to occupational health this second edition of a standard-setting book provides state-of-the-art information on glove materials the manufacture of gloves how to perform testing of gloves and glove performance according to standardized technical methods in vivo. The second edition includes new chapters on:The efficacy of protective gloves as a preventive means against occupational dermatitisThe role of proper information when choosing glovesAssessment of skin exposureChanges in skin barrier properties as a result of wearing glovesGlove selection for work with acrylatesThis updated compilation of data offers a wealth of information on protective glove material technology protective effects and adverse medical effects. It provides guidance on how to select gloves to prevent skin contamination from chemical and microbial exposure in the occupational environment and presents hard to find information in one easy-to-use resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393854

Protective OperationsA Handbook for Security and Law Enforcement Protective Operations: A Handbook for Security and Law Enforcement is designed as a reference for law enforcement and security organizations tasked with protecting the welfare of an individual or groups of individuals. To be effective and professional protective operations require the incorporation of a variety of skill sets. However many departments and jurisdictions have only limited resources and training available. Filling this void the book identifies issues particular to local law enforcement — and the private security teams that may be called in later — and offers suggestions and guidance for confronting high-threat scenarios as well as the more mundane protective details. Highlights: Details the essence of local law enforcement protective operations that are run in large part covertly Examines threat assessment from both hostile organizations and unknown adversaries Provides a solid understanding of operational security situational awareness and surveillance detection Includes examples from real-world attacks occurring over the past sixty years Reinforces the need for training in specific tactics and techniques Emphasizes training for confronting the adversary Focuses on the economics of providing the most protection for the least cost Addresses issues surrounding possible direct violations of the law and department policy and procedures The author’s decades of training research and experience provide invaluable tested and proven protocols for keeping subjects safe in a hostile environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439851715

Protective Relay Principles Improve Failure Detection and Optimize ProtectionIn the ever-evolving field of protective relay technology an engineer’s personal preference and professional judgment are as important to power system protection as the physical relays used to detect and isolate abnormal conditions. Invaluable Insights from an Experienced Expert Protective Relay Principles focuses on probable power system failure modes and the important characteristics of the protective relays used to detect these postulated failures. The book presents useful new concepts in a way that is easier to understand because they are equally relevant to older electromechanical and solid-state relays and newer more versatile microprocessor-based relays. It introduces the applications considerations and setting philosophies used in transmission-line distribution-line and substation applications covering concepts associated with general system operations and fault detection. Topics include relay load limits cold load pickup voltage recovery and arc flash. The author also delves into the philosophies that engineers employ in both urban and rural areas with a detailed consideration of setpoint function. Analysis of Key Concepts That Are Usually Just Glossed OverThis versatile text is ideal for new engineers to use as a tutorial before they open the instruction manuals that accompany multi-function microprocessor-based relays. Guiding readers through the transient loading conditions that can result in relay misoperation the author elaborates on concepts that are not generally discussed but can be very helpful in specific applications. Readers will come away with an excellent grasp of important design considerations for working with overcurrent over- and undervoltage impedance distance and differential type relay functions either individually or in combination. Also useful for students as a textbook this book includes practical examples for many applications and offers guidance for more unusual ones. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221496

Protective Relaying for Power Generation Systems Power outages have considerable social and economic impacts and effective protection schemes are crucial to avoiding them. While most textbooks focus on the transmission and distribution aspects of protective relays Protective Relaying for Power Generation Systems is the first to focus on protection of motors and generators from a power generation perspective. It also includes workbook constructions that allow students to perform protection-related calculations in Mathcad® and Excel®.This text provides both a general overview and in-depth discussion of each topic making it easy to tailor the material to students' needs. It also covers topics not found in other texts on the subject including detailed time decrement generator fault calculations and minimum excitation limit. The author clearly explains the potential for damage and damaging mechanisms related to each protection function and includes thorough derivations of complex system interactions. Such derivations underlie the various rule-of-thumb setting criteria provide insight into why the rules-of-thumb work and when they are not appropriate and are useful for post-incident analysis. The book's flexible approach combines theoretical discussions with example settings that offer quick how-to information.Protective Relaying for Power Generation Systems integrates fundamental knowledge with practical tools to ensure students have a thorough understanding of protection schemes and issues that arise during or after abnormal operation. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315220819

Protective RelayingPrinciples and Applications Fourth Edition For many years Protective Relaying: Principles and Applications has been the go-to text for gaining proficiency in the technological fundamentals of power system protection. Continuing in the bestselling tradition of the previous editions by the late J. Lewis Blackburn the Fourth Edition retains the core concepts at the heart of power system analysis. Featuring refinements and additions to accommodate recent technological progress the text: Explores developments in the creation of smarter more flexible protective systems based on advances in the computational power of digital devices and the capabilities of communication systems that can be applied within the power grid Examines the regulations related to power system protection and how they impact the way protective relaying systems are designed applied set and monitored Considers the evaluation of protective systems during system disturbances and describes the tools available for analysis Addresses the benefits and problems associated with applying microprocessor-based devices in protection schemes Contains an expanded discussion of intertie protection requirements at dispersed generation facilities Providing information on a mixture of old and new equipment Protective Relaying: Principles and Applications Fourth Edition reflects the present state of power systems currently in operation making it a handy reference for practicing protection engineers. And yet its challenging end-of-chapter problems coverage of the basic mathematical requirements for fault analysis and real-world examples ensure engineering students receive a practical effective education on protective systems. Plus with the inclusion of a solutions manual and figure slides with qualifying course adoption the Fourth Edition is ready-made for classroom implementation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439888117

Protective Systems for High Temperature Applications EFC 57From Theory to Industrial Implementation This book is a review of corrosion and thermal protection topics associated with coatings applied in high temperature applications namely catalytic converters combustion and steam environments and gas turbines. Information on corrosion influencing mechanisms and their impact are reviewed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116368

Protein Calories And DevelopmentNutritional Variables In The Economics Of Developing Countries Production of world food supplies is related to more complicated socioeconomic variables than have previously been analyzed. Besides traditional inputs of land labor and fertilizer the technological capabilities and a variety of nutritional and other human capital components are significant independent variables in explaining agricultural production in the developing world. The integration of economic analyses with the concepts of nutritional science offers an expanded and effective means for analyzing the complex problems of agricultural production in nutritionally deficient countries. Bernard Schmitt traces the circular relationship between nutrition and human capital labor productivity food production and per capita consumption of calories and protein. He defines the basic nutritional terms that are most useful to economists in analyzing agricultural and foodrelated questions and provides examples that stress the importance of concentrating on nutritional quality as well as gross quantity. Transformations are used to convert quantities into basic nutritional components allowing more meaningful quantitative analyses in an econometric framework. Dr. Schmitt presents a flexible methodology for forecasting commodity production using it to make projections for the developing countries for each major commodity group and to test various policy alternatives such as extensive trade expanded food assistance programs substantial resource or input expansion further expansion of Green Revolution technology and development of alternatives to agriculture. Although he is certain that gains can be accomplished through population control and agricultural advances supplemented by alternative nutritional sources he concludes that conditions in nutritionally deficient countries are unlikely to improve on average through the mid-1980s. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284541

Protein ActionsPrinciples and Modeling Protein Actions: Principles and Modeling is aimed at graduates advanced undergraduates and any professional who seeks an introduction to the biological chemical and physical properties of proteins. Broadly accessible to biophysicists and biochemists it will be particularly useful to student and professional structural biologists and molecular biophysicists bioinformaticians and computational biologists biological chemists (particularly drug designers) and molecular bioengineers. The book begins by introducing the basic principles of protein structure and function. Some readers will be familiar with aspects of this but the authors build up a more quantitative approach than their competitors. Emphasizing concepts and theory rather than experimental techniques the book shows how proteins can be analyzed using the disciplines of elementary statistical mechanics energetics and kinetics. These chapters illuminate how proteins attain biologically active states and the properties of those states. The book ends with a synopsis the roles of computational biology and bioinformatics in protein science. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815341772

Protein Arrays Biochips and ProteomicsThe Next Phase of Genomic Discovery From disease marker identification to accelerated drug development Protein Arrays Biochips and Proteomics offers a detailed overview of current and emerging trends in the field of array-based proteomics. This reference focuses on innovations in protein microarrays and biochips mass spectrometry high-throughput protein expression protein-protein interactions structural proteomics and the proteomic marketplace for comprehensive understanding of past present and future proteomic research. Offering an abundance of figures and charts the book compiles a wide variety of technologies and applications ranging from functionalized chip surfaces to strategies for protein expression. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395070

Protein Discovery Technologies A True Insider’s Guide to the Field – Then and Now Until now there has not been a book that effectively addresses the historical basis of protein discovery. Featuring contributions from a distinguished international panel of experts Protein Discovery Technologies elucidates the principles techniques strategies and broad range of applications of protein discovery by documenting the often untold stories and personal accounts of the contributors’ past scientific achievements.Incorporates Short Personal Discovery Vignettes Rather than an exhaustive field analysis this globally pertinent resource presents in-depth discussions of various methods for protein discovery including bioinformatics interaction cloning protein purification phage display non-primate models and chemical targeting. It also explores biological themes through the examination of cell death angiogenesis hemostasis development signal transduction transcriptional control cell cycle control neurobiology and quality control.This readily accessible resource discusses an array of interesting topics including: Tumor necrosis factorsThe origin of interferon as an angiogenesis inhibitorIn vivo combinatorial mapping of vascular zip codesExtracellular matrix degradome as regulators of angiogenesis and tumor growthA matricellular protein prototypeThe use of RING finger proteins as E3 Ubiquitin LigasesWhereas most books tend to be more specialized this book contains a broad view of the protein discoveries in many different fields making Protein Discovery Technologies a valuable reference for today’s researchers both the new and more seasoned who are seeking a newfound perspective or a deeper understanding of this exciting field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385385

Protein Electron Transfer This book is unique; the factual content and ideas it expounds are only just beginning to be touched upon in standard texts. Protein Electron Transfer is a major collaborative effort by leading experts and explores the molecular basis of the rapidly expan Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780367448707

Protein Engineering For Industrial Biotechnology Protein engineering has proved to be one of the more fruitful technological approaches in biotechnology being both very powerful and able to generate valuable intellectual property. This book aims to present examples in which the application of protein engineering has successfully solved problems arising in industrial biotechnology. There is a section on its use to enhance purification of recombinant proteins. The use of protein engineering to modify the activity or the stability of industrial enzymes from lipases to proteases from carboxypeptidases to glucanases and glucosidases and from pectin modifying enzymes to enzymes able to degrade recalcitrant compounds is extensively covered. It is shown how areas as diverse as agrofood technology fine chemistry detergents bioremediation and biosensors receive significant contributions from protein and solvent engineering.The application of protein engineering to health care is also covered from the development of new vaccines to new potential therapeutic proteins. A specific notation is given to protein engineering in the development of target molecules for drug discovery.International in scope the many contributions are drawn from academia and industry. The text should be of interest to students and researchers in industrial biotechnology as well as to everybody interested in basic research in protein structure molecular genetics bio-organic chemistry biochemistry agrobiotechnology pharmaceutical sciences and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367398972

Protein Folding and Metal IonsMechanisms Biology and Disease The role of metal ions in protein folding and structure is a critical topic to a range of scientists in numerous fields particularly those working in structural biology and bioinorganic chemistry those studying protein folding and disease and those involved in the molecular and cellular aspects of metals in biological systems. Protein Folding and Metal Ions: Mechanisms Biology and Disease presents the contributions of a cadre of international experts who offer a comprehensive exploration of this timely subject at the forefront of current research.Divided into four sections this volume:Provides case study examples of protein folding and stability studies in particular systems or proteins that comprise different metal ions of co-factorsReviews the proteins that shuttle metal ions in the cell to a particular target metalloproteinIllustrates how metal binding can be connected to pathological protein conformations in unrelated diseases from cancer to protein deposition disorders such as Parkinson’s diseaseAddresses protein redesign of metal-containing proteins by computational methods folding simulation studies and work on model peptides — dissecting the relative energetic contribution of metals sites to protein folding and stabilityTogether the 13 chapters in this text cogently describe the state of the science today illuminate current challenges propose future possibilities and encourage further study in this area that offers much promise especially with regard to novel approaches to the treatment of some of the most challenging  and tragic diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367655884

Protein Functionality in Food Systems This volume examines the contributions of proteins to the technological and organoleptic characteristics of food. It provides a solid basis for understanding the principles of food protein functionality and offers information to help develop unique food products using proteins as novel ingredients. Properties such as solubility viscosity gelation emulsification and loam formation are discussed. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402051

Protein Geometry Classification Topology and SymmetryA Computational Analysis of Structure Using a geometric perspective Protein Geometry Classification Topology and Symmetry reviews and analyzes the structural principals of proteins with the goal of revealing the underlying regularities in their construction. It also reviews computer methods for structure analysis and the automatic comparison and classification of these structures with an analysis of the statistical significance of comparing different shapes. Following an analysis of the current state of protein classification the authors explore more abstract geometric and topological representations including the occurrence of knotted topologies. The book concludes with a consideration of the origin of higher-level symmetries in protein structure.The authors focus on simple geometric methods that are deterministic rather than probabilistic and on the more abstract simplifications of protein structure that allow a better understanding of the overall fold of the structure. Most of the methods described in this book have corresponding computer programs. These can be found (as C source code) at the ftp site of the Division of Mathematical Biology at the National Institute for Medical Research. This collection of ideas contains pedagogical material that make it ideal for post-graduate courses as well as new ideas and results essential for researchers investigating protein structures. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367393786

Protein Misfolding in Neurodegenerative DiseasesMechanisms and Therapeutic Strategies Research focused on protein folding misfolding and aggregation is leading to major advances across biochemistry and medicine. The elucidation of a folding code is proving to be of extreme importance in the postgenomic era where a number of orphan genes have been identified for which no clear function has yet been established. This research is starting to shed light on the molecular and biochemical basis of a number of neurodegenerative diseases of dramatic impact. Protein Misfolding in Neurodegenerative Diseases: Mechanisms and Therapeutic Strategies addresses key issues concerning protein misfolding and aggregation in neurodegenerative diseases. Building on recent developments including the recognition of protein misfolding as both a marker and a causal agent the text presents the work of those who are actively pursuing more effective treatments as well as preventative measures and a possible cure. These include the use of molecular chaperones to control misfolding and novel pharmaceuticals as well as the potential role of various inhibitors and NSAIDS. A Comprehensive Multifaceted Examination of the Complex Causal Agents Implicated in Protein Misfolding Divided into five sections this groundbreaking text provides up-to-date accounts for Alzheimer’s Parkinson’s Huntington’s Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and Transmissible Spongiform Encephalitis. It also explores the highly likelihood that multiple factors including oxidative stress play a role in these complex diseases. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367388126

Protein Purification This second edition of Protein Purification provides a guide to the major chromatographic techniques including non-affinity absorption techniques affinity procedures non-absorption techniques and methods for monitoring protein purity. The new edition of the book has been organized to encourage incremental learning about the topic starting with the properties of water progressing through the characteristics of amino acids and proteins which relate to the purification process. There is an overview of protein strategy and equipment followed by discussions and examples of each technique and their applications. The basic theory and simple explanations given in Protein Purification make it an ideal handbook for final year undergraduates and postgraduates who are conducting research projects. It will also be a useful guide to more experienced researchers who need a good overview of the techniques and products used in protein purification. Key Features * Guide to the major techniques used in protein purification * Includes flowcharts to help the reader slect the best purification strategy * Contains step-by-step protocols that guide the reader through each technique and its use * Includes exercises and solutions Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780815344889

Protein Purification Process Engineering Offers coverage of the development of protein purification processes for large-scale commercial operations and addresses process development scale-up applications and mathematical descriptions. Technologies currently used at the commercial scale are covered in depth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367402259

Protein StructureDetermination Analysis and Applications for Drug Discovery This text offers in-depth perspectives on every aspect of protein structure identification assessment characterization and utilization for a clear understanding of the diversity of protein shapes variations in protein function and structure-based drug design. The authors cover numerous high-throughput technologies as well as computational methods to study protein structures and residues. A valuable reference this book reflects current trends in the effort to solve new structures arising from genome initiatives details methods to detect and identify errors in the prediction of protein structural models and outlines challenges in the conversion of routine processes into high-throughput platforms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367395346

Protein/Peptide Sequence Analysis: Current Methodologies This book is an attempt to provide in a single source current state-of-the-art methodologies for protein sequence analysis. It is hoped that these various chapters are presented in such a way that both the newcomer and the established protein chemist will find useful information and directions to new techniques. This book offers a rich array of techniques and methods for sequencing proteins and peptides. It should meet the expectations of investigators in protein chemistry who wish to update their knowledge of sequencing techniques and of those who wish to reacquaint themselves with the best available current technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896984

Proteinase and Peptidase InhibitionRecent Potential Targets for Drug Development Cellular proteinases and their physiological role in normal and disease states have been the subject of great interest over recent decades. At present specific protease inhibitors are exploited both as tools in unraveling the role of individual proteinases in particular cellular processes and for the development of chemotherapeutic agents for the treatment of various disorders. Proteinase and Peptidase Inhibition presents updated progress reports on the characterization of a wide range of cellular proteinases whose inhibitors may hold the key to the development of new drugs. Introductory chapters deal with the broad enzyme classes inhibitor types and regulatory mechanisms governing proteinase activity. The target enzymes themselves together with all aspects of their inhibition and inhibitor design are comprehensively described. The classification of target enzymes by structural similarity rather than by pharmacological effects provides a new and coherent platform for understanding how inhibition of different targets can lead to the same therapeutic outcomes. This is a valuable reference book that will appeal to both academic and industrial researchers in the fields of medicinal chemistry drug design and development pharmacology biochemistry and molecular and cell biology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367454982

Protein-Based SurfactantsSynthesis: Physicochemical Properties and Applications "Describes preparation techniques of protein-based surfactants (PBS) in the laboratory by a variety of chemical and enzymatic means production by using different types of amino acids and marketplace applications of PBS in medical and personal care products detergents cosmetics antimicrobial agents and foods." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367397296

Proteins and Non-protein Nitrogen in Human Milk For the first time an entire publication has been dedicated to providing a critical review of the identification and analysis of the milk specific proteins such as lactalbumin lactoferrin and casein; the non-milk specific proteins such as plasma and membrane proteins; and the minor nitrogen-containing components such as enzymes hormones and growth factors. Biological roles whether nutritional endocrinological or immunological of the specific nitrogen compounds in mammary milk production and/or growth and development of the breast-fed infant are also presented. Identification of the molecular weight compounds that have led to questions about their function in milk and their inclusion in modern infant formulas is thoroughly discussed and of great value to scientists in sub-specialties of biochemistry nutrition physiology and immunology as well as to pediatric practitioners with primary interests in the infant food industry academia or clinical nutrition. The thoroughness of each chapter often providing an historical panorama of the specific aspect of milk composition makes this book useful for both the uninitiated and expert audiences who are interested in advancing their knowledge of human milk biochemistry and its physiological significance to the recipient infant. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812805

Proteins and PeptidesPharmacokinetic Pharmacodynamic and Metabolic Outcomes Addressing the increased use of protein and peptide candidates as treatments for previously untreatable diseases this comprehensive and progressive source provides the reader with a roadmap to an increased understanding of issues critical for successfully developing a protein or peptide therapeutic candidate. Proteins and Peptides is an invaluable source for drug discovery and development scientists in the biopharmaceutical industry who frequently navigate the maze of protein and peptide pharmacokinetics pharmacodynamics and metabolism. Key features include: issues related to delivery of protein and peptide therapeutics in elderly populations and pharmacogenomicslessons learned on the major marketed areas of proteins and peptides including interleukins interferons growth factors and peptide hormonesinnovations for protein and peptide delivery such as needle-less deliverystrategies for delivery of these molecules to locations such as the eye and brain generic issues of proteins and peptides Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385057

Proteins Crossing MembranesA Scientist’s Memoir In an intriguing series of experiments carried out many years ago a common scientific belief feted by no less than three Nobel prizes was brought into question. The observations were about proteins—the molecules that the genetic code specifies and that are in one way or another central to all of life’s activities. The experiments however were not about what proteins do but how they are moved in particular how they are moved from where they are made to where they act.　The results of these studies conflicted with the standard view of how this happens and thus became controversial. The standard view the vesicle theory of protein secretion envisions proteins being carried within and out of cells en masse in membrane-bound sacs or vesicles. The controversial experiments demonstrated that to the contrary individual protein molecules cross the relevant membranes as a result of their own motion. This was thought to be impossible at the time. Proteins Crossing Membranes　is a personal narrative that tells the story of the controversy. Among other things the author illustrates that scientists like the rest of us can rigidly hold onto their beliefs despite evidence that they are misguided.　 Key Features Reviews the data in support and critical of the vesicle theory of protein secretion Explores the ways scientists respond to evidence that challenges a favored theory Documents the author’s personal experiences in this conflict-laden situation Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367074494

Proteins of Iron Metabolism Proteins of Iron Metabolism presents a clear picture of the structure and function of the main proteins involved in iron metabolism. The book gives you a detailed description of the structure and function of each protein and discusses the structure and regulation of the corresponding genes in parallel. It supplies an analysis of the differential expression and regulation of these proteins.Numerous figures offer an integrated view of iron metabolism at the level of various tissues. The book delineates the mechanisms controlling cellular iron metabolism and shows how these mechanisms adapt to the differential and peculiar iron need of different cell types. Each chapter contains extensive bibliographical information providing a wide reference to the literature. The comprehensive coverage of the advances in understanding the mechanisms controlling cellular iron metabolism especially at the molecular level found in this book will give you insight into the regulation of iron metabolism. Proteins of Iron Metabolism fills the need for a clearly written comprehensive review of the latest research putting every thing you need in one easy-to-use resource. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396978

ProteinsConcepts in Biochemistry Proteins: Concepts in Biochemistry teaches the biochemical concepts underlying protein structure evolution stability folding and enzyme kinetics and explains how interactions in macromolecular structures determine protein function. Intended for a one-semester course in biochemistry or biophysical chemistry with a focus on proteins this textbook emphasizes the logic underlying biophysical chemical principles. Problems throughout the book encourage statistical and quantitative thinking. The text is ideal for senior undergraduates first year graduate students and practitioners in chemistry biochemistry biology and biophysics. Media > Books > Print Books Garland Science 9780815345022

ProteinsEnergy Heat and Signal Flow Computational modeling can provide a wealth of insight into how energy flow in proteins mediates protein function. Computational methods can also address fundamental questions related to molecular signaling and energy flow in proteins. Proteins: Energy Heat and Signal Flow presents state-of-the-art computational strategies for studying energy redistribution signaling and heat transport in proteins and other molecular machines.The first of four sections of the book address the transport of energy in molecular motors which function through a combination of chemically driven large-scale conformational changes and charge transport. Focusing on vibrational energy flow in proteins and nanostructures the next two sections discuss approaches based on molecular dynamics simulations and harmonic analysis. By exploring the flow of free energy in proteins the last section examines the conformational changes involved in allosteric transitions and the role of coupled protein–solvent dynamics in conformational changes. It also presents computational approaches developed to locate pathways between protein structures.The integrated presentation of this comprehensive up-to-date volume emphasizes the interrelations between disparate computational approaches that have contributed to our understanding of energy flow in proteins and its role in protein function. By defining the forefront of research in this area the book delineates the current challenges and opportunities in developing novel methods and applications for the evolving study of energy flow in molecular machines and nanomaterials. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385149

Proteolysis in the Interstitial Space Most clinical laboratory tests utilize interstitial and extravascular such as blood urine cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) and saliva. For example CSF is monitored in the context of cancer for both diagnostic and therapeutic reasons. And yet our understanding of the makeup of interstitial fluids their relationships to disease as well as their commercial importance in therapeutics and diagnostics remains rudimentary. Although sometimes perceived as static interstitial and extravascular fluids are surprisingly dynamic. More than half of serum albumin is in the extravascular space. These fluids move rapidly between the intravascular and extravascular spaces - one entire plasma volume is exchanged very nine hours. In the first half of the book the authors cover fundamental concepts of interstitial fluids including their composition and function. They then further review the mechanisms by which interstitial fluids are regulated characterizing the importance of hyaluronan – a major constituent of interstitial spaces and an a component of synovial fluid; and outlining the regulation of proteolysis in the interstitial space. In the second half of the book the authors focus on the coagulation system. This system has been studied extensively in the context of vascular spaces. But many of its components exist in the interstitial spaces. Chapters are devoted to the fibrinolytic system kallikrein matrix metalloproteinases coagulation factors and protease inhibitors – all are interstitial. By covering a unique array of topics with broad application to biomedical scientists this book expands our understanding of the importance of interstitial spaces and the fluids that move through and reside in this extravascular environment. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367736989

Proteomics for Food Authentication Consumers have the right to know what is in the food they are eating and accordingly a number of global food regulations require that the provenance of the food can be guaranteed from farm to fork. Many different instrumental techniques have been proposed for food authentication. Although traditional methods are still being used new approaches such as genomics proteomics and metabolomics are helping to complement existing methodologies for verifying the claims made about certain food products. During the last decade proteomics (the largescale analysis of proteins in a particular biological system at a particular time) has been applied to different research areas within food technology. Since proteins can be used as markers for many properties of a food even indicating processes to which the food has been subjected they can provide further evidence of the foods labeling claim. Proteomics for Food Authentication a volume in the Food Analysis and Properties Series is a comprehensive and updated overview of the applications drawbacks advantages and challenges of proteomics for food authentication. Features: Provides a comprehensive and critical overview of the application of proteomics in food Helps food scientists determine the authenticity of several food products Provides applied techniques for both laboratory and industrial environments Describes workflows technologies and tools that are being assessed in proteomics-related studies 　 Workflows technologies and tools that are being assessed in proteomics-related studies are described followed by a review of the specific applications regarding food authenticity and now and then food quality. The book will provide a comprehensive and critical overview of the application of proteomics approaches to determine the authenticity of several food products updating the performances and current limitations of the applied techniques in both laboratory and industrial environments. As such it is well suited to food scientist chemical engineers food engineers research labs universities governments related food industries. Also available in the Food Analysis and Properties Series: Food Aroma Evolution: During Food Processing Cooking and Aging edited by Matteo Bordiga and Leo M.L. Nollet (ISBN: 9781138338241) Ambient Mass Spectroscopy Techniques in Food and the Environment edited by Leo M.L. Nollet and Basil K. Munjanja　(ISBN: 9781138505568) Hyperspectral Imaging Analysis and Applications for Food Quality edited by N.C. Basantia Leo M.L. Nollet and Mohammed Kamruzzaman (ISBN: 9781138630796) For a complete list of books in this series please visit our website at: www.crcpress.com/Food-Analysis--Properties/book-series/CRCFOODANPRO Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367205058

ProteotronicsDevelopment of Protein-Based Electronics Protein-mediated charge transport is of relevant importance in the design of protein-based electronics and in attaining an adequate level of understanding of protein functioning. This book reviews a variety of experiments devoted to the investigation of charge transport in proteins and presents a unified theoretical model to interpret macroscopic results in terms of the amino acids backbone-structure of the single protein. It aims to serve a broad audience of researchers involved in the field of electrical characterization of biological materials and in the development of new molecular devices based on proteins and also as a reference platform that surveys existing data and presents the basis for future development of a new branch of nano-electronics which by mixing proteomics that is the large-scale study of proteins particularly their structures and functions and electronics is introduced here as proteotronics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613637

Protest Movements and Dissent in the Social SciencesA multidisciplinary perspective Drawing on a wide range of social science disciplines and approaches each chapter in this book offers a comprehensive analysis of social protest political dissent and collective action. The distinguished scholars contributing to the book discuss some of the key theoretical and methodological issues in social protest research and analyse recent instances of collective dissent around the globe ranging from the 15M movement in Spain to the 2011 Salford riots in the UK to Pro-Palestinian activism in Jerusalem. The result of these contributions is a sophisticated and multifaceted collection that enriches our understanding of why when and how groups of people decide to act collectively in order to pursue political change. The book is a timely testament to the vitality of the field. This book was originally published as a special issue of Contemporary Social Science. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138099050

Protest Property and the CommonsPerformances of Law and Resistance Protest Property and the Commons focuses on the alternative property narratives of ‘social centres’ or political squats and how the spaces and their communities create their own – resistant – form of law. Drawing on critical legal theory legal pluralism legal geography poststructuralism and new materialism the book considers how protest movements both use state law and create new more informal legalities in order to forge a practice of resistance. Invaluable for anyone working within the area of informal property in land commons protest and adverse possession this book offers a ground-breaking account of the integral role of time space and performance in the instituting processes of law and resistance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138570450

Protest Repression and Political RegimesAn Empirical Analysis of Latin America and sub-Saharan Africa This volume investigates the relationship between protest repression and political regimes in Latin America and sub-Saharan Africa. Considering how different political regimes use repression and respond to popular protest this book analyzes the relationship between protest and repression in Africa and Latin America between the late 1970s and the beginning of the twenty first century. Drawing on theories multi-method empirical analyses and case studies the author of this volume sets out to investigate the reciprocal dynamics between protest and repression. Distinctive features of this volume include: quantitative analyses that highlight general trends in the protest-repression relationship case studies of different political regimes in Chile and Nigeria emphasising the dynamics at the micro-level an emphasis on the importance of full democratization in order to reduce the risk and intensity of intra-state conflict Focusing on political regimes in different areas of the world Protest Repression and Political Regimes will be of vital interest to students and scholars of conflict studies human rights and social movements.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874510

Protest and Mass MobilizationAuthoritarian Collapse and Political Change in North Africa Why and how do some acts of protest trigger mass mobilization while others do not? Using the cases of Morocco Algeria Tunisia and Libya Mekouar argues that successful mass mobilization is the result of a surprise factor whose impact and exceptionality is amplified by the presence of influential political agents during the early phase of protest as well as by regime violence and unusual media coverage. Together this study argues that these factors create a perception of exceptionality which breaks the locally available cognitive heuristic originally in favor of the regime and thus creates the necessary conditions for mobilization to occur. This book provides a unique dialectical picture of mobilization in North Africa by focusing both on the perspective of those who mobilized against their local regimes and members of the security forces who were responsible for stopping them. Moreover it offers a first-hand account of the tumultuous days preceding authoritarian collapse and explains the mechanisms through which political change occurs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596965

Protest And Popular CultureWomen In The American Labor Movement Protest and Popular Culture is at once a historical monograph and a critique of postmodernist approaches to the study of mass media consumerism and popular political movements. In it Triece compares the self-representations of several late nineteenth and twentieth-century women's protest movements with representations of women offered by contemporaneous mass media outlets. She shows that from the late nineteenth century until the present day U.S. women's protest movements sought to convince women that they are first and foremost laborer/producers while the U.S. media has just as consistently sought to convince women that they are primarily consumers. Triece contends that these approaches to portraying women have been and continue to be constructed in opposition to one another. The leaders of women's protest movements she argues have long sought to convince women not to spend time and money on reshaping their selves through consumer purchases but instead to focus attention on empowering themselves politically by asserting control over their own labor power. The mass media meanwhile has always treated such movements as potential threats to the financial well-being of the consumer sector (that is of advertisers) and so has consistently trivialized them while seeking simultaneously to convince women that they should devote attention and resources to buying things not to struggling to overcome class and gender discrimination. Many cultural-studies scholars have argued that in recent years rising prosperity has made consumerism into the primary site of both individual expression and ?resistance? to the dominant socio-economic order with self-definition through personal purchases supplanting the role formerly played by struggle for an end to inequities of all kinds. These scholars contend that as such mass media no longer function to naturalize and thus reinforce such inequities and consumerism no longer serves to perpetuate them. Triece argues that her Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367098544

Protest and ProgressNew York's First Black Episcopal Church Fights Racism As both a preeminent scholar of Balck Angelican and Episcopalians and devout parishoner the late James Hewitt writes an illuminus hsitory of one of the most famous black congregrations in America. From its humble beginnings St. Philip's originated from classes conducted by Elais Neau and other Angelic clerks for the society for the propagations of the Gospel in Foreign Parts. From these cateisem classes emerged a higly educated African-American group comprised of free and enslaved blacks. W.E.B Dubuois hailed it as the foundation for the Talented Tenth in his classic book Souls of Balck Folk After the American Revolution St. Philip's has since becoem the church of middle-class blacks across New York City. Hewlitt's careful and percise scholarship chronicles over two centuries of of the church's history which fills a significant lagun in African-American Religious history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873414

Protest and Resistance in the Tourist City Across the globe from established tourist destinations such as Venice or Prague to less traditional destinations in both the global North and South there is mounting evidence that points to an increasing politicization of the topic of urban tourism. In some cities residents and other stakeholders take issue with the growth of tourism as such as well as the negative impacts it has on their cities; while in others particular forms and effects of tourism are contested or deplored. In numerous settings contestations revolve less around tourism itself than around broader processes policies and forces of urban change perceived to threaten the right to ‘stay put’ the quality of life or identity of existing urban populations. This book for the first time looks at urban tourism as a source of contention and dispute and analyses what type of conflicts and contestations have emerged around urban tourism in 16 cities across Europe North America South America and Asia. It explores the various ways in which community groups residents and other actors have responded to – and challenged – tourism development in an international and multi-disciplinary perspective. The title links the largely discrete yet interconnected disciplines of ‘urban studies’ and ‘tourism studies’ and draws on approaches and debates from urban sociology; urban policy and politics; urban geography; urban anthropology; cultural studies; urban design and planning; tourism studies and tourism management. This ground breaking volume offers new insight into the conflicts and struggles generated by urban tourism and will be of interest to students researchers and academics from the fields of tourism geography planning urban studies development studies anthropology politics and sociology.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138342248

Protest and the Body in Melville Dos Passos and Hurston This book analyzes the work of Herman Melville John Dos Passos and Zora Neale Hurston alongside biographical materials and discourses on the body. Thomas McGlamery views each of these authors' literary output as an effort to "work through" the political meanings associated with the body examining how they negotiate identities of class gender race sexuality and age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865135

Protest Elections and Challenger PartiesItaly and Greece in the Economic Crisis Both in Greece in 2012 and Italy in 2013 it took two elections to form a government. A repeat parliamentary contest was required in Greece and the unprecedented re-election of the outgoing President of the Republic in Italy before a cabinet could be formed. Against a background of economic crisis and national austerity both countries experienced ‘protest elections’ in which the overriding concern for an unusually large proportion of voters was not to choose a government but to express dissent. The outcome included record-breaking electoral volatility the decline of bipolarism the startling rise of challenger parties and the transformation of national patterns of government formation including experiments with grand coalitions and technocrat-led cabinets. These developments sent shock waves through Europe and beyond suggesting Southern Europe might be drifting towards ungovernability. The volume offers analyses of the key electoral contests at the parliamentary presidential and local government levels complemented by special studies of two key challenger parties Beppe Grillo’s Five Star Movement in Italy and Golden Dawn in Greece. An introductory comparative overview traces the process of convergence between the political systems of Italy and Greece which appears to have been triggered by the economic crisis.This book was published as a special issue of South European Society and Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738952

Protest In Democratic IndiaAuthority's Response To Challenge This book explores radical challenges to Indian governments' legitimacy and power and the responses of the Indian state and central governments to those challenges. Dr. Calman describes the unintended role Indian governments have played in fostering the emergence of radical movements and analyzes the effectiveness of governments in combating their growth. Light is shed on the power of newly developing decentralized movements to politicize impoverished groups and ultimately to challenge the legitimacy of the Indian mode of governing. These new movements represented in this book by Shramik Sanghatana and Bhoomi Sena of Maharashtra have more power to effect change than movements that attack the military force of government like the Naxalites of Srikakulam District Andhra Pradesh. The book draws upon government documents a variety of unpublished sources and extensive interviews with government officials and key participants in radical groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367300012

Protest Music in FranceProduction Identity and Audiences Barbara Lebrun traces the evolution of 'protest' music in France since 1981 exploring the contradictions that emerge when artists who take their musical production and political commitment 'seriously' cross over to the mainstream becoming profitable and consensual. Contestation is understood as a discourse shaped by the assumptions and practices of artists producers the media and audiences for whom it makes sense to reject politically reactionary ideas and the dominant taste for commercial pop. Placing music in its economic historical and ideological context however reveals the fragility and instability of these oppositions. The book firstly concentrates on music production in France the relationships between independent labels major companies and the state's cultural policies. This section provides the material background for understanding the development of rock alternatif France's self-styled 'subversive' genre of the 1980s and explains the specificity of a 'protest' music culture in late-twentieth-century France in relation to the genre's tradition in the West. The second part looks at representations of a 'protest' identity in relation to discourses of national identity focusing on two 1990s sub-genres. The first chanson néo-réaliste contests modernity through the use of acoustic instruments but its nostalgic 'protest' raises questions about the artists' real engagement with the present. The second rock métis borrows from North African and Latino rhythms and challenges the 'neutral' Frenchness of the Republic while advocating multiculturalism in problematic ways. A discussion of Manu Chao's career a French artist who has achieved success abroad also allows an exploration of the relationship between transnationalism and anti-globalization politics. Finally the book examines the audiences of French 'protest' music and considers festivals as places of 'non-mainstream' identity negotiation. Based on first-hand interviews this section highlights the vocabulary of emotions that audiences use to make sense of an 'alternative' performance unveiling the contradictions that underpin their self-definition as participants in a 'protest' culture. The book contributes to debates on the cultural production of 'resistance' and the representation of post-colonial identities uncovering the social constructedness of the discourse of 'protest' in France. It pays attention to its nation-specific character while offering a wider reflection on the fluidity of 'subversive' identities with potential applications across a range of Western music practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265769

Protest or Power?A Study of the Labour Party First published in 1974. This book examines the mechanism of the Labour Party its conference the National Executive constituency parties the workings of Transport House the Parliamentary party and that highly charged aspect of left-wing affairs party relations with the trade unions. There is a good deal of closely observed material on key events such as the 1964-70 Labour Government as well as lively comment on rivalry on big issues. This title will be of interest to scholars and students of history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325555

Protest Public RelationsCommunicating dissent and activism Global movements and protests from the Arab Spring to the Occupy Movement have been attributed to growing access to social media while without it local causes like #bringbackourgirls and the ice bucket challenge may have otherwise remained unheard and unseen. Regardless of their nature – advocacy activism protest or dissent – and beyond the technological ability of digital and social media to connect support these major events have all been the results of excellent communication and public relations. But PR remains seen only as the defender of corporate and capitalist interests and therefore resistant to outside voices such as activists NGOs union members protesters and whistle-blowers. Drawing on contributions from around the world to examine the concepts and practice of "activist " "protest" and "dissent" public relations this book challenges this view. Using a range of international examples it explores the changing nature of protest and its relationship with PR and provides a radical analysis of the communication strategies and tactics of social movements and activist groups and their campaigns. This thought-provoking collection will be of interest to researchers and advanced students of public relations strategic communication political science politics journalism marketing and advertising and also to PR professionals in think tanks and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367664985

Protest: Analysing Current Trends The politics of the twenty-first century is marked by dissent tumult and calls for radical change whether through food riots anti-war protests anti-government tirades anti-blasphemy marches anti-austerity demonstrations anti-authoritarian movements and anti-capitalist occupations. Interestingly contemporary political protests are borne of both the Right and Left and are staged in both the Global North and South. Globally different instances of protest have drawn attention to the deep fissures which challenge the idea of globalisation as a force for peace. Given the diversity of these protests it is necessary to examine the particular nature of grievances the sort of change which is sought and the extent to which localised protest can have global implications. The contributions in this book draw on the theoretical work of Hardt and Negri David Graeber and Judith Butler among others in order explore the nature of hegemony the Occupy movement the Arab Spring the responses of authorities to protest and emotion and public performance in and representation of protest. The book concludes with David Graeber’s reply to reviews of his recent The Democracy Project: A History A Crisis A Movement.This book was published as a special issue of Global Discourse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367738709

Protestant Aesthetics and the Arts The Reformation was one of the defining cultural turning points in Western history even if there is a longstanding stereotype that Protestants did away with art and material culture. Rather than reject art and aestheticism Protestants developed their own aesthetic values which Protestant Aesthetics and the Arts addresses as it identifies and explains the link between theological aesthetics and the arts within a Protestant framework across five-hundred years of history. Featuring essays from an international gathering of leading experts working across a diverse set of disciplines Protestant Aesthetics and the Arts is the first study of its kind containing essays that address Protestantism and the fine arts (visual art music literature and architecture) and historical and contemporary Protestant theological perspectives on the subject of beauty and imagination. Contributors challenge accepted preconceptions relating to the boundaries of theological aesthetics and religiously determined art; disrupt traditional understandings of periodization and disciplinarity; and seek to open rich avenues for new fields of research. Building on renewed interest in Protestantism in the study of religion and modernity and the return to aesthetics in Christian theological inquiry this volume will be of significant interest to scholars of Theology Aesthetics Art and Architectural History Literary Criticism and Religious History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367029050

Protestant Missionaries Asian Immigrants and Ideologies of Race in America 1850–1924 This book examines how in defending Asian rights and their own version of Christian idealism against scientific racism missionaries developed a complex theology of race that prefigured modern ideologies of multiculturalism and reached its final belated culmination in the liberal Protestant support of the civil rights movements in the 1960s Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542012

Protestant Missionaries in the LevantUngodly Puritans 1820-1860 Through focusing on the unintended by-products of New England Puritanism as a cultural transplant in the Levant this book explores the socio-historical forces which account for the failure of early envoys’ attempts to convert the ‘native ’ population. Early failure in conversion led to later success in reinventing themselves as agents of secular and liberal education welfare and popular culture. Through making special efforts not to debase local culture the missionaries’ work resulted in large sections of society becoming protestantized without being evangelized. An invaluable resource for postgraduates and those undertaking postdoctoral research this book explores a seminal but overlooked interlude in the encounters between American Protestantism and the Levant. Using data from previously unexplored personal narrative accounts Khalaf dates the emergence of the puritanical imagination sparked by sentiments of American exceptionalism voluntarism and "soft power" to at least a century before commonly assumed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138109704

Protestant Nonconformist TextsVolume 3: The Nineteenth Century This is a series of four substantial volumes designed to demonstrate the range of interests of the several Protestant Nonconformist traditions from the time of their Separatist harbingers in the sixteenth century to the end of the twentieth century. It represents a major project of the Association of Denominational Historical Societies and Cognate Libraries. Each volume comprises a General Introduction followed by texts illustrative of such topics as theology philosophy worship and socio-political concerns. This work has never before been drawn together for publication in this way. Prepared by a team of twelve editors all of whom are expert in their areas and drawn from a number of the relevant traditions it will provide a much needed comprehensive view of Nonconformity told largely in the words of those whose story it is. The works will prove to be an invaluable resource to scholars students academics and specialist and public libraries as well as to a wider range of church intellectual and general historians. This volume gathers and introduces texts relating to English and Welsh Nonconformity. Through contemporary writings it provides a vivid insight into the life and thought of the Methodists Congregationalists Baptists Quakers Unitarians and other groups that formed pieces in the diverse mosaic of the nineteenth-century chapels. Each aspect of Nonconformity has an introductory discussion which includes a guide to the secondary literature on the subject and each passage from a primary source is put in context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138620247

Protestant Origins in IndiaTamil Evangelical Christians 1706-1835 Protestant Christianity was established as a religion of India when in 1706 missionaries from the the German Evangelical Church sponsored by the King of Denmark landed at the Danish factory in Tamil-speaking Tranquebar. An indigenous congregation soon developed with worship and catechising in Tamil and Portuguese. This book explores the manner in which people of various castes and of various religions responded to the Lutheran mission and congregation. It investigates the manner in which Tamils themselves understood the Evangelical religion as they spread it beyond Tranquebar. It then turns to the early career of Vedanayagam Sastri (1774-1864). He responded vigorously to efforts by 'new missionaries' to change the language liturgy and social custom that had guided Tamil Protestants for over a century. His actions and writings reveal an indigenous form of faith and a 'theology of pluralism' that countered the Reformed and Enlightenment ideas about Christian life that the 'new missionaries' expressed and sought to enforce. Reflections on the intellectual impact of colonial Europe on those early Protestant Christians of India conclude the study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315028163

Protestant Political PartiesA Global Survey The recent global expansion of Protestant Christianity and the increase in multiparty democracies has led to the multiplication of Protestant political parties. One cannot talk of Protestant parties today without mentioning countries as diverse as Norway Latvia New Zealand Indonesia Zambia and Nicaragua. Whilst the well-established parties of the Netherlands and Scandinavia have long been studied Paul Freston's groundbreaking book is the first global survey of this phenomenon. After looking at the traditional Protestant heartlands of Europe and the English-speaking world Freston traces the spread of the Protestant party model to post-communist countries the Pacific the Muslim world southern Africa and Latin America. He examines the circumstances favouring such parties and the political projects they represent. The conclusion analyses the diversity of Protestant parties due to different interpretations of Christian politics and varied contexts. This unique book will interest specialists and non-specialists across disciplines and in many parts of the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245805

Protestant Resistance in Counterreformation Austria Protestant Resistance in Counterreformation Austria examines Austrian Protestants who actively resisted the Habsburg Counterreformation in the early seventeenth century. While a determined few decided early on that only military means could combat the growing pressure to conform many more did not reach that conclusion until they had been forced into exile. Since the climax of their activism coincided with the Swedish intervention in the Thirty Years' War the study also analyzes contemporary Swedish policy and the resulting Austro-Swedish interrelationship. Thus a history of state and religion in the early modern Habsburg Monarchy evolves into a prime example of histoire croisée of historical experiences and traditions that transcend political borders. The book does not only explore the historical conflict itself however but also uses it as a case study on societal recollection. Austrian nation-building which tenuously commenced in the interwar era but was fully implemented after the restoration of Austrian statehood in 1945 was anchored in a conservative ideological tradition with strong sympathies for the Habsburg legacy. This ideological perspective also influenced the assessment of the confessional period. The modern representation of early modern conflicts reveals the selectivity of historical memory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367429348

Protestant Translators: Anne Lock Prowse and Elizabeth RussellPrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series I Part Two Volume 12 As writers strongly committed to the Reformation Anne Lock Prowse and Elizabeth Russell translated works which they believed were doctrinally useful for their Protestant readers. Lock translated Calvin’s four sermons from French dedicating the work to Katharine Duchess of Suffolk. These were published with the appended sonnet sequence A meditation of a penitent sinner. This appears to be the first sonnet sequence written in English. The present edition is a facsimile of the Folger Shakespeare Library copy of 1560. Of the markes of the children of God and of their comforts in afflictions was published in 1590. Lock’s translation of Jean (or John) Taffin’s French treatise proved very popular as there were seven subsequent editions. The appended poem The necessitie and benefite of Affliction may reasonably be attributed to Prowse; it is written in common meter with alternating rhymes and continues the themes of the prose treatise. The present edition is a facsimile of the Huntington Library copy which is an excellent copy. Elizabeth Cooke Hoby Russell was the sister of Anne Cooke Bacon. Her translation of Bishop John Ponet’s work from Latin was dedicated to her daughter Anne Herbert and in her dedication she suggests that the work was published in 1605 long after it was written to prevent alterations to the text after her death. This edition is reproduced here from the one extant copy held at the Folger Library. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245799

Protestantism Poetry and ProtestThe Vernacular Writings of Antoine de Chandieu (c. 1534–1591) Antoine de Chandieu (1534-1591) was a key figure in the establishment and development of the French Protestant Church. Of all its indigenous leaders he was perhaps closest to Calvin and took a leading role in all the major debates about resistance church order and doctrine of the Church. He was also a prodigious writer of political religious and poetical works whose output corresponds to a period of great turmoil in the progress of the French Church. Chandieu was uniquely placed not merely to engage and contribute to the great debates of the day but also to record ongoing events. By illuminating his career which meshed almost exactly with the French Wars of Religion this book not only demonstrates the key role Chandieu's played in the development of French Protestantism but also highlights the vital role of literature in shaping the religious experience of the wars. Offering the first systematic evaluation of Chandieu's vernacular works this study questions many of the assumptions made about his motivations and aims and how these developed over a thirty year period. His writings were contemporaneous with progress in the worlds of politics theology and poetry worlds in which he played a notable if not well-documented role. As a corpus these works show the development of one man's understanding of his ideology over a lifetime actively spent in the pursuit of making that ideology a reality. Chandieu the young political hothead became Chandieu the defender of Calvinist theology who in turn matured into Chandieu the elder statesman. The interest lies in where these changes occurred how they were reflected in Chandieu's writing and what they demonstrate about being Calvinist and a representative of one's faith in a time of disorder. As such this book provides not only a reappraisal of the man and his publications but presents an intriguing perspective on the development of French Protestantism during this turbulent time. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602721

Protestantism and ProgressA Historical Study of the Relation of Protestantism to the Modern World Ernst Troeltsch focuses his Protestantism and Progress on two main areas. First he centers on the intellectual and religious situation from which the significance and the possibilities of development possessed by Christianity might be deduced. This leads to an engaging historical investigation regarding the spirit of the modern world. Troeltsch argues that the modern world can only be understood in the light of its relation to earlier epochs of Christian civilization in Europe. He notes that for anyone who holds the opinion that in spite of all the significance that Catholicism retains the living possibilities of development and progress are to be found on Protestant soil the question regarding the relation of Protestantism to modern civilization becomes of central importance.Troeltsch also distinguishes elements in modern civilization that have proven their value from those which are merely temporary and lead nowhere. He gives the religious ideas of Christianity a shape and form capable of doing justice to the absoluteness of religious conviction and at the same time considering them in harmony with what has actually been accomplished towards solution of the practical problems of the Christian life.A new introduction by Howard Schneiderman brings this monumental work into the twenty-first century and explains why its ideas are more important than ever one hundred years after its original publication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412851725

Protestants in Communist East GermanyIn the Storm of the World This is the story of how the Protestants in the GDR struggled to survive while striving to put their theology into practice and remaining true to their vision of what the role of the church should be - a 'church for others' as Dietrich Bonhoeffer put it. Having taken the reader from the foundation of the GDR through the peaceful revolution to the unification of Germany the story ends with some reflections on the church's past as well as on the challenges it faces in present-day Europe. Protestants in Communist East Germany makes a unique contribution to existing literature by drawing not only on written sources but on a series of first-hand interviews with theologians pastors and lay people of different ages whose experiences views and analyses bring the story to life. The East German church's relationship to the state will probably always remain controversial and the vision for a different socialism in the GDR espoused by those involved in the peaceful revolution may now be considered illusory. Nevertheless many of the issues raised by the Protestants in the GDR remain as vital challenges to the churches in Europe today. Foreword by Paul Oestreicher. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602745

Protesting Citizenship: Migrant Activisms What does it mean to state ‘No One is Illegal?’. This rallying call is what unifies migrant protests against exclusionary border regimes around the world bringing migrants citizens `legal` and `illegal` people onto the streets in ever greater numbers. Indeed the last decade has witnessed an explosion of immigrant protests political mobilizations by irregular migrants and pro-migrant activists. This edited collection aims to contribute to the growing body of scholarship on migrant resistance movements and to consider the implications of these struggles for critical understandings of citizenship and borders. It offers a rich series of theoretical and political interventions which together explore the tensions between integrationist and autonomous approaches and between migrant and activist strategies of invisibility and visibility. By bringing immigrant protests to the heart of debates about citizenship it also extends discussions about the limits and the possibilities of citizenship as the material and conceptual horizon of critical social analysis political participation and democracy today. This book was published as a special issue of Citizenship Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954717

Protesting GenderThe LGBTIQ Movement and its Opponents in Italy Drawing on fieldwork conducted in Italy among political activists of the LGBTIQ movement and the traditionalist movement during the “anti-gender” campaign this book provides a dynamic picture of their sustained interactions. Through an analysis of the contentious strategies discourses and performances of both the LGBTIQ and the traditionalist movements from a strategic interactionist perspective it considers the key actors involved in this struggle over normative and social change showing how activists on both sides are confronted with different dilemmas influencing each other’s choices practices and identities at the individual and collective levels.  Approaching social movements as interactive processes the author deploys the concepts of social performance and gender performativity to illustrate the ways in which activists interact with and within gender norms and how they reproduce or contest gender hierarchies as they protest thus revealing the centrality of gender to the analysis of processes of recruitment and mobilization strategies frames and forms of organization. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology and political science with interests in social movements and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367279134

Protests in the Information AgeSocial Movements Digital Practices and Surveillance Information and communication technologies have transformed the dynamics of contention in contemporary society. Social networks such as Facebook and Twitter and devices such as smartphones have increasingly played a central role in facilitating and mobilizing social movements throughout different parts of the world. Concurrently the same technologies have been taken up by public authorities (including security agencies and the police) and have been used as surveillance tools to monitor and suppress the activities of certain demonstrators. This book explores the complex and contradictory relationships between communication and information technologies and social movements by drawing on different case studies from around the world. The contributions analyse how new communication and information technologies impact the way protests are carried out and controlled in the current information age. The authors focus on recent events that date from the Arab Spring onwards and pose questions regarding the future of protests surveillance and digital landscapes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415791403

ProtestStudies of Collective Behaviour and Social Movements This volume addresses three major issues: What are the circumstances in which people elect to protest; what are the forms of such action; and how do people organize to do so? Phrased differently what are the contexts of protest (collective behavior) personal readiness for protest (conversion) and finally joining together for protest in movement organizations and movement strategies.The key to the book's value is its theoretical sophistication. These studies address in a systematic way fundamental alternatives to organizing protests and outline in detail options for structuring units of social movement. The author deals especially with movement organization locals including "corps" and "cells." Such units are examined in terms of how they coexist and how they exist sequentially through time. Several case studies of movement organization are included such as the Unification Church and Mankind United.The work places a heavy emphasis on protest action or strategy. In the final section four chapters examine the entire gamut of strategic possibilities ranging from polite politics to violent action. Protest is a distinctive and complex strategy. The work carefully evaluates varieties of protest that have become significant in the 1980s. In each section of the book Lofland draws out underlying themes and issues that interrelate the studies and places protest in the larger context of political and social change and theories to date. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530966

ProteusThe Language of Metamorphosis Since Ovid the concept of metamorphosis has been an irresistible temptation for writers not only as a metaphor for shifting personal identity but as a way of exploring ideas of cultural and political transition. The essays in this volume show how authors from Ovid Chaucer and Shakespeare to Thomas Mann Karen Blixen and 20th-century science fiction writers have used this pervasive concept to raise fundamental questions about the nature and agency of radical change. Among the broad topics addressed are how shifts in scientific understanding intersect with and even effect transformations in literary expression; the differing values attached to the language of metamorphosis over time; and the connection between these values and structures of power particularly gender relations. In addition to the editors the contributors are Darko Suvin Alessandro Perutelli Elsa Linguanti Douglas Burnham Enrico Giaccherini Lia Pacinotti Michael St John Rocco Coronato Silvia Bruti Elisabetta Cori Judith Rorai Milanesi Catherine Burgass Luca Biagiotti Stefania Magnoni Daniel Weavis Julian North Ashley Chantler Martin Halliwell Patrick Quinn Roberta Ferrari Silvia Bigliazzi and Nicoletta Caputo. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138620254

Protobiology Physical Basis Of Biology Protobiology as a physics of becoming emphasizes the dynamics underlying conservation laws whereas the physics of being emphasize the dynamics presupposing conservation laws. Protobiology thus concerns itself with a convoluted problem of how both the law of motion and its boundary conditions develop with time without forgetting that these two are inseparable in contrasts to the physics of being that assumes separability. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315896991

Protocols for Cytogenetic Mapping of Arthropod Genomes Arthropods are important to worldwide agriculture food safety human health and energy production. Besides their practical significance various species represent excellent model systems for biological investigations of evolution development physiology reproduction and social interaction. For these reasons arthropod genomics is receiving increasing attention from researchers around the globe. Protocols for Cytogenetic Mapping of Arthropod Genomes is a collection of up-to-date detailed protocols for physical chromosome mapping and their applications for studying genome organization and evolution in insects and ticks. This book brings together the expertise of cytogeneticists working on diverse groups of arthropods. Each chapter demonstrates approaches to tissue dissection chromosome preparation fluorescence in situ hybridization and imaging. The book is a timely and complementary effort to the i5K initiative which will obtain whole-genome sequences for 5 000 insect and related arthropod species. This comprehensive resource provides cytogeneticists with the necessary background and protocols to understand and develop chromosome-based genome assemblies from such whole-genome sequence data. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138374874

Protocols for Macroalgae Research This book presents a wide range of tested and proven protocols relevant to a number of fields within biotechnology used in laboratory experiments in everyday phycological (seaweed) research. A major focus will be on bioenergy related aspects of this emerging technology. These protocols will be written in a clear and concise manner using simple language permitting even nonspecialist to adequately understand the significance of this research. It will also contain all necesssary notes and guidelines for successful execution of these experiments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498796422

Protocols for Multislice Helical Computed TomographyThe Fundamentals Despite the expected decline in the mid-1970s in the use of computed tomography (CT) following the excitement of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) CT has confounded its detractors and remains the imaging modality of choice particularly for the chest and abdomen. Spiral/helical CT with the development of 64-multislice variant has revolutionized diagnostic imaging: image acquistion of large body volumes are obtained in short times during a single-breath hold. Scanning protocols without contrast enhancement are not a challenge; however with intravenous contrast agents critical choices are made and bad choices inevitably produce bad scans. This handy guide provides the reader with a simple introduction to the essential ideas involved and a practical guide to the implementation of rational scanning protocols for multislice spiral instruments. Written by Peter Dawson a well-respected figure in computed tomography and radiology and a world expert on contrast agents Scanning Protocols for Multislice Helical Computed Tomography is an essential guide for all those working with CT as well as those in training. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391201

Protocols for Secure Electronic Commerce Protocols for Secure Electronic Commerce Third Edition presents a compendium of protocols for securing electronic commerce or e-commerce in consumer- and business-to-business applications. Attending to a variety of electronic payment systems currently in use around the globe this edition: Updates all chapters to reflect the latest technical advances and developments in areas such as mobile commerce Adds a new chapter on Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies that did not exist at the time of the previous edition's publication Increases the coverage of PayPal in accordance with PayPal’s amplified role for consumers and businesses Expands the discussion of bank cards dedicating a full chapter to magnetic stripe cards and a full chapter to chip-and-PIN technology Protocols for Secure Electronic Commerce Third Edition offers a state-of-the-art overview of best practices for the security of e-commerce complete with end-of-chapter review questions and an extensive bibliography of specialized references. A Solutions Manual and PowerPoint slides are available with qualifying course adoption. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138586055

Proton & Carbon NMR Spectra of Polymers Proton and Carbon NMR Spectra of Polymers is an updated consolidated volume featuring the spectra published in three previous volumes plus 150 newly derived spectra. It contains 458 NMR spectra with associated analytical notes covering acrylics amides dienes ethers olefins siloxins styrenes and derivatives urethanes vinyls vinylidenes and others. The spectra obtained are either 1H or 13C; extended bibliographic references are attached. Each entry provides details of the chemical structure of the analyzed sample in addition to analytical conditions including nucleus frequency spectrometer detection technique solvent temperature reference lock and where appropriate flip angle. The wealth of information contained in this single volume make Proton and Carbon NMR Spectra of Polymers an essential acquisition for all academic industrial research and analytical laboratories and libraries involved with polymer chemistry. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812683

Proton and Carbon Ion Therapy Proton and Carbon Ion Therapy is an up-to-date guide to using proton and carbon ion therapy in modern cancer treatment. The book covers the physics and radiobiology basics of proton and ion beams dosimetry methods and radiation measurements and treatment delivery systems. It gives practical guidance on patient setup target localization and treatment planning for clinical proton and carbon ion therapy. The text also offers detailed reports on the treatment of pediatric cancers lymphomas and various other cancers. After an overview the book focuses on the fundamental aspects of proton and carbon ion therapy equipment including accelerators gantries and delivery systems. It then discusses dosimetry biology imaging and treatment planning basics and provides clinical guidelines on the use of proton and carbon ion therapy for the treatment of specific cancers.Suitable for anyone involved with medical physics and radiation therapy this book offers a balanced and critical assessment of state-of-the-art technologies major challenges and the future outlook of proton and carbon ion therapy. It presents a thorough introduction for those new to the field while providing a helpful up-to-date reference for readers already using the therapy in clinical settings. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576660

Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells Clean energy technologies are poised to play an important role in overcoming fossil fuel exhaustion and global pollution. Among these technologies electrochemical energy storage and conversion are considered to be the most feasible sustainable and environmentally friendly. Proton exchange membrane (PEM) fuel cells are prime examples of electrochemical energy conversion technologies in action. Believed to be ideal sources of clean power PEM fuel cells are replacing internal combustion and diesel engines in vehicles as well as Pb-acid batteries and diesel generators in the emergency backup of telecommunications base stations and computer centers. Written by an industry-leading scientist Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells explains the theoretical foundations of PEM fuel cells in relation to practical design and operation to not only help beginners grasp the essentials but also guide industry professionals in tackling technical challenges. Useful to scientists researchers students academics and practicing engineers the book covers the fundamentals materials components modules system architecture applications and current developmental status; offers real-world examples; and provides insight into advancing this sustainable clean technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075115

Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel CellsContamination and Mitigation Strategies Large-scale commercialization of proton exchange membrane fuel cell (PEMFC) technology has been hindered by issues of reliability durability and cost which are all related to the degradation of fuel cell performance. This degradation often has root causes in contamination from fuel air streams or system components. With contributions from international scientists and engineers active in PEMFC research Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells: Contamination and Mitigation Strategies discusses the impacts of contamination and the contamination mitigation strategies to improve fuel cell performance and durability.The book covers the nature sources and electrochemistry of contaminants; their effects on fuel cell performance and lifetime; and the mechanisms of contamination. Exploring the major findings from experimental and theoretical studies in contamination-related research the expert contributors present methods and tools used for diagnosing various contamination phenomena along with strategies for mitigating the adverse effects of contamination. They also describe key issues in the future R&D of fuel cell contamination and control.Helping to facilitate pioneering PEMFC R&D and accelerate sustainable commercialization this book contains the latest research efforts and novel developments as well as important new directions in PEMFC contamination. It offers a comprehensive overview of nearly every aspect of fuel cell contamination from fundamentals to applications. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384272

Proton Therapy Physics Second Edition Expanding on the highly successful first edition this second edition of Proton Therapy Physics has been completely restructured and updated throughout and includes several new chapters. Suitable for both newcomers in medical physics and more seasoned specialists in radiation oncology this book provides an in-depth overview of the physics of this radiation therapy modality eliminating the need to dig through information scattered across medical physics literature. After tracing the history of proton therapy the book explores the atomic and nuclear physics background necessary for understanding proton interactions with tissue. The text then covers dosimetry including beam delivery shielding aspects computer simulations detector systems and measuring techniques for reference dosimetry. Important for daily operations acceptance testing commissioning quality assurance and monitor unit calibrations are outlined. The book moves on to discussions of treatment planning for single- and multiple-field uniform doses dose calculation concepts and algorithms and precision and uncertainties for nonmoving and moving targets. Imaging for treatment guidance as well as treatment monitoring is outlined. Finally the biological implications of using protons from a physics perspective are discussed. This book is an ideal practical guide for physicians dosimetrists radiation therapists and physicists who already have some experience in radiation oncology. It is also an invaluable reference for graduate students in medical physics programs physicians in their last year of medical school or residency and those considering a career in medical physics. Features: Updated with the latest technologies and methods in the field covering all delivery methods of proton therapy including beam scanning and passive scattering Discusses clinical aspects such as treatment planning and quality assurance Offers insight on the past present and future of proton therapy from a physics perspective Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367570781

Proton-Conducting CeramicsFrom Fundamentals to Applied Research This book proposes a wide overview of the research and development of proton-conducting solid oxide materials. It is the first to approach the topic on proton-conducting ceramics and presents analysis studies from the fundamental to the most promising applied domains. It describes theoretical studies to enhance understanding of proton-transport mechanisms through materials and focuses on the main families of materials referred in the literature highlighting their structure and their electrical and physicochemical properties. It lists the various routes of synthesis and processing methods used to develop such materials and deals with their main performances and prospects with respect to electromotive force electrochemical hydrogen transport and reactors. The book will be helpful for students from academic sciences as well as industrials dealing with applications of such materials. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814613842

Prototyping CulturesArt Science and Politics in Beta Prototypes have acquired much prominence and visibility in recent times. Software development is perhaps the case in point where the release of non-stable versions of programmes (beta versions) has become commonplace as is famously the case in free and open source software. Prototyping has also become an important currency of explanation and description in art-technology contexts where the emphasis is on the productive and processual aspects of experimentation: Medialabs hacklabs community and social art collectives dorkbots open collaborative websites or design thinking workshops are spaces and sites where prototyping and experimentation have taken hold as both modes of knowledge-production and cultural and sociological styles of exchange and interaction. Experimentation has also been at the centre of recent reassessments of the organisation of laboratory expert and more generally epistemic cultures in the sciences. An interesting development is the shift in emphasis from the experimental as a knowledge-site to the experimental as a social process. This book brings some of the leading scholars in the fields of anthropology social studies of science and technology and critical design thinking in a theoretical and ethnographic dialogue to explore the affordances of the ‘prototype’ as a figure of our contemporary. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Journal of Cultural Economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367220198

Protracted Displacement in AsiaNo Place to Call Home In a protracted displacement situation refugees are sequestered in camps without right of mobility or employment; their lives remain on hold and stagnate in a state of limbo for a long period. This book reviews the situation and results of research and policies that have left refugees as a forgotten group in protracted situations. The work features case studies by experts who conducted field work examining long-term protracted refugee situations in Nepal Thailand and Bangladesh the protracted internally displaced (IDP) situation in Sri Lanka and the refugee and IDP situation in Afghanistan. Also discussed is an emerging protracted refugee and IDP problem in Iraq. The volume concludes with an analysis of the lessons learned and the applications for policy and incorporates a valuable bibliography detailing research in this hugely important area. This is a critical resource for academics and policy makers concerned with migration and governance issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275058

Protracted Refugee SituationsDomestic and International Security Implications Protracted refugee populations not only constitute over 70% of the world's refugees but are also a principal source of many of the irregular movements of people around the world today. The long-term presence of refugee populations in much of the developing world has come to be seen by many host states in these regions as a source of insecurity.In response host governments have enacted policies of containing refugees in isolated and insecure camps have prevented the arrival of additional refugees and in extreme cases have engaged in forcible repatriation. Not surprisingly these refugee populations are also increasingly perceived as possible sources of insecurity for Western states. Refugee camps are sometimes breeding grounds for international terrorism and rebel movements. These groups often exploit the presence of refugees to engage in activities that destabilise not only host states but also entire regions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466692

Proust Cole Porter Michelangelo Marc Almond and MeWritings by Gay Men on Their Lives and Lifestyles from the Archives of the National Les Drawn from years of archive material this collection first published in 1993 portrays the voices and experience of over sixty gay men from all walks of life. Here are presented the difficulties of coming out but also the diverse nature of gay relationships and the impact of HIV and AIDS. Sometimes raw often humorous frequently angry the book gives an honest impression of what it was like to live as a homosexual man in the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415790413

Proust the One and the ManyIdentity and Difference in A La Recherche Du Temps Perdu This book draws on two philosophical conceptions referred to with the terms identity and difference in A la recherche du temps perdu which is associated with the Proustian perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603069

Proust and Joyce in Dialogue This book discusses the interrelation between Francoise's malapropisms in Proust and the erudite allusions of Stephen's interior monologue in Joyce. It provides interconnected close readings of socio-political debate listening processes gossip internalized debate and misunderstandings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603045

Proust as PhilosopherThe Art of Metaphor Marcel Proust’s In Search of Lost Time has long fascinated philosophers for its complex accounts of time personal identity and narrative amongst many other themes. Proust as Philosopher: The Art of Metaphor is the first book to try and connect Proust’s implicit ontology of experience with the question of style and of metaphor in particular. Miguel de Beistegui begins with an observation: throughout In Search of Lost Time the two main characters seem prone to chronic dissatisfaction in matters of love friendship and even art. Reality always falls short of expectation. At the same time the narrator experiences unexpected bouts of intense elation the cause and meaning of which remain elusive. Beistegui argues we should understand these experiences as acts of artistic creation and that this is why Proust himself wrote that true life is the life of art. He goes on to explore the nature of these joyful and pleasurable experiences and the transformation required of art and particularly literature if it is to incorporate them. He concludes that Proust revolutionises the idea of metaphor extending beyond the confines of language to understand the nature of lived bodily experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415584326

Proust at the Movies Film established itself as an artistic form of expression at the same time that Proust started work on his masterpiece A la recherche du temps perdu. If Proust apparently took little interest in what he described as a poor avatar of reductive mimetic representation the resonances between his own radical reworking of writing styles and the novelistic forms and cinema as the art of time are undeniable. Proust at the Movies is the first study in English to consider these rich interconnections. Its introductory chapter charts the missed encounter between Proust and the cinema and addresses the problems inherent in adapting his novel to the screen. The following chapters examine the various cinematic responses to A la recherche du temps perdu attempted to date: Luchino Visconti and Joseph Losey's failed attempts at adapting the whole of the novel in the 1970s Volker Schlöndorff's Un Amour de Swann (1984) Raoul Ruiz's Le Temps retrouvé (1999) Chantal Akerman's La Prisonnière in La Captive (2000) and Fabio Carpi's Quartetto Basileus (1982) and Le Intermittenze del cuore (2003). The last chapter tracks the echoes of Proust's writing in the work of various directors from Abel Grace to Jean-Luc Godard. The approach is multidisciplinary combining literary criticism with film theory and elements of philosophy of art. Special attention is given to the modernist legacy in literature and film with its distinctive aesthetic and narrative features. An outline of the history and recent evolution of contemporary art cinema thus emerges: a cinema where the themes at the heart of Proust's work - memory time perception - are ceaselessly explored. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258617

Proust Writing PhotographyFixing the Fugitive in A La Recherche Du Temps Perdu Proust Writing Photography: Fixing the Fugitive in A La Recherche Du Temps Perdu Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603052

ProustLa Traduction du Sensible "In this innovative study Nathalie Aubert demonstrates how the experience of translating Ruskin led Proust to see creative writing as itself an act of translation. She makes use of phenomenology to show how the Proustian metaphor operates as translation as it bridges the gap between reality and language." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351197472

Proust's Cup of TeaHomoeroticism and Victorian Culture Proust's Cup of Tea analyzes Proust's reading of various Victorian authors and shows how they contributed to A la recherche du temps perdu. This book proves that British literature and art played a fundamental role in Proust's writing process by citing from the manuscript versions of his novel as well as from his correspondence essays and the lengthy critical appartus accompanying his translations of Ruskin. Eells reflects here on why Proust was attracted to Victorian culture and how he incorporated it into his novel. The works of the British novelists he was most interested in-Thomas Hardy and George Eliot-address questions of gender which Proust develops in his own work. He builds Sodome et Gomorrhe I the section of his novel focusing on homosexuality on a series of explicit citations and guarded allusions to Shakespeare Darwin Walter Scott Oscar Wilde and Robert Louis Stevenson. Eells explores how Proust followed in the pioneering footsteps of those British writers who had ventured beyond the boundaries of conventional sexuality though he took pains to erase their traces in the definitive version of his work. This study also highlights how Proust made his fictitious painter Elstir into a master of ambiguity by modeling his art on Turner the Pre-Raphaelites and Whistler. Eells shows that Proust drew on Victorian culture in his depiction of sexual ambiguity arguing that he confounded eroticism and aestheticism in the way he inextricably linked the man-woman figure with British art and literature. As Proust aestheticized male and female homosexuality using references to British art and letters Eells coins the term 'Anglosexuality' to refer to his characters of the third sex. She defines Anglosexuality as an intersexuality represented through intertextuality as an artistic sensitivity an aesthetic stance and a new way of seeing. Proust's Cup of Tea thus demonstrates that Victorian culture and homoeroticism form one of the cornerstones of Proust's monumental work. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245775

Providence Evil and the Openness of God Providence Evil and the Openness of God is a timely exploration of the philosophical implications of the rapidly-growing theological movement known as open theism or the 'openness of God'. William Hasker one of the philosophers prominently associated with this movement presents the strengths of this position in comparison with its main competitors: Calvinism process theism and the theory of divine middle knowledge or Molinism.The author develops alternative approaches to the problem of evil and to the problem of divine action in the world. In particular he argues that believers should not maintain the view that each and every evil that occurs is permitted by God as a means to a 'greater good'. He contends that open theism makes possible an emphasis on the personalism of divine-human interaction in a way that traditional views with their heavy emphasis on divine control cannot easily match. The book concludes with a section of replies to critics in which many of the objections levelled against open theism are addressed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651103

Providence and EmpireReligion Politics and Society in the United Kingdom 1815-1914 The 19th century was to a large extent the ‘British century’. Great Britain was the great world power and its institutions beliefs and values had an immense impact on the world far beyond its formal empire.  Providence and Empire argues that knowledge of the religious thought of the time is crucial in understanding the British imperial story. The churches of the United Kingdom were the greatest suppliers of missionaries to the world and there was a widespread belief that Britain had a divine mission to spread Christianity and civilisation to eradicate slavery and to help usher in the millennium; the Empire had a providential purpose in the world.  This is the first connected account of the interactions of religion politics and society in England Scotland Ireland and Wales between 1815 and 1914. Providence and Empire is essential reading for any student who wishes to gain an insight into the social political and cultural life of this period.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837003

Providential DemocracyAn Essay on Contemporary Equality Democracy posits the universality of the equality principle: a community of citizens is governed by the principle of the formal equality of all individuals whatever their real social cultural or other inequalities. Democratization on the other hand is motivated by the ambition of ensuring the real equality of citizens and not simply their formal equality. The dynamics of democracy are thus insured by the development of a welfare state that increasingly intervenes in order to satisfy the social and economic needs of individuals. Especially focused on France yet informed by the experiences of other European countries this book examines the dilemmas of the search for equality in society and politics.Democratization guarantees the rights of salaried workers and employees the rights to material survival and housing as well as health care education and culture. Today however as Schnapper observes its action has become paradoxical. As the fruit of a praiseworthy concern to ensure the universality of rights what Schnapper identifies as a "Providence State" now aims by means of positive discrimination and other specific promotion policies to defend the particular rights of certain categories of individuals. The action of the Providence State thus nourishes an aspiration: that the identities of historical collectivities gathered within the same national society be publicly recognized and that these have rights. Equity thus supplants equality; and multiculturalism universality. Such is the ordeal currently experienced by Western democracies which are faced with the increasingly "providential" nature of their societies. Indeed the author asks how can a united political Europe be constructed on the ideals and institutions of citizenship when European nations are becoming providential democracies?Providential Democracy offers a searching and timely critique of democratization that will be of interest to sociologists political sci Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127606

Providing Compassionate HealthcareChallenges in Policy and Practice Despite the scope and sophistication of contemporary health care there is increasing international concern about the perceived lack of compassion in its delivery. Citing evidence that when the basic needs of patients are attended to with kindness and understanding recovery often takes place at a faster level patients cope more effectively with the self-management of chronic disorders and can more easily overcome anxiety associated with various disorders this book looks at how good care can be put back into the process of caring. Beginning with an introduction to the historical values associated with the concept of compassion the text goes on to provide a bio-psycho-social theoretical framework within which the concept might be further explained. The third part presents thought-provoking case studies and explores the implementation and impact of compassion in a range of healthcare settings. The fourth part investigates the role that organizations and their structures can play in promoting or hindering the provision of compassion. The book concludes by discussing how compassion may be taught and evaluated and suggesting ways for increasing the attention paid to compassion in health care. Developing a multi-disciplinary theory of compassionate care and underpinned by empirical examples of good practice this volume is a valuable resource for all those interesting in understanding and supporting compassion in health care including advanced students academics and practitioners within medicine nursing psychology allied health sociology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138291096

Providing Home Care for Older AdultsA Professional Guide for Mental Health Practitioners A practical guide to providing home-based mental health services Providing Home Care for Older Adults teaches readers how to handle the unique aspects of home-based care and apply and adapt evidence-based assessment and treatment within the home-based setting. Featuring contributions from experienced board-certified home care psychologists social workers and psychiatrists the book explains the multifaceted role of a home-based provider offers concrete and practical considerations for working within the home and highlights adaptations to specific evidence-based methods used in treating homebound older adults. Also covered are special topics related to hoarding safety capacity evaluations caregivers case management and use of technology. Each chapter includes engaging case examples with practical tips that illustrate what it is like to work in this new and exciting frontier.　 Psychologists counselors and other mental health practitioners in home settings will be able to use this guide to provide effective home-based care to older adults. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367345273

Providing Information for HealthA Workbook for Primary Care This stimulating and challenging work explores how to place consumers in charge to facilitate good patient care. It provides a coherent account of how customer/supply and demand/supply relationships work and identifies and describes the principles of good medical care and the approaches that can be taken to offer a credible and realistic agenda for change. This book is essential reading for policy makers and shapers healthcare managers and all those with an interest in the role of patients in healthcare. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315377315

Providing Integrated Health and Social Services for Older PersonsA European Overview of Issues at Stake Originally published in 2004. Providing Integrated Health and Social Care for Older Persons - Issues Problems and Solutions (PROCARE)" is a project in the EU Fifth Framework Programme (Quality of Life and Management of Living Resources Area "The Ageing Population and Disabilities") that aims to help in defining the new concept of an integrated health and social care for older persons in need of care by comparing and evaluating different modes of care delivery. The project will identify structural organisational economic and social-cultural factors and actors that constitute an integrated and sustainable care system with enhanced outcomes for all actors involved. This book gathers the achievements of the first project phase (2002) that consisted in a literature overview focusing on the question which of the variety of innovations in modes of organisation finance and professional collaboration observed in Europe over the last decade have been the most successful and long-lasting ones. Thus national reports from nine EU Member States (Austria Denmark Finland France Germany Greece Italy the Netherlands and the UK) will be presented by scholars from leading research and consulting agencies in these countries. The national reports follow a mutually agreed structure. The publication is introduced by a general overview and a more theoretic article defining the issues at stake. The book gives a unique general overview on European approaches towards integrated social and health care services and policies that are to be developed to face the growing need of care in ageing societies; furthermore it provides indicators for successful approaches and models of good practice to overcome the "social-health-divide" and a better understanding of the meaning of integrated services and coordination of social and health systems in the different countries. Finally facts and figures about coordination at the interface between health and social care for older persons as well as problems and solutions ( Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367225254

Providing Mental Health Servies to Youth Where They AreSchool and Community Based Approaches First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763455

Providing Quality to Customers Super series are a set of workbooks to accompany the flexible learning programme specifically designed and developed by the Institute of Leadership & Management (ILM) to support their Level 3 Certificate in First Line Management. The learning content is also closely aligned to the Level 3 S/NVQ in Management. The series consists of 35 workbooks. Each book will map on to a course unit (35 books/units). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080914640

Providing Residential Services for Children and Young PeopleA Multidisciplinary Perspective First published in 1999 this timely and challenging volume assesses children’s residential services in the UK in the wake of the Residential Provision and the Children Act 1989 using extensive interviews with providers of residential therapeutic services. A difficult task in any circumstances issues discussed with telling and convincing detail include the financial difficulties of these services staff morale which children have need of residential services the effects of policy reform rates of emotional and behavioural disorders the costs of services and long-term therapeutic units. This exemplary study is comparable to Sir William Utting’s 1997 report People Like Us adding new dimensions and insights to the current debate. It should be widely read and discussed by policy makers and practitioners concerned with child care and protection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331860

Providing Safe Drinking Water in Small SystemsTechnology Operations and Economics The continued lack of access to adequate amounts of safe drinking water is one of the primary causes of infant morbidity and mortality worldwide and a serious situation which governments international agencies and private organizations are striving to alleviate. Barriers to providing safe drinking water for rural areas and small communities that must be overcome include the financing and stability of small systems their operation and appropriate cost-effective technologies to treat and deliver water to consumers.While we know how to technically produce safe drinking water we are not always able to achieve sustainable safe water supplies for small systems in developed and developing countries. Everyone wants to move rapidly to reach the goal of universal safe drinking water because safe water is the most fundamental essential element for personal and social health and welfare. Without safe water and a safe environment sustained personal economic and cultural development is impossible. Often small rural systems are the last in the opportunity line.Safe Drinking Water in Small Systems describes feasible technologies operating procedures management and financing opportunities to alleviate problems faced by small water systems in both developed and developing countries. In addition to widely used traditional technologies this reference presents emerging technologies and non-traditional approaches to water treatment management sources of energy and the delivery of safe water. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203741726

Providing Support and SupervisionAn Introduction for Professionals Working with Young People The focus of governments across Europe and the U.S. in recent years has been on an agenda for social inclusion. This is especially the case for some young people who for various reasons have become excluded from education training and employment. This vital new guide to providing support in this changing world is ideal for those working with young people and those who provide support and supervision to youth support workers themselves. This comprehensive resource can be used as a textbook on supervision courses or as a professional handbook. It will help readers to understand the underlying concepts behind support and supervision and to engage with the concepts models and techniques that determine effective day-to-day practice. In addition the book clarifies the benefits and limitations of support and supervision by drawing on the knowledge and experience of those currently involved in youth support. The collection of writers bring a wealth of knowledge and experience from academic and practice-based backgrounds to help practitioners their managers the organisations for which they work and those on a wide range of professional training courses. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315019062

Provincial Globalization in IndiaTransregional Mobilities and Development Politics The movement of people from small towns and villages of India to places outside the country raises a number of questions– about the networks that enable their mobility the aspirations that motivate them what they give back to their home regions and how their provincial home worlds engage with and absorb the consequent transnational flows of money ideas influence and care. This book analyzes the social consequences of the transmission of migrant resources to provincial places in India. Bringing together case studies from four regions it demonstrates that these flows are very diverse are inflected by regional histories of mobility and development and may reinforce local power structures or instigate social change in unexpected ways. The chapters collected in this volume examine conflicts over migrant-funded education or rural development projects how migrants from Dalit Muslim and other marginalized groups use their new wealth to promote social progress or equality in their home regions and why migrants invest in property in provincial India or return regularly to their ancestral homes to revitalize ritual traditions. These studies also demonstrate that diaspora philanthropy is routed largely through social networks based on caste community or kinship ties thereby extending them spatially and illustrate how migrant efforts to ‘develop’ their home regions may become entangled in local politics or influence state policies. This collection of eight original ethnographic field studies develops new theoretical insights into the diverse outcomes of international migration and the influences of regional diasporas within India. These collected studies illustrate the various ways in which migrants remain socially economical and politically influential in their home regions. The book develops a fresh perspective on the connections between transnational migration and processes of development revealing how provincial India has become deeply globalized. It will be of interest to academics and students in the fields of anthropology geography  transnational and diaspora studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589165

Provincial Life and the Military in Imperial JapanThe Phantom Samurai In contrast to the enduring stereotype of a ‘nation of samurai’ this book uses provincial newspapers and local records to hear the voices of ordinary people living in imperial Japan through several decades of war and peace. These voices reveal the authentic experiences opinions and emotions of men women and children. They show that the impression of a uniquely disciplined regimented militaristic society which took root in the Western imagination from the 1890s and which helped bring about the Pacific war of 1941-5 is a gross illusion. Stewart Lone challenges the long-standing view of prewar Japan as a ‘militaristic’ society. Instead of relying on the usual accounts about senior commanders and politics at the heart of government he shows the realities of provincial society’s relations with the military in Japan at ground level. Working from the perspective of civil society and both rural and urban life in the provinces Lone investigates broader civil contacts with the military including schools local businesses leisure and entertainment civic ceremonies and monuments as well as public attitudes towards the military and its values. This book will be of interest to upper undergraduates postgraduates and academics interested in military history and Japanese history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673068

Provincial Stock Exchange First Published in 1973. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996854

Provincial Stock Exchanges First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138880771

Provincial Strategies of Economic Reform in Post-Mao ChinaLeadership Politics and Implementation Focusing on the role of provincial leadership in the initiation and implementation of economic reform this text studies economic decentralization in eight Chinese provinces. In each area resource allocation and acquisition of foreign capital and investment are investigated. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315293172

Provincial Towns part 2: Middle and Southern England (6-vol. EP set) This is the final part of a new Eureka Press series which reprints in facsimile the local town handbooks published in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries on the occasion of the annual conference of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. It covers the middle and southern parts of England and includes town handbooks of Nottingham Leicester Birmingham Canterbury Dover Portsmouth Bath and Bristol. Edited by local historians and scientists the handbooks provided objective data on each city or town together with many fold-out maps and ideal contemporary source materials for those researching Victorian and Edwardian England in such fields as topography social and economic history and background data of 19th century English literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9784902454895

Provincial Towns (6-vol. EP set) #NOM? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9784902454888

Provincial Towns (6-vol. EP set) #NOM? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138958296

Provincializing the BibleFaulkner and Postsecular American Literature Why in our supposedly secular age does the Bible feature prominently in so many influential and innovative works of contemporary U.S. literature? More pointedly why would a book indelibly allied with a long history of institutionalized oppressions play a supporting role—and not simply as an object of critique—in a wide variety of landmark literary representations of marginalized subjectivities? The answers to these questions go beyond mere playful re-appropriations or subversive resignifications of biblical themes figures and forms. This book shows how certain contemporary authors invoke the Bible in ways that undermine clear distinctions between "subversive" and "traditional"—indeed that undermine clear distinctions between "secular" and "sacred." By tracing a key source of such complex literary invocations of the Bible back to William Faulkner’s major novels Provincializing the Bible argues that these literary works which might be termed postsecular ironically provincialize the Bible as a means of reevaluating and revalorizing its significance in contemporary American culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367667160

Provision Mapping and the SEND Code of PracticeMaking it work in primary secondary and special schools In the busy world that schools inhabit this book provides clear guidance on how to implement a simple and user-friendly system that will ensure all pupil progress is forensically examined and any inadequacies swiftly addressed. Provision Mapping and the SEND Code of Practice describes a tried and tested system that helps schools to successfully identify implement and track provision for all pupils irrespective of whether they have a special educational need or not. This new edition: demonstrates how schools can implement the requirements of the new SEND Code of Practice provides achievable solutions to the problems that schools face in trying to evidence the impact of the additional support they provide provides photocopiable templates of tables that can be used to track progress of all pupils contains easy to use tools that will allow a school to clearly evidence that additional funding is used efficiently. This second edition has been fully updated to reflect the recent changes to SEN legislation the new SEND Code of Practice (2015) the new National Curriculum and new assessment requirements and the new Common Inspection Framework. Additional material has been added to provide a resource for secondary and special schools. Headteachers senior managers leadership teams SENCOs and other educational professionals will find the guidance and support provided by this book invaluable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138907089

Provisional CitiesCautionary Tales for the Anthropocene This book considers the provisional nature of cities in relation to the Anthropocene – the proposed geological epoch of human-induced changes to the Earth system. It charts an environmental history of curfews admonitions and alarms about dwelling on Earth. ‘Provisional cities’ are explored as exemplary sites for thinking about living in this unsettled time. Each chapter focuses on cities settlements or proxy urbanisations including past disaster zones remote outposts in the present and future urban fossils. The book explores the dynamic changing and contradictory relationship between architecture and the global environmental crisis and looks at how to re-position architectural and urban practice in relation to wider intellectual environmental political and cultural shifts. The book argues that these rounder and richer accounts can better equip humanity to think through questions of vulnerability responsibility and opportunity that are presented by immense processes of planetary change. These are cautionary tales for the Anthropocene. Central to this project is the proposition that living with uncertainty requires that architecture is reframed as a provisional practice. This book would be beneficial to students and academics working in architecture geography planning and environmental humanities as well as professionals working to shape the future of cities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367251406

Provocation in Popular Culture What role can provocation play in the process of renewal both of individuals and of societies? Provocation in Popular Culture is an investigation into the practice of specific provocateurs and the wider nature of cultural provocation examining among others: Banksy Sacha Baron Cohen Leo Bassi Pussy Riot Philippe Petit Archaos. Drawing on Bim Mason’s own twenty-five year career as performer teacher and creative director this book explores the power negotiations involved in the relationship between provocateur and provoked and the implications of maintaining a position on the ‘edge’. Using neuroscience as a bridge it proposes a similarity between complexity theory and cultural theories of play and risk. Three inter-related analogies for the ‘edge’ on which these performers operate – the fulcrum the blade and the border – reveal the shifts between structure and fluidity and the ways in which these can combine in a single moment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138852501

Provoking Curriculum Encounters Across Educational ExperienceNew Engagements with the Curriculum Theory Archive This book collects recent and creative theorizing emerging in the fields of curriculum studies and curriculum theory through an emphasis on provoking encounters. Drawn from a return to foundational texts the emphasis on an ‘encountering’ curriculum highlights the often overlooked pre-conceptual aspects of the educational experience; these aspects include the physical emotional and spiritual dimensions of teaching and learning. The book highlights that immediate components of one’s encounters with education—across formal and informal settings—comprise a large part of the teaching and learning processes. Chapters offer both close readings of specific work from the curriculum theory archive as well as engagements with cutting-edge conceptual issues across disciplinary lines with contributions from leading and emerging scholars across the field of curriculum studies. This book will be of great interest to researchers academics and post-graduate students in the fields of curriculum studies and curriculum theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367178642

Provoking Curriculum StudiesStrong Poetry and Arts of the Possible in Education Provoking Curriculum Studies pushes forward a strong reading of the theoretical and methodological innovations taking place within curriculum studies research. Addressing an important gap in contemporary curriculum studies—conceptualizing scholars as poets and the potential of the poetic in education—it offers a framework for doing curriculum work at the intersection of the arts social theory and curriculum studies. Drawing on poetic inquiry psychoanalysis phenomenology life writing and several types of arts-based research methodologies this diverse collection spotlights the intellectual genealogies of curriculum scholars such as Ted Aoki Geoffrey Milburn and Roger Simon whose provocations inquiries and recursive questioning link the writing and re-writing of curriculum theory to acts of strong poetry. Readers are urged to imagine alternative ways in which professors teachers and university students might not only engage with but disrupt blur and complicate curriculum theory across interdisciplinary topographies in order to seek out blind impresses—those areas of knowledge that are left over unaddressed by ‘mainstream’ curriculum scholarship and that instigate difficult questions about death trauma prejudice poverty colonization and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138827752

Proximity Distance and DiversityIssues on Economic Interaction and Local Development Bringing together a wide range of empirical studies from around the world (Sweden Norway Austria Germany France UK Israel Russia China Taiwan Argentina Canada) framed in related contemporary theoretical frameworks this book examines the question of the significance of proximate vs. more distant relationships for economic agents' performance and local economic development. While this question has been the subject of intense debates in recent years it is obvious that proximity and distance are not explanatory factors as such. The book argues for the need to understand the aims of economic relationships the nature of the regional environment in which they originate and the scale at which they operate. The book suggests that the notions of diversity innovativeness maturity and multiple scales should be incorporated into the debates on the significance of proximity for economic performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266544

Proximity and Intraregional Aspects of Tourism Tourism research often tends to overlook both the mundane of the exotic and the exotic of the everyday. However when acknowledging that exoticism is not necessarily linked to geographical distance it is similarly possible to attribute touristic otherness to and experience unfamiliarity in a geographically proximate environment. This entails a need to rethink the intertwining relationships of meanings of the exotic and the mundane as well as the ways people make meaning of their everyday environment through processes of territorialization and identification in a tourism context. The articles collected in this book cover a range of examples of tourism practices in a context of geographical proximity where home and away everyday life and tourism intersect. While the settings methodologies and concepts vary considerably each contribution is an attempt to rethink the hegemonic linear framing of tourism in dichotomies such as familiar and unfamiliar nearby and far host and guest mundane and exotic. The examples findings and conclusions of the various authors contribute to an understanding of tourism that is multiple and relative to an open-minded and critical attitude towards the institutionalized anchors of our society - in which tourism takes such a prominent place that it has almost become ordinary. This book was originally published as a special issue of the Tourism Geographies journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321802

Prudentius' Hymns for Hours and SeasonsLiber Cathemerinon Combining faithfulness to the Latin with sensitivity to Prudentius’ poetic qualities Nicholas Richardson offers a precise yet creative verse translation of a major work by one of the most important Christian Latin poets of late antiquity. Prudentius’ Hymns for Hours and Seasons also provides readers with a wealth of supporting material which sets the life and output of this poet in its historical religious and literary context outlines manuscript and editorial details discusses metrics and Latinity and also gives a sense of the individual hymns of the Cathemerinon. Richardson’s fresh translation allows readers unfamiliar with Latin to understand and interpret the poems as well as offering those who know Latin a translation that keeps very close to the original text. Detailed notes at the end of the book illuminate both the literary and the religious aspects of each hymn. This commentary along with the introduction and translated text provides students and scholars alike with a comprehensive volume on one of the key works of later Latin poetry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202474

Prudentius’ Crown of MartyrsLiber Peristephanon Prudentius’ Crown of Martyrs offers an English translation with introduction and commentary of the Liber Peristephanon Prudentius’ vivid collection of lyric hymns in honor of Christian martyrs. To render Prudentius’ metrically varied lines for twenty-first-century readers Len Krisak relies on the inherent iambic nature of English. The introduction offers insight into social political and literary features of the fourth century the life of Prudentius the poet’s other works his Latinity and mastery of ancient meters and the manuscript tradition and the reception of Prudentius in the Middle Ages and beyond. Given Prudentius’ central place in the history of Latin poetry this translation is a welcome resource for general readers interested in Western literary history. It will also find a home with scholarly audiences working on Late Antique and Early Christian literature and culture in a wide variety of college classrooms and in academic libraries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815353270

Prussian Blue-Type Nanoparticles and Nanocomposites: Synthesis Devices and Applications Nanochemistry tools aid the design of Prussian blue and its analogue nanoparticles and nanocomposites. The use of such nanomaterials is now widely regarded as an alternative to other inorganic nanomaterials in a variety of scientific applications. This book after addressing Prussian blue and its analogues in a historical context and their numerous applications over time compiles and details the latest cutting-edge scientific research on these nanomaterials. It compiles and deatils the latest cutting-edge scientific research on these nanomaterials. The book provides an overview of the methodological concepts of the nanoscale synthesis of Prussian blue and its analogues as well as the study and understanding of their properties and of the extent and diversity of application fields in relation to the major societal challenges of the 21st century on energy environment and health. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800051

Psalms in the Early Modern World Psalms in the Early Modern World is the first book to explore the use interpretation development translation and influence of the Psalms in the Atlantic world 1400-1800. In the age of Reformation when religious concerns drove political social cultural economic and scientific discourse the Bible was the supreme document and the Psalms were arguably its most important book.The Psalms played a central role in arbitrating the salient debates of the day including but scarcely limited to the nature of power and the legitimacy of rule; the proper role and purpose of nations; the justification for holy war and the godliness of peace; and the relationship of individual and community to God. Contributors to the collection follow these debates around the Atlantic world to pre- and post-Hispanic translators in Latin America colonists in New England mystics in Spain the French court during the religious wars and both Protestants and Catholics in England. Psalms in the Early Modern World showcases essays by scholars from literature history music and religious studies all of whom have expertise in the use and influence of Psalms in the early modern world. The collection reaches beyond national and confessional boundaries and to look at the ways in which Psalms touched nearly every person living in early modern Europe and any place in the world that Europeans took their cultural practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409422822

Pseudo-Dionysius as PolemicistThe Development and Purpose of the Angelic Hierarchy in Sixth Century Syria The anonymous theologian known as Pseudo-Dionysius who was responsible for arranging the angelic hierarchy into nine orders had a significant influence on mediaeval European mysticism. This book places him in his religious and political context in sixth century Syria and uncovers the hidden agenda which lies behind his writings. New evidence is presented to establish the dating of the corpus more accurately than has been done before. Rather than analysing the minutiae of Dionysius' thought Rosemary Arthur focuses on his sources for and treatment of the Angelic Hierarchy and the Dazzling Darkness with a view to ascertaining his motive for writing his relationship with his opponents and his need to hide his identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259829

Pseudo-Kodinos and the Constantinopolitan Court: Offices and Ceremonies The work known as Pseudo-Kodinos the fourteenth-century text which is one of two surviving ceremonial books from the Byzantine empire is presented here for the first time in English translation. With facing page Greek text and the first in-depth analysis in the form of commentary and individual studies on the hierarchy the ceremonies court attire the Blachernai palace lighting music gestures and postures this volume makes an important new contribution to the study of the Byzantine court and to the history and culture of Byzantium more broadly. The unique traits of this ceremony book include the combination of hierarchical lists of court officials with protocols of ceremonies; a detailed description of the clothing used at court in particular hats and staffs; an account of the functions of the court title holders a description of the ceremonies of the year which take place both inside the palace and outside; the service of the megas domestikos in the army protocols for the coronation of the emperor the promotions of despot sebastokrator and caesar of the patriarch; a description of the mourning attire of the emperor; protocol for the reception of a foreign bride in Constantinople all these are analysed here. Developments in ceremonial since the tenth-century Book of Ceremonies are discussed as is the space in which ceremonial was performed along with a new interpretation of the ’other palace’ the Blachernai. The text reveals the anonymous authors’ interest in the past in the origins of practices and items of clothing but it is argued that Pseudo-Kodinos presents descriptions of actual practice at the Byzantine court rather than prescriptions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601195

Pseudolinear Functions and Optimization Pseudolinear Functions and Optimization is the first book to focus exclusively on pseudolinear functions a class of generalized convex functions. It discusses the properties characterizations and applications of pseudolinear functions in nonlinear optimization problems.The book describes the characterizations of solution sets of various optimization problems. It examines multiobjective pseudolinear multiobjective fractional pseudolinear static minmax pseudolinear and static minmax fractional pseudolinear optimization problems and their results. The authors extend these results to locally Lipschitz functions using Clarke subdifferentials. They also present optimality and duality results for h-pseudolinear and semi-infinite pseudolinear optimization problems.The authors go on to explore the relationships between vector variational inequalities and vector optimization problems involving pseudolinear functions. They present characterizations of solution sets of pseudolinear optimization problems on Riemannian manifolds as well as results on pseudolinearity of quadratic fractional functions. The book also extends n-pseudolinear functions to pseudolinear and n-pseudolinear fuzzy mappings and characterizations of solution sets of pseudolinear fuzzy optimization problems and n-pseudolinear fuzzy optimization problems. The text concludes with some applications of pseudolinear optimization problems to hospital management and economics.This book encompasses nearly all the published literature on the subject along with new results on semi-infinite nonlinear programming problems. It will be useful to readers from mathematical programming industrial engineering and operations management. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367377922

Pseudonymous ShakespeareRioting Language in the Sidney Circle An investigation into modes of early modern English literary 'indirection ' this study could also be considered a detective work on a pseudonym attached to some late sixteenth-century works. In the course of unmasking 'R.L.' McCarthy scrutinizes devices employed by writers in the Sidney coterie: punning often across languages; repetitio-insistence on a sound or hiding two persons 'under one hood'; disingenuous juxtaposition; evocation of original context; differential spelling (intended and significant). Among McCarthy's stunning-but solidly underpinned-conclusions are: Shakespeare used the pseudonym 'R.L.' among other pseudonyms; one 'William Smith' was also his 'alias' in life; Shakespeare was at the heart of the Sidney circle whose literary programme was hostile to Elizabeth I; and his work composed mainly from the late 1570s to the early 90s occasionally 'embedded' in the work of others was covertly alluded to more often than has been recognized. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138265004

Pseudo-Public Spaces in Chinese Shopping MallsRise Publicness and Consequences Shopping malls in China create a new pseudo-public urban space which is under the control of private or quasi-public power structure. As they are open for public use mediated by the co-mingling of private property rights and public meanings of urban space the rise publicness and consequences of the boom in the construction of shopping malls raises major questions in spatial political economy and magnifies existing theoretical debates between the natural and conventional schools of property rights. In examining these issues this book develops a theoretical framework starting with a critique of the socio-spatial debate between two influential bodies of work represented by the work of Henri Lefebvre and David Harvey. Drawing on the framework the book examines why pseudo-public spaces have been growing so rapidly in China since the 1980s; assesses to what degree pseudo-public spaces are public and how they affect the publicness of Chinese cities; and explores the consequences of their rise. Findings of this book provide insights that can help to better understand Chinese urbanism and also have the potential to inform urban policy in China. This book will be of interest to academics and researchers in both Chinese studies and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367197209

PSHE in the Primary SchoolPrinciples and Practice PSHE in the Primary School: Principles and Practice is an exciting new textbook to support inform and inspire trainees teachers and support staff at primary level. This unique text bonds essential subject knowledge with practical teaching skills and covers topical issues such as bullying resilience behaviour for learning and sex and relationships education. The book is divided into four distinct parts: Social Development and Education including conflict resolution and celebrating diversity; Personal Development and Education tackling topics such as emotional literacy and coping with life transitions; Coordinating PSHE offers guidance for new and aspiring PSHE coordinators in all aspects of their role including curriculum design and assessment; and the final part looks to The Future of PSHE.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781408259573

Psoralen Dna PhotobiologyVolume I In one form or another psoralens have been in use dating back to biblical times for the treatment of depigmented patches of skin. However it has only been in the past 40 years that the structure and function of psoralens have been elucidated. Although several volumes have been published on photobiology and photomedicine no one volume has ever been devoted to the psoralen photobiology. In these two volumes we focus on the properties and uses of photoactivated psoralens.In these volumes the various aspects of psoralens are presented in a review of the field as it stands in mid 1986. In retrospect we may find that this particular time was crucial in the development of new therapeutic modalities as many of the applications of modem molecular biology are beginning to impact on the practice of medicine.This book was written with two purposes in mind. First to serve as an update (the last collective review of the field was in 1982). Second it is hoped that newcomers to the fields of photobiology andphotomedicine both scientists and clinicians would find it a useful introduction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315897035

Psoralen Dna PhotobiologyVolume II In one form or another psoralens have been in use dating back to biblical times for the treatment of depigmented patches of skin. However it has only been in the past 40 years that the structure and function of psoralens have been elucidated. Although several volumes have been published on photobiology and photomedicine no one volume has ever been devoted to the psoralen photobiology. In these two volumes we focus on the properties and uses of photoactivated psoralens.In these volumes the various aspects of psoralens are presented in a review of the field as it stands in mid 1986. In retrospect we may find that this particular time was crucial in the development of new therapeutic modalities as many of the applications of modem molecular biology are beginning to impact on the practice of medicine.This book was written with two purposes in mind. First to serve as an update (the last collective review of the field was in 1982). Second it is hoped that newcomers to the fields of photobiology andphotomedicine both scientists and clinicians would find it a useful introduction. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315897028

Psoriasis The new edition of a concise yet thorough illustrated review of the diagnosis and treatment of many forms of psoriasis now includes the many new therapies available and in development as well as more material on psoriasis as a systemic disease and on comorbidities. This will be of interest to all dermatologists in training and practice as well as primary care physicians. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498700528

Psoriasis and Psoriatic ArthritisPathophysiology Therapeutic Intervention and Complementary Medicine Psoriasis is a life-long chronic autoimmune disease characterized by thick scaly skin lesions and often associated with severe arthritis. In psoriasis lesions skin cells keratinocytes grow too quickly resulting in thick white silvery or red patches on skin. Normal skin cells grow gradually and flake off about every four weeks but psoriasis causes new skin cells to move rapidly to the surface of the skin in days rather than weeks. Psoriasis symptoms often appear on the elbows scalp feet knees hands or lower back or as flaking or patches on the skin. It is most common in adults but teenagers and children can also suffer from psoriasis. Psoriasis is not only a skin condition; it is a chronic disease of the immune system. Chronic psoriasis is associated with other health conditions such as psoriatic arthritis several inflammatory disorders type 2 diabetes and cardiovascular disease. This book provides extensive coverage of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. It features information on epidemiology and etiology of psoriasis pathogenesis genetics of psoriasis clinical manifestations and treatment options using cutting-edge drugs including adalimumab and tofacitinib. Natural phytochemicals and nutraceuticals have demonstrated efficacy in ameliorating psoriasis. The book dedicates comprehensive coverage of nutraceutical therapeutic options including antioxidants bioactive peptides carotenoids alpha lipoic acid curcumin and whey protein. These inexpensive natural therapeutics are not associated with any known adverse side effects. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498756068

PSPICE and MATLAB for ElectronicsAn Integrated Approach Second Edition Used collectively PSPICE and MATLAB® are unsurpassed for circuit modeling and data analysis. PSPICE can perform DC AC transient Fourier temperature and Monte Carlo analysis of electronic circuits with device models and subsystem subcircuits. MATLAB can then carry out calculations of device parameters curve fitting numerical integration numerical differentiation statistical analysis and two- and three-dimensional plots. PSPICE and MATLAB® for Electronics: An Integrated Approach Second Edition illustrates how to use the strong features of PSPICE and the powerful functions of MATLAB for electronic circuit analysis. After introducing the basic commands and advanced features of PSPICE as well as ORCAD schematics the author discusses MATLAB fundamentals and functions. He then describes applications of PSPICE and MATLAB for problem solving. Applications covered include diodes operational amplifiers and transistor circuits. New to the Second Edition Updated MATLAB topics Schematic capture and text-based PSPICE netlists in several chapters New chapter on PSPICE simulation using the ORCAD schematic capture program New examples and problems along with a revised bibliography in each chapter This second edition continues to provide an introduction to PSPICE and a simple hands-on overview of MATLAB. It also demonstrates the combined power of PSPICE and MATLAB for solving electronics problems. The book encourages readers to explore the characteristics of semiconductor devices using PSPICE and MATLAB and apply the two software packages for analyzing electronic circuits and systems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138372740

Psych ERPsychiatric Patients Come to the Emergency Room Drawing on the experience of evaluating over 2000 emergency room patients René Muller explores the important role of psychiatry in emergency room medicine. He discusses some of his most challenging cases showing how psychiatry comes to the aid of medicine in managing the crises - real imagined and contrived - that are the everyday fare of clinicians who work in the ER. We are introduced to a world in which lies are exposed manipulations revealed diagnoses made medications adjusted and even very brief psychotherapy attempted. Muller begins with patient narratives rooted in the mental disorders most commonly encountered in the ER: Depression panic disorder drug dependence bipolar depression bipolar mania schizophrenia and Alzheimer's dementia. These stories pave the way for more puzzling ER cases which Muller gathers into sections of "Veiled and Bizarre Stories" and "Stories with a Medical Component." He introduces us to the meanings of ER malingering and offers hard-won insights into managing "dumps" (when patients are dumped into the ER by families police doctors) and "stumbles" (when patients' bizarre behavior lands them in the ER). The stories patients tell - and the questions these stories raise - drive Muller's text. A young man has seriously overdosed but with what? Why has a successfully medicated schizophrenic suddenly begun hearing voices again?  And what are we to make of a patient who is willing to risk death attempting to "drown" his hiccups by drinking up to 12 liters of fluid a day? For these and equally fascinating questions Muller is a sure-handed guide working his way through one ER challenge after another with psychiatric acumen and a balanced appreciation of the medical custodial socioeconomic and legal dimensions of ER work. An intriguing account of the competing agendas that enter into the handling of emergencies Psych ER is also a compilation of evocative patient stories about the subjective experience of being ill. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138151451

Psych Soc Work Gt Brit Ils 264 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868716

Psyche Culture and the New ScienceThe Role of PN Originally published in 1985 this distinguished and constructive critique of modern culture introduced into our language a brand-new term ‘PN’ standing for ‘psychic nutrition’ which at the time promised to become a household expression. Drawing on his first-hand knowledge of oriental civilizations; on discoveries of Jung especially his concept of psychic energy; on the ideas of the cultural anthropologists; and not least on the New Science implicit in microphysics and microbiology E.W.F. Tomlin whose philosophical books have been translated into several languages shows how the human psyche requires its own kind of nourishment just as urgently as the body needs food. In the industrial societies of the West this need has often been ignored. Reformers in their earnest though sometimes inept endeavours to create a better world have too often exposed us to the dangers of psychic starvation and the noxious effects of what may be called ‘neg-PN’. Here lie the roots of violence and the lack of direction so conspicuously afflicting modern man and woman. Examples of PN positive and negative are given lending the book an immediacy and practical character often lacking in studies of this kind. In the new scientific approach here adopted the divisions between matter and life and life and mind are discarded and the old conflict between science and religion shown to belong to an out-of-date world view. The result is a radical reappraisal of the nature and function of religion and art the two great psychic forces in history. Indeed the present crisis is shown to originate in the psychic sphere rather than in the political and economic order. Deeply felt and elegantly written yet not lacking in wit and humour the book ends with some concrete ideas on how a more balanced culture may be achieved. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138654020

Psyche and BrainThe Biology of Talking Cures This book contains essential data necessary to develop both a learning theory and a theory of therapeutic change for psychoanalysis. It approaches how the mind-brain deals with the acquisition transfer modification and utilization of information. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758773

Psyche and the SacredSpirituality Beyond Religion This book presents an approach to spirituality based on direct personal experience of the sacred. Using the language and insights of depth psychology Corbett outlines the intimate relationship between spiritual experience and the psychology of the individual unveiling the seamless continuity between the personal and transpersonal dimensions of the psyche. His discussion runs the gamut of spiritual concerns from the problem of evil to the riddle of pain and suffering. Drawing upon his psychotherapeutic practice as well as on the experiences of characters from our religious heritage Corbett explores the various portals through which the sacred presents itself to us: dreams visions nature the body relationships psychopathology and creative work. Referring extensively to Jung’s writings on religion but also to contemporary psychoanalytic theory Corbett gives form to the new spirituality that is emerging alongside the world’s great religious traditions. For those seeking alternative forms of spirituality beyond the Judeo-Christian tradition this volume will be a useful guide on the journey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367820510

Psyche's LampA Revaluation of Pyschological Principles as Foundation of All Thought Originally published in 1921 Psyche's Lamp reminds the reader that all thought and discussion to whatever aspect of confronting problems social political ethical vital and personal they may be directed posit psychological premises. In the darkness and confusion of a human world under reconstrction where immemorial landmarks lie strewn and buried under the debris of collapsed super-structures we shall vainly endeavour to thread our way to any purpose unless we can pierce the obscurity by the light of Psyche's lamp. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367111144

Psyche's ProphetThe Selected Writings of Nicholas A. Cummings In this collection of articles spanning 65 years as a clinical psychologist Nick  A. Cummings selects articles that heralded often far in advance each phase of clinical psychology’s evolution to the present. A pioneer in effecting change Cummings established the first free-standing professional school of clinical psychology demonstrated that medical utilization was reduced with psychotherapy was an early proponent of universal healthcare fought for the inclusion of psychotherapy in National Health Insurance established Biodyne the first private managed care firm for mental health coverage and battled to maintain psychological services for children against the trend toward medication. This resource will teach not just the history of psychology but what lies ahead. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795020

Psyche's VeilPsychotherapy Fractals and Complexity Historically the language and concepts within clinical theory have been steeped in linear assumptions and reductionist thinking. Because the essence of psychotherapy involves change Psyche’s Veil suggests that clinical practice is inherently a nonlinear affair. In this book Terry Marks-Tarlow provides therapists with new language models and metaphors to narrow the divide between theory and practice while bridging the gap between psychology and the sciences. By applying contemporary perspectives of chaos theory complexity theory and fractal geometry to clinical practice the author discards traditional conceptions of health based on ideals of regularity set points and normative statistics in favour of models that emphasize unique moments variability and irregularity. Psyche’s Veil further explores philosophical and spiritual implications of contemporary science for psychotherapy. Written at the interface between artistic scientific and spiritual aspects of therapy Psyche’s Veil is a case-based book that aspires to a paradigm shift in how practitioners conceptualize critical ingredients for internal healing. Novel treatment of sophisticated psychoanalytical issues and tie-ins to interpersonal neurobiology make this book appeal to both the specialist practitioner as well as the generalist reader. . Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315787480

PsycheThe cult of Souls and the Belief in Immortality among the Greeks First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315822853

Psychiatric and Mental Health NursingThe craft of caring This new edition of a bestselling evidence-based textbook provides a comprehensive overview of psychiatric and mental health nursing. Keeping service users and their recovery at the centre of care the holistic approach will help nurses to gain the tools and understanding required to work in this complex area. Extensively updated for this new edition the text looks at: Aspects of mental health nursing: covering topics such as ethics developing therapeutic relationships and supervision. The foundations of mental health nursing: discussing diagnosis assessment and risk. Caring for those experiencing mental health distress: looking at wide range of troubles including anxiety bipolar disorder eating disorders and issues around sexuality and gender. Care planning and approaches to therapeutic practice: exploring ideas pathways and treatments such as recovery CBT psychodynamic therapies and psychopharmacology. Services and support for those with mental health distress: covering topics such as collaborative work involvement of service users and their families and carers and a range of different mental healthcare settings. Mental health nursing in the twenty-first century: highlighting emerging and future trends including the political landscape physical health and health promotion and technological advances. This accessible and comprehensive textbook integrates service user perspectives throughout and includes student-friendly features such as learning outcomes key points summaries reflection points and further reading sections. It is an essential resource for all mental health nursing students as well as an invaluable reference for practising nurses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482221954

Psychiatric Aspects of Opiate Dependence First published in 1978: This book discusses the Psychiatric effects of Opiate dependence. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367249120

Psychiatric CriminologyA Roadmap for Rapid Assessment Since the shutdown of our public psychiatry system the seriously mentally ill are now mostly managed by public safety officers school officials emergency first responders and social workers with little experience in recognizing symptoms triggers and issues. This book addresses the need to recognize the psychiatric component of criminological issues and the methodology of dealing with it on a practical as well as academic basis. It provides a roadmap for training in rapid assessment built on evidence-based emergency psychiatry protocols. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498714174

Psychiatric Dilemma Of Adolescence This volume was first published in 1967 with an initial reissue in 1984. It is addressed to students of adolescent psychopathology in general and to students of the borderline and narcissistic personality disorders in particular. It was the first systematic research to challenge and place in perspective the then prevalent "adolescent turmoil" theory: the growth process of adolescence was producing symptoms which would subside as the patient grew older. This view had led to a tendency to deny the seriousness of psychopathology and therefore to postpone necessary treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004412

Psychiatric EpidemiologyProgress and Prospects First published in 1987 Psychiatric Epidemiology brings together global contemporary research and data relating to psychiatric epidemiology. The book comprises edited papers from the World Psychiatric Association symposium held in Edinburgh September 1985. Divided into six parts it covers demographic and ecological surveys; life events stress and social support; longitudinal and cohort studies; epidemiology and clinical issues; alcoholism and alcohol-related disorders; and epidemiology in mental health service planning. Psychiatric Epidemiology will appeal to those with an interest in the history of psychiatric epidemiology and mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367682361

Psychiatric GeneticsFrom Hereditary Madness to Big Biology Psychiatric genetics has become ‘Big Biology’. This may come as a surprising development to those familiar with its controversial history. From eugenic origins and contentious twin studies to a global network of laboratories employing high-throughput genetic and genomic technologies biological research on psychiatric disorders has become an international multidisciplinary assemblage of massive data resources. How did psychiatric genetics achieve this scale? How is it socially and epistemically organized? And how do scientists experience this politics of scale? Psychiatric Genetics: From Hereditary Madness to Big Biology develops a sociological approach of exploring the origins of psychiatric genetics by tracing several distinct styles of scientific reasoning that coalesced at the beginning of the twentieth century. These styles of reasoning reveal among other things a range of practices that maintain an extraordinary stability in the face of radical criticism internal tensions and scientific disappointments. The book draws on a variety of methods and materials to explore these claims. Combining genealogical analysis of historical literature rhetorical analysis of scientific review articles interviews with scientists ethnographic observations of laboratory practices and international conferences this book offers a comprehensive and detailed exploration of both local and global changes in the field of psychiatric genetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367661427

Psychiatric Ideologies and Institutions The authors of this volume point out that what is ordinarily termed the psychiatric hospital's "social structure" is principally derived from three sources: the number and kinds of professionals who work there; the treatment ideologies and professional identities of these professionals; and the relationships of the institution and its professionals to outside communities both professional and lay. They describe hospitals as sites where ideological battles characterizing the mental health arena are being fought implemented critiqued modified and transformed.This classic monograph in medical sociology was originally published in the 1960s. The period studied was 1958 through 1963 when somatic and psychotherapeutic ideologies were flourishing as now and milieutherapy was just emerging. The research team was multidisciplinary: three sociologists one psychologist and one psychiatrist.Three distinct psychiatric environments were researched: two at the Chicago State Hospital "chronic services" and "treatment services" and one at a private hospital. What evolved were thoughtful comparative analyses of hospitals wards professionals ideological positions careers and organizational and situational placements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138530980

Psychiatric Medication Issues for Social Workers Counselors and Psychologists Learn more about psychiatric medications to better understand your clientele! Psychiatric Medication Issues for Social Workers Counselors and Psychologists explores a range of issues and dilemmas in psychopharmocology practice that emerge especially for social workers counselors and psychologists because of their unique roles and perspectives. This book contains qualitative and quantitative research examining the subjective experience of clients who use psychiatric medication. You’ll find unprecedented discussion of clinical and ethical situations that arise when social workers and allied health caregivers collaborate with clients and providers around psychiatric medicine. This book contains creative ideas on how social workers and other allied health providers can be more responsive to both adults and children who take medication. Psychiatric Medication Issues for Social Workers Counselors and Psychologists focuses on the meaning of medication for the clients who use them and their positive and negative experiences with them over time. This book serves as an innovative forum and effective springboard for productive discussion among practitioners scholars and researchers about psychiatric medication’s relevance to—and interface with—social work practice. This book is designed to help practitioners: understand how clients manage their psychotropic medications and interpret their effects maximize the chances for successful treatment outcome by understanding the meaning transference and countertransference stimulated by the triangle created by the client social worker and psychopharmacological provider map the sociocultural context of youth medication management and help youthful clients adopt coping mechanisms for everyday medication treatment confront a variety of ethical dilemmas such as ambiguities around the knowledge base of practice appropriate roles of providers and basic personal and professional values secure informed consent when discussing proposed treatments (including medications) and explain alternative treatments without breaking informed consent laws promote effective and comprehensive helping relationships by being cognizant of alternative practices herbal preparations and essential oil and flower essence products that clients could be using on their own This book contains extensive references suggestions for client-consultation questions research findings and interviews with social workers to complement the text. Unique in its focus on the client’s point of view Psychiatric Medication Issues for Social Workers Counselors and Psychologists will help you overcome any difficulties of working with clients in drug therapy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808611

Psychiatric Presentations in General PracticeA Guide to Holistic Management Second Edition Medical schools currently use specialist perspectives on psychiatric disorders to train physicians nurses and health professionals. This results in a lack confidence among non-psychiatric health professionals which reduces their ability to manage common mental health conditions in primary care and secondary hospitals. This book is a practical guide to common mental health conditions encountered in general medical practice. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498766944

Psychiatric RehabilitationA Psychoanalytic Approach to Recovery Recovering from severe mental illness is one of the most terrifying human experiences in health care. Often conventional rehabilitation approaches focus on helping the patient with his or her symptoms and maximising the external world through supportive interventions. However often little attention is paid to the internal world of the patient. This subjective experience of recovery is the focus of this book. It describes a particular psychoanalytic model that best captures this distressful state of mind and suggests particular processes that have to be put in place to ensure the patient gets the best opportunity to have his or her fears and hopes addressed. The book also addresses "real world" issues such as management leadership and training as well as highlighting key research findings from relevant studies. Outcome measures are suggested that could be adopted to measure the benefits of this particular approach. The chapters give many clinical organisational and research descriptions from the real world of psychiatry and social care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201564

Psychiatric Social Work in Great Britain1939-1962 Originally published in 1964 Psychiatric Social Work looks at psychiatric social work as an established form of professional social work in Great Britain as well as the mental health policy introduced at the time of the book’s publication. The book looks at how social workers in the 1960s were striving for professional status and the interest that grew around their professional status during this period. The book examines changes and issues in their training and a general picture of those who qualified. It looks at the careers of a group of social workers and follows the developments in child guidance mental hospitals and the care of the mentally ill in the community. The contribution of social workers is discussed and their activities of the professional associations in training and professional development is examined. This book will act as an important historical look at the changes to social work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138371286

Psychiatric Studies At the turn of the last century C.G. Jung began his career as a psychiatrist. During the next decade three men whose names are famous in the annals of medical psychology influenced his professional development: Pierre Janet under whom he studied at the Sappetriere Hospital in Paris; Eugen Bleuler his chief at the Burgholzli Mental Hospital in Zurick; and Sigmund Frued whom Jung met in 1907. It is Bleuler and to a lesser extent Janet whose influence is to be found in the descriptive experimental psychiatry composing Volume I of the Collected Works. These papers appeared between 1902 and 1905l most of them are now being published in English for the first time. The volume opens with Jung's dissertation for the medical degree: 'On the Psychology and Pathology of So-Called Occult Phenomena' a study that foreshadows much of his later work and as such is indispensable to all serious students of his work. It is the detailed analysis of the case of an hysterical adolescent girl who professed to be a medium. The volume also includes papers on cryptomnesia hysterical parapraxes in reading manic mood disorder simulated insanity and other subjects. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315727691

Psychiatry Mental Institutions and the Mad in Apartheid South Africa In the late 1970s South African mental institutions were plagued with scandals about human rights abuse and psychiatric practitioners were accused of being agents of the apartheid state. Between 1939 and 1994 some psychiatric practitioners supported the mandate of the racist and heteropatriarchal government and most mental patients were treated abysmally. However unlike studies worldwide that show that women homosexuals and minorities were institutionalized in far higher numbers than heterosexual men Psychiatry Mental Institutions and the Mad in Apartheid South Africa reveals how in South Africa per capita white heterosexual males made up the majority of patients in state institutions. The book therefore challenges the monolithic and omnipotent view of the apartheid government and its mental health policy. While not contesting the belief that human rights abuses occurred within South Africa’s mental health system Tiffany Fawn Jones argues that the disparity among practitioners and the fluidity of their beliefs along with the disjointed mental health infrastructure diffused state control. More importantly the book shows how patients were also to a limited extent able to challenge the constraints of their institutionalization. This volume places the discussions of South Africa’s mental institutions in an international context highlighting the role that international organizations such as the Church of Scientology and political events such as the gay rights movement and the Cold War also played in shaping mental health policy in South Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415754484

Psychiatry Politics and PTSDBreaking Down Integrating critical and feminist psychology psychiatry and psychoanalysis this text offers a distinct perspective of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) as a clinical and social phenomenon. The book draws upon interviews carried out in field settings to examine the true individual and social costs of being diagnosed with PTSD. The author examines how social contexts and social movements shape diagnostic thinking about mental trauma and how the PTSD diagnosis emerged as a symptom of a crisis in psychiatry over demands to recognize the social and political origins of mental suffering. Chapters explore case examples from a range of settings such as military and veterans' affairs clinics war zones and refugee camps psychosomatic medicine the criminal justice system and more. Providing a new way of thinking about PTSD and an alternative to both critics and defenders of the diagnosis this text will be useful for scholars and practitioners in psychiatry psychology psychoanalysis   public health policy as well as sociology social work gender studies and the law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367819378

Psychiatry and Anti-Psychiatry Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1967 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865982

Psychiatry and Chinese History This collection examines psychiatric medicine in China across the early modern and modern periods. Essays focus on the diagnosis treatment and cultural implications of madness and mental illness and explore the complex trajectory of the medicalization of the mind in shifting political contexts of Chinese history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848934382

Psychiatry and Philosophy of Science "Psychiatry and Philosophy of Science" explores conceptual issues in psychiatry from the perspective of analytic philosophy of science. Through an examination of those features of psychiatry that distinguish it from other sciences - for example its contested subject matter its particular modes of explanation its multiple different theoretical frameworks and its research links with big business - Rachel Cooper explores some of the many conceptual metaphysical and epistemological issues that arise in psychiatry. She shows how these pose interesting challenges for the philosopher of science while also showing how ideas from the philosophy of science can help to solve conceptual problems within psychiatry. Cooper's discussion ranges over such topics as the nature of mental illnesses the treatment decisions and diagnostic categories of psychiatry the case-history as a form of explanation how psychiatry might be value-laden the claim that psychiatry is a multi-paradigm science the distortion of psychiatric research by pharmaceutical industries as well as engaging with the fundamental question whether the mind is reducible to something at the physical level. "Psychiatry and Philosophy of Science" demonstrates that cross-disciplinary contact between philosophy of science and psychiatry can be immensely productive for both subjects and it will be required reading for mental health professionals and philosophers alike. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315711843

Psychiatry and Public AffairsGroup for the Advancement of Psychiatry This stimulating collection bears witness to the insight that psychiatrists with their special training and background and concern for human relationships can contribute solutions to major problems of public affairs and public policy. The contributors represent the summation and distillation of the best thinking of psychiatry's leaders. They represent a variety of experiences and viewpoints making possible a many-faceted approach to problems of national and international concern.Based on completely documented reports of individual members and symposium discussions Psychiatry and Public Affairs examines four major areas of public interest: the social responsibility of psychiatry emphasizing the psychiatric aspects of school desegregation; psychiatry's role in international relations and understanding cross-cultural communication and working abroad; studies of forceful indoctrination or "brainwashing" and the social and psychiatric implications of the threat of nuclear war.Contributors and contributions included here are "Physical and Social Isolation " Jack Vernon; "Psychiatric Aspects of Chinese Thought Reform " Robert J. Lifton; "Patterns of Reactions to Severe Chronic Stress in American Army POWs to the Chinese " Edgar H. Schein; "The Coming Struggle for More Responsibility " Pare Lorentz; "Some Implications of the Fall-Out Problem " Maurice B. Visscher; "Psychological Aspects of the Nuclear Arms Race " Franklin C. McLean; "Solitary Confinement " Milton Meltzer; and "Sleep Deprivation " David Tyler. Psychiatry and Public Affairs explores ideas and problems on the advancing edge of psychiatry.The Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry (GAP) envisages a continuing program of work according to the following aims: to collect and appraise significant data in the field of psychiatry mental health and human relations; to re-evaluate old concepts and to develop and test new ones; and to apply the knowledge thus obtained for the promotion of mental health in good human relations. Originally published in 1966 Psychiatry and Public Affairs documents the GAP's efforts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412842839

Psychiatry and ReligionContext Consensus and Controversies Psychiatry and Religion: Context Consensus and Controversies works to eradicate the distinction between spiritual and psychological welfare and promote greater understanding of the relationship between the two. This book brings together chapters from fifteen mental health practitioners and pastoral workers to explore what their different philosophies have to offer the individuals in their care. As well as all the major world religions the text also provides detailed information about newer religions and the significance of their belief systems for mental health management. The book examines the positive and negative effects that strict moral codes and religious rituals can produce and shows how awareness of these effects is crucial to the treatment of these patients. This classic edition of Psychiatry and Religion with a new introduction from Dinesh Bhugra will continue to provide an important resource to practicing and training psychiatrists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138591219

Psychiatry and ReligionContext Consensus and Controversies The argument of this book is that the divide between psychiatry and religion is an artificial one and that there is much room for understanding the same phenomena from different perspectives. In it thirteen senior mental health professionals and pastoral workers come together to explore what their different philosophies have to offer each other for the benefit of the individuals in their care. The book as a whole: * sets the relationship between psychiatry and religion in historical context * provides detailed information about specific religions and the significance of their belief systems for mental health management * examines the relationship between psychopathology psychiatry and religion. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203137994

Psychiatry and the CultsAn Annotated Bibliography Originally published in 1987 this title was compiled in response to the concern in some segments of society about the presence of new religious movements in the West in the second half of the twentieth century. There are lots of psychological questions surrounding cults and the influence they have over their members. These questions have been operative in the accumulation of this annotated bibliography which was intended primarily as a reference guide for psychiatrists and counsellors who advise cult members ex-cult members and their bewildered parents and lawyers who use psychiatric arguments in the courts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317369

Psychiatry by Ten Teachers Psychiatry by Ten Teachers follows the highly-praised and successful ‘Ten Teachers’ tradition of providing the key information in a chosen specialty as required by the medical undergraduate junior doctor and trainee GP written by ten respected experts in the field. With medical students closely involved in the text’s development from the outset the text focuses on what the medical student and junior really need to know with a clear rationale for the inclusion of every topic discussed at a level appropriate for the inexperienced and will be of value to their future career whatever field they ultimately decide to specialize in. Completely up to date this revised second edition encourages students and recently qualified doctors to get the most out of their psychiatry and community attachments without overwhelming them with unnecessary detail. In line with the core curriculum recommended by the Royal College of Psychiatry useful tips and advice ensure this is much more than a standard introduction to the subject encouraging additional reading supporting critical thinking and bringing exam success. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498750226

Psychiatry for the RichA History of Ticehurst Private Asylum 1792-1917 The madhouse often figures prominently in popular conceptions of the nineteenth century yet little is known about the realities of private institutions. In Psychiatry for the Rich Charlotte MacKenzie examines the history of the asylum at Ticehurst in Sussex to explore the social history of madness and the impact of politics and popular opinion. She details the backgrounds of the patients their own descriptions of the asylum as well as changes in the institution through the lunacy reforms and developments in medical theory. Challenging many of the accepted views of the Victorian asylum Money Medicine and Madness is the most revealing account of the trade in lunacy in the nineteenth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415865456

Psychiatry in a Changing Society Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1969 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869058

Psychiatry in BritainMeaning and Policy Originally published in 1985 this book focuses on British psychiatric policies particularly in the 1920s and 1950s when the main legislation concerning mental illness was passed. It approaches policy primarily as the outcome of the relationship between politicians’ attitudes and those of professional groups in a specific social context. It examines the beliefs and theories of psychiatrists nurses psychologists and social workers as well as the attitudes of government and MPs to mental illness related services and its role in society. It is argued that the adherence to a medical-somatic view of mental illness by psychiatrists and politicians alike has led to the exclusion of viable alternatives despite lip service being paid to some of them. It is shown that the issues of recent decades have important messages today particularly in view of the 1982 amendments to the Mental Health Act and the debate about community services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317284

Psychiatry in DissentControversial issues in thought and practice second edition Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1980 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415510936

Psychiatry in Law / Law in Psychiatry Second Edition Psychiatry in Law/Law in Psychiatry 2nd Edition  is a sweeping up-to-date examination of the infiltration of psychiatry into law and the growing intervention of law into psychiatry. Unmatched in breadth and coverage and thoroughly updated from the first edition this comprehensive text and reference is an essential resource for psychiatry residents law students and practitioners alike. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872967

Psychiatry in Medical Practice This fully updated third edition of Psychiatry in Medical Practice takes into account major changes in medical education since 1994. New sections provide information on problem-based learning and observed structured clinical examinations.   Divided into four sections this book covers: clinical approaches to the patient syndromes of disorder disorders related to stages of the life cycle services ethics and the law.   As well as retaining the key features of the previous editions this book includes two brand new chapters on risk assessment and the Mental Health Service. A handy portable reference card is also included; this has been updated to incorporate a scale for assessing cerebral impairment in the elderly and a new assessment of suicidal risk scale.   This highly practical book is an essential guide for all medical students and doctors in training who are involved with psychiatry. It is also a useful reference tool for those who are more experienced in the field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315832067

Psychiatry in the British Army in the Second World War Originally published in 1958 this account of the work of psychiatrists in the British Army during the Second World War is based on the study of all available documents published and unpublished as well as on the author’s first-hand experience of the clinical and administrative aspects of Army psychiatry. It deals not only with the wartime problems presented by the high incidence of mental illness and the large numbers of mentally backward and maladjusted men (as they were termed then) in the Service but also with the methods developed for the selection and efficient use of personnel and officers in the face of acute shortage of man-power; the psychiatric aspects of discipline morale training and prolonged service overseas; the treatment and evacuation of psychiatric battle casualties in the forward areas under difficult and varied conditions; the rehabilitation of disabled ex-servicemen and the civil resettlement of repatriated prisoners of war. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333758

Psychiatry in the Nursing Home Get the vital clinical information you need with this comprehensive handbook!In the decade since the first edition of this book dramatic changes have taken place in the field of geriatric psychiatry. Psychiatry in the Nursing Home Second Edition presents timely information on the newest trends in law culture and medications while still offering essential advice on the fundamental concerns of caring for elderly patients with mental illnesses. The new edition of this essential handbook presents up-to-date information on psychiatric issues involving nursing home patients. Featuring helpful case histories and diagnostic criteria Psychiatry in the Nursing Home Second Edition helps you effectively treat such difficult problems as noisy patients sexual acting out and incontinence. In addition it offers help with such administrative concerns as financial issues absent or warring families and staffing problems. Psychiatry in the Nursing Home Second Edition presents incisive discussions of the changes in the field since the publication of the first edition including: the effects of the new Prospective Payment System the use of newly released psychotropic medications the altered nomenclature of the DSM-IV the rise in assisted-living facilities the rapid development of the specialty of geriatric psychiatry With its comprehensive scope and practical advice Psychiatry in the Nursing Home Second Edition is a must-have for nursing-home administrators and staff. Policymakers mental health professionals and geriatricians will be fascinated by the book’s wider considerations of the problems of housing and caring for the mentally ill and its provocative suggestions for future policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203862766

Psychiatry Observed Originally published in 1978 with the reform of the 1959 Mental Health Act under consideration it was time to re-examine the recent policy of desegregating the mentally ill and treating them within general hospital psychiatric units rather than in mental hospitals. This shift in policy reflected a number of significant trends in contemporary British psychiatry. It signified the acceptance of the idea that mental disorder is like a physical illness and should be treated as such within the same buildings. It had also brought the psychiatric profession closer to the mainstream of medicine and had conferred on it a status similar to that enjoyed by other branches of the medical profession. In this study however the authors question much of British psychiatric practice at the time. Part of the book is devoted to explaining how the psychiatric profession had been able to establish a hegemony over the mental health field and consequently subordinate the other mental health professions to minor roles. The main emphasis of the book is on the controversial policy of desegregation of the mentally ill. The historical development of general psychiatric units is discussed then a case study documenting the ‘careers’ of three patients who passed through one such unit is presented providing a fascinating insight into the way in which the unit operated as a diagnostic and therapeutic centre. Finally an analysis is made of some of the issues raised by the study. In particular the staff structure of psychiatric centres and the processes of assessment and treatment are considered in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138322271

Psychiatry on the Move The Medicine on the Move series provides fully flexible access to subjects across the curriculum in a unique combination of print and mobile formats ideal for the busy medical student and junior doctor. No matter what your learning style—whether you are studying a subject for the first time or revisiting it during exam preparation Medicine on the Move gives you the right information whenever and wherever you need it. Medicine on the Move is: • Mobile – download the entire book for use on your smartphone or tablet for access anytime anywhere • Accessible – bulleted text flow charts colourful diagrams and summary tables enable you to find information fast • Concise – gives you "must have" rather than ‘nice to have" knowledge ensuring exam success and as a grounding for further study • Flexible – notes sections ideal for rapid reference in the clinical setting guide you quickly to key points while self-assessment material allows you to test and reinforce your understanding • Relevant – designed by medical students for medical students Choose from the book and the app to suit different situations and you really will learn medicine on the move! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781444145656

Psychiatry Specialty Board Review For The DSM-IV First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203765845

Psychic Assaults and Frightened CliniciansCountertransference in Forensic Settings ...a fascinating read for mental health workers regardless of their own theoretical background. Working with disturbed and disturbing individuals in secure settings produces strong feelings and working with those feelings is undoubtedly an essential part of providing care effectively. This book is likely to challenge readers' understandings of their own actions and reactions.' (Dr Neil Brimblecombe Director of Mental Health Nursing Department of Health and Nurse Director Tavistock and Portman NHS Trust.) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105938

Psychic BisexualityA British-French Dialogue Winner of the American Board & Academy of Psychoanalysis Edited Book Prize for 2019! Psychic Bisexuality: A British-French Dialogue clarifies and develops the Freudian conception according to which sexual identity is not reduced to the anatomical difference between the sexes but is constructed as a psychic bisexuality that is inherent to all human beings. The book takes the Freudian project into new grounds of clinical practice and theoretical formulations and contributes to a profound psychoanalytic understanding of sexuality. The object of pychoanalysis is psychosexuality which is not in the final analysis determined by having a male or a female body but by the unconscious phantasies that are reached après coup through tracing the nuanced interplay of identifications as they are projected enacted and experienced in the transference and the countertransference in the analytic encounter. Drawing on British and French Freudian and post-Freudian traditions the book explores questions of love transference and countertransference sexual identity and gender to set out the latest clinical understanding of  bisexuality and includes chapters from influential French analysts available in English for the first time. Psychic Bisexuality: A British-French Dialogue will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as gender studies scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579033

Psychic Deadness Many people seek help because they feel dragged down by a sense of inner deadness that persists in an otherwise full and meaningful life. These individuals somehow remain untouched by their own inner experiences; a deadness persists that can cripple their entire life or part of it. This book shows what is involved in enduring and working with psychic deadness in a day-to-day session-by-session basis. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429478611

Psychic Experience and Problems of Technique Harold Stewart a distinguished psychoanalyst of more than 30 years' experience began his medical career as a general practitioner. He was drawn first towards hypnotherapy then to psychoanalysis as a more sensitive productive and far-reaching method of exploring patients' problems. In this book Stewart draws deeply on his own clinical experience to focus on changes in the patient's experience of inner space and to record the growth of his own understanding of the patient's experience and how this can change. Beginning with a vivid account of the role of collusion in the myth of Jocasta and Oedipus he goes on to a theoretical discussion of thinking dreams inner space and the hypnotic state in the context of extensive clinical experience. The second part of the book centres on practical clinical issues and problems of technique tackling in particular the role of transference interpretations other agents of change and the problems encountered in benign and malignant types of regression. The wealth of clinical material and the author's informality and openness in presenting his experiences of working with very disturbed patients will be of immense practical value to other practitioners. Psychic Experience and Problems of Technique will help psychoanalysts and psychotherapists to understand the nature of clinical problems which are often encountered but seldom acknowledged. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138159631

Psychic Hooks and BoltsPsychoanalytic Work with Children Under Five and their Families In this book it is made plain that complex and powerful understanding can take place in brief work. The baby's development is carried forward the family re-groups differently and understanding brings a change in behaviour.'- Lisa Miller from the Foreword.'This book focuses on young children as old as five and the parents and siblings who live with them. It wants to explore deep unconscious connections between children and parents especially in those cases where symptomatic behaviours develop and turn a potentially pleasant and satisfying family life into hell.' - Maria Pozzi from the Introduction.This fascinating and comprehensive work is divided into two parts. The first gives the theoretical background to the subject outlining the main theories of the pioneering Melanie Klein Wilfred Bion and Donald Winnicott. The second part deals with the clinical cases that illustrate issues such as post-natal depression separation difficulties eating problems bereavement and loss learning disabilities and hyperactivity. Pazzi also provides a chapter on "Parents' Line" - a form of telephone counselling that she developed to help parents and their children before they are placed on a long waiting list. This is an absorbing volume that will be of interest to all who work with children and families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107246

Psychic Reality and Psychoanalytic Knowing How do we know our mental life and how is our mental life altered by our efforts to know it better? Originally published in 1984 this title attempts an epistemological and ontological discourse concerning the understanding of human mental processes and it aims toward a definitive thesis on the dialectics of knowing and being in this work of psychological understanding. What this work reconfronts are questions pertaining to all psychology and to all human sciences. Yet much of its focus is on the understanding of unconscious mental contents on the question of knowing and being in Freud’s psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938786

Psychic Reality in ContextPerspectives on Psychoanalysis Personal History and Trauma This book skillfully combines autobiographical stories with clear psychoanalytical theories. During her childhood the author experienced the Holocaust and was left understandly traumatised by it. It was her desire to confront this trauma that led her to psychoanalysis. For decades the coherence of psychoanalysis seemed to be threatened by the conflicting thinking of many psychoanalytical colleagues about trauma and trauma affect and also about the influence of external reality on the psychic reality discovered by Freud. However the author counters this potential conflict with her innovative theoretical integration combined with remarkable conceptual outcomes and treatment techniques. This book spans the author's work over the last fifteen years on the impact of external reality on psychic reality. During this period many analysts especially in the English-speaking countries and Germany where historic events loomed large in the lives of their patients have turned from the exclusive emphasis on psychic reality to greater attention to the traumatic impact of external reality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491264

Psychic SufferingFrom Pain to Growth This book creates an awareness shows ways in which to talk and think about the enormous problem of a "gravitational force" in the surrounding: an excessive fear of pain that might ultimately paralyse our maturation growth and creativity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782202691

Psychic Threats and Somatic SheltersAttuning to the body in contemporary psychoanalytic dialogue There is increasing recognition within psychoanalysis and related therapies that awareness of the body is important in understanding and treating patients. Psychic Threats and Somatic Shelters explores the ways in which adults and children become acquainted with the range of physical issues that arise within their psychoanalytic or psychological treatments. Nitza Yarom discusses in a practical and clinically focused way the large variety of physical outlets which today’s person uses to shelter from the many troubles and restrictions that are placed on everyday life. Her book is divided into two main sections: Somatic shelters which explores the variety of physical symptoms encountered by patients including problems with weight and eating; with sensation through sight sound smell and taste; in movement through hyper activity or rigidity and through the communication of physical pain. Embodied dialogue in which the author updates the use of the basic technical principles of psychoanalysis to involve the body in the treatment including transference and counter-transference between analyst and patient. In Psychic Threats and Somatic Shelters the emotional communication of these body narratives are vividly demonstrated in the treatments presented here the interaction in the consulting room is revealed in bodily resonance and its therapeutic effects. This book is written for psychoanalysts and psychotherapists psychologists body therapists family therapists social workers and art/movement therapists.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835220

Psychoanalysing Ambivalence with Freud and LacanOn and Off the Couch Taking a deep dive into contemporary Western culture this book suggests we are all fundamentally ambivalent beings. A great deal has been written about how to love –  to be kinder more empathic a better person and so on. But trying to love without dealing with our ambivalence with our hatred is often a recipe for failure. Any attempt therefore to love our neighbour as ourselves â€“  or even for that matter to love ourselves – must recognise that we love where we hate and we hate where we love. Psychoanalysis beginning with Freud has claimed that to be in two minds about something or someone is characteristic of human subjectivity. Owens and Swales trace the concept of ambivalence through its various iterations in Freudian and Lacanian psychoanalysis in order to question how the contemporary subject deals with its ambivalence. They argue that experiences of ambivalence are in present-day cultural life increasingly excised or foreclosed and that this foreclosure has symptomatic effects at the individual as well as social level. Owens and Swales examine ambivalence as it is at work in mourning in matters of sexuality and in our enjoyment under neoliberalism and capitalism. Above all the authors consider how today’s ambivalent subject relates to the racially religiously culturally or sexually different neighbour as a result of the current societal dictate of complete tolerance of the other. In this vein Owens and Swales argue that ambivalence about one’s own jouissance is at the very roots of xenophobia. Peppered with relevant and stimulating examples from clinical work film television politics and everyday life Psychoanalysing Ambivalence breathes new life into an old concept and will appeal to any reader academic or clinician with an interest in psychoanalytic ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328457

Psychoanalysis Apathy and the Postmodern Patient The postmodern turn underlies a new development in psychoanalysis which has theoretical and practical implications. Psychoanalysis Apathy and the Postmodern Patient involves a detailed reading of the main psychoanalytic texts that mark out this extended development along with a critical examination of the changes in the major Freudian concepts. At stake are the tenets of infantile sexuality ‘psychic reality ’ unconscious determinism the fulfilment of unconscious desire and free association. In this book Laurence Kahn sets out a critique of postmodern psychoanalysis via a theoretical and clinical discussion that tackles the place of metapsychology and the question of the scientific status of psychoanalysis. Starting from Freud’s own work she considers such key topics as the analyst’s objectivity the relevance of self-disclosure the complex influence of French postmodern theorists and the role of empathy in psychoanalytic technique. In so doing she offers a perspective on psychoanalytic thought and practice that exposes the insidious taming of the Freudian model in favour of a 'humanistic' and 'dialogic' approach that obliterates the radical otherness of the unconscious. Coming from a powerful voice in the contemporary French psychoanalytic tradition Psychoanalysis Apathy and the Postmodern Patient is a bold celebration of psychoanalysis that will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as philosophers and historians of thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138068117

Psychoanalysis Classic Social Psychology and Moral LivingLet the Conversation Begin In Psychoanalysis Classic Social Psychology and Moral Living: Let the Conversation Begin Paul Marcus uniquely draws on psychoanalysis and social psychology to examine what affects the ethical decisions people make in their everyday life. Psychoanalysis traditionally looks at early experiences concepts and drives which shape how we choose to behave in later life. In contrast classic social psychology experiments have illustrated how specific situational forces can shape our moral behaviour. In this ground-breaking fusion of psychoanalysis and social psychology Marcus gives a fresh new perspective to this and demonstrates how in significant instances these experimental findings contradict many presumed psychoanalytic ideas and explanations surrounding psychoanalytic moral psychology. Examining classic social psychology experiments such as Asch’s line judgement studies Latané and Darley’s bystander studies Milgram’s obedience studies Mischel’s Marshmallow Experiment and Zimbardo’s Stanford Prison Experiment Marcus pulls together insights and understanding from both disciplines as well as ethics to begin a conversation and set out a new understanding of how internal and external factors interact to shape our moral decisions and behaviours. Marcus has an international reputation for pushing boundaries of psychoanalytic thinking and with ethics being an increasingly relevant topic in psychoanalysis and our world this pioneering work is essential reading for psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists moral philosophy scholars and social psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367415600

Psychoanalysis Clinic and ContextSubjectivity History and Autobiography Psychoanalysis is a strange and mysterious practice. In his new book Ian Parker offers insights into his own experiences first as trainee then as analyst the common assumptions about psychoanalysis which can be so misleading as well as a map of the key debates in the field today. Beginning with his own history at first avoiding psychoanalysis before training as a Lacanian Parker moves on to explore the wider historical development of clinical practice making an argument for the importance of language culture and history in this process. The book offers commentary on the key schools of thought and how they manifest in the practice of psychoanalysis in different regions around the world. Psychoanalysis Clinic and Context will be of great value to practitioners and social theorists who want to know how psychoanalytic ideas play out in training and the clinic for trainees and students of psychoanalysis or psychoanalytic psychotherapy and for the general reader who wants to know what psychoanalysis is and how it works. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144333

Psychoanalysis History and Radical EthicsLearning to Hear Psychoanalysis History and Radical Ethics: Learning to Hear explores the importance of listening being able to speak and those who are silenced from a psychoanalytic perspective. In particular it focuses on those voices silenced either collectively or individually by trauma culture discrimination and persecution and even by the history of psychoanalysis. Drawing on lessons from philosophy and history as well as clinical vignettes this book provides a comprehensive guide to understanding the role of trauma in creating silence and the importance for psychoanalysts of learning to hear those silenced voices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339302

Psychoanalysis History and SubjectivityNow of the Past Clinical psychoanalysis since Freud has put reconstruction of the patient's history at the forefront of its task but in recent years this approach has not been so prominent. This book aims to explore and re-evaluate the relationship between history and psychoanalysis. Roger Kennedy develops new perspectives on historiography by applying psychoanalytic insight to the key issues of narrative time and subjectivity in the construction of historical accounts. He also throws new light on the importance of history for and within psychoanalytic treatment. It is argued that human subjectivity is a major element in any historical enterprise both the subjectivity of the historian or clinician and that of those being studied. Illustrated with clinical examples Psychoanalysis History and Subjectivity covers areas such as postmodernism the nature of memory clinical evidence and the place of trauma. Psychoanalysis History and Subjectivity will be of great interest both to professionals in the psychoanalytic and therapeutic fields and to historians. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783161

Psychoanalysis Identity and the InternetExplorations into Cyberspace This book is comprehensive and profound concrete and symbolic a Herculean integration of the technical and the psychoanalytic. It explains technology and definitions of cyberspace virtual reality and social media and presents the view that technology is a destructive force in psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204312

Psychoanalysis International Relations and DiplomacyA Sourcebook on Large-Group Psychology The author has three goals in writing this book. The first is to explore large-group identity such as ethnic identity diplomacy political propaganda terrorism and the role of leaders in international affairs. The second goal is to describe societal and political responses to trauma at the hands of the Other large-group mourning and the appearance of the history of ancestors and its consequences. The third goal is to expand theories of large-group psychology in its own right and define concepts illustrating what happens when tens of thousands or millions of people share similar psychological journeys. The author is a psychoanalyst who has been involved in unofficial diplomacy for thirty-five years. His interdisciplinary team has brought "enemy" representatives such as Israelis and Arabs Russians and Estonians Georgians and South Ossetians together for dialogue. He has spent time in refugee camps and met many world leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201250

Psychoanalysis Intersubjective Writing and a Postmaterialist Model of MindI Woke Up Dead In this in-depth and unique collaboration between a patient and his psychoanalyst Psychoanalysis Intersubjective Writing and a Postmaterialist Model of Mind: I Woke Up Dead examines the unconscious mind by analysing the patient’s novel written during his treatment as the focus. Using the patient’s creative writing and their intersubjective relationship as evidence Dan Gilhooley and Frank Toich show how psychoanalysis fits within a postmaterialist model of mind. In this ground-breaking exploration Gilhooley and Toich together demonstrate how a nonlocal unconscious can reshape the psychoanalytic conception of the mind. Split into four parts Intersubjective Quantum History and Collaboration Dan introduces three themes in the first: recovery from death the intersubjective nature of therapeutic work and the role of creative imagination combining these themes with analysis of Frank’s work and short related stories from his own life. Part II Quantum introduces the concept of nonlocality to describe the mind and draws on the appearance of quantum physics in Frank’s science fiction before moving onto Part III History which examines the emergence of psychoanalysis out of animal magnetism looking at rapport telepathy and love in psychotherapy. Finally Collaboration discusses their ongoing psychotherapeutic experiment the role of imagination dissociation and the cosmic mind in psychological growth. Interweaving creative writing psychoanalytic theory and real-life stories the book re-contextualizes the history and future of psychoanalysis. Due to its multidisciplinary nature this book will appeal to psychotherapists and psychologists in practice and in training. It would also be a vital resource for academics and students of counseling consciousness studies psychoanalysis psychotherapy and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367335359

Psychoanalysis Law and Society Psychoanalysis Law and Society explores the connections between psychoanalysis and law arguing that these are required not only for conceptual or theoretical needs in both fields but also for the vast range of practical implications and possibilities their association enables. The book is divided into four parts each addressing a unique example of the interaction of legal and psychoanalytic work. It begins with matters that are as global as they are local: the challenge of caring for and aiding migrants refugees families and individuals; the question of planetary survival; of the mistreatment and violence in military and secular conflicts; and the projects and processes of international governance. The middle two parts focus on the very wide-ranging problems of social violence as these target women and people of diversity. Then on the penetration of law into the most intimate aspects of family life: adoption divorce child custody and complex parental arrangements. In the last part the contributions use this double vision (legal and psychoanalytic) perspective to explore basic processes in social and legal life. Psychoanalysis Law and Society will be of great interest to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as legal scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367194505

Psychoanalysis Neuroscience and Adolescent DevelopmentNon-Linear Perspectives on the Regulation of the Self Psychoanalysis Neuroscience and Adolescent Development: Non-Linear Perspectives on the Regulation of the Self explores how psychoanalysis can combine its theoretical perspectives with more recent discoveries about neurological and non-linear developmental processes that unfold during the period of puberty to young adulthood to help inform understanding of contemporary adolescent behaviours and mental health issues. With the powerful impact of neuroscience research findings opportunities emerge to create a new paradigm to attempt to organize specific psychoanalytic theories. Neurobiological regulation offers such an opportunity. By combining elements of domains of compatible knowledge into a flexible explanatory synergy the potential for an intellectually satisfying theoretical framework can be created. In this work Harold Bendicsen formulates a multi-disciplinary theoretical approach involving current research and drawing on neuroscience to consider the behaviour regulation processes of the mind/brain and the capacities and potential it brings to understanding the development of adolescents and young adults. Psychoanalysis Neuroscience and Adolescent Development advances Bendicsen’s study of adolescence and the transition to young adulthood begun in The Transformational Self. It will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as psychologists clinical social workers psychiatrists and counsellors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134969

Psychoanalysis Neuroscience and the Stories of Our LivesThe Relational Roots of Mental Health Psychoanalysis Neuroscience and the Stories of Our Lives: The Relational Roots of Mental Health offers a new understanding of identity and mental health shining the light of twenty-first century neurobiology on the core tenets of psychoanalysis. Accessibly written it outlines the great leaps forward in neuroscience over the past three decades and the consequent implications for understanding mental health symptoms today. Central to the book is the idea that the seeds of mental illness are discovered not in the individual’s own fallibilities but in the complex relationships we experience from our very first moments. Integrating the latest neuroscientific research it depicts the individual as inherently interdependent with their environment their neurobiological and emotional foundations framed by the context in which they are raised. Integrating traditional psychoanalytic ideas with findings from neurobiology and neuroscience it reframes the oedipal set up examines clinical depression as the presence of absence and revisits resistance and the neurobiology of denial. Weaving narratives drawn from clinical practice and highlighting implications for contemporary lives the book is a tour de force smashing the myth that our minds develop separately from the world around us. This clear lucid book providing a timely overview of emotional and neurobiological development will appeal to both psychologists and psychoanalysts. It will be also be a key reference work for mental health professionals particularly those working in early years services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138364301

Psychoanalysis Scientific Method and Philosophy This by now well-known pioneering dialogue on Freudian analysis is concerned not with therapeutic implications individual or social of psychoanalysis or of any other brand of psychology but solely with the status of psychoanalysis as a scientific theory. Matching talents with a distinguished group of philosophers and social scientists psychoanalysts made their claims and willingly subject them to the methodological scrutiny common to the sciences and the philosophy of science. This book records one of the few times in the United States that a distinguished group of psychoanalysts met with an equally distinguished group of philosophers of science in a free critical interchange of view on the scientific status of the field. While a sense of the event’s excitement is captured here it also had clear results such as an expanded notion of psychoanalysis as a scientific theory and a clear realization that certain elements in psychoanalysis are substantially beyond the boundaries of causal inference or the rules of logic.Two opening statements by Heinz Hartmann and Ernest Nagel set the tone for the debate and discussion that followed. These are followed by social scientific statements of Abram Kardiner Ernest van den Haag and Alex Inkeles followed by the philosophers Morris Lazerowitz Donald C. Williams and Anthony Flew. Such distinguished scholars as Adolf Grunbaum Michael Scriven Gail Kennedy Arthur Pap Philipp Frank. Arthur C. Danto Max Black and others round out this pioneering effort in the literature of intellectual combat.Sidney Hook applies to his vision of psychoanalysis the same compelling rigor he applied to other would-be advocates of a science beyond ordinary scientific method or safeguards. He nonetheless points out that even therapeutic success is not the last word but must itself be tested on a variety of measures: statistical no less than analytical. This remains a courageous and disturbing work one that commands at Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531031

Psychoanalysis Society and the Inner WorldEmbedded Meaning in Politics and Social Conflict Psychoanalysis Society and the Inner World explores ideas from psychoanalysis that can be valuable in understanding social processes and institutions and in particular how psychoanalytic ideas and methods can help us understand the nature and roots of social and political conflict in the contemporary world. Among the ideas explored in this book of special importance are the ideas of a core self (Heinz Kohut and Donald Winnicott) and of an internal object world (Melanie Klein Ronald Fairbairn). David Levine shows how these ideas and others related to them offer a framework for understanding how social processes and institutions establish themselves as part of the individual’s inner world and how imperatives of the inner world influence the shape of those processes and institutions. In exploring the contribution psychoanalytic ideas can make to the study of society emphasis is placed on post-Freudian trends that emphasize the role of the internalization of relationships as an essential part of the process of shaping the inner world. The book’s main theme is that the roots of social conflict will be found in ambivalence about the value of the self. The individual is driven to ambivalence by factors that exist simultaneously as part of the inner world and the world outside. Social institutions may foster ambivalence about the self or they may not. Importantly this book distinguishes between institutions on the basis of whether they do or do not foster ambivalence about the self shedding light on the nature and sources of social conflict. Institutions that foster ambivalence also foster conflict at a societal level that mirrors and is mirrored by conflict over the standing of the self in the inner world. Levine makes extensive use of case material to illuminate and develop his core ideas. Psychoanalysis Society and the Inner World will appeal to psychoanalysts and to social scientists interested in psychoanalytic ideas and methods as well as students studying across these fields who are keen to explore social and political issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138218222

Psychoanalysis the Body and the Oedipal PlotA Critical Re-Imaging of the Body in Psychoanalysis Psychoanalysis the Body and the Oedipal Plot is a new radical departure in psychoanalytic exposition. An attempt is made to convey in a language accessible for people from different disciplines some of the most difficult processes that conform our subjectivity and our concept of difference and alterity. Containing both significant theoretical material and applications of the theory to clinical psychoanalytic practice this book offers the latest thinking on the importance of the body in psychoanalytic theory. Psychoanalysis the Body and the Oedipal Plot will be of interest to psychoanalysts philosophers and cultural theorists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138391260

Psychoanalysis the NHS and Mental Health Work Today This book illustrates the distinctive psychoanalytic contribution to mental health services for children young people and adults with detailed case vignettes illustrating therapeutic treatment and the ways in which staff are supported to do work that is frequently difficult and disturbing.Psychoanalytic thinking contributes to effective mental health work on many levels from Balint's "Flash" technique in the brief GP/patient encounter to the psychiatric medical and nursing care in secure units where the most challenging patients need to be held. Starting with the historical contribution of psychoanalysis to the NHS in the 1940s this book goes on to explore two key psychoanalytic concepts that remain highly relevant to the work of mental health: containment and countertransference. The authors include psychoanalysts psychotherapists organisational consultants consultant psychiatrists and a leading practitioner in the field of primary care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203681

Psychoanalysis Trauma and CommunityHistory and Contemporary Reappraisals Trauma is one of the hottest contemporary topics within psychoanalysis whilst many psychoanalysts are increasingly interested in applying their skills outside the traditional setting of the consulting room especially in response to disasters wars and serious social issues. Psychoanalysis Trauma and Community seeks to correct the misconceptions of what analysts do and how they do it and debunk the stereotype of psychoanalysts stuck in their offices plying their wares on the worried well. Bringing together a group of eminent contributors this volume considers how psychoanalysis may best be expanded to help in social and community settings to understand these wider issues from a psychoanalytic perspective and provide clear clinical guidance and clinical examples of how best to work in a wide variety of non-traditional ways. The innovative work featured includes taking testimony in-situ interviewing documentary film-making social activism ethnic and political conflict mediation on-site workshops as well as direct clinical interventions. The reader is taken from the Holocaust Hiroshima and the Vietnam War to the Balkan Wars and Palestinian-Israeli conflict from the political violence of the disappeared in Argentina to the devastation wrought by Hurricane Katrina and from chronic conditions of poverty in India to racism in the post-Jim Crow South. Psychoanalysis Trauma and Community will appeal to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists and anyone studying on the increasing number of trauma courses being given today in universities. Lay readers with an interest in the traumatic fallout as a result of chronic conditions or the myriad disasters that occur globally will find this book illuminating. For the non-specialist mental health professional including non-analytic psychotherapists social workers and others who work in the community this book offers concrete advice on dealing with intervention issues such as entry and integration as well as on management of multiple and complex trauma in a non-clinical setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928237

Psychoanalysis Violence and Rage-Type MurderMurdering Minds What turns an apparently 'normal' individual into a killer?Many people who commit "rage type" murders have no history of violence. Using psychoanalytic theory and a number of case studies this book isolates key psychological factors that appear to help explain why such acts of extreme violence occur.Starting from a psychoanalytic standpoint Psychoanalysis Violence and Rage-Type Murder argues for a pluralistic approach to understanding aggression and claims that the origins of aggression have no single source or cause. Drawing broadly on psychological criminological and psychoanalytic research the author outlines the clinical features of the act and explores the possible role that psychopathology and personality might play in the build up to murder. These observations raise a number of questions about the so-called 'normality' of the individual alongside the capacity to commit murder and how we might understand the stability of such offenders. Psychoanalysis Violence and Rage-Type Murder will be of great interest to psychotherapists forensic psychotherapists psychoanalysts psychologists criminologists and health care workers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783222

Psychoanalysis (RLE: Freud)The First Ten Years 1888-1898 First published in 1969 this was a new assessment of Freud’s most creative years and the formative period in psychoanalysis and was the first book to attempt a systematic presentation of Freud’s early ideas relating them to his later work and to contemporary psychoanalysis. During the years 1888-1898 Freud published 15 papers and one book. In addition many of his ideas were formulated in a series of letters and drafts that he wrote to Dr Wilhelm Fliess. This material provided new insights into the nature of Freud’s creative genius and gave new meaning to his published works. Psychoanalysis: The First Ten Years reviews these early papers drafts and letters and describes tentative formulations that in spite of their value were not developed further because of lack of time or a shift in interest. As Dr Stewart observes ‘the study of this aspect of Freud’s work is perhaps the most exciting. Freud’s creativity in these years was remarkable. The ideas he discarded in this short period of time would for a less gifted person have been a full life’s work of which he could have been proud.’ There is a good deal of historical and literary interest in his account of Freud’s relationships with Fliess Breuer and others but the core of the book is the critical assessment and systematic presentation of Freud’s early major insights which dramatically reveal a creative genius in the process of discovery. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984066

Psychoanalysis and ... Originally published in 1990 Psychoanalysis and… brings together essays by critics whose work demonstrates the lively interpenetration of psychoanalysis and other disciplines. Andrew Ross investigates psychoanalysis and Marxist thought; Joel Fineman reads the "sound of O" in Othello; Jane Gallop asks "Why does Freud giggle when the women leave the room?"; and Ellie Ragland-Sullivan examines Lacan’s seminars on James Joyce. This stimulating collection of work should still be required reading especially for students of literature. But Psychoanalysis and… demonstrates that psychoanalysis – and theoretical criticism and feminism and Lacanian theory and semiotics and Marxism and deconstruction and literary criticism – was at the time a rich and expanding terrain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138960886

Psychoanalysis and Aesthetics Originally published in 1924 this title is substantially a continuation of Baudouin’s earlier title Studies in Psychoanalysis being an application of psychoanalysis to the theory of aesthetics as illustrated by a detailed study of the works of the Belgian poet Emile Verhaeren. The ‘interpretation’ Freud has supplied for dreams Baudouin attempts – and archives – for the imagery of the artistic creator. The work is in part based upon private documents supplied to the author by Madame Verhaeren an autograph letter and a previously unpublished poem. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829053

Psychoanalysis and Anxiety: From Knowing to Being Psychoanalysis and Anxiety: From Knowing to Being combines psychoanalytic existential and dramaturgical perspectives on the study of anxiety. The book explores the implications for psychoanalysis of including a consideration of the being of the patient and of the analyst. The central principle throughout is that the psychoanalytic and the existential belong together since it is the irreducible fact of anxiety that unifies them. It is in relation to anxiety that we are helped by other human beings to bear what is and what we are. Divided into four sections the book begins with the distinction made in antiquity between anxiety and fear before discussing its treatment by philosophers such as Heidegger who regarded anxiety as the mood most disclosive of our being and Kierkegaard who distinguished between fear and angst. The book then explores how anxiety has been understood by major psychoanalytic theorists including Freud Klein Winnicott and Bion before a third part discusses how key principles of drama relate to therapeutic practice and theory including a re-evaluation of the concept of catharsis as well as Brecht’s concept of making strange the familiar. The pursuit of insightful knowledge in psychoanalysis is reconsidered in the book’s concluding section with a shift of emphasis from psychoanalytic interpretations as statements of knowing to interpretive activity as a continuous process of becoming informed. This insightful and wide-ranging volume will fascinate practising psychoanalysts and psychotherapists anyone working in mental health as well as scholars of philosophy and theatre. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367152277

Psychoanalysis and ArchitectureThe Inside and the Outside This book explores how psychoanalysis and architecture can enhance and increase the chances of mental 'containment' while also fostering exchange between inside and outside. The way in which psychoanalysts take care of mental suffering and the way in which architects and city planners assess the environment are grounded in a shared concern with the notion of 'dwelling'. It is a matter of fact that dwelling exists in a complex context comprised of both biological need and symbolic function. Psychoanalysis and architecture can work together in both thinking about and designing not only our homes but also the analyst's consulting rooms and more generally our therapy places. However this is possible only if they renounce the current limited and restrictive model of this interaction and propose one more that is more in harmony with the questions and situations that clients themselves pose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204114

Psychoanalysis and ArtKleinian Perspectives This essential edition brings together a collection of classic papers from key figures in Kleinian and post-Kleinian thought that explore the relationship between psychoanalysis and art.Sandra Gosso begins with a comprehensive and fascinating guide to the history of this relationship which began with Freud and was developed further by Melanie Klein at a time when most analysts were moving away from links with art. Melanie Klein's pivotal paper "Infantile Anxiety Situations Reflected in a Work of Art and in the Creative Impulse" follows the Introduction. The other papers featured are mainly from British analysts who expanded on Melanie Klein's ideas inspired by the influence of the creative Bloomsbury and Imago Groups. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107390

Psychoanalysis And Behaviour First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875715

Psychoanalysis and Cinema These fifteen carefully chosen essays by well-known scholars demonstrate the vitality and variety of psychoanalytic film criticism as well as the crucial role feminist theory has played in its development. Among the films discussed are Duel in the Sun The Best Years of Our Lives Three Faces of Eve Tender is the Night Pandora's Box Secrets of the Soul and the works of Jacques Tourneur (director of The Cat People and other features). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138149748

Psychoanalysis and Contemporary American MenGender Identity in a Time of Uncertainty Debate over gender and especially the lives of men is currently at a fever pitch particularly in the United States. New perspectives that capture the complexity of men and a rapidly changing gender landscape are therefore critical today. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary American Men challenges narrow stereotyped views of men by arguing that men are as complex and layered as women. In the light of the recent #MeToo movement stereotypes of men are being recycled. While aligned with the spirit of this movement the authors worry that negative stereotypes of men are being perpetrated at the very time that men are renegotiating their gender experience. The authors present a critical non-heteronormative perspective addressing current gender transformations. Although the lives of men are changing the stories that dominate the public sphere often represent them as narrowly phallic—controlling detached sexist and homophobic. Seidman and Frank offer a counter point: men are also "guardians" driven to be useful and to do good to live valued and purposeful lives. They argue that men are not only driven by a will to power but by an ethically-minded relationally-oriented sense of responsibility to care for others whether partners children or fellow citizens. Drawing on historical sociological and psychoanalytic work this book provides a nuanced multidimensional construct of American men today. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary American Men will be of interest to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists as well as scholars and students of gender and queer studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138328518

Psychoanalysis and Creativity in Everyday LifeOrdinary Genius Psychoanalysis and Creativity in Everyday Life: Ordinary Genius is an attempt to create a psychoanalytic space for the quest and questions of our everyday creativity. Official creativity is normally applauded to the point of obscuring all other types of creativity with detrimental consequences for our psychic life. However as Gemma Corradi Fiumara demonstrates the creative force of ordinary subjects can be as vigorous as that of our acclaimed official accomplishments. Corradi Fiumara focuses on the unsung creativity which emerges from relationships and the world at large. She explores how understanding the operation of creative impulses in an everyday setting can crucially inform psychoanalytic clinical work. There are three main themes: Donald Winnicott’s Psychoanalytic Will Melanie Klein and the Other Side of Genius Genius: Ordinary and Extraordinary.　　　　　 Psychoanalysis and Creativity in Everyday Life advocates an inclusionary view of human genius and demonstrates that creativity and genius can be manifested in everyday life with the ordinary as its focus of attention. It will be key reading for psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists philosophers and scholars in social studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415637282

Psychoanalysis and CultureA Kleinian Perspective This book provides an extensive introduction and theoretical background to the field situating psychoanalysis itself in contemporary culture. It shows the relevance of psychoanalysis beyond the consulting room to the understanding of human affairs in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326166

Psychoanalysis and DeconstructionFreud's Psychic Apparatus Psychoanalysis and Deconstruction: Freud's Psychic Apparatus demonstrates the relevance of deconstructive thinking for the clinical practice of psychoanalysis. Arguing that deconstruction has been misrepresented as a form of literary theory or a philosophy of language the book puts Derrida Heidegger and others working in the tradition of deconstruction into dialogue with debates in the contemporary psychoanalytic field. Attempting to retrieve what was radical in Freud’s portrayal of the mind as a machine Jared Russell stresses the importance of psychoanalysis for an understanding of the relationship between the human and its current hyper-technological environment. Interventions into contemporary debates address psychoanalytic concepts such as the nature of the clinical frame the intersubjective dialogue unconscious communication and the experience of time. Russell argues that deconstruction and in particular Derrida’s work can anticipate and help clarify ongoing developments at the cutting edge of psychoanalysis today. Psychoanalysis and Deconstruction: Freud's Psychic Apparatus will appeal not only to a philosophically informed audience but also to clinicians attempting to secure a place for psychoanalytic practice at the beginning of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367257972

Psychoanalysis and Developmental Therapy This book exemplifies a special kind of application of psychoanalysis. It shows how the child uses the analyst both as a transference object and as a new developmental object illustrating the mutually enabling and inextricably interwoven nature of developmental work and interpretation of conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326173

Psychoanalysis and Digital CultureAudiences Social Media and Big Data Psychoanalysis and Digital Culture offers a comprehensive account of our contemporary media environment—digital culture and audiences in particular—by drawing on psychoanalysis and media studies frameworks. It provides an introduction to the psychoanalytic affect theories of Sigmund Freud and Didier Anzieu and applies them theoretically and methodologically in a number of case studies. Johanssen argues that digital media fundamentally shape our subjectivities on affective and unconscious levels and he critically analyses phenomena such as television viewing Twitter use affective labour on social media and data-mining. How does watching television involve the body? Why are we so drawn to reality television?　 Why do we share certain things on social media and not others? How are bodies represented on social media? How do big data and data mining influence our identities? Can algorithms help us make better decisions? 　These questions amongst others are addressed in the chapters of this wide-ranging book. Johanssen shows in a number of case studies how a psychoanalytic angle can bring new insights to audience studies and digital media research more generally. From audience research with viewers of the reality television show Embarrassing Bodies and how they unconsciously used it to work through feelings about their own bodies to a critical engagement with Hardt and Negri's notion of affective labour and how individuals with bodily differences used social media for their own affective-digital labour the book suggests that an understanding of affect based on Freud and Anzieu is helpful when thinking about media use. The monograph also discusses the perverse implications of algorithms big data and data mining for subjectivities. In drawing on empirical data and examples throughout Johanssen presents a compelling analysis of our contemporary media environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367584184

Psychoanalysis and DreamsBion the Field and the Viscera of the Mind Psychoanalysis and Dreams explores some of the cornerstones of Antonino Ferro’s theoretical model but also attempts to extend the dreamlike boundaries of the model. Based on Bion’s theory of alpha function and the analytic field Ferro has developed his own original theorization of transformations in dreams and of work in the analytic session as a waking dream. Clearly highlighted in the book is Ferro’s theory that transformation in dreams is the activity which is constantly carried out in the mind of the analyst who nullifies the reality-status of the patient’s communication and considers the patient’s narrative as a dream which must be constructed in real time in the encounter between the two minds at work. At the centre of Ferro's theoretical proposal stands the transition from a psychoanalysis of contents to a psychoanalysis which develops the apparatus for thinking based on the conception of an unconscious in a perennial state of construction and transformation which must be dreamed and which continuously expands as it is dreamed. Psychoanalysis and Dreams is written for practicing and training psychoanalysts psychotherapists and psychiatrists and will be helpful in everyday psychoanalytic and psychotherapeutic work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150204

Psychoanalysis and Ecology at the Edge of ChaosComplexity Theory Deleuze Guattari and Psychoanalysis for a Climate in Crisis This book argues that psychoanalysis has a unique role to play in the climate change debate through its placing emphasis on the unconscious dimensions of our mental and social lives. Exploring contributions from Freudian Kleinian Object Relations Self Psychology Jungian and Lacanian traditions the book discusses how psychoanalysis can help to unmask the anxieties deficits conflicts phantasies and defences crucial in understanding the human dimension of the ecological crisis. Yet despite being essential to studying environmentalism and its discontents psychoanalysis still remains largely a 'psychology without ecology.' The philosophy of Deleuze and Guattari combined with new developments in the sciences of complexity help us to build upon the best of these perspectives providing a framework able to integrate Guattari's 'three ecologies' of mind nature and society. This book thus constitutes a timely attempt to contribute towards a critical dialogue between psychoanalysis and ecology. Further topics of discussion include: ecopsychology and the greening of psychotherapy our ambivalent relationship to nature and the non-human complexity theory in psychoanalysis and ecology defence mechanisms against eco-anxiety and eco-grief Deleuze|Guattari and the three ecologies becoming-animal in horror and eco-apocalypse in science fiction films nonlinear ecopsychoanalysis. In our era of anxiety denial paranoia apathy guilt hope and despair in the face of climate change this book offers a fresh and insightful psychoanalytic perspective on the ecological crisis. As such this book will be of great interest to all those in the fields of psychoanalysis psychology philosophy and ecology as well as all who are concerned with the global environmental challenges affecting our planet's future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666121

Psychoanalysis and EducationMinding a Gap This book provides a unique and highly topical application of psychoanalytic theory to the broad context of education including schools universities and adult learning. Education is understood as a crucial element in a lifelong project to gain more coherent and meaningful understanding of self and others. Psychoanalysis has taken the contingency construction and development of human subjectivity as well as the difficulty of thinking to be its prime preoccupation. Yet - at a time of increasing doubt and anxiety about the purposes and practice of education - psychoanalytic understanding from various traditions has never been more marginal in educational debate. The book seeks in these terms to bridge some of this gap: it is written for teachers trainers policy-makers clinicians researchers and diverse academics who want to look beyond bland superficialities to deeper struggles for self and understanding. This includes unconscious processes in the relationships that constitue education as well as resistance to new ideas and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490458

Psychoanalysis and Ethics in Documentary Film This distinctively interdisciplinary approach to the subject encompasses filmmaking psychoanalysis philosophy and popular culture and offers a unique insight into documentary film practice from a psychoanalytic perspective. At the heart of the enquiry is belief that ‘transference-love’ is present in the documentary encounter. With a focus on testimony-driven film and a foreword by Michael Renov who calls this book 'a radical and compelling account' Psychoanalysis and Ethics in Documentary Film covers a range of topics including: Four fundamental concepts of psychoanalysis and documentary film A review of documentary film practice A personal account of the author’s relationship with a subject of her own work A thorough interrogation of the ethics of documentary Ideal for film studies scholars psychoanalysts psychotherapists and psychotherapeutically engaged professionals as well as filmmakers culture studies students and anyone interested in the process of documentary-making and contemporary culture this work offers a unique approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813495

Psychoanalysis and Film This volume contains a collection of outstanding examples of psychoanalytic film criticism applying different theoretical orientations drawn from the first four years of the film review section in the International Journal of Psychoanalysis during author's tenure as film review editor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326180

Psychoanalysis and GenderAn Introductory Reader What is object-relations theory and what does it have to do with literary studies? How can Freud's phallocentric theories be applied by feminist critics? In Psychoanalysis and Gender: An Introductory Reader Rosalind Minsky answers these questions and more offering students a clear straightforward overview without ever losing them in jargon.In the first section Minsky outlines the fundamentals of the theory introducing the key thinkers and providing clear commentary. In the second section the theory is demonstrated by an anthology of seminal essays which includes:* Feminity by Sigmund Freud* Envy and Gratitude by Melanie Klein* An extract from Transitional Objects and Transitional Phenomena by Donald Winnicot* The Meaning of the Phallus by Jacques Lacan* An extract from Women's Time by Julia Kristeva* An extract from Speculum of the Other Woman by Luce Irigaray Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203754061

Psychoanalysis and Hidden Narrative in FilmReading the Symptom Psychoanalysis and Hidden Narrative in Film proposes a way of constructing hidden psychological narratives of popular film and novels. Instead of offering interpretations of classic films Trevor C. Pederson recognizes that the psychoanalytic tradition began with making sense of the seemingly inconsequential. Here he turns his attention to popular films like Joel Schumacher's The Lost Boys (1987). While masterworks like Psycho (1960) are not the object of interpretation Hitchcock’s film is used as a skeleton key. The revelation that Norman Bates’ character had been his mother all along suggests a framework of reading a film as having symptom characters who are excised to create a latent plot. The symptom character's behavior or inter-relations are then transcribed to an ego character. This is a shift in the tradition of literary doubling from hermeneutic intuition to a formal methodology that generates data for the unconscious.　 Pederson continues the project of unifying competing schools into a single model of mind and offers clinical examples from his own practice for all its terms. Psychodynamic techniques that emphasize the importance of working with the body the id and the ubiquity of repetition are introduced. A return to Freud’s structural theory in which complexes are anchored in the stages of superego development is used to carefully plot and explain the social nature of the superego and its relation to authority in society (secondary narcissism) and the otherworldly (primary narcissism). Discrete phases of superego development and their ties to both the social and the id revive the grand promises of classical psychoanalysis to link with every field in the humanities.　 Psychoanalysis and Hidden Narrative in Film will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as scholars of film studies and literature interested in using a psychoanalytic approach and ideas in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307148

Psychoanalysis and Holocaust TestimonyUnwanted Memories of Social Trauma Psychoanalytic work with socially traumatised patients is an increasingly popular vocation but remains extremely demanding and little covered in the literature. In Psychoanalysis and Holocaust Testimony a range of contributors draw upon their own clinical work and on research findings from work with seriously disturbed Holocaust survivors to illuminate how best to conduct clinical work with such patients in order to maximise the chances of a positive outcome and to reflect transferred trauma for the clinician. Psychoanalysis and Holocaust Testimony closely examines the phenomenology of destruction inherent in the discourse of extreme traumatization focusing on a particular case study: the recording of video testimonies from a group of extremely traumatized chronically hospitalized Holocaust survivors in psychiatric institutions in Israel. This case study demonstrates how society reacts to unwanted memories in media history and psychoanalysis – but it also shows how psychotherapists and researchers try to approach the buried memories of the survivors through being receptive to shattered life narratives. Questions of bearing witness testimony the role of denial and the impact of traumatic narrative on society and subsequent generations are explored. A central thread of this book is the unconscious countertransference resistance to the trauma discourse which manifests itself in arenas that are widely apart such as genocide denial the "disappearance" of the hospitalized Holocaust survivors and of their life stories mishearing their testimonies and ultimately refusing them the diagnosis of "traumatic psychosis". Psychoanalysis and Holocaust Testimony provides an essential multidisciplinary guide to working psychoanalytically with severely traumatised patients. It will appeal to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists and trauma studies therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138859210

Psychoanalysis and Infant Research Lichtenberg collates and summarizes recent findings about the first two years of life in order to examine their implications for contemporary psychoanalysis. He explores the implications of these data for the unfolding sense of self and then draws on these data to reconceptualize the analytic situation and to formulate an experiential account of the therapeutic action of analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138179905

Psychoanalysis and ManagementThe Transformation The author is a highly successful consultant to leading institutions and organisations. In this enriching and challenging dialogue with the Italian journalist Oscar Iarussi he brings his passion for life and unceasing search for true awareness for all to focus on the innovative principle of transformation. This book talks about transformation i Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326197

Psychoanalysis and Motivation Carrying forward his inquiry into the nature and conditions of normal and abnormal development Lichtenberg focuses on motivation. His goal is to offer an alternative to psychoanalytic drive theory that accommodates the developmental insights of infancy research while accounting for the entire range of phenomena addressed by the theory of instinctual drives. To this end he propounds a comprehensive theory of the self which then gains expression in five discrete yet interactive motivational systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203767191

Psychoanalysis and Other MattersWhere Are We Now? Can we ‘stand inside’ new thoughts rather than outside looking at a closed box? This innovative and interdisciplinary collection aims to answer this question by broadening the way we look at and work with psychoanalytic ideas. By examining these ideas through the lenses of other disciplines the contributors reveal what can be found when ‘boundaries’ are breached and bridges are built in psychoanalytical thought. Judith Edwards here calls upon international analysts psychotherapists and other professionals to explore the concepts of ‘inside’ and ‘outside’ in psychoanalysis boldly challenging existing boundaries. In this unique and ground-breaking collection chapters are written by a mathematics professor a sculptor film-makers anthropologists from Australia and Canada an Ofsted inspector a neuroscientist and two Chinese psychotherapists. The book emphasises the importance of listening across disciplinary lines and crossing frontiers within psychoanalysis itself by integrating psychoanalytic elements with poetry music literature quantum physics cultural studies and education. Edwards presents this original and global research with authority showing us how these fields intersect and produce new understandings in us all that allow us to grow and benefit from new perspectives. This collection is unlike no other in its interdisciplinary and international approach. It will be an essential tool for all psychoanalysts including those in training as well as psychotherapists and psychotherapeutically-engaged scholars. It will also be of immense interest to academics and students of interdisciplinary studies psychosocial studies cultural studies and film studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494640

Psychoanalysis and PaediatricsKey Psychoanalytic Concepts with Sixteen Clinical Observations of Children This book is the author's 1939 medical thesis and is dedicated to medical practitioners paediatricians and parents without prior knowledge of psychoanalysis. The author's aim was to sensitise people to the unconscious dimensions of many problems in children. She demonstrates here through sixteen case studies how often children's difficulties at school and at home - be they behavioural or due to impaired learning abilities - are the expression of psychological issues linked with their developing sexuality and castration anxiety and result in physical symptoms such as enuresis and encopresis. The author points out that the awareness of the self and self-responsibility often develops for young people in families in which the parents do not know how to listen or even more importantly cannot be listened to with trust. There is also a summary of Freud's theories of the different stages of the evolution of the drives as well as the central developmental role played by the castration complex castration anxiety and the Oedipus Complex. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758124

Psychoanalysis and Philosophy of MindUnconscious Mentality in the Twenty-first Century Of the topics found in psychoanalytic theory it is Freud's philosophy of mind that is at once the most contentious and enduring. Psychoanalytic theory makes bold claims about the significance of unconscious mental processes and the wish-fulfilling activity of the mind citing their importance for understanding the nature of dreams and explaining both normal and pathological behaviour. However since Freud's initial work both modern psychology and philosophy have had much to say about the merits of Freudian thinking. Developments in psychology philosophy and psychoanalysis raise new challenges and questions concerning Freud's theory of mind. This book addresses the psychoanalytic concept of mind in the 21st century via a joint scientific and philosophical appraisal of psychoanalytic theory. It provides a fresh critical appraisal and reflection on Freudian concepts as well as addressing how current evidence and scientific thinking bear upon Freudian theory. The book centres upon the major concepts in psychoanalysis including the notion of unconscious mental processes and wish-fulfilment and their relationship to dreams fantasy attachment processes and neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201793

Psychoanalysis and PoliticsExclusion and the Politics of Representation This book examines the nature of social exclusion and the aspects of the politics of representation in the social interpersonal and political field. It questions how psychoanalysis can be used to think about the invisible and subtle processes of power over symbolic representation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490076

Psychoanalysis and Positivity This book explores certain asymptomatic areas of the mind and integrates them within the overall domain of psychopathological dynamics. It examines how positivity operates and investigates the concept of the reversal of repetition and the problematic issues raised by impasse and trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326210

Psychoanalysis and PsychiatryPartners and Competitors in the Mental Health Field Psychoanalysis and Psychiatry: Partners and Competitors in the Mental Health Field offers a comprehensive overview of the many links between the two fields. There have long been connections between the two professions but this is the first time the many points of contact have been set out clearly for practitioners from both fields. Covering social and cultural factors clinical practice including diagnosis and treatment and looking at teaching and continuing professional development this book features contributions and exchange of ideas from an international group of clinicians from across both professions. Psychoanalysis and Psychiatry: Partners and Competitors in the Mental Health Field will appeal to all practicing psychoanalysts and psychiatrists and anyone wanting to draw on the best of both fields in their theoretical understanding and clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138331730

Psychoanalysis and Psychotherapy in ChinaVolume 1 This peer-reviewed journal proposes to explore the introduction of psychoanalysis psychoanalytic therapy and the wider application of psychoanalytic ideas into China. It aims to have articles authored by Chinese and Western contributors to explore ideas that apply to the Chinese clinical population cultural issues relevant to the practice of an Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326234

Psychoanalysis and PsychotherapyThe Controversies and the Future In this the sixth volume in the highly successful monograph series produced under the auspices of the European Federation for Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in the Public Health Services (EFPP) the clear distinctions which once existed between psychoanalysis proper and the psychoanalytic psychotherapies are strongly debated and reassessed in the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326227

Psychoanalysis and Religion in the 21st CenturyCompetitors or Collaborators? What can be gained from a dialogue between psychoanalysis and religion? Freud described religion as the universal obsessional neurosis and uncompromisingly rejected it in favour of "science." Ever since there has been the assumption that psychoanalysts are hostile to religion. Yet from the beginning individual analysts have questioned Freud's blanket rejection of religion. In this book David Black brings together contributors from a wide range of schools and movements to discuss the issues. They bring a fresh perspective to the subject of religion and psychoanalysis answering vital questions such as: How do religious stories carry (or distort) psychological truth? How do religions 'work' psychologically? What is the nature of religious experience? Are there parallels between psychoanalysis and particular religious traditions? Psychoanalysis and Religion in the 21st Century will be of great interest to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic therapists psychodynamic counsellors and anyone interested in the issues surrounding psychoanalysis religion theology and spirituality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203929551

Psychoanalysis and Severe HandicapThe Hand in the Cap The book Psychoanalysis and Severe Handicap: The Hand in the Cap introduces an original look at handicap a look aiming at capturing the subjectivity no matter how weak or uncertain it may be of the ill Other. In this light the work of operators can become an invaluable support to the creation of the self a crucial help to self-narration and a valid contribution to making one's way through the entangled intricacies of language. The text falls into six chapters which elegantly and accurately lead us into the core of the problem tackled. Focusing on the difficulties implied by the recognition of the ill Other and the acceptance of the otherness  the author attacks those cultural policies which set autonomy and integration as absolute objectives to be achieved in the work on handicap. Instead the author highlights the need of a path aiming at the structuring of the individuality of the disabled and at the molding of their subjectivity starting from the subject's peculiarities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491349

Psycho-Analysis and Social Psychology From the Preface: ‘In these few lectures delivered in the University of London (May 1935) I have returned to the always interesting but generally quite futile task of criticizing the teachings of Professor Sigmund Freud and his school. On the present occasion my criticisms are made with ruthless frankness in accordance with the policy I have recently adopted. I have realized too late that I might have done more for my chosen science had I from the first spoken with a less modest voice.’ Originally published in 1936 two years before the author’s death this title is a critique of the teachings of Freud and his school from a social psychology standpoint. It has several appendices which include the examining of ‘Totem and Taboo’ and the Oedipus complex. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138852563

Psychoanalysis And Suggestion TherapyTheir Technique Applications Results Limits Dangers And First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875708

Psychoanalysis and the Artistic EndeavorConversations with literary and visual artists Psychoanalysis and the Artistic Endeavor offers an intriguing window onto the creative thinking of several well-known and highly creative individuals.　 Internationally renowned writers painters choreographers and others converse with the author about their work and how it has been informed by their life experience.　 Creative process frames the discussions but the topics explored are wide-ranging and the interrelation of the personal and professional development of these artists is what comes to the fore.　 The conversations are unique in providing insight not only into the art at hand and into the perspective of each artist on his or her own work but into the mind from which the work springs.　 The interviews are lively in a way critical writing by its very nature is not rendering the ideas all that much more accessible.　 The transcription of the live interview reveals the kind of reflection censored elsewhere the interplay of personal experience and creative process that are far more self-consciously shaped in a text written for print.　 Neither private conversation nor public lecture neither crafted response (as to the media) nor freely associative discourse (as in the analytic consulting room) these interviews have elements of all.　 The volume guides the reader toward a deeper psychologically oriented understanding of literary and visual art and it engages the reader in the honest and often-provocative revelations of a number of fascinating artists who pay testimony to their work in a way no one else can. This is a unique collection of particular interest for psychoanalysts scholars and anyone looking for a deeper understanding of the creative process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713849

Psychoanalysis and the Birth of the SelfA Radical Interdisciplinary Approach This book draws psychoanalysis out of unsubstantiated hermeneutic speculation and into the science and philosophy of the Self. Mark Leffert offers a survey of where we as human beings come from going back into prehistory and our development as individuals. Psychoanalysis and the Birth of the Self is written to provide psychoanalysts with interdisciplinary information drawn from fields that they may have had little access to. Leffert undertakes a novel integration of topics not frequently discussed together resulting in a radical critique of the theorization of psychoanalysis. The book begins by setting the story with a short analysis of the history of psychoanalysis. A new science has been founded on the recognition of the impossibility of separating evolution from development; it is called Evo-Devo. Applied to the human condition it integrates development with palaeoanthropology and forms the basis for exploring such topics as the neurophilosophy of consciousness the birth of the Self and its neurodevelopment. It includes epigenetics in the conversation. Leffert then takes a radical turn integrating the biological Evo-Devo of the Self with the study of its Existence that is Existentialism and Phenomenology. The integration of these two threads Evo-Devo and Existentialism offers a powerful and unique tool for exploring the Self. The author offers an innovative way of understanding an individual that pulls together their biology their development and the way they choose to exist in the world. It steps outside of the traditional ways of clinically understanding an individual not by abandoning them but rather by powerfully supplementing them. Psychoanalysis and the Birth of the Self offers a novel interdisciplinary braiding of disparate strands of knowledge that will be of interest to psychoanalysts as well as those in the disciplines of neuroscience existentialism and phenomenology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138588462

Psychoanalysis And The Humanities First published in 1996. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869325

Psychoanalysis and the Nuclear ThreatClinial and Theoretical Studies The analytic literature has heretofore been silent about the issues inherent in the nuclear threat.  As a groundbreaking exploration of new psychological terrain Psychoanalysis and the Nuclear Threat will function as a source book for what it is hoped will be the continuing effort of analysts and other mental health professionals to explore and engage in-depth nuclear issues. This volume provides panoramic coverage of the dynamic and clinical considerations that follow from life in the nuclear age.  Of special interest are chapters deling with the developmental consequences of the nuclear threat in childhood adolescence and adulthood and those exploring the technical issues raised by the occurrence in analytic and psychotherapeutic hours of material related to the nuclear threat.  Additional chapters bring a psychoanalytic perspective to bear on such issues as the need to have enemies; silence as the "real crime"; love work and survival in the nuclear age; the relationship of the nuclear threat to issues of "mourning and melancholia"; apocalyptic fantasies; the paranoid process; considerations of the possible impact of gender on the nuclear threat; and the application of psychoanalytic thinking to nuclear arms strategy.  Finally the volume includes the first case report in the English language - albeit a brief psychotherapy - involving the treatment of a Hiroshima survivor. A noteworthy event in psychoanalytic publishing Psychoanalysis and the Nuclear Threat betokens analytic engagement with the most pressing political and moral issue of our time a cultivating of Freud's "soft voice of the intellect" in an area where it is desperately needed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872196

Psychoanalysis and the ParanormalLands of Darkness This book demonstrates in different ways that paranormal phenomena are of direct relevance to psychoanalysis and that they frequently impinge directly on its clinical practice—most obviously in the forms of telepathy and synchronicity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326258

Psychoanalysis and the Postmodern ImpulseKnowing and Being since Freud's Psychology According to the author psychoanalytic theory and practice – which discloses ‘the interminable falsity of the human subject’s belief in the mastery of its own mental life’ – is in part responsible for the coming of the postmodern era. In this title originally published in 1993 Barratt examines the role of psychoanalysis in what he sees as the crisis of modernism shows why the modernist position – what he calls the ‘modern episteme’ – is failing and proposes that psychoanalysis should redefine itself as a postmodern method. In Barratt’s innovative account of psychoanalysis which focuses on the significance of the free-associative process Freud’s discovery of the repressed unconscious leads to a claim that is basic to postmodern ideas: ‘that all thinking and speaking the production and reproduction of psychic reality is inherently dynamic polysemous and contradictorious .’ He argues that subsequent attempts to ‘normalize and systematize’ psychoanalysis are reactionary and antipsychoanalytic efforts to salvage the modern episteme that psychoanalysis itself calls into question. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138951525

Psychoanalysis and the UnrepresentableFrom culture to the clinic Psychoanalysis and the Unrepresentable opens a space for meaningful debate about translating psychoanalytic concepts from the work of clinicians to that of academics and back again. Focusing on the idea of the unrepresentable this collection of essays by psychoanalysts psychotherapists counsellors artists and film and literary scholars attempts to think through those things that are impossible to be thought through completely. Offering a unique insight into areas like trauma studies where it is difficult – if not impossible – to express one’s feelings the collection draws from psychoanalysis in its broadest sense and acts as a gesture against the fixed and the frozen. Psychoanalysis and the Unrepresentable is presented in six parts: Approaching Trauma Sense and Gesture Impossible Poetics Without Words Wounds and Suture and Auto/Fiction. The chapters therein address topics including touch and speech adoption the other and grief and examine films including Gus Van Sant’s Milk and Michael Haneke’s Amour. As a whole the book brings to the fore those things which are difficult to speak about but which must be spoken about. The discussion in this book will be key reading for psychoanalysts including those in training psychotherapists and psychotherapeutically-engaged scholars academics and students of culture studies psychosocial studies applied philosophy and film studies filmmakers and artists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138954984

Psychoanalysis and WomenContemporary Reappraisals Within the psychoanalytic framework there is a growing body of research and thinking about female development.  In addition there is ongoing research within other areas of psychology such as developmental psychology and social psychology which has important implications for an understanding of women's adult development.  Often these research findings are not readily available to the analytic community nor has much of the research been incorporated into a psychoanalytic framework. Psychoanalysis and Women broadens analytic thinking by integrating contemporary literature from psychoanalysis with that of other areas both within and outside psychology which has implications for the undertanding of women's development.  This literature is conceptualized within a psychoanalytic framework.  A basic premise underlying this book is that psychoanalysis needs continuing review and revision in terms of what women and men are about and a continuing focus on whether and how unfounded biases prevent analysts from understanding patients.  The present volume considers how sexism and feminism are affecting psychoanalysis and exemplifies how the emerging field of psychoanalysis of women and the issues its existence raises should be conceptualized.  It also exemplifies some of the positive contributions that a feminist outlook gives to the study of human behavior and should esxpand the range of hypotheses that we have about people.    Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203766415

Psychoanalysis as an Ethical Process What role does ethics play in the practice of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy? For most of its history psychoanalysis has viewed ethics as a "side issue" in clinical work—occasionally relevant but not central to therapeutic action. In Psychoanalysis as an Ethical Process Robert Drozek highlights the foundational importance of ethical experience in the therapeutic relationship as well as the role that ethical commitments have played in inspiring what has been called the "relational turn" in psychoanalysis. Using vivid clinical examples from the treatment of patients with severe personality disorders Drozek sketches out an ethically grounded vision of analytic process wherein analyst and patient are engaged in the co-construction of an intersubjective space that is progressively more consistent with their intrinsic worth as human beings. Psychoanalysis can thus be seen as a unique vehicle for therapeutic and ethical change leading to a dramatic expansion of agency altruism and self-esteem for both participants. By bringing our analytic theories into closer contact with our ethical experiences as human beings we can connect more fully with the fundamental humanity that unites us with our patients and that serves as the basis for deep and lasting therapeutic change. This book will be of interest to psychotherapists and psychoanalysts as well as scholars in ethical theory and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064454

Psychoanalysis as Therapy and Storytelling Is psychoanalysis a type of literature? Can telling 'stories' help us to get at the truth? Psychoanalysis as Therapy and Storytelling examines psychoanalysis from two perspectives - as a cure for psychic suffering and as a series of stories told between patient and analyst. Antonino Ferro uses numerous clinical examples to investigate how narration and interpretation are interconnected in the analytic session. He draws on and develops Bion's theories to present a novel perspective on subjects such as: psychoanalysis as a particular form of literature sexuality as a narrative genre or dialect in the analyst's consulting room delusion and hallucination acting out the countertransference and the transgenerational field play: characters narrations and interpretations. Psychoanalytic clinicians and theoreticians alike will find the innovative approach to the analytic session described here of great interest. Winner of the 2007 Sigourney Award. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203929544

Psychoanalysis at its LimitsNavigating the Postmodern Turn Has psychoanalysis become postmodern? How are the various schools of psychoanalysis being altered by postmodernism? What role does psychoanalysis have to play in the cultural debate in postmodern times? Originally published in 2000 Psychoanalysis at its Limits offers a stimulating account of the complex and contradictory nature of psychoanalysis in the postmodern age. It presents a history and critique of the concept of postmodernism throughout contemporary psychoanalytic thought. As such it is a critical survey of the complex relations between desire selfhood and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138353770

Psychoanalysis Beyond the End of MetaphysicsThinking Towards the Post-Relational Winner of the Theoretical Category of the American Board & Academy of Psychoanalysis Book Prize for best books published in 2016 Psychoanalysis Beyond the End of Metaphysics offers a new paradigm approach which advocates reengaging the importance of metaphysics in psychoanalytic theorizing. The emergence of the relational trend has witnessed a revitalizing influx of new ideas reflecting a fundamental commitment to the principle of dialogue. However the transition towards a more pluralistic discourse remains a work in progress and those schools of thought not directly associated with the relational shift continue to play only a marginal role. In this book Robin S. Brown argues that for contemporary psychoanalysis to more adequately reflect a clinical ethos of pluralism the field must examine the extent to which a theoretical commitment to the notion of relationship can grow restrictive. Suggesting that in the very effort to negotiate theoretical biases psychoanalytic practice may occlude a more adequate recognition of its own evolving assumptions Brown proposes that the profession’s advance requires a return to first principles. Arguing for the fundamental role played by faith in supporting the emergence of consciousness this work situates itself at the crossroads of relational Jungian and transpersonal approaches to the psyche.　 Psychoanalysis Beyond the End of Metaphysics will be of significant interest to all psychodynamically oriented clinicians alongside scholars of depth psychology and the philosophy of mind. It will also be helpful to advanced and postgraduate students of psychoanalysis seeking to orient themselves in the field at present. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138935181

Psychoanalysis from the Inside OutDeveloping and Sustaining an Analytic Identity and Practice In the face of considerable scepticism over the function and effectiveness of psychoanalysis Lena Ehrlich demonstrates how analysis is unique in its potential to transform patients at an emotionally cellular level by helping them access and process long-standing conflicts and traumatic experiences. Using detailed clinical vignettes the author illustrates that when analysts practice from the inside out i.e. consider that external obstacles to initiating and deepening an analysis inevitably reflect analysts’ fears of their internal world and of intimacy they become better able to speak to patients’ long-term suffering. This book free from psychoanalytic jargon stands out in its ability to help readers feel more effective confident and optimistic about practicing psychoanalysis by providing insights and recommendations about beginning and deepening analysis and sustaining oneself as an analyst over time. It will appeal to both beginners and experienced analysts as well as supervisors educators and those interested in the workings of their minds and in building more intimate relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367505196

Psychoanalysis in an Age of Accelerating Cultural ChangeSpiritual Globalization Psychoanalysis in an Age of Accelerating Cultural Change: Spiritual Globalization　addresses the current status of mental health work in the public and private sectors.　 The careful thorough approach to the individual person characteristic of psychoanalysis is mostly the province of an affluent few. Meanwhile community-based mental health treatment given shrinking budgets tends to emphasize medication and short-term therapies.　 In an increasingly diverse society considerations of culture in mental health treatment are given short shrift despite obligatory nods to cultural competence. 　 The field of mental health has suffered from the mutual isolation of psychoanalysis community-based clinical work and cultural studies.　 Here Neil Altman shows how these areas of study and practice require and enrich each other -　 the field of psychoanalysis benefits by engaging marginalized communities; community-based clinical work benefits from psychoanalytic concepts while all forms of clinical work benefit from awareness of culture.　 Including reports of clinical experiences and programmatic developments from around the world its international scope explores the operation of culture and cultural differences in conceptions of mental health.　 In addition the book addresses the origin and treatment of mental illness from notions of spirit possession treated by shamans to conceptions of psychic trauma to biological understandings and pharmacological treatments.　 In the background of this discussion is globalization the impact of which is tracked in terms of its psychological effects on people as well as on the resources and programs available to provide psychological care around the world. 　 As a unique examination of current mental health work this book will appeal to psychoanalysts psychotherapists community-based mental health workers 　and students in Cultural Studies. 　 Neil Altman is a psychoanalytic psychologist Visiting Professor at Ambedkar University of Delhi India and faculty and supervisor at the William Alanson White Institute.　 He is an Honorary Member of the William Alanson White Society and Editor Emeritus of Psychoanalytic Dialogues. Author of The Analyst in the Inner City: Race Class and Culture through a Psychoanalytic Lens (Routledge 2nd edition 2010) Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415812566

Psychoanalysis in Asia The world is looking East. Whilst in the West psychoanalysis is fighting to maintain its position among the other therapies in a society which has less time for introspection and self-reflective thought in Asia a new frontier is opening up: we are witnessing a surge of interest for psychoanalysis among the mental health professionals and among the younger generations interest which is articulated and nuanced differently in the different Asian countries. In Asia and particularly in India Japan South Korea Taiwan and China the development of psychoanalysis reflects separate socio-political historical contexts each with a rich cultural texture and fuelled by the interest of a new generation of mental health professionals for psychoanalysis as a therapeutic method. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490984

Psychoanalysis in Hong KongThe Absent the Present and the Reinvented How is it possible that a phenomenon like psychoanalysis which has dominated the cultural and intellectual life of the last century in Europe North and South America has seemingly had little-to-no resonance in Hong Kong? This book attempts to explain this phenomenon. Addressing the subject from an East to West approach this book proposes an experience of displacement as it is argued that the opportunity for psychoanalysis today is not just to be exported to the East but rather to be re-invented after an encounter with a radically different culture. This encounter allows the Western practitioner to question their experience and highlights the assumptions of Western thought and knowledge. Following this what remains of psychoanalysis as we know it? How can psychoanalysis be re-thought and re-formed today in a format independent of different theoretical orientations and schools? The book addresses key issues such as: Is there psychoanalysis in Hong Kong? How does one do research on psychoanalysis in Hong Kong? Why was the Freudian Unconscious not discovered in China? How can we describe the core of psychoanalysis and how can this description be understood in different cultural contexts? Can psychoanalytic research be led by adopting a quantitative or statistical methodology? Founded on the belief that psychoanalysis should be re-invented in light of its encounter with non-Western cultures this book highlights an opportunity to undertake this as an intellectual cultural and artistic challenge. It will enrich researchers’ and students’ understanding of psychoanalysis and inform broader views of psychoanalysis in non-Western contexts. Practicing psychoanalysts students of psychoanalysis and those seeking to understand psychanalysis in different cultural contexts will be particularly interested readers.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604582

Psychoanalysis in MedicineApplying Psychoanalytic Thought to Contemporary Medical Care This book shows how contemporary psychoanalytic thinking can be applied in the everyday practice of medicine to enhance the practice of family medicine and all clinical specialties. Dr. Steinberg analyzes his writings over the past 35 years—on psychiatry and family medicine liaison psychiatry and  mentoring—based on developments in psychoanalytic thinking. Divided into sections based on different venues of medical practice including family medicine clinics inpatient medical and surgical units and psychiatric inpatient units and outpatient programs chapters illustrate how various concepts in psychoanalysis can enhance physicians’ understanding and management of their patients. A concluding section contains applications of psychoanalytic thought in non-clinical areas pertinent to medicine including preventing suicide among physicians residents and medical students sexual abuse of patients by physicians and oral examination anxiety in physicians. Readers will learn to apply psychoanalytic concepts with a rational approach that enhances their understanding and management of their patients and practice of medicine generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367144067

Psychoanalysis in Social ResearchShifting theories and reframing concepts The use of psychoanalytic ideas to explore social and political questions is not new. Freud began this work himself and social research has consistently drawn on his ideas. This makes perfect sense. Social and political theory must find ways to conceptualise the relation between human subjects and our social environment; and the distinctive and intense observation of individual psychical structuring afforded within clinical psychoanalysis has given rise to rich theoretical and methodological resources for doing just this. However psychoanalytic concepts do not remain the same when they are rearticulated in the context of research. This book traces the reiteration and transformation of concepts in the psychoanalytic theory of Freud Klein and Lacan the social theory of Butler Derrida Foucault Laclau and Zizek and case studies of empirical research ranging from the classic Tavistock Institute studies to contemporary work in politics gender studies cultural studies and education. Each chapter explores one cluster of concepts: Melancholia loss and subjectivity Overdetermination and free association Resistance reflexivity and the compulsion to repeat Repression disavowal and foreclosure Psychic defenses and social defenses Arguing against the reification of psychoanalytic concepts Claudia Lapping suggests the need for a reflexive understanding of the play of attachments and substitutions as concepts are reframed in the contrasting activities of psychoanalysis and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656863

Psychoanalysis in the Age of Totalitarianism Psychoanalysis in the Age of Totalitarianism provides rich new insights into the history of political thought and clinical knowledge. In these chapters internationally renowned historians and cultural theorists discuss landmark debates about the uses and abuses of ‘the talking cure’ and map the diverse psychologies and therapeutic practices that have featured in and against tyrannical modern regimes. These essays show both how the Freudian movement responded to and was transformed by the rise of fascism and communism the Second World War and the Cold War and how powerful new ideas about aggression destructiveness control obedience and psychological freedom were taken up in the investigation of politics. They identify important intersections between clinical debate political analysis and theories of minds and groups and trace influential ideas about totalitarianism that took root in modern culture after 1918 and still resonate in the twenty-first century. At the same time they suggest how the emergent discourses of ‘totalitarian’ society were permeated by visions of the unconscious. Topics include: the psychoanalytic theorizations of anti-Semitism; the psychological origins and impact of Nazism; the post-war struggle to rebuild liberal democracy; state-funded experiments in mind control in Cold War America; coercive ‘re-education’ programmes in Eastern Europe and the role of psychoanalysis in the politics of decolonization. A concluding trio of chapters argues in various ways for the continuing relevance of psychoanalysis and of these mid-century debates over the psychology of power submission and freedom in modern mass society. Psychoanalysis in the Age of Totalitarianism will prove compelling for both specialists and readers with a general interest in modern psychology politics culture and society and in psychoanalysis. The material is relevant for academics and post-graduate students in the human social and political sciences the clinical professions the historical profession and the humanities more widely. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138793897

Psychoanalysis in the BarriosRace Class and the Unconscious Psychoanalysis in the Barrios: Race Class and the Unconscious demonstrates that psychoanalytic principles can be applied successfully in disenfranchised Latino populations refuting the misguided idea that psychoanalysis is an expensive luxury only for the wealthy. As opposed to most Latin American countries where psychoanalysis is seen as a practice tied to the promotion of social justice in the United States psychoanalysis has been viewed as reserved for the well-to-do assuming that poor people lack the "sophistication" that psychoanalysis requires thus heeding invisible but no less rigid class boundaries. Challenging such discrimination the authors testify to the efficacy of psychoanalysis in the barrios upending the unfounded widespread belief that poor people are so consumed with the pressures of everyday survival that they only benefit from symptom-focused interventions. Sharing vivid vignettes of psychoanalytic treatments this collection sheds light on the psychological complexities of life in the barrio that is often marked by poverty migration marginalization and barriers of language class and race. This interdisciplinary collection features essays by distinguished international scholars and clinicians. It represents a unique crossover that will appeal to readers in clinical practice social work counselling anthropology psychology cultural and Latino studies queer studies urban studies and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138346406

Psychoanalysis in the Technoculture Era Alessandra Lemma - Winner of the Levy-Goldfarb Award for Child Psychoanalysis! By now the internet and other forms of virtual communication have been in place for at least twenty years. However surprisingly little has been written about the use of new technologies in the psychoanalytical literature. As such Psychoanalysis in the Technoculture Era is a timely exposition on the subject of both virtual and analytic space. Bringing together the work of several psychoanalysts the Editors Alessandra Lemma and Luigi Caparrotta illustrate how new technologies have become an integral part of our everyday lives and how they have silently and subtly permeated the psychoanalytic setting. The contributors explore how new technologies have affected psychoanalytic practice and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of its use. Psychoanalysis in the Technoculture Era unravels some of the meanings of virtual world terms and opens this field to greater scrutiny stimulating and promoting discussion about new technologies in psychoanalytic practice. This book will be of interest to the psychoanalytic community including psychotherapy professionals psychoanalysts post graduate graduate and undergraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415656726

Psychoanalysis in TransitionA Personal View First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138164123

Psychoanalysis International V.1A Guide to Psychoanalysis Throughout the World It is well known that the cradle of psychoanalysis was in Vienna the scene of Sigmund Freud's activities at the beginning of the century.  But how and when did psychoanalysis reach the other countries of Europe?  What development did it undergo there?  How did the different mentalities political and cultural backgrounds as well as the personal particularities of its respective advocates affect psychoanalysis?  What was its position in the past and what is its position today?  These and other questions on the varied development and the present situation of psychoanalysis in the countries of eastern and western Europe are investigated by renowned psychoanalysts drawing on the experience and knowledge acquired in their own work.  The result is a new conpendium on psychoanalysis in Europe containing all up-to-date information.  Informative and instructive at times as exciting as a detective story Psychoanalysis International will possibly be of interest even to non-analysts.    Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203778623

Psychoanalysis Listening to LovePassion and Bonds This book is about love about how we fall in love and why we fall in love and about how much we suffer if unable to love or be loved. The need to love and be loved can be read as the prototype of every human need and every relationship between human beings. To be loved is wishing to be seen known recognised for what we are in our deepest and most hidden inner self in our wildest desires to live and be free. It is a need for knowledge gratefulness and recognition. Literature cinema and our very experience of life tell us about it. By listening to love can psychoanalysis add anything further and new to what has already been said by culture art and by our life experiences? In psychoanalysis the events of love can be understood by going back to the most primitive forms of human relationships that is to the earliest childhood experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782204558

Psychoanalysis Meets PsychosisAttachment Separation and the Undifferentiated Unintegrated Mind Psychoanalysis Meets Psychosis proposes a major revision of the psychoanalytic theory of the most severe mental illnesses including schizophrenia. Freud believed that psychosis is the consequence of a biologically determined inability to attain and sustain a normal or neurotic mental organization. Michael Robbins proposes instead that psychosis is the outcome of a different developmental pathway. Conscious mind functions in two qualitatively different ways primordial conscious mentation and reflective representational thought and psychosis is the result of persistence of a primordial mental process  which is adaptive in infancy in later situations in which it is neither appropriate nor adaptive.　　 In Part I Robbins describes how the medical model of psychosis underlies the current approach of both psychiatry and psychoanalysis despite the fact that neuroscience has failed to confirm the model’s basic organic assumption. In Part II Robbins examines two of Freud’s models of psychosis that are based on the assumption of a constitutional inability to develop a normal or neurotic mind. The theories of succeeding generations of analysts have for the most part reiterated the biases of Freud’s two models so that psychoanalysis considers the psychoses beyond its scope. In Part III Robbins proposes that the psychoses are the result of disturbances in the attachment-separation phase of development leading to maladaptive persistence of a primordial form of mental activity related to Freud’s primary process. Finally in Part IV Robbins describes a psychoanalytic approach to treatment based on his model. The book is richly illustrated with material from Robbins’ clinical practice. Psychoanalysis Meets Psychosis has the potential to undo centuries of alienation between society and psychotic persons. The book offers an understanding of severe mental illness that will be novel and inspiring not only to psychoanalysts but to all mental health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191177

Psychoanalysis of Aging and MaturityThe Concept of Maturescence As developing countries increasingly confront the issues of an aging population this important book identifies the key period in the life cycle in which changes to the body as well as concomitant psychological developments result in the entering of a new phase of life maturescence. The author defines the metapsychology of maturescence from a psychoanalytic standpoint detaching it from the concepts of midlife and middle age. Supported by clinical examples the book defines the stimuli which are the precursors to this phase before examining the complete set of psychological challenges it entails. The author also highlights how maturescence has been illustrated in key literary figures in the 20th century and draws parallels with　the mythical cycle of the hero. This fascinating and original book will be essential reading for psychoanalysts psychotherapists and any professional working with issues around aging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367218393

Psychoanalysis of the PsychosesCurrent Developments in Theory and Practice Psychoanalysis of the Psychoses brings together a distinguished international set of contributors offering a range of views and approaches to explore the latest thinking in the psychoanalytic treatment of psychosis and related disorders. Drawing on findings from neuroscience theory and clinical material from many schools of psychoanalytic thought this book offers a comprehensive guide to understanding how psychosis is conceptualised from a psychoanalytic perspective. It looks at how to work with psychotic patients typical problems in treating psychosis and the role of pharmacology. It demonstrates the relational dimension capable of strengthening the patient’s observing Ego and facilitating the integration of the different areas of the personality. This process can identify and work through the main psychological stress factors involved in psychotic disturbances transforming chaotic thoughts into springboards for important insights and offering patients the precious chance to construct for the first time a creative relationship with their own existence. Psychoanalysis of the Psychoses will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as psychiatrists wishing to draw upon psychoanalytic ideas in their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367138240

Psychoanalysis Online 2Impact of Technology on Development Training and Therapy This book addresses the impact of technology and the Internet in four parts: on development on the training of therapists on professional ethics and on the provision of psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. It brings an immersion in the issues of clinical work with patients in analysis and therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782203216

Psychoanalysis Online 3The Teleanalytic Setting Psychoanalysis Online 3: The Teleanalytic Setting is a highly topical continuing conversation on the role of technology in psychoanalysis and its tremendous potential for outreach to patients in the global economy. It describes the essentials of a framework for teleanalysis that is secure in terms both of technology and ethical stance. The technology is a third in the therapeutic alliance and its impact needs to be analysed like every other element in the field. Teleanalysis appears to some people to be a distancing methodology but the authors report surprising closeness across a distance. Teleanalysis offers a window into the analytic pair's experience of time space deprivation fantasy and physicality and shows unconscious dynamics displayed graphically on the image on the screen. The book looks at the convenience and impact of internet use among various communities including LGBTQI in terms of defense against and transition to intimacy and gives clinical evidence of transformation made possible through the therapeutic aspects of technology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205180

Psychoanalysis Online 4Teleanalytic Practice Teaching and Clinical Research Psychoanalysis Online 4: Teleanalytic Practice Teaching and Clinical Research brings a systematic qualitative research perspective to the question of the effectiveness of teletherapy teleanalysis and teleteaching. It suggests that contrary to some traditional arguments effective treatment teaching and supervision can take place remotely; that affect and imagination are more important than physical presence. Providing theories of therapeutic action as well as philosophical reflections the book features examples of online clinical cases including crisis interventions by email and aims to stimulate openness to innovation responsible process and review. Each contributor presents their clinical qualitative research and survey study findings. The Bernardi Three-Level Model developed for assessing therapeutic change in the traditional analytic setting is applied to the study of teleanalysis with different patients. It is found that in videoconference or even in email communication the sense of closeness in the therapeutic encounter does not depend on physical proximity but on integrity and commitment. The book concludes with research findings on the effectiveness of videoconference compared to in-the-classroom settings for teaching psychodynamics supervising psychotherapy and conducting psychotherapy with Chinese students. It will be of great interest to a variety of professionals and researchers who practise remotely with particular relevance for those situated in the fields of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138312425

Psychoanalysis OnlineMental Health Teletherapy and Training This book is about teleanalysis an exploration of teletherapy—psychotherapy by telephone Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) or videoteleconference (VTC). It discusses advantages and disadvantages of psychotherapy and psychoanalysis conducted over the phone and internet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491547

Psychoanalysis with Wilfred R. BionContemporary Approaches Actuality and The Future of Psychoanalytic Practice Psychoanalysis with Wilfred R. Bion is the product of François Lévy’s efforts over a period of twenty years to represent clearly the classical elements and the innovatory propositions of the thought and work of Bion who offers both new and modified ways of practising and thinking about the psychoanalytic experience. Bion’s thought methodical and intuitive gave rise to profound modifications in the approach to the psychology of groups clinical work with psychoses and the conception of the genesis of thought. Some of his original notions – psychic growth processes of thinking transformations alpha function maternal reverie – constitute valuable tools for rethinking psychoanalytic practice. This book places Bion’s thought within a filiation that is faithful to those of Sigmund Freud and Melanie Klein. It shows the parallels that exist between Bion’s formalisations and those of Lacan. It also lays emphasis on the mechanisms of thought arising from the negative (André Green) from logic (Lewis Carroll) from causalist philosophy (David Hume) from literature (Milton Blanchot) and from the physical sciences (Stephen Hawking). Finally Lévy underlines the importance of placing individuals within the collective from which they have originated. Psychoanalysis with Wilfred R. Bion will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists looking to draw on the ideas of one of the most important and influential figures in the history of psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333362

Psycho-AnalysisA Brief Account of the Freudian Theory Originally published in 1920 this book was intended as a brief outline of psychoanalysis for those interested in the subject but without the time to study the work of Freud and his followers first hand. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996861

PsychoanalysisEvolution and Development Clara Thompson was a leading representative of the cultural interpersonal school of psychoanalysis sometimes known as the "neo-Freudians " which included Karen Horney Erich Fromm and Harry Stack Sullivan. "Classical analysts" once viewed neo-Freudians with the greatest suspicion and mistrust yet today they can be seen for the innovative group of thinkers they were. Thompson's Psychoanalysis: Evolution and Development first published in 1950 remains an enormously fair-minded discussion of the history of psychoanalytic theory and therapy.Psychoanalysis has always been a theory of personality as well as a technique of therapy. Since Freud was born in 1856 and was an outstanding representative of the culture of old Vienna Thompson thought there was plenty of room for revising classical analytic thinking in light of later developments. Such revisionism she believed need not lose the essential appreciation of the dynamic unconscious within classical analysis. However Thompson felt Freud's biological outlook needed to be supplemented by a culturally more sophisticated orientation and she was among those who tried to put Freud's concepts of libido into historical perspective. Instead of psychoanalysis having as its objective the release of tensions Thompson proposed that the goal of analysis ought to be the growth of the total personality. Her revisionism also meant that the scope of psychoanalytic treatment could be broadened well beyond the neuroses Freud sought to explain. Thompson well understood the impact of the social environment on character formation.The psychology of women needed to be rethought; differences between men and women could be partly explained by the social expectations that traditional Western culture had imposed on them. Thompson believed the whole analyst-patient relationship needed to be rethought; the real personality of the therapist has to be acknowledged and the full human interplay between patient and analyst required examination.In the current positivistic therapeutic climate based on technological advances in psychopharmacology the ethical and humanistic dimension may be lost. Reflecting on the work of Clara Thompson and the neo-Freudian school can remind us of earlier efforts to challenge therapeutic authority and their distinct relevance to our problems today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531024

PsychoanalysisThe Science of Mental Conflict Over the course of three decades in works spanning questions of theory technique and clinical practice Charles Brenner has emerged as one of the preeminent analysts of his generation a thinker whose probing estimation of mental conflict has promoted the evolutionary growth of analysis as theory even as it has clarified the clinical import of analysis as therapy.  In Psychoanalysis: The Science of Mental Conflict distinguished theorists and clinicians pay homage to Brenner by presenting original essays that converge in their estimation of analysis as "the science of mental conflict." In sections that encompass "The Theory of Psychoanalysis " "The Concepts of Psychoanalysis " "The Technique of Psychoanalysis " "The Clinical Practice of Psychoanalysis " "The Teaching of Psychoanalysis " and "The Application of Psychanalysis " the contributors show how the perspective of conflict - broadened and refined by the clinical findings of recent decades - offers a vehicle for creative theory-building and as such a conceptual handle for apprising the indications for and action of psychoanalytic therapy.  Arnold Richards' comprehensive overview of Brenner's ranging contributions to theory and practice along with Martin Willick's critical introductions to the various sections of the book round out a collections whose scope is complimented by its unusual coherence and thematic unity. Taken together the essays comprising this book present readers with a cogent summary of current psychoanalytic thinking along with an exciting preview of where it is heading in the future.  As such this volume  will be welcomed not only by analysts but by all mental health professionals who draw on and learn from the psychoanalytic assessment of conflict in mental life.  It is a work that follows Brenner's own example in promoting the critical understanding of a generation of theorists clinicians and educators.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872172

Psychoanalysts Psychologists and Psychiatrists Discuss Psychopathy and Human Evil Evil - along with its incarnation in human form the psychopath - remains underexamined in the psychological and psychoanalytic literature. Given current societal issues ranging from increasingly violent cultural divides to climate change it is imperative that the topics of psychopathy and human evil be thoughtfully explored. The book brings together social scientists psychologists and psychoanalysts to discuss the psychology of psychopaths and the personal societal and cultural destruction they leave as their legacy. Chapters address such questions as: Who are psychopaths? How do they think and operate? What causes someone to commit psychopathic acts? And are psychopaths born or created? Psychopaths leave us shocked and bewildered by behavior that violates the notions of common human trust and bonding but not all psychopaths commit crimes. Because of their unique proclivities to deceive seduce and dissemble they can hide in plain sight; especially when intelligent and highly educated. This latter group comprise the "successful or corporate" psychopaths frequently found in boardrooms of corporations and among leaders of national movements or heads of state. Addressing a wide range of topics including slavery genocide the Holocaust the individual as psychopath the mind of the terrorist sexual abuse the role of attachment and the neurobiology of psychopathy this book will appeal to researchers of human evil and psychopathy from a range of different disciplines and represents essential reading for psychotherapists and clinical psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367205850

Psychoanalysts in SessionClinical Glossary of Contemporary Psychoanalysis Psychoanalysis is an intimate clinical experience and the concepts that it explores aim to grapple with the specific phenomena that unfold when a patient speaks and an analyst listens. This book aims to give concrete examples of how these concepts take shape when analysts work. The structure of the contributions presented in this book matches this concern; drawing on a fragment of an analysis each contribution illustrates how a notion reveals unforeseen perspectives. The list of entries selected is diverse with notions encountered in international studies since the Second World War prioritised. Certain classical concepts are nonetheless included when their significance has been shaped by the innovative rereading that contemporary authors have made of them. However not all the entries in this glossary constitute concepts: some correspond to notions others to intuitions and even to recurrent situations with which the analyst is confronted. By grounding in each entry the theoretical reflection on a clinical case the reader is lead towards the incessant to-and-fro process which governs the analyst’s reflections from clinical experience to theory. This book therefore constitutes an essential tool for psychologists psychoanalysts and all professionals in the field of mental care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185435

Psychoanalytic and Buddhist Reflections on GentlenessSensitivity Fear and the Drive Towards Truth Inspired by Buddhist teachings and psychoanalytic thought this book explores gentleness as a way of being and a developmental achievement. It offers reflections on the unique position of "gentle people" as well as certain gentle layers of the psyche in general as they meet the world. Examining the perceptual-sensory-conscious discrepancy that often exists between a gentle person and their surroundings it follows the intricate relationship between sensitivity and fear the need for self-holding and the possibility of letting go. Incorporating theoretical investigation clinical vignettes and personal contemplation the book looks into those states of mind and qualities of attention that may compose a favorable environment internal and interpersonal where gentleness can be delicately held. There it is suggested gentleness may gradually shed the fragility confusion and destructiveness that often get entangled with it and serve as a valuable recourse. Offering a unique perspective on a topic rarely discussed the book has broad appeal for both students and practitioners of psychoanalysis and psychotherapy as well as Buddhist practitioners and scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138371194

Psychoanalytic and Historical Perspectives on the Leadership of Donald TrumpNarcissism and Marketing in an Age of Anxiety and Distrust What is Donald Trump’s personality? Is he mentally ill? What in American culture and history enabled him to become president? How does his personality shape his policies and leadership? In this fascinating and highly relevant new book these questions are answered by a selection of expert contributors including psychoanalysts historians and a sociologist. Narcissism is defined and applied to Donald Trump his personal history and style of leadership and the relationship between Trump and his base is explored as a symptom of his needs and the needs of his followers. U.S. culture and U.S. politics are put under the lens as chapters draw on contemporary academic and journalistic analysis continuing discussions around gaslighting demagoguery and fascism in terms of their validity in application to Trump. Psychoanalytic and Historical Perspectives on the Leadership of Donald Trump refutes many of the mental health experts who label Trump as suffering from a narcissistic personality disorder and makes the case that Trump’s personality combines a marketing and narcissistic orientation that determines his behavior and policies. The authors also assert that to understand Trump’s rise and his followers it is valuable to combine psychoanalytic historical and sociological perspectives. This book will therefore be of great interest to academics in those fields and all those with an interest in contemporary American politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367426484

Psychoanalytic and Psychotherapeutic Perspectives on Stepfamilies and Stepparenting Psychoanalytic and Psychotherapeutic Perspectives on Step-families and Step-parenting looks at the role step-parents can play in the psychic development of children. Step-parenting requires enormous confidence and resilience that stretches into a territory of human emotions and conflict that can make marriage seem easy. Prophecy Coles’ concern has been that we are witnessing a new kinship system and our psychological thinking has not kept up with the emotional effect that stepparents are having upon the next generation. The author traces the history of our beliefs about stepparents through the oral tradition of the fairy story into our present arguably prejudiced beliefs about them. Coles explores whether our feelings about stepparents arise from the unconscious tradition that placed stepparents in hostile opposition to the natural forces of parenting. The absence of detailed clinical work on the subject has meant that the author has drawn on interviews biography and three long term research projects to think about this new family constellation. Covering such topics as the prevalence and importance of step-mothers historically the reasons for psychoanalytic neglect of this subject and using clinical material drawn from work with step-mothers children and fathers this is a much-needed guide to working with families affected by maternal loss and alternative parenting roles. It will encourage a further appreciation of the psychological difficulties that stepparents face and at the same time offer a re-appraisal of the pain that young children go through when their parents decide to separate. Psychoanalytic and Psychotherapeutic Perspectives on Step-families and Step-parenting will appeal greatly to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126398

Psychoanalytic Approaches to LossMourning Melancholia and Couples Psychoanalytic Approaches to Loss: Mourning Melancholia and Couples applies psychoanalytic ideas to the　clinically complex issue of loss in couples and families and outlines a new model for the treatment of associated unresolved grief. In line with contemporary approaches to couple and family psychoanalysis this integrated object relations and link theory model provides a clear framework and approach for assessing and treating this clinical　presentation. The book brings together contributions from internationally known and respected clinicians and authors who focus on loss including repeated pregnancy loss the loss of a child or parent and the loss of a relationship itself. These psychoanalytic couple therapists take the reader inside their consulting rooms enabling observation of their approaches to the treatment of couples experiencing loss and associated unresolved grief. Psychoanalytic Approaches to Loss: Mourning Melancholia and Couples will make an important contribution to the literature on grief and mourning and the application of psychoanalytic thinking　to couples presenting with difficulties linked to unresolved grief following loss. It　represents an essential resource to psychotherapists counsellors family therapists mental health professionals and many others supporting those experiencing loss. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205487

Psychoanalytic Approaches to Myth This book surveys the history of psychoanalytic treatments of myths variously as symptoms of psychopathology as cultural defense mechanisms and as metaphoric expressions of ideas that may include therapeutic insights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651127

Psychoanalytic Approaches to Problems in LivingAddressing Life's Challenges in Clinical Practice Psychoanalytic Approaches to Problems in Living examines how psychoanalysts can draw on their training reading and clinical experience to help their patients address some of the recurrent challenges of everyday life. Sandra Buechler offers clinicians poetic psychoanalytic and experiential approaches to problems drawing on her personal and clinical experience as well as ideas from her reading to confront challenges familiar to us all. Buechler addresses issues including difficulties of mourning aging living with uncertainty finding meaningful work transcending pride bearing helplessness and forgiving life's hardships. For those contemplating a clinical career and those in its beginning stages she suggests ways to prepare to face these quandaries in treatment sessions. More experienced practitioners will find echoes of themes that have run through their own clinical and personal life experiences. The chapters demonstrate that insights from a poem can often guide the clinician as well as concepts garnered from psychoanalytic theory and other sources. Buechler puts her questions to T. S. Eliot Rainer Maria Rilke Elizabeth Bishop W. S. Merwin Stanley Kunitz and many other poets and fiction writers. She "asks" Sharon Olds how to meet emergencies Erich Fromm how to live vigorously and Edith Wharton how to age gracefully and brings their insights to bear as she addresses challenges that make frequent appearances in clinical sessions and other walks of life. With a final section designed to improve training in the light of her practical findings Psychoanalytic Approaches to Problems in Living is an essential book for all practicing psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815383468

Psychoanalytic Approaches to Sexual Problems Now you can more effectively help patients suffering from sexual conflict in its various manifestations. As sexuality has “come out of the closet ” people have become more willing to seek professional help in dealing with their sexual conflicts and unhappiness. Several leading authorities demonstrate how sexual conflicts arise--often in early childhood and provide examples of effective therapeutic approaches for treating patients who experience sexual conflict about homosexuality extramarital sex voyeurism and exhibitionism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367606527

Psychoanalytic Approaches To Supervision First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004801

Psychoanalytic Approaches to the Treatment of Children and AdolescentsTradition and Transformation In the nearly one hundred years that have elapsed since Freud’s publication of his pioneering work with “Little Hans ” psychoanalysis has transformed not only our clinical work with children but has immeasurably enriched our understanding of normal child and adolescent development as well as developmental deviations and derailments. We have gradually come to understand childhood and adolescence as a complex tapestry of developmental themes conflicts and crises; sometimes discontinuous or discrete at other times harmonious and integrated yet always occurring within a transactional matrix of environmental influences and internal experience.In this transdisciplinary anthology eight authors explore the changing terrain of child and adolescent psychoanalysis and psychoanalytic therapy. The contributions which reflect theoretical and clinical heterogeneity are both innovative and varied and range from the highly abstract and theoretical to those that consider very specific dimensions of clinical process. Collectively they make a compelling case for the continued relevance of psychoanalytic ideas in the treatment of children and adolescents. With insightful contributions by expert psychoanalysts clinical social workers and clinical psychologists Psychoanalytic Approaches to the Treatment of Children and Adolescents: Tradition and Transformation is essential reading for child and adolescent therapists. Psychoanalytic Approaches to the Treatment of Children and Adolescents will increase your knowledge of: the function of play in normal development--and within the treatment relationship psychoanalytic theories and research investigations linking early object loss to depression the nature of adolescent depression the theoretical and clinical dimensions of a two-systems approach to understanding psychopathology and the clinical process the dynamic meaning and clinical management of drug and alcohol abuse promiscuity eating disorders violence and other self-destructive behaviors the complexities of treating children with neuropsychological deficits Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785981

Psychoanalytic Approaches With the Hostile and Violent Patient Provides practicing psychotherapists with opportunities to think about and explore the issues and feelings involved in working with violent or potentially violent people. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804361

Psychoanalytic Aspects of Assisted Reproductive Technology This book stems from the author's clinical experience working with infertile women in psychotherapy and psychoanalysis. It highlights the crucial importance of integrative work of psychotherapists and psychoanalysts with reproductive medical specialists in assisted reproductive technology (ART). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491967

Psychoanalytic Assessment Applications for Different Settings In this edited book expert assessors illustrate through case examples how they apply psychoanalytic theory to different clinical settings. These settings include private practice neuropsychological medical forensic personnel custody school and psychiatric-residential. Psychoanalytic Assessment Applications for Different Settings allows the reader to track the assessor’s work from start to finish. Each chapter presents a description of the clinical setting in which the assessment occurred; a detailed review of the referral and patient history; test selection and test findings with supporting data drawn from self-report and cognitive and personality performance-based measures; psychiatric and psychodynamic diagnoses; implications and recommendations; discussion of the feedback process; and assessor-self reflections on the case. Throughout the book psychodynamic concepts are used to help understand the test data. The authors are experts in the psychodynamic assessment of clients in private practice educational medical neuropsychological and forensic settings. The findings are derived from methods particular to each setting with supporting data highlighted and woven throughout the interpretive process. Students educators practitioners and the professionals who collaborate with assessors will benefit from this book’s offerings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367649876

Psychoanalytic Case Studies from an Interpersonal-Relational Perspective Psychoanalytic Case Studies from an Interpersonal-Relational Perspective contains reports of long-term treatments including many dialogues and dreams with commentaries following each one. Drawing from theories that have been developed since Freud the analysts focus on problems in living as opposed to diagnoses and repressed sexual and aggressive urges. They also express their own feelings towards patients and even their own dreams. The cases themselves include sexual abuse a man whose father killed his mother a change in sexual orientation as well as those of depression physical problems and difficulties relating interpersonally such as fear of rejection and rejecting help. Actual dialogues of sessions are featured so that readers can see what takes place in psychoanalysis. The analysts here draw from theories of Sullivan Fromm Horney and Fromm-Reichmann Kohut Winnicott and more recently Levenson Mitchell Bromberg Donnell Stern and Aron to name a few. Most contemporary case reports come from short-term therapies and many rely on techniques of changing conscious cognitions and encouraging new behaviors. The treatments in this book while often including such interventions explore more in-depth processes that may be unconscious and related to transferential expectations from previous relationships encouraging new experiences and not simply explanations. Psychoanalytic Case Studies from an Interpersonal-Relational Perspective will be of great interest to interpersonal and relational psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists in clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560765

Psychoanalytic Collisions Psychoanalytic Collisions Second Edition wrestles with a theme that confronts every psychotherapist: the gap between illusions and realities about the professional self. Joyce Slochower closely examines situations in which the therapist’s professional and personal wishes collide with the actuality of everyday clinical work. The book unpacks the dynamics of these collisions on both beginning and seasoned therapists offering ways of sustaining a professional ideal while also exploring the mixed impact of that ideal on clinical work. In examining how illusions and ideals affect the therapeutic encounter for both better and worse Psychoanalytic Collisions invites the reader into the consulting room. This Second Edition has been substantially revised. It includes updated clinical and theoretical material as well as a new chapter about mutual idealizations that coalesce between patient and analyst. Slochower argues that psychoanalytic　collisions can be productively engaged even if they often cannot be fully resolved.The very act of engagement—whether by establishing new grounds for collaboration in the wake of real-world catastrophe wrestling with clinical impasses that arise from the divergent expectations of analyst and patient or owning up to and addressing the analyst’s "secret delinquencies"—reveals how therapeutic hopefulness can coexist with an acceptance of the analyst’s all-too-human fallibility. Psychoanalytic Collisions shows how idealization is intrinsic both to forging an analytic identity and practicing across a lifetime. Slochower’s work challenges readers to confront their own vulnerabilities and limits while also embracing a professional ideal that is at once human and inspiring. The book is an essential resource for psychoanalysts psychotherapists pastoral counselors and readers interested in the practice of psychotherapy today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813396

Psychoanalytic ComplexityClinical Attitudes for Therapeutic Change Psychoanalytic Complexity is the application of a multidisciplinary explanatory theory to clinical psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. It carries with it incisive and pivotal attitudes that aim to transform our understanding of therapeutic action and the change process. Here William Coburn offers a revolutionary and far-reaching counterpoint to the remnants of Cartesianism and scientism respecting and encouraging human anomaly rather than pathologizing or obliterating the uniqueness of the individual person. In Psychoanaltyic Complexity William Coburn explores the value of complexity theory previously understood as an explanatory framework with which clinicians can better understand retrospectively therapeutic action and the change process. He further extends this sensibility by examining the ways in which such a rich theoretical framework can inform what clinicians can do prospectively to effect positive change within the therapeutic relationship. He persuasively argues that the medium of bringing to light new ways of relating emotional experiencing and meaning making resides in the fundamental attitudes derived from a complexity theory sensibility as applied to psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Using a variety of clinical illustrations throughout Psychoanalytic Complexity is a radical corrective to reductionism and the more traditional presumption that the problem lies with the patient and the cure lies with the therapist. It offers a new language vocabulary way of thinking and a new way of being with others that are pivotal in arriving at affirmative therapeutic change. This book is intended for psychoanalysts clinical psychologists therapists mental health counsellors academics and teachers who are interested in new trends in psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415896245

Psychoanalytic Concepts and Technique in DevelopmentPsychoanalysis Neuroscience and Physics Psychoanalytic Concepts and Technique in Development offers a clear and thorough overview of contemporary psychoanalytic theory and clinical technique from a largely post-Freudian French perspective but also informed by the work of Klein Bion and Winnicott. Drawing on the French tradition Florence Guignard sets out a comprehensive guide to the major drives and concepts in classical psychoanalysis and how these are understood and employed in contemporary psychoanalytic training and practice whilst looking ahead to the future of the discipline and drawing upon findings from related fields. Guignard explores the premise that the way psychoanalysts conceptualise their theoretical field and technical tools conditions the way their therapeutic discipline is practised. She argues that because their main instrument for healing is their own self it is of utmost importance to update conceptual tools to think about this. To do so psychoanalysts can draw on the latest discoveries in related disciplines like neurosciences and physics. Topics covered in this book include a genealogy of the drives the deconstruction of the Oedipus Complex in our contemporary societies the role of the psychoanalyst’s infantile part when (s)he is at work links between sensorial elements and elements of thinking links between psychoanalysis the neurosciences and physics. Combining significant insights with an accessible style Psychoanalytic Concepts and Technique in Development will appeal to psychoanalytic psychotherapists and psychoanalysts of all levels. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185244

Psychoanalytic ConversationsInterviews with Clinicians Commentators and Critics In this stunning addition to what has of late become a distinct genre of psychoanalytic literature Peter Rudnytsky presents 10 substantive and provocative interviews with leading analysts with theorists from allied fields and with influential Freud critics. In conversations that Rudnytsky succeeds in making psychoanalytic both in form and in content he guides his interlocutors to unforeseen reflections on the events and forces that shaped their lives and on the personal and intellectual grounds of their beliefs and practices.     Rudnytsky a ranking academic scholar of psychoanalysis and the humanities approaches his subjects with not only a highly attuned third ear but also a remarkable grasp of theoretical historical and clinical issues. When his interviewees turn from autobiographical narratives to matters of theory and clinical practice Rudnytsky is clear about his own intellectual allegiance to the Independent tradition of object relations theory and his admiration for John Bowlby and attachment theory. His willingness to set forth his own point of view and occasionally to press a line of questioning infuses his exchanges with an energy even passion heretofore unknown in the analytic interview literature. Rudnytsky consistently emerges as a partner even an analytic partner in dialogues that meld discovery with self-discovery.     To be sure Psychoanalytic Conversations will find many clinical and scholarly readers among those who relish a good engrossing read. But it will have special appeal to students of analysis who share Rudnytsky's belief that if psychoanalysis is to remain vital in the new century "it can only be by expanding its horizons and learning from those who have taken it to task." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005594

Psychoanalytic Couple TherapyFoundations of Theory and Practice In this time of vulnerable marriages and partnerships many couples seek help for their relationships. Psychoanalytic couple therapy is a growing application of psychoanalysis for which training is not usually offered in most psychoanalytic and analytic psychotherapy programs.This book is both an advanced text for therapists and a primer for new students of couple psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Its twenty-eight chapters cover the major ideas underlying the application of psychoanalysis to couple therapy many clinical illustrations of cases and problems in various dimensions of the work. The international group of authors comes from the International Psychotherapy Institute based in Washington DC and the Tavistock Centre for Couple Relationships (TCCR) in London. The result is a richly international perspective that nonetheless has theoretical and clinical coherence because of the shared vision of the authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200123

Psychoanalytic Criticism First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415869188

Psychoanalytic Defense Mechanisms in Cognitive Multi-Agent Systems Human cognitive processes and defense mechanisms as described in psychoanalysis bring about new notions and paradigms for artificial intelligence systems. One key reason is that the human cognitive processes and defense mechanisms in question can accomplish conflict detection functionalities filter functionalities and other system stabilizing tasks within artificial intelligence systems. Yet artificial cognitive architectures lack the capability to analyze complex situations as well as the universal competencies needed to orientate themselves in complex environments in various domains. Psychoanalytic Defense Mechanisms in Cognitive Multi-Agent Systems addresses this dilemma by exploring how to describe model and implement psychoanalytic defense mechanisms in the course of a project that provides a functional model of the human mind.　 With discussions focusing on the development of a mathematical description for the implementation of conflict detection the activation and selection of defense mechanisms and the processing of defense mechanisms Psychoanalytic Defense Mechanisms in Cognitive Multi-Agent Systems describes the decisive points for the application of defense mechanisms in artificial intelligence. Formulae that treat defense mechanisms as transformations are also provided. Interdisciplinary cooperation between the scientific fields of psychoanalysis and artificial intelligence is highlighted as the foundation of new research findings throughout the book.　 Innovative and exciting this book will be of great interest to academics researchers and postgraduates in the fields of cognitive science artificial intelligence and psychoanalysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367133900

Psychoanalytic DiagnosisUnderstanding Personality Structure in the Clinical Process This acclaimed clinical guide and widely adopted text has filled a key need in the field since its original publication. Nancy McWilliams makes psychoanalytic personality theory and its implications for practice accessible to practitioners of all levels of experience. She explains major character types and demonstrates specific ways that understanding the patient's individual personality structure can influence the therapist's focus and style of intervention. Guidelines are provided for developing a systematic yet flexible diagnostic formulation and using it to inform treatment. Highly readable the book features a wealth of illustrative clinical examples. New to This Edition*Reflects the ongoing development of the author's approach over nearly two decades.*Incorporates important advances in attachment theory neuroscience and the study of trauma.*Coverage of the contemporary relational movement in psychoanalysis.Winner--Canadian Psychological Association's Goethe Award for Psychoanalytic and Psychodynamic Scholarship Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462543694

Psychoanalytic EcologyThe Talking Cure for Environmental Illness and Health Psychoanalytic Ecology applies Freudian concepts beginning with the uncanny to environmental issues such as wetlands and their loss to alligators and crocodiles as inhabitants of wetlands and to the urban underside. It also applies other Freudian concepts such as sublimation symptom mourning and melancholia to environmental issues and concerns. Mourning and melancholia can be experienced in relation to wetlands and to their loss. The city is a symptom of the will to fill or drain wetlands.This book engages in a talking cure of psychogeopathology (environmental psychopathology; mental land illness; environ-mental illness) manifested also in industries such as mining and pastoralism that practice greed and gluttony. Psychoanalytic Ecology promotes gratitude for generosity as a way of nurturing environ-mental health to prevent the manifestation of these psychogeopathological symptoms in the first place. Melanie Klein’s work on anal sadism is applied to mining and Karl Abraham’s work on oral sadism to pastoralism. Finally Margaret Mahler’s and Jessica Benjamin’s work on psycho-symbiosis is drawn on to nurture bio- and psycho-symbiotic livelihoods in bioregional home habitats of the living earth in the symbiocene the hoped-for age superseding the Anthropocene. Psychoanalytic Ecology demonstrates the power of psychoanalytic concepts and the pertinence of the work of several psychoanalytic thinkers for analysing a range of environmental issues and concerns. This book will be of great interest to students and scholars of environmental psychology psychoanalysis and the environmental humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670238

Psychoanalytic Education at the CrossroadsReformation change and the future of psychoanalytic training Training in psychoanalysis is a long and demanding process. However the quality of education available is hugely variable across the world. The structure of psychoanalytic education centered on the hierarchical "training analysis" system reflected a concerted effort to maintain a stable and high quality educational process. However throughout time this system has become a major source of institutional contradictions that affect the training of candidates the scientific developments within psychoanalysis and the nexus of psychoanalytic theory and practice with the surrounding scientific social and cultural world. Psychoanalytic Education at the Crossroads examines the ways in which group processes the hierarchal culture in institutes the influence of individual personalities the lack of research and the faults in supervision can all stifle creativity and hinder candidates’ progress. In this compelling work Otto Kernberg sets out clear suggestions for how these issues can be addressed and how he sees the future of psychoanalytic education across all psychoanalytic settings and schools of thought. The first part of this volume is focused primarily on the analysis of the nature of these problems and their effects on the personal analysis and supervision of candidates; on theoretical and clinical seminars; on selection progression and graduation; on educational principles and requirements developments of theory and technique and in particular limitation versus expansion of the realm of interests and applications of psychoanalysis. The second part of this volume deals with proposals of solutions to the problems encountered and major suggestions for innovation in psychoanalytic education. The author’s work in this area has been hugely influential. Kernberg has made a substantive difference in the development of psychoanalytic institutes and education and continues to do so. Psychoanalytic Education at the Crossroads will be essential reading to anyone involved in psychoanalytic education whether as a psychoanalyst psychoanalytic psychotherapist trainee trainer or supervisor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138928718

Psychoanalytic Energy Psychotherapy People like to talk. We know that talking to an attentive and thoughtful listener can be helpful in clarifying conscious and unconscious feelings thoughts and motivations. But is talk enough? The complex physiology of anxiety and traumatic stress reactions is often stubbornly persistent despite therapeutic exploration in both conscious and unconscious areas of the mind. In the case of severe trauma talking can stir up the emotions and associated bodily disturbance without providing any resolution - sometimes leaving clients feeling worse. The developing field of energy psychology offers an entirely new perspective and gamut of techniques for locating where these traumatic patterns are encoded. They are not in the mind - but in the energy system at the interface of psyche and soma. By addressing these realms concurrently a powerful therapeutic synergy emerges that allows rapid and deep shifts in the patterns of distress that drive the psychosomatic system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105969

Psychoanalytic Essays on Power and Vulnerability "This paper is based on research into European economics and politics on the basis of ten months travelling in ten countries as well as on four workshops run in Europe. Two hypotheses will be explored: It is possible to discern psychodynamic evidence that unresolved humiliation trauma is being re-evoked and recycled by attempts to find solutions and cures through the tyranny of austerity measures. But the question will be asked whether these are “chosen trauma” (Volkan 2010) which may be at the heart of the foundation matrix (Foulkes 1973) of the European Community. The exploration of political and economic leadership in the crisis in the European Union builds on the notion of society as a large group proliferating crises of identity. From a systemic perspective it is possible to analyse the nation states of Europe protesting with regressive nationalism refusing collaboration by engaging in economic warfare while at the same time attempting rescue packages. The protest could be seen as defensive denial of their humbling at the hands of the over-ambitious aspects of the European single currency project and the demise of the potency of the nation state. The concluding section reflects on these issues and tries to distinguish the recycling of humiliation trauma from defence against the experience of being humbled." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490847

Psycho-Analytic Explorations This volume contains ninety-two works by this renowned writer theoretician and clinician. Includes critiques of Melanie Klein's ideas and insights into the works of other leading psychoanalysts and thoughts on such concepts as play in the analytic situation the fate of the transitional object regression in psychoanalysis and the use of silenc Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326319

Psychoanalytic FiliationsMapping the Psychoanalytic Movement This book presents the early history of psychoanalysis focusing on the network of psychoanalytic "filiations" and the context of discovery of crucial concepts such as Freud's technical recommendations the therapeutic use of countertransference and the psychotherapeutic treatment of psychoses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200147

Psychoanalytic Geographies Psychoanalytic Geographies is a unique path-breaking volume and a core text for anyone seeking to grasp how psychoanalysis helps us understand fundamental geographical questions and how geographical understandings can offer new ways of thinking psychoanalytically. Elaborating on a variety of psychoanalytic approaches that embrace geographical imaginations and a commitment toward spatial thinking this book demonstrates the breadth depth and vitality of cutting edge work in psychoanalytic geographies and presents readers with as wide a set of options as possible for taking psychoanalysis forward in their own work. It covers a wide range of themes and perspectives in terms of theoretical approaches such as Freudian Lacanian Kristevan and Irigarayian; conceptual issues such as space power identity culture political economy colonialism ethics and aesthetics; disciplinary insights including Geography English Sexuality Studies and History of Science; as well as empirical contexts such as the reception of psychoanalysis in early twentieth century England psychoanalytic geographies of violence and creativity in a small Mexican city visual cultures of second-generation Iranian artists living in Los Angeles and the hysterical underpinnings of climate change scepticism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409457619

Psychoanalytic Ideas and Shakespeare Psychoanalysis is concerned with the vicissitudes of life: loss grief mourning guilt and also with reparation and creativity with death and rebirth as is the work of Shakespeare. These papers link the Bard's universe to psychoanalytic thought and practice and show us how much both worlds have in common. In today's world we are moved by Shak Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326333

Psycho-Analytic Insight and RelationshipsA Kleinian Approach Melanie Klein has been one of the most important contributors to our thinking about human development and human personality. In this classic text Isca Salzberger-Wittenberg demonstates through theoretical exposition and the use of case material the ways in which Melanie Klein's main concepts and theories illuminate the practice of social casework. These theories are often complex and controversial but this concise and lucid account continues to enable social workers and others in helping professions to judge the relevance of the Kleinian approach for themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138132160

Psychoanalytic Insights into Fundamentalism and ConvictionThe Certainty Principle Psychoanalytic Insights into Fundamentalism and Conviction: The Certainty Principle examines the role of and need for certainty in mental life addressing questions raised by fundamentalism and extremism and exploring its relation to human nature. Murdin proposes a new synthesis in which certainty itself can be a cause of suffering and part of a defensive manoeuvre and considers how the need for certainty can be managed in a positive way rather than creating fear and extreme emotional responses. Illustrated throughout with examples from psychotherapy practice literature and international politics this book considers how the quest for certainty dominates much of human thinking. Murdin examines personal relationships including politics and religion where assumptions are taken for granted but function to hide fears and doubts and argues that fundamentalist elements can generate harm in anyone but can be mitigated with understanding and work in therapy. Psychoanalytic Insights into Fundamentalism and Conviction helps to identify the underlying convictions that are causing mental harm. It is essential reading for psychotherapists psychoanalysts and counsellors in practice and in training and will be of interest to readers interested in fundamentalist states of mind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362178

Psychoanalytic ListeningMethods Limits and Innovations 'Joseph Breuer's celebrated patient Anna O. designated psychoanalysis to be a "talking cure". She was correct insofar as psychoanalysis does place verbal exchange at the center stage. However the focus upon the patient's and therapist's speaking activities diverted attention from how the two parties listen to each other. Psychoanalysis is a listening and talking cure. Both elements are integral to clinical work. Listening with no talking can only go so far. Talking without listening can mislead and harm. And yet the listening end of the equation has received short shrift in analytic literature. This book aims to rectify this problem by focusing upon analytic listening. Taking Freud's early description of how an analyst ought to listen as its starting point the book traverses considerable historical theoretical and clinical territory. The ground covered ranges from diverse methods of listening through the informative potential of the countertransference to the outer limits of our customary attitude where psychoanalytic listening no longer helps and might even be contraindicated.'- Salmon Akhtar from his Introduction Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491455

Psychoanalytic Literary Criticism This collection of essays provides students of literary critical theory with an introduction to Freudian methods of interpretation and shows how those methods have been transformed by recent developments in French psychoanalysis particularly by the influence of Jacques Lacan. It explains how classical Freudian criticism tended to focus on the thematic content of the literary text whereas Lacanian criticism focuses on its linguistic structure redirecting the reader to the words themselves. Concepts and methods are defined by tracing the role played by the drama of Oedipus in the development of psychoanalytic theory and criticism. The essays cover a wide generic scope and are divided into three parts: drama narrative and poetry. Each is accompanied by explanatory headnotes giving clear definitions of complex terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835993

Psychoanalytic Method in MotionControversies and evolution in clinical theory and practice Psychoanalytic Method in Motion identifies and examines varied controversies about how psychoanalysts believe treatment should best be conducted. Irrespective of their particular school of thought every analyst builds up a repertoire of his favored ways of working which some analysts come to see as the most efficacious approach to treatment available. While such differences of opinion are unsettling and may even threaten to tear the field asunder this book sees these differences as benefitting psychoanalysis by improving the ways in which psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists practice. 　 In this book Richard Tuch covers the waterfront by examining controversies that further the field by raising questions that help evolve the treatment challenging every analyst to re-think what they are doing in the consulting room…and why. Some of the chief controversies explored include: the enactment debate—unparalleled tool or regrettable error? whether analysts can truly be "objective"—whatever that means the advantages and disadvantages arising from the analyst’s use of authority the ways in which theory influences the analyst’s search for data—blinding him to evidence he implicitly discards as irrelevant 　 whether any given treatment approach is more efficacious than others as some analysts claim the legitimacy of psychoanalysis itself—whether it can truly be considered scientific whether certain methods of supervision are more effective than others whether free association can be considered therapeutic in and of itself the extent to which an analyst preferred clinical theory is a product of his personality Drawing on ideas from a range of different analytic perspectives this book is an essential and accessibly written guide to working towards best practice in the analytic setting. Psychoanalytic Method in Motion will appeal greatly to both students and practitioners of psychoanalysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098565

Psychoanalytic ParticipationAction Interaction and Integration In Psychoanalytic Participation: Action Interaction and Integration Kenneth Frank argues that the gulf between analysis and what he terms "action-oriented" or cognitive-behavioral techniques is anachronistic and has unnecessarily limited the repertoire of analytically oriented clinicians. In point of fact action-oriented and even cognitive-behavioral techniques may be employed in ways that are consistent with the analytic goal of promoting profound personality change and so may be profitably incorporated into analytic treatments. Anchoring his discussion in a contemporary two-person model of psychoanalysis Frank clarifies and extends the shift toward analyst participation that has developed within recent relational theorizing. On the basis of this orientation which calls attention to the therapeutic importance of the real qualities of the analyst and of the analytic relationship Frank sets forth a pragmatic analytic approach that balances traditional "process" elements with patients' problem-solving and outside progress in realizing life goals. By letting themselves be known by their patients and by participating intensively and actively in their treatment analysts as analysts can help patients shape new and adaptive behaviors in their daily lives. It is the participatory possibilities growing out of a contemporary relational perspective that provide the ground for a rapprochement between psychoanalysis and cognitive-behavior therapy. To this end Frank presents numerous examples of how action-oriented cognitive-behavioral principles and techniques can be used to potentiate and accelerate the analytic process. At once scholarly and exploratory pragmatic and visionary Psychoanalytic Participation helps shepherd psychoanalysis into the 21st century while making psychoanalytic wisdom - both traditional and contemporary - available to the broad community of psychotherapists appreciative of the usefulness of cognitive-behavioral treatment strategies.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203779804

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on a Turbulent World 'This is a much needed book giving a readable insightful and constructive perspective on many of today's societal political and economic ailments. It is my fervent hope that it finds a large readership in the leadership echelons of our society. Whoever reads it will have difficulty putting it down as the content is gripping.'- Anton Obholzer p Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326340

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Art V. 3 This new hardcover annual offers a unique scholarly format an interdisciplinary dialogue that it is hoped will foster the development of a sound useful methodology for applying psychoanalytic insight to art and artists.  The series provides a medium for those who study art those who interpret it and occasionally those who create it formally to explore the meaning of an artistic work as the direct reflection of the inner world of its creator. Within each volume individual topics are addressed by either an art historian or a psychoanalyst with a response frequently tendered by an expert from the other field.  Reviews of important books of cross-disciplinary interest are treated in a similar manner and include rebuttals by the authors themselves.  It is precisely this exchange of ideas among scholars with difference perspectives on the meaning of a work of art that sets PPA apart from the standard art history publication.  Its depth of scholarship coupled with its innovative format make it a fascinating addition to the burgeoning field of psychoanalytic studies of art history.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203778456

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Conflict Since its inception and throughout its history psychoanalysis has been defined as a psychology of conflict. Freud’s tripartite structure of id ego and superego and then modern conflict theory placed conflict at the center of mental life and its understanding at the heart of therapeutic action. As psychoanalysis has developed into the various schools of thought the understanding of the importance of mental conflict has broadened and changed.​ In Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Conflict a highly distinguished group of authors outline the main contemporary theoretical understandings of the role of conflict in psychoanalysis and what this can teach us for everyday psychoanalytic practice. The book fills a gap in psychoanalytic thinking as to the essence of conflict and therapeutic action at a time when many theorists are re-conceptualizing conflict in relation to aspects of mental life as an essential component across theories.　 Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Conflict will be of interest to psychologists psychoanalysts social workers and other students and professionals involved in the study and practice of psychoanalysis psychotherapy cognitive science and neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795211

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Fundamentalism Radicalisation and Terrorism Terrorism is no longer woven into the backdrop of our daily lives but rather it has been pushed to centre stage – an ongoing tragedy in which comprehension of the perpetrators’ motivations is eclipsed by the impact of horror and devastation on its victims and wider society. Attempting to make sense of these atrocities and their antecedents a body of literature has accumulated since 9/11 which offers a psychoanalytic perspective on terrorism. This research provides a reflective space within which the unconscious motivations primitive conflicts fantasies and impulses that underpin the extreme mindsets and violent actions of the individuals and groups involved may be explored offering insights complementary to those of different disciplines – sociological political cultural and other.This book brings together contemporary psychoanalytic writers and practitioners involved in the study of radicalisation fundamentalism and terrorism. Some of the authors have worked with terrorists thus grounding their reflections and insights in direct clinical contact with these individuals. Understanding the motivations of the perpetrators includes elucidation of the wider group dynamics of minority populations where the perpetuation of violence that is seen as terrorism may be viewed by its perpetrators as a justifiable response to collective experiences of subjugation humiliation and injustice suffered over generations. Understanding such perspectives is not colluding with the aggressors but rather it may contribute to interventions at both individual and global levels that attempt to break the deadly cycle of violence. This book was originally published as two special issues of Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582395

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Gaze Body Image Shame Judgment and Maternal FunctionBeing and Belonging Have you ever been praised or criticized about your body or any part of it? With this question participants of a research study were invited to share their experiences of body judgment. As participants described the body is a carrier of messages and the source of judgmental experiences. Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Gaze Body Image Shame Judgment and Maternal Function: Being and Belonging offers an insightful and engaging psychoanalytical account of experiences of shame and fear of rejection explained through clinical vignettes and research participants’ scripts. Exploring the findings from the individual and social standpoints as well as the cultural and historical influences Dr. Roth proposes that judgements are experienced as attacks with the meaning attributed to the criticized body part affecting the sense of self and forming a central point of the participants’ identity trauma. Furthermore that as guilt requires reparative action shame requires an act of sacrifice to align the individual to the ideal and to preserve the matrix of belonging thus explaining the participants’ use of alienation as a defense. This book will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychotherapists as well as scholars of culture and religion. Giving a brief introduction to psychoanalytic concepts with a full glossary it will also appeal to the non-psychoanalytic reader interested in body image and how related perceptions and judgements can affect our own sense of Being and Belonging. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367462758

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Identity and DifferenceNavigating the Divide Every day clinicians encounter challenges to empathy and communication while struggling to assist patients with diverse life histories character sexuality gender psychopathology cultural religious political racial and ethnic backgrounds. Most writing pertaining to ideas of similarity discrepancy and ‘the Other’ has highlighted differences. Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Identity and Difference: Navigating the Divide offers a different focus emphasising points of contact connection and how divisions between people can be transcended. In-depth case material astutely elucidated by diverse theoretical approaches furnishes stimulating ideas and valuable suggestions for facilitating a meeting of minds and psychological growth in patients who might otherwise be difficult or impossible to engage. Exploring how psychoanalysts can navigate obstacles to understanding and communicating with suffering individuals topics covered include: internal experience of likeness and difference in the patient; in the analyst; and how analysts can find echoes of themselves in patients. Psychoanalysts and psychotherapists will appreciate the importance and value of this wide-ranging groundbreaking exploration of these insufficiently addressed dimensions of human experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138192539

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Illegitimacy Adoption and Reproduction TechnologyStrangers as Kin In this book Prophecy Coles traces the existential history of the unwanted child with particular attention to the illegitimate child linking myth literature and clinical practice in the historical and legal context of adoption. From the time of the Reformation in the sixteenth century until the early twentieth century the lives of such children were short-lived. The Adoption Act of 1926 did much to change the moral climate and the fate of the illegitimate child. It provided the child with a legal family and a name. There follows some unexpected difficulties that emerged after World War Two. Adopted children did not necessarily thrive and young mothers who had been forced to give up a child born out of wedlock revealed their suffering. The sealed records of the illegitimate child’s origins became an issue. Attachment theory and the development of neuroscience underpin the theoretical approach of this book. Today the children who are available for adoption are older and may be distressed by several years in care. Fundamental to helping these adopted children and their families there needs to be a multi-disciplined therapeutic approach to try and mitigate the damage that has often been done to the early infant brain through trauma. This book brings to life some of the adoption issues through the study of personal memoirs. Each chapter considers adoption from a different angle: the adopted child the birth mother the birth father foster parents and adopting parents. The final chapter discusses some of the problems around adoption that have arisen again with reproductive technology and surrogate mothering. This book will be of interest to all those who have been involved in or affected by adoption. It will be of special interest to those adopting parents who have not been properly prepared or supported in their magnificent work of taking on some of the most troubled children in our society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367367428

Psychoanalytic Perspectives On Intense Involvement in Sports This book is a unique volume that brings a variety of psychoanalytic perspectives to the study of sport. It highlights the importance of sports for different individuals and how the function and use of sports can be brought into the consulting room. Passionate interest in actively engaging in sports is a universal phenomenon. It is striking that this aspect of human life prior to this volume has received little attention in the literature of psychoanalysis. This edited volume is comprised largely of psychoanalysts who are themselves avidly involved with sports. It is suggested that intense involvement in sports prioritizes commitment and active engagement over passivity and that such involvement provides an emotionally tinged distraction from the various misfortunes of life. Indeed the ups and downs in mood related to athletic victory or defeat often supplant temporarily matters in life that may be more personally urgent. Engaging in sports or rooting for teams provides a feeling of community and a sense of identification with like-minded others even among those who are part of other communities and have sufficient communal identifications. This book offers a better psychoanalytic understanding of sports to help us discover more about ourselves our patients and our culture and will be of great interest to psychotherapists and psychoanalysts or anyone with an interest in sport and its link to psychoanalysis and mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367542382

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Knowing and Being KnownIn Theory and Clinical Practice The importance of knowing and being known is at the heart of the human experience and has always been the core of the psychoanalytic enterprise. Freud named his central Oedipal construct after Sophocles’ great play that dramatically encapsulated the desire difficulty and dangers involved in knowing and being known. Psychoanalysis’ founder developed a methodology to facilitate unconscious material becoming conscious that is making the unknown known to help us better understand ourselves and our relational lives including psychic trauma and multigenerational histories. This book will stimulate readers to contemplate knowing and being known from multiple perspectives. It bursts with thought-provoking ideas and intriguing cases illuminated by penetrating reflections from diverse theoretical perspectives. It will sensitize readers to this theme’s omnipresent varied importance in the clinical setting and throughout life. Accomplished contributors discuss a wide variety of fascinating topics illustrated by rich clinical material. Their contributions are grouped under these headings: Knowing through dreams; Knowing through appearances; Dreading and longing to be known; The analyst’s ways of knowing and communicating; Knowing in the contemporary sociocultural context; The known analyst; and No longer known. Readers will find each section deeply informative stimulating thought insights and ideas for clinical practice. Psychoanalytic Explorations in Knowing and Being Known will appeal to psychoanalysts psychotherapists psychologists psychiatrists clinical social workers counselors students in these disciplines and members of related scholarly communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138318816

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on PassionMeanings and Manifestations in the Clinical Setting and Beyond Passion! The word brims with and exudes power movement intensity vitality desire and fulfillment. Its multifaceted meanings include eroticism rage sex suffering drive commitment dedication and love. On the one hand it embodies a quality to be embraced and lived fully to make life meaningful and worthwhile. On the other it is sometimes to be treated with suspicion reined in subjected to the dictates of reason. While it brightens existence and its departure makes life dull many passions may prove unbearable.　 The manifold connotations of passion make it highly relevant to psychoanalysis yet so far no book has explored the many facets of this pervasive theme. This book provides a comprehensive guide that will sensitize readers to the omnipresent importance of passionate emotion in the clinical setting and throughout all areas and times of life. It bursts with thought-provoking ideas. Challenging cases are illuminated by penetrating reflections and novel applications and combinations of theoretical perspectives. Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Passion explores the many ways in which very strong emotions – passions – can be understood and worked with in clinical contexts. The contributions cover such key topics as psychosis and violence emotions in childhood sexuality secure and insecure attachments the role of passion in seeking meaning passion and transition space and transference and countertransference. This book will be of great help to all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists struggling to assist patients (and perhaps themselves) in locating their passions channeling and expressing them in meaningful ways and overcoming obstacles to their fulfillment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138562516

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Puberty and AdolescenceThe Inner Worlds of Teenagers and their Parents Puberty is a time of tumultuous transition from childhood to adulthood activated by rapid physical changes hormonal development and explosive activity of neurons. This book explores puberty through the parent-teenager relationship as a "normal state of crisis" lasting several years and with the teenager oscillating between childlike tendencies and their desire to become an adult. The more parents succeed in recognizing and experiencing these new challenges as an integral ineluctable emotional transformative process the more they can allow their children to become independent. In addition parents who can also see this crisis as a chance for their own further development will be ultimately enriched by this painful process. They can face up to their own aging as they take leave of youth with its myriad possibilities accepting and working through a newfound rivalry with their sexually mature children thus experiencing a process of maturity which in turn can set an example for their children. This book is based on rich clinical observations from international settings unique within the field and there is an emphasis placed by the author on the role of the body in self-awareness identity crises and gender construction. It will be of great interest to psychoanalysts psychotherapists parents and carers as well as all those interacting with adolescents in self family and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367368500

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on the Rorschach Few books illuminate a domain of clinical inquiry as superbly as Psychoanalytic Perspectives on the Rorschach. Paul Lerner has written a comprehensive text that offers a richly detailed multidimensional vision of the Rorschach as the ideal medium for operationalizing testing and in some instances transforming contemporary clinical theory. For psychoanalytic therapists the book provides a fascinating overview of how the coevolution of psychoanalytic theory and Rorschach technique has created new possibilities for conceptual integration. Lerner explores recent advances in our ability to operationalize such clinical concepts as splitting dissociation and false-self organization. He then reviews how these advances have been applied to research into psychic organization across different diagnostic categories including anorexia and bulimia aggressive and psychopathic personality and schizotypal disorders. Finally Lerner shows how the resulting data offer a unique vantage point from which to clarify such critical topics as developmental object relations and the structure of primitive experience. Rorschach scholars will appreciate Lerner's informed discussions of theorists as diverse as Rapaport and Schachtel Exner and Mayman Schafer and Leichtman. Rorschach students for their part will find the book an unusually lucid introduction to test administration scoring interpretation and report writing. Even here however Lerner's breadth and originality are apparent for his exposition of these testing fundamentals incorporates fresh discussions of the nature of the Rorschach test the impact of the patient-examiner relationship and the value of the test in treatment planning. Timely definitive and uniquely integrative Psychoanalytic Perspectives on the Rorschach will be valued by students clinicians and researchers well into the next century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005303

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on the Shadow of the ParentMythology History Politics and Art Psychoanalytic Perspectives on the Shadow of the Parent explores the psychological challenges faced by the offspring of either famous or notorious parents. Beginning with parental legacies found in mythology and the Bible the book presents a series of case studies drawn from a range of narrative contexts selecting personalities drawn from history politics psychoanalysis and literature all viewed from an analytic perspective. The concluding section focuses on the manifestation of this parental shadow within the field of fine art as written by artists themselves. 　 This is a lively and varied collection from a fascinating range of contributors. It provides readers with a new understanding of family history trauma and reckoning screened through a psychoanalytic perspective and will appeal to psychoanalysts psychotherapists counsellors and anyone interested in the dynamics of the family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205470

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Virtual Intimacy and Communication in Film Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Virtual Intimacy and Communication in Film brings together a group of psychoanalysts to explore through film the new forms of communication mainly the internet that enter more and more frequently into the affective lives of people their intimacy and even the analytic room. The contributors all practising psychoanalysts analyse the potential and surprising transformations that human relationships including psychoanalysis are undergoing. At present it is difficult to value the future importance and predict the possible disquieting consequences of the use and abuse of the new technologies; we run the risk of finding ourselves unprepared to face this revolutionary transformation in human connections and affects. Will it be possible in a near future that human beings prefer to fall in love with a machine gifted with a persuasive voice instead of a psychoanalyst 'in person'? The contributors explore the idea that virtual intimacy could begin to replace real life in sentimental and psychoanalytic relationships. Imagination and fantasy may be strengthened and may ultimately prevail over the body excluding it entirely. Can the voice of the analyst sometimes transmitted only by telephone or computer produce a good enough analytic process as if it were in-person or will it help to foster a process of idealisation and progressive alienation from real life and connections with other human beings? The film Her (2013) alongside others offers a wonderful script for discussing this matter because of the deep and thoughtful examination of love and relationships in the contemporary world that it provides. Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Virtual Intimacy and Communication in Film will be of great interest to all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists interested in the ongoing impact of technology on human relationships. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782206330

Psychoanalytic Perspectives On Women First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869202

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women Menstruation and Secondary Amenorrhea "I can be a mother a wife a daughter a sister and a woman without having periods." This book explores two of the oldest and most important symbols of all time: menstruation and secondary amenorrhea. Women of menstruating age commonly experience secondary amenorrhea – a cessation of periods – but most people have never heard of the term nor do they realise what it represents. Danielle Redland’s curiosity as to why this is posits that menstrual conditions need to be decoded not just simply treated. Surveying menstruation and Secondary Amenorrhea (SA) principally from a psychoanalytic perspective with sociocultural historical political and religious angles also examined Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women Menstruation and Secondary Amenorrhea draws secondary amenorrhea out of the shadows of its menstruating counterpart and explores how narratives of womanhood and statehood dominate. Chapters on blood ideology and war amenorrhea on Freud’s treatment of Emma Eckstein and on the psycho-mythology of Pygmalion present the reader with visions beyond patriarchy towards more thoughtful ideas on the feminine challenging assumptions about gender identity and what is deemed "good" for women. Rich in clinical examples the book locates menses and their cessation at the heart of personal experience and examines psychosomatic phenomena the link between psyche and body and the value of interpretation. From the author’s own analysis to a variety of cases linked to hysteria anorexia stress trauma abuse helplessness and hopelessness individual stories and narratives are sensitively recovered and carefully revealed. This refreshing example of multi-layered research and psychoanalytic enquiry by a new female writer will be of great interest to psychologists psychotherapists healthcare and social work professionals and readers of gender studies history politics and literature.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367466985

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women and Power in Contemporary FictionMalice the Victim and the Couple Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women and Power in Contemporary Fiction psychoanalytically examines contemporary fiction portraying the female in a reversal of the stereotyped victim role. The recent popularity of powerful female characters suggests that literature is ahead in its understanding the desires fantasies and unconscious emotions of the public. This book explores a form of intimacy frequently observed in consulting rooms and in life in general: malicious intimacy. Specific to the conjugal bond it is a type of intimacy connected to the relationship between the two halves of the couple that is extremely powerful and painful. Instead of clinical cases Rossella Valdré examines four contemporary and widely successful novels published contemporaneously which capture perfectly this type of psychopathological universe. Valdré then maps out psychoanalytic hypotheses regarding the persistency of these malicious intimacies. Through analysis of these examples Valdrè investigates the roots and hypotheses of a new scenario on victim-executioner roles played out in the intimacy of the couple. Exploring how and if the contemporary couple is undergoing profound changes she provides an overview of the various deep-seated psychological mechanisms and unconscious dynamics that may be at work. The book explores the need to not be dependant upon a love object as an extreme defence against abandonment or self-collapse. Valdrè argues that such a configuration is very common and that Idealization in contemporary life is one of the reasons behind the most of sufferance in modern couples something which psychoanalysis can examine through art. Women perhaps after emancipation are living overturned roles and paying a higher cost as a result. Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women and Power in Contemporary Fiction will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists and be of interest to scholars and students of literature gender studies philosophy and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138659377

Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women and Their Experience of Desire Ambition and Leadership 2020 Gradiva Award Nominee Best Edited Book Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women and Their Experience of Desire Ambition and Leadership considers how these factors can be understood nurtured or thwarted and the subsequent impact on women’s identity authority and satisfaction. Psychoanalysis has long struggled with its ideas about women about who they are how to work with them and how to respect and encourage what women want. This book argues that psychoanalytic theory and practice must evolve to maintain its relevance in a volatile landscape. Each section of the book begins with a chapter that reviews contemporary ideas regarding women as well as psychoanalytic history gender bias and societal norms and deficits. Three composite clinical stories allow our distinguished contributors to discuss the contexts within which individual experience can be affected and the role that clinical work may have to mobilize and advance passion and vitality. In their discussions the interplay of clinical psychoanalysis sociopolitical context and understanding of gender combine to offer a unique perspective built on decades of scholarship personal experience and clinical expertise.　 Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Women and Their Experience of Desire Ambition and Leadership will serve as a reference for all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as gender studies scholars interested in the progress of psychoanalytic theory regarding women in the 21st century. Contributors to this book include: Rosemary Balsam Brenda Bauer Andrea Celenza Diane Elise Adrienne Harris  Dorothy Holmes Nancy Kulish Vivian Pendar Dionne Powell and Arlene Richards. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138842687

Psychoanalytic Practice and State Regulation This book arises out of an important international conference held in 2006 to discuss how regulation by the state has affected psychoanalysis as a clinical discipline in many different parts of the world. It explores the threat in psychoanalytic practice and draws together arguments against it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326357

Psychoanalytic Practice TodayA Post-Bionian Introduction to Psychopathology Affect and Emotions Psychoanalytic Practice Today offers the reader a good understanding of the school of thought inspired by the late work of Wilfred R. Bion. The contributors share a belief in the curative power of the analytic encounter and in the capacity of the human mind to develop from the encounter with a mind capable of reverie dreaming and thinking. The multitude of vignettes presented emphasise the necessity of the emotional involvement of the analyst with his or her patients for improvement to take place. The book is divided in two parts: ‘Psychopathology’ and ‘Emotions and Feelings’. The first part adapts a more classic description of psychiatric disorders by diagnostic criteria from neuroses to psychoses and including depression and borderline states. The second part of the book takes a closer look at specific clinical manifestations of basic emotions such as anger surprise sadness and more complex ones such as jealousy abandonment and betrayal. The common thread is represented by the central place of dreaming in the psychoanalytic field as a tool to understand these clinical manifestations and to allow for their psychic representation as an emotional experience. The contributions together offer a varied introduction to current ideas that are growing increasingly interesting to English speaking readers with a sufficient character of originality irreverence and creativity that bears witness to the maturity of Italian psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Practice Today will offer new ideas to the practicing psychoanalyst and psychodynamic psychotherapist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367137090

Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy After Child AbuseThe Treatment of Adults and Children Who Have Experienced Sexual Abuse Violence and Neglect This book presents a coherent and readable narrative review of current views on the effects and role of psychoanalytic psychotherapy in the treatment of children and adults who have experienced childhood abuse and neglect. Recent decades have seen an explosion of research into the extent of child abuse and into the effects of early relational trauma on the developing minds and brains of children. The lasting effects on survivors are increasingly recognized and can be addressed psychotherapeutically. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy After Child Abuse is unique in two ways. Firstly in bringing together for the first time the considerable scientific evidence of effectiveness and the vast body of accumulated clinical experience using psychoanalytical approaches in the treatment of people who have experienced childhood abuse. Secondly in being the product of the widest collaboration of individuals and organizations concerned about the effects of child abuse and experts on child abuse and psychotherapy. These include experts by experience survivor groups activists academics and clinicians: paediatricians physicians child and adult psychiatrists psychoanalysts psychologists and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367106188

Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in Institutional Settings This book deals with psychotherapeutic life and work at the interface between psychoanalytic theory and institutional reality. It focuses on the set of constraints and pressures which arise as a result of working in institution and how to deal with them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326371

Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in the Independent Tradition This book is a collection of papers to which seven senior members of the British Association of Psychotherapists have contributed. Each essay discusses a problem or impasse the author has encountered in the course of her clinical work with mainly borderline and severely traumatized patients. In this context the writers have all chosen those psychoanalytic concepts mainly from the Independent psychoanalytic theories but also when appropriate those from Kleinian Post-Kleinian Contemporary Freudian and American contributions that they found useful for the understanding of their patients' often painful psychic states they have brought to therapy. The implications for the transference and countertransference as they have evolved during the treatment process and their technical handling of them are discussed. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429479021

Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy in the Kleinian Tradition This set of papers from members of the British Association of Psychotherapists demonstrates the vitality of the 'Kleinian tradition' in work with adult patients. It is a picture of work from outside the inner circle of Kleinians in London. And it thus indicates how the concepts have fared in their transport into everyday psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104948

Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy of the Severely Disturbed Adolescent With chapters written by psychoanalytic psychotherapists from across Europe and from different analytic traditions this book shows the common thread that weaves through these different traditions and the serious challenges facing psychotherapists dealing with the future adult generations of Europe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326388

Psychoanalytic PsychotherapyA Handbook This book provides a complete and fundamental overview from a psychoanalytical point of view on theoretical and clinical aspects of psychodynamic or psychoanalytic psychotherapy. It includes the theory of the human mind psychic development psychic conflicts trauma and dreams. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780491196

Psychoanalytic Reflections on a Changing World This book analyses a range of ubiquitous phenomena that make up our daily lives and to ask not so much whether psychoanalytic thinking can add to our existing understanding of these phenomena but what it can add. It deals with work issues independently of each other. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855758865

Psychoanalytic Reflections on a Gender-free CaseInto the Void The past two decades of psychoanalytic discourse have witnessed a marked transformation in the way we think about women and gender. The assignment of gender carries with it a host of assumptions yet without it we can feel lost in a void unmoored from the world of rationality stability and meaning. The feminist analytic thinkers whose work is collected here confront the meaning established by the assignment of gender and the uncertainty created by its absence. The contributions brought together in Psychoanalytic Reflections on a Gender-free Case address a cross-section of significant issues that have both chronicled and facilitated the changes in feminist psychoanalysis since the mid 1980s. Difficult issues which have previously been ignored (such as the pregnancy of the therapist or sexual abuse regarded as more than a fantasy) are considered first. The book goes on to address family perspectives as they interact and shape the child’s experience of growing up male or female. Other topics covered are the authority of personal agency as influenced by the language and theory of patriarchy male-centred concepts that consistently define women as inferior and the concept of gender as being co-constructed within a relationship. The gender-free case presented here will fascinate all psychoanalysts interested in exploring ways of grappling with the elusive nature of gender as well as those studying gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653992

Psychoanalytic Reflections on Parenting Teens and Young AdultsChanging Patterns in Modern Love Loss and Longing Psychoanalytic Reflections on Parenting Teens and Young Adults explores the rich multi-layered parent-child interactions that unfold during the period of separation and launching. While this is a necessary transitional time parents inevitably experience feelings of loss and longing for the past as well as hope for the future. With honesty humor and originality the book brings together the voices of psychoanalysts speaking frankly and not just as professionals but also as parents grappling with raising young adults in today’s fast-paced world. The contributors reflect on the joys regrets and surprises as well as the challenges and triumphs they experience as their children reach the threshold of young adulthood. They address a wide range of topics relevant to parents and practitioners alike-indeed to all those who are closely involved with the growth and maturation of today’s youth. Offering both a broad perspective and an intimate look at present-day parenting dilemmas the chapters focus on five main areas of interest: raising youth in the digital age developmental difficulties evolving gender norms social concerns and finally the building of resiliency. Psychoanalytic Reflections on Parenting Teens and Young Adults offers an alternative lens to consider the complex challenges parents face in raising today’s teens and young adults replacing the customary notion of "failure to launch" with the concept of "holding on with open arms." The explorations in this book advance the idea that in the end these struggles are essential for growth buoyancy and wisdom. It will appeal greatly to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists as well as family therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579101

Psychoanalytic Reflections on PoliticsFatherlands in mothers' hands Psychoanalytic Reflections on Politics: Fatherlands in mothers’ hands is a playful exploration of how people’s desires fantasies and emotions shape political events and social phenomena. It highlights the mythical sources of today’s political projects the power of political imagination and the function of symbolism in political thought. Eszter Salgó argues that the driving force for the formation of political communities is fantasy – ‘illusions’ in a Winnicottian sense ‘phantasies’ in a Lacanian sense ‘phantoms’ as described by Nicolas Abraham and Maria Torok and ‘dreams’ as interpreted by Sándor Ferenczi. She introduces the metaphor of the ‘fantastic family’ as a symbolic representation of political communities both to reflect on people’s deeply felt desire to find in public life the resolution love and wholeness of early childhood and to unveil the political elite’s readiness to don the mask of the ‘ideal parent’. The book is divided into two parts. The first part of the book explores the theories of Donald Winnicott and Jacques Lacan: the matrimony on the stage of politics between the ‘good-enough mother’ and the Symbolic Father which inaugurates the story of democracy’s ‘fantastic family’. The second part presents the ‘fantastic families’ of selected countries such as Hungary Italy and the world community to explain the proliferation of cosmogony projects and to document the failure of the political elites to offer a satisfactory performance of their maternal and paternal functions. Psychoanalytic Reflections on Politics: Fatherlands in mothers’ hands presents a new way of considering the art of politics based on the understanding that people perceive reality through imagination and unconscious fantasy. It will be of interest to psychoanalysts and academics from across the disciplines of politics psychology anthropology sociology philosophy literature and art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627375

Psychoanalytic Reflections on The Freudian Death DriveIn Theory the Clinic and Art Psychoanalytic Reflections on The Freudian Death Drive is a highly accessible book that investigates the relevance complexity and originality of a hugely controversial Freudian concept which the author argues continues to exert enormous influence on modernity and plays an often-imperceptible role in the violence and so-called "sad passions" of contemporary society. With examples from cinema literature and the consulting room the book’s four chapters – theory the clinic art and contemporaneity – investigate every angle usually little explored of the death drive: its "positive" functions such as its contribution to subjectification; its ambiguous relationship with sublimation; the clues it provides about transgenerational matters; and its effects on the feminine. This is not a book about aggression a type of extroflection of the death drive made visible studied and striking; rather it is about the derivatives of the pulsion that changes in the clinic in life in society in artistic forms. With bold and innovative concepts and by making connections to film and books Rossella Valdrè unequivocally argues that the contemporary clinic is a clinic of the death drive. Psychoanalytic Reflections on The Freudian Death Drive seeks to relaunch the debate on a controversial and neglected concept and will appeal to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Today’s renewed interest in the Freudian death drive attests to its extraordinary ability to explain both "new" pathologies and socio-economic phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354340

Psychoanalytic Reflections on Writing Cinema and the ArtsFacing Beauty and Loss "Why are we so fascinated by beauty?" is a question many of us have asked ourselves as have many who came before us. This book investigates the moment of ecstatic solitude in which everyone can experience emotions through films works of art or natural phenomenon when even if for a "magic" instant we feel "alive" and masters of our own Self. Expanding from the author’s personal experience this book is a series of applied psychoanalytic essays on film literature and aesthetic pleasure. It explores the complexity of loss and mourning destructivity perversion and revenge as well as an exploration of what can facilitate transformation and how to lead a blocked healing process back to motion. This fascinating and insightful book will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychologists teachers and students and all those with an interest in psychoanalysis and the arts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367482503

Psychoanalytic Social WorkPractice Foundations Methods This book represents the first systematic account of the theory and practice of psychoanalytical social work. For students and those entering the field of social work who are interested in psychoanalytical social work it offers an overview of the diverse fields of practice of psychoanalytical social work and combines this with a description of its history relation to other areas of social work and relevant psychoanalytical theories. The authors are convinced for this reason that both for students on degree courses as also for social workers and social education workers in further training the book offers an important contribution and fills a gap in this field. Equally it addresses practising social workers social educationalists psychiatrists or psychotherapists offering comprehensive insight into this particular form of social work for those working in centres for counselling or early intervention or in social paediatrics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490908

Psychoanalytic Studies of Creativity Greed and Fine ArtMaking Contact with the Self Throughout the history of psychoanalysis the study of creativity and fine art has been a special concern.　 Psychoanalytic Studies of Creativity Greed and Fine Art: Making Contact with the Self makes a distinct contribution to the psychoanalytic study of art by focusing attention on the relationship between creativity and greed. This book also focuses attention on factors in the personality that block creativity and examines the matter of the self and its ability to be present and exist as the essential element in creativity. Using examples primarily from visual art David Levine explores the subjects of creativity empathy interpretation and thinking through a series of case studies of artists including Robert Irwin Ad Reinhardt Susan Burnstine and Mark Rothko. Psychoanalytic Studies of Creativity Greed and Fine Art explores the highly ambivalent attitude of artists toward making their presence known an ambivalence that is evident in their hostility toward interpretation as a way of knowing. This is discussed with special reference to Susan Sontag’s essay on the subject of interpretation. Psychoanalytic Studies of Creativity Greed and Fine Art contributes to a long tradition of psychoanalytically influenced writing on creativity including the work of Deri Kohut Meltzer Miller and Winnicott among others. It will be of interest to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists historians and theorists of art. 　 　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138884779

Psychoanalytic Studies of OrganizationsContributions from the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations (ISPSO) This book samples the groundbreaking work that has been developed over the last twenty-five years by psychoanalysts writers and practitioners associated with the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Studies of Organizations (ISPSO). What characterises this collection of original papers is an attempt to look at organizations groups teams Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326401

Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality First published in 1952 W.R.D. Fairbairn's Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality re-oriented psychoanalysis by centering human development on the infant's innate need for relationships describing the process of splitting and the internal dynamic relationship between ego and object. His elegant theory is still a vital framework of psychoanalytic theory and practice infant research group relations and family therapy.This classic collection of papers available for the first time in paperback has a new introduction by David Scharff and Elinor Fairbairn Birtles which sets Fairbairn's highly original work in context provides an overview of object relations theory and traces modern developments launched by Fairbairn's discoveries. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203129449

Psychoanalytic Studies of the Work of Adam SmithTowards a Theory of Moral Development and Social Relations Psychoanalytic Studies of the Work of Adam Smith blends the rich intellectual heritage of the hermeneutic tradition with the methods and concepts of psychoanalysis in order to examine the seminal works of Adam Smith. This is the first book on Smith to analyse the works of the groundbreaking moral theorist and founding father of economics from a psychoanalytic perspective whilst also examining the human capacities and skills that are necessary to put Smith’s ideas into practice. Starting with a detailed discussion of the psychological difficulties that afflicted Smith Özler and Gabrinetti examine the influence that Smith’s life had on the ideas that are found in his major works. The authors explore the sympathetic process in Smith’s The Theory of Moral Sentiments (TMS) from an intersubjectivist perspective and use ideas from developmental psychology to argue that sympathy leads to morality. This book contains a thorough analysis of the defences that are used to create Smith’s moral system in the TMS and explores how Smith’s ideas were precursors to concepts later developed by Freud. The authors show that Smith’s attitude to women was at best ambivalent and consider the reciprocal interaction between markets and morality from an evolutionary psychology perspective. Covering an impressive range of topics this book will appeal to academics and postgraduate students with an interest in psychoanalysis moral philosophy history of thought and the social sciences. The book should also be of interest to more advanced undergraduate students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141011

Psychoanalytic Studies on DysphoriaThe False Accord in the Divine Symphony Psychoanalytic Studies on Dysphoria: The False Accord in the Divine Symphony depicts the profound dysphoria afflicting certain individuals and includes the author's own personal experience of this as a German Jewish child during the Holocaust. Marion M. Oliner explores the impact of catastrophic events on the lives of individuals and their descendants from a broadly psychoanalytic perspective. The book focuses on the interplay between the experience and the unconscious meaning attributed to the trauma and the ways in which patients may feel guilt and blame themselves for the events and effects of their trauma. Drawing on the work of Freud and Winnicott and with emphasis on the traumas suffered during the Second World War Oliner offers new ways of understanding how resistant to treatment such traumas can be and how the analyst can understand the experiences. The chapters span the evolution undergone in the nearly four decades of practice by the author. The book references a range of works including some taken from the German and French psychoanalytic literature some never published in English. Taken together they aim at keeping the vitality of psychoanalysis without idealization while discarding concepts whose essence is static and therefore unhelpful. Psychoanalytic Studies on Dysphoria will appeal to psychoanalysts as well as other mental health professionals working with self-defeating behavior as a result of trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138360280

Psychoanalytic Technique and the Creation of Analytic Patients This is a book on a neglected aspect of psychoanalytic technique that should be read by everyone who hopes to develop a psychoanalytic practice. The author's emphasis on the value of analyzing a prospective patient's motives for avoiding analysis is of utmost importance. An excellent book by a seasoned and gifted analyst.'- Charles Brenner MD'Psychoanalytic Technique and the Creation of Analytic Patients is clear practical and above all courageous. On the central issues from the idea of analyzability to the objectivity of diagnosis to attitudes toward fees Rothstein challenges received wisdom and skewers sacred cows. The result is a book that will help all clinicians - therapist and analyst alike - to work more effectively within the realities of contemporary practice. The author forces us to re-examine many fundamental assumptions thereby contributing to radical re-evaluation of the nature of the psychoanalytic process itself.' - Jay Greenberg PhD'In Psychoanalytic Technique and The Creation of Analytic Patients a successful practicing analyst shares with us many of the secrets of his success. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105044

Psychoanalytic Technique and TheoryTaking the Transference This volume consists of a series of essays inspired by Freud's paper on Jensen's novel Gradiva - "she who steps along." In the story a young archaeologist Norbert Hanold suffers from delusions but is able to unravel the mysteries of his emotional life and mind with the aid of a woman who does not challenge these delusions but rather "steps along" with Hanold gradually helping him to disentangle truth from fantasy through what Freud called "cure by love". Gradiva originally felt to be the source of Hanold's malady eventually becomes the agent of its resolution and of his return to health. This extraordinary tale formed the basis for the author's concept of "taking the transference". Through clinical vignettes various aspects of psychoanalytic technique - useful from the first encounter between patient and analyst and throughout the process of the development of mind to termination - are illustrated in detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201625

Psychoanalytic Theories of Affect This book collates and clarifies psychoanalytic theories on affect and how they relate to the clinical process. The author outlines and analyses the most important theories on affect and examines empirical work presented over the past 100 years exposing the rigidity of some existing notions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105075

Psychoanalytic Theory Research and Clinical PracticeReading Joseph D. Lichtenberg Psychoanalytic Theory Research and Clinical Practice: Reading Joseph D. Lichtenberg explores both Lichtenberg’s psychoanalytic theoretical contributions and innovations in clinical technique and how these have influenced the work of other psychoanalysts and researchers. Lichtenberg’s approach integrates a developmental perspective on the life cycle self-psychology attachment theory and his theory of motivational systems. The commentaries in this volume are divided into several sections. Section One is devoted to informal interviews with Lichtenberg that portray an account of the evolution of psychoanalysis through Lichtenberg’s eyes interwoven with the development of his own psychoanalytic identity. Section Two celebrates the role of friendship within his psychoanalytic circle and Section Three highlights his leadership role in the development of creative structures: the journal Psychoanalytic Inquiry; The Institute for Contemporary Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis (ICP&P) and its training programs; and the ongoing Creativity Seminar. Additional sections provide commentary by psychoanalysts and researchers which demonstrate Lichtenberg’s theoretical and clinical impact on his colleagues. Psychoanalytic Theory Research and Clinical Practice provides an in-depth encounter with a major contributor to the psychoanalytic field. Engagement with the openness flexibility and inquiring spirit of Joseph D. Lichtenberg offers respect for and hope in the psychoanalytic process. This book is essential reading for psychoanalysts mental health professionals and graduate students interested in how theory research and technique are creatively integrated by a renowned psychoanalytic clinician and teacher. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138906556

Psychoanalytic Theory Therapy and the Self Psychoanalytic Theory Therapy and the Self presents in a readily accessible form the overall theoretical position adopted by the author in his two earlier books Personality Structure and Human Interaction (1961) and Schizoid Phenomena Object Relations and the Self (1968). Part One addressing itself to theoretical issues in psychoanaly Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326418

Psychoanalytic Theory and Clinical RelevanceWhat Makes a Theory Consequential for Practice? In this provocative contribution to both psychoanalytic theory and the philosophy of science Louis Berger grapples with the nature of "consequential" theorizing i.e. theorizing that is relevant to what transpires in clinical practice.  By examining analysis as a genre of "state process formalism" - the standard format of scientific theories - Berger demonstrates why contemporary theorizing inevitably fails to explain crucial aspects of practice.  His critique in this respect pertains both to the formal structure of psychoanalytic explanation and the technical language through which this structure gains expression. The pragmatic recommendations that issue from this critique are illustrated with respect to a number of perennial problem areas besetting analysis and cognate disciplines.  In a discussion that encompases theories of affect issues in family therapy the nature of first-language acquisition and the philisophical topics of free will and determinism Berger shows that certain systems of representation (including ordinary language) can describe the psychological realm adequately and that such systems necessarily follow modern physics in rejecting naive assumptions about the separability of theory and practice.  His proposals culminate in a "nonhierarchical" conception of psychoanalytic theory that assigns a separate status to the clinically pragmatic level of theorizing. In both his critique of contemporary analysis and his reconstructive proposals Berger fuses into a highly readable argument a fascinating range of insights culled from epistemology linguistics physics logic computer science history and aesthetics.  More impressively still he demonstrates how an investigation of psychoanalytic theory can serve as a vehicle for examining pervasive epistemological issues in both philosophy and the social sciences.    Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872134

Psychoanalytic Therapy and the Gay Man Do the conventional insights of depth psychology have anything to offer the gay patient?  Can contemporary psychoanalytic theory be used to make sense of gay identities in ways that are helpful rather than hurtful respectful rather than retraumatizing?  In Psychoanalytic Therapy and the Gay Man Jack Drescher addresses these very questions as he outlines a therapeutic approach to issues of sexual identity that is informed by traditional therapeutic goals (such as psychological integration and more authentic living) while still respecting even honoring variations in sexual orientation.     Drescher's exploration of the subjectivities of gay men in psychoanalytic psychotherapy is more than a long-overdue corrective to the inadequate and often pathologizing tomes of traditional psychoanalytic writers.  It is a vitally human testament to the richly varied inner experiences of gay men.  Drescher does not assume that sexual orientation is the entire or even major focus of intensive psychotherapy.  But he does argue passionately and convincingly that issues of sexual identity - which encompass a spectrum of possibilities for any gay man - must be addressed in an atmosphere of honest encounter that allows not only for exploration of conflict and dissociation but also for restitutive confirmation of the patient's right to be himself.   Through its abundance of first-person testimony from both clinical and literary sources Psychoanalytic Therapy and the Gay Man provides the reader with an unforgettable grasp of what it is like to discover that one is gay in our society and then to find the courage and humanity to live with that knowledge.  Any mental health professional - regardless of his or her sexual orientation - who wishes to deal therapeutically with gay men will find Drescher's work indispensable.  But it will also be compelling reading for anyone seeking psychological insight into gay men's lives and concerns.  Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803364

Psychoanalytic Therapy as Health CareEffectiveness and Economics in the 21st Century In Psychoanalytic Therapy as Health Care a timely and trenchant consideration of the clash of values between managed care and psychoanalysis contributors elaborate a thoughtful defense of the therapeutic necessity and social importance of contemporary psychoanalytic and psychodynamic approaches in the provision of mental health care. Part I begins with the question of where psychoanalytic treatments now stand in relation to health care; contributors offer explanations of the current state of affairs and consider possible directions of future developments. Part II looks directly at the conundrums that have resulted from the attempt to integrate psychotherapy and managed care with contributors examining the ethical and legal dimensions of confidentiality privacy and reporting to third parties. Part III opens to wider consideration of the experiences of psychoanalysts under health care systems throughout the world.  Finally Part IV demonstrates the relevance of contemporary psychoanalytic approaches to a variety of contemporary patient populations with contributors focusing on the applicability of analytically oriented treatment to AIDS patients seriously disturbed young adults and inner-city clinic patients. Collectively the contributors to Psychoanalytic Therapy as Health Care convincingly refute the claim that psychoanalytically informed therapy is an esoteric treatment suited only to the "worried well." Drawing on a wide range of clinical and empirical evidence they forcefully argue that contemporary psychoanalytic approaches are applicable to seriously distressed persons in a variety of treatment contexts. Failure to include such long-term therapies within health care delivery systems they conclude will deprive many patients of help they need - and help from which they can benefit in enduring ways that far transcend the limited treatment goals of managed care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138005273

Psychoanalytic Therapy in the Hospital Setting Though the impetus for psychoanalytic and group-analytic inpatient psychotherapy largely came from Britain it was in Germany that this work was supported developed and researched to a greater extent than elsewhere. Originally published in English for the first time in 1994 Paul Janssen describes the different models which had been tried and evaluated and explains his own integrative model in detail illustrating it with vivid clinical vignettes. The author also shows that inpatient groups are particularly effective in the treatment of severe personality disorders borderline conditions and psychosomatic illness. This book will still be valuable reading for psychiatrists psychotherapists nurses social workers and anyone working in health care today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797352

Psychoanalytic Therapy with Infants and their ParentsPractice Theory and Results Psychoanalytic Therapy with Infants and Parents provides a clear guide to clinical psychoanalytic work with distressed babies and unhappy parents  a numerous clinical group so often in need of urgent help. Although psychoanalytic work is primarily verbal and infants may have limited language this form of treatment is receiving increased attention among therapists. Björn Salomonsson explores how such work can be possible and benefit infants how to work with the parents (especially the mother) and how major psychoanalytic concepts such as primal repression infantile sexuality and transference can be worked with and understood in these therapies. Björn Salomonsson argues that attachment concepts though important cannot solely help explain everyday problems with breastfeeding sleeping and weaning or more recalcitrant interaction disorders. He shows how we also need psychoanalytic concepts to better understand not only such "baby worries" but also adult clients' non-verbal communications and interactions. Throughout he uses extensive practice-based examples and also refers to his research which provides evidence for the effectiveness of this practice. Psychoanalytic Therapy with Infants and Parents provides a unique perspective on working psychoanalytically with parents and infants. This book will be essential reading for psychoanalysts and therapists working with children as well as adults. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718578

Psychoanalytic Thinking in Mental Health Settings This book demonstrates the use of psychoanalytic thinking in front-line mental health settings and aims to make an approach to working with emotional and mental disturbance available to a wide range of clinicians within psychiatric and other mental health settings. Rooted in the author’s extensive clinical experiences the approach explored in this book applies psychoanalytic thinking and discusses this in relation to the mental health conditions regularly encountered in psychiatric settings such as Schizophrenia Manic Depression Psychotic Depression Anorexia Deliberate Self Harm and Personality Disorder. The book therefore provides valuable and practical ways of working with these difficult complex and problematic conditions. It further makes sense of the relationships and emotions encountered when working in these settings and introduces possibilities for more effective and rewarding ways of working including a model of support through supervision reflective practice and clinical discussion. Illustrated by clinical examples from more than four decades of experience in the field this book is ideal for the interested mental health practitioner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367567385

Psychoanalytic Thinking on the Unhoused Mind Psychoanalytic Thinking on the Unhoused Mind illuminates the psychological underpinnings of current societal problems: homelessness mental distress loneliness and states of societal breakdown and exclusion. Illustrated with a broad range of clinical work as well as thoughts on art and literature the book brings to life complex tensions between the individual psyche the group and wider political and cultural structures. ‘Unhoused’ states of mind are explored in rough sleepers ex-prisoners survivors of institutional abuse and family trauma and people living with personality disorder addiction psychosis and dementia. Chapters describe outreach assessment and long-term psychotherapy as well as reflective practice with staff teams and care systems and learning from consultation supervision and policy development. New therapeutic responses to chronic risk and to resilience are developed from psychoanalytic understandings of difficulties with containment and care. The collection will be of value to psychotherapists and other mental health practitioners as well as those working in therapeutic residential and criminal justice settings and outreach services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367148478

Psychoanalytic ThinkingA Dialectical Critique of Contemporary Theory and Practice A video of Don Carveth discussing the book and its subject matter can be accessed using the following web URL: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yW7tGq0uEtU Since the classical Freudian and ego psychology paradigms lost their position of dominance in the late 1950s psychoanalysis became a multi-paradigm science with those working in the different frameworks increasingly engaging only with those in the same or related intellectual "silos." Beginning with Freud’s theory of human nature and civilization Psychoanalytic Thinking: A Dialectical Critique of Contemporary Theory and Practice proceeds to review and critically evaluate a series of major post-Freudian contributions to psychoanalytic thought. In response to the defects blind spots and biases in Freud’s work Melanie Klein Wilfred Bion Jacques Lacan Erich Fromm Donald Winnicott Heinz Kohut Heinrich Racker Ernest Becker amongst others offered useful correctives and innovations that are nevertheless themselves in need of remediation for their own forms of one-sidedness. Through Carveth’s comparative exploration readers will acquire a sense of what is enduringly valuable in these diverse psychoanalytic contributions as well as exposure to the dialectically deconstructive method of critique that Carveth sees as central to psychoanalytic thinking at its best. Carveth violates the taboo against speaking of the Imaginary Symbolic and the Real unless one is a Lacanian or the paranoid-schizoid and depressive positions unless one is a Kleinian or id ego superego ego-ideal and conscience unless one is a Freudian ego psychologist and so on. Out of dialogue and mutual critique psychoanalysis can over time separate the wheat from the chaff collect the wheat and approach an ever-evolving synthesis. Psychoanalytic Thinking: A Dialectical Critique of Contemporary Theory and Practice will be of great interest to psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists and more broadly to readers in philosophy social science and critical social theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138560727

Psychoanalytic Treatment in AdultsA longitudinal study of change The outcomes of psychoanalysis as with other psychotherapies vary considerably. Psychoanalytic Treatment in Adults examines the results of a longitudinal study of change during psychoanalysis illuminating the characteristics of patients analysts and analyses which can help to predict outcomes of treatment. Written by experienced psychologists and psychoanalysts chapters in the book draw upon sixty case studies to consider how patients with very different analytic outcomes respond at both the beginning and end of their analysis. Psychoanalysts used a clinician report measure the Shedler-Westen Assessment Procedure to describe a patient at the beginning of psychoanalysis and every six months until the analysis ended. This allowed the authors to learn about changes over analysis and in turn improved treatment planning and practice for the well-being of other patients. Chapters explore five outcomes: a negative therapeutic reaction; attrition when the patient drops out; attrition due to external events; mutual agreement between patient and analyst without maximum benefits; and mutual agreement between patient and analyst with maximum benefits. The findings from these chapters will be of interest to researchers and academics in the fields of psychoanalysis psychotherapy psychodynamic therapy psychoanalytic education psychiatry and psychology. The results should also help clinicians recognize potential problems early in analytic treatments so that they can work more effectively with patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359869

Psychoanalytic Treatment of Eating DisordersWhen Words Fail and Bodies Speak Psychoanalytic Treatment of Eating Disorders: When Words Fail and Bodies Speak offers a compilation of some of the most innovative thinking on psychoanalytic approaches to the treatment of eating disorders available today. In its recognition of the multiple meanings of food weight and body shape psychoanalytic thinking is uniquely positioned to illuminate the complexities of these often life-threatening conditions. And while clinicians regularly draw on psychoanalytic ideas in the treatment of eating disorders many of the unique insights psychoanalysis provides have been neglected in the contemporary literature. This volume brings together some of the most respected clinicians in the field and speaks to the psychoanalytic conceptualization and treatment of eating disorders as well as contemporary issues including social media pro-anorexia forums and larger cultural issues such as advertising fashion and even agribusiness. Drawing on new theoretical developments several chapters propose novel models of treatment whereas others delve into the complex convergence of culture and psychology in this patient population.　 Psychoanalytic Treatment of Eating Disorders will be of interest to all psychoanalysts and psychotherapists working with this complex and multi-faceted phenomenon. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138702042

Psychoanalytic TreatmentAn Intersubjective Approach Psychoanalytic Treatment: An Intersubjective Approach fleshes out the implications for psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of adopting a consistently intersubjective perspective.  In the course of the study the intersubjective viewpoint is demonstrated to illuminate a wide array of clinical phenomena including transference and resistance conflict formation therapeutic action affective and self development and borderline and psychotic states.  As a consequence the authors demonstrate that an intersubjective approach greatly facilitates empathic access to the patient's subjective world and in the same measure greatly enhances the scope and therapeutic effectiveness of psychoanalysis.  Psychoanalytic Treatment is another step in the ongoing development of intersubjectivity theory as born out in Structures of Subjectivity (1984) Contexts of Being (1992) and Working Intersubjectively (1997) all published by the Analytic Press Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315803487

Psychoanalytic Work with Autistic Features in AdultsClinical Intervention Methods and Technique Psychoanalytic Work with Autistic Features in Adults deals with the diagnostic and therapeutic difficulties of working with patients with autistic residuals formed in early life experiences that have remained dormant in the unconscious mind. Laura Tremelloni traces the process of identifying them in adult patients and stresses the need to develop a treatment plan suitable for this kind of pathology. This book uses clinical cases to examine the difficulties of work with hard to reach adults with 'gaps' in their sense of Self and symptoms related to primitive experiences of "non-being". Tremelloni presents new adaptive therapeutic intervention methods for overcoming such obstacles and identifies the personification and permanence of undeveloped parts of the Self in hard to reach adults who have otherwise developed satisfactorily and would not be diagnosed as autistic. In such cases the author suggests the need for clinicians to adapt classic psychoanalytic approaches to the alternating levels of development of the separate parts which the Self has broken into. Psychoanalytic Work with Autistic Features in Adults will help clinicians in psychoanalysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy to more effectively reach such patients whilst attempting to address the problematic limitations of therapeutic techniques in very difficult clinical cases. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138497801

Psychoanalytic Work with Children and AdultsMeltzer in Barcelona This volume is a collection of seminars and lectures the author gave to the Psychoanalytic Group of Barcelona under Dr Leon Grinberg and later Dr Benito Lopez during his visit to Barcelona. The clinical case studies outlined in the book address with typical variety Meltzer's thoughts on clinical work with children and adults and the numerous Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326425

Psychoanalytic Work with Families and CouplesClinical Perspectives on Suffering Psychoanalytic Work with Families and Couples rethinks the ways in which conflicts present today in psychoanalytic consulting rooms and the nature of suffering in family couple and sibling bonds. Based on two major concepts that of device (drawn from the philosophers Foucault Deleuze and Agamben) and that of link (developed by Berenstein and Puget) the authors have developed new approaches to clinical practice with families and couples that focus on the complexity singularity and immanence of patient-analyst interaction in the session. In thinking about link dynamics moreover they go beyond the consulting room to reflect on how these dynamics develop in other spaces such as institutions organizations and the fraternal circle of colleagues. Part I Couples and Families Today discusses changes undergone by families and couples in the last thirty years and their effects on psychoanalytic practice. Attributing a link logic to suffering and to the situations that condition it implies making significant decisions regarding our clinical strategy our choice of a device and of an interpretive path. Faithful to the idea that the clinical dimension calls for transformations the second part Facing Clinical Challenges includes clinical materials from manifold treatment devices that attest to changes both in contemporary paradigms and in the professional lives of psychoanalysts. Psychoanalytic Work with Families and Couples will be of great interest to all practicing psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367313203

Psychobiological Issues in Substance Use and Misuse In this book Murphy brings together a team of international experts to review cutting-edge scientific literature from the field of psychobiology and related disciplines which addresses important questions and broadens our understanding of substance use behaviours. The reader is introduced to the multi-faceted nature of substance use and misuse and its growing need to be discussed across diverse disciplines and perspectives. The book also addresses important questions regarding public policy and professional practice in the context of different social and cultural environments and comments on the methodological and ethical issues in substance use and misuse. Chapters explore a spectrum of substances which include: cocaine alcohol ecstasy (MDMA) methamphetamine synthetic cannabinoids tobacco ketamine novel psychoactive substances and vaping products. The use of these substances poses important questions for science and for society. This book is written to help academics practitioners and students in a variety of academic and professional disciplines answer those questions while staying up to date with the psychobiological literature. This is a vital resource for professionals and upper-level undergraduate and postgraduate students undertaking research in areas related to biological psychology biology health studies and medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367273613

Psycho-Criminological Perspective of Criminal Justice in AsiaResearch and Practices in Hong Kong Singapore and Beyond This book offers both theoretical and practical examinations of the psycho-criminology of criminal justice in Asia with particular emphasis on the Hong Kong and Singapore contexts. It is designed to present the current state of the field which addresses key topics in three major sub-areas – policing and legal system offender rehabilitation and treatment and research and future directions. Written by academics with extensive research experience in their respective topics and senior ranking practitioners in their fields topics include psychologists’ involvement in different aspects of forensic investigation police emotional reactions to major incidents the application of psychological approaches in developing offender rehabilitation and treatment modules to address different offender’s criminogenic needs and legal issues related to the insanity defence fitness to plead the jury system and the procedural justice and legitimacy. An important reference for post-graduate courses this book will be of special interest to criminologists and psychologists working in forensic settings mental health professionals policy-makers police personnel prison officials and legal executives. Chapters include: 1.　　　　 Youth gang offenders in Singapore　　 2.　　　　 Offender rehabilitation: the Hong Kong Correctional Services Department　　　　　　 3.　　　　 Juries as decision makers in East Asian judicial systems: Hong Kong the Mainland China South Korea and Japan 4.　　　　 The psychology of violent extremism: what we know and what else we need to do　　　　　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138365872

Psychodiagnosis in Schizophrenia Psychodiagnosis in Schizophrenia is a reprint of a classic volume in assessment psychology that first appeared in 1966. The book concerns the use of psychodiagnostic techniques in the differential diagnosis of schizophrenia. The author first presents a conceptual analysis of schizophrenic disturbance in terms of impaired ego functioning and extrapolates from schizophrenic ego impairments to psychodiagnostic indices that have been demonstrated to assess them. In particular Weiner refers to the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale the Rorschach Inkblot Method and the Draw-A-Person test. Clinical and research data delineating the nature of psychological deficits in schizophrenia are reviewed and practical guidelines for the clinical assessment of these deficits are presented. The author next considers several differential diagnostic possibilities frequently considered in the evaluation of schizophrenic persons with separate chapters devoted to the many forms of schizophrenia such as: acute chronic paranoid nonparanoid incipient remitting borderline and pseudoneurotic. There are also chapters that focus on schizoaffective disorder and adolescent schizophrenia. The conceptual and empirical contributions to these distinctions are reviewed; accordingly the differentiating characteristics of these subcategories are related to parameters of psychodiagnostic test performance. In additon the process of differential psychodiagnosis in schizophrenia is illustrated by detailed case studies. In an extended new preface the author comments on current perspectives and contemporary literature related to the individual chapters of the text. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138873025

Psychodrama Group Processes and DreamsArchetypal Images of Individuation Psychodrama Group Processes and Dreams is the result of years of analytical work with groups and individuals. It is unique in the field of therapeutic practice as it unites Jung's analytical psychology with Moreno's psychodrama including material on:* The work of Jung and Moreno* How their theory works in practice* The constellation of the archetype as transformationThis book enables psychodramatists to incorporate Jungian ideas into their psychodramatic work and gives Jungians a guide to how psychodramatic techniques may help in group therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415763417

Psychodrama Surplus Reality and the Art of Healing The practice of psychodrama allows participants to create a world for themselves free of usual rules and constraints. This freedom from all ordinary conventions is what Moreno called 'Surplus Reality' and is one of the most vital curative and mysterious elements of psychodrama.In this book Leif Dag Blomkvist and Zerka Moreno explore the depths of this long-neglected concept. In addition each chapter is prefaced by Leif Dag Blomkvist's explanations and illuminations of the forces and energies - from early religious rituals and festivals to the art of Surrealism - which have influenced psychodrama.Psychodramatists and mental health professionals who wish to take therapy beyond the 'verbal' will find the book valuable reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758253

Psychodrama and Systemic Therapy It is now increasingly recognized that psychodrama provides a valid and useful tool in many different contexts; equally practitioners in a wide variety of fields are acknowledging the benefits that a systems thinking approach can bring to their work. This book unites the two by describing the author's work over a number of years. Dr. Farmer provides a lucid exposition of his own systemic approach to psychodrama both theoretically and in practical clinical terms. The final section which discusses systemic approaches to psychiatric care in general puts the book in a wider context and will make it of interest to a wide range of mental health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104764

Psychodrama with ChildrenHealing children through their own creativity In this book Hanna Kende uses her wealth of experience to explain how psychodrama can allow psychotherapists to fundamentally change their relationships with children presenting with psychosocial mental or behavioral problems. Based on Kende's extensive and wide-ranging knowledge Psychodrama with Children explores the origins and roots of psychodrama and uses detailed case studies to show how psychodramatists can encourage groups of children to draw upon their natural creativity as a force for healing.  The method draws on a rich theoretical base starting from the foundational work of Moreno and Adler.The method is applicable to a wide range of children with varied symptoms (psychosomatic problems distractibility hyperactivity inhibition capable children performing poorly at school etc.). By creating a warm climate of reciprocal tolerance and acceptance psychodramatists allow children to express themselves freely in a group of their peers and to reshape their negative self-image. Psychodrama lets children use their natural language of play to mobilize their creative imagination and to express their anxieties conflicts and problems in a symbolic mode. This approach helps children heal through their own creativity.Psychodrama with Children will be of interest to psychodramatists dramatherapists and child psychotherapists as well as psychologists psychiatrists and other child and adolescent mental health professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138657687

PsychodramaAdvances in Theory and Practice Psychodrama: Advances in Theory and Practice provides a comprehensive overview of developments in the theory and practice of psychodrama integrating different psychodramatic schools of thought. Psychodrama is one of the pioneering approaches of psychotherapy and is practised by thousands of practitioners and in most countries of the world. The editors of this volume bring together contributions from Europe South America Australia Israel and the USA to explain and explore recent innovations. They look at how psychodrama has contributed to the development of psychotherapy introducing concepts that have had a profound influence on other therapies. These include concepts such as role theory the encounter the co-unconscious the social atom sociometry action research group psychotherapy the cycle of spontaneity and creativity role play and many related concepts and techniques. This book will be of great interest to all students practitioners and trainers in the field of psychodrama. It will also appeal to professionals and students in the related fields of psychotherapy counselling psychology and psychiatry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203961100

Psychodynamic Approaches for Treatment of Drug Abuse and AddictionTheory and Treatment This book provides clinicians and students with insights on the use of psychodynamic therapy to treat drug abuse and addiction combining theory with clinical case material. The perspectives of analysts such as Abraham Rado Zimmel Tibout Wurmser Khanzian Krystal and McDougall are reviewed alongside original and more recent conceptualizations of drug addiction and recovery based on Kleinian Winnicottian and Kohutian ideas. The case material deals with clinical phenomena that characterize working with this complex population such as intense projective identification countertransference difficulties and relapses. The theoretical analysis covers a range of concepts such as John Steiner's psychic shelters and Betty Joseph's near-death-addiction which are yet to be fully explored in the context of addiction. Prevalent topics in the addiction field such as the reward system the cycle of change and the 12-step program are also discussed in relation to psychodynamic theory and practice. Written by an experienced therapist Psychodynamic Approaches for Treatment of Drug Abuse and Addiction is useful reading for anyone looking to understand how psychodynamic thought is applicable in the treatment of drug abuse and addiction. It may also be of some relevance to those working on treating alcohol use disorders and behavioral addictions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367087029

Psychodynamic Approaches to the Experience of DementiaPerspectives from Observation Theory and Practice Psychodynamic Approaches to the Experience of Dementia: Perspectives from Observation Theory and Practice demonstrates the impact of healthcare approaches that take into account not only the practical needs but also the emotional experience of the patient their partners families and friends lay carers and professional staff. Currently there is no cure for dementia but the psychosocial and therapeutic approaches described in this volume have appeared to help people both patients and carers feel more contained and less lonely and isolated. Psychoanalytic theory provides a disciplined way of thinking about the internal world of an individual and their relationships. Each author provides their own commentary on the personal and interpersonal effects of dementia endeavouring to understand behaviours and emotions which may otherwise seem incomprehensible. The subject is approached from a psychodynamic perspective considering the unconscious previous and current experiences and relationships including those between patients and staff. Psychodynamic Approaches to the Experience of Dementia illustrates the practical and theoretical thinking of clinicians from a wide range of disciplines who are engaged in the care of people in late life with a diagnosis of dementia. It will be essential reading for mental health and health professionals in practice and training in the field of dementia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415786652

Psychodynamic Art Therapy Practice with People on the Autistic Spectrum Psychodynamic Art Therapy Practice with People on the Autistic Spectrum offers a valuable counterbalance to the phenomenological cognitive and behavioural theories that currently prevail in the wider field of practice and research. The result of a decade of work by a group of highly experienced art therapists this book presents eight frank and compelling accounts of art therapy with either adults or children with autism supported by a discussion of the relevant theory. The book begins with an overview of the theoretical context and the subsequent chapters give varied accounts of practitioners’ experiences structured in a loose developmental arc reflecting issues that may arise in different settings and at various stages of therapy. Each is followed by an afterword which describes the author’s reflections in the light of their subsequent knowledge and experience. The conclusion brings together some of the common threads arising from their encounters and considers how these might be relevant to current and continuing art therapy practice in the field of autism. Psychodynamic Art Therapy Practice with People on the Autistic Spectrum is a thoughtful consideration of where art therapy meets autism and the particular challenges that arise in the encounter between the autistic client and the therapist. Presenting honest reflections arising from lived encounters and highlighting general principles and experiences this book aims to orient other practitioners who work with people on the autistic spectrum in particular art therapists and art therapy trainees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415523943

Psychodynamic Child and Adolescent PsychotherapyTheories and Methods Psychodynamic Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy is both a textbook and book of reference for all child and adolescent psychotherapists. It addresses both novices who need to learn the theories and methods of the work and also experienced psychotherapists who want to expand their knowledge at the same time getting a readily-accessible update and revival of the many ways in which psychodynamic child and adolescent psychotherapy enters into contemporary practice. The book offers a clear methodologically precise and updated introduction to the theories methods and practice of the field. The authors demonstrate through practical examples what psychodynamic child and adolescent psychotherapy is and how a psychotherapy can be planned and carried out expounding the necessary preconditions settings and methods. A personal understanding of the complexity of the therapeutic relationship is presented together with an elucidation of drawings and symbolic play parallel work with parents and the special conditions for work with adolescents. A special section deals with the meaning of time beginnings endings and breaks in psychotherapy followed by a part about the methodological adaptations necessary for psychotherapy with children and adolescents suffering from maltreatment and complex trauma. Psychodynamic Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy ends with a description of the present state of research in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205227

Psychodynamic CoachingDistinctive Features In Psychodynamic Coaching: Distinctive Features Claudia Nagel presents a comprehensive overview of the unique features of psychodynamic coaching. As leaders and managers acknowledge the need to understand themselves and their context by looking underneath the surface to improve their decision-making psychodynamic approaches offer unique insight. Psychodynamic Coaching: Distinctive Features covers not only the major theory but also the practice of coaching giving guidance from beginning to end of the client relationship. Constructive holistic and accessible it demonstrates the impact and dynamics of the unconscious whilst illustrating the power of understanding human behaviour in the complexity of the modern world. With a focus on emotions and relationships in supporting modern leaders adapting to organsational challenges this book will be an invaluable tool for coaches of all backgrounds academics and students of coaching and organisational behaviour and also clinicians. It will also be a key resource for senior leaders for their own personal growth. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815392309

Psychodynamic CoachingFocus and Depth In a postmodern age we all need a room of our own. A room - or space - where we can explore and reflect on how the rapidly changing world affects us. A room where it is possible to get a feeling of who we are and wish to be in the middle of the buzz of our everyday lives. Where it is possible to explore our challenges and possibilities and thus become a more robust human being. Where we can think of our relationships and interactions. Where we can have a break and some relief and where we can summon the energy to act - or not to act - in our lives. Coaching is way of providing the space for such thoughts reflections and insights into our possibilities. Most of the different coaching methods do not adhere to a specific psychological theory. However in this book you will meet a coaching method that is based on a specific theory - psychodynamics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855757677

Psychodynamic Diagnostic Manual Second EditionPDM-2 Now completely revised (over 90% new) this is the authoritative diagnostic manual grounded in psychodynamic clinical models and theories. Explicitly oriented toward case formulation and treatment planning PDM-2 offers practitioners an empirically based clinically useful alternative or supplement to DSM and ICD categorical diagnoses. Leading international authorities systematically address personality functioning and psychological problems of infancy childhood adolescence adulthood and old age including clear conceptualizations and illustrative case examples. Purchasers get access to a companion website where they can find additional case illustrations and download and print five reproducible PDM-derived rating scales in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. New to This Edition *Significant revisions to all chapters reflecting a decade of clinical empirical and methodological advances. *Chapter with extended case illustrations including complete PDM profiles. *Separate section on older adults (the first classification system with a geriatric section). *Extensive treatment of psychotic conditions and the psychotic level of personality organization. *Greater attention to issues of culture and diversity and to both the clinician's and patient's subjectivity. *Chapter on recommended assessment instruments plus reproducible/downloadable diagnostic tools. *In-depth comparisons to DSM-5 and ICD-10-CM throughout. Sponsoring associations include the International Psychoanalytical Association Division 39 of the American Psychological Association the American Psychoanalytic Association the International Association for Relational Psychoanalysis & Psychotherapy the American Association for Psychoanalysis in Clinical Social Work and five other organizations.Winner--American Board and Academy of Psychoanalysis Book Prize (Clinical Category)  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462530540

Psychodynamic Group Psychotherapy Regarded as the definitive practitioner reference and text this accessible work addresses how to set up therapy groups and make them work. A wealth of clinical material illustrates the components of effective group therapy and the mechanisms and processes of change. Practical topics discussed include patient selection and preparation leadership issues communication of affect in groups dealing with "difficult" patients time-limited groups and facilitating successful terminations. A chapter-length case example with commentary from each author brings an entire group session to life and explores ways to handle common dilemmas.New to This Edition Incorporates current theory (psychodynamic and interpersonal) and supporting clinical and neurobiological research. Every chapter revised and updated. Chapter-length case example is entirely new. Chapter on Frequently Asked Questions includes many new issues. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462516506

Psychodynamic Interventions in Pregnancy and InfancyClinical and Theoretical Perspectives Psychodynamic Interventions in Pregnancy and Infancy builds on Björn Salomonsson’s experiences as a psychoanalytic consultant working with parents and their babies. Emotional problems during the perinatal stages can arise and be observed and addressed by a skilled midwife nurse or health visitor. Salomonsson has developed a method combining nurse supervision and therapeutic consultations which has lowered the thresholds for parents to come and talk with him. The brief consultations concern pregnant women mother and baby husband and wife toddler and parent. The theoretical framework is psychoanalytic but the mode of work is eclectic and adapted to the family’s situation and its members’ motivation. This book details such work which can be applied globally; perinatal psychotherapy integrated with ordinary medical health care. It also explains how psychotherapy can be made more accessible to a larger population. Via detailed case presentations the author takes the reader through pregnancy childbirth and the first few years of life. He also brings in research studies emphasizing the importance of early interventions with the aim of providing therapists with arguments for such work in everyday family health care. To further substantiate such arguments the book ends with theoretical chapters and finally the author’s vision of the future of a perinatal health care that integrates medical and psychological perspectives. Psychodynamic Interventions in Pregnancy and Infancy will appeal to all psychoanalysts and psychoanalytic psychotherapists working in this area as well as clinical psychologists clinical social workers and medical personnel working with parents and infants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359050

Psychodynamic NeurologyDreams Consciousness and Virtual Reality Psychodynamic Neurology: Dreams Consciousness and Virtual Realty presents a novel way of thinking about the value of dreaming based in solid comprehension of scientific research on sleep and dreams but with deep understanding of psychoanalytic and other interpretations of dreams. This book: Surveys the remarkable history of sleep research over the past few decades Examines the neurobiology of sleep and its implications for consciousness and well-being Addresses the nature of waking and dreaming consciousness and how they are deeply related Presents the neurogenesis function and clinical importance of a brain-based dream theory Our dreams are a mixture of anticipated virtual as well as remembered real experience. This book tells the story of how neuroscience has helped us reach this startling and exciting conclusion and how the new scientific model builds upon and departs from the dream theories of the past. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482260540

Psychodynamic Organisational TheoryKey Concepts and Case Studies On the surface people go to work and come home again. They sometimes manage people while most are managed themselves. But beneath the function and structures of the work itself a whole range of emotions affects the success of the relationship between employee and manager and ultimately the organisation they both belong to. Psychodynamic Organisational Theory: Key Concepts and Cases provides a comprehensive but accessible introduction to this fascinating field of study. Featuring case vignettes which bring the various concepts to life the book is divided into four parts. Part I looks at how the individual relates to the organisation and the unconscious energies they bring while Part II examines group dynamics and how they affect productivity including a chapter on meetings. Part III explores the realm of leadership and what roles a manager can play in managing their staff while Part IV introduces the idea of personality and describes how the manager’s personality influences management dynamics as well as the wider organisational culture. Central to the book as well as the idea that organisational phenomena are often unconscious is the understanding that relationships are always reciprocal. Through complex psychological dynamics manager and employee influence and change each other during the process of managing and being managed. This text will be essential reading for students and scholars of leadership HRM and organizational psychology as well as consultants and managers looking for practical insights into how human relationships affect the success of every organisation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367027179

Psychodynamic Perspectives on Asylum Seekers and the Asylum-Seeking ProcessEncountering Well-Founded Fear Psychodynamic Perspectives on Asylum Seekers and the Asylum-Seeking Process looks at the psychosocial assessment of asylum seekers from three perspectives: forensic psychodynamic and political and then attempts to better understand from a psychodynamic perspective differences in the historical/motivational routes of asylum seekers themselves. Barbara Eisold begins in Chapter One by exploring the unique evaluation relationship of psychosocial assessment and the striking will to survive of the asylum seekers that it puts into focus using a psychodynamic lens. The forensic value of psychosocial assessment and its potential as both a political and a therapeutic tool are then described. Chapter Two describes individuals who by background and personal characteristics shared a profound desire to protest gravely compromising their survival at home and forcing them to seek asylum elsewhere. Chapter Three discusses women who have suffered female genital mutilation and includes a discussion of the development of strong personal agency in one case. Chapter Four describes abused women from Central America forced to flee from femicide. The evolution of femicide is explored including the development of honor-bound machismo and the wide-spread disregard of law. The hold men have on women is then examined from a psychodynamic perspective. Psychodynamic Perspectives on Asylum Seekers and the Asylum-Seeking Process will be of great interest to psychoanalysts psychoanalytic psychotherapists and all mental health professionals working with asylum seekers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138354456

Psychodynamic Psychotherapy with Transactional AnalysisTheory and Narration of a Living Experience The main values and principles of Transactional Analysis in its original psychodynamic matrix become a concrete experience in this book thanks to the accurate description of the daily practice of a long-experienced therapist: Anna Emanuela Tangolo. Analyzing several cases the author examines the clinical tools of Berne's group therapy and the analysis of dreams without however neglecting other important aspects such as preparing the setting or leading an interview. Particular relevance is given to the therapeutic relationship seen as the interweaving of an experience in order to send stimuli to the patient so as to re-structure his or her intrapsychic world through rigorous and precise inputs analysable in linguistic sequences. This book is meant not only for those who study psychotherapy but also for anyone who wants to learn about clinical TA and its functioning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201557

Psychodynamic PsychotherapyLearning to Listen from Multiple Perspectives First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203727645

Psychodynamic Self Psychology in the Treatment of Anorexia and Bulimia This book presents an implementation of psychodynamic self psychology in the treatment of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa using a theoretical and therapeutic approach to examine the way that patients turn to food consumption or avoidance in order to supply needs they do not believe can be provided by human beings. The book starts with an overview of self psychology presenting both the theory of self psychology and its specific application for the etiology and treatment of eating disorders. Featuring contributions from eating disorder professionals the book then integrates this theory with 16 compelling case studies to explore how the eating-disordered patient is scared to take up space in a society that encourages precisely that. Professionals in the field of psychotherapy for eating disorders as well as the entire community of psychotherapists will benefit from the empirical capability of the theory to predict the development as well as remission from eating disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367336882

Psychodynamic TechniquesWorking with Emotion in the Therapeutic Relationship Helping therapists navigate the complexities of emotional interactions with clients this book provides practical clinical guidelines. Master clinician Karen J. Maroda adds an important dimension to the psychodynamic literature by exploring the role of both clients' and therapists' emotional experiences in the process of therapy. The book discusses how to become more attuned to one's own experience of a client; offer direct feedback and self-disclosure in the service of treatment goals; and manage intense feelings and conflict in the relationship. Specific techniques are illustrated with vivid case examples. Maroda clearly distinguishes between therapeutic and nontherapeutic ways to work with emotion in this candid and instructive guide. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462509591

Psychodynamic TherapyA Guide to Evidence-Based Practice Presenting a pragmatic evidence-based approach to conducting psychodynamic therapy this engaging guide is firmly grounded in contemporary clinical practice and research. The book reflects an openness to new influences on dynamic technique such as cognitive-behavioral therapy and positive psychology. It offers a fresh understanding of the most common problems for which patients seek help--depression obsessionality low self-esteem fear of abandonment panic and trauma--and shows how to organize and deliver effective psychodynamic interventions. Special topics include ways to integrate individual treatment with psychopharmacology and with couple or family work. See also Practicing Psychodynamic Therapy: A Casebook edited by Summers and Barber which features 12 in-depth cases that explicitly illustrate the approach in this book. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462509706

Psychodynamics of Writing Psychoanalysis is often referred to a talking cure but in this fascinating book it is the art of writing that is discussed and explored. Including contributions from a selection of leading therapists the book shines a psychoanalytic light on the very process through which the discipline is described. It includes chapters on the idea of creativity the issues around a therapist’s subjectivity the challenges of describing trauma as well as those of co-authorship. Psychodynamics of Writing will appeal to clinicians therapists and anyone interested in what the process of writing means. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205043

Psycho-EconomicsManaged Care in Mental Health in the New Millennium Develop new ways to provide ethical effective mental health services in a world of managed care!Psycho-Economics gives psychologists and mental health care administrators suggestions for handling the changes that have come with the advent of managed care. Using empirical research and practitioner accounts this informative book assesses the impact of managed care suggests ways to ameliorate its negative effects and proposes ideas for the improvement of the managed care system and mental health care in general. Psycho-Economics takes a clear look at the ways in which the managed care system has altered the practice of mental health care. While acknowledging its positive effects on accountability and provision of a broader variety of care options the chapter authors also note its powerful negative effects including cutbacks in length of treatment potential abuses of confidential medical records and over-prescribing of mood-altering drugs. Yet the book also offers hope for psychologists social workers and other counselors. By developing diversified areas for professional practice collaborating with primary care physicians and creating corporate education opportunities psychologists can contribute their expertise to people who might otherwise have never sought them out. Moreover mental health professionals can embrace new opportunities in treating substance abuse behavioral health and such specialized areas as forensic psychology domestic violence crisis counseling and employee screening. These areas and other new developments offer you a chance to build a solid practice devoted to serving society's needs.Psycho-Economics: brings practitioners effective innovative approaches to clinical practice in relation to managed mental health care fosters awareness of the means by which managed care affects the quality of care that clients receive points out the steps that can be taken to minimize the negative effects that managed care dictates on the quantity and quality of mental health care highlights ethical and legal considerations that should be of concern to providers of mental health services encourages discussion of the future of the managed care system and its impact on providers and clientsPsycho-Economics is a survival guide which will help contemporary practitioners like you maintain ethical and effective practices while coping with the administrative expectations of managed care systems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821603

Psychoeducational Assessment of Preschool Children Psychoeducational Assessment of Preschool Children Fifth Edition provides academics and school-based practitioners such as psychologists speech-language pathologists and social workers with an up-to-date guide to the assessment of young children. Long recognized as the standard text and reference in its field this comprehensive skill-building overview is organized into four sections: foundations ecological assessment assessment of developmental domains and special considerations. Chapters written by recognized scholars in the field cover theory research and application. This thoroughly revised new edition addresses current developments in preschool assessment new policies and legislation and student/family population demographics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149529

Psychoeducational GroupsProcess and Practice With this 4th edition Psychoeducational Groups remains the only comprehensive user-friendly guide to planning implementing facilitating and evaluating psychoeducational groups. The 4th edition expands the discussions about group leaders’ knowledge base self-development and techniques; best practices for group facilitation; and effective uses for group therapeutic factors. Substantial new material includes templates scripts and sample forms; suggestions for leader interventions for group and individual issues and difficulties; a social media policy; and the effectiveness of manualized and cyber/virtual groups.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138049390

Psychogastroenterology for AdultsA Handbook for Mental Health Professionals The brain-gut connection has been increasingly implicated in biopsychosocial well-being. While there are numerous factors that directly and indirectly impact on how the gut and the brain interact there is a growing awareness that gastrointestinal conditions need to be viewed and treated as part of a multidisciplinary approach. Psychogastroenterology for Adults: A Handbook for Mental Health Professionals is the first book to provide mental health professionals with an evidence-based practical guide for working with patients living with gastrointestinal conditions. Timely and accessibly written this book provides a unique comprehensive introduction to psychogastroenterology offering a step-by-step guide to evidence-based psychological treatment protocols. Broad in scope and expertise the book is divided into four parts. It opens with an overview of the field moving on to outline psychological concerns and conditions in gastroenterological (GI) cohorts. Further it covers various approaches to psychogastroenterology including psychopharmacological and eHealth practices. In closing the book looks to the future providing guidance on supervision in psychogastroenterology and exploring challenges in the field. Written by experts in the field this book will be an indispensable resource for those who wish to enhance their knowledge and practice of psychogastroenterology in the mental health profession including psychologists psychiatrists psychosomatic medicine specialists nurses and social workers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196561

PsychogeotherapyRevisioning Therapeutic Space Psychogeotherapy offers a critical exploration of the roles played by ideas of space and containment in psychotherapy. Employing approaches from psychogeography with a focus on the praxis of ‘aimless walking’ it explores alternate models of therapeutic space and what the author terms ‘psychogeotherapy’. The book gives a fresh and creative perspective on therapeutic work and its relationship to space drawing on a range of existing approaches including Freudian post-Freudian Jungian and post-Jungian perspectives. With perspectives from various disciplines such as art social studies cultural studies and philosophy the book interrogates the dominant models of containment in psychotherapy and discusses these models from different perspectives to shed new light on classical concepts of therapeutic space and containment in depth psychology and psychotherapy. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and post-graduate students in the fields of analytical psychology psychotherapy psychogeography and mental health. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367681241

PsychoimmunologyCNS Immune Interactions First published in 1993 Psychoimmunology: CNS-Immune Interactions is based on papers presented at the Second International Scientific Meeting of the Australian Behavioral Immunology Group held at the University of Newcastle in Australia on March 7 and 8 1992. Information featured in the volume confirms the longstanding perception that state of mind and behavioral patterns have an impact on general health. Clinicians discuss correlations between lifestyle stress and disease while scientists reveal their findings on ways in which deliberate manipulations of the central nervous systems and behavioral patterns are reflected in changes in immunological outcome. Other papers present findings regarding the mediators of these interactions which include cytokines hormones and neurotransmitters. Psychoimmunology: CNS-Immune Interactions will be a useful reference for psychoimmunologists immunologists psychologists microbiologists and all medical and behavioral scientists interested in the links between brain behavior and disease. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367232924

Psychol Animals Ilpsy 59 First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757911

Psycholinguistic Implications for Linguistic RelativityA Case Study of Chinese Rather than offering variations in "world view" as evidence for linguistic relativity this book views language related differences in terms of the facility with which information is processed. Distinctive perceptual memory and neurolinguistic aspects of the Chinese language are discussed as is the cognitive style of the Chinese people. Chinese orthography and other features of morphology and syntax are examined in relation to both bottom-up and top-down cognitive processes. While providing an extensive review of the experimental literature published in English on the Chinese language this volume also offers a significant sample of the literature originally published in Chinese. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138996878

Psycholinguistic Phenomena in Marketing Communications The field of psycholinguistics and the application of psycholinguistic theory to advertising and marketing communication has become a topic of great prominence in the field of consumer behavior. Psycholinguistic Phenomena in Marketing Communications is the first book to address the growing research in this area. This timely volume combines research conducted by current scholars as it demonstrates diversity of the field in terms of relevant topics and methodological approaches. It examines brand names and their semantic and sound-based impact; sentence structure and research in marketing communication; advertising narratives evoking emotional responses; the effects of empathy response on advertising; and the role of language and images in creation of advertising. The book includes authors from a variety of fields including mass communication marketing social psychology linguistics and neuropsychology. A range of perspectives is discussed from qualitative text analysis to controlled psychological experimentation. Psycholinguistic Phenomena in Marketing Communications is intended for students and scholars in numerous disciplines such as advertising marketing social psychology sociology and linguistics. It is also suitable for graduate courses in these disciplines. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651134

Psycholinguistic Research (PLE: Psycholinguistics)Implications and Applications Originally published in 1979 this book represents an effort to bring together the two disciplines at the core of psycholinguistics psychology and linguistics. It discusses a broad variety of theoretical approaches to psycholinguistics as well as covering a wide range of topics. At the time the book had four goals: to discuss many of the important contemporary issues in psycholinguistics; to explore the different views on major theoretical controversies; to provide an analysis of background literature as a framework in which to evaluate the issues and controversies; and to describe interesting high-quality research currently being done by the authors and some of their colleagues. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context with many of the chapters still relevant in psycholinguistic research today. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984080

Psycholinguistics (PLE: Psycholinguistics)Central Topics Originally published in 1985 this title was an important new teaching text at the time. Alan Garnham focuses on current theories about the central cognitive aspects of language understanding and attempts to reflect the emergence of cognitive science an inter-disciplinary approach to the study of language and other cognitive processes. As well as describing psychological studies the text includes ideas from linguistics artificial intelligence the philosophy of language and formal logic. Some introductory remarks on the study of language understanding precede a discussion of word recognition and the computation of the syntactic structure of sentences. The central part of the book is concerned with questions about meaning the mental representation of word meanings and text comprehension. The final two chapters address questions of how the parts of the language processing system operate together and how language production is related to comprehension. Rather than attempting an exhaustive discussion of empirical research on his chosen topics the author gives the reader the flavour of linguistic arguments. In particular Psycholinguistics attempts to indicate the problems and also the possibilities of relating experimental data to theories of language processing. Psycholinguistics will still be useful reading on courses in psycholinguistics language and thought and cognitive psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984097

PsycholinguisticsLanguage Mind and World How do we learn to produce and comprehend speech? How does language relate to thought?This second edition of the successful text Psycholinguistics- Language Mind and World considers the psychology of language as it relates to learning mind and brain as well as various aspects of society and culture. Current issues and research topics are presented in an in-depth manner although little or no specific knowledge of any topic is presupposed.The book is divided into four main parts: First Language Learning Second Language Learning Language Mind and Brain Mental Grammar and Language Processing These four sections include chapters covering areas such as- deaf language education first language acquisition and first language reading second language acquisition language teaching and the problems of bilingualism.Updated throughout this new edition also considers and proposes new theories in psycholinguistics and linguistics and introduces a new theory of grammar Natural Grammar which is the only current grammar that is based on the primacy of the psycholinguistic process of speech comprehension derives speech production from that process. Written in an accessible and fluent style Psycholinguistics- Language Mind and World will be of interest to students lecturers and researchers from linguistics psychology philosophy and second language teaching. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138837195

Psychological Archetypal and Phenomenological Perspectives on Soccer Soccer or football attracts vast numbers of passionate fans from all over the world; yet clinical psychology is yet to study it in depth. In this book David Huw Burston a consultant football psychology and performance coach uses a phenomenological research method inspired by Amedeo Giorgi to consider what we can learn from the spirit of the game and how this can be used positively in the consulting room and on the field of play. By examining detailed qualitative research with professional soccer players of both sexes Burston identifies and considers nine particular themes including the family god heroes and dreams and discusses how what we can learn from the game of football and team culture can be applied to Jungian analysis today. This book bridges the gap between clinical psychology and sport outlining potential shortfalls in current youth development in sport as well as discussing how traditional Jungian archetypes can be identified in everyday settings. It will be of key interest to researchers from both the fields of analytical psychology and sports studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415791632

Psychological Political and Cultural Meanings of Home Discover different dimensions of the meaning of home across political cultural and geographic boundaries!Psychological Political and Cultural Meanings of Home brings a unique multidisciplinary multicultural approach to address the interconnection of diverse experiences with the meaning of home. Filled with useful insights from respected authorities this book shows you that the meaning of home can be incredibly varied especially when viewed in the context of community psychology and social work. Explore the multiple facets of the meaning of “home ” and discover how our personal professional cultural and political background contributes to how we envision or experience home.From physical dwellings such as a convent or a prison through political frameworks that confirm or challenge the status quo on through the related meanings of home that cross cultural and geographical boundaries Psychological Political and Cultural Meanings of Home presents an added dimension of what home truly can be. You will learn that home is a volatile mix of yearning and loss of being at home or searching for it and that this very mix is the framework that reflects each differing belief.With Psychological Political and Cultural Meanings of Home you’ll explore: the changing meanings of home for Taiwanese employers of foreign domestics under globalization the opportunities and critical success factors for work and career in the home the complexities and restrictions of convent life as home how women detainees in a large urban county jail form altered definitions of “home” how novelists can give a powerful voice to the homeless by creating an inner image that contains all essential elements of home the cultural constructions surrounding the ambiguous lyrics of “Sweet Home Chicago” the role of childhood immigration in the construction of self-identity the relationship between country of origin and the ability to create a sense of home in other countries and cultures the recreation of home in diverse places by the nomad who carries home as an essential psychological belonging withinPsychological Political and Cultural Meanings of Home is a fascinating eye-opening book for those in community studies psychology sociology culture studies literature and women’s studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315785585

Psychological & Biological Foundations Of Dream-Interpretation First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882492

Psychological and Biological Approaches To Emotion The outgrowth of a University of Chicago conference on the psychological and biological bases of behavior this unique collection of papers integrates the biological consideration of emotion with current psychological approaches. As such it includes studies of the coping process associated with emotion as well as those that focus on the appraisal process giving rise to emotion. The book approaches emotion from cognitive developmental and biological systems and psychopathological perspectives. Theories on the cognitive biological and developmental bases for interpreting representing and reacting to emotional situations are proposed. In addition new studies on issues and questions regarding the roles of cognition language brain lateralization socialization psychopathology and coping with affect are presented. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203761588

Psychological and Psychiatric Problems in Men What causes a man to become depressed or even psychotic? This book originally published in 1991 provides an account of a grossly neglected subject: the social sexual psychological and psychiatric problems facing men. Dealing with issues such as aggression violence criminality sexuality and alcohol and drug dependence it will be essential reading for health professionals social workers and welfare officers as well as those interested in gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315747

Psychological and Social Structures Originally published in 1984 this work is organised in three parts. Each part consists of several related chapters. Each chapter explores the assumptions and implications of a closely related group of concepts in depth. Part 1 explores what a structure is. It considers such notions as content context constraint unity integrity and the hierarchical and nucleate forms of organization. Part 2 critically explores the dynamic (energic) conceptualization of psychological and social phenomena. Thus this part considers such notions as energy entropy activity confirmation discrepancy and resistance as they apply to and affect the stability activity and changes observed in psychological and social structures. The relationship among the biological (metabolic) psychological and social levels of analysis are explored from a rather simplified thermodynamic point of view. In Part 3 brings all these earlier considerations to bear upon the processes by which these structures grow and develop. It explores the concept of development itself and such related issues as the levels-by-stages model of development the distinction between intrastructural and intergenerational development the orthogenic principles the process of primordial differentiation and integration development as a dialectical process and the relationship between growth and development. The Epilogue indicates briefly some of the implications of the present thesis for future empirical and theoretical investigations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367495190

Psychological Anthropology for the 21st Century This book provides a comprehensive introduction to psychological anthropology covering both the early history and contemporary state of the field. Eller discusses the major themes theories figures and publications and provides a detailed survey of the essential and enduring relationship between anthropology and psychology. The volume charts the development celebrates the accomplishments critiques the inadequacies and considers the future of a field that has made great contributions to the overall discipline of anthropology. The chapters feature rich ethnographic examples and boxes for more in-depth discussion as well as summaries and questions to support teaching and learning. This is essential reading for all students new to the study of psychological anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593763

Psychological Approaches to Pain ManagementA Practitioner's Handbook This authoritative handbook--now significantly revised with more than 50% new material--introduces practitioners and students to the state of the art in psychological interventions for managing pain. Leading experts review the most effective treatment approaches for enhancing patients' coping and self-efficacy and reducing pain-related disability including cognitive-behavioral therapy biofeedback clinical hypnosis group therapy and more. Strategies for integrating psychosocial and medical treatments for specific populations are described with chapters on back pain headache cancer and other prevalent chronic pain disorders. Attention is given to customizing intervention for individual patients maximizing treatment adherence and preventing overuse of opioids and other medications. New to This Edition*Chapter on resilience focusing on mindfulness- and acceptance-based approaches.*Chapters on managing pain with comorbid psychological disorders (posttraumatic stress disorder and substance use disorder).*Chapter on emerging uses of technology.*Even more practitioner friendly: every chapter concludes with bulleted "Clinical Highlights."*Many new authors; extensively revised with over 15 years of research and clinical advances. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462528530

Psychological Approaches to Understanding and Treating Auditory HallucinationsFrom theory to therapy This book draws on clinical research findings from the last three decades to offer a review of current psychological theories and therapeutic approaches to understanding and treating auditory hallucinations addressing key methodological issues that need to be considered in evaluating interventions. Mark Hayward Clara Strauss and Simon McCarthy-Jones present a historical narrative on lessons learnt the evolution of evidence bases and an agenda for the future. The text also provides a critique of varying therapeutic techniques enabling practice and treatment decisions to be grounded in a balanced view of differing approaches. Chapters cover topics including: behavioural and coping approaches cognitive models of voice hearing the role of self-esteem and identity acceptance-based and mindfulness approaches interpersonal theory. Psychological Approaches to Understanding and Treating Auditory Hallucinations brings together and evaluates diffuse literature in an accessible and objective manner making it a valuable resource for clinical researchers and postgraduate students. It will also be of significant interest to academic and clinical psychologists working within the field of psychotic experiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703049

Psychological Aspects of Crisis Negotiation Psychological Aspects of Crisis Negotiation Third Edition explores the methods and strategies for confronting the nine types of subjects typically encountered in hostage/suicide sieges by correctional staff and law enforcement crisis negotiators. Strentz an experienced negotiator who designed and directed the FBI’s hostage negotiator program lays out the critical elements that are required for a successful encounter with a hostage taker or other malfeasant. This book highlights psychological dynamics of negotiations as they apply to the negotiator the hostage and the subject. It discusses the predictors of surrender versus the need for a tactical intervention and examines the phases of a hostage crisis and the changing focus as the crisis develops. Referencing historical events such as the Bay of Pigs invasion and the Challenger and Columbia incidents this text demonstrates how faulty group decision making can spell tragedy. Enhanced with case studies to put the material into context this third edition also includes new chapters on the SWAT team/crisis negotiator interface and on the genesis of the increased incidence of mentally ill hostage takers. Based on decades of experience in the fi eld and practical advice from a national expert this volume arms negotiators with the knowledge and tools they need to defuse crises and increase the odds that hostages will survive. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138557031

Psychological Aspects of Inflammatory Bowel DiseaseA biopsychosocial approach In the Western world around 360 in every 100 000 individuals have inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) a relapsing-remitting autoimmune disease that affects the gastrointestinal tract. Its impact on individual functioning across physical and psychosocial domains is significant and psychological distress is a common feature with research suggesting that active IBD is associated with one of the highest rates of depression and anxiety of all chronic illnesses. Despite the high prevalence of mental health co-morbidities in IBD psychological illness remains largely undertreated with studies showing that 60% of IBD patients experiencing mental health problems do not receive adequate help. In this book Knowles and Mikocka-Walus bring together world experts who practice integrated and holistic approach in their care for IBD patients to provide an overview of research across a range of topics associated with the biopsychosocial treatment of IBD. Each chapter provides an up-to-date comprehensive consolidation and evaluation of the current literature alongside recommendations for practice. Key themes include: current understanding of the interrelationship of the neurological and biological aspects of IBD common concerns and issues individuals with IBD face exploring challenges across individual life-stages current evidence for psychosocial interventions recommendations for future directions of biopsychosocial work. Psychological Aspects of Inflammatory Bowel Disease: A biopsychosocial approach is a key resource for researchers practitioners and academics considering psychosocial aspects of the disease and psychological interventions. It will also appeal to health psychologists and mental health practitioners working with clients with IBD as well as gastroenterologists interested in a comprehensive and holistic approach to IBD management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138703308

Psychological Aspects of Learning and Teaching Educational psychology has much to offer teachers and trainee teachers which can be of help to them in their work. In this book originally published in 1983 leading experts look at a number of important topics in educational psychology. The chapters present detailed overviews of these key issues survey recent research findings and advances in the subject at the time and discuss innovative techniques and approaches which are particularly relevant for classroom practice. This book much needed at the time will still be extremely useful to mature teachers and to all students of educational psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138723849

Psychological Aspects of Physical Education and Sport Psychology has an important part to play in the teaching and practice of physical education and sport and this volume originally published in 1972 provided a systematic and authoritative introduction to the major areas in this field at the time. The contributors leading experts in the UK and US cover five major areas of psychology: perception learning personality motivation and emotion focusing attention on important current research of the time and opening up these areas for the serious student. They review controversial issues of central importance in physical education and sport pointing to practical implications for learning teaching and coaching. A great opportunity to read an early take on what has become a central part of physical education and sport today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138650800

Psychological Aspects of Sport-Related Concussions Recognition of concussion as a serious injury informed by neurological and physiological research is now commonplace in sport. However research on the psychology of concussive injury—its psychological implications and outcomes and psychological interventions for prevention and recovery—has largely been overlooked. This is the first book to explicitly and authoritatively set out the psychological aspects of sport-related concussion from a multidisciplinary and global perspective The book attempts to offer a global understanding of the injury by presenting an historical overview; exploring the psychological implications of sport-related concussion and the influence of gender and sociocultural context on concussive injury and recovery; setting out practical guidance on working with special populations suffering from concussive injuries; and discussing the theoretical and methodological considerations for research on concussion and future directions for this research.Written by a group of leading international experts and offering a hitherto underdeveloped perspective on this crucial area of sports injury research this book is crucial reading for any upper-level student researcher sport scientist coach or allied health professional working on sport-related concussion. It is also valuable reading for students and researchers interested in the psychosocial processes that impact injury and recovery or general professional practice in sport psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367731182

Psychological Assessment Psychiatric Diagnosis And Treatment Planning First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004825

Psychological Assessment And Treatment Of Persons With Severe Mental disorders First published in 1994. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9780203782323

Psychological Assessment in Clinical PracticeA Pragmatic Guide There have been numerous books published that have dealt with psychological assessment. These books have ranged from the theoretical to the clinical. However most of the pragmatics involved in the day-to-day activities of the psychological assessor often have been neglected in the press. In light of the above the primary objective of Psychological Assessment in Clinical Practice is to provide the reader(students and practitioners alike) with the realities of conducting psychological assessment in clinical settings where there is not the availability of a plethora of research assistants and staff. Indeed most individuals end up being solo practitioners or at best work in settings where they must conduct assessment themselves. This multi-authored book then details the specifics as to how this is done. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996885

Psychological Assessment with the MMPI-2 / MMPI-2-RF This third edition apprises users of the MMPI-2/MMPI-2-Restructured Form (RF) for the ever-changing landscape of this dynamic personality/psychopathology instrument and its expanding utility in a variety of contexts. Two new chapters addressing the RC scales and the MMPI-2-RF are included in this updated text. Additionally over 450 new references have been incorporated into the book with information gathered and organized for practical clinical and forensic applications. The codetype interpretation chapter has expanded its sections with more in-depth feedback information and treatment considerations for clinicians to help in facilitating the formulation of treatment recommendations and strengthening therapeutic relationships with their clients. A number of special scales with clinical and forensic applications are also covered in this edition. An important section has been added addressing the MMPI and suicide. This new edition is a must-have resource that will inform and guide users of the MMPI-2 and MMPI-2-RF in their daily practices and assist researchers in conceptualizing the operating characteristics and configural relationships among the various scales and indices that comprise this instrument. From simple single scale interpretation to complex configural relationships this text addresses a broad bandwidth of interpretive information designed for text users’ at all levels of sophistication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415526333

Psychological AssessmentA Problem-Solving Approach This authoritative clinical reference and text provides a complete guide to conducting empirically based assessments to support accurate diagnoses and better clinical care. The book builds crucial skills for gathering and interpreting data for specific assessment purposes. It also presents more advanced ways to integrate information from tests interviews observations and other sources within a biopsychosocial framework that fully addresses the needs of each client. Particular attention is given to accounting for potential biases that affect every stage of the decision-making process. User-friendly features include case examples advice on writing reports and giving feedback to clients and a detailed sample report. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462519583

Psychological Concepts and Dissociative Disorders This book is based on a symposium that was inspired by the late Donald O. Hebb who in his latter years while an Honorary Professor in the Department of Psychology at Dalhousie University became very interested in the phenomenon of multiple personality and other dissociative states. Hebb was troubled by the lack of understanding of dissociative behavior and through his discussions with basic science and clinical colleagues in psychology and psychiatry he became convinced that the subject would be a figurative gold mine for psychological theory and experimentation. The purpose of the symposium was to bring together clinical and research scientists with an interest and expertise in dissociative phenomena such as multiple personality disorder hysteria and hypnosis. This group would exchange ideas and findings discuss theory and lay the groundwork for an interdisciplinary research program into dissociative phenomena generally and more specifically into multiple personality disorder and its principal precipitating factor -- physical and sexual abuse in children. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203771952

Psychological ConceptsAn International Historical Perspective Among the scientific advances over the last one hundred years those in psychological science rank among the most prolific and revealing. The analyses of human intelligence and cognition of human consciousness and self-awareness of human memory and learning and of human personality structure have opened up new avenues towards a deeper understanding of the human nature the human mind and its evolution. These new insights whilst meeting high standards of research methodology have also given rise to a conceptual grid which connects hitherto divergent lines of research in the human and behavioral sciences leading up to present-day neuroscience.The Editors both past presidents of the International Union of Psychological Science (IUPsyS) bring together a distinguished panel of international experts in the attempt to unravel in a comparative cross-cultural and historical approach changing contents and functions of psychological key concepts (such as intelligence cognition mind and the self). Their findings help to guide psychological theorizing psychological experimentation and field research and in so doing they apply behavioral science insights to the improvement of human affairs. Prepared under the aegis of the International Union of Psychological Science the book exemplifies a concept-driven international history of psychological science.With its team of distinguished researchers from four continents Psychological Concepts: An International Historical Perspective outlines the history of psychology in a truly innovative way. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651141

Psychological Consulting To ManagementA Clinician's Perspective First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869110

Psychological CriminologyAn Integrative Approach Psychological Criminology addresses the question: what is it about individuals and their experiences that cause them to commit crime and/or to become criminal? This book provides a comprehensive coverage of psychological theories of crime and criminality exploring theories focusing on factors present at birth (human nature heredity); theories that focus on factors that influence the offender over the lifespan (learning development); and theories focusing on factors present at the crime scene. It emphasizes the connections among the different approaches and demonstrates how taken together rather than as rival explanations they provide a more complete picture of crime and criminality than each provides individually. Theories are arranged throughout the book in a temporal sequence from distal to proximal causes of crime. The analysis spans 100 000 years from the evolutionary roots of criminal behaviour in the ancestral environments of early humans on the African savana to the decision to engage in a specific criminal act. Key features of the book include: a focus on theory – ‘explaining’ crime and criminality an integrative approach accessible to readers who do not have a background in psychology. Psychological Criminology highlights the contributions that psychological theory can make to the broader field of criminology; it will be of interest to students academics researchers and practitioners in both criminology and forensic psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Willan 9781843928058

Psychological Development From InfancyImage to Intention Originally published in 1979 this volume represented a unique attempt to connect the usually separated fields of infancy studies and studies of older children. In each chapter eminent research workers attempt to cross the theoretical empirical and methodological barriers that had traditionally separated the study of preverbal infants from the study of verbal children and adults at the time. These completely new and original contributions traced the developmental links between birth and conversation within three major categories: perceptual cognitive and language development. Although the chapters range from reports of well-defined research areas to theoretical propositions the aim throughout was to relate the events of the first year of life to the child’s later perceptual and cognitive activity. This book will still be of interest for all concerned with child development and related areas in that it demonstrates the remarkable range of observations about infants brought under a single guiding set of questions about continuity stability and the sources of change during and after the first year of life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138060371

Psychological Development of High Risk Multiple Birth Children Originally published in 1991 this monograph presents pioneering work on the growth and development of triplets quadruplets and quintuplets. Twelve years were spent researching the effects of multiple caregiving low birthweight and intra-uterine conditions on the personality development of multiple birth children. Child development specialists psychologists and clinical psychologists will find this work applies not only to multiple birth children but also to those born with low birthweights or other high-risk complications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138093539

Psychological Effects of Catastrophic DisastersGroup Approaches to Treatment A thorough user-friendly guide of basic knowledge and group interventions for psychological trauma from terrorist attacks and other catastrophic disastersThere is relatively little literature on the psychological trauma caused by catastrophic disasters including terrorist attacks and the impending threats of terrorism. Psychological Effects of Catastrophic Disasters: Group Approaches to Treatment fills that gap by comprehensively discussing ways to minimize the psychological damage resulting from catastrophic disasters as well as the trauma developed from the threat of future terrorist attacks. The book provides thorough presentations of almost manualized group methods for the prevention and treatment of the acute and longer-term psychological effects for children adolescents and adults.Appropriate treatment immediately after a catastrophe can diminish harmful psychological effects enhance an individual’s quality of life decrease psychosomatic illnesses and the exacerbation of chronic medical conditions increase the effective utilization of medical facilities and decrease medical expenses. In this book internationally renowned authorities provide practical expert suggestions and helpful examples to illustrate the interventions and provide a quick reference for professionals facing the aftermath of prospective terrorist disasters and other catastrophic events. Psychological Effects of Catastrophic Disasters: Group Approaches to Treatment is divided into four sections. The first section provides an overview of the book; the second discusses the foundations and broad issues which potentially affect the outcome of group treatment; the third section presents group models which address the particular needs of children adolescents parents emergency service personnel and mental health practitioners; and the fourth part considers future directions of treatment. Designed to be used as a comprehensive single source for professionals working with victims of trauma caused by terrorism or catastrophic disaster this book can be read and used in its entirety or specific chapters detailing treatments can be chosen and used independently as needed. Extensive references allow opportunities for further research.Psychological Effects of Catastrophic Disasters: Group Approaches to Treatment presents unique first-person accounts of September 11th and examines: the neurobiological effects of a traumatic disaster the effective use of psychotropic medication the implications of living with ongoing terrorist threats a new framework for preparedness and response to disasters and trauma for children and families cultural religious and ethnic differences related to the prevention and treatment of psychological sequelae the diagnosis and treatment of traumatic grief retraumatization distressing reminders and their effects on post-traumatic adjustment the knowledge trauma therapists need to integrate small group principles the diagnosis and group treatment of acute and long-term effects with adults and children the use of spiritual principles after a terrorist disaster or catastrophic event nine types of groups appropriate for specific populationsPsychological Effects of Catastrophic Disasters: Group Approaches to Treatment is a timely comprehensive reference for social workers psychologists psychiatrists health professionals mental health professionals educators and students.The royalties from this book shall be donated to organizations which provide direct services to those who continue to be affected by the events of September 11th 2001 and Hurricane Katrina (August 29th 2005). Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821306

Psychological Evaluation in PsychotherapyTen Case Histories Written by a scholar who is a therapist and a psychodiagnostician this book documents the direct relationship between patient response patterns to a battery of psychological tests and their subsequent behavior in psychotherapy. Unlike other books in the field which concentrate on psychodiagnostics or psychological report writing Blank takes the reader session-by-session through the therapeutic notes of ten patients who were in therapy. At each step of the way patient behavior in therapy is shown alongside test response patterns.This book first published in 1965 continues to provide a major contribution both as a practical manual and as a reference book for clinical psychologists psychiatrists social workers trainees and students. Anyone who is interested in using psychological evaluations to better understand the intricacies of the therapeutic process will fi nd the book an invaluable aid. So also will those who want to sharpen their diagnostic skills as part of theory construction.The author also provides a description and rationale of commonly employed psycho-diagnostic techniques diagnostic overviews for each of the ten patients emphasizing the dynamics of differing diagnostic patterns and their prognostic implications complete test data and process therapy notes for each of the ten patients and an analysis of the complex interplay of personality resources of the patient the personality of the therapist and the fortuitous circumstances that enter into every therapeutic situation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531055

Psychological Evaluations for the CourtsA Handbook for Mental Health Professionals and Lawyers Tens of thousands of readers have relied on this leading text and practitioner reference--now revised and updated--to understand the issues the legal system most commonly asks mental health professionals to address. The volume demystifies the forensic psychological assessment process and provides guidelines for participating effectively and ethically in legal proceedings. Presented are clinical and legal concepts and evidence-based assessment procedures pertaining to criminal and civil competencies the insanity defense and related doctrines sentencing civil commitment personal injury claims antidiscrimination laws child custody juvenile justice and other justice-related areas. Case examples exercises and a glossary facilitate learning; 19 sample reports illustrate how to conduct and write up thorough legally admissible evaluations. New to This Edition*Extensively revised to reflect important legal empirical and clinical developments.*Increased attention to medical and neuroscientific research.*New protocols relevant to competence risk assessment child custody and mental injury evaluations.*Updates on insanity sentencing civil commitment the Americans with Disabilities Act Social Security juvenile and family law and the admissibility of expert testimony.*Material on immigration law (including a sample report) and international law.*New and revised sample reports. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462532667

Psychological Expertise in CourtPsychology in the Courtroom Volume II Expertise in Court: Perspectives on Testimony is the second of a two-volume set on the Psychology of the Courtroom. The authors a renowned group of psychology and legal scholars offer definitive coverage of the use of psychological expert testimony and evidence in a variety of legal contexts. They explore the controversies that surround it from questions of its admissibility to its effects on eventual juror decisions. A wide range of topics are covered including system and estimator variables in eyewitness identification expert testimony on psychological syndromes the insanity defence and sexual harassment how child sexual abuse is used by the courts and recent research on false confessions. They also provide a comparative analysis exploring how different types of psychological expert testimony and evidence are used by different countries’ legal systems. All the chapters conclude by making specific recommendations for how psychological research and information could be better utilized by courts around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602813

Psychological Foundations of MarketingThe Keys to Consumer Behavior This is the only textbook to provide an applied critical introduction to the role of psychology in marketing branding and consumer behavior. Ideally suited for both students and professionals the new edition is a complete primer on how psychology informs and explains marketing strategies and how consumers respond to them. The book provides comprehensive coverage of: Motivation: the human needs at the root of many consumer behaviors and marketing decisions. Perception: the nature of perceptual selection attention and organization and how they relate to the evolving marketing landscape. Decision making: how and under what circumstances it is possible to predict consumer choices attitudes and persuasion. Personality and lifestyle: how insight into consumer personality can be used to formulate marketing plans. Social behavior: the powerful role of social influence on consumption. Now featuring case studies throughout to highlight how psychological research can be applied in the marketplace and insightful analysis of the role of digital media and new technologies this award-winning textbook is required reading for anyone interested in this fascinating and evolving subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138219151

Psychological Governance and Public PolicyGoverning the mind brain and behaviour There have been significant developments in the state of psychological neuroscientific and behavioural scientific knowledge relating to the human mind brain action and decision-making over the past two decades. These developments have influenced public policy making and popular culture in the UK and elsewhere – through policies and emerging social practices focussed on behavioural change happiness wellbeing therapy resilience and character. Yet little attention has been paid to examining the wider political and ethical significance of the widespread use of psychological governance techniques. There is a pressing and recognised need to address the behaviour change agenda in relation to how our cultural ideas about the brain mind behaviour and self are changing. This book provides a critical account of existing forms of psychological governance in relation to public policy. It asks whether we can speak of a co-ordinated and novel shift in governance or rather whether these trends are more simply pragmatic policy tools based on advances in scientific evidence. With contributions from leading scholars across the social sciences from the UK the USA and Canada chapters identify practical political and research challenges posed by the current policy enthusiasm for particular branches of affective neuroscience behavioural economics positive psychology and happiness economics. The core focus of this book is to investigate the ways in which knowledge about the mind brain and behaviour has informed the methods and techniques of governance and to explore the implications of this for shaping citizen identity and social practice. This groundbreaking book will be of interest to students scholars and policy-makers interested and working within geography economics sociology psychology politics and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138624214

Psychological IllnessA community study Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1962 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138875906

Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 and Families Parents and Children With specially commissioned introductions from international experts the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series draws together previously published chapters on key themes in psychological science that engage with people’s unprecedented experience of the pandemic. This volume collects chapters that address prominent issues and challenges presented by the SARS-CoV-2 pandemic to families parents and children. A new introduction from Marc H. Bornstein reviews how disasters are known to impact families parents and children and explores traditional and novel responsibilities of parents and their effects on child growth and development. It examines parenting at this time detailing consequences for home life and economies that the pandemic has triggered; considers child discipline and abuse during the pandemic; and makes recommendations that will support families in terms of multilevel interventions at family community and national and international levels. The selected chapters elucidate key themes including children’s worry stress and parenting positive parenting programs barriers which constrain population-level impact of prevention programs and the importance of culturally adapting evidence-based family intervention programs. Featuring theory and research on key topics germane to the global pandemic the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series offers thought-provoking reading for professionals students academics policy makers and parents concerned with the psychological consequences of COVID-19 for individuals families and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367682989

Psychological Insights for Understanding Covid-19 and Health With specially commissioned introductions from international experts the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series draws together previously published chapters on key themes in psychological science that engage with people’s unprecedented experience of the pandemic. In this volume on health Dominika Kwasnicka and Robbert Sanderman introduce chapters that explore the crucial topics of health behaviour change wellbeing stress and coping. They highlight the key role digital health technologies can play in how we manage health conditions and how we facilitate change to help individuals manage stressful situations such as physical isolation job loss and financial strain during the COVID-19 pandemic. The volume also offers an important overview of environmental and policy-based approaches to health behaviour change and addresses the highly relevant issues of identity and trust and how they shape the health of individuals communities and society. Highlighting theory and research on these key topics germane to the global pandemic the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series offers thought-provoking reading for professionals students academics and policymakers concerned with psychological consequences of COVID-19 for individuals families and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367689650

Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 and Media and Technology In the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series international experts introduce important themes in psychological science that engage with people’s unprecedented experience of the pandemic drawing together chapters as they originally appeared before COVID-19 descended on the world. This book explores how COVID-19 has impacted our relationship with media and technology and chapters examine a range of topics including fake news social media conspiracy theories belonging online emotional lives and relationship formation and identity. It shows the benefits media and technology can have in relation to coping with crises and navigating challenging situations whilst also examining the potential pitfalls that emerge due to our increasing reliance on them. In a world where the cyberpsychological space is constantly developing this volume exposes the complexities surrounding the interaction of human psychology with media and technology and reflects on what this might look like in the future. Featuring theory and research on key topics germane to the global pandemic the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series offers thought-provoking reading for professionals students academics and policy makers concerned with the psychological consequences of COVID-19 for individuals families and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367640064

Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 and Society In the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series international experts introduce important themes in psychological science that engage with people’s unprecedented experience of the pandemic drawing together chapters as they originally appeared before COVID-19 descended on the world. This book explores how COVID-19 has impacted society and chapters examine a range of societal issues including leadership and politics community social status welfare social exclusion and accountability. Addressing the social and psychological processes that structure and are structured by our social contexts it shows not only how groups and individuals can come together to manage global crises but also how these crises can expose weaknesses in our society. The volume also reflects on how we can work together to rebuild society in the aftermath of the pandemic by cultivating a shared sense of responsibility through social integration and responsible leadership. Showcasing theory and research on key topics germane to the global pandemic the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series offers thought-provoking reading for professionals students academics and policy makers concerned with the psychological consequences of COVID-19 for individuals families and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367647599

Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 and Work In the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series international experts introduce important themes in psychological science that engage with people’s unprecedented experience of the pandemic drawing together chapters as they originally appeared before COVID-19 descended on the world. This timely and accessible book brings together a selection of chapters offering insights into issues surrounding work and the COVID-19 pandemic. Featuring content on topics such as health and wellbeing work-family flexible hours organisational communication talent management recovery from work employee engagement and flourishing burnout and organisational interventions the book includes a specially written introduction contextualising the chapters in relation to the COVID-19 crisis. Reflecting on how psychological research is relevant during a significant global event the introduction examines the potential future impact of the pandemic on the practice and study of psychology and our lives more generally. Featuring theory and research on key topics germane to the global pandemic the Psychological Insights for Understanding COVID-19 series offers thought-provoking reading for professionals students academics and policy makers concerned with the psychological consequences of COVID-19 for individuals families and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367636074

Psychological Interventions for Children with Sensory Dysregulation Sensory processing difficulties can lead to puzzling hard-to-treat emotional and behavioral challenges in children and adolescents. For example children who can't filter normal background sounds may seem anxious those oversensitive to touch may seem phobic and those who seek sensory input may appear hyperactive. Filled with case vignettes this highly informative guide helps mental health clinicians recognize and address sensory dysregulation that may co-occur with or be misdiagnosed as anxiety disorders attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder and other psychological or behavioral problems. In rich detail the authors illustrate how to modify cognitive-behavioral therapy and other evidence-based interventions to meet this population's unique needs and make treatment more effective. Reproducible clinical tools can be downloaded and printed in a convenient 8 1/2" x 11" size. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462527021

Psychological Issues in Eyewitness Identification Why do police officers investigators prosecutors judges and others with an interest in eliciting accurate memory-based testimony need to inform themselves of the research literature in experimental psychology that addresses the question of witness memory? The answer is straightforward from the perspective of a simple cost/benefit analysis. As with so many matters in the administration of public funds effectiveness holds important rewards. Those who investigate crimes and decide which line of investigation to pursue and which line to postpone or set aside necessarily make judgments about the likely guilt of suspects based on the information at hand. If they can make these judgments with a high degree of accuracy everyone benefits. For many cases eyewitness identification is an important component of evidence prosecution and plea negotiation. If witness identification is correctly implemented investigators and prosecutors can make their judgments effectively and focus their resources more efficiently. A major component of effectiveness requires avoiding expending scarce resources on erroneous prosecutions. It is in everyone's interest to make the best use of the memory of witnesses: to preserve it without changing it; to render it maximally accessible; to provide an environment in which witnesses feel free to report their recollections; and to accurately assess the probable validity of the witness's report regardless of the witness's certainty or doubts about its accuracy. This volume gathers evidence from various research domains on eyewitness testimony. Although many of the studies discussed deal with eyewitness identification it is noteworthy that many of them also touch upon other areas of concern to eyewitness researchers including chapters on: *voice recognition by humans and computers with particularly detailed instructions on conducting voice "lineup " *differential aspects of recognition memory in children *elderly eyewitness' memory *problems of cross-racial identification *psychological aspects of facial image reconstruction techniques *person descriptions *particular benefits of reinstating context as a means to improve eyewitness memory *problems associated with various research paradigms in the eyewitness arena and *recommendations on how to conduct lineups and photospreads and their proper evaluation. Differentiated from other literature on this topic by its non-technical language and accessibility to non-professionals this volume covers a great deal of ground raises a host of questions settles some others and points the way to more effective use and evaluation of what eyewitnesses have to say. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315821023

Psychological Metaphysics The research literature on causal attribution and social cognition generally consists of many fascinating but fragmented and superficial phenomena. These can only be understood as an organised whole by elucidating the fundamental psychological assumptions on which they depend. Originally published in 1993 Psychological Metaphysics is an exploration of the most basic and important assumptions in the psychological construction of reality with the aim of showing what they are how they originate and what they are there for. Peter A. White proposes that people basically understand causation in terms of stable specific powers of things operating to produce effects under suitable conditions. This underpins an analysis of people’s understanding of causal processes in the physical word and of human action which makes a radical break with the Heiderian tradition. Psychological Metaphysics suggests that causal attribution is in the service of the person’s practical concerns and any interest in accuracy or understanding is subservient to this. A notion of regularity in the world is of no more than minor importance in causal attribution and social cognition is not so much a matter of cognitive mechanisms or processes but more of cultural ways of thinking imposed upon tacit unquestioned universal assumptions. Psychological Metaphysics incorporates not only research and theory in social cognition and developmental psychology but also philosophy and the history of ideas. It will be challenging to everyone interested in how we try to understand the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202603

Psychological Methods Of Child Assessment This book provides some common background in child development and assists the provider of child assessment services to determine appropriate procedures to answer questions and investigate specific problems. It is intended for graduate students in child clinical psychology and school psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138868984

Psychological ModelingConflicting Theories The phenomenon of learning has always been of fundamental interest to psychologists. Although much of the research in this area approaches the process of learning as a consequence of direct experience this volume is principally concerned with learning by example.A widening interest in modeling and vicarious processes of learning has been apparent in recent years. Psychological Modeling highlights the most important work done in the subject and offers an extensive review of the major theories of learning by modeling. In his introductory essay the editor identifies the most important controversial issues in the field of observational learning and reviews a large body of research findings.Among the questions debated in this volume are: How do observers form an internal model of the outside world to guide their actions? What role does reinforcement play in observational learning? What is the relative effectiveness of models presented in live action in pictorial presentations or through verbal description? What is the scope of modeling influences? What factors determine whether people will learn what they have observed? What types of people are most susceptible to modeling influences and what types of models are most influential in modifying the behavior of others?This volume deals with an important problem area in a lively fashion. Its special organization makes it a stimulating adjunct to all courses in psychology - undergraduate and graduate - in which psychological modeling is discussed. It also provides a readable introduction for educators and other professionals seeking reliable information on the state of knowledge in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531062

Psychological OperationsThe Soviet Challenge This book evolved from a panel entitled "Psychological Operations: East and West" presented at the annual meeting of the International Studies Association Section on Military Studies at the Naval Postgraduate School in the Fall of 1983. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284572

Psychological Perspectives in HIV CareAn Inter-Professional Approach The care paradigm for people with HIV has shifted from managing progressive illness with a poor prognosis to managing a chronic condition. Despite this improvement people living with HIV continue to experience considerable stresses so promoting their holistic wellbeing is a key aspect of long-term care. This book provides an accessible introduction for healthcare professionals who work with people living with HIV. It is designed to help readers understand how care in practice can be more person-centred and psychologically focused whilst promoting compassion health and wellbeing. Topics covered include self-awareness attachment theories and communication as well as key aspects of providing care for people living with HIV such as stigma in young adults neurocognitive issues the sexualized use of drugs managing neuropathic pain and the needs of older adults living with HIV. Invaluable reading for health professionals working within multidisciplinary teams that provide care for people living with HIV this book is also a core text for those studying in the area.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792783

Psychological Perspectives on DeafnessVolume II This edited volume picks up where Psychological Perspectives on Deafness Volume 1 ended. Composed of review chapters that reflect cutting-edge views from well-known international researchers within the field this book surveys issues within the field of deafness such as cognition learning disabilities social development language development and psychopathology. It also highlights the many new and exciting findings currently emerging from researchers across a variety of disciplines--psychology education linguistics and child development. The chapters will engage challenge and lead the field on to productive empirical and theoretical work relating to the broad range of questions which concern the psychological perspectives on deafness. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315807119

Psychological Perspectives on Early Childhood EducationReframing Dilemmas in Research and Practice The field of early childhood education and the science of psychology have a long and closely intertwined history. The study of young children's learning within school contexts provides a test of developmental theory while at the same time identifies the limits of psychology for informing practice. The purpose of this book part of the Rutgers Invitational Symposium on Education Series is to bring together the work of the leading researchers in the field of child development and early education to inform three issues facing the United States today: * clarifying developmentally appropriate instruction from the perspective of cognitive developmental psychology; * ensuring that young children's schooling adequately addresses content; and * meeting cognitive goals while simultaneously supporting social and emotional development. Throughout the role of empirical inquiry in developmental psychology for the practice of early education is examined. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138866775

Psychological Perspectives on Fear of Flying This is the first authoritative work to examine the psychological determinants and effects associated with the 'fear of flying'. The contents include: · the extent and nature of the problem of fear of flying; · understanding public perceptions of safety associated with flying; · assessment of clients; psychological treatment approaches; · the use of specific interventions (e.g. virtual reality) and clinical case studies. It is an up-to-date and wide-ranging handbook covering theory research and practice. The international panel of authors are all experienced researchers and clinicians and are leaders in their respective fields. The book is intended for those who work professionally in commercial and military aviation. This includes aviation psychologists aerospace medical/nursing personnel flying instructors clinical psychologists and psychiatrists and those involved in fear of flying programs. A secondary audience includes researchers professionals with an interest in anxiety/phobia travel health clinic nurses and counsellors/therapists. Those who have a fear of flying themselves will also find the contents of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138249974

Psychological Perspectives on Praise Praise is perhaps the most widely used technique to influence others. When used appropriately praise can motivate people make them feel better and improve their social relationships. Often however praise fails to work as intended and may even cause harm. Psychological Perspectives on Praise reviews and integrates psychological theory and research to provide an overarching perspective on praise. With contributions from leading scholars in the field this book amalgamates diverse theoretical and empirical perspectives on praise. The book starts with providing an overview of prominent theories that seek to explain the effects of praise including self-enhancement theory self-verification theory attribution theory and self-determination theory. It then discusses several lines of empirical research on how praise impacts competence and motivation self-perceptions (e.g. self-esteem and narcissism) and social relationships. It does so in a range of contexts including children’s learning at school employees’ commitment at work and people’s behavior within romantic relationships. The book concludes by showing how praise can be understood in its developmental and cultural context. Revealing that praise is a message rich in information about ourselves and our social environments this book will be of interest to social organizational personality developmental and educational psychologists; students in psychology and related disciplines; and practitioners including teachers managers and counselors who use praise in their daily practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367347475

Psychological Perspectives on Radicalization This innovative book examines radicalization from new psychological perspectives by examining the different typologies of radicalizing individuals what makes individuals resilient against radicalization and events that can trigger individuals to radicalize or to deradicalize. What is radicalization? Which psychological processes or events in a person's life play a role in radicalization? What determines whether a personal is resilient against radicalization and is deradicalization something that we can achieve? This book goes beyond previous publications on this topic by identifying concrete key events in the process of radicalization providing a useful theoretical framework that summarizes the current state-of-the-art research on radicalization and deradicalization. A model is presented in which a distinction is made between different levels of radicalization and deradicalization with key underlying psychological needs discussed: the need for identity justice significance and sensation. The authors also describe what makes people resilient against messages from "the outside world" when they belong to an extremist group and discuss observable events which may "trigger" a person to radicalize (further) or to deradicalize. Including real-world examples and clear guidelines for interventions aimed at prevention of radicalization and stimulation of deradicalization this is essential reading for policy makers researchers practitioners and students interested in this crucial societal issue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138897571

Psychological Perspectives on Religion and Religiosity Is religion to blame for deadly conflicts? Should religious behaviour be credited more often for acts of charity and altruism? In what ways are religious and ‘spiritual’ ideas practices and identities surviving and changing as religion loses its political power in those parts of the world which are experiencing increasing secularization? Written by one of the world’s leading authorities on the psychology of religion and social identity Psychological Perspectives on Religion and Religiosity offers a comprehensive and multidisciplinary review of a century of research into the origins and consequences of religious belief systems and religious behaviour. The book employs a unique theoretical framework that combines the ‘new’ cognitive-evolutionary psychology of religion examining the origins of religious ideas with the ‘old’ psychology of religiosity which looks at correlates and consequences. It examines a wide range of psychological variables and their relationship with religiosity. It is also provides fresh insights into classical topics in the psychology of religion such as religious conversion the relevance of Freud’s ideas about religion and religiosity the meaning of secularization and the crucial role women play in religion. The book concludes with the author’s reflections on the future for the psychology of religion as a field. Psychological Perspectives on Religion and Religiosity will be invaluable for academic researchers in psychology sociology anthropology political science economics and history worldwide. It will also be of great interest to advanced undergraduate students and graduate students across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415682879

Psychological Perspectives on the Self Volume 4the Self in Social Perspective The primary aim of this volume is to present the most recent advances in the psychological study of the self with a special emphasis on the factors that contribute to self-concept and self-esteem. This volume offers the following features: * state-of-the-art testimonies of important new research programs on the self * valuable reviews and literature on measurement of self-concept * analysis of sociocultural influences on self -- an understudied topic until recently * new theory on the origins of self-enhancement Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984103

Psychological Perspectives on WalkingInterventions for Achieving Change Psychological Perspectives on Walking provides a comprehensive overview of the benefits of walking and shows how we can encourage people to walk more based on psychological principles. It examines how walking significantly improves health positively impacts the environment contributes to resolving social issues and boosts the local micro-economy. This pioneering book discusses psychological motivations for walking versus not walking and asserts research-based arguments in favour of walking including both theoretical considerations and everyday concerns. The book investigates the motivations that can lead to increased walking advises on how to build walking-conducive habits and recommends strategies for decision makers for promoting changes that will allow walking to thrive more easily. The authors include success stories and lessons learned from what have become known as 'walkable' cities to show how interventions and initiatives can succeed on a practical basis. This accessible practical book is essential for urban planners; health specialists; policy makers; traffic experts; psychology civil engineering and social sciences students; and experts in the field of sustainable mobility. Psychological Perspectives on Walking will appeal to anyone in the general population in favour of a sustainable and healthy lifestyle. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367322588

Psychological Perspectives On Women's Health Significant scientific advances have been made in understanding psychological aspects of women's health and knowledge gained will be of relevance not only to women's health but to the promotion of health and illness prevention and treatment for all individuals. The current cutting-edge research detailed in this volume is intended to stimulate new thinking and research in women's health from biopsychosocial perspectives. Drawing on research from internationally respected experts topics covered include ageing stress heart disease cancer drugs weight regulation and body image pain menstruation sexuality and infertility and AIDS. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138462991

Psychological Science and the Law Psychological research can provide constructive explanations of key problems in the criminal justice system--and can help generate solutions. This state-of-the-art text dissects the psychological processes associated with fundamental legal questions: Is a suspect lying? Will an incarcerated individual be dangerous in the future? Is an eyewitness accurate? How can false memories be implanted? How do juries experts forensic examiners and judges make decisions and how can racial and other forms of bias be minimized? Chapters offer up-to-date reviews of relevant theory experimental methods and empirical findings. Specific recommendations are made for improving the quality of evidence and preserving the integrity of investigative and legal proceedings. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462538300

Psychological Statistics and Psychometrics Using Stata Psychological Statistics and Psychometrics Using Stata is a complete and concise resource for students and researchers in the behavioral sciences. The author’s primary goal in this book is to help readers become competent users of statistics. To that end he first introduces basic statistical methods such as regression t tests and ANOVA. He focuses on explaining the models how they can be used with different types of variables and how to interpret the results. After building this foundation the author covers more advanced statistical techniques including power-and-sample size calculations multilevel modeling and structural equation modeling. This book also discusses measurement concepts that are crucial in psychometrics. For instance the author explores how reliability and validity can be understood and evaluated using exploratory and confirmatory factor analysis. The author includes dozens of worked examples using real data to illustrate the theory and concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Stata Press 9781597183031

Psychological Stress in the Workplace Originally published in 1995 this book was the most up-to-date and comprehensive account of research on occupational stress at the time. It identifies the sources consequences and treatments of stress in the workplace from the perspective of organizational psychology and makes clear recommendations for future work in this area. Terry Beehr discusses how role ambiguity and conflict act as stressors in the workplace and discusses the characteristics of the job and the organization itself that can adversely affect performance. He examines the effects of stress in the workplace and describes methods that can be used to alleviate the problem both at the individual and organizational level. In addition the book is illustrated with many examples from field research over the author’s twenty years of experience in studying the workplace. This book will be of considerable interest to students and researchers in occupational psychology as well as managers and trainers. Terry Beehr is still working in this field today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012998

Psychological Testing in Child Custody Evaluations A focused look at the uses—and misuses—of psychological tests in the context of child custodyThis book presents an advanced examination of psychological testing and usage in the child custody arena. It addresses test selection issues provides insightful discussions of how to confront confirmatory biases and avoid the distortion of test findings and presents clear instructions for the use of specific tests including MMPI-2 and Rorschach and a point/counterpoint discussion of the strengths and weaknesses of the Ackerman-Schoendorf Scales for Parent Evaluation of Custody (ASPECT).Psychological Testing in Child Custody Evaluations can be viewed as a work in three parts. The first section addresses theoretical and test usage issues with chapters focusing on: addressing test selection issues from legal and psychological perspectives bias issues that interfere with the evaluator’s ability to collect and consider data objectively a functional comprehensive approach to the use of psychological tests in a child custody evaluation—with a conceptual framework for choosing assessment techniques to assess parenting competencies and other variables important in forming opinions about custodial placement and visitation access and a practical example of how to present psychological test data in an advisory report to the court a look at psychological testing from an attorney’s point of viewThe second section of Psychological Testing in Child Custody Evaluations focuses on the MMPI-2 and the Rorschach Inkblot Test in the child custody context investigating hypotheses that can be inferred from the MMPI-2 regarding parenting behaviors and the use and value of the Rorschach. This section examines: the foundation from which the MMPI-2 can generate expectations regarding five basic issues—the quality of attachment and bonding potential for antisocial behavior temper control alienation of affection and chemical abuse and dependence the range of variables that will generate useful hypotheses regarding parent-child interactions and family systems the effects of the circumstances of litigation on score elevations—including recommended limits as to how much elevation can be dismissed as only contextual the important differences between occasion validity and attribute validity the clinical application of an objective interpretation system including the courtroom credibility of explicit convergent validity the use of the Rorschach in child custody evaluations findings from a study using the Rorschach to address specific parenting variablesThe third section of Psychological Testing in Child Custody Evaluations is a focused point-counterpoint discussion of ASPECT between test creator Marc J. Ackerman and Mary Connell President of the American Academy of Forensic Psychology. This book is essential reading for child custody evaluators family law attorneys and judges practicing in the family law arena as well as educators and students in these fields. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315821115

Psychological Testing in the Age of Managed Behavioral Health Care Written by a recognized expert in assessment employed by a large managed behavioral healthcare organization (MBHO) this book seeks to provide psychologists who rely on testing as an integral part of their practice a guide on how to survive and thrive in the era of managed behavioral healthcare. It also offers ideas on how to capitalize on the opportunities that managed care presents to psychologists. The goal is to demonstrate that despite the tightening of the reins on authorizations for reimbursable testing psychological testing can continue to play an important role in psychological practice and behavioral healthcare service delivery. The book presents ideas for: *increasing the likelihood of getting tests authorized by MBHOs; *using inexpensive/public domain assessment instruments; *ethically using psychological testing in MBHO settings; *capitalizing on the movement to integrate primary care and behavioral healthcare through the use of psychological testing; and *designing and implementing outcomes assessment systems within MBHO settings. Intended for practicing psychologists and other behavioral health practitioners employed by MBHOs in direct service delivery care management or supervisory positions as well as for graduate clinical or counseling psychology students who will most likely work in MBHO settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138003538

Psychological TestingTheory and Practice Winner of the British Psychological Society's Textbook Award 2019. Psychological tests are everywhere. They are widely used by practitioners researchers clinicians and educators -anyone in fact who needs to measure various aspects of personality cognitive abilities mood and suchlike. Psychometrics is the science of psychological assessment. It covers the construction use and interpretation of psychological tests of all kinds – from simple questionnaires measuring personality moods and attitudes through to specialised tests measuring IQ and other mental abilities. Psychological Testing: Theory and Practice provides test users test developers practitioners and researchers in the social sciences education and health with an evaluative guide to choosing using interpreting and developing tests. Its aim is to give readers a thorough grasp of the principles (and limitations) of testing together with the necessary methodological detail. Unusually for an introductory text it includes coverage of several cutting-edge techniques. If you find mathematics frightening and statistics dull this engaging text will help you to understand the fundamental principles of psychometrics that underpin the measurement of any human characteristic using any psychological test. The book is accompanied by additional resources including a set of spreadsheets which use simulated data and other techniques to illustrate important issues and allow users to understand various statistical procedures work without getting bogged down in mathematical detail. These are fully integrated into the text. This is an essential introduction for all students of psychology and related disiplines as well as a useful resource for practitioners and those seeking accreditation in psychological testing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138228894

Psychological Theories for Environmental Issues Environmental psychology is an increasingly important area of research focusing on the individual and social factors responsible for many critical human responses to the physical environment. With such rapid and widespread growth the main theoretical strands have often been left unclear and their scientific and practical implications have been underdeveloped. This essential and stimulating book contextualizes and critically analyzes the main theoretical ideas. It compares the different theories assessing each one's possibilities and limitations and demonstrates how each approach has been used for the development of knowledge of environmental psychology. The research area infiltrates a broad selection of disciplines including psychology architecture planning geography sociology environmental issues economics and law. It also offers significant contributions to a wide range of policy evaluations. It will prove invaluable to academics and practitioners from across these disciplines above all those in planning environmental studies human geography and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138277427

Psychological Theory and Educational PracticeHuman Development Learning and Assessment Originally published in 1971 this book was a critical introduction to the psychology of human development learning and assessment. It was written with special attention to the needs of students of education and teachers keeping in view the practical implications of psychological evidence. The author’s purpose was to provide a clear and straightforward account of these matters while at the same time promoting a thoughtful and critical response. If the book is to be called a textbook it is so in this best sense. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138631687

Psychological Therapies for the Elderly Prior to publication it had only recently been appreciated that psychology had a great deal to offer in therapeutic terms to a wide range of patients and was not merely concerned with assessing and identifying problems. This is particularly so with the elderly where physical and mental problems and multiple pathology are compounded and where psychological aspects of the quality of life are so important. The focus of this book originally published in 1986 is on therapeutic approaches and the effective implementation of services. While the book is aimed particularly at clinical psychologists it will also be of great interest to medical nursing or occupational therapy staff working with elderly people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138315839

Psychological Therapies in Acquired Brain Injury The psychological impact of an acquired brain injury (ABI) can be devastating for both the person involved and their family. This book describes the different types of psychological therapies used to ameliorate psychological distress following ABI. Each chapter presents a new therapeutic approach by experts in the area. Readers will learn about the key principles and techniques of the therapy alongside its application to a specific case following ABI. In addition readers will gain insight into which approach may be most beneficial to whom as well as those where there may be additional challenges. Covering a wide array of psychological therapies samples range from more historically traditional approaches to those more recently developed. Psychological Therapies in Acquired Brain Injury will be of great interest to clinicians and researchers working in brain injury rehabilitation as well as practitioners researchers and students of psychology neuropsychology and rehabilitation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138581265

Psychological Therapies in Primary CareSetting up a Managed Service This book deals with effective organization and management of counselling services—a clinical service. It is intended for primary care trust chief executives and directors and commissioners and providers of national health service counselling pyschological therapy services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326449

Psychological Therapies with Older PeopleDeveloping Treatments for Effective Practice Sigmund Freud believed that psychoanalysis (and other forms of therapy) was not suitable for people over 50 years of age. In Psychological Therapies with Older People the authors demonstrate the value of a range of psychological interventions with older people showing that it is 'not too late' to help.With an emphasis on practical application and using a wide range of clinical examples the authors describe the therapies most likely to be useful in a mental health service for older people and consider the implications for service provision. Therapies covered include:* interpersonal therapy (IPT)* cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT)* psychodynamic and systemic therapy* cognitive analytical therapy (CAT).For each treatment the historical background and basic theoretical model is summarised before giving a description of the therapy in practice. The authors also discuss the theory of the use of evidence of efficacy and effectiveness in choosing therapeutic interventions summarising currently available data. Psychological Therapies with Older People will be an invaluable resource for psychiatrists and psychologists working with older people as well as to GPs nurses and occupational therapists. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315783277

Psychological Therapy for Paediatric Acquired Brain InjuryInnovations for Children Young People and Families Children young people and families living with an acquired brain injury (ABI) whether through accident illness injury or abuse are rarely offered psychological therapy and yet the benefits of such interventions can be profound. This important new book providing a selection of practice examples and insights from frontline practitioners will be essential reading for any paediatric therapist or clinician. Beginning with a "life story" of the brain where emphasis is placed on how brain development is fundamentally related to its environment the book offers key background knowledge before showcasing the core topics of assessment psychological formulation and intervention. It features a range of therapeutic models includes direct and indirect work group work and family therapy with settings varying from inpatient neurorehabilitation to community work and the transition to education. The long-term needs of those in the criminal justice system are also addressed. The closing chapters focus on the debate around effective outcome measurement and outline a vision for better services. Elevating the voices of our children young people and families living with ABI this pioneering book will provide practitioners with the confidence to work collaboratively across a range of children and young people with disorders of consciousness or communication to those with behaviour that challenges others to manage. It offers new ways to understand both children’s pasts and their futures and will be essential reading for anyone in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367276201

Psychological Therapy in Prisons and Other Settings This book examines a range of therapeutic approaches used in prisons and other secure settings and explores the challenges in such work. The approaches include Cognitive-Behavioural Therapy (CBT) Cognitive-Analytic Therapy (CAT) Attachment-Based Psychodynamic Psychotherapy and Systemic Psychotherapy. It provides insights into debates about providing therapy in prisons and other secure settings and discusses specific topics such as mental health in-reach teams working with women in prison therapy within therapeutic communities and therapy with black and minority ethnic groups. This book addresses developments in mental healthcare by the National Health Service (NHS) within prisons and on-going policy developments which aim to improve access to psychological therapies for prisoners. The contributors draw on experience both in clinical psychology and forensic psychology as well as psychotherapy and criminology. They draw on experience too in a range of environments including juvenile and young offender establishments local prisons and dispersal prisons. Psychological Therapy in Prisons and Other Secure Settings will be essential reading for people who work to improve the psychological wellbeing of individuals in prisons and other secure settings. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9780203810323

Psychological TortureDefinition Evaluation and Measurement Sadly it is highly likely that psychological torture is committed by governments worldwide and yet notwithstanding the serious moral questions that this disturbing and elusive concept raises and research in the area so limited there is no operational or legal definition. This pioneering new book provides the first scientific definition and instrument to measure what it means to be tortured psychologically as well as how allegations of psychological torture can be judged. Ground in cross-disciplinary research across psychology anthropology ethics philosophy law and medicine the book is a tour de force which analyses the legal framework in which psychological torture can exist the harrowing effects it can have on those who have experienced it and the motivations and identities of those who perpetrate it. Integrating the voices both of those who have experienced torture as well as those who have committed it the book defines what we mean by psychological torture its aims and effects as well as the moral and ethical debates in which it operates. Finally the book builds on the Istanbul Protocol to provide a comprehensive new framework including practical scales that enables us to accurately measure psychological torture for the first time. This is an important and much-needed overview and analysis of an issue that many governments have sought to sweep under the carpet. Its accessibility and range of coverage make it essential reading not only for psychologists and psychiatrists interested in this field but also human rights organizations lawyers and the wider international community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671553

Psychological Trauma and Addiction Treatment Important reading for current and future addictions treatment clinicians—this book synthesizes and integrates the expanding body of knowledge about combined trauma/addiction treatment to specifically address the needs of clinicians in addiction treatment environmentsHere in a single source is an essential overview of trauma treatment for people in addiction treatment settings. Psychological Trauma and Addiction Treatment presents specific methodologies and techniques for clients in inpatient and outpatient addiction/mental health settings. The contributors—leading clinicians and researchers in the field—provide a comprehensive set of scientific treatment approaches addressing a broad spectrum of trauma disorders.Psychological Trauma and Addiction Treatment brings you up-to-date authoritative coverage of: the dynamics of co-occurring psychological trauma and addiction all of the primary treatment frameworks currently utilized in trauma treatment treatment frameworks that take gender into account cognitive therapies in treating these co-occurring disorders the role of psychodynamic psychotherapies in treatment attachment disorders and their relation to trauma and addiction treatment EMDR as a treatment for traumatized addicts the psychoneurology of trauma and the implications of psychoneurology in addictions and trauma treatment how self-help groups can contribute to and limit recovery for psychologically traumatized clients forgiveness therapy as an adjunct to trauma treatment counselor self-care for those who work with this client populationUltimately this is a book of hope. Every author in this text has a firm belief that people with co-occurring trauma and addiction can recover can maintain quality relationships can confront life’s challenges as they arise and can be happy and fulfilled. Psychological Trauma and Addiction Treatment is designed as essential reading for entry-level and experienced addiction counselors social workers professional counselors psychologists and others working in the trauma treatment field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808406

Psychological Trauma And Adult Survivor TheoryTherapy And Transformation First published in 1991. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004795

Psychological Trauma and Juvenile DelinquencyNew Directions in Research and Intervention Recent years have seen an explosion of new research dedicated to understanding the link between psychological trauma and juvenile delinquency. Building on the work of the previous decade which uncovered shocking rates of trauma exposure and posttraumatic stress among juvenile justice-involved youth more recent work has focused on uncovering the underlying developmental mechanisms that account for the association between trauma and antisocial behavior as well as identifying the intervening processes that might encourage youth to be more positively social. Part I of this volume is dedicated to research investigating the moderating and mediating variables that might explain how childhood trauma is transformed into adolescent misbehavior. Expert contributors analyse a wide range of both traumas and traumatic reactions and diverse samples including little-studied sexual minority youth. This volume is unique in the particular attention it pays to the relatively neglected female offender. Part II describes innovative evidence-based treatments designed specifically to intervene with trauma among delinquent youth including milieu individual group family and parenting interventions as well as a novel youth theatre. The collection concludes with reflections on social policy related to the development of a trauma-informed juvenile justice system. This book was originally published as two special issues of the Journal of Child & Adolescent Trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415659826

Psychological Trauma and the Developing BrainNeurologically Based Interventions for Troubled Children Explore interventions and treatment methods designed to help curb the alarming trend toward violence in today's youth! Written in jargon-free lucid prose Psychological Trauma and the Developing Brain: Neurologically Based Interventions for Troubled Children specifically shows how positive early experiences enhance brain development and how traumatic life experiences especially child abuse and neglect can affect a child's brain and behavior. Through carefully selected case studies the book offers basic principles of treatment and a broad range of interventions that target the multiple symptoms and problems seen in children with a history of childhood trauma. Offering a new psychobiological model of child development this book incorporates the influence of both genes and the environment and conceptualizes normal and pathological development in terms of common underlying processes. For readers concerned with promoting healthy development in children and helping children recover from childhood trauma this engagingly written book describes exactly how a child's social/interpersonal environment can positively or negatively influence brain development. Throughout the book the authors highlight the interrelationship between neurobiology and psychology. They present basic information about brain development and organization describe exactly what is going on inside the brain at each stage of development and illustrate these concepts through a detailed case study of a preschooler with severe problems in communicating and relating. They discuss the pernicious effects that traumatic stress has on brain and behavior differentiating between simple and complex PTSD and review the specific brain impairments currently attributed to a childhood history of maltreatment. Using their unique psychobiological perspective and illustrative case studies the authors evaluate the principles and strategies of treatment showing how relationships and experiences can mitigate the effects childhood trauma. After fleshing out the shocking cost to society of child maltreatment the authors offer broad policy prescriptions that promote healthy development including basic strategies for prevention and early intervention. Psychological Trauma and the Developing Brain: Neurologically Based Interventions for Troubled Children will show you: how interpersonal experience shapes brain development what is going on in the brain during the critical first six years how therapeutic relationships and interpersonal experience can promote emotional and cognitive development how childhood maltreatment can damage the brain and impair the developing mind what types of experiences and therapeutic strategies can mitigate the effects of childhood trauma what policy prescriptions programs and early intervention strategies can be implemented to promote healthy development Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808888

Psychological Type Religion and Culture Comprising a selection of contemporary state of the art research that focuses on psychological type religion and culture this book can be divided into two particular areas of research. The first section focuses on the religion and psychological type of Church leaders while the second section reports on Church members their religion and their psychological type. The book attests to the importance of Jungian Psychological Type theory in understanding individual differences in religiosity within a variety of samples. Authored by a wide range of international scholars employing a wide range of measures among diverse samples and in a variety of different cultures this research provides an important contribution to current and future research. It facilitates future research work in the area outside of the white Anglo-Saxon Anglophone Christian context on which it has traditionally been focused. This book was originally published as a double special issue of the Mental Health Religion & Culture journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588847

Psychological Types Psychological Types is one of Jung's most important and famous works. First published in English by Routledge in the early 1920s it appeared after Jung's so-called fallow period during which he published little and it is perhaps the first significant book to appear after his own confrontation with the unconscious. It is the book that introduced the world to the terms 'extravert' and 'introvert'. Though very much associated with the unconscious in　Psychological Types　Jung shows himself to be a supreme theorist of the conscious. In putting forward his system of psychological types Jung provides a means for understanding ourselves and the world around us: our different patterns of behaviour our relationships marriage national and international conflict organizational functioning. This Routledge Classics edition includes a new foreword by John Beebe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138687424

Psychological Violence in the WorkplaceNew perspectives and shifting frameworks Violence is defined by the World Health Organisation as the intentional use of physical force or power threatened or actual which either results in or has a high likelihood of resulting in injury death or psychological harm. But while physical violence is seen as unacceptable why is psychological violence still treated as a secondary concern?This timely book challenges the way harm and violence in the workplace have been conceptualised translated into law and presented in organisational and management discourse. The authors argue that addressing psychological violence warrants a fresh approach that acknowledges the limits of current thinking and that centres on protecting the values of ethical practice and the people who contribute to organisations productivity and the community. Psychological Violence in the Workplace challenges the status quo and advocates a new approach for understanding and responding to the problem of victimisation at work. This book will be of interest to academics and practitioners in the fields of criminology victimology law human resource management and workplace health and safety. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367596026

Psychological War Trauma and SocietyLike a hidden wound This book explores the psychological trauma affecting soldiers and civilians who have encountered the violence of war or terrorism arguing that the enigmas surrounding war trauma are rooted in culture collective memory and social norms. Focusing primarily on a large-scale sociological study in Israel chapters detail the ideological political historical and economic factors that shape the multifaceted connection between individual and collective trauma probing the exterior layers of Israeli society and exposing the complex relationship between society and emotionally scarred individuals everywhere. Divided into three main parts particular attention is paid to the treatment of soldiers and civilians and the tension between the medical and societal approaches to PTSD shedding light on the intricate relationships between war trauma and society worldwide. Part 1 looks at traumatized soldiers and the changing attitudes towards CSR and PTSD; Part 2 explores civilian trauma and shock including the first published research on the implications of war trauma in Israeli Arab society; and Part 3 analyses the deficiencies and contradictions in current international definitions and discourses of trauma and the profound consequences of war trauma in society as a whole. Psychological War Trauma and Society will be of key value for academics and postgraduate students in the fields of psychology sociology history Jewish studies military studies social work terrorism studies and political science as well as professionals who work with traumatised individuals either directly or indirectly including psychologists psychotherapists and social workers. The Hebrew edition of the book was the winner of the 2012 AIS (Association for Israel Studies) Shapiro Award for Best Book in Israel Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356158

Psychologically Informed Environment Principles in Adult Residential Care As pressure grows on care managers and staff to work with ever more complex needs this book is a timely account of how introducing the Psychologically Informed Environment (PIE) principles into a care home will improve work practice and outcomes for residents. The PIE approach enables staff to: Have improved understanding of residents' needs Better understand how to respond effectively to complex behaviour Introduce trauma-informed practice into their work Improve staff support and morale Improve outcomes for even the most hard to reach clients Reflecting on one care home’s journey to becoming a PIE this book shows how low-cost high-impact interventions delivered on the frontline can have far reaching effects on the wellbeing of residents staff and wider culture of the care environment. It will be of interest to all professional academics policy-makers and students working in the fields of adult social services and health and social care more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367436476

Psychologically Informed MediationStudies in Conflict and Resolution Psychologically Informed Mediation explores the understanding of conflict and the use of a psychologically informed mediation approach to help resolve it. The book has two distinct parts; it starts with looking at our understanding of conflict and challenges the more negative views placing conflict as essential for dynamic development. It then describes the process of mediation and looks at several different models. The author draws on existential and phenomenological philosophy and psychology and shows how they can enable a mediator to facilitate a meaningful resolution of conflict. The second part of the book offers eight dramatised case studies to illustrate the psychological and relational nature of conflict giving detailed analysis of the mediation process using supportive theoretical material where relevant. This book offers a unique approach to mediation and is accessible to a broad audience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367519995

Psychologisation in Times of Globalisation Today more than ever our understanding of ourselves others and the world around us is described in psychological terms. Psychologists deeply influence our society and psychological-discourse has invaded companies advertising culture politics and even our social and family life. Moreover psychologisation has become a global process applied to situations such as torture reality TV and famine. This book analyses this ‘overflow of psychology’ in the three main areas of science culture and politics. The concept of psychologisation has become crucial to current debates in critical psychology. De Vos combines these debates with insights from the fields of critical theory philosophy and ideology critique to present the first book-length argument that seriously considers the concept of psychologisation in these times of globalisation. The book contains numerous real-world examples making it an accessible and engaging analysis that should be of interest to researchers postgraduates and undergraduate students of psychology and philosophy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415682022

Psychologist's Neuropsychotropic Desk Reference First published in 1999. This comprehensive neuropsychotropic drug reference is designed with prescribing psychologists and psychology students in mind. An accurate and authoritative reference the Psychologists' Neuropsychotropic Drug Reference (PNDR) details drug monographs for over 80 different prescription neuropsychotropic drugs available for clinical prescription in North America.Each neuropsychotropic monograph is clearly and concisely written to reflect essential and important data that are commonly required by prescribing psychologists and psychology students. Thus whenever possible and appropriate each monograph includes: a phonetic pronunciation guide; up to five common trade or brand names; pharmacologic or therapeutic classification and subclassification; USDEA schedule designation for abuse potential; recommended dosages; and many other critical details.The form style and content of each monograph has been reviewed by members of an Editorial Advisory Committee of distinguished psychologists. With this quality assurance this text is certain to become an asset to prescribing psychologists and psychology students as they strive to provide the maximum benefit of neuropsychotropic pharmacotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009684

Psychologists on Psychology (Classic Edition) This is a Classic Edition of David Cohen’s unique collection of interviews with eminent psychologists first published in 1977. The book presents conversations with thirteen of the world’s great psychologists who dominated the subject from 1950 to 1980 and who shaped psychology as we know it today. Those interviewed include Burrhus Skinner Donald Broadbent Hans Eysenck and also R.D Laing Noam Chomsky and Niko Tinbergen. This classic edition contains a newly written introduction which contextualises the interviews as a critique and diagnosis of the problems of contemporary psychology in the mid 1970’s. Together the interviews cover a broad range of approaches and the lively debates about theory practice and what it means to be human which were occurring at that time. The book shows the different approaches each psychologist has to the subject and why in terms of background education experimental research and personal preference they came to the positions they hold. The classic edition of Psychologists on Psychology provides an astute critical snapshot of psychology at that time. It will be of great interest to anyone with an interest in psychology the history of psychology and the history of ideas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808508

Psychologists' Psychotropic Drug Reference First published in 1998. The purpose of this book is to provide prescribing psychologists and psychology students with an accurate and authoritative reference for psychotropic drugs that are commonly available for clinical prescription in North America. The reference is particularly directed for use by psychologists and psychology students who already have or are currently developing their professional expertise and responsibilities in the prescription and management of psychotropic pharmacotherapy as an adjunct to their psychotherapy. The Reference lists detailed drug monographs for over 100 different prescription psychotropic drugs available in North America. Thus this reference is the most comprehensive psychotropic drug reference for clinical psychologists currently available. Each psychotropic monograph is clearly and concisely written to only reflect essential and important data that are commonly required by prescribing psychologists. Whenever available and appropriate each monograph includes phonetic pronunciation up to five common trade or brand names pharmacologic or therapeutic classification and subclassification United States Drug Enforcement Agency (USDEA) schedule designation for abuse potential recommended dosages for adults children and the elderly helpful and important notes regarding methods of administration relative contraindications clinically significant drug interactions and more. It is hoped that by using the information presented in is book prescribing psychologists and psychology students will be better able to provide their patients with the maximum benefits of adjunctive pharmacotherapy with a minimum of adverse and toxic effects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009691

Psychology Emotion and Intuition in Work RelationshipsThe Head Heart and Gut Professional Psychology Emotion and Intuition in Work Relationships: The Head Heart and Gut Professional highlights the increasing importance of human relations in professional life. In modern society all those who work with or provide services to others are increasingly called upon to be not just technical experts but also ‘head heart and gut professionals’ – who can work and relate to others with their head heart and gut. The book explains and synthesises these elements in an accessible way based on a sound theoretical perspective combined with practical guidance. The authors address how to manage client expectations; how to deal with risk uncertainty and imperfection as well as how to improve communication and interpersonal skills. Attention is also given to the central role of empathy and rapport in professional relationships while recognising the need for proper professional boundaries. Psychology Emotion and Intuition in Work Relationships will be a valuable guide for all modern practising and training professionals in a broad range of fields including mental health law social and healthcare teaching and academia technology financial and other services – indeed for anyone who provides services and has working relationships of any kind. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138302747

Psychology Humour and ClassA Critique of Contemporary Psychology This challenging book critically examines three forms of contemporary psychology all displaying various signs of crisis through analogy with humour associated with three different class perspectives: mainstream psychology; critical psychology; and postpsychology. By fusing the best of the three psychologies with political and cultural critiques the book poses the question: what if class conflict and the crises of psychology are related? This is precisely the Gordian Knot which Fozooni tries to untangle. First the author demonstrates how psychology has traditionally veered towards either an upper-class or a middle-class paradigm. With the demise of these two old paradigms a new understanding of psychology is gradually emerging - a postpsychology. Describing how ‘mainstream’ and ‘critical’ psychologies are undergoing late-life crisis and ‘postpsychology’ is experiencing its birth pangs in an environment hostile to its existence the book provides an alternative narrative of psychology. The author suggests that whilst all three forms of psychology have contributed to our self-comprehension it is only postpsychology that possesses the attributes necessary for a global remaking of humanity. Tackling the discipline of psychology head-on Fozooni pits against it a series of scathing yet tongue-in-cheek critiques making this fascinating and provocative reading for all students and academics interested in psychology as well as the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138614123

Psychology Psychotherapy and Evangelicalism Originally published in 1940 this is a contribution to the better understanding of Evangelical experience and doctrine. It is the author’s belief that the application of psychology to religion in general can make little or no further advance except through the study of particular types of religious experience. The various psychotherapeutic techniques provide the means for such a study and in this volume they are applied to Evangelicalism. At first the author attempts to justify this application to Evangelical experience and doctrine and outlines what he believes to be the essence of Evangelicalism. Part 2 of the book begins the contribution proper with an attempt to get a clear view of conscience and proceeds to salvation and its problems: conversion guilt sin forgiveness atonement. Part 3 deals with Evangelical experience and doctrine and the spiritual life of the Evangelical and concludes with some general applications of psychology to Church work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138681132

Psychology Science And Human AffairsEssays In Honor Of William Bevan These original essays written by prominent scholars pay tribute to the work of William Bevan. The authors examine central themes and issues that Bevan has addressed in his own work. Including an afterword by Bevan as well as one of his key essays the book reveals how Bevan has placed landmarks and posed challenges across the landscape of psychological thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284596

Psychology Strategy and ConflictPerceptions of Insecurity in International Relations This volume examines the explanatory nesting approach in the analysis of international relations and its continuing relevance in the 21st century. International relations theory urgently needs strategies for coping with the growing complexity of the international system following the collapse of the US–Soviet bipolar stalemate the multiple challenges to US unipolar hegemony and the rise of powerful non-Western actors.　 Over the course of this book leading scholars of international relations and diplomatic history return to an approach to explanation pioneered in the writings of Robert Jervis. The approach calls for nesting multiple layers of explanation--systemic strategic and perceptual--in an integrated causal account that is simultaneously parsimonious and nuanced. Highlighting the logic of strategic interactions under uncertainty it also integrates the effects of psychological biases and the unintended consequences of acting in complex systems to provide explanations that are at once theoretically rigorous and rich in empirical detail. Analyzing the current state of Realist theory signaling under conditions of uncertainty and anarchy the role of nuclear weapons in international politics the role of cognition and emotions in economic and foreign policy decision making and questions of responsibility in international affairs the authors provide a compelling guide for the future of international relations theory. This book will be of much interest to students of international relations foreign policy and security studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415643290

Psychology After DeconstructionErasure and social reconstruction Ian Parker has been a leading light in the fields of critical and discursive psychology for over 25 years. The Psychology After Critique series brings together for the first time his most important papers. Each volume in the series has been prepared by Ian Parker and presents a newly written introduction and focused overview of a key topic area. Psychology After Deconstruction is the second volume in the series and addresses three important questions: What is ‘deconstruction’ and how does it apply to psychology? How does deconstruction radicalize social constructionist approaches in psychology? What is the future for radical conceptual and empirical research? The book provides a clear account of deconstruction and the different varieties of this approach at work inside and outside the discipline of psychology. In the opening chapters Parker describes the challenge to underlying assumptions of ‘neutrality’ or ‘objectivity’ within psychology that deconstruction poses and its implications for three key concepts: humanism interpretation and reflexivity. Subsequent chapters introduce several lines of debate and discuss their relation to mainstream axioms such as ‘psychopathology’ ‘diagnosis’ and ‘psychotherapy’ and alternative approaches like qualitative research humanistic psychology and discourse analysis. Together the chapters in this book show how via a process of ‘erasure’ deconstructive approaches question fundamental assumptions made about language and reality the self and the social world. By demonstrating the application of deconstruction to different areas of psychology it also seeks to provide a ‘social reconstruction’ of psychological research. Psychology After Deconstruction is essential reading for students and researchers in psychology sociology social anthropology and cultural studies and for discourse analysts of different traditions. It will also introduce key ideas and debates within deconstruction to undergraduates and postgraduate students across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722095

Psychology After Discourse AnalysisConcepts methods critique Ian Parker has been a leading light in the fields of critical and discursive psychology for over 25 years. The Psychology After Critique series brings together for the first time his most important papers. Each volume in the series has been prepared by Ian Parker and presents a newly written introduction and focused overview of a key topic area. Psychology After Discourse Analysis is the third volume in the series and addresses three central questions: How did discourse analysis develop inside psychology? How does discursive psychology address concerns about the traditional ‘laboratory experiment’ paradigm in psychology? What is the future for discourse analysis? The book provides a clear account of the various forms of discourse analysis that have been used within psychology and provides a review of their significance for a new generation of psychologists. The early chapters present a framework for understanding the origins of these various forms as well as the differences between them. Emphasizing the gap between discursive psychology and mainstream psychology Parker then explores relations between discourse analysis psychoanalysis social constructionism and the postmodern turn in the social sciences. The final chapters describe the limitations of discourse analysis and explore its flaws as a framework and as a practice questioning its future within academia and in political and social contexts beyond psychology. Psychology After Discourse Analysis is essential reading for students and researchers in psychology sociology social anthropology and cultural studies and for discourse analysts of different traditions. It will also introduce key ideas and debates within critical psychology to undergraduates and postgraduate students across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722118

Psychology After LacanConnecting the clinic and research Ian Parker has been a leading light in the fields of critical and discursive psychology for over 25 years. The Psychology After Critique series brings together for the first time his most important papers. Each volume in the series has been prepared by Ian Parker and presents a newly written introduction and focused overview of a key topic area. Psychology After Lacan is the sixth volume in the series and addresses three central questions: Why is Lacanian psychoanalysis re-emerging in mainstream contemporary psychology? What is original in this account of the human subject? What implications does Lacanian psychoanalysis have for psychology? This book introduces Lacan’s influential ideas about clinical psychoanalysis and contemporary global culture to a new generation of psychologists. The chapters cover a number of key themes including conceptions of the human subject within psychology the uses of psychoanalysis in qualitative research different conceptions of ethics within psychology and the impact of cyberspace on human subjectivity. The book also explores key debates currently occurring in Lacanian psychoanalysis with discussion of culture discourse identification sexuality and the challenge to mainstream notions of normality and abnormality. Psychology After Lacan is essential reading for students and researchers in psychology psycho-social studies sociology social anthropology and cultural studies and to psychoanalysts of different traditions engaged in academic research. It will also introduce key ideas and debates within critical psychology to undergraduates and postgraduate students across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722170

Psychology After PsychoanalysisPsychosocial studies and beyond Ian Parker has been a leading light in the fields of critical and discursive psychology for over 25 years. The Psychology After Critique series brings together for the first time his most important papers. Each volume in the series has been prepared by Ian Parker and presents a newly written introduction and focused overview of a key topic area. Psychology After Psychoanalysis the fourth volume in the series is about the impact of psychoanalysis on critical debates in psychology. It addresses three central questions: Why is psychoanalysis re-emerging within psychology? How can psychoanalytic ideas inform psychosocial research? How does psychoanalysis explain the relation between the individual and society? International in scope the book includes a clear account of psychoanalysis and the different varieties of the approach that are at work inside and outside the discipline of psychology. It explores the status of psychoanalysis as a series of concepts and as a methodology and shows how its clinical practice is crucial to the way that it operates now in an academic context. In doing so the book sheds light on the arguments currently occurring inside psychoanalysis with discussion of its relation to critical psychology psychosocial research the health professions culture and social theory. Parker shows how psychoanalysis rests on a notion of ‘method’ that is very different from mainstream psychology and unravels the implications of this difference. Early chapters examine the lines of debate between various psychoanalytical traditions and show how critical psychology challenges the assumptions about human nature and subjectivity made in conventional psychoanalysis. Later chapters introduce the methodological device of ‘transference’ and explore how psychoanalysis may be utilized as a resource to review key questions of human culture. Psychology After Psychoanalysis is essential reading for students and researchers in psychology psychosocial studies sociology social anthropology and cultural studies and to psychoanalysts of different traditions engaged in academic research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722132

Psychology After the CrisisScientific paradigms and political debate Ian Parker has been a leading light in the fields of critical and discursive psychology for over 25 years. The Psychology After Critique series brings together for the first time his most important papers. Each volume in the series has been prepared by Ian Parker features a newly written introduction and presents a focused overview of a key topic area.  Psychology After the Crisis is the first volume in the series and addresses three important questions: What was the crisis in psychology and why does it continue now? How did debates regarding the traditional ‘laboratory experiment’ paradigm in psychology set the scene for discourse analysis? Why are these paradigm debates now crucial for understanding contemporary critical psychology? The first two chapters of the book describe the way critical psychology emerged in Britain during the 1970s and introduce four key theoretical resources: Marxism Feminism Post-Structuralism and Psychoanalysis. The chapters which follow consider in depth the critical role of Marxist thinking as an analytic framework within psychology. Subsequent chapters explore the application and limitations of critical psychology for crucial topics such as psychotherapy counselling and climate change. A final chapter presents an interview which reviews the main strands within critical psychology and provides an accessible introduction to the series as a whole. Psychology After the Crisis is essential reading for students and researchers in psychology sociology social anthropology and cultural studies and for discourse analysts of different traditions. It will also introduce key ideas and debates in critical psychology for undergraduates and postgraduate students across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722071

Psychology After the UnconsciousFrom Freud to Lacan Ian Parker has been a leading light in the fields of critical and discursive psychology for over 25 years. The Psychology After Critique series brings together for the first time his most important papers. Each volume in the series has been prepared by Ian Parker and presents a newly written introduction and focused overview of a key topic area. Psychology After the Unconscious is the fifth volume in the series and addresses three central questions: Why is Freud’s concept of the unconscious important today? Does language itself play a role in the creation of the unconscious? How does Lacan radicalize Freud’s notion of the unconscious in relation to cultural research? The book provides a clear explanation of Freudian and Lacanian accounts of the unconscious. It also highlights their role in offering a new way of describing understanding and working with the human subject in clinical settings and in cultural research. Part One shows how the unconscious is elaborated in Freud’s early case studies in Studies on Hysteria while Part Two focuses on Lacan’s re-working of the unconscious and its relationship to language and culture in his influential public seminars. The book also provides access to key debates currently occurring in Freudian and Lacanian psychoanalysis exploring both the clinical dimension and the consequences for psychological and cultural research. Psychology After the Unconscious is essential reading for students and researchers in psychology psychosocial studies sociology social anthropology and cultural studies and to psychoanalysts of different traditions engaged in academic research. It will also introduce key ideas and debates within critical psychology to undergraduates and postgraduate students across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848722156

Psychology and Adult LearningThe Role of Theory in Informing Practice The fourth edition of Psychology and Adult Learning has been thoroughly updated to encompass shifts in the concerns of adult educators as they respond to changing global social and economic issues. It examines the role of psychology in informing adult education practice and explores the seminal traditions of key psychological theories as well as discussing issues and problems in applying them to an understanding of adult learning and development. Providing a thoughtful and accessible approach to understanding self and personal change in adult education and with a new emphasis on diversity this new edition has been revised and updated in light of the impact of globalising processes the emphasis on diversity among educators developments in cognitive neuroscience the impact of social media and the theoretical move away from ‘grand theory’. It examines the formation of identities and places increased emphasis on how a conception of selfhood lies at the heart of teaching adults. Considering adult learning in a variety of contexts topics covered include: • Humanistic psychology • Selfhood in the adult years • The relevance of neuroscience • Adult intelligence and cognition • Behaviourism • Group learning • Transformative learning Psychology and Adult Learning examines the psychological dimension of adult education work by analysing and critiquing key psychological theories that have informed our understanding. It is essential reading for all those who seek a critical account of how psychology informs contemporary adult education theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367086015

Psychology and Alchemy Alchemy is central to Jung's hypothesis of the collective unconscious. In this volume he begins with an outline of the process and aims of psychotherapy and then moves on to work out the analogies between alchemy Christian dogma and symbolism and his own understanding of the analytic process. Introducing the basic concepts of alchemy Jung reminds us of the dual nature of alchemy comprising both the chemical process and a parallel mystical component. He also discusses the seemingly deliberate mystification of the alchemists. Finally in using the alchemical process as providing insights into individuation Jung emphasises the importance of alchemy in relating to us the transcendent nature of the psyche. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138170124

Psychology and Alchemy Alchemy is central to Jung's hypothesis of the collective unconscious. In this volume he begins with an outline of the process and aims of psychotherapy and then moves on to work out the analogies between alchemy Christian dogma and symbolism and his own understanding of the analytic process. Introducing the basic concepts of alchemy Jung reminds us of the dual nature of alchemy comprising both the chemical process and a parallel mystical component. He also discusses the seemingly deliberate mystification of the alchemists. Finally in using the alchemical process as providing insights into individuation Jung emphasises the importance of alchemy in relating to us the transcendent nature of the psyche. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315725369

Psychology and Crime Society today is fascinated by crime. Crime is a hot topic in the media so that people are continually exposed to criminal events portrayals of those who commit them and the suffering of victims. Yet the reality of crime is often very different from how it is portrayed in the media. Most crime is neither violent nor morbid; most offenders are not psychopaths and although prison generally does not work there may well be other less punitive but more constructive interventions that are actually quite effective. This book exposes some of the most prevalent myths about crime and criminal behaviour. In addition it provides the reader with up-to-date knowledge on crime and offending behaviour. It also highlights the ways in which psychological methods of research and psychological knowledge can help us to understand criminal behaviour and the ways that targeted interventions are developed based upon this. Pakes' and Winstone's Psychology and Crime is essential reading for students taking courses in the psychology of crime criminal and forensic psychology criminology and community justice as well as for other courses where a knowledge of the complex relationship between psychology and crime - and its application in practice - is required. Practitioners and policy-makers will also find it highly informative. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926603

Psychology and Crime2nd edition What does a criminological psychologist actually do? Most people picture a modern-day Sherlock Holmes helping the police to solve crimes but the reality is far more interesting and complex. Psychology and Crime offers a fascinating introduction to criminological psychology providing the reader with a comprehensive grounding in everything from cognitive forensics to police interviewing. Concise informative and accessible the book explores a range of theories to understand criminal behaviour from the physiological to the social. It covers a range of contexts within the criminal justice system where psychology offers unique insights including police investigation the perspective of witnesses and victims and courtroom proceedings. Thoroughly updated throughout to reflect developments in the field and featuring new chapters covering cybercrime terrorism and insights from neuroscience this edition also includes a student-friendly ‘Apply your learning’ feature and case studies to bring the research to life. Accessibly written for all levels and with concise coverage of both classic and contemporary psychological theory this is the ideal book for anyone studying criminal or forensic psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815369523

Psychology and CrimeAn Introduction to Criminological Psychology Crime is an expensive aspect of society and each year huge amounts of public money are spent on the courts police probation services and prisons while the human costs in terms of pain fear and loss is incalculable. Psychology and Crime comprehensively covers the vital role of psychological theories and methods in understanding and managing criminal behaviour. It analyzes in depth the application of psychological findings to a range of serious crimes such as arson violent crime and sexual crime. It examines the use of psychology by the police and the courts and discusses the role of psychology in crime reduction strategies. Written by a leading authority on the subject and informed by over twenty years of teaching experience the second edition of this popular text has been thoroughly revised and updated to take account of the most recent research in the field. New features also include: Expansive coverage of the development of criminal behaviour; Chapter summaries and end-of-chapter discussion points; Text boxes throughout highlighting key issues debates and brief histories; Supplementary online resources at www.routledge.com/cw/hollin. Psychology and Crime is an essential introduction and reference for undergraduate and postgraduate students in psychology criminology sociology and related subjects. It also represents an invaluable resource for professional training courses and anyone planning a career in the criminal justice system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415497022

Psychology and CultureThinking Feeling and Behaving in a Global Context The increasing globalization of society is causing shifts in social linguistic religious and other cultural differences which may increase the potential for misunderstandings in communication the workplace health care and education. The new second edition of Psychology and Culture provides an up-to-date overview of the cultural dimensions of psychology and the application to everyday settings. Vaughn presents a description of how thinking and behaviour are influenced by sociocultural context. Areas of focus include the basis of culture; research in psychology and culture; identity; human development; intercultural interactions; and basic psychological processes. The text explores a broader definition of culture which includes social dimensions such as gender religion and socioeconomic status and provides practical models to improve intercultural relations intercultural communication and cultural competency in education organizations relationships and health. Written in a reader-friendly style the text covers a broad range of topics with numerous examples across cultures to make the content come to life. The book covers transdisciplinary content in psychology and culture that will be of interest not only to psychologists interested in cultural issues and to scholars in related disciplines but also to a more general audience seeking information on questions of cultural humility globalization multiple identities social ecological processes immigration acculturation and related topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138576803

Psychology and DentistryMental Health Aspects of Patient Care Learn to build successful working relationships with your patientsPsychology and Dentistry: Mental Health Aspects of Patient Care is a practical guide to an often-neglected aspect of dentistry-the contributions of the behavioral sciences to dental research and practice. Dr. William A. Ayer Professor of Behavioral Sciences at Nova Southeastern University College of Dental Medicine in Fort Lauderdale Florida presents a comprehensive textbook that’s an essential study aid for students preparing for their National Dental Board Examinations and a valuable classroom resource for dental school faculty. This unique book identifies the everyday concerns of dentists dental students and dental hygienists offering proven strategies for patient management and for building—and maintaining—a successful dentist-patient relationship.Psychology and Dentistry examines the contributions of the behavioral sciences to the practice of dentistry drawing subject matter from a wide range of disciplines that include psychology sociology education anthropology economics epidemiology health services and public health. The book is a practical guide to developing the necessary skills to conduct effective patient interviews for teaching patients to manage their dental fears and anxieties and for dealing with patients who need counseling from mental health professionals. It also addresses special issues that have become relevant to dentists and their staffs in recent years including child abuse and neglect spousal violence elder abuse aging and changes associated with age death and dying and bereavement. Psychology and Dentistry examines: behavior therapies behavioral interventions management techniques for patients with acute and/or chronic pain how to train patients to manage their oral habits how to get patients to comply with health care recommendations pain perception and pain expression the therapeutic use of hypnosis how to make psychological referrals for patients the effect of stress on dentists and dental students and much more!Psychology and Dentistry: Mental Health Aspects of Patient Care is an essential resource for anyone working in the dental field. The book’s practical approach and unique insights are invaluable for helping you develop healthy relationships with your patients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725573

Psychology and Education There are a number of psychological themes which are key to really understanding education: for example the internal processes of learners the nature of learning in culture and the influences on teaching and learning. Written specifically for education studies students Psychology and Education is an accessible text that offers a clear introduction to educational psychology on education studies programmes. It considers the key psychological ideas that will support students' understanding of how different individuals and groups of individuals learn and behave in educational contexts and settings. Looking at factors that influence learning and attainment the book discusses themes such as the relationship between cognition and emotion emotional intelligence and motivation. Throughout the emphasis is on encouraging the reader to avoid stereotyping attributions and rigid views of learner ability. Features include: a focus on only the most relevant psychological themes case studies to exemplify key points extended research tasks reflection points. Part of the Foundations of Education Studies series this timely textbook is essential reading for students coming to the study of educational psychology for the first time. It will ensure that undergraduate students are confident and competent with core psychological ideas related to education and help them to understand how different individuals learn and behave in educational contexts and settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783492

Psychology And Education Routledge is now re-issuing this prestigious series of 204 volumes originally published between 1910 and 1965. The titles include works by key figures such as C.G. Jung Sigmund Freud Jean Piaget Otto Rank James Hillman Erich Fromm Karen Horney and Susan Isaacs. Each volume is available on its own as part of a themed mini-set or as part of a specially-priced 204-volume set. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874992

Psychology and Education of Slow Learners Originally published in 1976 this introductory text for those intending to work with slow learners was concerned with the practical implications of recent British and North American research in the field of psychology and education at the time. Slow learners are young people who for a variety of reasons continuously or for long periods under-function in terms of intelligence educational attainment and social skills. This book offers a clear analysis of the problems facing slow learners their psychology and the types of education open to them. Dr Brown reassesses the needs of disabled children and adults in the context of their families with the emphasis on the practical level of activity and training possible for them. The aim is the integration of the disabled person in society and the belief is that services for the disabled should be integrated with no professional person working on an isolated basis but as part of a multidisciplinary professional team. Design for individuals entering the field of teaching particularly those concerned with special education training and rehabilitation programmes the book should also be of value to social workers psychologists and other professional people working in the field as well as to parents of disabled children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138285552

Psychology and Ethical Development (Routledge Revivals)A Collection of Articles on Psychological Theories Ethical Development and Human Understanding First published in 1974 this book presents a coherent collection of major articles by Richard Stanley Peters. It displays his work on psychology and philosophy with special attention given to the areas of ethical development and human understanding. The book is split into four parts. The first combines a critique of psychological theories especially those of Freud Piaget and the Behaviourists with some articles on the nature and development of reason and the emotions. The second looks in historical order at ethical development. The third part combines a novel approach to the problem of understanding other people whilst the fourth part is biographical in an unusual way. The volume can be viewed as a companion to the author’s Ethics and Education and will appeal to students and teachers of education philosophy and psychology as well as to the interested non-specialist reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890497

Psychology and Ethnology First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864343

Psychology and Freudian TheoryAn Introduction This is a clear and accessible introduction to Freudian theory and its status in modern psychology. Paul Kline examines the evidence for and against psychoanalytic theories and shows that far from being out of date they can be supported by modern psychological research. He writes for the student and the non-specialist drawing on numerous often lighthearted examples taken from real life and pointing to the implications of his findings for educational clinical and industrial psychologists.After a brief introduction to Freudian theory and its development through the work of Jung Adler and Melanie Klein Paul Kline describes the objections that have been raised to psychoanalytic theories and some possible answers Important aspects of Freudian theory concerning child development the Oedipus complex dreaming and the nature of the unconscious are examined to see whether they can be said to be true or false and are compared when possible with their modern psychological counterparts. The book concludes with a discussion of the broader social implications of Freudian theory and its value for those concerned with child development - parents and educators - and for those involved in mental health.Psychology and Freudian Theory will be welcomed by all those with an interest in human behaviour and by the wide spectrum of social studies students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138158535

Psychology and Gender DysphoriaFeminist and Transgender Perspectives Psychiatry and psychology have a long and highly debated history in relation to gender. In particular they have attracted criticism for policing the boundaries of ‘normal’ gender expression through gender identity diagnoses such as transvestism transsexualism gender identity disorder and gender dysphoria. Drawing on discursive psychology this book traces the historical development of psychiatric constructions of ‘normal’ and ‘abnormal’ gender expression. It contextualizes the recent reconstruction of gender in the 5th edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) and its criteria for gender dysphoria. This latest diagnosis illustrates the continued disagreement and debate within the profession surrounding gender identity as ‘disordered’. It also provides an opportunity to reflect on the conflicted history between feminist and transgender communities in the changing context of a more trans-positive feminism and the implications of these diagnoses for these distinct but linked communities. Psychology and Gender Dysphoria examines debates and controversies surrounding psychiatric diagnoses and theories related to gender and gender nonconformity by exploring recent research examples of collaborative perspectives and existing feminist and trans texts. As such the book is relevant for postgraduate and postdoctoral researchers of gender feminism and critical psychology as well as historical issues within psychiatry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359968

Psychology and HealthCulture Place History Weaving together the various foundations of psychology and health into a compelling narrative this book culturally and historically situates the practice strengths and shortcomings of the field. Historian of psychology Wade Pickren traces the development of the relationship of health and psychology through a critical history that incorporates context culture and place from the early modern period to the present day. Covering a range of topics and time periods including psychology and health in the nineteenth century; stress in post-World War II USA; and the relationship between body mind and emotion in the modern world Psychology & Health: Culture Place and History outlines the journey of an understanding of health rooted in nature to a commodity governed by the neoliberal values of the marketplace including an exploration of the roles of self-help emotions and resilience. The book closes with an outline of contemporary alternatives in health psychology and points toward a future when once again psychology and health are grounded in nature. Throughout the rich connections across cultures illustrate the importance of cultural variations in understanding health disease and treatment. This book is essential reading for scholars and students of health psychology at all levels. It will also be of interest to professionals and practitioners in related fields as well as those interested in the enduring connection between health and psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439095

Psychology and 'Human Nature' Psychology and 'Human Nature' problematizes what psychology usually takes for granted - the meaning of the psyche or 'human nature'. Peter Ashworth provides a coherent account of many of the major schools of thought in psychology and its related disciplines including: sociobiology and evolutionary psychology psychoanalysis cognitive psychology radical behaviourism existentialism discursive psychology and postmodernism. For each approach he considers the claims or assumptions being made about 'human nature' especially regarding issues of consciousness the self the body other people and the physical world.Psychology and 'Human Nature' will be essential reading for all students of psychology.Series Details; The Psychology Focus Series provides students with a new focus on key topic areas in psychology.Each short book:* presents clear in-depth coverage of a discrete area with many applied examples* assumes no prior knowlede of psychology* has been written by an experienced teacher* has chapter summaries annotated further reading and a glossary of key terms Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203133200

Psychology and Human Performance in Space Programs Two-Volume Set This two-volume set covers organizational psychology and human factors in aerospace and other extreme environments. Organizational psychology and organizational science human factors psychology and aerospace have matured in parallel since World War II. However the practice at NASA has historically lagged behind but is now catching up. This set is targeted at professionals with an interest in human factors and psychology at work. Industrial-organizational psychologists will be exposed to traditional applied psychology topics but presented with a broader multidisciplinary context such as the influences of human factors and physiological health on individual and team job performance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138339859

Psychology and Human Performance in Space ProgramsExtreme Application In Psychology and Human Performance in Space Programs: Extreme Application operations experts from multiple space agencies with support from spaceflight researchers outline existing and proposed operations for selecting training and supporting space crews who currently live and work on the International Space Station and who are preparing for future missions to the moon and Mars. Highlighting applied psychology in spaceflight whilst acknowledging real-world complexities that occur when integrating across an international multi-agency collective this volume provides both historical and current perspectives toward spaceflight operations with expert contributions from NASA and international partners such as the Japanese Space Agency Russian space researchers and the Canadian Space Agency. Helpfully outlining the progress that has been made so far this book includes topics such as the selection and hiring of astronauts the process of training a crew for a mission to Mars and workload and mission planning. Discussing operational psychology in space and on the ground this book looks to the future of research and operational needs for future missions to Mars with an essay from astronaut Dr. Don Pettit on his experiences in space and how the Mars mission will challenge us in new ways. This second of two volumes will be of interest to professionals in the field of human factors and psychology in extreme environments. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138339880

Psychology and Human Performance in Space ProgramsResearch at the Frontier In Psychology and Human Performance in Space Programs: Research at the Frontier leading space researchers from multiple fields of expertise summarize the recent growth of knowledge the resulting tools and techniques and the research still needed to protect humans in space. Making use of cutting-edge research and development related to composing training and supporting astronaut crews who will live and work together for future missions to Mars this book examines the current practices of leaders in the field both at NASA and in academia. Presenting astronaut data alongside data from analogous extreme environments such as mission simulation habitats this volume helpfully contrasts and compares to examine the lessons that can be learned from other approaches. Using the context of current International Space Station missions the book discusses the influence of human factors and physiological health on individual and team job performance and social cohesion. With an overview of the physical and psychological hazards of space and the challenges posed by conducting space-related applied psychology research this volume uses the context of a long-duration Mars mission as a lens through which to discuss adaptation and resilience technical and team training technological advances related to working and living in space and human interaction with onboard systems. Additionally the book includes an essay from retired astronaut Clay Anderson on his experiences in space and thoughts on future missions to the moon and Mars. This first of two volumes will be of interest to professionals in the field of human factors and psychology at work as well as academics examining human performance in extreme environments and aerospace. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138339866

Psychology and Its Allied DisciplinesVolume 1: Psychology and the Humanities First published in 1984. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315781808

Psychology and Its Allied DisciplinesVolume 3: Psychology and the Natural Sciences Published in 1984 Psychology and its Allied Disciplines is a valuable contribution to the field of Developmental Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203767665

Psychology and its Bearing on Education Originally published in 1950 the author after many years’ teaching of psychology and previous school teaching experience provided a book specially suitable for students in training colleges and university education departments for teachers youth leaders and all concerned with the training of children and adolescents at the time. He aimed especially at clarity the provision of concrete illustrations and the stressing of material of general agreement among psychologists. The topics include: The Development and Training of Personality and Character; The Basic Motives; Suggestion; Unconscious Influences; Sex Education; Learning and Remembering; Repression and Discipline; Play and Activity Methods; The Interests of Children; The Acquisition of Skill; Training in Reasoning; General Intelligence and Special Abilities and their Testing; Estimating Personality and Character; Educational and Vocational Guidance; School Records; Stages of Development in Infancy Middle Childhood and Adolescence; Backward Problem and Delinquent Children. The Appreciation of Beauty and Aesthetic Education: (1) Nature and Visual Art (2) Music (3) Poetry. Considerable space was given to these three in view of their usual neglect in textbooks of psychology at the time. A brief appendix gives simple explanations of the most essential statistical methods applied to psychology and education. The need of one book to cover the whole course in Psychology and its bearing on Education had long been felt and it was hoped that this volume would fulfil this purpose. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899711

Psychology and Its CitiesA New History of Early American Psychology Within the social and political upheaval of American cities in the decades surrounding the turn of the 20th century a new scientific discipline psychology strove to carve out a place for itself. In this new history of early American psychology Christopher D. Green highlights the urban contexts in which much of early American psychology developed and tells the stories of well-known early psychologists including William James G. Stanley Hall John Dewey and James McKeen Cattell detailing how early psychologists attempted to alleviate the turmoil around them. American psychologists sought out the daunting intellectual emotional and social challenges that were threatening to destabilize the nation’s burgeoning urban areas and proposed novel solutions sometimes to positive and sometimes to negative effect. Their contributions helped develop our modern ideas about the mind person and society. This book is ideal for scholars and students interested in the history of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059436

Psychology and Law in a Changing WorldNew Trends in Theory Practice and Research Criminal psychology and its relationship to the practice of law has become a topic of major significance over the last three decades. Psychologists play a key role in modern criminal investigation and are central to crime reduction measures such as offender profiling delinquency prevention and tackling fear of crime. Contributors from North America Europe and Australia examine this link both adding to and drawing upon the pool of recent theory construction and empirical work in the following areas: * causes and prevention of offending * studies of crime and offenders * the victim's perspective * witnesses and testimony * studies of legal processes. These issues are studied from a 'local' perspective that recognises not only the need for cross-national comparative research but also the generation of a corpus of scientific knowledge more representative of the complexity of criminal and legal investigation today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415653985

Psychology and Law in EuropeWhen West Meets East Offering carefully curated articles from the European Association of Psychology and Law (EAPL) this book features chapters from a truly international group of scholars. This text is the first of its kind to offer insights into current developments in psychology and law in Russia. The field of psychology and law has a very long and strong tradition in Russia but very little is known as Russian scholars rarely publish their works in English. The volume also contains state-of-the-art chapters on topics at the very core of psychology and law including offender profiling lie detection crime linking false memories and witness interviewing. FeaturesProvides rare insight into Russian history of forensic and criminal psychologyCovers core topics in the disciplineOffers international scope from a diverse array of contributors　Psychology and Law in Europe: When West Meets East is a text of interest for students of psychology law or criminal justice as well as scholars and practitioners in the field. This text offers a window into global advances in psychology and law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889937

Psychology and LawBridging the Gap This important book captures contemporary attempts to build bridges between the two very different disciplines of law and psychology and to establish the true nature of the interaction between the two. Including international contributions from lawyers psychologists sociologists and criminologists the book bridges the inherent gap between the practice of law and the profession of psychology at an international level. It throws light on how psychology connects with inter alia the courts prisons community care clinics long-stay hospitals police investigations and legislative bodies. More recent contributions of social science to legal proceedings are also covered such as the liability that arises from lack of crime prevention or the systematic prediction of likely violence by an offender. The book will be essential reading not only for academics and professionals in psychology the law and related disciplines wishing to understand the broadening base of psychology within the legal process but also for students trying to form an understanding of the emerging science and the associated career opportunities for this exciting field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245713

Psychology and Mental Health Originally published in 1948 this book deals in a non-technical way with such topics as Worry and Conflict; Repressions Irritability and Complexes; Depression Inferiority and Loneliness; Suggestion and Auto-Suggestion. Each topic is illustrated by reports of actual cases. A series of broadcast talks on these subjects by the author (given in 1946) were so widely appreciated and so many requests for publication were made that the talks were expanded and revised so as to be more suitable for reading. Discoveries of the wide prevalence of minor neuroses at the time had led to an increased interest in the subject and the demand for simple exposition. It was also thought that some popular illusions should be dispelled. The talks were designed not only to explain some common mental disorders but to help some of those numerous individuals who were struggling with difficult mental situations or were often lonely and depressed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138899650

Psychology and MoralsAn Analysis of Character Originally published in 1923 this book had enjoyed constant and wide success being reprinted fourteen times. In this new and thoroughly revised edition published in 1964 the author has reconsidered his conclusions in the light of modern psychology of the time and includes many case histories from his long experience as a psychiatrist. The book was important for its insistence that there is no intrinsic conflict between analytical psychotherapy and ordinary moral behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138648128

Psychology and MusicThe Understanding of Melody and Rhythm This book deals with the complex cognitive processes involved in understanding two "horizontal" aspects of music perception melody and rhythm both separately and together. Focusing on the tonal framework for pitch material in melodies the first section provides evidence that mere exposure to music organized in a particular way is sufficient to induce the auditory system to prepare itself to receive further input conforming to the patterns already experienced. Its chapters also offer evidence concerning elaborations of those basic schemes that come about through specialized training in music. Continuing themes from the first section -- such as the hypothesis that melodies must be treated as integral wholes and not mere collections of elements -- the second section discusses the integration of melody and rhythm. In these chapters there is an underlying concern for clarifying the relation -- central to aesthetic questions -- between physical patterns of sound energy in the world and our psychological experience of them. The chapters in the third section provide excellent examples of the new scientific literature that attempts to objectively study early musical abilities. Their data establish that infants and young children are far more perceptive and skilled appreciators of music than was thought a decade ago. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315808116

Psychology and Policing Applied psychology has become increasingly important in the work of policing police training and the academic study of policing. This book provides a highly accessible account of the way in which psychological principles and practices are applied to policing reflecting the increasing attention being given to this area in the light of recent concerns about police training and its effectiveness - for example the MacPherson report. The book sets out the main areas of applied psychology which have particular relevance for policing looking at how these impact in practice on police work - retrieving information interviewing suspects understanding crime patterns and profiling offenders and negotiation and hostage taking. The author concludes with an assessment of the usefulness of psychology in police work and the pitfalls and problems which arise with its use. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924746

Psychology and Policing Psychological theory and research have much to contribute to the knowledge and skill bases underlying effective policing. Much of the relevant information however is dispersed across a variety of different psychological and criminal justice/policing journals and seldom integrated for those applied psychologists interested in policing issues or for police policymakers/administrators and others working in the criminal justice area who are not familiar with the psychological literature. Designed to accommodate the needs of these different groups this book addresses both operational policing issues and issues relevant to the improvement of organizational functioning by providing integrative reviews of psychological theory and research that deal with effective policing. It illustrates how the theory and research reviewed are relevant to specific policing practices. These include eyewitness testimony conflict resolution changing driver behavior controlling criminal behavior effective interviewing and techniques of face reconstruction. The volume's readable style makes it accessible to a diverse audience including undergraduate and postgraduate students in forensic/organizational/applied psychology criminal justice and police science programs and police administrators and policymakers. It will also interest psychologists whose primary focus includes policing and criminal justice issues. The book should draw attention to the often unrecognized and valuable contribution that mainstream psychology can make to the knowledge base underpinning a wide variety of policing practices. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984110

Psychology and Politics In applying psychology to the field of politics the eminent British anthropologist and psychologist W.H.R. Rivers deals with social or collective psychology rather than with the psychology of the individual. This choice presents a number of problems. These include the relation between individual and collective psychology the concept of a collective or group mind and the question of how far society can be regarded as an organism. The choice also presents the need to explain the fact that when a number of individuals act together the product of their combined activity is not the same as what might have emerged from the separate activity of individuals.Rivers' belief in the political process prompted him to deliver the lectures on psychological theory that are printed in this volume. Three other addresses are also included in this volume one on socialism and human nature another on education and mental hygiene and a lecture on the aims of ethnography.Rivers considered the relation between psychology and sociology putting forward the position that the formulation of an adequate science of social psychology lies in the observation of social conduct including not merely the social conduct of everyday life but still those forms of it which are subsumed under the headings of religion economics and politics as well as the social institution of language. The social behavior of mankind is capable of being studied as a methodological principle independently of the psychological basis of behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412818193

Psychology and PoliticsA Social Identity Perspective What makes us divide the world into ‘us’ and ‘them’? How can we exert social influence over others? When does a peaceful protest turn into a riot? Why are some politicians heroes one day and villains the next? Where do we find the resources to resist authoritarian regimes? Taking these questions as a starting point the book examines political conduct from a social identity perspective. Supported by over two decades of empirical research this perspective distinguishes between our personal identity which is prevalent when we think of ourselves as individuals and our social identity which comes to the fore when we think of ourselves as members of groups. The social identity perspective argues that our political behaviour is largely governed by our social identity and discusses the implications this has for politics particularly for social influence crowd events leadership and authoritarian regimes. Accessible and engaging the content covers a wide range of political topics such as the way in which categorizing ourselves into groups influences how we perceive the social world the implications of categorization for social influence the development of crowd events the dynamics of leadership and the mechanisms underlying obedience under authoritarian regimes. This textbook will provide undergraduate and postgraduate students across a range of disciplines with an engaging introduction to politics and psychology and it will also be of great interest to political activists and leaders. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721197

Psychology and PoliticsAnd other Essays First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868808

Psychology and PsychotherapyCurrent Trends and Issues Originally published in 1983 fifteen well-known psychologists and psychotherapists write about their personal interests to give the reader a vivid picture of the complexities of psychotherapy in Britain at the time. They explore aspects of the interaction and intersection of the psychological and psychotherapeutic worlds paying particular attention to the practical and theoretical controversies involved in this overlap. The first half of the book concerns itself with problems of theory and practice in psychology and psychotherapy while the second half deals with professional conflicts and political issues impinging upon the practice of psychotherapy by psychologists. Areas of concern and controversy that are scrutinised include the problematic relationship between academic psychology and psychotherapy; doubts and certainties in psychotherapy; the psychology of helping; the relevance of the psychodynamic tradition; inter-professional disputes; women and psychotherapy; and social class issues in psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138858473

Psychology and Race Since the problems of race relations are worldwide the international origins and perspectives of this excellent and timely book are especially advantageous. More research has been done in the United States than elsewhere on the psychology of race relations so it is appropriate that a plurality of the chapters of this book are by American authors--a stellar group that includes leading contributors to our contemporary knowledge of the topic. Contributors from the English-speaking Commonwealth countries are next in number followed by authors from the United Kingdom where race-related issues have only recently become a salient concern of politics and social ethics. The editor has assigned topics to his carefully chosen author-experts not by country or region but by matching the expertise of each author against a need for coherent analysis of the important aspects of aepsychology and race.'Psychology and Race is divided into two major parts. The first half of the book looks at the interracial situation itself. The first section concentrates on the majority or dominant group and describes the development and measurement of racial awareness and prejudice and techniques for reducing prejudice; the second section focuses on the reactions of subordinate or minority groups; and the third deals with specific aspects of interpersonal interaction-attitudes behavior and performance--when the people concerned are of different races. The book also looks at those areas of life where race is relevant and where psychology can help in an understanding of the situation.The scope of this volume the distinction of its authors and the hardheaded sense of reality it brings to the discussion of these extremely complex issues will make it an invaluable resource not only for teachers and students but also for everyone concerned in any way with this most pressing issue of our times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531086

Psychology and Religion Volume 11West and East Sixteen studies in religious phenomena including Psychology and Religion and Answer to Job. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315725505

Psychology And Social Policy First published in 1992. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9781138984073

Psychology and Social Problems First published in 1964 Psychology and Social Problems looks at a changing society and research into problems of the time. Many of the themes in the book such as delinquency mental health and racial conflict and are still familiar and current topics of discussion today. Social scientists had carried out extensive research into problems of urgent public concern yet their findings were not widely known or understood and they had often been diffident in advocating policies based on their conclusions. Michael Argyle discussed the recent psychological and social research bearing on the origins of aggression delinquency mental disorder racial and international prejudice and industrial discontent; he went on to consider the implications of these studies for prevention and control and for the guidance of social change. This sophisticated and well-documented critique is presented with such lucidity and verve that it will appeal equally to laymen and to students and professional workers and can now be enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838382

Psychology and Systems at Work Organizations matter. Most people spend a third to a half of their lives working in organizations. Given the high rates of unemployment people also spend more time looking for work. In addition globalization and technological innovation continues to profoundly shape organizational culture leadership demography and structure. For these and many other reasons it is important for individuals to understand the nature of contemporary organizations. "Psychology and Systems at Work" provides know-how for retaining commitment to collective goals while taping the knowledge of a diverse workforce for riding the waves of change utilizing mistakes to perfect systems and insuring quality production. 21st Century theory empirical findings systemic intervention processes and tool sets are thoroughly treated. Organizational life goes through times of relative harmony disrupted by periods of stress and uncertainty. However in our own many decades of experience we’ve been pleasantly surprised at how well people face challenges defy the odds and triumph. Success is the result of many factors—including good luck. But we have noticed as Louis Pasteur observed long ago that chance favors the prepared mind and resilient work habits. Learning Goals Upon completing this book readers should be able to: Design systems that are flexible in a fast-changing environment Understand the basic foundations that shape organizational behavior Apply material they learn to real-life scenarios Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780205735785

Psychology and the Conduct of Everyday Life Psychology and the Conduct of Everyday Life moves psychological theory and research practice out of the laboratory and into the everyday world. Drawing on recent developments across the social and human sciences it examines how people live as active subjects within the contexts of their everyday lives using this as an analytical basis for understanding the dilemmas and contradictions people face in contemporary society.   Early chapters gather the latest empirical research to explore the significance of context as a cross-disciplinary critical tool; they include a study of homeless Māori men reaffirming their cultural identity via gardening and a look at how the dilemmas faced by children in difficult situations can provide insights into social conflict at school. Later chapters examine the interplay between everyday life around the world and contemporary global phenomena such as the rise of the debt economy the hegemony of the labor market and the increased reliance on digital technology in educational settings. The book concludes with a consideration of how social psychology can deepen our understanding of how we conduct our lives and offer possibilities for collective work on the resolution of social conflict. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815124

Psychology and the East 'These writings of his are strongly alive; in most instances Jung does not present us with final solutions and last words about any of the great East-West problems but rather with suggestions for a deeper kind of approach thus opening up new planes of investigation.' - Journal of Analytical Psychology “My own world of European consciousness had become peculiarly thin… it is quite possible that India is the real world and that the white man lives in a madhouse of abstractions.” C.G. Jung was inspired to write these words after his very first visit to India. Long concerned with the hold that myth and archetype had on the human psyche it was inevitable that the legendary psychoanalyst would turn his attention to Eastern modes of thought. Psychology and the East collects together many of Jung’s most memorable writings on the subject including his Psychological commentaries on the I Ching and The Tibetan Book of the Dead his thoughts on Buddhism and Islam and a full travelogue of that fateful first encounter with India in 1936. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138835108

Psychology and the Occult A fifteen-year-old girl who claimed regular communications with the spirits of her dead friends and relatives was the subject of the very first published work by the now legendary psychoanalyst C.G. Jung. Collected here alongside many of his later writings on such subjects as life after death telepathy and ghosts it was to mark just the start of a professional and personal interest—even obsession—that was to last throughout Jung’s lifetime. Written by one of the greatest and most controversial thinkers of the twentieth century Psychology and the Occult represents a fascinating trawl through both the dark unknown world of the occult and the equally murky depths of the human psyche. Carl Gustav Jung (1875–1961). Founded the analytical school of psychology and developed a radical new theory of the unconscious that has made him one of the most familiar names in twentieth-century thought.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138834552

Psychology and the Social Pattern First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864145

Psychology and the Study of EducationCritical Perspectives on Developing Theories Psychology and the Study of Education: Critical Perspectives on Developing Theories explores both the insights and applications that psychology can offer in a range of educational contexts. Introducing the reader to a wide variety of sources from cutting edge research to key studies from the past it offers new perspectives on the psychology of education. This includes re-examining core theories of learning unpicking key learning processes and reconsidering the role of factors such as memory creativity and gender in learning. Questioning myths and misconceptions it challenges the reader to develop a critically reflective approach and asks them to reconsider the potential value of psychology in both understanding and influencing education. With discussion points and recommended readings provided in every chapter to enhance sessions and challenge students issues explored include: Reconsidering what we think we know about the psychology of education. Memory: How we learn by remembering and imagining. Creativity: Creative learning and learning creativity. Reading writing and dyslexia: Understanding the myths and exploring the challenges. Embodiment: The entanglement of brain body and environment in learning. Social understanding: Learning to relate and its role in education. Gender: The origins of gender identity and its impact on education. Behaviourism: Taking a second look at its wider relevance to learning. Piaget: A fresh perspective on Piagetian theory and method. Vygotsky: Socio-cultural theories and collective learning. Your guide to the complex and evolving field that is psychology of education this is an essential text for students of Education Studies Disability Studies Early Childhood or Childhood and Youth Studies and Teacher Education; ideal for anyone who has already been introduced to a little psychology and would like to know more or anyone teaching psychology on an education course. Whether you are taking your first steps or looking for your next challenge this book has something to offer anyone who wants to take their study of the psychology of education to the next level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138237650

Psychology and Western Religion Jung's principle interest was in the psychology of Western men and women. The son of a pastor he was also deeply interested in their religious life and development. This selection of his writings enables us to understand his interpretation of Western religion as central to his psychological thought. The topics he covers include the Trinity transformation symbolism in the Mass the relationship between psychotherapy and religious healing and resurrection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138161924

Psychology and Work Psychology and Work provides a concise user-friendly introduction to the field of occupational psychology. The book covers the main issues in the psychology of work and organizations. Topics discussed include the significance of work to the individual the motivation to work selection and training and the effects of work on health and quality of life. Organizational psychology is covered in such topics as group behaviour leadership and management. The book assumes little or no background knowledge and is made accessible to all by the use of everyday examples throughout.Christine Hodson has produced an ideal text designed for A Level students and undergraduates of psychology plus business studies new to this field. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315812168

Psychology and Work Today Psychology and Work Today 11th Edition is an exciting update of a well-loved textbook that introduces industrial and organizational psychology explaining how industrial-organizational psychologists make work and working better. This accessible and informative text explains how industrial-organizational psychologists help organizations hire the best people by designing tests and interviews that uncover the skills and abilities of applicants make work better by removing or reducing safety issues and sources of stress so that personnel are motivated and able to perform to their abilities and work with managers and leaders to be more effective at leading others. This book also describes how industrial-organizational psychologists work with organizations to embrace diversity in the workforce and celebrate the strengths that employees from many backgrounds bring to organizations. In addition this text includes how psychologists help organizations to design the physical work environment to best suit employees while other psychologists help organizations to market their products and services to consumers. This text covers both the essential and traditional industrial-organizational psychology topic areas such as job analysis employee selection and work motivation as well as topic areas that are important in workplaces today such as stress and well-being human factors and preparing for jobs of the future. The chapter on consumer psychology remains unique to this textbook. This new edition includes coverage of employable skills desired by hiring managers and executives; the ways the highly publicized replicability crisis has affected the science and practice of industrial-organizational psychology; online and mobile employment testing; diversity and inclusion throughout the workplace including microaggressions; preparing people and organizations for jobs of the future; incivility and harassment at work including abusive supervision; safety climate and employee health; and advertising on social media and video games. Including many illustrative examples of industrial-organizational psychology in real-world workplaces the 11th Edition is thoroughly updated to include the latest theory research and practice on each key topic. Each chapter features defined key terms a chapter outline a chapter summary review questions annotated additional reading and engaging Newsbreak sections. The book will be of interest to undergraduate students in introduction industrial-organizational psychology or psychology of work behaviour courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138052949

Psychology and Work Today 10th EditionInternational Student Edition For undergraduate-level courses in Industrial and Organizational Psychology Business Psychology Personnel Psychology and Applied Psychology. Psychology and Work Today provides an invaluable foundation for anyone entering today's global business and industrial world. This informative sophisticated and entertaining text teaches students about the nature of work in modern society. By focusing on the practical and applied rather than the scientific ideal the authors demonstrate how industrial-organizational psychology directly impacts our lives as job applicants trainees employees managers and consumers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781292021683

Psychology and Work TodayPearson New International Edition CourseSmart eTextbook This book describes industrial-organizational (I-O) psychology programs in action showing how they are developed and implemented in a variety of organizational settings using workers who differ by gender age culture ethnicity and socioeconomic status. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315665009

Psychology and WorkPerspectives on Industrial and Organizational Psychology Psychology and Work is a new textbook for introductory Industrial and Organizational (I/O) Psychology classes. Written by award-winning I/O professors with expertise in I/O Psychology and teaching this course the book is organized into three main sections. It first includes an overview of the history of I/O Psychology and a chapter on research methods subsequently covers the core principles of Industrial Psychology and then discusses the key areas of Organizational Psychology.The book contains numerous features that highlight key concepts and their relevance to students: Learning goals direct students to the main objectives of each chapter What Does This Mean for You? and Workplace Application boxes address the implications of the material for students Case studies with accompanying questions illustrate how concepts are relevant in real-world practice Reading lists and Your Turn questions provide further discussion Keywords defined in the margins help students grasp important concepts Sections discussing global and current issues give students a sense of what’s happening in the I/O psychology field The book also has extensive online resources such as interactive features quizzes PowerPoint slides and an instructor’s manual. Accompanied by a dynamic design and a strong set of pedagogical tools Psychology and Work presents all-new content and relevant coverage for the I/O psychology course. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725089

Psychology as EthicsReading Jung with Kant Nietzsche and Aristotle Through his clinical work and extensive engagement with major figures of the philosophical tradition Jung developed an original and pluralistic psycho-ethical model based on the cooperation of consciousness with the unconscious mind. By drawing on direct quotations from Jung’s collected works The Red Book and his interviews and seminars – as well as from seminal texts by Kant Nietzsche Aristotle and Augustine – Giovanni Colacicchi provides a philosophically grounded analysis of the ethical relevance of Jung’s analytical psychology and of the concept of individuation which is at its core. The author argues that Jung transforms Kant’s consciousness of duty into the duty to be conscious while also endorsing Nietzsche’s project of an individual ethics beyond collective morality. Colacicchi shows that Jung is concerned like Aristotle with the human need to acquire a balance between reason and emotions; and that Jung puts forward with his understanding of the shadow a moral psychology of the Christian notion of evil. Jung’s psycho-ethical paradigm is thus capable of integrating ethical theories which are often read as mutually exclusive. Psychology as Ethics will be of interest to researchers in the history of ideas and the philosophy of the unconscious as well as to therapists and counsellors who wish to place their psychodynamic work in its philosophical context. It will also be a key reference for undergraduate and postgraduate courses and seminars in Jungian and Post-Jungian studies philosophy psychoanalytic studies psychology religious studies and the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367529239

Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority"The Psychological Difference" in the Work of Wolfgang Giegerich Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority is the first collection of essays dedicated to the study and application of Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority—a new ‘wave’ within Analytical Psychology which pushes off from the work of C. G. Jung and James Hillman. The book reflects upon the notion of psychology developed by German psychoanalyst Wolfgang Giegerich whose Hegelian turn sheds light on the notion of soul or psyche and its inner logic and ‘thought’ forming a radical new basis from which to ground a modern psychology with soul. The book’s theme - ‘the psychological difference’ - is applied to topics including analytical theory clinical practice and contemporary issues ranging from C. G. Jung’s Mysterium to case studies to the nuclear bomb and the Shoah. Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority expounds upon the complexity depth and innovativeness of Giegerich’s thought reflecting the various ways in which international scholars have creatively explored a speculative psychology founded upon the notion of soul. The contributors here include clinical psychologists Jungian analysts and international scholars. With a new chapter by Wolfgang Giegerich and a foreword by David Miller Psychology as the Discipline of Interiority will be essential reading for depth and clinical psychologists Jungian psychoanalysts in practice and in training and academics and students of post-Jungian studies. It is also relevant reading for all those interested in the history of philosophical thought and what it means to think in the highly sophisticated and technological world of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120884

Psychology at IowaCentennial Essays After tracing the history of psychology at Iowa the contributors reflect on the institution's leadership role in the development of the discipline describe its long tradition of significant theoretical and empirical contributions to major areas in the field and profile some of its most important intellectual leaders. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203772362

Psychology at the Turn of the Millennium Volume 1Cognitive Biological and Health Perspectives These two volumes represent the cutting edge of contemporary theory and research in psychological science. Based on the keynote and state-of-the-art lectures from the 27th International Congress of Psychology the volumes feature a collection of chapters written by international leaders in psychological scholarship. The chapters reflect the diversity of current research topics in psychology where old boundaries have become obsolete and subdivisions from the past merge to form new objects of study. Volume 1 addresses cognitive biological and health perspectives. It includes sections on the neural mechanisms underlying psychological processes; the core areas in experimental psychology perception attention learning and memory; the multiple aspects of psychological health; the interaction between cognitive and emotional processes; and higher cognitive processes with special focus on decision-making and language. Volume 2 deals with social developmental and clinical perspectives. The sections highlight human development across the life span; basic and applied issues in personality emotion and clinical psychology; social psychology ranging from experimental work through social constructivism; and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138877405

Psychology at the Turn of the Millennium Volume 2Social Developmental and Clinical Perspectives These two volumes represent the cutting edge of contemporary theory and research in psychological science. Based on the keynote and state-of-the-art lectures from the 27th International Congress of Psychology the volumes feature a collection of chapters written by international leaders in psychological scholarship. The chapters reflect the diversity of current research topics in psychology where old boundaries have become obsolete and subdivisions from the past merge to form new objects of study. Volume 1 addresses cognitive biological and health perspectives. It includes sections on the neural mechanisms underlying psychological processes; the core areas in experimental psychology perception attention learning and memory; the multiple aspects of psychological health; the interaction between cognitive and emotional processes; and higher cognitive processes with special focus on decision-making and language. Volume 2 deals with social developmental and clinical perspectives. The sections highlight human development across the life span; basic and applied issues in personality emotion and clinical psychology; social psychology ranging from experimental work through social constructivism; and gender. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138883147

Psychology Bundle RC First published in 2012. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415681667

Psychology Culture Shock Crossing cultures can be a stimulating and rewarding adventure. It can also be a stressful and bewildering experience. This thoroughly revised and updated edition of Furnham and Bochner's classic Culture Shock (1986) examines the psychological and social processes involved in intercultural contact including learning new culture-specific skills managing stress and coping with an unfamiliar environment changing cultural identities and enhancing intergroup relations. The book describes the ABCs of intercultural encounters highlighting Affective Behavioural and Cognitive components of cross-cultural experience. It incorporates both theoretical and applied perspectives on culture shock and a comprehensive review of empirical research on a variety of cross-cultural travellers such as tourists students business travellers immigrants and refugees. Minimising the adverse effects of culture shock facilitating positive psychological outcomes and discussion of selection and training techniques for living and working abroad represent some of the practical issues covered.The Psychology of Culture Shock will prove an essential reference and textbook for courses within psychology sociology and business training. It will also be a valuable resource for professionals working with culturally diverse populations and acculturating groups such as international students immigrants or refugees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138129191

Psychology Education and TrainingA Global Perspective Much of the psychological research in the last century has been conducted in the global North West; hence many prevailing theories and methodologies reflect the philosophical framework and shared cultural knowledge of this region. Other world views and cultural contexts have as yet not had the same opportunity to develop scientific insights that come to the attention of global audiences. Psychology Education and Training is the first truly international effort to generate a framework for common standards in psychological education and training across the globe. Psychologists have long studied human beings in their socio-cultural context. New challenges such as globalisation and the relationship of the brain and behavior require that education and training keep pace with these rapidly evolving developments. The chapters in this book were generated by an international conference which resulted in the Dornburg Accord. While anchored in higher education the focus is on the generative and translational psychological science needed to fulfill psychology’s responsibility to society. Psychology Education and Training is the first book of its kind to cover both historic strengths and the requirements of emerging fields. The book deals with balancing the universalities and cultural specificities of psychological processes the adjustments to academic curricula required to support national needs as well as the credentials and regulations required to assure the quality of psychological services. Psychology Education and Training is unique in providing initial data and concurrent assessment of various components of education and training in psychology across the globe. The book is a must for faculty members advanced students of psychology and policy-makers who are interested in the issues that shape their societies. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848724273

Psychology ExposedOr the Emperor's New Clothes Originally published in 1988 in this personal review of the state of academic psychology Paul Kline draws attention to the way in which his peers at the time studiously avoided such threatening matters as human feelings and emotions unconscious ‘complexes’ – in short anything that could be called the human psyche. His erudite amusing and provocative text outlines the crucial influence of the development of scientific method before examining key experiments within cognitive psychology and cognitive science psychometrics social psychology and animal behaviour. Is most of experimental psychology trivial redundant and irrelevant? The academic subject cannot continue to ignore its critics he argued and must solve its problems by means of radical solutions. Whether they support or refute Professor Kline’s arguments students and professionals alike will still enjoy this original book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138905153

Psychology for ActorsTheories and Practices for the Acting Process Psychology for Actors is a study of modern psychology specifically designed for the working actor and actor-in-training that covers discrete areas of psychological theory that actors can apply to their creative process to form and connect with characters. The book investigates many post-Stanislavsky ideas about human psychology from some of the twentieth century’s most brilliant minds – from Sigmund Freud and Carl Jung to Abraham Maslow and Ken Wilber – and offers step-by-step exercises to help actors understand their characters and effectively bring them to life on stage or in front of the camera. Psychology for Actors also offers advice on how to cope with the stresses and strains of a highly competitive field and provides tools for deeper self-awareness and character exploration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815352266

Psychology for DancersTheory and Practice to Fulfil Your Potential Psychology for Dancers: Theory and Practice to Fulfil Your Potential examines how psychological theory can be related to dance practice. Aimed at the dancer who wants to maximize their potential but has no grounding in psychology the book begins with an examination of basic psychological concepts approaches and methods before applying theory to dance. The book explores why dance is so important in many people’s lives: as a form of fitness a profession or visual entertainment. Each chapter then examines a different aspect of psychology related to dance in an applied context. Self-perception is examined as dancers are under great scrutiny; a grounded sense of self will ensure a positive perception of self-worth and body image and suggestions are made as to how a healthy and motivational climate can be created. The book also places an emphasis on how cognitive skills are as important as technical skills including the ability to learn and recall steps and choreography as efficiently as possible. Social factors are related to the dance context with a discussion of effective leadership and communication skills and the importance of group cohesion. Finally there is a review of the impact of emotions on dance practice and how best to manage these emotions. Each chapter reviews important psychological theories offering practical suggestions on how they can be applied to dance practice. Psychology for Dancers is an invaluable resource for students professionals and teachers of dance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138085183

Psychology for GCSE Level Written by two experienced psychology teachers and examiners this textbook provides thorough coverage of both the AQA and OCR GCSE Psychology specifications. The user-friendly layout clearly identifies which sections are pertinent to each specification. The book is produced in attractive full colour with plenty of photographs pictures and cartoons and provides a variety of student-friendly features including: A list of the AQA and/or OCR specification requirements for each topic An everyday-life case study to introduce each chapter Numerous classroom activities Key terms highlighted and defined throughout the text Aims and Learning Outcomes which highlight the general themes and processes (including why psychology matters how psychology works everyday life ethical issues diversity critical thinking and methodology) Research studies with evaluations Clear and concise chapter summaries Exam hints and tips Exam-style questions. This new edition is accompanied by a set of online multimedia resources including powerpoint lecture courses and multiple-choice questions tests available free-of-charge to schools who adopt this book as their text. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138436718

Psychology for Nurses This text aims to be useful and relevant for student nurses from all backgrounds with a range of professional aspirations. It demonstrates the importance of psychology in both the nursing role and in health care in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138836747

Psychology for Nurses and Health Professionals Psychology for Nurses and Health Professionals Second Edition is an accessible guide providing comprehensive coverage of psychology for nurses and healthcare professionals in training and practice. Key features include: Fully updated and restructured to ensure content matches training requirements for nurses and healthcare practitioners Stronger focus on the biopsychosocial model therapeutic relationships and self-awareness More examples to highlight application with theories demonstrated through scenarios relevant to practice Accessible style with critical discussion boxes student diary entries reflection points summary boxes and glossary Free lecturer PowerPoints extension material MCQs and exercises available to download Written by the bestselling psychology author Richard Gross and Nancy Kinnison an experienced nurse and lecturer this is an essential guide to applying theoretical aspects of psychology to nursing and health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781444179927

Psychology for Social WorkersBlack Perspectives on Human Development and Behaviour Social work education has recently undergone major changes with anti-discriminatory practice being a high priority area in professional training. Psychology for Social Workers provides an introductory text which will help qualifying and practising social workers to: understand and counteract the impact of discrimination; work in an ethnically sensitive way; demonstrate an awareness of ways to combat both individual and institutional racism through anti-racist practice. Drawing together research material and literature on black perspectives in human development and behaviour from North America and Britain it provides a starting point that will inspire discussion and debate in the social work field and will generate future theoretical and research questions. Among the topics covered are black perspectives in group work and the family identity development and academic achievement in black children and mental health issues in relation to black people. Updated throughout to cover recent legislation this second edition is an essential introductory text for all social workers in training and practice and for their teachers and trainers. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203028872

Psychology for Sustainability4th Edition Psychology for Sustainability 4th Edition -- known as Psychology of Environmental Problems: Psychology for Sustainability in its previous edition -- applies psychological theory and research to so-called "environmental" problems which actually result from human behavior that degrades natural systems. This upbeat user-friendly edition represents a dramatic reorganization and includes a substantial amount of new content that will be useful to students and faculty in a variety of disciplines—and to people outside of academia as well. The literature reviewed throughout the text is up-to-date and reflects the burgeoning efforts of many in the behavioral sciences who are working to create a more sustainable society. The 4th Edition is organized in four sections. The first section provides a foundation by familiarizing readers with the current ecological crisis and its historical origins and by offering a vision for a sustainable future.The next five chapters present psychological research methods theory and findings pertinent to understanding and changing unsustainable behavior. The third section addresses the reciprocal relationship between planetary and human wellbeing and the final chapter encourages readers to take what they have learned and apply it to move behavior in a sustainable direction. The book concludes with a variety of theoretically and empirically grounded ideas for how to face this challenging task with positivity wisdom and enthusiasm. This textbook may be used as a primary or secondary textbook in a wide range of courses on Ecological Psychology Environmental Science Sustainability Sciences Environmental Education and Social Marketing. It also provides a valuable resource for professional audiences of policymakers legislators and those working on sustainable communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725805

Psychology for the Classroom Originally published in 1977 Psychology for the Classroom is offered as an aid to people who are learning themselves and helping other people to learn: that is to parents students and particularly to teachers. The activity of teaching to be successful requires the teacher to understand the behaviour of the learner as fully as possible. Some of the insights into human behaviour gained by psychologists may prove helpful to the teacher in complementing his or her experience and intuitive understanding and it is with this in mind that the topics covered in this book have been selected. Section one deals with cognitive aspects an understanding of which his essential since cognitive processes are the means by which individuals are able to make sense of their environment. Section two considers the social situation in which knowledge and understanding develop i.e. the way in which social interaction affects learning. Section three focuses on the individual stressing that academic achievement depends not only on hard work but is intimately related to an individual’s personal development and personality. The book will be valuable to psychology students student teachers and teachers on in-service courses for its coverage of relevant psychological research and the description of pertinent experiments and studies of the time. Its originality lies in the way in which it communicates the importance of teachers using psychology as a basis for forming hypotheses which they can test for themselves – not necessarily as researchers but in a mood of personal exploration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138630536

Psychology for the Classroom: Constructivism and Social Learning Psychology for the Classroom: Constructivism and Social Learning provides a lively introduction to the much debated topics of talk and group collaboration in classrooms and the development of interactive approaches to teaching. The authors provide a background to research in constructivist and social learning theory offering a broad and practical analysis which focuses on contemporary issues and strategies including the use of e-learning and multimedia. Throughout the book theory is linked with its practical implications for everyday teaching and learning and chapters incorporate: the history of constructivist and social learning theory and key thinkers pedagogical implications practical strategies for the classroom constructivist theory and e-learning. Case studies and vignettes demonstrating best practice are used throughout the text illustrating how monitored collaboration between learners can result in an effective learning environment where targets are met. Essential reading for practising teachers and students this book is a valuable guide for those looking to provide effective teaching and learning within a constructivist framework. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203855171

Psychology from An Empirical Standpoint Franz Brentano is one of the founding fathers of twentieth century philosophy celebrated for introducing the concept of intentionality to philosophy as well as making significant contributions to ethics and logic. His work exerted great influence on major philosophers such as Edmund Husserl but also philosophers travelling in the opposite direction such Gottlob Frege. He counted Sigmund Freud amongst his students and Freud expressed great admiration for his teacher in several letters. Psychology from an Empirical Standpoint is Brentano’s most important and brilliant work. It helped to establish psychology as a scientific discipline but did so in a highly original and distinctive manner by arguing for a form of introspectionism.　 Brentano argued that consciousness is always unified and that the hallmark of the mind is that one’s thoughts are always directed towards something – his famous theory of ‘intentionality’ – arguments that have deep implications not just for philosophy but psychology cognitive science and consciousness studies. With a new foreword by Tim Crane.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138019171

Psychology GCSE Revision Guide for Edexcel If you’re studying for a GCSE in Psychology you’ll need a revision guide that tells you everything you need to know. This accessible and interactive book covers all compulsory and all optional topics on the GCSE Edexcel Psychology syllabus introduced in 2017 including development memory psychological problems brain and neuropsychology social influence and research methods. It summarises the specification material clearly and attractively enabling you to easily digest and retain the information ready for your exams. Packed full of revision ideas and techniques designed to help you cement your knowledge the book includes a number of unique and helpful features such as: Expert tips from an experienced senior examiner to clarify key points and help you avoid making common errors Sample exam questions to aid practice Active learning tasks such as key definitions and word gaps Double page spreads outlining the studies you need to know and their strengths and weaknesses Coverage of the new compulsory mathematical element which was brought into the specification in 2017 Perfect for revising psychological concepts theories and studies in relation to the three critical assessment objectives Psychology GCSE Revision Guide for Edexcel is an essential resource for anyone taking a psychology GCSE using the Edexcel specification. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138494114

Psychology in Africa It is now well over a hundred and fifty years since the first celebrated geographical explorations of Africa took place. However it was many years before there began quests of a different kind – the investigation of behaviour personality attitude and ability among Africa’s people. Originally published in 1975 this book is an account of that work: the first explorations in Africa of psychology. In an exhaustive and well-documented report the author a psychologist who had himself done research in Nigeria Uganda and who had lectured at Makerere University drew together the main threads of the research carried out so far putting the issues in an African perspective but anchoring them firmly within the framework of modern psychological thinking and technique of the time. Are there any common personality and intellectual characteristics among Africans? How does weaning affect African child development? How have Africans’ feelings developed about city life and industrial work? The questions the author considers range from the broad-based to the specific. The challenges which lay ahead for African investigators then moving into the mainstream of the work are also discussed. But perhaps above all the book made a convincing case for psychology becoming a relevant and finely honed discipline in Black Africa characterised by practical application to Black African society. Each chapter covers a defined area of modern psychology of the time and presents a comprehensive survey in a language no more technical that the subject warrants. At the time is was felt this book would be invaluable to students of Africa secondary education whose course included a psychology component and to African students beginning a degree course in psychology. It would also have provided an informative supplement to courses in medicine development studies political science sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138018648

Psychology in Historical ContextTheories and Debates Psychology the study of mind and behaviour has developed as a unique discipline in its brief history. Whether as it currently takes place or how it has been conducted over the past 140 years or so since it became recognized as a separate field of study there has been constant debate on its identity as a science. Psychology in Historical Context: Theories and Debates examines this debate by tracing the emergence of Psychology from parent disciplines such as philosophy and physiology and analyzes key topics such as: the nature of science itself a much misunderstood human activity often equated with natural science; the nature of the scientific method and the relationship between data gathering and generalization; the nature of certainty and objectivity and their relevance to understanding the kind of scientific discipline Psychology is today. This engaging overview written by renowned author Richard Gross is an accessible account of the main conceptual themes and historical developments. Covering the core fields of individual differences cognitive social and developmental psychology as well as evolutionary and biopsychology it will enable readers to understand how key ideas and theories have had impacts across a range of topics. This is the only concise textbook to give students a thorough grounding in the major conceptual ideas within the field as well as the key figures whose ideas have helped to shape it. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138683853

Psychology in Organizationsintegrating Science and Practice This book deals with two key questions. First is there a firm scientific basis for the major applications of psychology in organizations? Second does the practice of psychology in organizations contribute in any meaningful way to psychological research? This text attempts to answer these questions by describing some of the unique ways in which Industrial/Organizational (I/O) psychologists integrate science and practice in applying psychology in organizations. The editors of this volume believe that there is great potential for the effective interplay of science and practice in I/O psychology. Aware however that much work must still be done before a truly effective integration can be achieved and maintained they have created a text that offers specific suggestions for improvement as well as many examples of successful integration. Psychology in Organizations explores the unique relationship between science and practice within industrial/organizational psychology. The contributors seek to answer two main questions: * Is there a firm scientific basis for the major applications of psychology in organizations? * Does the practice of psychology in organizations contribute in any meaningful way to psychological research? After an initial examination of the industrial/organizational psychologist as a scientist and practitioner Psychology in Organizations looks at specific roles played in such issues as job performance and productivity sexual harassment drug abuse and drug testing. A final chapter looks at both the past and future of the field and suggests future applications. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138876057

Psychology in Prisons Psychology in Prisons illustrates how a knowledge of psychological principles can lead to a better understanding of the prison environment and the problems that occur within it. The authors show how psychology can be used to increase understanding of prisoners and to deal with day-to-day problems in prison life. They focus on key problem areas such as sex offenders violent criminals and the issue of AIDS. The book also explores the effects of the prison environment on staff and suggests means of reducing the levels of stress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462687

Psychology in Professional Sports and the Performing ArtsChallenges and Strategies The relationship between sport and exercise psychology and the realm of professional sport and performance has grown exponentially in recent years. Elite athletes increasingly see the value in seeking psychological advice and expertise while consultants now work in a wider range of elite performance environments. Psychology in Professional Sports and the Performing Arts: Challenges and Strategies is a unique and timely collection that brings together the experiences and knowledge of a range of applied psychologists working in these exciting industries. The book begins with a section outlining the core skills practitioners require in the field before chapters discussing individual sports team sports and the performing arts. Each author looks at how theoretical principles can be applied within a particular professional context delineating how performers may benefit from working with a psychologist as well as the ethical and cultural challenges that they faced. Assessing the role of applied psychologists across a truly unique range of activities from polo to motor racing and ice hockey to modern dance Psychology in Professional Sports and the Performing Arts: Challenges and Strategies offers unrivalled insights into how sport and exercise psychology can be put into practice in challenging professional environments. It will appeal to anyone studying sport and exercise psychology or working in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808621

Psychology in Southeast AsiaSociocultural Clinical and Health Perspectives Despite diverse rich cultural traditions and abundant economic opportunity there has been a paucity of research on psychology in Southeast Asia. This book aims to fill that gap with a series of well-written theoretical and empirical chapters by PhD psychologists in SE Asia along with respected international colleagues and co-authors from around the globe. In particular this book focuses upon critical sociocultural clinical and health issues and perspectives in psychology in Southeast Asia. Overviews help contextualize the cultural data permitting nuanced examination of significant psychological issues in nations such as Malaysia Indonesia Thailand Singapore and more. Psychologists and mental health professionals with interests in Asia will find this book to be a must-read as will other readers seeking to deepen their cultural and international understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367423278

Psychology in Sports CoachingTheory and Practice Some of the most effective coaches understand the fundamentals of sport psychology which include interacting effectively with athletes creating the optimal environment assessing the psychological needs of their athletes and even providing them with the mental training required to maximise performance. Fully revised and updated the second edition of Psychology in Sports Coaching: Theory and Practice clearly and accessibly introduces the principles and practice of sport psychology in the context of the coaching process. Drawing on the very latest research and theory the book introduces the psychological tools and techniques that coaches can use to get the best performances out of their athletes. Including six new chapters on applying self-determination principles in coaching creating the optimal motivational climate increasing motivation developing anti-doping attitudes promoting challenge states and mindfulness-based stress reduction training the book also offers step-by-step guidance on key topics such as: Assessing the needs of athletes Facilitating awareness through goal-setting and performance profiling Working with special populations including children and injured athletes Building team cohesion Maximising relationships and socially supporting athletes Teaching mental skills such as imagery and coping Building mental toughness and confidence. Every chapter contains useful features to aid learning and understanding including in-depth case studies critical thinking questions clear and concise summaries and practice exam questions. Psychology in Sports Coaching: Theory and Practice is essential reading for any student of sports coaching or any practising coach looking to extend and develop their skills and useful applied reading for students of sport psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701878

Psychology in the ClassroomA Teacher's Guide to What Works Written by experienced classroom practitioners who are experts in the field of psychology Psychology in the Classroom provides a thorough grounding in the key principles of psychology and explores how they can be applied to teaching and learning. It draws on both classic and cutting-edge research offering practical advice on commonly overlooked or misunderstood concepts that contribute to positive academic outcomes. It aims to show the value of psychology in enabling teachers to make and justify everyday classroom decisions. Designed to equip teachers with the skills to identify and tackle common issues that affect students’ learning each chapter highlights key areas of research and discusses how lesson planning and material design can be informed by the psychological concepts presented. It covers core areas essential for improving learning including: memory and understanding; creativity; motivation; independent learning; resilience; cognition; and self-theories and mindsets. Full of advice and strategies Psychology in the Classroom is aimed at both new and experienced teachers across primary secondary and post-16 education providing them with practical ways to apply these psychological principles in the classroom. With an emphasis on understanding the theories and evidence behind human behaviour this book will allow you to reflect critically on your own classroom practice as well as making simple but valuable changes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059696

Psychology in the Courts This book provides a useful overview of the latest research into the interaction between psychology and the courts. Leading scholars and practitioners review recent research and practice in a number of principal areas:* adolescents in the legal system* the role of juries* competency to stand trial* conditional release* eyewitness evidence and testimony* the role of the victims. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654005

Psychology in the Soviet Union Ils 272 This is a collection of papers created from a visit by teachers and educationalists to the U.S.S.R in April 1955 by invitation of Academy of Educational Sciences of the R.S.F.S.R. The aim of this volume is to familiarize English readers with the general direction of Soviet psychology but designed to be of interest to teachers as well as psychologists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415757386

Psychology Library Editions: Child Development20 Volume Set Psychology Library Editions: Child Development (20 Volume set) brings together a diverse number of titles across many areas of developmental psychology from children’s play to language development. The series of previously out-of-print titles originally published between 1930 and 1993 with the majority from the 70s and 80s includes contributions from many respected authors in the field and charts the progression of the field over this time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138741423

Psychology Library Editions: Cognitive Science27 Volume Set Cognitive Science is the interdisciplinary scientific study of the mind and its processes. Psychology Library Editions: Cognitive Science (27 Volume set) brings together a mix of titles from many fields within psychology including attention perception thinking memory. The series of previously out-of-print titles originally published between 1974 and 1995 includes contributions from authors around the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138191631

Psychology Library Editions: Comparative Psychology Psychology Library Editions: Comparative Psychology (16 Volume set) brings together a number of titles which explore animal behaviour and learning some in isolation but mostly comparing it with human behaviour. Research in this area looks at many different issues using various methods and examines species from insects to primates. The series of previously out-of-print titles originally published between 1928 and 1997 with the majority from the 1970s and 1980s includes contributions from many highly respected authors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138503298

Psychology Library Editions: Emotion12 Volume Set Emotion (or affect) is a cross-disciplinary subject in psychology. Psychology Library Editions: Emotion makes available again twelve previously out-of-print titles that were originally published between 1976 and 1999  either as a set or as individual volumes in your choice of print or ebook. Written by a range of authors from diverse backgrounds and spanning different areas of psychology such as clinical cognitive developmental and social the volumes feature a variety of approaches and topics. This is a great opportunity to trace the development of research in emotion from a number of different perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848727809

Psychology Library Editions: History of Psychology8 Volume Set Originally published between 1928 and 1987 the volumes in this set provide an interesting look back at how psychology has developed as a discipline and some of the problems it has encountered along the way. It includes volumes focusing on the history of specific fields such as developmental and experimental psychology as well as examining the roots of psychological theory as a whole and how it has informed many of the fields of psychology we know today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367408459

Psychology Library Editions: Memory Memory is one of the core areas of academic research in cognitive psychology. Psychology Library Editions: Memory brings together a series of previously out-of-print titles available as a 27-volume set or as individual volumes. The authors come from diverse backgrounds and many of them are now leading experts in their fields. The majority of titles were originally published in the 1970s and 1980s and reflect early research in a number of key areas. The volumes cover topics such as memory development in children; memory and aging; memory and thinking; memory and language; working memory; and memory disorders to name but a few. This is a great opportunity to obtain a valuable resource tracing the development of a major field of psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848723214

Psychology Library Editions: Neuropsychology Neuropsychology is the study of the relationship between behaviour emotion and cognition on the one hand and brain function on the other. Psychology Library Editions: Neuropsychology (12 Volume set) presents titles originally published between 1981 and 1993 covering a variety of areas within neuropsychology a relatively new discipline at the time as it firmly established itself within the field of　psychology. It includes contributions from well-respected academics many still active in neuropsychology today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138488946

Psychology Library Editions: Perception35 Volume Set Psychology Library Editions: Perception (35 Volume set) brings together a broad range of titles across many areas of perception from social to visual perception. The series of previously out-of-print titles originally published between 1963 and 1995 includes contributions from many respected authors in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138688247

Psychology Library Editions: Personality16 Volume Set The study of personality has a long history and many different theoretical viewpoints within psychology. Psychology Library Editions: Personality (16 Volume set) presents titles originally published between 1950 and 1997 covering many of these traditions and theories. It includes contributions from many well-respected academics and is a fascinating insight into this diverse field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367031121

Psychology Library Editions: Psycholinguistics Psychology Library Editions: Psycholinguistics brings together as one set or individual volumes a series of previously out-of-print titles originally published between 1970 and 1990. From a variety of academic imprints this set reflects the growth of psycholinguistics as a serious scientific discipline in its own right. It provides in one place a wealth of important reference sources from a wide range of authors expert in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848721685

Psychology Library Editions: Psychology of Reading11 Volume Set The psychology of reading investigates the process by which readers extract visual information from written text and make sense of it. Psychology Library Editions: Psychology of Reading (11 Volumes) brings together as one set or individual volumes a small series of previously out-of-print titles originally published between 1980 and 1995. The set includes topics such as dyslexia and the relationship between speech and reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080652

Psychology Library Editions: Social Psychology Psychology Library Editions: Social Psychology (30-volume set) brings together an eclectic mix of titles from a wealth of authors with diverse backgrounds seeking to understand human behaviour and interaction from a socio-psychological perspective. The series of previously out-of-print titles originally published between 1908 and 1993 includes those from some authors considered to be founders of social psychology and traces the development of the subject from its early foundations. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138830929

Psychology Library Editions: Speech and Language Disorders8 Volume Set Psychology Library Editions: Speech and Language Disorders (8 Volume set) presents titles originally published between 1942 and 1993 covering a variety of areas from auditory processing difficulties to stuttering. The titles show the progression of knowledge and treatment through the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138345539

Psychology Moving EastThe Status Of Western Psychology In Asia And Oceania Psychologists from nineteen countries in Asia and Oceania report on the expansion of western psychology in the region at both the academic and the professional levels. With its own network of associations conferences and journals the comminity of psychologists in the East has braved new frontiers for the discipline. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284589

Psychology of Aging The psychology of aging is an exciting and rapidly-developing field. This volume provides a collection of classic original and often widely-cited papers including some older papers which may be hard to find through conventional searches. Taken together they help to address some key questions: what are the cognitive changes related to aging? Is mental exercise useful? To what extent might intelligence education or stimulating mental activities delay or even reduce cognitive symptoms of dementia? However the book goes well beyond cognition and addresses social and emotional changes in aging as well as looking at how lifestyle factors may be influential in psychological functioning. The section on the psychology of dementia covers the evolving psychological models plus innovative types of psychological interventions. As more people live to an age where they are dependent on others the book also considers the stresses on carers and how carers can be supported. Lastly other aspects of mental health problems in old-age are addressed including depression PTSD and personality disorder. This collection of intriguing and inspiring papers will liven up the shelves of students researchers and academics in the field as well as being a very useful resource for research teaching and study. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245706

Psychology of Aid Psychology of Aid provides an original psychological approach to development studies focusing as it does on the social aspects of aid and the motivational foundations. Designed as a practical tool for looking at development projects in a new and structured way the authors bring many of the social apsects of development and aid together in one book; from the needs of the Northern donor to the public tensions between Third World host and foreign development agencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865730

Psychology of BlacksCentering Our Perspectives in the African Consciousness For courses in Introduction to Psychology African American Psychology African American Studies Multicultural Counseling and Cross Cultural Counseling and Psychotherapy.This text highlights the limitations of traditional psychological theories and approaches when applied to people of African descent. It provides information on how the African Centered Perspective is defined as well as how it operates in the context of the African American family with regard to identity development education mental health research and managing contemporary issues. It links the context of African American life to the traditions values and spiritual essence of their African ancestors in an attempt to acknowledge the African worldview and assist the African American community in addressing some of the challenges they continue to face. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138464704

Psychology of C G Jung First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868761

Psychology of ChangeLife Contexts Experiences and Identities Choice Recommended Read This volume tackles the critical question of whether people change or whether they remain relatively constant across the lifespan. Much existing literature in psychology has largely endorsed the concept of stability. Indeed in many people’s minds the person is understood to be set in stone as a function of early socialization and reaching a particular stage of development evolutionary processes or traits that are hard-wired from the beginning by genes and biology. However in recent years important scientific developments in theory and research concerning the psychology of change have emerged. In contrast to the commonly held conception of the individual as fixed this research illustrates how malleable people are—showing much behavioral plasticity. The chapters in this volume written by scholars at the cutting-edge of research into the psychology of change showcase these developments with the aim of advancing knowledge of the field and encouraging further research. Topics addressed include brain function cognitive performance personality psychological well-being collective action to achieve social change responses to life stressors and political change. The message is clear—the culture we live in what happens to us along the way and who we think we are and want to be can all change people. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138833678

Psychology of Driving Do we become better or worse drivers as we age? Why do we indulge in risky behaviour when driving? Will technology remove the human role in driving forever?　 　 The Psychology of Driving is a fascinating introduction into the psychological factors at play when people get behind the wheel. Exploring the role of personality traits and cognitive functions such as attention in driving the book considers why human error is most often to blame in road accidents and how we can improve driver safety. The book debunks the myth that men are better drivers than women and considers why some people indulge in knowingly risky behaviour on the road including using mobile phones and drink/drug-driving. 　 In a time when driverless cars are becoming a reality The Psychology of Driving shows us how human behaviour and decisions can still affect our lives on the road. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699588

Psychology of Early ChildhoodUp to the Sixth Year of Age Originally published in 1924 this sixth edition published in 1930 is thoroughly revised and updated to take account of the important advances in the field of child psychology at the time. In this new edition the personal standpoint is emphasized while at the same time other psychological theories such as mental psychology form psychology psychoanalysis and individual psychology have been exhaustively treated criticized and discussed in contradistinction to the theory of personality. Much fuller treatment has been given to the experimental examination of young children for purposes of research and tests since it is in this form of investigation that major advances had been made. Today it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138088405

Psychology of EatingFrom Biology to Culture to Policy The Psychology of Eating is the essential multi-disciplinary introduction to the psychology of eating looking at the biological genetic developmental and social determinants of how humans find and assimilate food. Thoroughly revised and updated the new edition brings multi-faceted expertise to the topic of normal and dysfunctional food intake juxtaposing "normal" eating eating in environments of food scarcity and the phenomenon of "abnormal" eating prevalent in many modern-day developed societies. Eating disorders are not a focus but also emerge from this approach. Key features include: A new expanded section considering the roles of business and government in creating and potentially solving the issue of "abnormal" eating Learning objectives talking points and end-of-chapter glossaries Chapter-by-chapter self-assessment questions. With questions of food production food choice and environmental sustainability becoming more critical in an increasingly populated world this is crucial reading for undergraduate courses in Psychology and other disciplines with a holistic and critical thinking approach to the psychology of food intake. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367263263

Psychology of EducationA Pedagogical Approach Originally published in 1979 this title is based upon Professor Stones’ extensive work with practising and student teachers. His overriding concern is with the contribution of psychology to pedagogy to help practitioners improve their practice and theorists test their theories. He develops the thesis that teaching involves the teacher in psychological experimentation. Thus one of the most important laboratories for testing the application of learning theories is the classroom. The adoption of this view offers the potential for transforming teaching and our understanding of human learning. Unlike the majority of books in the field of educational psychology at the time it is not a synoptic anthology of the writings of the current gurus in the field or its close neighbours. Instead guides are given to teachers/experimenters to plan try out and evaluate their teaching/experimenting. The central theme adopted at the outset and held throughout the book is the improvement of teaching through the explicit informed use of psychopedagogical principles. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138633681

Psychology of Emotion Since the turn of the twenty-first century the psychology of emotion has grown to become its own field of study. Because the study of emotion draws inspiration from areas of science outside of psychology including neuroscience psychiatry biology genetics computer science zoology and behavioral economics the field is now often called emotion science or affective science. A subfield of affective science is affective neuroscience the study of the emotional brain. This revised second edition of Psychology of Emotion reviews both theory and methods in emotion science discussing findings about the brain; the function expression and regulation of emotion; similarities and differences due to gender and culture; the relationship between emotion and cognition; and emotion processes in groups. Comprehensive in its scope yet eminently readable Psychology of Emotion serves as an ideal introduction for undergraduate students to the scientific study of emotion. It features effective learning devices such as bolded key terms developmental details boxes learning links tables graphs and illustrations. In addition a robust companion website offers instructor resources. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848725126

Psychology of Entertainment As entertainment becomes a trillion-dollar-a-year industry worldwide as our modern era increasingly lives up to its label of the "entertainment age " and as economists begin to recognize that entertainment has become the driving force of the new world economy it is safe to say that scholars are beginning to take entertainment seriously. The scholarly spin on entertainment has been manifested in traditional ways as well as innovative ones. Representing the current state of theory and research Psychology of Entertainment promises to be the most comprehensive and up-to-date volume on entertainment. It serves to define the new area of study and provides a theoretical spin for future work in the area.Divided into three basic parts this book:*addresses the fundamental mechanisms and processes involved in orienting to and selecting entertainment fare as well as receiving and processing it;*explores the mechanisms and processes by which we are entertained by the media messages we select and receive; and*provides an opportunity for the application of well-established as well as emerging psychological and psychobiological theories to be applied to the study of entertainment in ways that seldom have been utilized previously.Psychology of Entertainment will appeal to scholars researchers and graduate students in media studies and mass communication psychology marketing and other areas contributing to the entertainment studies area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203873694

Psychology of Fear Crime and the MediaInternational Perspectives The media continue to have a significant persuasive influence on the public perception of crime even when the information presented is not reflective of the crime rate or actual crime itself. There have been numerous theoretical studies on fear of crime in the media but few have considered this from a social psychological perspective. As new media outlets emerge and public dependence on them increases the need for such awareness has never been greater. This volume lays the foundation for understanding fear of crime from a social psychological perspective in a way that has not yet been systematically presented to the academic world. This volume brings together an international team of experts and scholars to assess the role of fear and the media in everyday life. Chapters take a multidisciplinary approach to psychology sociology and criminology and explore such topics as dual process theory construal level theory public fascination with gangs and other contemporary issues. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138086128

Psychology of Gender Noted for its fair and equal coverage of men and women Psychology of Gender reviews the research and issues surrounding gender from multiple perspectives including psychology sociology anthropology and public health. Going far beyond discussions of biological sex and gender identity the text explores the roles that society has assigned to females and males and the other variables that co-occur with sex such as status and gender-related traits. The implications of social roles status and gender-related traits for relationships and health are also examined. The text begins with a discussion of the nature of gender and development of gender roles before reviewing communication and interaction styles and how they impact our friendships and romantic relationships. It concludes with an exploration of how gender influences both physical and mental health. New to the 6th Edition: Emphasis on the intersectionality of gender considering it as a part of wider social categories such as race ethnicity social class and gender identity Recognition of the increasingly prevalent view that gender is nonbinary Extended coverage of LGBTQ individuals their relationships and their health Expanded discussions of key issues including gender-role strain gender fluidity women and STEM parenthood balancing family and work demands online communication and sexual harassment Accompanied by a comprehensive companion website featuring resources for students and instructors alongside extensive student learning features throughout the book Psychology of Gender is an essential read for all students of gender from psychology women’s studies gender studies sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331023

Psychology of GenderFifth Edition Noted for its fair and equal coverage of men and women this book reviews the research and issues surrounding gender from multiple perspectives including psychology sociology anthropology and public health with an emphasis on the interaction between biological and social theories. The implications of social roles status and gender-related traits on relationships and health that are central to students' daily lives are emphasized throughout. Students learn how to distinguish the similarities and differences between the sexes and the theories that explain the differences. Methodological flaws that may impact the observance of sex differences are also examined. Learning activities and pedagogical tools included in the text: Do Gender exercises which provide an opportunity to test hypotheses and explore data Sidebars on special interest topics and numerous visuals　that bring the studies to life Take Home Points that summarize key concepts in bulleted format Boldfaced key terms and definitions chapter summaries discussion questions and suggested readings which help students review the material New to the 5th Edition: Expanded sections on cohabitation homosexuality online relationships social media influences single-sex classrooms sex differences in math abilities and gender implications of divorce on health Expanded coverage of gender and parenting gender and the workplace gender and power and balancing work and family An expanded intersectional approach that highlights how gender is connected to social class race and ethnicity including more coverage of gender system justification theory Coverage of transgender issues including recent changes in the DSM guidelines Streamlined discussions to further engage students to think about gender issues A companion website at www.routledge.com/cw/Helgeson where instructors will find Power Point slides multiple choice quizzes and short answer questions with suggested answers for each chapter; and students will find flashcards of key terms chapter outlines and links to related websites and further reading Divided into three parts each section builds on the previous one. First gender and the development of gender roles across cultures are introduced. Scientific methods used to study gender attitudes toward gender and the latest data and theories on sex differences in cognitive social and emotional domains are then introduced. Theories of gender-role development including evolutionary social learning social role and gender schema theories are reviewed along with the implications of gender on achievement. Part one reviews the key information on the similarities and differences between the sexes and the theories that explain the differences which lay the foundation for the remainder of the book. Part two examines the role of gender in relationships including communication styles and the impact of these interactions on friendship and romantic relationships. The third part examines the role of gender on physical and mental health. The effects of marriage and parenting on health are reviewed including domestic abuse along with how gender affects the association between work and health. This is an ideal text for upper level gender-focused courses including the psychology of gender psychology of women or men gender issues and gender women’s or men’s studies taught in psychology women’s studies gender studies sociology and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186873

Psychology of GenderFourth Edition Unlike other gender texts Psychology of Gender  focuses equally on both men and women drawing from empirical research and conceptual discussions.The book includes research and discussions surrounding gender in the areas of psychology sociology anthropology medicine and public health. It reviews the research from multiple perspectives but emphasizes the implications of social roles status and gender-related traits particularly for relationships and health–areas that are central to students' lives and that have a great impact on their day-to-day functioning. The text is designed for upper-level undergraduate/graduate-level gender-focused courses in a variety of departments. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780205050185

Psychology of Group InfluenceSecond Edition Originally published in 1989 this title showcased new developments providing a systematic and in-depth overview of some of the basic issues in the field of group psychology. Subject areas range from basic group processes to complex interactive phenomena. There are international contributions with chapters covering the latest developments in the field at the time. The volume provided students and professionals with a comprehensive coherent and interrelated picture of the broad scope of group influence processes. The volume was motivated by the belief that group psychology is a central and important activity for social psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138885301

Psychology of Health 2nd Ed First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138165526

Psychology of Language (PLE: Psycholinguistics)An Introduction to Sentence and Discourse Processes Originally published in 1990 this comprehensive volume addresses the central issues of sentence and discourse processes with particular emphasis placed on reading and listening comprehension. The text material is accessible to both upper-level undergraduate and graduate students and informative for professionals and educators. In this regard this uncommon volume identifies the logic of both the specific experimental manipulations that are described and the more general on-line and memory measures frequently invoked. The principles presented in the text are supported by hundreds of numbered and unnumbered examples and by precise tables and figures. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138996908

Psychology of Mathematics for Instruction Published in 1981  Psychology of Mathematics for Instruction is a valuable contribution to the field of Education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203056622

Psychology of Music How does music affect our moods? What is the best way to develop musical skills? How does the definition of music vary between cultures? The Psychology of Music explores the important impact music has on our everyday lives and its influence on society groups and individual people. It demonstrates how music can benefit our intellectual functioning and health and well-being and examines musical ability as both a gift and something that can be developed through learning and practice. Music can enhance our understanding of humanity and modern life and The Psychology of Music shows us the significance of music and the power it can have over our behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138098541

Psychology of MusicFrom Sound to Significance In Psychology of Music: From Sound to Significance (2nd edition) the authors consider music on a broad scale from its beginning as an acoustical signal to its different manifestations across cultures. In their second edition the authors apply the same richness of depth and scope that was a hallmark of the first edition of this text. In addition having laid out the topography of the field in the original book the second edition puts greater emphasis on linking academic learning to real-world contexts and on including compelling topics that appeal to students’ natural curiosity. Chapters have been updated with approximately 500 new citations to reflect advances in the field. The organization of the book remains the same as the first edition while chapters have been updated and often expanded with new topics. 'Part I: Foundations' explores the acoustics of sound the auditory system and responses to music in the brain. 'Part II: The Perception and Cognition of Music' focuses on how we process pitch melody meter rhythm and musical structure. 'Part III: Development Learning and Performance' describes how musical capacities and skills unfold beginning before birth and extending to the advanced and expert musician. And finally 'Part IV: The Meaning and Significance of Music' explores social emotional philosophical and cultural dimensions of music and meaning. This book will be invaluable to undergraduates and postgraduate students in psychology and music and will appeal to anyone who is interested in the vital and expanding field of psychology of music. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124684

Psychology of Physical ActivityDeterminants Well-Being and Interventions The positive benefits of physical activity for physical and mental health are now widely acknowledged yet levels of physical inactivity continue to increase throughout the developed world. Understanding the psychology of physical activity has therefore become an important concern for scientists health professionals and policy-makers alike. Psychology of Physical Activity is a comprehensive and in-depth introduction to the fundamentals of exercise psychology from theories of motivation and adherence to the design of successful interventions for increasing participation. Now in a fully revised updated and expanded third edition Psychology of Physical Activity is still the only textbook to offer a full survey of the evidence-base for theory and practice in exercise psychology and the only textbook that explains how to interpret the quality of the research evidence. With international cases examples and data included throughout the book also provides a thoroughly detailed examination of the relationship between physical activity and mental health. A full companion website offers useful features to help students and lecturers get the most out of the book during their course including multiple-choice revision questions PowerPoint slides and a test bank of additional learning activities. Psychology of Physical Activity is the most authoritative engaging and up-to-date introduction to exercise psychology currently available. It is essential reading for all students working in exercise and health sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415518185

Psychology of Prejudice and Discrimination3rd Edition Psychology of Prejudice and Discrimination provides a comprehensive and compelling overview of what psychological theory and research have to say about the nature causes and reduction of prejudice and discrimination. It balances a detailed discussion of theories and selected research with applied examples that ensure the material is relevant to students. Newly revised and updated this edition addresses several interlocking themes such as research methods the development of prejudice in children the relationship between prejudice and discrimination and discrimination in the workplace which are developed in greater detail than in other textbooks. The first theme introduced is the nature of prejudice and discrimination which is followed by a discussion of research methods. Next comes the psychological underpinnings of prejudice: the nature of stereotypes the conditions under which stereotypes influence responses to other people contemporary theories of prejudice and how values and belief systems are related to prejudice. Explored next are the development of prejudice in children and the social context of prejudice. The theme of discrimination is developed via discussions of the nature of discrimination the experience of discrimination and specific forms of discrimination including gender sexual orientation age ability and appearance. The concluding theme is the reduction of prejudice. An ideal core text for junior and senior college students who have had a course in introductory psychology it is written in a style that is accessible to students in other fields including education social work business communication studies ethnic studies and other disciplines. In addition to courses on prejudice and discrimination this book is also adapted for courses that cover topics in racism and diversity. For instructor resources consult the companion website (http://www.routledge.com/cw/Kite) which includes an Instructor Manual that contains activities and tools to help with teaching a prejudice and discrimination course; PowerPoint slides for every chapter; and a Test Bank with exam questions for every chapter for a total of over 1 700 questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138947542

Psychology of Reading2nd Edition Reading is a highly complex skill that is prerequisite to success in many societies in which a great deal of information is communicated in written form. Since the 1970s much has been learned about the reading process from research by cognitive psychologists. This book summarizes that important work and puts it into a coherent framework. The book’s central theme is how readers go about extracting information from the printed page and comprehending the text. Like its predecessor this thoroughly updated 2nd Edition encompasses all aspects of the psychology of reading with chapters on writing systems word recognition the work of the eyes during reading inner speech sentence processing discourse processing learning to read dyslexia individual differences and speed reading. Psychology of Reading 2nd Edition is essential reading for undergraduates graduates and researchers in cognitive psychology and could be used as a core textbook on courses on the psychology of reading and related topics. In addition the clear writing style makes the book accessible to people without a background in psychology but who have a personal or professional interest in the process of reading. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848729759

Psychology of ReasoningTheoretical and Historical Perspectives This collection brings together a set of specially commissioned chapters from leading international researchers in the psychology of reasoning. Its purpose is to explore the historical philosophical and theoretical implications of the development of this field. Taking the unusual approach of engaging not only with empirical data but also with the ideas and concepts underpinning the psychology of reasoning this volume has important implications both for psychologists and other students of cognition including philosophers. Sub-fields covered include mental logic mental models rational analysis social judgement theory game theory and evolutionary theory. There are also specific chapters dedicated to the history of syllogistic reasoning the psychology of reasoning as it operates in scientific theory and practice Brunswickian approaches to reasoning and task environments and the implications of Popper's philosophy for models of behaviour testing. This cross-disciplinary dialogue and the range of material covered makes this an invaluable reference for students and researchers into the psychology and philosophy of reasoning. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415654012

Psychology of Self-RegulationCognitive Affective and Motivational Processes The ability to regulate and control our behaviors is a key accomplishment of the human species yet the psychological mechanisms involved in self-regulation remain incompletely understood. This book presents contributions from leading international researchers who survey the most recent developments in this fascinating area. The chapters shed new light on the subtle and often subconscious ways that the people seek to regulate their thoughts feelings and behaviors in everyday social life. The contributions seek answers to such intriguing questions as: How can we improve our ability to control our actions? How do people make decisions about which goals to pursue? How do we maintain and manage goal-oriented behavior? What happens when we run out of self-regulation resources? Can we match people and the regulatory demands of to specific tasks so as to optimize performance? What role does self-regulation play in sports performance in maintaining successful relationships and in managing work situations? The book offers a highly integrated and representative coverage of this important field and is suitable as a core textbook in advanced courses dealing with social behavior and the applications of psychology to real-life problems. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984141

Psychology of TerroristsProfiling and CounterAction The Psychology of Terrorists examines the personality profile of the individual and categorizes the psychology of terrorists into four distinct profiles which are outlined and analyzed in detail. There are many books that cover social psychology and political violence and aggression but few establish the mind-set of the terrorist as an individual. This includes taking into account personal experiences and religious or political ideology for the purposes of understanding conceptual and tactical objectives and profiling terrorists to counter terrorist threats. Dr. Raymond Hamden presents a unique look at terrorists as individuals with personal motives as well as those of principle. The book presents an analysis of terrorists without prejudice or bias for any political religious nationality creed or race. Too many times the world see experts focus on issues that are based on their own predispositions or partialities. Although there is criticism on the reliability of profiling this research demonstrates validity and reliability. It is vital to understand terrorist motivations and this can only be achieved by "knowing" the terrorists' psychological character looking at the individual terrorist taking into account particular experiences psychological makeup background and fundamentalist ideology. The Psychology of Terrorists: Profiling and CounterAction will be a welcomed addition to psychologists terrorism researchers criminal profilers investigators and intelligence professionals counter- and anti-terrorism experts as well as military security and law enforcement professionals tasked with protecting individuals from the various acts of terrorism domestically and globally. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439810026

Psychology of the Great WarThe First World War and Its Origins The outbreak of World War I saw the collapse of socialist notions of class solidarity and reaffirmed the enduring strength of nationalism. The workers of the world did not unite but turned on one another and slaughtered their fellows in what was then the bloodiest war in history. There have been many efforts to explain the outbreak of war in 1914 but few from so intimate a perspective as LeBon's. He examines such questions as why German scholars tried to deny Germany's obvious guilt in the war and what explained the remarkable resolve of the French army to persevere in the face of unprecedented adversity.To such questions LeBon proposes answers built upon principles well articulated in the larger body of his work. He transforms the character of the debate by demonstrating how psychological principles explain more persuasively both the causes of German academic ignominy and the origins of French valor. Convinced as he was that only psychology could illuminate collective behavior LeBon dismisses purely economic or political interpretations as ill-conceived and inadequate precisely because they fail to appreciate the role of psychology in the collective behavior of national statesmen prominent scholars and ordinary soldiers.The Psychology of the Great War provides a bridge to study both crowd behavior and battlefield behavior by illustrating how ordinary people are transformed into savages by great events. This element in LeBon's thinking influenced Georges Sorel's thinking as he had seen the same phenomenon in those who participated in general strikes and revolutions. And in a later period and different context Hannah Arendt gave this strange capacity of the ordinary to be transformed into the extraordinary the name "banality of evil." The book will be of interest to social theorists psychologists concerned with group behavior and historians of the period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531093

Psychology of the Image Psychology of the Image outlines a theoretical framework bringing together the semiotic concepts developed by Charles Peirce the sociological insights of Ervin Goffman and the psychoanalytic ideas of Jacques Lacan. Image studies in fashion advertising photography film studies and psychology have been influenced by these theorists in significant ways. The framework presented helps the reader understand how these ideas relate to the study of different domains of the image: the internal imagery of dreams external images such as the photograph and image processes which span both contexts e.g. images we have about ourselves. The topics discussed are organised into three themes. The first considers mental imagery including sound and dreams. The second addresses the interdependent nature of internal and external images e.g. the gendered self and social identity. In the third theme attention turns to external images including television film photography the computer and the internet. Psychology of the Image will be of interest to undergraduates postgraduates lecturers and researchers in the fields of psychology media studies and sociology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203446928

Psychology Of The Normal And The Subnormal First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874879

Psychology of the Religious Life First published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138871250

Psychology of Touch and Blindness This book reviews the considerable body of research that has been done to evaluate the touch skills of blind people. With an emphasis on cognitive and neuroscientific approaches it encompasses a wide-ranging discussion of the theoretical issues in the field of touch perception and blindness. The volume includes chapters on sensory aspects of touch perception in blind individuals multimodal relations and their implications for instruction and development and new technology including sensory aids and virtual touch. A distinctive feature of the book is the inclusion of the practical applications of research in this area. A significant characteristic of research on touch and imagery in congenitally blind individuals is that it speaks to the basic nature of spatial imagery and the importance and necessity -- or lack thereof -- of specific visual sensory experience for the acquisition of knowledge about space spatial layout and picture perception. As such the book will not only appeal to researchers and professionals with an interest in touch and blindness but also to a wider audience of cognitive psychologists and cognitive neuroscientists working in the field of perception. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848726536

Psychology on the WebA Student Guide Psychology on the Web: A Student Guide is directed at those who want to be able to access psychology Internet resources quickly and efficiently without needing to become IT experts. The emphasis throughout is on the location of high quality psychology related Internet resources likely to be useful for learning teaching and research from among the billions of publicly accessible Web pages.Whilst the author has drawn on a large volume of technical literature it is written on the basis of practical experience acquired over many years of using Internet resources in the context of teaching undergraduate and postgraduate courses in the social sciences covering a wide range of topic specialisms and in informing academic staff. In addition to extensive coverage of topics relating to the efficient location of files and Web sites Part III provides a substantial and annotated list of high quality resources likely to be of use to students of psychology.The work is structured so that it will be found useful by both beginners and intermediate level users and be of continuing use over the course of higher education studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315847702

Psychology Revivals Bundle This collection of twenty books is a chance to discover a diverse range of topics across the behavioural sciences. From cognitive to social psychology; psychiatry to psychoanalysis; and many others in between. It includes early works from psychologists who went on to become leaders in their fields; as well as shaping the world of psychology as we know it today. A great opportunity to acquire an eclectic mix of psychology titles from throughout the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415724197

Psychology Serving Humanity: Proceedings of the 30th International Congress of PsychologyVolume 1: Majority World Psychology This is the first of two volumes collecting the key proceedings of the 30th International Congress of Psychology the first to be held in Africa in the 123 years of its history. The theme of the conference was "Psychology Serving Humanity" a recognition of psychology's unfulfilled mission in the majority world and a reflection of what that world requires from psychology. Mainstream Psychology finds its largest number of exponents and leading personalities in the high income countries of the global West. The Other Psychologies referred to by different names are scattered across the rest of the world. Some of the names of these other forms of Psychology include indigenous Psychology. The main driver of indigenous and other forms of non-mainstream Psychology is the endeavour to embed the discipline in the dynamics of local societies. Psychology has entered an interesting era however. While the dominant philosophy underpinning the discipline remains Western Psychology in the majority world in 2000s may have reached a tipping point. It took over a hundred years but the 2004 and 2012 International Congresses of Psychology held in China and South Africa heralded a newfound possibility for the discipline. There is an opening of the field to potentially new thought and forms of the practice of Psychology. These proceedings are published in the hope that all psychologists especially those located in well-resourced institutions in the West confront the divided reality that characterizes Psychology so as to creatively consider the opportunity opened up by the growing field at the peripheries. Care was taken when assembling both conference and proceedings to ensure that the entire international psychological community was represented. Volume One contains contributions to Majority World Psychology. Volume Two contains contributions to Western Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848722552

Psychology Serving Humanity: Proceedings of the 30th International Congress of PsychologyVolume 2: Western Psychology This is the second of two volumes collecting the key proceedings of the 30th International Congress of Psychology the first to be held in Africa in the 123 years of its history. The theme of the conference was "Psychology Serving Humanity" a recognition of psychology's unfulfilled mission in the majority world and a reflection of what that world requires from psychology. Mainstream Psychology finds its largest number of exponents and leading personalities in the high income countries of the global West. The Other Psychologies referred to by different names are scattered across the rest of the world. Some of the names of these other forms of Psychology include indigenous Psychology. The main driver of indigenous and other forms of non-mainstream Psychology is the endeavour to embed the discipline in the dynamics of local societies. Psychology has entered an interesting era however. While the dominant philosophy underpinning the discipline remains Western Psychology in the majority world in 2000s may have reached a tipping point. It took over a hundred years but the 2004 and 2012 International Congresses of Psychology held in China and South Africa heralded a newfound possibility for the discipline. There is an opening of the field to potentially new thought and forms of the practice of Psychology. These proceedings are published in the hope that all psychologists especially those located in well-resourced institutions in the West confront the divided reality that characterizes Psychology so as to creatively consider the opportunity opened up by the growing field at the peripheries. Care was taken when assembling both conference and proceedings to ensure that the entire international psychological community was represented. Volume One contains contributions to Majority World Psychology. Volume Two contains contributions to Western Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848722569

Psychology through Critical Auto-EthnographyAcademic Discipline Professional Practice and Reflexive History This unique book is an insider account about the discipline of psychology and its limits introducing key debates in the field of psychology around the world today by closely examining the problematic role the discipline plays as a global phenomenon. Ian Parker traces the development of ‘critical psychology’ through an auto-ethnographic narrative in which the author is implicated in what he describes laying bare the nature of contemporary psychology. In five parts each comprising four chapters the book explores the student experience the world of psychological research how psychology is taught how alternative critical movements have emerged inside the discipline and the role of psychology in coercive management practices. Providing a detailed account of how psychology actually operates as an academic discipline it shows what teaching in higher education and immersion in research communities around the world looks like and it culminates in an analytic description of institutional crises which psychology provokes. A reflexive history of psychology’s recent past as a discipline and as a cultural force this book is an invaluable resource for anyone thinking of taking up a career in psychology and for those reflecting critically on the role the discipline plays in people’s lives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367344177

PsychologyA Study of Mental Life First published in 1922 this popular title by R. S Woodworth was revised several times. This twentieth edition from 1949 brought D.G. Marquis on board and was thoroughly revised again originally published in its current form in 1963. One of the most famous and successful introductions to psychology ever published this book was very popular in universities and training colleges at the time. Now available again after many years it can be read and enjoyed in its historical context. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781848724563

Psychology’s Dream of the Courtroom What contribution has “the law” made to the work of analyst and patient in the consulting room? And what insights may be drawn from putting psychology itself on trial? In this ground-breaking book the use of legal metaphors and the courtroom analogy by Freud Jung and psychology more generally are examined in relation to the practice of psychotherapy and analysis. In this way psychoanalysis and analytical psychology are shown in fresh perspective to be disciplines of truth in the spirit of a trial or court proceeding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367439330

Psychology's Grand TheoristsHow Personal Experiences Shaped Professional Ideas Psychology's Grand Theorists argues that the three schools in psychology that have been dominant historically--the psychodynamic behavioral and phenomenological--have resulted in large part from the personal experiences of their originators. Sigmund Freud B.F. Skinner and Carl Rogers each believed that he had discovered the truth about human nature yet their truths are entirely different. This book explores how the lives of these men influenced the divergent theories they developed through a close examination of letters diaries biographies autobiographies and professional writings. Uncovering the subjective sources of these theories the book gives the reader a greater sense of intimacy with each man's ideas and promotes critical inquiry into their scientific status. The book is written in an engaging style that will appeal to a wide range of readers. Intended as a supplement in courses on personality clinical psychology and/or the history of psychology it will also be of interest to clinicians or counselors who use one or more of these theoretical models in their therapeutic work. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410611062

PsychologyThe Basics This compact introduction is the ideal primer for anyone looking for an accessible overview of the basic principles of psychology the fascinating science of mind and behavior. In everyday life we often ask why people act the way that they do especially when we encounter or hear about puzzling behavior. Psychology: The Basics introduces everyday explanations of behavior considering them through a psychological lens. Illustrating how behavior can be explained through fundamental psychological principles the book covers the core areas of cognitive developmental and social psychology as well as behaviorism the human brain our emotions personality and individual differences and psychological disorders. This book which includes further reading in each chapter for those wishing to study more deeply is the perfect easy-to-understand introductory text for students teachers health personnel human resource managers administrators and anyone interested in the human mind and behavior. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138552265

Psychometric MethodsTheory into Practice Grounded in current knowledge and professional practice this book provides up-to-date coverage of psychometric theory methods and interpretation of results. Essential topics include measurement and statistical concepts scaling models test design and development reliability validity factor analysis item response theory and generalizability theory. Also addressed are norming and test equating topics not typically covered in traditional psychometrics texts. Examples drawn from a dataset on intelligence testing are used throughout the book elucidating the assumptions underlying particular methods and providing SPSS (or alternative) syntax for conducting analyses. The companion website presents datasets for all examples as well as PowerPoint slides of figures and key concepts. Pedagogical features include equation boxes with explanations of statistical notation and end-of-chapter glossaries. The Appendix offers extensions of the topical chapters with example source code from SAS SPSS IRTPRO BILOG-MG PARSCALE TESTFACT and DIMTEST. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462524778

PsychomythicsSources of Artifacts and Misconceptions in Scientific Psychology Psychology deals with the most complex subject matter of any science. As such it is subject to misunderstandings artifacts and just simple errors of data logic and interpretation. This book teases out the details of some of the sources of these errors. It considers errors in psychological data and theories that arise from confusing endogenous and exogenous causal forces in perceptual research misinterpreting the effects of inevitable natural laws as psychological phenomena improper application of statistics and measurement and flawed assumptions. Examples of each of these sources of error are presented and discussed. Finally the book concludes that a return to a revitalized kind of behaviorism is preferred rather than continuing on the current cognitive path. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651172

Psychoneuroendocrinology of Sport and ExerciseFoundations Markers Trends Psychoneuroendocrinology is the study of the interaction between hormones the brain and human behaviour. This is the first book to examine psychoneuroendocrinology in the context of sport and exercise offering a comprehensive review of current research and assessment techniques and highlighting directions for future research. The book explores the links between hormones and behaviour and draws important conclusions for how their study will aid in the understanding of the bidirectional link between sport and behaviour central to the psychology of sport and exercise. It presents the key hormones that underpin behaviour in a sporting context including the description of their physiologic mechanisms and behavioural effects. The book reports benchmark standards for the assessment and analysis of hormonal influences of behaviour in sport and examines practical issues and contexts such as emotional state overtraining and stress. Psychoneuroendocrinology in Sport and Exercise is a breakthrough text that will be of interest to all advanced students and researchers working in the psychology and physiology of sport and exercise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138795761

Psychoneuroimmunology Stress and Infection Psychoneuroimmunology is the emerging science devoted to studying the two-way relationship between the nervous and immune systems. Psychoneuroimmunology Stress and Infection highlights the latest information concerning microbial infections in both man and animals as related to stress and especially stress hormones.The volume focuses on psychoneuroimmunology as it impacts the immune system in general and also the relationship between neurological events which influence susceptibility and/or resistance to infectious agents such as bacteria fungi and viruses as well as parasites. Prominent researchers describe the involvement of the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis on immunity as a function of the nervous system. The text discusses hormones such as prolactin and growth hormone and steroid induced susceptibility to infection and neuropeptides including vasoactive intestinal peptide and substance P. The effects of catacholamines on immunity and susceptibility to infection are also covered. This reference also details the involvement of immune cells in the synthesis of neuropeptides including hormones and endorphins their effect on the brain as well as the effects of interleukins and tumor necrosis factor on the central nervous system. The book concludes with an interesting look at the relationship between aging psychoneuroimmunology and infection. Although there is much new knowledge concerning the nature and mechanism of immune responses including the mediators involved Psychoneuroimmunology Stress and Infection also presents important discussions and reviews that are long overdue and provide a major contribution to the area of biomedical knowledge in general and psychoneuroimmunology in particular. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812522

Psychopathology Psychopathology is a psychologically based account of the major mental illnesses including schizophrenia personality disorders anxiety and mood disorders as well as eating disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138163171

Psychopathology Psychopathology is a psychologically based account of the major mental illnesses including schizophrenia personality disorders anxiety and mood disorders as well as eating disorders. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203136782

Psychopathology and personality dimensionsThe Selected works of Gordon Claridge In the World Library of Psychologists series international experts present career-long collections of what they judge to be their finest pieces – extracts from books key articles salient research findings and their major practical theoretical contributions. In this fascinating collection Professor Gordon Claridge charts the development of a model of mental health that blurs the line between madness and sanity conditions such as schizophrenia and other forms of psychosis seen as dimensions of ‘normal’ personality and temperament rather than separate abnormalities. Working with and influenced by the late Hans Eysenck Claridge is celebrated for evolving research on personality and psychological disorders into a revised view of the spectrum of psychotic traits. The concept of schizotypy re-evaluated by Claridge sees mental illness not as a pathology suffered by a few but as the end of a continuum experienced by us all. Psychopathology and Personality Dimensions brings together some of the author’s most influential publications on the topics of schizotypy and psychoticism personality disorders and the use of drug techniques to investigate normal and abnormal individual differences. Interspersed throughout with specially-written retrospectives by Professor Claridge looking back at his work and contextualising where it sits in the wider literature the collection illustrates a radical and influential model of mental illness that continues to resonate today. This book is an essential resource for all those engaged or interested in the field of personality and psychological disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287617

Psychopathology and Psychiatry Pavlov’s fundamental theory of higher nervous activity concerns the adaptation to changing external environments of organisms such as dogs apes and humans. In the 1920s Pavlov and his disciples used laboratory experimentation to study the etiology and therapy of neuroses In human beings and other species. Later In the 1930s Pavlov devoted much time and effort to the systematic study of psychopathology In clinical settings. Psychopathology and Psychiatry is Pavlov’s little-known series of descriptions of these experiments and findings.Pavlov used two fundamental approaches In the study of neuroses and psychoses: the conditioned salivary reflex method with dogs as subjects; and the observation of neurotic and psychotic behavior In humans. Pavlov was primarily Interested In how the cortex worked to facilitate the orgaftilsm's adaptation to the external environment. The conditioned reflex findings were explained In terms of hypothetical physiological processes. Pavlov was certain that dogs’ Inability to adapt flexibly was the result of conflicts and traumatic experiences. Soon thereafter he linked these discoveries to actual human cases of neuroses and psychoses. These are covered In this volume.In a new introduction to this classic text George Windholz traces Pavlov’s scholarly and scientific life highlighting his various studies and results under stressful political and pedagogical conditions. Psychopathology and Psychiatry continues to be a highly significant work of scientific study. Psychologists psychiatrists and behavioral researchers of all professional persuasions will find this work to be essential reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531109

Psychopathology and PsychotherapyDSM-5 Diagnosis Case Conceptualization and Treatment Psychopathology & Psychotherapy: DSM-5 Diagnosis Case Conceptualization and Treatment Third Edition differs from other psychopathology and abnormal psychology books. While other books focus on describing diagnostic conditions this book focus on the critical link between psychopathology and psychotherapy. More specifically it links diagnostic evaluation case conceptualization and treatment selection to psychotherapy practice. Research affirms that knowledge and awareness of these links is essential in planning and providing highly effective psychotherapy. This third edition incorporates detailed case conceptualizations and treatment considerations for the DSM-5 diagnoses most commonly seen in everyday clinical practice. Extensive case studies illustrate the diagnostic case conceptualization and treatment process in a way that makes it come alive. Written by practicing clinicians with expertise in specific disorders this book will be an invaluable resource to both novice and experienced clinicians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415838733

Psychopathology at SchoolTheorizing mental disorders in education Psychopathology at School provides a timely response to concerns about the rising numbers of children whose behaviour is recognised and understood as a medicalised condition rather than simply as poor behaviour caused by other factors. It is the first scholarly analysis of psychopathology which draws on the philosophers Foucault Deleuze Guattari and Arendt to examine the processes whereby children’s behaviour is pathologised. The heightened attention to mental disorders is contrasted with education practices in the early and mid-to-late twentieth century and the emergence of a new conceptualization of childhood is explored. Taking education as a central component to the contemporary experience of growing up the book charts the ways in which mental disorders have become commonplace in childhood and youth from birth through to college and university but also offers examples of where professionals have refused to pathologise children’s behaviour. The book examines the extent of the influence of psychopathology on the lives of children and young people as well as the practices that infiltrate education and the possibilities for alternative educational responses that negate the diagnosis of mental disorder. Psychopathology at School is a must read for anyone concerned about the growing influence of psychopathology in education and will be of particular interest to educated readers and to scholars students and professionals in education psychiatry psychology child studies youth studies nursing social work and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138652378

Psychopathology in the WorkplaceRecognition and Adaptation This text provides students and professionals with the knowledge they need to treat work-related psychopathology and contribute to this new and growing aspect of clinical practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996915

Psychopathology of WorkClinical Observations This book examines the processes at issue in the onset of psychiatric disorders linked to stress in the workplace. Six clinical observations are presented: an acute psychosomatic decompensation (status asthmaticus); a delirious episode; a dementia-like confusional state; a sexuality disorder; two successive decompensations (one in a victim of workplace harassment and one in her aggressor); and a suicide. Each is explored in detail from aetiology to treatment bringing into sharp relief the differences between conventional analysis and the interpretation of material in light of the reference to work. These studies have been written by psychoanalysts and may be used as a training resource for practitioners and students alike. For any professional or researcher involved in the world of work these observations will offer a deeper understanding of this particular work-related mental pathology which characterises the development of our contemporary society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201809

PsychopathologyContemporary Jungian Perspectives An outstanding collection of papers written by Jungian analysts from different schools of analytical psychology on various aspects of psychopathology. The subjects covered include: depression anorexia schizoid personality narcissistic personality disorder mania psychosis paranoia masochism fetishism transvestisism perversion marital dysf Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367324742

PsychopathologyFoundations for a Contemporary Understanding Psychopathology Fifth Edition is the most up-to-date text about the etiology and treatment of the most important psychological disorders. The chapters are written by leading experts in the field of psychopathology who provide up-to-date information on theory research and clinical practice. The book is unique in its strong emphasis on critical thinking about psychopathology as represented by chapters on such topics as culture race gender class clinical judgment and decision-making and alternatives to traditional categorical approaches to understanding psychopathology. The contributors have incorporated information about and from the World Health Organization’s International Classification of Diseases along with information about and from the DSM-5. As with the previous editions this book remains a true textbook in psychopathology. Unlike the many weighty volumes that are intended as reference books Psychopathology Fifth Edition has been designed specifically to serve as a textbook on psychopathology for graduate students in clinical and counseling psychology programs and related programs such as social work. It will also serve as an extremely useful reference source for practitioners and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367085803

PsychopathologyFrom Science to Clinical Practice This authoritative text gives students and practicing psychotherapists a rich understanding of the connections between psychopathology research and clinical practice. Chapters thoroughly describe the etiology DSM-5 classification symptoms and clinical features course epidemiology and associated comorbidities of prevalent psychological disorders. What sets this tightly edited volume apart are insightful discussions of how current empirical findings can inform assessment case formulation the therapeutic relationship and intervention strategies (regardless of theoretical orientation). Each chapter is written collaboratively by leading psychopathology and psychotherapy researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462528813

Psychopharmacology With increases in the prevalence of psychiatric and behavioral disorders and rapid advances in the development of new drug therapies there is an increasing need to present the science behind these developments. Students and educators are often confronted with conflicting and exaggerated claims about the effectiveness of drugs. As recently as ten years ago the mechanisms of action of many medications prescribed for common psychological disorders were not well understood even by the scientists developing them. Now drug treatment has advanced to a stage where drugs are designed for their effects on specific receptors membrane proteins or secondary messengers within particular cells in the brain. This text introduces a sufficient background in neuroanatomy and physiology so students can comprehend the necessary details of drug action. Psychopharmacology Second Edition presents its subject matter in the context of the behavioral disorders they are designed to treat  rather than by traditional drug classifications. Students are often familiar with the major diagnostic categories so presenting psychopharmacology as it pertains to these familiar disorders strengthens their understanding of the physiology and neurochemistry underlying them as well as the approaches to their treatment. Each disorder is discussed from a historical context along with diagnostic criteria and descriptions of typical cases. In addition what we presently know about the underlying pathology of each disorder is carefully described. A critical examination of drug claims is missing from most psychopharmacology texts but is offered here. Students will read about the most current research available from a critical perspective. When alternatives to traditional drug therapies are supported by research these studies are presented as well. Throughout this text discusses how drug effectiveness is measured in both human and animal studies. Psychopharmacology has contributed significantly over the past 75 years to the treatment of severe psychological disorders as well as to our understanding of the brain and human behavior. This symbiotic relationship between psychopharmacology and the neural and behavioral sciences will continue long into the future. This fully updated second edition is ideal for undergraduate and pre-professional students and includes a robust companion website. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138833081

Psychophysical ActingAn Intercultural Approach after Stanislavski Psychophysical Acting is a direct and vital address to the demands of contemporary theatre on today’s actor. Drawing on over thirty years of intercultural experience Phillip Zarrilli aims to equip actors with practical and conceptual tools with which to approach their work. Areas of focus include: an historical overview of a psychophysical approach to acting from Stanislavski to the present acting as an ‘energetics’ of performance applied to a wide range of playwrights: Samuel Beckett Martin Crimp Sarah Kane Kaite O’Reilly and Ota Shogo a system of training though yoga and Asian martial arts that heightens sensory awareness dynamic energy and in which body and mind become one practical application of training principles to improvisation exercises. Psychophysical Acting is accompanied by Peter Hulton’s interactive DVD-ROM featuring exercises production documentation interviews and reflection. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203375280

Psychophysics Beyond SensationLaws and Invariants of Human Cognition This volume presents a series of studies that expand laws invariants and principles of psychophysics beyond its classical domain of sensation. This book's goal is to demonstrate the extent of the domain of psychophysics ranging from sensory processes through sensory memory and short-term memory issues to the interaction between sensation and action. The dynamics and timing of human performance are a further important issue within this extended framework of psychophysics: Given the similarity of the various cortical areas in terms of their neuroanatomical structure it is an important question whether this similarity is paralleled by a similarity of processes. These issues are addressed by the contributions in the present volume using state-of-the-art research methods in behavioral research psychophysiology and mathematical modeling. The book is divided into four sections. Part I presents contributions concerning the classical domain of psychophysical judgment. The next two parts are concerned with elementary and higher-order processes and the concluding section deals with psychophysical models. The sections are introduced by guest editorials contributed by independent authors. These editorials present the authors' personals view on the respective section providing an integrated account of the various contributions or highlighting their focus of interest among them. While also voicing their own and sometimes different point of view they contribute to the process of discussion that makes science so exciting. This volume should be of great interest to advanced students in neuroscience cognitive science psychology neuropsychology and related areas who seek to evaluate the range and power of psychological work today. Established scientists in those fields will also appreciate the variety of issues addressed within the same methodological framework and their multiple interconnections and stimulating "cross-talk." Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651189

PsychophysicsIntroduction to Its Perceptual Neural and Social Prospects Psychophysics is a lively account by one of experimental psychology's seminal figures of his lifelong scientific quest for general laws governing human behavior. It is a landmark work that captures the fundamental themes of Stevens's experimental research and his vision of what psycho-physics and psychology are and can be. The context of this modern classic is detailed by Lawrence Marks's pungent and highly revealing introduction.The search for a general psychophysical law a mathematical equation relating sensation to stimulus pervades this work first published in 1975. Stevens covers methods of measuring human psychophysical behavior: magnitude estimation magnitude production and cross-modality matching are used to examine sensory mechanisms perceptual processes and social consensus. The wisdom in this volume lies in its exposition of an approach that can apply generally to the study of human behavior Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531116

PsychophysicsThe Fundamentals This third edition of a classic text which was first published in 1976 is the only comprehensive up-to-date presentation of psychophysics currently available. It has been used by undergraduate and graduate students and scholars throughout the world and is consistently thought of as the best single source for learning the basic principles of psychophysics. The coverage of the field is comprehensive including topics ranging from the classical methods of threshold measurement to the modern methods of detection theory to psychophysical scaling of sensation magnitude. The approach is one in which methods theories and applications are described for each experimental procedure. New features found in this third edition include: * methodological and theoretical contributions made in the field during this time period * descriptions of adaptive procedures for measuring thresholds context effects in scaling theory of quantal fluctuations multidimensional scaling nonmetric scaling of sensory differences and the relationship between the size of the DL and the slope of the sensation magnitude function * new methods for measuring the observer's sensitivity of criterion and an expanded discussion of category scaling including the range frequency model and verbally labeled categories and * methods used to control the observer's nonlinear use of numbers in magnitude estimation such as line-length scaling magnitude matching master scaling and category-ratio scaling. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984158

Psychophysiological Aspects of Reading and Learning Bringing together neurological assessments of reading and cognition this provocative volume originally published in 1985 presents eight major and sometimes controversial studies on the parts and patterns of the reading process. With comprehensive coverage ranging from psycholinguistics and education to neurophysiology these studies highlight new directions in the field at the time. The contributors support an interactive rather than dichotomous model of brain function and stress individual differences in assessing reading and cognitive skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102927

Psychophysiological Measurement and MeaningCognitive and Emotional Processing of Media This research volume serves as a comprehensive resource for psychophysiological research on media responses. It addresses the theoretical underpinnings methodological techniques and most recent research in this area. It goes beyond current volumes by placing the research techniques within a context of communication processes and effects as a field and demonstrating how the real-time measurement of physiological responses enhances and complements more traditional measures of psychological effects from media.  This volume introduces readers to the theoretical assumptions of psychophysiology as well as the operational details of collecting psychophysiological data. In addition to discussing specific measures  it includes brief reviews of recent experiments that have used psychophysiological measures to study how the brain processes media. It will serve as a valuable reference for media researchers utilizing these methodologies or for other researchers needing to understand the theories history and methods of psychophysiological research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415994149

PsychophysiologyHuman Behavior & Physiological Response This highly readable and comprehensive overview of psychophysiology provides information regarding the anatomy and physiology of various body systems methods of recording their activity and ways in which these measures relate to human behavior. Biofeedback applications are contained in a separate chapter and discussions of stress management job strain and personality factors that affect cardiovascular reactivity are presented. There is much of interest here to the student researcher and clinician in behavioral medicine ergonomics emotion cognitive neuroscience neuropsychology and health psychology. Now in its fourth edition Andreassi's Psychophysiology explores some of the newer areas of importance and updates findings in traditional topics of interest. Significant changes to this edition include: updated information on brain activity in memory perception and intelligence; new information on brain imaging and behavior; separate chapters on pupillography and eye movements; new information on the startle pattern and eyeblink; separate chapters on clinical and non-clinical applications; updated information on cardiovascular reactivity and personality; the latest biofeedback and ergonomics applications; novel findings in environmental psychophysiology; brief summaries at the end of each section; and an appendix on laboratory safety Each chapter is a self-contained unit allowing instructors to customize the presentation of the material. With over 1 700 citations Andreassi's Psychophysiology is the definitive text in the field. An instructor's manual is now available. Based on the book the manual is primarily a test bank to be used in giving examinations to students during the teaching of a course. Both multiple-choice and essay questions have been provided along with lists of key terms and ideas. These can be used for definition-type questions and to highlight important concepts as well as alerting the instructor to important terms and ideas that they may want to cover in lectures. Sample syllabi are provided for teaching a course at both undergraduate and graduate levels to help the instructor who is preparing a course for the first time. A number of possible laboratory exercises are also provided that can be carried out in conjunction with teaching the course. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781410602817

Psychoses Of PowerAfrican Personal Dictatorships This book is about the idiosyncratic personal dictatorships sprang up in Africa in the 1960s and 1970s. It surveys the social economic and political histories of Uganda Central African Republic and Equatorial Guinea exploring conditions that facilitated the rise of the dictatorial triumvirate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284602

PsychosesAn Integrative Perspective Psychoses provides a unique perspective on the challenges associated with understanding and treating psychoses bringing together insights and developments from medicine and psychology to give a full and balanced overview of the subject. Johan Cullberg draws on his extensive experience working with those suffering from first-episode psychosis to investigate issues including vulnerability factors phases of psychosis prevention the potential for recovery and contemporary attitudes to psychosis. Particular attention is paid to how therapeutic interventions can either support or obstruct the ‘self-healing’ properties of many psychoses. This sensitive and humane perspective on the nature and treatment of psychoses will be of interest to all mental health professionals interested in increasing their understanding and awareness of this subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781583919927

Psychosis Psychoanalysis and Psychiatry in Postwar USAOn the borderland of madness Covering the last four decades of the 20th century this book explores the unwritten history of the struggles between psychoanalysis and psychiatry in postwar USA inaugurated by the neosomatic revolution which had profound consequences for the treatment of psychotic patients. Analyzing and synthesizing major developments in this critical and clinical field Orna Ophir discusses how leading theories redefined what schizophrenia is and how to treat it offering a fresh interpretation of the nature and challenges of the psychoanalytic profession. The book also considers the internal dynamics and conflicts within mental health organizations their theoretical paradigms and therapeutic practices. Opening a timely debate considering both the continuing relevance and the inherent limitations of the psychoanalytic approach the book demonstrates how psychoanalysts reinterpreted their professional identity by formalizing and disseminating knowledge among their fellow practitioners while negotiating with neighboring professions in the medical fields such as psychiatry pharmacology and the burgeoning neurosciences. Chapters explore the ways in which psychoanalysts constructed – and also transgressed upon – the boundaries of their professional identity and practice as they sought to understand schizophrenia and treat its patients. The book argues that among the many relationships psychoanalysis sustained with psychiatry some weakened their own social role as service providers while others made the theory and practice of psychoanalysis a viable contender in the jurisdictional struggles between professions. Psychosis Psychoanalysis and Psychiatry in Postwar USA will appeal to researchers academics graduate students and advanced undergraduates who are interested in the history of psychoanalysis psychiatry the medical humanities and the history of science and ideas. It will also be of interest to clinicians health care professionals and other practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356967

Psychosis (Madness) In this volume a number of British psychoanalysts introduce us to psychoanlaytic definitions of intra-psychic and subjective meaning in patients suffering psychotic conditions. Irrespective of the particular type of psychotic illness under consideration of the context or treatment each paper illustrates how the psychoanalytic clinician searches Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367324766

Psychosis and EmotionThe role of emotions in understanding psychosis therapy and recovery There is increasing recognition that emotional distress plays a significant part in the onset of psychosis the experience of psychosis itself and in the unfolding of recovery that follows. This book brings together leading international experts to explore the role of emotion and emotion regulation in the development and recovery from psychosis. Psychosis and Emotion offers extensive clinical material and cutting-edge research with a focus on: the diverse theoretical perspectives on the importance of emotion in psychosis the interpersonal systemic and organisational context of recovery from psychosis and the implications for emotional distress the implications of specific perspectives for promoting recovery from psychosis With thorough coverage of contemporary thinking including psychoanalytic cognitive developmental evolutionary and neurobiological this book will be a valuable resource to clinicians and psychological therapists working in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415570428

Psychosis and Near PsychosisEgo Function Symbol Structure Treatment The goal of psychotherapy as formulated in this revision of a classic text is to improve ego function of severely disturbed patients who are often hospitalized. This book shows why and how. It describes the psychotherapeutic techniques that aid patients to understand the meaning of the psychotic symbols so that they can experience reality and their emotions as separate entities. Medication effects and the neurobiology of psychotic and near psychotic patients are explained and evaluated in terms of specific ego dysfunction so that psychopharmacology may be targeted. With the first edition originally a recipient of the prestigious Heinz Hartmann Award this valuable resource is a go-to guide for clinicians who treat patients suffering from crippling mental disorders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925991

Psychosis as a Personal CrisisAn Experience-Based Approach Psychosis as a Personal Crisis seeks to challenge the way people who hear voices are both viewed and treated. This book emphasises the individual variation between people who suffer from psychosis and puts forward the idea that hearing voices is not in itself a sign of mental illness. In this book the editors bring together an international range of expert contributors who in their daily work their research or their personal acquaintance focus on the personal experience of psychosis. Further topics of discussion include: accepting and making sense of hearing voices the relation between trauma and paranoia the limitations of contemporary psychiatry the process of recovery. This book will be essential reading for all mental health professionals in particular those wanting to learn more about the development of the hearing voices movement and applying these ideas to better understanding those in the voice hearing community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673303

Psychosis in Childhood and Adolescence Psychosis in Childhood and Adolescence offers an in-depth examination of the nature of psychosis its risk factors and its manifestations in children and adolescents who experience a continuum of emotional disorders. The chapters present a hopeful research-based framework for treatment. They emphasize combined treatment that is based on psychodynamic and cognitive behavioral psychotherapy principles pharmacological interventions and supportive family approaches that reflect the vulnerabilities and resources of the individual child. This text highlights the importance of thorough assessment and the need for long-term treatment that facilitates the psychotic child’s healthy maturation. Readers will benefit from the case examples that illustrate the complexity of psychosis and the discussions of diagnostic and treatment issues as presented by experienced clinicians and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415821063

Psychosis in the Elderly Across the spectrum of psychopathology in later life psychotic symptomatology has been the most neglected and although literature in this area is increasing this is the first book to address the need for an overarching framework to examine and understand late-life psychotic phenomena. Exploring the practical and ethical issues that arise when managing psychotic elderly patients in the community as well as the sequelae of stigmatisation and carer stress this textbrings together the latest research findings on schizophrenia as it presents in later life covers the frequent comorbidity of psychotic symptoms with cognitive impairment mood disturbance and physical illness highlights the diversity of late-life psychotic symptomatology discussing both aetiological considerations and management strategies Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367392635

Psychosis in the FamilyThe Journey of a Transpersonal Psychotherapist and Mother This is a book written not just by a professional transpersonal psychotherapist but by someone who has walked the heart-rending path and experienced the psychological trauma of loving someone in psychosis; psychosis which still remains the greatest taboo in society today together with its implicit diagnosis of a lifelong sentence of medication and no cure. It is in the main a personal and moving narrative of a mother looking to help her son avoid such a lifelong sentence of medication whilst trying to research holistic resources and alternative approaches for treatment at the same time as negotiating the vagaries of the current mental health system. It is often a tale of despair and frustration yet also gives a compassionate voice. Transpersonal and transgenerational psychotherapeutic insights back up the personal narrative. It includes an accessible inquiry into how unconscious forces influence our mind our bodies and the entire family system. Its hypothesis is that if we cannot understand our own unconscious responses how can we understand those of our loved ones in psychotic episodes? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367105822

Psychosis In The Inner CityThe Camberwell First Episode Study The "epigenetic puzzle" which is schizophrenia forms the focus of this Monograph But The Authors Do Not Sit Comfortably With The Notion That this is an entity. Rather they approach the non-affective psychoses on a broad epidemiological base ascertaining cases of so-called "functional" psychoses over a quarter of a century. They examine admission policies showing that patients are admitted to hospital on the grounds of their particular presentation rather than their diagnosis. They explore Differences Between Males And Females With Psychotic Disorders And Show that gender is a more powerful influence than diagnosis. They investigate trends over time and find that demography is the major influence. Looking at criminality they show that the factors predicting criminal Behaviour In Individuals With Psychotic Illness Are Much The Same In those without psychotic illness. And they trace the longitudinal course of illness putting paid to the schizophrenia/manic depression dichotomy.; This monograph is an overview of the ideas and many of the findings generated by a highly productive group of researchers. It has a good chance to become one of the standard references in several of the key aspects of schizophrenia. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138871830

Psychosis Under DiscussionHow We Talk About Madness Psychosis Under Discussion: How We Talk About Madness examines the ways in which psychosis is discussed by considering the relationship between language and the perception of mental disorder. A wide range of perspectives is discussed – including historical terms personal accounts psychiatric terminology psychoanalysis and later theoretical analyses advocacy anti-psychiatry slang and humour and media coverage – and each way of discussing psychosis is revealing. For example psychiatric terminology and related research in its efforts to understand and clarify can seem distancing dispassionate and too sure of its ground whereas the language of advocacy while being supportive and sensitive can also seem euphemistic and evasive. In the discourse of mental disorder both the content of views and the manner in which they are expressed are influential making it important to take into account both. Psychosis Under Discussion puts these and other important issues under the microscope. International in range the book’s analysis draws on psychiatry psychology philosophy linguistics and history. Written in Michael Farrell’s well-known clear and direct style the book is essential reading for all those interested in understanding mental disorder and the role of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138287464

Psychosocial Approaches to Deeply Disturbed Persons At a time when biological psychiatry claims that drugs and electroshock are the best methods for helping deeply disturbed persons mental health professionals need to be reminded that psychological and social approaches to mental illnesses remain more effective less harmful and much more able to address the real needs of recovery growth and development for affected persons. Psychosocial Approaches to Deeply Disturbed Persons empowers counselors psychiatrists psychologists and social workers to trust their intuitive and clinical understanding of how to help seriously disturbed people through humane caring approaches.Psychosocial Approaches to Deeply Disturbed Persons introduces mental health professionals to an array of psychological and social alternatives that are available for helping patients considered “psychotic” or very emotionally disturbed. Focusing on psychological and social approaches to helping people who become labeled “psychotic” or who carry serious psychiatric diagnoses contributors show mental health professionals psychological social and spiritual alternatives for approaching or treating these individuals. Readers learn about: a successful model for nonmedical non-drug residential treatment centers utilizing the artwork of psychotic patients case histories of psychoanalytic therapy group therapy to help families with a “schizophrenic” member improve communication Re-evaluation Counseling (RC) with disturbed individuals psychoanalytically-oriented therapy World Health Organization research which demonstrates the positive effect of extended family and social relationships and the negative effect of modern biopsychiatric treatment research demonstrating the efficacy of psychotherapy with persons labeled “schizophrenic”These chapters combined with a review of empirical studies demonstrate to readers the efficacy of psychotherapy with psychotic patients. Students or experienced professionals in any of the mental health fields including psychotherapy counseling clinical psychology clinical social work and Re-evaluation Counseling will find Psychosocial Approaches to Deeply Disturbed Persons a necessity for most effectively and humanely treating clients with serious psychiatric diagnoses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984165

Psychosocial Aspects of Depression Despite general agreement that psychosocial factors play an important role in various facets of the etiology onset treatment response and outcome of depressive disorders the replicability of research results has left much to be desired. Because much of this unreliability has been attributed to variability in diagnostic criteria this volume focuses on efforts to identify sources of variability in the definition and diagnosis of depressive disorders within Western society and cross-culturally. It also explicates the elusive role of aversive life events in the development and course of depressive disorders deals with the interpersonal experiences and dispositions related to the vulnerability and maintenance of depression and addresses an often neglected issue: how stress and social support affect the quality and response to treatment received. The text concludes with the presentation of an integrative framework for vulnerability to recurrent depressions which emphasizes the interaction of biological and psychosocial factors as largely mediated by personality and temperament. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984172

Psychosocial Aspects of DiabetesChildren Adolescents and Their Families Part of the Paediatric Psychology series Children and young people are increasingly among those being diagnosed with diabetes. However in the UK only 1 in 6 children succeed in controlling their diabetes successfully despite support from parents and professionals. This enlightening new book is a comprehensive account of diabetes and the complex medical and psychosocial factors that influence metabolic control in children and young people. It presents a series of evidence-based and accessible educational psychological and social approaches to increase specialist knowledge promote positive attitudes enhance patient care and create appropriate healthcare environments. The book offers an easy-to-comprehend approach to clinical care and includes practical tools for assessment for all healthcare professionals throughout the text. Featuring contributions from a number of international experts in the field this thorough and wide-ranging guide is informative reading for all students academics and professionals with an interest in paediatric psychology and health. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846195136

Psychosocial Aspects of End-Stage Renal DiseaseIssues of Our Times This thoughtful new book presents strategies for helping end-stage renal disease patients and their families deal with the psychosocial aspects of the chronic long-term illness. Technological advances in the treatment of this disease have offered much hope for improved quality in living which has led caregivers to have a greater concern for preserving the quality of life of their patients. In Psychosocial Aspects of End-Stage Renal Disease leaders in the field of many disciplines share knowledge and reveal problems that are still evident to them in the confrontation with this potentially fatal illness.Five comprehensive sections devote special attention to the different areas of concern for the psychosocial well-being of end-stage renal disease patients. The impact of renal disease on family relationships is covered by examining issues of family responses and coping measures such as marital and family reactions to home and hospital dialysis treatment. Ethical issues in treatment are explored including the ethics of treatment refusal and a Jewish perspective on kidney transplants. Relations between staff and patients and a timely section on renal disease and special populations particularly the elderly and AIDS patients make up the final two sections of this informative volume. Professionals in all allied health disciplines will benefit from this important volume as it demonstrates a model approach if not the definitive one for the treatment of the psychosocial aspects of end-stage renal disease as well as other chronic illnesses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996922

Psychosocial Aspects of Narcolepsy This groundbreaking book focuses on the impact narcolepsy has on a person’s day-to-day life. It addresses the diagnosis treatment and management of narcolepsy with particular emphasis on psychological and social aspects of care. A multidisciplinary team of nationally and internationally respected scientists researchers and clinicians discuss the detrimental effects narcolepsy has on interpersonal relationships employment education recreation and other aspects of everyday life from driving an automobile to sexual relations. Narcolepsy’s effects on these and other daily activities are often neglected in the study of the disorder. This book brings into focus the personal and social costs of narcolepsy and discusses the often enormous impact that narcolepsy can have on a person’s self-esteem and quality of life.Typically it takes about fifteen years for a person to be accurately diagnosed as having narcolepsy. Psychosocial Aspects of Narcolepsy is an aid to help caregivers and healthcare providers screen individuals with symptoms of daytime sleepiness and refer them promptly to appropriate professionals for diagnosis and help. The book helps these professionals find the most effective treatment methods and coping strategies for their patients who suffer from symptoms such as excessive daytime sleepiness cataplexy and hypnagogic hallucinations. Informative chapters address a wide variety of pertinent issues including: differential diagnosis and treatment of narcolepsy the special needs of persons with narcolepsy a sociomedical model for a narcolepsy counseling service the psychosocial impact of narcolepsy on the individual and the family sociodemographic variables in narcolepsy the quality of life of persons with narcolepsy the diagnosis treatment and psychosocial consequences of sleep apnea the legal aspects of narcolepsy narcolepsy’s profound impact on childrenThis vital resource enables physicians and other health professionals to give optimum comprehensive care to individuals suffering from narcolepsy. Full of informative studies and helpful coping strategies Psychosocial Aspects of Narcolepsy belongs on the desk of every person who wants to understand the impact of narcolepsy more thoroughly and who wishes to improve the quality of life of those with the disorder. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801322

Psychosocial Aspects of the Asian-American ExperienceDiversity Within Diversity Discover intervention strategies for issues affecting Asian Americans!This important book examines the childhood adolescence young adulthood and aging stages of Asian Americans to help researchers and practitioners offer better services to this ethnic group. Psychosocial Aspects of the Asian-American Experience will help you understand the ethnic and cultural diversity within the Asian-American population and offers both quantitative and qualitative research that may impact social policies and social services for Asian Americans.Representing Chinese Japanese Filipinos Koreans Asian Indians Vietnamese Hmong Cambodians and native-born Hawaiians this helpful book covers a wide span of individual ethnic identities in order to represent the scope of the Asian-American subculture.The topics and problems examined in Psychosocial Aspects of the Asian-American Experience include: ethnic identity acculturation and cultural orientation psychological adjustment of adoptees attitudes and behavior of adolescents regarding academic achievement social network composition depression and other mental health problems dating violence and domestic abuse substance abuse aging In addition to analyzing these problems this book also presents culturally competent intervention strategies to assist human services practitioners in offering their clients relevant services that are appropriate for their ethnic backgrounds beliefs and experiences. This book is also a valuable resource for researchers policymakers and graduate students and faculty members in the areas of social work sociology psychology and ethnic studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786285

Psychosocial Assessment and Treatment of Bariatric Surgery Patients Bariatric surgery plays an important role in the treatment of obesity; in this comprehensive resource the worldwide leaders of the field provide the most up-to-date information on the psychosocial issues that affect their patients. Included is an overview and history of surgical procedures complete with illustrations practical advice on topics such as physical activity and nutritional care after surgery and essential information that allows clinicians to assist their clients as much as possible; for example how pre-weight loss surgery psychosocial evaluations can serve as clinical interventions in their own right and how structured interviews and questionnaires can be used in multiple contexts such as screening treatment planning and prognostic assessment. A distinctive chapter includes an overview of the special issues present in treating adolescents who increasingly are the target of bariatric surgery procedures. This book is an essential reference for clinicians from the evaluation through the follow-up and aftercare of bariatric surgery patients. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415892193

Psychosocial Assessment in Terminal Care Here is one of the few books that elucidates the wide range and complexity of special concerns intrinsic to the assessment of terminally ill patients and their families. Health care experts discuss psychosocial assessment and measurement and the ability of clinicians to accurately assess and track psychosocial functioning of patients and their families. Each chapter examine specific methodological considerations in terminal care. Several important content areas are discussed at length including assessment of pain assessment of distress in children evaluation of cognitive functioning and measurement of patient and family satisfaction. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315826240

Psychosocial Constructs of Alcoholism and Substance Abuse Originally published in 1983 in an attempt to provide a broader knowledge base to aid both treatment and prevention experts examine topics such as the need for an holistic approach to therapy sexual functioning drug abusing youths in inner city neighbourhoods the role of the family and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693654

Psychosocial Development in AdolescenceInsights from the Dynamic Systems Approach Over recent years it has become clear that group-based approaches cannot directly be used to understand individual adolescent development. For that reason interest in dynamic systems theory or DST has increased rapidly. Psychosocial Development in Adolescence: Insights from the Dynamic Systems Approach covers state-of-the-art insights into adolescent development that have resulted from adopting a dynamic systems approach. The first chapter of the book provides a basic introduction into dynamic systems principles and explains their consequences for the study of psychosocial development in adolescence. Subsequently different experts discuss why and how we should apply a dynamic systems approach to the study of the adolescent transition period and psychological interventions. Various examples of the application of a dynamic systems approach are showcased ranging from basic to more advanced techniques as well as the insights they have generated. These applications cover a variety of fundamental topics in adolescent development ranging from the development of identity morality sexuality and peer networks to more applied topics such as psychological interventions educational dropout and talent development. This book will be invaluable to both beginner and expert-level students and researchers interested in a dynamic systems approach and in the insights that it has yielded for adolescent development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138055568

Psychosocial Dynamics of Cyber Security This new volume edited by industrial and organizational psychologists will look at the important topic of cyber security work in the US and around the world. With contributions from experts in the fields of industrial and organizational psychology human factors computer science economics and applied anthropology the book takes the position that employees　in cyber security professions must maintain attention over long periods of time must make decisions with imperfect information with the potential to exceed their cognitive capacity may often need to contend with stress and fatigue and must frequently interact with others in team settings and multiteam systems. Consequently psychosocial dynamics become a critical driver of cyber security effectiveness. Chapters in the book reflect a multilevel perspective (individuals teams multiteam systems) and describe cognitive affective and behavioral inputs processes and outcomes that operate at each level. The book chapters also include contributions from both research scientists and cyber security policy-makers/professionals to promote a strong scientist-practitioner dynamic. The intent of the book editors is to inform both theory and practice regarding the psychosocial dynamics of cyber security work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848725669

Psychosocial Health and Well-being in High-Level Athletes The psychological health of competitive athletes is of paramount importance to performance retention and well-being in sport and national governing bodies are increasingly concerned with its promotion. Psychosocial Health and Well-being in High-Level Athletes offers students researchers and practicing sport psychologists an accessible and rigorous grounding in the manifestations of psychosocial health in athletes the threats athletes face to their psychosocial health and the interventions which can be designed to enhance it. Seeking to guide future research and expand professional understanding of psychosocial issues in sport the book is based on a model of cognitive emotional social and spiritual health. It clearly defines these dimensions in a sporting context before discussing pertinent threats—such as career transitions injuries and abuse—and interventions including adversarial growth life-skill interventions prevention and organization policy and mindfulness-based interventions. Providing an innovative and integrated perspective on psychosocial health and well-being in competitive sport this book is essential reading for upper-level students taking any clincial sport psychology modules and for sport psychologists coaches and administrators working with competitive athletes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381266

Psychosocial Impact of LupusSocial Work's Role and Function With Lupus affecting more than 1.5 million Americans predominantly women of childbearing age there are many complex psychosocial challenges for the health care provider the patient and the family. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the psychosocial impact of Lupus as a range of health care providers in the field explain the medical sociocultural and psychological frameworks particularly critical for a better understanding of this perplexing autoimmune disease. With original qualitative and quantitative research and rich case studies and examples from both care providers and patients this book provides essential information about diagnosis treatment mental health issues and cultural competency issues relevant to all that live with Lupus or provide care to those living with it. This book was originally published as a special issue of Social Work in Health Care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415816519

Psychosocial Intervention in Long-Term CareAn Advanced Guide The responsibility of providing mental health evaluations and treatment to nursing home patients is increasingly falling on the shoulders of social services and nursing staff. Psychosocial Intervention in Long-Term Care provides the advanced techniques you as a caregiver need for assessing and intervening with psychosocial and behavioral problems in LTC. Targeted to students and staff who are familiar with the basic needs and problems of LTC residents this book also describes effective ways of documenting assessments and interventions to help you integrate results into the medical record and prepare for state surveys. Psychosocial Intervention in Long-Term Care presents you with information about common mental disorders in LTC basic counseling techniques and the three major types of psychiatric medication. You’ll also read about legal issues in the psychosocial arena and learn how to avoid burnout while working in LTC. Best of all this book shows you how to: use the Geriatric Depression Scale and the Mini Mental Status Exam to screen for depression and dementia design thorough behavioral assessments through use of a tracking grid use results of assessments to set up effective behavioral interventions intervene with specific psychosocial problems such as aggression document the results of assessments develop effective Resident Assessment Inventories prepare for state surveys and develop plans of correction in response to surveysWhether you’re a graduate student or new practitioner in social work nursing or health care administration you’ll appreciate this book’s practical hands-on approach to problem solving and its focus on the biopsychosocial model. Only through a thorough assessment of residents’physical psychological and social needs can we design effective intervention and provide the care they deserve. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203725016

Psychosocial Interventions in End-of-Life CareThe Hope for a “Good Death” The concept of a "good death" has been hotly debated in medical circles for decades. This volume delves into the possibility and desirability of a "good death" by presenting the psychosocial measures of care as a crucial component such as religion existentialism hope and meaning-making. The volume also focuses on oncologic psychiatry and the influence of technology as a means to alleviate pain and suffering and potentially provide relief to those at the end of life. Such initiatives are aimed at diminishing pain and are socially bolstering and emotionally comforting to ensure a peaceful closure with life as opposed to a battle waged. Utilizing the most recent information from medical journals and books to present the latest on healthcare and dying today this volume crosses the boundaries of thanatology psychology religion spirituality medical ethics and public health. 　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086098

Psychosocial Perspectives on AidsEtiology Prevention and Treatment AIDS and the virus that causes it have challenged the world's scientists health care systems and public health policies as much or more than any medical problem in recorded history. Perhaps this is so because this particular infirmity constitutes more than a merely medical problem: it is enmeshed in psychological social cultural political and economic contexts. This book examines the need for pragmatic and research-based suggestions on how to address some important problems related to these contexts. Although much basic research in virology and immunology can be accomplished within the biomedical domain biobehavioral disciplines such as behavioral medicine offer more opportunities for the comprehensive approach necessary to confront the AIDS/HIV problem. The editors of this groundbreaking volume suggest that the very nature of this constantly evolving problem encourages an approach to research and intervention/prevention efforts that emphasizes flexibility of response to changing knowledge patterns of the pandemic new treatments and shifts in public opinion and behavior. A major triumph in dealing with this phenomenon would include a bridging of the gap between research and applied efforts which has been the largest obstacle for progress to date. In this book such previously uncharted territory is explored opening a host of new possibilities for dealing with the very real threat of AIDS. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984189

Psychosocial Practice within a Residential Setting The Cassell Hospital Monograph Series No. 1. The first in a series of monographs intended to present accessible teaching material concerned with the practice of residential care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367104955

Psychosocial Resilience and Risk in the Perinatal PeriodImplications and Guidance for Professionals Bringing together experts in the field this important book considers the underlying risk factors that create situations of psychosocial vulnerability and marginalisation for mothers from their baby’s conception up to a year after birth. Adopting a strengths-based approach the book looks not only at the incidence and impact of disadvantageous circumstances on women but also explores protective factors at an individual family community and service level. It identifies promising evidence-based interventions and sources of resilience. With a distinctive focus on social and cultural diversity Psychosocial Resilience and Risk in the Perinatal Period considers a wide range of personal circumstances and social groups including women’s experiences of traumatic birth domestic and family violence drug and alcohol use and mothering by indigenous same-sex and disabled women. Throughout case studies and service user experiences are used to illuminate the issues and illustrate exemplary care practice. International in scope this book is particularly strong on the implications for care practices and health service delivery within Western models of maternity care. Its applied focus and evidence base makes it eminently suitable for study purposes and professional reference. Of relevance to midwives health visitors and other health and social care practitioners Psychosocial Resilience and Risk in the Perinatal Period’s final chapters focus on developing resilience amongst professionals and multiprofessional and interagency working. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138101586

Psychosocial Resource Variables in Cancer StudiesConceptual and Measurement Issues Psychosocial Resource Variables in Cancer Studies reviews the literature on selected psychosocial resource variables in cancer in order to raise and examine conceptual and methodological issues and to offer suggestions for future directions in the field. It provides investigators and clinicians with a systematic treatment of the state of the art in research on specific resource factors and provides a careful consideration of more generic methodological and statistical issues in this research context.Editors Curbow and Somerfield define resources as aspects of a person or environment that are brought to bear on the maintenance or restoration of adaptation under taxing conditions. They hope Psychosocial Resource Variables in Cancer Studies is just the beginning of an ongoing discussion within the field of psychosocial oncology on the nature and use of resource variables. The book’s topics are crucial since researchers appear to be committed to using resource variables to explain outcomes. Also resource variables are increasingly considered as explanatory concepts in quality-of-life research.Psychosocial Resource Variables in Cancer Studies offers critical reviews of the major resource variables investigated in contemporary psychosocial oncology research. It provides timely information on vital issues in this research emphasizing studies of the influence of personal and social resources on adaptation to cancer. Chapters cover topics such as: the use of resource variables in the explanation of individual differences in adaptation to cancer and cancer treatment theories measures and methodological issues in the use of perceived control the use of the transactional model of coping to examine issues surrounding coping and the management of cancer demands religion and spirituality as resources in coping with cancer social support in adaptation to cancer and survival the clinical usefulness of research on psychosocial resources major measures of psychological functioning in psychosocial oncology research statistical and analytical issues in the use of resource variables roles of qualitative and quantitative approaches in exploring resource variablesThe editors begin with an overview of the oncology field and offer comments on issues that can be generalized to all psychosocial resource variables. Next is a presentation of a series of review papers on selected resource variables including perceived control coping religion and spirituality and social support followed by a discussion of the clinical utility of research on these resource variables. The book concludes with a discussion of important cross-cutting methodological issues including the selection of psychological functioning outcome measures the statistical analysis of resource variables and quantitative versus qualitative approaches.Psychosocial Reource Variables in Cancer is a valuable reference and guide for health psychologists clinical health psychologists clinical social workers in oncology medical sociologists medical anthropologists and oncology nurses. It may also serve as important reading material for courses in health psychology physiological factors in health and illness personality and diseases and stress and coping. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315859316

Psychosocial StudiesAn Introduction There is expanding global interest in the relationship between the psychological and the social. The bringing together of affect emotion and feeling with social political and cultural forces offers a creative innovative and rich set of ways of understanding what Charles Wright Mills called the links between personal troubles and public issues. This book is an introduction to psychosocial studies. Drawing on different approaches to the field the book introduces the main theoretical influences on psychosocial studies and their development and impact through – for example – concepts such as the unconscious self and identity affect emotion and the cultural and social unconscious. It explores the theoretical frameworks of psychosocial studies and psychosocial research methods. The book offers examples of case studies which illustrate the diversity of psychosocial studies and what makes it distinctive. It asks: what is social about the inner worlds of the psychological? What is psychological and psychic about social worlds and social life? This clear accessible introduction will be of interest to students and researchers across the social sciences and humanities in particular in sociology psychology cultural geography social policy and politics and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415718851

Psychosocial Support for Humanitarian Aid WorkersA Roadmap of Trauma and Critical Incident Care Humanitarian aid workers are trying to make a difference in an increasingly dangerous world. Psychosocial Support for Humanitarian Aid Workers: A Roadmap of Trauma and Critical Incident Care highlights the risks of such work educates professionals responsible for their duty of care and brings together current thinking to promote collaborative working to support the carers of our world. From the humanitarian aid worker trying to organise support amongst chaos to the professional offering a safe place for recovery all of these individuals are at risk of becoming traumatised. Therefore it is vital that we recognise the psychological risks on these individuals and that they recognise how they can support themselves so they can continue to function in the work that they do. This book can be used as a trauma awareness guide for all staff whose work exposes them –  directly or indirectly –  to trauma and therefore becomes a risk to their physical or mental wellbeing. Psychosocial Support for Humanitarian Aid Workers will appeal to all those working in the field of humanitarian aid counsellors and psychotherapists emergency first responders  as well as those who are looking to support themselves after surviving trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371890

Psychosocial Treatment for Medical ConditionsPrinciples and Techniques Mental Health and Physical Health are undeniably connected. One cannot recover physically if there is still mental suffering and vice versa. The essays collected here examine the relationship between mental and physical health and how that relationship flourishes or suffers in a managed care environment. Understanding more about how the psychological aftereffects of an illness and the best ways to respond to them will ultimately enhance the care offered to patients. The contributors offer a wide range of examples of linked physical and mental illnesses with advice on how best to responsibly address and treat both.Clinicians and practitioners will welcome this guide to navigating a managed care system and working with patients to heal both their mental and physical maladies equally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869622

Psychosocial Treatments The editors of this volume have assembled recent articles discussing elements of each of the several commonly used psychosocial interventions -- including relapse prevention therapy community reinforcement voucher-based programs self-help therapies and motivational enhancement therapy--in addition to research-based articles that demonstrate the efficacy of these approaches. The selections in this book will provide the reader with a broad overview of the field as well as the specific information needed to use these therapies in a variety of clinical settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138462731

Psychosomatic Disorders in Seventeenth-Century French Literature Bernadette Höfer's innovative and ambitious monograph argues that the epistemology of the Cartesian mind/body dualism and its insistence on the primacy of analytic thought over bodily function has surprisingly little purchase in texts by prominent classical writers. In this study Höfer explores how Surin Molière Lafayette and Racine represent interconnections of body and mind that influence behaviour both voluntary and involuntary and that thus disprove the classical notion of the mind as distinct from and superior to the body. The author's interdisciplinary perspective utilizes early modern medical and philosophical treatises as well as contemporary medical compilations in the disciplines of psychosomatic medicine neurobiology and psychoanalysis to demonstrate that these seventeenth-century French writers established a view of human existence that fully anticipates current thought regarding psychosomatic illness. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602820

Psychosomatic DisordersTheoretical And Clinical Aspects Published in 1996 Psychosomatic Disorders is a valuable contribution to the field of Psychiatry/Clinical Psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203765975

Psychosomatics TodayA Psychoanalytic Perspective Psychosomatics have classically been of peripheral importance within our wellknown theoretical models despite the fact that they do have a history in the field of psychoanalysis. This might be owing to the fact that Freud did not explicitly approach psychosomatics and in consequence did not put forward any hypotheses within his theoretical body. However the Freudian concepts of actual neuroses and mixed neuroses are a basis in order to understand psychosomatic phenomena. The same could be said about the connections established with subsequent Freudian theoretical models such as: the introduction of narcissism unresolved mourning processes early trauma and the action of Thanatos. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367107109

Psychosurgical Problems First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874909

Psychosynthesis Leadership CoachingA Psychology of Being for a Time of Crisis Psychosynthesis Leadership Coaching responds to the call of coaches who want to be able to work with the whole person with the inner as well as the outer worlds and not just at rational and behavioural levels but at emotional and spiritual levels as well. Psychosynthesis is unique amongst psychologies in the emphasis it places on self and will at the centre of human psychological functioning. This holistic and integrative psychology provides the foundations for working with leaders in ways that respond to today’s emergent crises. Psychosynthesis coaching is an increasingly popular approach that is finding its way into the mainstream as a response to the needs of coaching to engage at depth with emotional content and in the transpersonal realm of meaning purpose and values. This book introduces psychosynthesis coaching to a wider audience and provides a comprehensive guide to this approach for both coaches and leaders. This book provides the context models methods skills and techniques for coaches to engage with their clients within the larger context of Self and Will alongside working on inner and outer agendas and goals of any description. For coaches leaders and organisational practitioners alike this approach is also about coaching our inner leader – knowing that this work always starts with ourselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138543577

Psychotherapeutic Approaches to Schizophrenic PsychosesPast Present and Future Highly Commended in the Psychiatry category at the 2010 BMA Medical Book Awards! Psychotherapeutic Approaches to Schizophrenic Psychoses brings together professionals from around the world to provide an extensive overview of the treatment of schizophrenia and psychosis. Divided into three parts – past present and future – the book begins by examining the history of the treatment of schizophrenia and psychosis with reference to Freud Jung Harry Stack Sullivan and Adolf Meyer amongst others. Part two then takes a geographical look at treatment and its evolution in different parts of the world including the UK USA Northern Europe and Eastern Asia. Finally part three covers the range of interventions from pharmacological treatments to psychoanalytic psychotherapy to CBT with the aim of helping to shape the future integration of treatment. With contributions from leading figures in the field this book will provide a varied examination of treatment and spark much-needed debate about its future. As such it will be essential reading for all mental health professionals in particular those involved in psychiatry psychology and psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415440127

Psychotherapeutic Change Through the Group Process Psychotherapeutic Change through the Group Process discusses the relation between the properties of groups and therapeutic change. The purpose is to develop a view of groups that accounts for the diversity complexity and fluidity of the group situation. The view examines the group in depth attending not only to overt events but also to covert aspects of specific situations. The work addresses manifest behaviors underlying motivations; and the cognitive rational aspects of the group. It explores the intense affect which may be generated under conditions of group interaction; not merely to the group or individual but to the individual in the group and to the group as the context for personal experience and change.The research presented here was initially explored in small group studies. Separate investigations considered the ways in which patients and therapists view group events the nature of deviation and the development of group standards. They consider factors associated with therapeutic improvement and therapeutic failure; and characteristic concerns of early sessions. These plus several discussions of theory and methodology have been published separately.The authors' working procedure has been to study intensively a relatively small number of groups relying upon careful observation of natural groups rather than upon laboratory experimentation. The overall effort has been to understand the processes of therapy groups in all their clinical richness and intricacy and yet to impose a scientific discipline and control on our analyses. This has meant a continuing attempt to develop appropriate analytic procedures so that clinical analyses can be as firmly rooted as possible in concrete data and reproducible methods. This book is a unique effort at the scientific grounding of social work practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531123

Psychotherapeutic Metaphors: A Guide To Theory And Practice Provides a theoretical and practical introduction to the use of metaphors in therapy outlining which clinical situations lend themselves to the use of metaphorical strategies and how to use metaphors to develop rapport between therapist and client. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203765838

Psychotherapeutic Treatment of Cancer Patients When this book first appeared in 1981 it was the first to deal comprehensively with major issues in the psychotherapeutic treatment of cancer patients. It remains the standard volume in the field drawing together a broad spectrum of work using psychological approaches to treatment of cancer patients and to understanding the disease's sociological and psychological implications. Distinguished contributors from medicine psychiatry psychoanalysis psychology social work family and group therapy and nursing examine key issues including the role of aggression in the onset and treatment of cancer; sexual functioning of patients; cancer as an emotionally regressive experience cancer in children and the countertransference responses of a therapist working with a cancer patient. This volume will be of particular value to helping professionals who deal with cancer patients and their families. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531130

Psychotherapies for the PsychosesTheoretical Cultural and Clinical Integration Can biological and psychological interventions be integrated in the treatment of psychosis? Throughout the world access to psychotherapeutic and psychosocial treatments for the psychoses varies significantly with many people diagnosed with psychotic disorders receiving only medication as treatment. Psychotherapies for the Psychoses considers ways that this gap can be bridged through theoretical cultural and clinical integration. The theme of integration offers possibilities for trainees and experienced mental health professionals from diverse orientations and cultural perspectives to strengthen alliances for tackling the gap in availability of treatments. In this volume contributors discuss: Theoretical integration across the psychological therapies for psychoses Global perspectives on psychosocial approaches for psychoses Integrating psychotherapeutic thinking and practice into 'real world' settings. Psychotherapies for the Psychoses explores different approaches from a variety of theoretical perspectives providing significant encouragement for mental health practitioners to broaden the range of humane psychotherapeutic possibilities for people suffering from the effects of psychosis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415411912

Psychotherapist RevealedTherapists Speak About Self-Disclosure in Psychotherapy In this edited volume the real dialogue begins. Therapists speak openly and honestly about their self-disclosure practices decisions and clinical dilemmas. Bloomgarden and Mennuti bring together research training and tales from their clinical experience to illuminate lessons derived from their own journeys toward judicious balanced self-disclosure practices. In a readable fashion the stories highlight a variety of self-disclosure and boundary issues that occur in the course of psychotherapy. Numerous treatment modalities and clinical orientations are represented. The collective wisdom offered through these stories which includes suggested guidelines and a standard of care for good practice will assist the reader in developing a better understanding of what it means to self-disclose appropriately recognizing a flexible middle ground between "too much" and "too little" along with responsiveness to client need. The Freudian based taboo that rigidly warns against all self-disclosure is antiquated and a more reasonable balanced perspective is under way. As a psychotherapeutic community including psychologists social workers art therapists counselors dance/movement therapists who are all represented in this book it is time to talk openly about a balanced judicious and therapeutically appropriate approach to self-disclosure and boundaries. Bravely that is exactly what the authors in this book have done. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872899

Psychotherapists as Expert WitnessesFamilies at Breaking Point The book describes the author's extensive experience of working as an expert witness in family courts. It provides detailed guidance for assessing families for the courts as well giving many detailed clinical examples to illustrate points made. Topics covered include guidance for experts assessment of families contact issues fostering and adoption and rehabilitation issues. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429479236

Psychotherapy First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415758055

Psychotherapy Anthropology and the Work of Culture Anthropology and psychotherapy have a long and important historical relationship and in this fascinating collection practitioners with experience in both fields explore how the concept of ‘culture’ is deployed to guide and frame contemporary therapeutic theory training and practice. This task is particularly important as the global spread of psychotherapy as both an outgrowth of and a potential point of critique to globalised hyper-capitalism requires us to think differently about how to conceptualise cultural difference in psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Anthropology and the Work of Culture provides a valuable resource for psychotherapeutic professionals working in a world in which cultural difference appears in fluid and transient moments. It will also provide essential reading for students and researchers working across the fields of psychotherapy and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367182519

Psychotherapy 2.0Where Psychotherapy and Technology Meet The digital age is both exciting and challenging for psychotherapy opening the door to clients groups previously not able to access psychological help whilst also providing the challenges caused by social media and internet abuse and how these impact on the consulting room. Psychotherapy 2.0 blows open the consulting room doors and shows successful pathways for attracting new clients to gain access to psychological help as well as demonstrating that despite initial scepticism working online as a psychotherapist or counsellor can be as effective as 'face2face' work: the therapeutic relationship may be different but it remains the centrally important feature for successful psychotherapy. It follows therefore that all psychotherapists and counsellors need to be fully informed about the impact of the digital age on their clinical practice. Psychotherapy 2.0 covers the key issues for psychotherapists and counsellors who are or are thinking of working online include thinking about psychotherapy in the digital age the requirements to modify training both for working online and also the digital issues as they arise within the face2face consulting room. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782200482

Psychotherapy AbbreviationA Practical Guide Psychotherapy Abbreviation is a field-tested approach designed to train both experienced and student mental health professionals to do brief therapy that is effective and highly satisfactory to clients. This book is unique in that it is the only text that is compatible with almost all approaches to treatment making it suitable as a primer of brief therapy usable by virtually all psychotherapists. Most other brief therapy books are affiliated with a specific theory of psychopathology making each limited to those who share the author's theoretical orientation.Pekarik wrote this text based on his own brief therapy training manual because he could not find a text suitable for the wide range of psychotherapy approaches represented by the therapists whom he trains in his research teaching and consulting work. By offering a unique approach derived from the “active ingredients” common to all forms of brief therapy and the literature on client treatment preferences Psychotherapy Abbreviation simplifies the abbreviation process and makes it accessible to all therapists. Pekarik's strategies have been field-tested; he has used them to train hundreds of therapists who have demonstrated success with clients--increased client satisfaction improved treatment effectiveness and lowered dropout rates. These same therapists also doubled the proportion of cases they treated with brief therapy.This “how to do it” text is extremely practical. It assumes that the reader already has a theory and set of therapy techniques true of even most graduate students. The emphasis is then placed on the treatment abbreviation process itself. Because of this highly focused approach the text will like the technique it describes be concise and brief. By avoiding association with any particular school of therapy Pekarik's approach is usable by all schools of therapy. Therapists and future therapists now in graduate school will benefit from Psychotherapy Abbreviation as it explores these topics:rationale for the abbreviation of psychotherapypractical and ethical issues to consider in client selectiona conceptual model for treatment abbreviationrapid assessment and case conceptualizationestablishing a brief therapy focusgoal establishment and negotiationadapting standard psychotherapy techniques to the brief formatpractice issues in brief therapyPsychotherapy Abbreviation is two-part. Part one is an orientation to this model of brief therapy in which Pekarik emphasizes a research-based rationale for doing brief therapy; presents a general theory of why brief treatments work; and provides guidelines for the identification of appropriate clients for brief therapy.The second part of the text is devoted to technical skills training. It begins with an overview of the techniques common to most schools of brief therapy and describes a “universal model” of brief therapy. Readers are then taken step-by-step through a description of the four most important abbreviation techniques presented in the typical order of use with clients. To encourage readers to consistently apply the recommended techniques Pekarik includes one particular training case which he describes in detail and uses it in all of the technical skills chapters in special “Case Application” sections of these chapters. Before describing the detailed applications Pekarik prompts readers to consider how they would apply the abbreviating technique presented in that chapter to the case. With individual exercises he gives special attention to how readers can adapt their personal therapy styles and theoretical orientations to brief therapy. As a result readers develop both a rationale and abbreviation strategy compatible with their values and practical needs as therapists. The exercises are found in each chapter in special “exercise Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984196

Psychotherapy After KohutA Textbook of Self Psychology Hailed as "a superb textbook aimed at introducing psychoanalytic self psychology to students of psychotherapy" (Robert D. Stolorow) Psychotherapy After Kohut is unique in its grasp of the theoretical clinical and historical grounds of the emergence of this new psychotherapy paradigm.  Lee and Martin acknowledge self psychology's roots in Freud's pioneering clinical discoveries and go on to document its specific indebtedness to the work of Sandor Ferenczi and British object relations theory.  Proceeding to readable scholarly expositions of the principal concepts introduced by Heinz Kohut the founder of self psychology they skillfully explore the further blossoming of the paradigm in the decade following Kohut's death.  In tracing the trajectory of self psychology after Kohut Lee and Martin pay special attention to the impact of contemporary infancy research intersubjectivity theory and recent empirical and clinical findings about affect development and the meaning and treatment of trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138872370

Psychotherapy And AIDSThe Human Dimension First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Taylor & Francis 9781315793122

Psychotherapy and AphasiaInterventions for Emotional Wellbeing and Relationships Psychotherapy and Aphasia: Interventions for Emotional Wellbeing and Relationships is an exciting international collaboration among clinical neuropsychologists speech and language therapists and family therapists that details a range of innovative psychotherapeutic interventions to enable people with communication disorders and their families to access meaningful support. People with aphasia and other acquired communication disorders can face significant challenges accessing emotional support. Many traditional forms of psychotherapy are based on spoken language rendering it inaccessible for many people with communication disorders. But the book details a range of techniques that move away from reliance on spoken language including total communication strategies the use of meaningful objects experiential process group experience and mind-body practices. Featuring clinical examples which cover a range of stroke and neurology service contexts the book includes contributions from a range of therapeutic models; from speech and language therapy and family therapy to clinical neuropsychology cognitive-behavioural systemic narrative and mind-body traditions. It therefore provides clinicians with a wide-range of practical and theoretical tools to explore when supporting survivors who experience psychological distress during rehabilitation. It is the only book aimed at both speech and language therapists and psychotherapists and will open up new pathways to support. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367141400

Psychotherapy and CultureWeaving Inner and Outer Worlds this book focuses on cross-cultural relationships and examines how culture and racial factors manifest in the clinical setting. It discusses on how to work with both cross-cultural differentiation and integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326456

Psychotherapy and MedicationThe Challenge of Integration Over the past two decades the use of medication combined with psychotherapy or psychoanalysis has shifted from an infrequent occurrence to common practice. Concurrently attitudes toward medication have changed from viewing this intervention as disruptive or as a last resort to a welcome aid in the psychotherapeutic or psychoanalytic process. However this relatively rapid change has created difficulty in the integration of medication use into the psychotherapeutic setting. Psychotherapy and Medication is an exceptionally valuable and timely volume that provides psychoanalysts psychotherapists and other mental health professionals with information on how to work with medication theoretically clinically and technically in the context of a psychotherapeutic or psychoanalytic treatment. Important areas of discussion include evidence that a change in the use of medication has taken place an examination of the factors that have led to this shift as well as a review of the issues and questions about combining treatments. Psychotherapy and Medication also serves as a framework in how to best answer the many questions that have arisen as the willingness of analysts to use medication increases. Such significant questions include: How should analysts introduce patients to medication? What are the clinical advantages of combined treatment? What is the impact of medication discussions and prescribing on the analyst’s role and how is this best handled? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009929

Psychotherapy and Personal ChangeTwo Minds in a Mirror Psychotherapy and Personal Change: Two Minds in a Mirror offers unique day-to-day accounts of patients undergoing psychotherapy and what happens during "talk therapy" to startle the complacent conscious mind and expose the unconscious. It is a candid moment-by-moment revelation of how the therapist’s own memories feelings and doubts are often as much a factor in the process as those of the patient. In the process of healing both the therapist and the patient reflect on each other and on themselves. As the therapist develops empathy for the patient and the patient develops trust in the therapist their shared memories feelings and associations interact and entwine – almost kaleidoscopically – causing each to ask questions of the other and themselves. In this book Dr. Friedberg reveals personal insights that arose as he recalled memories to share with patients. These insights might not have arisen but for the therapy which operates in multiple directions as patient and therapist explore the present the past and the unknown. Readers will see the therapist – like the patient – as a complex vulnerable human being influenced by parents colleagues and friends whose conscious and unconscious minds ramify through each other. It is a truism of psychotherapy that in order to commit to the process whatever the reservations or misconceptions one must understand that therapy is not passive. The patient must expect to become personally involved with the therapist. The patient learns about the therapist even as the therapist helps the patient to gain insight into him- or herself. Psychotherapy and Personal Change shows how this exchange develops and how each actor is affected. Through specific examples the book raises the reader’s understanding of what to expect from psychotherapy and enhances his/her insight into therapy that he or she may have had already. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367622022

Psychotherapy and Spiritual DirectionTwo Languages One Voice? This book explores the similarities and differences between the practice of psychotherapy and spiritual direction and suggests that whilst there may be distinctions between the two activities the process is essentially the same. The purpose of the book is to improve the understanding between therapists and spiritual directors to encourage dialogue and discussion between them as well as to offer challenges and learning to both. In the process of exploring the interface between the practice of therapy and the practice of spiritual direction questions arise about how to address issues of spirituality in a psychological context and psychological issues in a spiritual context. A brief overview of the historical background to spiritual direction is given and attention drawn to the links between this tradition and the development of psychotherapy. Spiritual issues that may arise in therapy together with psychological issues that occur during spiritual direction are discussed leading on to a comparison between 'dark night of the soul' experiences and clinical depression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781780490182

Psychotherapy and the Bored Patient The specific guidelines to the clinical management of the bored or boring patient--offered in this provocative book--will be valuable to all psychotherapists. Contributors discuss the fascinating theories and therapies of boredom--why it is both a necessity and an obstacle to a person’s development. Fresh insights into the meaning of boredom for the patient or the therapist (or both) are presented through the discussion of such topics as the type of person most prone to boredom boredom as a launching point into other experiences boredom as a defense against strong affects and drive derivatives the manifestations of boredom in marital therapy clients and much more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996939

Psychotherapy and the Everyday LifeA Guide for the Puzzled Consumer This book helps the patient of psychotherapeutic intervention to stay with the therapy beyond both the initial satisfactions and the initial frustrations that the process entails. It serves as a guide for patients of psychoanalytic or psychodynamic psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326463

Psychotherapy and the Highly Sensitive PersonImproving Outcomes for That Minority of People Who Are the Majority of Clients Dr. Elaine Aron’s newest book Psychotherapy and the Highly Sensitive Person redefines the term “highly sensitive” for the professional researcher and practitioner. She dispels common misconceptions about the relationship between sensitivity and other personality traits such as introversion and shyness and further defines the trait for the benefit of both the clinician and patient. Readers will learn to assess for the trait distinguish it from clinical diagnoses such as panic disorder or avoidant personality disorder understand how sensitivity may change the presentation of a problem such as depression or shyness and generally inform validate and improve the quality of life for these clients. She pays particular attention to self-esteem issues and helping patients separate effects of their innate temperament from problems due to their personal learning histories. Dr. Aron keeps both patient and practitioner in mind as she suggests ways to adapt treatment for highly sensitive persons and how to deal with the typical issues that arise. Three appendices provide the HSP Scale a summary of the extensive research on this innate trait and its relation to DSM diagnoses. Through this helpful guide therapists will see a marked improvement in their ability to assist highly sensitive clients. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203879085

Psychotherapy and the Lonely Patient Here is an important new book focusing on the contribution of the therapist's love and empathy to the therapeutic process. Technique without dedication discipline and understanding will rarely benefit patients nor help resolve their conflicts. Psychoanalytic Technique demonstrates how the therapist's countertransference feelings anxieties wishes and superego admonitions shape his or her therapeutic interventions. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9781315804293

Psychotherapy and the Promiscuous Patient Learn effective strategies for therapy with promiscuous patients from this in-depth exploration of the phenomenon of promiscuity in the lives and backgrounds of patients seeking psychotherapy. This unique book features insights about the pitfalls of patients who cannot bear commitment to any one person or who jeopardize their commitments with a need to spark their lives with promiscuity. Psychotherapy and the Promiscuous Patient teaches psychotherapists to respond to their patients’promiscuous behavior as a symptom of a problem not the problem itself. A realm of aspects of promiscuity are explored within the psychiatric context. Promiscuity is very broadly defined in fascinating examinations of adult promiscuity as a result of childhood sexual abuse hypersexuality in adult males addiction to the sensation of “falling in love ” career promiscuity and even psychotherapy as an uncommon “promiscuity’--a nonexclusive altruistic love. Timely chapters confront the changing distinctions between promiscuity and sex addiction and challenge readers to uncover the various emotional needs met by promiscuity in order to protect patients from their self-destructive behavior. Knowledgeable practicing psychotherapists relate methods for dealing with patients’constant restlessness and working with a variety of patients in an intimate setting. Psychotherapy and the Promiscuous Patient contains invaluable strategies that can be directly applied to practice including: the use of narrative construction and reconstruction as treatment for sexually promiscuous clients a self-psychological approach to treatment the importance of confusion as an introduction to change in therapy a method of self-investigation applied to promiscuous behavior the implications of the clinical meaning and therapeutic use of strong-laughter outbursts in psychology a self-psychology perspective on transference to therapistsPsychotherapy and the Promiscuous Patient is a valuable clinical book for psychotherapists and it offers an across the board appeal to a wide variety of psychiatrists and related social scientists who are interested in today’s shifting moral climate. It is also an ideal supplemental text for an introductory methods or applications in psychiatry course. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801292

Psychotherapy and the Terrorized Patient Successful interventions for helping terrorized patients cope with and overcome the pangs of uncertainty and dread which they experience constantly. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315791449

Psychotherapy and the Treatment of Cancer PatientsBearing Cancer in Mind Psychotherapy and the Treatment of Cancer Patients addresses the need for a more integrated care of cancer patients within hospitals which pays attention to the mental anguish as well as physical distress caused by the disease. This book is based on Lawrence Goldie's own research with cancer patients which has shown that psychoanalytic psychotherapy together with general medical care can significantly help dying patients cope with the pain and suffering associated with the disease. Drawing on this research the book advocates a more holistic approach to the cancer patient and suggests ways in which more expert attention might be provided through awareness training and resources. The book describes the innovative approach of applying the psychoanalytic psychotherapeutic approach within the hospital context to help individuals cope with cancer. As well as an overview of cancer and the therapeutic approach topics covered include: * the impact of cancer on hospital relationships * cancer in different areas of the body and mind * ‘mind-bending pain’ * dread and trauma - on being told the truth * psychoanalytic psychotherapy in the NHS 'general' hospital * examining group processes in hospital. Psychotherapy and the Treatment of Cancer Patients challenges the existing orthodoxies about palliative care and points to ways in which the principles and methods of psychoanalysis can be applied successfully to cancer care within the hospital context. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203098851

Psychotherapy and the Widowed Patient Coming at a time of renewed interest in the developmental changes of the life cycle Psychotherapy and the Widowed Patient is a rich resource that examines the impact of a spouse's death on an individual's mental health. Psychiatrists and psychoanalysts address a wide range of issues concerning loss grief and bereavement and provide practical and creative approaches for both widowed persons and the helping professionals charged with treating their grief. Chapters in this compassionate volume discuss the characteristics of individuals who are more likely to seek professional help in coping with grief widowhood as a time of growth and development the value of openness instead of denial in dealing with death the grieving process in young widowed spouses the similarities of widowhood to separation and divorce the role of dependency in how well widowed patients develop emotionally and the role of loyalty in the process of grief. The more clinical chapters examine strategies for carrying out experiential psychotherapy with widowed patients rational-emotive therapy grief therapy the effects of new perspectives on spousal bereavement on clinical practice and aspects of bereavement response to loss with a timeframe for viewing psychotherapeutic intervention. A review of the psychological literature regarding widowhood completes this comprehensive new book. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984202

Psychotherapy as a Developmental Process For all those engaged in psychotherapy practice regardless of modality or approach the goal of this book is to provide a framework and method for thinking about their work that allows for critical reflection on their own successes and disappointments and on the similarities and differences among their own and other practitioners’ work with different clients. The authors use a novel "common factors" approach based on the idea that some form of development is the outcome of all effective psychotherapy despite other differences that may exist. While most existing psychotherapy research focuses on treatment outcomes primarily in terms of symptom reduction this book offers an alternative research approach that systematically tracks the psychotherapy process itself and describes each case’s unique developmental outcome. In particular Basseches & Mascolo focus on the questions of what kinds of therapeutic resources therapists are offering to their clients and whether and how clients are able to make use of these resources in the service of their own development. The goal is to provide a descriptive framework that can be used to appreciate the highly varied ways in which particular therapists tailor their work to unique clients’ developmental needs while at the same time offering a prescription of a more rigorous method for recognizing and correcting the problem when a particular therapist’s way of working is not serving the client well. Ideally this type of process-focused research will complement existing outcome research and be more likely than further symptom-reduction studies to result in the improvement of overall psychotherapy success rates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984219

Psychotherapy for Children with Bipolar and Depressive Disorders Packed with ready-to-use clinical tools this book presents the first evidence-based psychological treatment for school-age children with bipolar disorder or depression. Leading clinician-researcher Mary Fristad and her colleagues show how to integrate psychoeducational strategies with cognitive-behavioral and family therapy techniques. They provide nuts-and-bolts information for implementing the approach with individual families or groups. Kids learn to identify and manage mood states while parents learn essential skills for problem solving crisis management improving family functioning and collaborating with schools and mental health systems. In a large-size format with lay-flat binding for easy photocopying the book features nearly 100 reproducible handouts and children's activities.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609182014

Psychotherapy for Children with Bipolar Disorder This workshop provides an overview of bipolar disorder in children considerations for assessment of bipolar disorder symptoms and available treatment options. Dr. Fristad first goes into depth about methods to assess bipolar disorder in children by reviewing the information that should be collected from teachers families and children. In addition she describes the differential diagnosis of bipolar disorder and a variety of other conditions. Dr. Fristad also reviews biological psychological and social treatment options for pediatric bipolar disorder. Lastly she reviews the research and demonstrates the techniques for psychoeducational psychotherapy (PEP) a psychosocial treatment option for children with bipolar disorder. Runtime: 312 minutes Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415841641

Psychotherapy for People Diagnosed with SchizophreniaSpecific techniques In this unique book Andrew Lotterman describes a creative approach to the psychotherapy of people diagnosed with schizophrenia and other forms of psychosis. Lotterman focuses on specific techniques that can be used in psychological therapy with people who have symptoms such as hallucinations delusions paranoia ideas of reference looseness of association and pressured speech. Formerly titled Specific Techniques for the Psychotherapy of Schizophrenic Patients this edition updates research on the biology and psychology of psychosis and explores the many controversial issues surrounding diagnosis. It also includes two new chapters on the psychology and treatment of paranoia and on the experience of having a shattered self and the delusion of being the Messiah. Lotterman’s innovative approach aims to help patients with one of the most debilitating symptoms of psychosis: the collapse of language use. By restoring language as a way of communicating the patient’s meaningful inner life to himself and to others the patient is then able to undertake a more traditional form of verbal psychotherapy. The book presents detailed case histories of patients who have benefited from this method highlighting the specific techniques used and the psychological improvements that followed. The approach presented here complements medication-based treatments that have only had partial success as well as other psychological approaches such as cognitive behavioural therapy family therapy and social skills training. Psychotherapy for People Diagnosed with Schizophrenia will be a valuable text for clinicians working with people suffering from psychosis including psychotherapists psychoanalysts psychologists physicians and social workers. It will also be of great interest to academics and students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415690454

Psychotherapy for PsychosisIntegrating Cognitive-Behavioral and Psychodynamic Treatment In this innovative book master clinician Michael Garrett shows how to weave together cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and psychodynamic therapy to support the recovery of persons suffering from psychosis. This integrated framework builds on the strengths of both methods to achieve lasting gains even for patients with severe chronic mental illness. The therapist is guided to use CBT to help the patient recognize the literal falsity of delusions while employing psychodynamic strategies to explore the figurative truth and personal meaning of psychotic symptoms. Extended case presentations and numerous clinical vignettes illustrate Garrett’s compassionate empowering approach. Winner (Second Place)--American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year Award Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing Category Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462540563

Psychotherapy in Group CareMaking Life Good Enough Integrate psychotherapy with residential treatment to achieve positive results for patients in group care! This book addresses the complex issues that arise in the effort to provide individual therapy in group care settings. It reviews classical case material presents contemporary case studies and examines practical and theoretical issues important to the effective delivery of treatment to individuals living in residential care. Noted experts who have been associated with The Sonia Shankman Orthogenic School at the University of Chicago and the Menninger Clinic in Topeka Kansas share knowledge garnered from years of real-world experience to help you stay at the leading edge of the field and provide effective individual treatment to your clients in long- and short-term residential care. Psychotherapy in Group Care: Making Life Good Enough includes practical and theoretical chapters exploring important aspects of the group care paradigm. The book: presents a case study that describes vital aspects of the analytic process that emerged in work with an adolescent boy in a group home who felt as though he was a psychological orphan illustrates the role of play as a continuous and basic function in therapy and presents play-themed vignettes from analytic work with two young people in residential care revisits “Joey: A Mechanical Boy” and “Tommy the Space Child”—classic case studies from Bruno Bettelheim and Rudolph Ekstien—and explores the implications of contemporary relational theory for using the meaning and metaphor of behaviors and communications addresses issues of transference and counter-transference in the psychodynamic psychotherapy of a young girl in residential care—with a discussion of unrecognized rescue fantasies and projective identification and of the need for residential childcare workers to recognize and work through the difficult feelings evoked in the process of working with seriously disturbed young people examines the structural basis for the integration of psychotherapy and residential treatment considering the meaning of integration variables that affect the manner and degree to which integration can be accomplished and changes in the psychotherapists' roles that can maximize the potential of each variable explores three sets of theoretical issues facing clinicians as they play multiple roles in short-term residential treatment discussing how conflicts in the roles of therapists and team leaders can be resolved the implications of such a resolution in terms of confidentiality and ways in which major approaches to psychotherapy can be adapted to new conditions considers the role of the primary clinician in relation to the residential team and explores the ways in which integration of psychotherapy and residential treatment can be implemented in the early phase of the treatment process Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315808659

Psychotherapy in the Third Reich The idea for this book sprang from Geoffrey Cocks' curiosity as to what happened in the new dynamic field of psychotherapy hi Germany with the advent of Hitler. While traditional views merely asserted that the Nazis destroyed the field of psychotherapy in Germany a viewpoint justifiably based on the testimony of those in the field who had emigrated from Germany to escape Nazi persecution Cocks learned that there was more to the story. He looked to several interesting shards of evidence that pointed to the possibility that one could reconstruct a history of morally questionable professional developments in German psychotherapy during the Third Reich.The evidence included: existence of a journal for psychotherapy published continuously from 1928 to 1944; accounts of a psychotherapist who assumed leadership of his colleagues and who was a relative of the powerful Nazi leader Hermann Goring; and a strong psychotherapeutic lobby in German medicine that was intellectually impoverished but apparently not destroyed by the expulsion of the prominent and predominantly Jewish psychoanalytic movement. Non-Jewish psychoanalysts and psychotherapists had in fact pursued their profession under the aegis of the so-called Goring Institute with substantial support from agencies of the Nazi party the Reich government the military and private business.Much research has been done in the ten years since the first edition of this book was published hence the need for a second edition. Included is more information on the history of psychotherapy and psychoanalysis in Nazi Germany on the social history of the Third Reich and on the history of the professions in Germany. Three new chapters analyze postwar developments and conflicts as well as broader issues of continuity and discontinuity in the history of modern Germany and the West. In addition the author has reorganized the volume along chronological and narrative lines for greater ease of reading. Psychotherapy in the Third Reich is an important work for psychotherapists psychologists psychoanalysts sociologists and historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531154

Psychotherapy Meets Emotional NeuroscienceThe Two Minds of Cognition and Feeling Psychotherapy Meets Emotional Neuroscience: The Two Minds of Cognition and Feeling introduces new insights from the neurosciences into the nature of our emotions and feelings and argues for a more empathetic approach to psychotherapy as a result. Respectful of Freud the neurologist and explorer of the mind the book seeks to contextualise psychoanalytic theory with recent discoveries in how emotions are generated in the brain as well as those around memory to clarify key psychological processes such as projection and transference. It includes sketches of a number of influential analysts whose emphasis has been on a close affective relationship with their patients—including Ferenczi Kohut and Winnicott—and explains why in the light of recent research empathy is necessary for any effective psychotherapeutic relationship. There are also chapters on the use of drugs to complement psychotherapy and how the free energy principle can explain brain functioning. In an era when neuroscientific research has provided far-reaching discoveries into how our brains work this clear-sighted accessible overview will offer psychotherapists and psychoanalysts whether practicing or training or indeed non-professionals seeking therapy for personal reasons a way of incorporating new knowledge into their understanding of their patients and themselves. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367333393

Psychotherapy of Personality DisordersMetacognition States of Mind and Interpersonal Cycles An accurate description of the problems associated with personality disorders can lead to psychotherapists providing better treatment for their patients alleviating some of the difficulties associated with handling such disorders. The authors draw on existing therapeutic approaches and concepts to offer a treatment model for dealing with personality disorders. Psychotherapy of Personality Disorders clearly discusses the models for different types of personality disorder along with general treatment principles focusing on: principles for identifying and classifying types of disorder theoretical analyses that are characteristic of each type practical therapeutic principals that are grounded in the basic theory. The language is clinician-friendly and the therapeutic model is illustrated with clinical cases and session transcripts making this title essential reading for psychotherapists personality disorder researchers and cognitive scientists as well as professionals with an interest in personality disorders.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415759564

Psychotherapy Of The Borderline AdultA Developmental Approach First published in 1988. This volume brings diagnostic order a comprehensible theory and a clinical approach out of the confusion surrounding the "borderline" concept. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004337

Psychotherapy of the Disorders of the Self The Masterson Approach has evolved from 32 years of scientific inquiry including four formal research projects nine books and 75 papers. this volume marks an important stage in a professional journey that has had many turnings. Clinical concern and theoretical introspection evoke a wish to share which led to writing and teaching. The deepening of this need to build a continuing community of ideas has impelled Masterson to invite those who have learned from him to join me. This book represents their commitment and contribution to the Masterson Approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138009530

Psychotherapy RevisedNew Frontiers in Research and Practice First published in 1985. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315802299

Psychotherapy Tradecraft: The Technique And Style Of DoingThe Technique & Style Of Doing Therapy First published in 1988. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138869066

Psychotherapy Training and PracticeA Journey into the Shadow Side An exploration of the extensive intra-personal interpersonal and group dynamic landscape of human experience pertinent to the understanding of the human shadow in the training of psychotherapists. Using phenomenological enquiry this book invites unique in-depth experiences provides new insights and addresses the complexities and diversities inhe Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326470

Psychotherapy With Borderline PatientsAn Integrated Approach Patients with borderline personality disorder (BPD) or borderline traits are among the most difficult for mental health practitioners to treat. They present an incredible range of symptoms dysfunctional interpersonal interactions provocative behavior in therapy and comorbid psychiatric disturbances. So broad is this array that indeed the disorder constitutes a virtual model for the study of all forms of self-destructive and self-defeating behavior patterns. Psychotherapy With Borderline Patients: An Integrated Approach fills the need for a problem-focused clinically oriented and operationalized treatment manual that addresses major ongoing family factors that trigger and reinforce the patient's self-destructive or self-defeating behavior. In it David Allen draws on the theoretical ideas and techniques of biological family systems psychodynamic and cognitive-behavioral therapists to describe an integrated approach to adults with BPD or borderline traits in individual therapy. Innovative practical and specific the book * helps therapists teach their patients through the use of various role-playing techniques strategies to alter the dysfunctional patterns of interaction with their families of origin that reinforce self-destructive behavior or chronic affective symptoms; * explains the nature and origins of the characteristic oscillation of hostile over- and underinvolvement between adults with BPD and those who served as their primary parental figures during childhood; * elucidates the nature and causes of the dysfunctional communication patterns in patients' families that lead to misunderstanding; and * provides concrete clearly spelled out advice for therapists about how to deal with provocative patient behavior how to minimize distorted descriptions by patients of significant others how to avoid patients' misuse of medications and how to respond to managed care restrictions on patients' insurance coverage. Psychotherapy With Borderline Patients: An Integrated Approach will be welcomed by all clinicians who work with these patients whatever their training or theoretical orientation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138012752

Psychotherapy with Children First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138007376

Psychotherapy With CouplesTheory and Practice at the Tavistock Institute of Marital Studies A thought provoking persuasive challenging and above all practical guide for beginners and more experienced therapists alike. It shows the demands and complexity of marital work and is an important reminder of the interdependence of theory and practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855750456

Psychotherapy With Deaf and Hard of Hearing PersonsA Systemic Model In this expanded and thoroughly updated second edition Michael A. Harvey elaborates his pioneering biopsychosocial model of the effective assessment and treatment of deaf and hard-of-hearing clients in individual and family therapy. Taking a broad ecological perspective he examines the influences of larger networks on the individual and vice versa and illuminates the overt and covert conflicts among family members school and vocational rehabilitation personnel and friends that often exacerbate problems. The spiritual issues relevant to those who have experienced any kind of loss receive special attention in the new edition as do the daily hurtful exchanges in the lives of the deaf he sums up as "ordinary evil." Throughout the reader-friendly text theoretical description is balanced with practical advice; points are vividly illustrated with extended verbatim transcripts from actual therapy sessions and with exchanges in the author's question-and-answer column in the journal Hearing Loss: Self-Help for the Hard of Hearing. Psychotherapy With Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Persons Second Edition is essential reading for all mental health professionals who see even occasional clients whose lives have been affected by hearing loss in themselves or in family members. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996946

Psychotherapy with FamiliesAn Analytic Approach Originally published in 1981 this study is the outcome of a clinical workshop based in the Adolescent Department at the Tavistock Clinic; its members at the time shared a tradition and interest in applying psychoanalytic principles to the understanding of groups and institutions and believed in the crucial relevance of these in work with families. It is written with the general reader in mind as well as those who work specifically in the field of family therapy or psychoanalysis. The approach is based on two particular developments; that of Object Relations Psychoanalytic practice derived especially from the work of Freud and Melanie Klein; and the application of this to the understanding of Group Relations following the work of W.R. Bion and others such as A.K. Rice and Pierre Turquet. It thus embraces the idea of the family as a system and includes attempts to understand the processes involved in such a system. But unlike other comparable approaches this one implies working with the group dynamics of the family especially in terms of the way the family members perceive and engage the therapists. The attempt is to create a space for the family to relive and think about conflicts as they emerge in the therapeutic setting. Analytic theory is matched by much clinical material and a glossary defines the key concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138887923

Psychotherapy with Gay Men and LesbiansContemporary Dynamic Approaches Examine gay and lesbian psychoanalysis from a variety of perspectives! Psychotherapy with Gay Men and Lesbians: Contemporary Dynamic Approaches presents case histories of psychotherapy sessions with gay and lesbian patients focusing on today's psychoanalytical approaches. Dedicated to enhancing the emotional psychological and psychiatric treatment of gay men lesbians and bisexuals the book features prominent analysts with a wide range of clinical and theoretical approaches. The foremost experts in the therapeutic field address issues affecting gay and lesbian patients from psychoanalytic perspectives that respect the patients' sexual identities. Psychotherapy with Gay Men and Lesbians reflects the significant clinical and theoretical changes therapists face in dealing with issues of gender and sexuality. New ways of thinking coexist with traditional theory as paradigm shifts in psychotherapy and psychoanalysis affect the treatment of gay lesbian and bisexual patients. This book provides a forum to address those changes through clinical papers and discussions. Psychotherapy with Gay Men and Lesbians includes discussion of case reports that deal with: gay therapists treating gay patients countertransferential enactments of sex and gender in treatment rethinking the meanings of homosexuality psychotherapeutic treatment of gay male patients with AIDS and much more! Psychotherapy with Gay Men and Lesbians is an essential forum for the exchange of clinical information on gay and lesbian psychotherapy. The book is a valuable resource for psychiatrists psychologists social work therapists psychoanalysts and anyone interested in today's psychoanalytic approaches to homosexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783857

Psychotherapy with Infants and Young ChildrenRepairing the Effects of Stress and Trauma on Early Attachment This eloquent book presents an empirically supported treatment that engages parents as the most powerful agents of their young children's healthy development. Child–parent psychotherapy promotes the child's emotional health and builds the parent's capacity to nurture and protect particularly when stress and trauma have disrupted the quality of the parent–child relationship. The book provides a comprehensive theoretical framework together with practical strategies for combining play developmental guidance trauma-focused interventions and concrete assistance with problems of living. Filled with evocative "how-to-do-it" examples it is grounded in extensive clinical experience and important research on early development attachment neurobiology and trauma. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781609182403

Psychotherapy With Lesbian ClientsTheory Into Practice An explanation of who lesbians are how psychotherapy with this population is unique how therapists and patients are influenced by homophobia and what the therapist brings to the therapeutic relationship. It presents models of lesbian-affirmative psychotherapy and offers guidelines for therapists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138004849

Psychotherapy with Male Survivors of Sexual AbuseThe Invisible Men This book provides the long history of male sexual abuse based on the author's extensive clinical experience of working with children and adult victims of sexual crime. It presents several sexual abuse studies focusing on the challenging art of psychotherapeutic treatment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782201960

Psychotherapy with People in the ArtsNurturing Creativity Learn to free creativity from the shackles of emotional conflicts!This riveting collection of case histories illustrates the dark interplay of neurosis and creativity. Psychotherapy with People in the Arts explores the struggles of writers painters actors and composers to reconcile their overwhelming need to create and the self-doubts frustrations and neuroses that block their potential. In addition to ten inspiring tales of healing and self-knowledge Psychotherapy with People in the Arts provides a solid introduction to the primary issues related to emotional disorders and creativity. It begins with a study of the notoriously reclusive and eccentric writer J. D. Salinger. Using both theory and case example it shows how family history present relations and genetics can combine to impede the flow of an artist’s natural gifts-and how a good therapist can help unblock that creative power. It also includes a series of tests to diagnose blocked creativity. Psychotherapy with People in the Arts explores such compelling themes as: dealing with racism and internalized self-hatred the conflict between commercial and high art anger and blocked tears the drive for an impossible perfection emotional alienation and sexual acting outPsychotherapy with People in the Arts is a fascinating look at a complex and controversial subject. Though not everyone is a professional artist every human being has creative potential that can be blocked by emotional disturbances. And every therapist mental health educator and artist will find rich sources of information and inspiration in this book. Visit the author's website at http://www.livingcenter.net Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315786070

Psychotherapy with Severely Deprived Children This book draws on the experience of some eighty severely deprived children referred for individual psychoanalytic psychotherapy to the Tavistock and other clinics and schools in the London area. It describes how child psychotherapists found themselves treating the severely deprived children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367324957

Psychotherapy with Severely Deprived Children Originally published in 1983 this study describes the experience of severely deprived children referred for individual psychoanalytic psychotherapy at the Tavistock Clinic in London and at other clinics and schools. Most were living in children’s homes all came from chaotic and disrupted families and many had been abused or neglected. Children from such backgrounds have previously been considered unsuitable for psychotherapy and the theoretical and technical issues arising from their treatment are discussed here and detailed case material is presented. There is a high rate of emotional and behavioural disturbance among children in community care. The experience of the therapists struggling often painfully to establish contact and communication with these young people who have been hurt and disillusioned by life provide illuminating material on the children’s perceptions of their lives. This book clearly demonstrates the need for and the capacity to respond to treatment and it provides insights which are of relevance to all who are in close contact with such children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138819146

PsychotherapyLives Intersecting In the best therapeutic tradition Louis Breger describes contemporary theories and research in the field of analytic psychotherapy. Through the framework of his personal experiences as a scholar researcher and therapist he focuses on his relationships with patients over the span of his fifty-year career. He records their reactions in their own words to their experience with psychotherapy many years after its conclusion. The author surveyed over thirty former patients to see if their progress begun in therapy had continued expanded or regressed. They were asked to highlight what they remembered as being most helpful therapeutic or curative in their treatment. The book is a unique long-term follow-up demonstrating the effectiveness of modern analytic psychotherapy.Breger primarily deals with the connections between therapist and patient. This is a professional memoir of the life of the psychotherapist dealing with trials as a young practitioner lessons learned and personal reflections on the choices including mistakes made along the way. Young therapists and those who are in or considering psychotherapy will find it helpful to have access to this self-reflective approach.Extracts from the patients are extensive and informative giving the reader the opportunity to see therapy from their perspectives. The book also centers on the development of the therapist over his career span. Breger acknowledges that his understanding of patient care has improved over time in the eyes of his patients. In a larger sense the book contains lessons for all psychotherapists. This is an important unique and innovative work.*Click here for an interview with the author. *Click here for an interview with the author on KQED's Forum with Michael Krasny Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513761

PsychotherapyThe Purchase of Friendship William Schofield presents a classic analysis of mental illness of professional psychotherapists and their training and of the elements of psychotherapy. He asserts the need for more rigorous selection of candidates for therapy and for a properly focused training of a new professional specialist: the psychotherapist. In his new introduction to this important critique Schofield shows why his pleas for a rational training program are still appropriate.Psychotherapy is a pioneering critique of modern psychiatric practices. Far too many people see psychotherapy as a cure for every ill from tormenting self-doubt to lack of zest of life. Through failure to attend to careful assessment of the presenting problem and the nature (and neglect) of the applicant's social resources the psychotherapist can fall unwittingly into the role of moral counselor or morale coach and can be seduced into the chronic role of "best friend." Schofield argues that today's overburdened experts psychiatrists clinical psychologists and psychiatric social workers are not specifically trained to administer therapy through conversation. This book first published in 1964 is an urgent call for a new specialist a psychotherapist trained as a specialist in therapeutic conversation.This book is also a call for a more realistic public attitude toward mental disorder one which distinguishes emotional illness from unhappiness and discontent. Everyone interested in the growth clarification and evaluation of psychotherapy and counseling will be challenged by Schofield's arguments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531147

Psychotic Art First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415868754

Psychotic Organisation of the PersonalityPsychoanalytic Keys The book is a psychoanalytic understanding of psychosis as a particular organisation of the personality based on 'psychotic personality' (Bion) and 'pathological organisations' (Steiner). The theoretical development is traced through Freud Klein and Bion along with contemporary Kleinian authors. An important role is granted to psychic pain as the cornerstone of psychopathology and particularly to the psychotic patient's difficulties in dealing with it. Bion's distinction between "feeling psychic pain and suffering it" is considered an indicator when evaluating the patient's ability to cope with psychoanalytic treatment. The author's experience with a schizophrenic patient is related in detail offering a view of the patient and her relationship with the analyst from various different angles and showing how the psychoanalytic method can be used to treat psychosis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781782205685

Psychotic States in Children Since it was founded in 1920 the Tavistock Clinic has developed a wide range of psychotherapeutic approaches to community mental-health which have always been strongly influenced by psychoanalysis. In the last thirty years it has also developed systemic family therapy as a new theoretical model and clinical approach to family problems. The Clinic has become the largest training im3titUtion in Britain for work of this kind providing post-graduate and qualifying courses in social work psychology psychiaay child adolescent and adult psychotherapy and latterly in nursing. It trains about 1200 student each year in over 45 courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326494

Psychotic StatesA Psychoanalytic Approach Psychotic States brings together a number of the author's papers written between 1946 and 1964 dealing with the psychopathology and treatment of various psychotic and borderline conditions from a psychoanalytic viewpoint. Taking the theories and techniques developed by Melanie Klein in her work with infants and young children  the aut Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326487

Psychotic Symptoms in Children and AdolescentsAssessment Differential Diagnosis and Treatment Psychotic Symptoms in Children and Adolescents demystifies the interviewing diagnostic process of psychosis in children and adolescents and provides a valuable resource for treatment. Psychotic symptoms have traditionally been rationalized and disregarded as products of the child’s imagination. There has been a professional reluctance to acknowledge that children could suffer from severe psychotic disorders akin to adult subjects and that these symptoms merit a comprehensive and systematic evaluation. This book offers a useful guide to the interviewing process a review of differential diagnosis and an overview on psychosocial interventions. It deals also with the use of antipsychotic drugs beginning with issues related to their use in the field followed by a review of literature on the subject atypical side effects and implementation throughout treatment. The book fills a vacuum in the field of child and adolescent psychosis and will have a broad appeal and interest to general psychiatrists clinical psychologists to child and adolescent psychiatrists and many other mental health professionals working with disturbed children and adolescents.       Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415861274

Psychotic Temptation How can we understand the pull towards that which we fear: psychosis? In this thought provoking book Abensour proposes the idea of a temptation towards psychosis rather than a regression as a response to the hatred or denial of the subject’s origins. She shares her reflections on her psychoanalytic work with psychotic patients focusing on their struggle to achieve a coherent sense of a self that can inhabit a shared world. Abensour locates this struggle within the universal human struggle to achieve a balance between what we can and cannot allow ourselves to know about the reality of death and of our insignificance in the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415673228

PsycurityColonialism Paranoia and the War on Imagination Across the world the rhetoric and violence of white supremacy is rising up. Yet explanations for white supremacist attacks typically direct attention toward an unreasonable paranoid state of mind and away from the neocolonial security state that made them. Offering a response to US expressions of white supremacy Liebert reads paranoia as a dis-ease of coloniality by following its circulation within the ultimate place of reason indeed a key arbitrator of it: Psychology. Through reflexivity interviews participant observation scientific artefacts and public art this unique work seeks to argue for and experiment with unsettling the entwined coloniality of Psychology and the current political moment joining with struggles for a world where it is not only white lives that matter. Tracing the spinning cogs and affective coils of the prodromal movement – a program of research that capturing potential psychosis illustrates the serpentine workings of a control society – Liebert argues that within a context of psycurity paranoia hides as reasonable suspicion predicts the future brands threatening bodies and grows through fear thereby seeping into the cracks of white supremacy stabilizing it. Catching this argument as itself enacting psycurity she then engages the more-than-human to search for paranoia’s decolonizing otherworldly potential; one that may revive the psykhe – breath – of psychologies too. Calling for psychologies to leave Psychology’s comfort zone and make space for imagination this performative interdisciplinary work will engage students researchers and activists from an array of disciplines who wish to examine a critical and creative response to present-day racism and fascism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138701809

PTSD and Mild Traumatic Brain Injury Events that lead to traumatic brain injury are often also psychologically traumatic. Addressing a growing need among mental health practitioners this authoritative book brings together experts in both posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and mild traumatic brain injury (mTBI). Chapters present empirically based best practices for conceptualization assessment and intervention. The book also addresses the biological and psychosocial mechanisms by which PTSD and mTBI complicate each other; management of commonly associated conditions including chronic pain and substance abuse; special considerations in military contexts; and possible ways to improve the structure and cost-effectiveness of providing care in this challenging area. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462503384

Pubertal Maturation in Female Development Research on physical maturity has demonstrated conclusively that the assumption of an age-homogenous development does not always hold true. This volume presents a biosocial model focusing on the role of individual differences in biological maturation to be used as a framework for empirical studies exploring adolescent female development. The longitudinal design of the research program offers the possibilities to examine both short- and long-term consequences for individual variations in pubertal development. In the present volume the data for these analyses consist of a broad range of biological mental psychological behavioral and social factors extending from the age of 10 to the age of 30. Some of the questions the present volume attempts to answer are: * Are variations in the timing of pubertal development among girls related to their psychological and social life situation in the adolescent years? If so when is the relation most prominent? In what areas is the relation most prominent? How does the relation come about? * Do interindividual differences in physical maturation have any long-term consequences for adult life? If so in what areas for which girls and through which developmental processes does pubertal development operate? The long-term consequences are a major concern addressed in considerable detail. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882751

Puberty Sexuality and the SelfGirls and Boys at Adolescence Puberty Sexuality and the Self considers the effects of puberty and teenage sexuality on adolescents. By analyzing interviews with 55 teenagers Karin Martin finds that girls' self-esteem drops significantly more than boys' does at adolescence. While this finding is supported by previous studies Martin picks up where these earlier studies leave off by focusing on girls' development and considering different experiences of puberty and sex as an explanation for girls' greater drop in self-esteem. Puberty Sexuality and the Self examines voice change breast development shaving expectations of sex the decision to have sex experiences of sex and how boys and girls manage their emotions and selves throughout all of these new experiences. Comparing boys and girls at adolescence Martin takes a qualitative look at puberty and sexuality supporting her theory in the words of the adolescents themselves. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315538853

Publc Enterprise In Monopolis- This book is concerned with public production of private goods or with public supply of private demand and examines the economic issues that arise in this context. It takes a middle road between recent more extensive and more extreme treatments of public enterprises. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003059264

Public ActsDisruptive Readings on Making Curriculum Public As this book documents local specific and contextualized acts of resistance and offers a detailed analysis of varied forms of public literacies it functions as a template to inform and inspire resistant practices in diverse communities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203337042

Public Administration At the time of its initial publication Public Administration helped to define this field of study and practice by introducing two major new emphases: an orientation toward human behavior and human relations in organizations and an emphasis on the interaction between administration politics and policy. Without neglecting more traditional concerns with organization structure Simon Thompson and Smithburg viewed administration in its behavioral and political contexts. The viewpoints they express still are at the center of public administration's concerns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531161

Public Administration and DisabilityCommunity Services Administration in the US Based on decades of evidence-based research and technical assistance Public Administration and Disability: Community Services Administration in the US brings together the diverse expert perspectives and discusses the leading efforts of the past three decades in the field of disability and community services. The book highlights the development of community service systems in the US underlining the importance of deinstitutionalization family and community support user-directed and consumer-controlled community integration and inclusion and universal and barrier-free design movements. An introduction to the field of community services administration the book covers: Theory and history Leadership Long-term support services in the US Family support services Housing and community Employment and "adult day programs" Comparative systems at the state level Services at the city level Issues in rural and independent living Public and individual budgeting/finance Contemporary workforce issues Intergovernmental relations Disability public policy and policy research International agendas Future The book explores a framework that would finally bring together the community and community development worlds. It describes models and theories of disability long-term services and supports in communities comparative community service systems and exemplary services contemporary administrative areas the national policy research and international human rights agendas and the future of public administration disability and community in the global context. It provides a beginning point to consider what the "disability" field "publicly knows" and what can be done to develop a full conceptualization and actualization of the future of services and communities in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781466579811

Public Administration and EpistemologyExperience Power and Agency Knowledge does not happen in a vacuum yet scholars and other professionals tend to engage in management scholarship focused on their specific niche often without knowing if or how their work might relate to other research streams. Further exacerbating things people within specific disciplines including management tend not to communicate regularly outside of their relatively homogeneous audiences. If we were able to bridge communication among these groups scholars and practitioners we might be able to better understand one another in a way that is contextually informed by each other’s experiences.     Sementelli argues that understanding concepts of power agency and experience can provide such tools to orient management theories and practices relative to one another. Using critical management thought to frame a discussion of ontology and how knowledge emerges from it enables the development of an orienting "sandbox" that works both practically and intellectually. Such a "sandbox" enables us not just to communicate one’s organizational priorities but also reveal some underlying reasons for those priorities and areas of inquiry. This monograph focuses on public administration in particular as a special case of critical management research.     This book also examines the complexity of experiences (of being) using Karl Jaspers as a basis. The sandbox that emerges can be used as a way to organize and orient management thought especially in the public sector. It contributes both to administrative thought and applied inquiry into philosophy and will be of interest to researchers academics and students in the fields of critical management studies organizational studies and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367437701

Public Administration and Law Since the first edition of Public Administration and Law was published in 1983 it has retained its unique status of being the only book in the field of public administration that analyzes how constitutional law regulates and informs the way administrators interact with each other and the public. Examining First Fourth Fifth Eighth and Fourteenth Amendment rights as they pertain to these encounters it explains how public administrators must do their jobs and how administrative systems must operate in order to comply with constitutional law. Explores the conflicts between laws The book begins by presenting a historical account of the way constitutional and administrative law have incrementally "retrofitted" public agencies into the nation’s constitutional design. It examines the federal judiciary’s impact on federal administration and the effect of the nation’s myriad environmental laws on public administration. Next it focuses on the role of the individual as a client and customer of public agencies. In a discussion of the Fourth Amendment it examines street-level encounters between citizens and law enforcement agents. Responding to the rise of the new public management (NPM) it also adds for the first time in this edition a chapter that analyzes the rights of the individual not only as a government employee but also as a government contractor. Enhanced with numerous references The final chapters of the book address issues concerning the rights of inmates in administrative institutions and balancing the need to protect individual rights with the ability of agencies to function effectively. Supplemented with case citations and lists of articles books and documents this text is designed to facilitate further study in a constantly evolving area. About the Authors: David H. Rosenbloom Ph.D. is Distinguished Professor of Public Administration in the School of Public Affairs at American University in Washington D.C. and Chair Professor of Public Management at City University of Hong Kong. Rosemary O’Leary Ph.D. J.D. is Distinguished Professor of Public Administration and the Howard G. and S. Louise Phanstiel Chair in Strategic Management and Leadership at Syracuse University. Joshua M. Chanin M.P.A. J.D. is a Ph.D. candidate in Public Administration and Justice Law and Society in the School of Public Affairs at American University in Washington D.C. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089348

Public Administration and Law Public Administration and Law has been edited for use as a supplement for an undergraduate or MPA level course on administrative law. The selections all from the pages of Public Administration Review have been chosen to enlighten and enliven the contents of any standard administrative law textbook. Each of the book's main sections begins with introductory text and discussion questions by the volume editors Julia Beckett and Heidi Koenig followed by relevant readings from PAR. The book's contents follow the standard pattern established by the field's major textbooks to facilitate the instructor's ability to assign readings that illuminate lectures and text material. The book concludes with two invaluable resources - a bibliography of 65 years of PAR articles concerning public law plus a bibliography of law-related articles appearing in other journals published by ASPA. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701479

Public Administration and Policy in KoreaIts Evolution and Challenges The present Korean public administration and policy system has shown very significant differences compared to the system in 1970s. This book provides a comprehensive and holistic view on the development of Korean public policy and administration. Instead of dichotomizing the policy and administration this book integrates two fields to provide a more holistic view on the Korean public sector. The book also attempts to overcome simplified explanations on the developmental state theory. The book aims to explain who the key actors are during the post-democratization period how the administrative systems reform and what kinds of social problems are transformed into public policies. This explanation suggests that the role of government shifts from a dominant actor to an actor within a complex network governance. This book will be a useful reference to anyone who wishes to learn more about the experience of the Korean development and the role of administration and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367350703

Public Administration and Policy in the Caribbean The Caribbean is at a crucial phase in its development. Global and local pressures have seen the region losing its competitiveness while it remains at risk of losing out on development gains made in the last few decades. These pressures are demanding improvements in the way government operates particularly in its policy-making and administrative capacity. This book offers the single most comprehensive reference on public administration in the Caribbean to date providing information on legacies tools and strategies that are beneficial to understanding and improving public policy. Public Administration and Policy in the Caribbean presents contributed chapters from a host of well-placed practitioners and academics across the region and its diaspora. The collection maps the history and development of Caribbean public policy and management discussing some of the most relevant contemporary themes and practices in a region that has received insufficient attention in research. It also considers a number of critical policy issues some old some new and others yet emerging that are of significant import for successful governance and development across the region. The book covers the lesser-known experiences of the Dutch French and English Caribbean as well as Cuba and Haiti showing the rich legacies themes and contemporary issues affecting the region. It begins with a history of Caribbean public administration practices and institutions from the colonial period to the present. It then offers an exposition and critical analysis of some of the current debates and issues in public administration delving into the internal workings of the state. The book concludes with a discussion of some of the ongoing and new public policy issues and concerns in the region. Public Administration and Policy in the Caribbean makes a solid contribution to understanding the variety of experiences legacies and contemporary issues in public policy and administration in small and developing states. Practitioners researchers consultants and instructors should find this an invaluable resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439892947

Public Administration and Public Affairs Public Administration and Public Affairs demonstrates how to govern efficiently effectively and responsibly in an age of political corruption and crises in public finance. Providing a comprehensive accessible and humorous introduction to the field of Public Administration this text is designed specifically for those with little to no background in the field. Now in its 13th edition this beloved book includes: Engaging timely new sections designed to make students think such as "Why Are So Many Leaders Losers?" and "Even Terrorists Like Good Government" Comparisons throughout of the challenges and opportunities found in the nonprofit sector vs. the public sector (sections such as "The Dissatisfied Bureaucrat the Satisfied Nonprofit Professional?") Extensive new material on e-governance performance management HRM intersectoral and intergovernmental administration government contracting public budgeting and ethics. The 13th edition is complete with an Instructor’s Manual Testbank and PowerPoint slides for instructors as well as Learning Objectives and Self-test Questions for students making it the ideal primer for public administration/management public affairs and nonprofit management courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138693524

Public Administration and SocietyCritical Issues in American Governance For instructors who want to expose their students to the social political and historical context of the practice of public administration this book provides a unique approach to the introductory PA course. The author's own text is skilfully interwoven with a collection of seminal readings and documents that illuminate the key issues of past and present for public service professionals in a democratic society.More than an overview of public administration Public Administration and Society offers students a broad perspective on the American Founding Era the relationship of citizens to government and how the structure of government reflects societal values. The premise of the book is that understanding the societal context is important to the success of the practitioner and to the practitioner's role as a responsible agent of change in a democratic society.Introductory essays and readings offer students perspectives on five important thematic areas in public administration: the Founding-Era debate over the size and scope of government the relationship of the community to the individual public organizations and policy making values and public administration and the role of the public service practitioner in a democratic society. This new edition of features five new readings and based on input from adopters an entirely new section on public policy making (Part IV: Public Organizations and Policy). The author's part-opening sections have all been extensively revised and updated. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765635358

Public Administration as a Developing DisciplinePart 2: Organization Development as One of a Future Family of Miniparadigms This book identifies nine guidelines for the conceptual development of public administration. It shows how one specific approach—the laboratory approach to organization development (OD)—can facilitate the development of public administration. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089331

Public Administration EvolvingFrom Foundations to the Future Public Administration Evolving: From Foundations to the Future demonstrates how the theory and practice of public administration has evolved since the early decades of the twentieth century. Each chapter approaches the field from a unique perspective and describes the seminal events that have been influential in shaping its evolution. This book presents major trends in theory and practice in the field provides an overview of its intellectual development and demonstrates how it has professionalized. The range from modernism to metamodernism is reflected from the perspective of accomplished scholars in the field each of whom captures the history environment and development of a particular dimension of public administration. Taken together the chapters leave us with an understanding of where we are today and a grounding for forecasting the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765643261

Public Administration in a Global Context This text is about the theory and practice of public administration in a dynamic age of globalization. It deals with the capacity to manage the complex world of governance and public administration in the age of accelerated globalization with an emphasis on the ability to build the future as an expression of collective human will and choice through global administrative actions. The mission is ‘to improve the quality of public service and administration across the globe in the 21st century.’ As a graduate and upper-level undergraduate primary textbook it serves students instructors and scholars/researchers not only as a solid source of knowledge on the fundamental functions of public administration in managing public governance and government affairs at local and national levels. It also takes strategic steps beyond the current state of the field by addressing the formidable challenges of the globalization age at the global level; it further offers guidance with strategies approaches and methods to not only revitalize public service and administration but also build ‘future-weaving capacities’ for managing an increasingly unknowable world of public governance and administration across the globe. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415778886

Public Administration in AfricaPerformance and Challenges With contributions from leading regional scholars Public Administration in Africa: Performance and Challenges examines the complexities of the art of governance from the unique African perspective. The editors bring together a cohesive study of the major issues and regions by taking an analytic approach with the strong problem-solution application. Regions addressed range from South Africa Congo Uganda Nigeria Ghana Mauritius and Botswana. Themes include colonialism reform poverty economy decentralization financing media political structures and more. Beginning with an analysis of the relationship of policy design and its destination service delivery the book discusses the historical development of a state that has gone through upheavals in government and explores a decayed political economy that ultimately results in a need for sweeping measures. The text examines the issues emerging policy-makers in Africa must tackle namely poverty and the denial or lack of resources to keep a dignified human life. It highlights how the media can be a catalyst for good governance and provides analytical aspects of implementing good governance reforms. The book concludes with an examination of the concepts of decentralization and devolution in measuring service delivery performance and an exploration of Africa’s economic success story. It also details the African Peer Review Mechanisms in selected African countries and provides a holistic analysis of local government functioning in Africa. These features and more make it an interdisciplinary reference for diverse social economic political and administrative issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439888803

Public Administration in Central EuropeIdeas as Causes of Reforms This book examines the extent to which recent transformations of administrative systems and public management mechanisms in Central European (CE) countries serve the purpose of providing effective and efficient public institutions high quality of public services respect for the rule of law and the citizens’ trust in the state. It details the reasons behind the major differences in the modernisation paths followed and their attendant inconsistencies and how despite the adoption of values and solutions prevailing in the EU upon accession these countries are shifting to varying degrees towards institutional design reminiscent of illiberal democracies. Taking a comparative approach and based on rich original data it applies theoretical models to explain the nature and implications of the processes under consideration and identifies the determinants that impact upon the transformation of public administration systems and its consequences. This book will be of key interest to scholars and students of public governance public administration and policy East European studies and more broadly politics law sociology but also economy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367251963

Public Administration in East AsiaMainland China Japan South Korea Taiwan Written by leading experts Public Administration in East Asia: Mainland China Japan South Korea Taiwan examines the inner workings of governments in East Asia in particular its public administration and related public policy processes. It focuses on the apparatus of government — the agencies their values context and policies within which they operate. Organized in parallel sections the book covers the history public policy processes organization HRM ethics corruption intergovernmental relations performance management and e-government. It discusses each of these topics separately for Mainland China Japan South Korea and Taiwan providing an unusual and important comparative perspective. The book includes essential knowledge and facts discussions of emerging issues and useful resources for further reading. It addresses questions such as: What is the history of public administration in East Asia? How are decisions made? What is the role of Confucianism in shaping public administration? How does the developmental path affect public administration? Why is performance management emphasized? What is the state of citizen participation? How are ethical underpinnings of the civil service different from the West? Why are intergovernmental relations an essential issue in East Asia? What are the politics behind world-class achievements in IT? What is the nature of civil service reform? What is the nature of efforts to combat government corruption? You can find many books on trade policy and politics that sometimes give good insight into the operation of government agencies. You can also find a few edited books that contain single chapters on countries in the Asia-Pacific region. What is missing however is a single resource that provides an overview with depth on matters solely about public administration. This state-of-the-art resource brings together the fragments of existing knowledge on East Asian economies filling the need for a comprehensive compendium that showcases the public administration practices in the region and East Asia’s innovative approaches to governance and its many challenges. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089317

Public Administration in PerspectiveTheory and Practice Through Multiple Lenses Throughout its history public administration has used a number of different perspectives for analyzing the discipline's theory and practice and both mainstream and alternative lenses have produced valuable insights and prescriptions. At the same time an individual way of looking at PA can be misleading. Alone a solitary lens can miss critical aspects and often gives only part of the picture. Public Administration in Perspective has been specifically crafted to give new life to public administration theory and practice by helping readers view the discipline through a variety of perspectives. Designed for the capstone course in public administration programs as well as a fresh approach for courses in PA theory and organizational theory this unique book provides a culminating experience--bringing together what has been learned in previous MPA courses without simply rehashing old content. It offers a comprehensive guide to eleven major approaches to PA and synthesizes them to deepen our understanding of the discipline. Each chapter in Part I describes the key features of the selected perspective--history content and proponents--and discusses the strengths and weaknesses related to PA theory and practice. Part II synthesizes the various perpectives with specific implications for PA management and practice. Part III concludes with a complete overview identifying ways in which readers can think more creatively and productively about PA putting the perspectives themselves into perspective. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701455

Public Administration in Post-Communist CountriesFormer Soviet Union Central and Eastern Europe and Mongolia Although it has been more than 20 years since Communism crumbled in Central and Eastern Europe and the Soviet Union many scholars and politicians still wonder what the lifting of the Iron Curtain has really meant for these former Communist countries. And because these countries were largely closed off to the world for so long there has yet to be an all-inclusive study on their administrative systems—until now.In Public Administration in Post-Communist Countries: Former Soviet Union Central and Eastern Europe and Mongolia expert contributors supply a comprehensive overview and analysis of public administration in their respective post-Communist countries. They illustrate each country’s transformation from an authoritarian system of governance into a modern market-based and in some cases democratic government. The book covers the countries that were officially part of the Soviet Union (Russia Ukraine Moldova Estonia Lithuania Georgia Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan); those that were theoretically independent but were subject to Soviet-dominated Communist rule (Bulgaria Hungary Romania and Poland); as well as a satellite republic that was under significant Soviet influence (Mongolia). Each chapter includes a brief introduction to the specific country an overview of politics and administration and discussions on key aspects of public management and administration—including human resource management public budgeting financial management corruption accountability political and economic reform civil society and prospects for future development in the region. The book concludes by identifying common themes and trends and pinpointing similarities and differences to supply you with a broad comparative perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439861370

Public Administration in South AsiaIndia Bangladesh and Pakistan A state-of-the-art one-stop resource Public Administration in South Asia: India Bangladesh and Pakistan examines public administration issues and advances in the Indian subcontinent. The book fulfills a critical need. These nations have the largest public administration programs in South Asia yet existing knowledge on them is fragmented at best. Bringing together leading scholars from these countries this book provides both an insider perspective and a scholarly look at the challenges and accomplishments in the region.Focusing on the machinery of government the book explores questions such as: What is the history of public administration development? How are major decisions made in the agencies? Why are anti-corruption efforts so much a challenge? What is the significance of intergovernmental relations? What is the success of administrative reform? What are examples of successful social development programs? How successful is e-government and what are its challenges? Why is civil service reform difficult to achieve? How is freedom of information being used as a means to combat corruption and invoke grassroots activism? What can be learned from the successes and failures? While public administration practice and education have become considerably professionalized in the last decade a sufficiently in-depth and well-rounded reference on public administration in these countries is sorely lacking. Most available books tackle only aspects of public administration such as administrative reforms civil service economic developments or public policy and are country specific. None provide the in-depth analysis of the sphere of public action in South Asia found in this book. It supplies an understanding of how public administration can be either the source of or solution to so many of the problems and achievements in the Indian subcontinent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781439869116

Public Administration in Southeast AsiaThailand Philippines Malaysia Hong Kong and Macao While public administration practice and education in general has become considerably professionalized in the last decade existing knowledge on public administration in Southeast Asia is fragmented at best and often devoid of a useful reference. While journal articles and government reports provide decentralized information Public Administration in Southeast Asia: Thailand Philippines Malaysia Hong Kong and Macao takes a comprehensive and comparative look at the major components of administration systems. The selection of countries and regions included reflects the diversity of Southeast Asia.Organized by Country The handbook fills a critical need by bringing together leading scholars who provide an insider perspective and viewpoint on essential and advanced issues. Divided into five sections each dedicated to a particular country the text outlines topics relevant to modern public administration including: History and Political Context of Public Administration Decentralization and Local Governance Public Ethics and Corruption Performance Management Reforms Civil Service System Focusing on recent developments in public administration in these countries which are among the fastest growing economies in the world the book explores their practices and innovative approaches in public administration. For many years people have been fascinated by the cultures peoples and governments of Southeast Asia and now they have a book that discusses the apparatus of government in Southeast Asia – their agencies contexts processes and values. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089287

Public Administration in the 21st CenturyA Global South Perspective Public Administration has experienced a fundamental rethinking of its basic objectives concepts and theories during the 21st century. This book examines the transformations happening in global societies the economy and in politics to trace the trajectory of public administration as an academic discipline as well as being a focus of social science research. It presents a reassessment of governance in heterogenous developing countries that goes beyond the traditional Weberian bureaucratic model toward new models of organization and management informed by their legal constitutional economic and political needs aspirations and ground realities. This is especially important in relation to the marginalized sections of society that primarily rely on citizen entitlements through public service delivery systems. The author looks at widening the range and scope of public administrative agencies with the gradual cooperation of multiple actors such as the civil society people at large and even the private sector in a partnering role. The author revisits the discipline to tackle intellectual dilemmas that current governance theories and practices are confronting or will have to confront in future administrative situations. There will be key discussions on mandates and challenges for the state regarding the rising South; this book will be indispensable to scholars and researchers of politics especially governance and public policy sociology and development studies. It will also be of interest to bureaucrats NGOs and government officials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367140090

Public Administration in Theory and Practice Hailed for its timelessness and timeliness Public Administration in Theory and Practice examines public administration from a normative perspective and provides students with an understanding of the practice of public administration. Combining historical contextual and theoretical perspectives this text give students a truly comprehensive overview of the discipline and focuses on the practical implications of public administration theory. This substantially revised third edition features: Increased emphasis on and expanded coverage of management skills practices and approaches including an all-new "Managerial Toolkit" section comprising several new chapters on important topics like transboundary interactions cultural competencies citizen engagement and leadership and decision-making. Expanded part introductions to provide a thematic overview for students reinforce the multiple conceptual frameworks or lenses through which public administration may be viewed and provide guidance on the learning outcomes the reader may anticipate. Still deeper examination of the connections between historic theoretical perspectives and current practices to help students think through practical and realistic solutions to problems that acknowledge historic precedence and theory yet also leave room for creative new ways of thinking. This expanded analysis also offers a forum for comparative perspectives particularly how these practices have emerged in other countries. PowerPoint slides Discussion Questions (with a focus on practice) Learning Outcomes and "Things to Ponder" at the end of each chapter that may be used as lecture topics or essay examination questions. Public Administration in Theory and Practice  third edition is an ideal introduction to the art and science of public administration for American MPA students and serves as essential secondary reading for upper-level undergraduate students seeking a fair and balanced understanding of public management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138544390

Public Administration ReformationMarket Demand from Public Organizations In an attempt to instil trust in their performance credibility integrity efficiency cost-effectiveness and good governance many public organizations are in effect viewing tax-paying citizens as consumers. Little research exists to explore synergies between the market economy public administration reformation and their complex bilateral effects. This book takes a timely look at the heightened need for public administration reform as a result of the economic challenges currently faced by nations across the globe. In particular it explores the roles of eGovernment and a citizen-centric focus in this transformation. Public Administration Reform examines several commonly-held assumptions about public administration: the public sector is slow and bureaucratic; government employees are frequently disengaged; and government agencies are sometimes wasteful. eGovernment is proposed as a key tool in the improvement of both public services and reputations of public organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339989

Public Administration Research MethodsTools for Evaluation and Evidence-Based Practice The best decisions made by public managers are based not on instinct but on an informed understanding of what’s happening on the ground. Policy may be directed by ideology but it must also be founded on reality. The challenge of making the right decisions as a public manager is often therefore based on the need for rigorous actionable research. Now in a thoughtfully revised second edition this textbook shows students of Public Administration exactly how to use both qualitative and quantitative research techniques to give them the best chance to make the right decisions. Uniquely Eller Gerber and Robinson present research methodologies through a series of real-life case studies with each chapter exploring situations where a public manager can use research to answer specific questions demonstrating how that research can inform future policy. Taking readers through the key concepts from research design and sampling to interviews survey data and more statistical-based approaches this new edition provides a complete guide to using research in the public and voluntary sectors. New to this edition: To better orient the student the second edition is thematically arranged. Five sections each with a short essay provide not only previews of the content of each section but more importantly guide the reader through how the concepts and techniques covered relate to real-world use and application. A new chapter on applied quantitative analyses has been added to offer coverage of several commonly-used and valuable analytic techniques for decision making for policy and management: benefit-cost analysis risk assessment and forecasting. The second edition is accompanied by online materials containing suggested course plans and sample syllabi PowerPoint lecture slides and student support materials to illustrate the application of key concepts and analytic techniques. Each chapter also includes discussion questions class exercises end of chapter review questions and key vocabulary to provide students with a range of further tools to apply research principles to practical situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059290

Public Administration Training in AfricaCompetencies in Development Management There is a growing global interest in Africa and how to improve the quality of life of its people—and for good reason. The world can no longer afford to ignore the democratic changes that have occurred across the continent over the past two decades changes with tremendous implications for professional education and training for the tasks of nation building. Public Administration Training in Africa: Competencies in Development Management presents research findings related to talent and competency development within the framework of public service institutional capacity building. The book focuses on public administration questions as they relate to training development and competency building that will strengthen public managers’ capacity to implement governance policies and work toward improving development management. It draws on unique national experiences to provide research and scholarship that advance the dialogue on training and development relevant to African culture and history while at the same time contributing to enhance the field of practice. In addition to offering detailed descriptions and analyses of unique national experiences the book also integrates transnational issues of training and development and ties the discussions back to the body of knowledge and scholarship defining the field and discipline of public administration. As scholars and experts in their own right the authors make a reasoned case for rethinking and re-examining training and development in Africa in light of the emerging governance approach to public administration. The comprehensive empirical descriptions and analyses of education and training contexts and cultures written by some of the best minds in the subfield give you the latest research findings and distill relevant experiential and theoretical knowledge tools and skills based on case analyses including carrying out development activity in different cross-cultural contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482223804

Public AdministrationAn Introduction Marc Holzer and Richard W. Schwester have written a textbook that is distinct from the dozens of introductory public administration books now in the academic marketplace. Their vision is a unique blend of substance and style—a text that is both informative and enlivening capturing the evolving nature of the field. The book explores the traditional essential elements of public administration such as organizational theory human resource management leadership program evaluation and policy analysis budgeting and the politics of public administration. Artwork depicts bureaucratic issues reinforcing each chapter’s themes and creating an informative and aesthetically engaging textbook while charts graphs diagrams and illustrations add dimensions to the text’s overviews of public administration. 　 New to this edition are three sections that provide a natural flow and progression of the material. Section I provides the theoretical construct of public administration section II provides actionable material for public administrators while section III deals with the future of public organizations through the lens of performance improvement and the techniques available to achieve such improvement. Each chapter is complemented by key terms and supplementary readings and video cases and simulations offer a gateway to engaging students encouraging them to immerse themselves in virtual problem-solving experiences—testing theory and skills through real-time practical applications. Students will deal with issues related to unemployment budgeting the environment crime and education. 　 The book is accompanied by a comprehensive online Instructors' Manual complete with PowerPoint slides for each chapter case studies relevant YouTube videos to illustrate chapter content additional artwork webinars and relevant films and tv shows to better engage students in important themes of public service. This text then is very much a dynamic learning system designed to enliven the teaching of public administration improve the learning experience and help motivate students of public service to become problem-solving public servants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138579668

Public AdministrationResearch Strategies Concepts and Methods Public Administration: Research Strategies Concepts and Methods explores how scholars of public administration and institutional politics can improve their analysis by focusing on the contextual particularities of their research problems and considering the use of multiple theories and methods. The book functions as an introduction to central themes of public administration and related traditions of research but also proposes a new pluralist approach for studying public institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612051635

Public Affairs Reporting NowNews of by and for the People Everyday life no whether the issues or events arise next-door or a continent away raises questions and concerns that the public counts on journalists to answer and more important confront. More than ever before we all rely on the news media for warnings explanations and insights. The profession - and society - cannot afford lazy inept uncommitted journalists. Today's reporters must learn how to cover public affairs intelligently and thoroughly. First you must learn about the institutions and people who influence the news; understanding how a legislative conference committee functions or how a trial is conducted remain important pre-requisites. But it is not enough merely to know how to report. Journalists must also understand how they see define and influence the news.Don't be fooled by the daily dose of fluffy stories about fads fashions or fetishes. People love to revel in celebrity gossip or fantasize about extreme makeovers. But Donald Trump's love life or the South Beach Diet don't satisfy when people worry about a home invasion in their neighborhood or a rezoning proposal to bring a Wal-Mart super center to town or a Department of Education report that their child's school scored bottom-most in reading achievement.Public Affairs Reporting Now is intended to teach you the best practices and give you the best advice for covering what's generically known as "public affairs reporting.” It's a term that's neither inspiring nor precise but it's long been a convenient way of describing the kind of news coverage that keeps people informed as citizens and keeps our institutions public and private focused on the public good. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138136823

Public and Performance in the Greek Theatre Peter Arnott discusses Greek drama not as an antiquarian study but as a living art form. He removes the plays from the library and places them firmly in the theatre that gave them being. Invoking the practical realities of stagecraft he illuminates the literary patterns of the plays the performance disciplines and the audience responses. Each component of the productions - audience chorus actors costume speech - is examined in the context of its own society and of theatre practice in general with examples from other cultures. Professor Arnott places great emphasis on the practical staging of Greek plays and how the buildings themselves imposed particular constraints on actors and writers alike. Above all he sets out to make practical sense of the construction of Greek plays and their organic relationship to their original setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138430785

Public and Popular History This interdisciplinary collection considers public and popular history within a global framework seeking to understand considerations of local domestic histories and the ways they interact with broader discourses. Grounded in particular local and national situations the book addresses the issues associated with popular history in a globalised cultural world such as: how the study of popular history might work in the future; new ways in which the terms ‘popular’ and ‘public’ might inform one another and nuance scholarship; transnational intercultural models of ‘pastness’; cultural translatability; and the demand for high-quality work on new technologies and history. A wide range of international contributors consider a broad selection of locale and media from American television and Canadian heritage to the representation of history in contemporary Chinese culture. They consider the way in which the study of public or popular texts invoke multiple historiographies and demonstrate our need to think about public and popular aspects of the past in new ‘emerging’ locales such as China Eastern Europe and South America. This book was originally published as a special issue of the journal Rethinking History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138110199

Public and Private EnterpriseThe Lindsay Memorial Lectures given at the University of Keele 1964 Originally published in 1965 Professor Jewkes re-examines the principles which should determine the dividing line between the role of the State and the field of individual responsibility in economic life. Beginning with a brief account of how the functions of Government at the time had been widened in recent years and the rights of individuals curbed he examines the fundamental difficulties in establishing any rational demarcation between the one sphere and the other in deciding what part the economist should play in helping to resolve the enigma. He next examines the outstanding failures and successes of public and private enterprise respectively in the Western World in recent years. Finally he asks what are the dominant features of the economic world in which we live and what type of social institutions are most likely to enable us to make the best of our environment. The author’s general conclusion is that although mixed economics will undoubtedly continue to be the rule yet stability and economic growth will be endangered unless our social and economic institutions are flexible enough to provide continuous and as far as possible spontaneous adjustments to the unpredictable changes of a world in constant transition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181642

Public and Private in Natural Resource GovernanceA False Dichotomy? �This volume develops the rich conceptual and empirical content of public-private relationships increasingly acknowledged as the dominant realm of natural resource governance. Ten wonderful studies from around the world illuminate opportunities for advancing the theory analysis and effective formation of sustainable systems of resource use. The book is excellent for courses in governance and public policy in any resource and environmental field.� JEFF ROMM PROFESSOR FOR RESOURCE POLICY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA AT BERKELEY US �The book addresses the theoretically and politically most important division of social organization into public and private. The authors bring an exciting multidisciplinary perspective to bear on changing and multiple publics and the strength of relationships connecting these two spheres in rural development and natural resource governance. The contributions range from consumer health and food safety soil science forestry and water management to sociological and economic aspects of natural resource property and governance.� FRANZ VON BENDA-BECKMANN MAX PLANCK INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY GERMANY Natural resources have historically been considered as being governed in public or private spheres - that is by the state on behalf of the people or by companies or individuals driven by the market. This dichotomy between private and public is now recognized as overly simplistic and it is clear that �publics� and �privates� operate at a range of levels and with differing degrees of separation or overlap. Bringing together a group of internationally respected researchers this book provides a new perspective on prominent issues in resource governance including the state NGOs civil society communities participation devolution privatization and hybrid institutions highlighting the three-dimensional nature of relations between �public� and �private�. It builds on empirical analyses from six fields of natural resource governance - agri-environment biodiversity bioenergy food quality and safety forestry and rural water - and employs a comparative approach that goes beyond the specifi cities of individual policy fields recognizing shared elements and allowing for a greater understanding of the dynamics underlying governance processes. Introductions to the volume and to each section summarize the key debates and highlight linkages between chapters. This is essential reading for academics students and policy experts in natural resource governance development and environmental policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996960

Public And Professional Attitudes Toward Aids PatientsA National Dilemma This volume analyzes in considerable depth how fears prejudices social and moral values and individual perceptions have affected and shaped the public the personal the professional and the economic ways in which our society interacts with people suffering from HIV infections. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284633

Public Art Memorials and Atlantic Slavery In this collection distinguished American and European scholars curators and artists discuss major issues concerning the representation and commemoration of slavery as brought into sharp focus by the 2007 bicentennial of the abolition of the slave trade. Writers consider nineteenth and twentieth century American and European images of African Americans art installations photography literature sculpture exhibitions performances painting film and material culture. This is essential reading for historians cultural critics art-historians educationalists and museologists in America as in Europe and an important contribution to the understanding of the African diaspora race American and British history heritage tourism and transatlantic relations. Contributions include previously unpublished interview material with artists and practitioners and a comprehensive review of the commemorative exhibitions of 2007. Illustrations include images from Louisiana Maryland and Virginia many previously unpublished in black and white which challenge previous understandings of the aesthetics of slave representation. This book was published as a special issue of Slavery and Abolition. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850216

Public Art and Museums in Cultural Districts Museums and public art have traditionally taken significantly different approaches to customer engagement but throughout history they have also worked together in some urban contexts notably as landmarks of so-called cultural districts. Public Art and Museums in Cultural Districts reviews their changing interactions in many different types of cities since the Enlightenment or even before going back to the etymological origins of museums and monuments in classical antiquity.  The type of historical enquiry presented within the volume is not intended as a total narrative but the international study cases considered convey a global panorama of the shifting paradigms set in different periods by some cultural neighbourhoods and emulated worldwide. Blurring boundaries between art history museology and urbanism this critical account explores past tensions achievements and failures giving insightful consideration to present policies and pointing out reasonable recommendations for the future regarding public heritage. Presenting for the first time an insights into the role of collections of public art as landmarks of cultural districts this book considers collections displayed outdoors from the double perspective of curatorial outreach and civic values.  This book will fill a gap in the existing museum studies literature hitherto mainly focused on indoor collecting and curatorial policies but increasingly more and more attentive to their outside context. As such the book should be of great interest to academics researchers and students working in the fields of art heritage museum studies and urban history. It should also be of value to professionals working in the museum and art sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367587000

Public Art EncountersArt Space and Identity Public art is produced and ‘lived’ within multiple interlaced and contested political economic social and cultural-symbolic spheres. This lively collection is a mix of academic and practice-based writings that scrutinise conventional claims on the inclusiveness of public art practice. Contributions examine how various social differences across class ethnicity age gender religion ability and literacy shape encounters with public art within the ambits of the design regeneration and everyday experiences of public spaces. The chapters richly draw on case studies from the Global North and South providing comprehensive insights into the experiences of encountering public art via a variety of scales and realms. This book advances critical insights of how socially practised public arts articulate and cultivate geographies of social difference through the themes of power (the politics of encountering) affect (the embodied ways of encountering) and diversity (the inclusiveness of encountering). It will appeal to scholars students and practitioners of cultural geography the visual arts urban studies political studies and anthropology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367362102

Public Attitudes Toward Church and State Using data from the Williamsburg Charter surveys this book provides a portrait of public attitudes on church-state issues. It examines the social religious and political sources of differences on issues making comparisons among Protestants Catholics Jews and non-denominational others. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315485492

Public Broadcasting and Political Interference Public broadcasters like the BBC and the Italian broadcaster RAI are some of the most important media organisations in the world. Politicians are often tempted to interfere in the workings of these broadcasters and when this happens the results are highly controversial as both the Blair and Berlusconi governments have discovered. Public Broadcasting and Political Interference explains why some broadcasters are good at resisting politicians’ attempts at interference and have won a reputation for independence – and why other broadcasters have failed to do the same. It takes a comparative approach of broadcasters in different countries including the United Kingdom Italy Spain and Sweden arguing political independence for public service broadcasters is important because of its contribution to democracy allowing voters alternative sources of information which allow them to choose between electoral alternatives. The book will be of interest to be of interest to policy-makers scholars and students of political communication broadcasting and the media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415665520

Public Broadcasting and the Public Interest As federal funding for public broadcasting wanes and support from corporations and an elite group of viewers and listeners rises public broadcasting's role as vox populi has come under threat. With contributions from key scholars from a wide variety of disciplines this volume examines the crisis facing public broadcasting today by analyzing the institution's development its presentday operations and its prospects for the future. Covering everything from globalization and the rise of the Internet to key issues such as race and class to specific subjects such as advertising public access and grassroots radio Public Broadcasting and the Public Interest provides a fresh and original look at a vital component of our mass media. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315290690

Public Budgeting in African NationsFiscal Analysis in Development Management Public Budgeting in African Nations aims to provide usable budgeting and fiscal policy management information to development practitioners interested in improving the performance of governments in the context of good governance. It shares regional and cross-cultural experiences with international audiences and gives reflective attention to comparative budgeting and fiscal policy management. With a promising economic and fiscal forecast such information is timely for international development practitioners and for scholars and researchers interested in advancing development management. This book adopts an interdisciplinary/pragmatic approach to analyze and present research findings on public budgeting as a sustainable development tool. The central argument is that development practice will benefit from a bottom-up decentralized approach to budgeting and fiscal policy management involving national sub-national and civil society institutions. From this perspective a balanced budget should draw from and reflect values and priorities across the full spectrum of social and political life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498742139

Public Budgeting in Search for an IdentityState of the Art and Future Challenges Public Budgeting in Search for an Identity: State of the Art and Future Challenges provides a state-of-the-art reflection on current trends in international public budgeting representing an important pillar in the accumulation of knowledge on public sector budgeting processes contents evolutions and critical issues. Budgeting is central in public sector organizations. It performs a complex variety of functions being the arena where multiple actors cultures and professional identities interact making it an extremely fascinating field and topic of investigation. There is a significant need and scope for exploring budgeting processes in the public sector today as a consequence of the managerial waves of reforms that have taken place over the last few decades and the implementation of austerity programmes – as well as in light of current trends including emerging challenges related to community care and wellbeing rising inequality people flows climate change pandemics and the persistence of democratic deficits. The chapters in this volume address critical issues on this broad topic offering new perspectives on current evolutions in public budgeting including among others participatory budgeting performance budgeting the budgetary slack resources and the need to ensure balance between budget control and flexibility. These contributions show that public budgeting can and must remain the subject of enduring interest in our studies. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of Public Management Review. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367679651

Public BudgetingPolicy Process and Politics Some of the best writings on public budgeting and finance can be found in the journals that ASPA publishes or sponsors. For this volume editor Irene Rubin has brought together the best of these articles - emerging classics that address the most important theoretical and practical problems underlying public budgeting.The anthology is organized topically rather than historically with an effort to delineate the issues needed to understand some of the more recent controversies in the field. Rubin's introductory essay and section openers frame the key issues and provide historical context for each article. The collection begins with descriptions of what public budgeting is where it comes from and what it is for. It moves on to the relationship between budget processes and outcomes constraints on budgeting the legal context in which it operates and adaptations to those constraints such as contracting out.The book concludes with a discussion of the ethics and norms that underlie budgeting in a democracy. Throughout the anthology the emphasis is on areas of disagreement and debate so students can get involved and explore different viewpoints. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701431

Public Choice and Rural Development This title originally published in 1981 explores the difficult and at times volatile relationship between public choice and rural development in developing countries. The book is organised into three major sections: the first section examines important general themes the second describes how public choice and rural development intertwine in some areas of concern to aid donors and finally the third section revisits the major themes discussed in the book and offers further understanding to the critical questions and problems at hand. It is a valuable resource for students interested in environmental studies and development studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138962224

Public Commissions on Cultural and Religious DiversityAnalysis Reception and Challenges Due to growing negative perceptions about relations between historically entrenched dominant populations and various minority groups issues relating to the need to better manage cultural and religious diversity have been intensifying in many countries. These negative perceptions have recently led to a significant increase in popular support for right and extreme right nationalist discourses and have created so much public tension that national governments have had no choice but to respond. In the last two decades in several Western contexts in particular the issues raised by such combined challenges have culminated in the creation of government-initiated or private national commissions. This book presents the results of a multidisciplinary analysis from a broader framework that includes the national public commissions which have addressed the challenges of managing cultural and religious diversity in Belgium Britain Canada (Quebec) France Morocco and Norway (including also other cases of public management in Australia and Singapore). It includes in-depth studies of the issues and controversies examined by each of the commissions such as the ways they perceived the issues their results and impact the key political players involved the media debates and reception surrounding each commission the communication strategies and difficulties their leaders encountered as well as the legal aspects each commission has raised. The reports represent a rich body of work charting the fundamental questions nations face about their nature history and future while the impact on peoples’ lives tells us much about different approaches to the issues of cultural identity between countries. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472472885

Public Commissions on Cultural and Religious DiversityNational Narratives Multiple Identities and Minorities In several Western countries expert commissions composed of academics public figures politicians and community organisers have been established by governments or civil society to reflect on the changes and challenges of an increasingly plural society. Commission recommendations on how to ‘manage’ diversities successfully have shaped national narratives and affected law and public policies yet research on the workings of such commissions remains rare. This book focuses on the experiences of expert commissions in the UK France Quebec and Belgium. Furthering the debate on commissions’ potential and limitations it draws on the first-hand experiences and introspection of former commission members and close observers along with outside perspectives and critique from independent scholars. Building on its companion volume (Public Commissions on Cultural and Religious Diversity: Analysis Reception and Challenges) this book engages with core concepts of identity nationality citizenship freedom equality and accommodation. It will appeal to researchers and students of public policy sociology anthropology law religion politics history and migration studies as well as policymakers and anyone with a general interest in current debates on ethnic cultural and religious diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472471758

Public Consultation and Community Involvement in PlanningA twenty-first century guide Public Consultation and Community Involvement in Planning is the definitive introduction to public consultation for developers students and planners. The past decade has seen a complete transformation in consultation and community relations in the UK from increased requirements to consult to the introduction of neighbourhood planning and a revolution in online communication. Public Consultation and Community Involvement in Planning takes readers through consultation from the basics right through to emerging trends to demonstrate how a successful consultation process can benefit both the developers and the local community. The book begins with a definition of consultation and community involvement and an explanation of their role within the development process before going on to clarify the legal ethical practical and ideological concerns to be addressed by the consultation process. Consultation strategy is explored step by step and social media and online consultation is explored in detail. This is the first comprehensive guide to modern public consultation within the UK development sector and will be essential reading for developers students and planners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138680159

Public CorruptionRegional and National Perspectives on Procurement Fraud This volume presents the latest scholarly research on the practice of public corruption. The authors explore the causes and methods of fraud-related crime as well as how it can be detected. The book also investigates the best strategies to prevent corruption as well as convention punishments for those convicted. Intended for criminal justice students and practitioners Public Corruption: Regional and National Perspectives on Procurement Fraud is a valuable resource for all stages of fraud investigation.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367595463

Public Criminology? What is the role and value of criminology in a democratic society? How do and how should its practitioners engage with politics and public policy? How can criminology find a voice in an agitated insecure and intensely mediated world in which crime and punishment loom large in government agendas and public discourse? What collective good do we want criminological enquiry to promote? In addressing these questions Ian Loader and Richard Sparks offer a sociological account of how criminologists understand their craft and position themselves in relation to social and political controversies about crime whether as scientific experts policy advisors governmental players social movement theorists or lonely prophets. They examine the conditions under which these diverse commitments and affiliations arose and gained or lost credibility and influence. This forms the basis for a timely articulation of the idea that criminology’s overarching public purpose is to contribute to a better politics of crime and its regulation. Public Criminology? offers an original and provocative account of the condition of and prospects for criminology which will be of interest not only to those who work in the fields of crime security and punishment but to anyone interested in the vexed relationship between social science public policy and politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203846049

Public Debt and the Common GoodPhilosophical and Institutional Implications of Fiscal Imbalance The American national debt stands at $20.49 trillion as of January 2018 or roughly $63 000 for every person in the United States. The national debt has grown six-fold in the past 25 years and borrowing only has accelerated in recent administrations. What are the factors driving such unrestrained borrowing? Is American fiscal policy different now than in an earlier era? Is there a moral dimension to public debt and if so how can that dimension be measured?Public Debt and the Common Good addresses these and other questions by looking to the fiscal policy of the American states. Drawing on classical themes and the longest quantitative review of state debt in the literature James Odom expertly integrates institutional analysis with dimensions of culture to define the parameters of political freedom in a theoretically coherent way. In doing so Odom argues that centralization and injustice or the incapacity for the common good can help explain state indebtedness.Contributing to ongoing scholarly debates on public debt theory this book will be of interest to students scholars and practitioners who work at the intersection of political philosophy and economics as well as those who specialize in state public policy state politics and federalism more generally. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666002

Public Discourses and Attitudes in Greece during the CrisisFraming the Role of the European Union Germany and National Governments This book presents the findings of new empirical research regarding shifts in public discourses and attitudes in Greek society as a result of the crisis. These findings have shown different shades of Euroscepticism and anti-German sentiments but they have also revealed a normative conflict within Greek society itself. The book shows how economic crises and strict policy conditionality causing or deepening economic recession in the countries receiving it has the potential to set in motion a fragmentation process which transcends standard material stratification and relates to broader political and even cultural rifts among the population. With this the book serves as a case study of the impact of wider pressures and shifts weighing upon the European Union (EU) and the way European societies perceive the integration process. This text will be of key interest to scholars and students of EU politics Greek and Southern European studies and more broadly to cultural and comparative politics and political economy and European politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138732063

Public Discourses of Gay Men Queer linguistics has only recently developed as an area of study; however academic interest in this field is rapidly increasing. Despite its growing appeal many books on ‘gay language’ focus on private conversation and small communities. As such Public Discourses of Gay Men represents an important corrective by investigating a variety of sources in the public domain. A broad range of material including tabloid newspaper articles political debates on homosexual law and erotic narratives are used in order to analyse the language surrounding homosexuality. Bringing together queer linguistics and corpus linguistics the text investigate how gay male identities are constructed in the public domain. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415850223

Public Disorder and Globalization The current growth of incidents of public disorder around the world can be seen as symptomatic of major transformations in globalized society government and technology. But while disorder is routinely perceived as a disturbing phenomenon it can also be a catalyst for positive transformation and regeneration. As social media is increasingly used as a platform for mobilization and organization local disorder may spread outward through national borders receiving international coverage and visibility as well as triggering a domino effect of global unrest. Combining qualitative and quantitative research this ground-breaking text analyzes oppositional notions of order and disorder in global national and local contexts and considers the role of the police the justice system and other authorities in developing a range of responsive strategies. The author develops a new comprehensive framework for engaging in comparative and historical analysis of public disorder by drawing upon international case studies of public unrest such as 2005 in Paris and 2011 in London; the events in Ferguson and Baltimore that seeded Black Lives Matter; the Occupy movements in Zuccotti Park Gezi Park and Hong Kong; and the terror attacks in Paris and Brussels. This dynamic comparative study is informed by extensive international interviews and will be a required reading for students and scholars of criminology sociology political science and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138925434

Public Drinking in the Early Modern World Vol 1Voices from the Tavern 1500–1800 This four-volume reset edition presents a wide-ranging collection of primary sources which uncover the language and behaviour of local and state authorities of peasants and town-dwellers and of drinking companions and irate wives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138756328

Public Drinking in the Early Modern World Vol 2Voices from the Tavern 1500–1800 This four-volume reset edition presents a wide-ranging collection of primary sources which uncover the language and behaviour of local and state authorities of peasants and town-dwellers and of drinking companions and irate wives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138756335

Public Drinking in the Early Modern World Vol 3Voices from the Tavern 1500–1800 This four-volume reset edition presents a wide-ranging collection of primary sources which uncover the language and behaviour of local and state authorities of peasants and town-dwellers and of drinking companions and irate wives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138756342

Public Drinking in the Early Modern World Vol 4Voices from the Tavern 1500–1800 This four-volume reset edition presents a wide-ranging collection of primary sources which uncover the language and behaviour of local and state authorities of peasants and town-dwellers and of drinking companions and irate wives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138756359

Public Drinking in the Early Modern WorldVoices from the Tavern 1500–1800 This four-volume reset edition presents a wide-ranging collection of primary sources which uncover the language and behaviour of local and state authorities of peasants and town-dwellers and of drinking companions and irate wives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781851962846

Public Economics and the Quality of Life First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064635

Public Economics in an Age of Austerity Governments all round the world are facing problems with their public finances. At a time of austerity how much should spending be cut and how much should taxes be raised? Does the national debt represent a burden for future generations? Should taxes on the rich be raised? This book examines how the tools of public economics can be applied to answer such key questions and to suggest alternatives to the austerity policies currently being pursued. The fiscal problems faced are not simply the result of the post-2008 economic crisis but reflect a deep-seated fault line in modern economies. There has to be fiscal consolidation to provide for an ageing population increased investment in education and climate change. The book describes how public economics can help us think about alternative ways of meeting this challenge. It casts doubt on conventionally held views such as those concerned with top tax rates the undesirability of taxing capital income the targeting of child benefits and the merging of income tax and social security contributions. The final part goes beyond national boundaries and considers global public economics focusing on the pressing problem of financing development. The conclusion of the book is that there are significant choices to be made. Not all austerity packages are the same: there are alternatives. It would be possible to raise taxes more and to cut spending less. It is important to consider the full range of possible policies. In considering these alternatives modern public economics provides a useful framework but it has major limitations. Economists are too often prisoners within the theoretical walls they have erected and fail to see that important considerations are missing. Economists have paid too little attention to the ethical basis underlying their policy recommendations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138611368

Public Education Reform and Network GovernanceLessons From Chinese State-Owned Enterprise Schools This book is located in the field of education governance and sits amidst debates on public school reform in China. It examines how a top-down policy approach has been implemented from central government right down to the district level within the public education system in China. It shows the way networks support negotiation and bargaining at the district level which in turn influences the broader education policy of the central government. Using statistical data from education yearbooks government documents analysis and interviews with main stakeholders in this policy arena the book incorporates case studies from railway State-Owned Enterprise schools. Analysis of these indicates that the processes of formulating and implementing Chinese education policy can be characterised as a form of network governance which coordinates actors decision-making processes and stakeholders’ motivation to comply with collective decisions in Chinese education. Network governance acts as an effective and legitimate way of problem solving that assists policy implementation and education reform in China. By comparing two traditional modes of governance (governance through bureaucracy and the governance through markets) this book shows the network mode of governance in Chinese education is more powerful and significant especially since the negotiated results among actors in the policy community are favourable. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660871

Public Enterprise and Economic Development Originally published in 1959 the subject of this book is an aspect of economic development which despite its importance had rarely attracted more than incidental attention at the time. The author’s interest in public enterprise in underdeveloped countries was stimulated by a year’s residence in Turkey. He felt the time had come for a general comparative study. Defining comparative as (1) between developed and underdeveloped countries and (2) between different underdeveloped countries at dissimilar stages of development or with dissimilar development perspectives. The purpose of the first is to discover what the developed can offer the underdeveloped by way of adaptable experience and relevant ideas; that of the second to examine the use of public enterprise in the many different social economic and political contexts to be found in the less advanced parts of the world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367179960

Public Enterprise and Income Distribution How amenable is public enterprise to the implementation of national distributional policies? This is the question explored here by Professor Ramanadham. Originally published in 1988 he examines the various channels through which distributional effects take place through their operations and draws attention to the implicit conflicts of interest among consumers workers and tax payers. He focuses on the problems associated with the use of public enterprises as instruments of distributional goals and examines the question of whether direct budgetary measures on the part of government would be preferable. There are detailed analyses of the distributional implications of wage incomes prices and surpluses in the public enterprise sector. Finally the author comments from the distributional angle on the results of privatization. Here is a detailed study of the way in which public enterprise may be employed as an instrument of redistribution of income and wealth also of the extent to which this is feasible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187125

Public Enterprise and Local PlaceNew Perspectives on Theory and Practice This book presents the key interactions in local government and public enterprise drawing together the challenges for local governance in the practice of public entrepreneurship and its response to collaboration place and place making. Specifically this book includes the impact of local partnerships and public entrepreneurs in local policy implementation. It is written by established authors bringing together their experience and practice of local partnerships and public entrepreneurship in place-based strategies and will be of value to local government new forms of enterprise partnerships wider agencies and public entrepreneurship scholars as well as policymakers responsible for implementation of place-based regeneration. This text will be of key interest to students scholars and practitioners in public administration business administration local government entrepreneurship public sector management and more broadly to those with interests in public policy business and management political science economics urban studies and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815362937

Public Enterprise and the Developing World Originally published in 1984 this book grew out of the papers (and discussions) presented at the Seminar conducted at London Business School during March-June 1983 with a focus on the problems of public enterprise in the context of the developing world. Essentially three facts of thought emerged: first on the working of public enterprises in developing countries; second on joint ventures and consultancies involving public enterprises in the two groups of countries; and third on the value and relevance of experience of public enterprises in developed countries particularly in the UK for the developing countries. Broadly the Chapter 1 belongs to the first category Chapters 6 and 7 to the second and Chapters 8 to 13 to the third. The concluding review seeks to highlight some of the major issues that deserve notice in the light of the views expressed in the papers and the discussions that took place on them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367181826

Public Enterprise at the Crossroads In many parts of the world public enterprise is in crisis. Privatisation programmes are being widely touted as the solution to many of the problems of inefficiency and slow rates of growth associated with public enterprise. This book discusses the underlying causes of those problems and critically examines some of the solutions that have been adopted. Its geographical coverage is wide and it cuts across the political spectrum. The experiences of countries in four continents are analysed in an attempt to shed light on current dilemmas. Recurrent patterns are found; problems are frequently seen to be political as much as economic and bureaucracy and administrative confusion is often found to be at the heart of poor financial performance.Yet since political aims economic environment and administrative and managerial capabilities vary so widely universal solutions remain more difficult to define than universal problems. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203064405

Public Enterprise in BritainThoughts on Recent Experiences Originally published in 1959 the author has observed at first hand the workings of public enterprise in Britain. He has coupled objectivity with an acute sense of economic perception and has produced a clear and ordered study of the workings of nationalization in industry at the time. His book does not contain an argument on whether nationalization is desirable or not. On the assumption that there is nationalization he attempts to discuss certain important problems raised by it in the fields of management pricing resource allocation and public control. He hopes that a discussion of this nature will contribute towards ensuring the most satisfactory results from nationalization. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191221

Public Enterprise in Monopolistic and Oligopolistic Enterprises First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Taylor & Francis 9780415866262

Public Enterprises In PakistanThe Hidden Crisis In Economic Development This book contains a study of the economics and management of public enterprises in Pakistan. It examines their performance organizational behavior relationships with other government organizations outside of the sector and the issues that confront the public enterprise sector and the government. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284664

Public Enterprises In PeruPublic Sector Growth And Reform This book was created from two case studies of public enterprises jointly carried out by the Office for Public Sector Studies of the University of Texas at Austin that expanded into a detailed analysis of the overall growth and dynamics of Peru's rapidly changing government portfolio. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284671

Public EnterpriseStudies in Organisational Structure Originally published in 1986 this volume brings together papers on the organisational structure of select public enterprises from nine countries developed and developing. They are set in different forms work in different sectors and have diverse experiences often on similar issues. The papers are written by top executives of the respective enterprises and therefore contain an authentic presentation of the problems and processes of organisation. The editor has included at the beginning an analytical review on certain fundamental aspects of organisational structure which for the purpose of this volume has been conceived in wide terms. Every one of these aspects is not exactly covered by every empirical paper. At the end he has provided a comparative review trying to keep to a minimum repetition of material from the papers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199470

Public Ethics Political realists are accustomed to argue that ethical considerations have no place in public affairs. This is always a debatable view: realism habitually employs a crude utilitarian morality rather than being totally amoral and ethical considerations have continued to play an ever more prominent role in the thinking and actions of policy makers and politicians. In addition citizens increasingly expect policies not only to be efficient and effective according to some purely economic or prudential calculation but also to be equitable and just as well. As a consequence both the public and private morality of politicians and public officials has come under ever greater scrutiny. The essays collected together in this volume explore the ethical issues raised by the process and substance of policy-making and discuss whether it is reasonable to expect ethical standards in public affairs. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245690

Public Ethics at the European CommissionPolitics Reform and Individual Views Since the early 2000s reforms in the area of public ethics have represented a significant part in the European Commission's efforts to improve its internal governance and democratic legitimacy and address the crisis of public confidence in European integration. This book comprises a study of ethics and public integrity issues in the administrative services of the European Commission. The author traces the reforms implemented in this area since the early 2000s and asks whether and how they have shaped Commission officials’ thinking about appropriate behaviour in public office. Based on in-depth interviews and the use of vignettes the book reveals that the influence of ethics regulations is subtle and full of contradictions: while a heightened awareness and discussion of ethical issues exists in the Commission nowadays the topic is nonetheless often considered as a matter of "common sense". This book breaks new ground as the first analysis of ethics at the level of individual EU officials. It advances a new angle to the study of the Commission as an administrative actor and sheds light on an important but under-researched component of its efforts to address criticism concerning democratic legitimacy. In the field of administrative ethics the book tackles research gaps regarding the practice and impact of ethics policies within public organizations. This text will be of key interest to scholars students and practitioners of EU Studies/Politics institutional reform administrative ethics and more broadly European governance and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367173548

Public Expectations and Physicians' ResponsibilitiesVoices of Medical Humanities This guide for practice managers in a question-and-answer format explains accounting procedures and describes GMS health authority and other sources of income. The book covers payroll pension personnel and complaints matters and advises on optimizing income for the practice. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315378664

Public Expenditure In all highly industrialized countries public expenditures are a substantial and growing share of total economic activity. The authors integrate normative and positive theory and empirical analysis of public expenditure concentrating on the optimal provision of public goods and the estimation of their costs and effects. This volume emphasizes the techniques that are available for reaching collective decisions about the provision of public goods and stresses the importance of income distribution and intergovernmental fiscal relations. In a mixed economy where the public sector is growing faster than the private sector the nature of public expenditures must be closely evaluated and studied. This book is designed to focus on and delineate controversies about public expenditure--to define what it is analyze its function show how it operates and finally to evaluate research on this important subject.The book considers the theories of leading economists (Kenneth Arrow Lionel Robbins Carl Shoup James Buchanan Paul Samuelson Richard Musgrave and others) in arriving at a clear statement of theory in its application to operational problems. Appropriate attention is paid to current techniques such as program budgeting cost-benefit analysis and the analysis of the determinants of public expenditure. The book is unique in its emphasis on the integration and critique of contemporary theories of public expenditure of distributional concerns and of the political framework of public expenditure decisions. It provides a necessary resource for professional economists required to deal with public expenditure problems in research or practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531178

Public Expenditure Decisions in the Urban Community In 1962 the Committee on Urban Economics held a conference on public expenditure decisions in order to promote analysis of the issues facing the public sector of the urban economy. Originally published in 1965 this report pulls together key papers presented at this conference discussing issues such as urban services the patterns of public expenditure and the quality of government services in urban areas to draw conclusions on the difficulties of analysis and how economic tools could be utilised more effectively to solve these difficulties. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120303

Public Expenditures for Agricultural and Rural Development in Africa Whereas there is plenty of work looking at macroeconomic effect of public spending on growth and poverty in Africa as well as studies of the impact of spending or investment in one economic sector on outcomes in that sector or on broader welfare measures this book fills a much needed gap in the research looking how the composition of public spending affects key development outcomes in the region. The book brings together recent analysis on the trends in and returns to public spending for agricultural growth and rural development in Africa. Case studies of selected African countries provide insights on the contributions of different types of public expenditures for poverty growth and welfare outcomes as well as insights into the constraints in gaining development mileage from investments in the agricultural sector. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808447

Public Finance Broad in scope and carefully balanced in emphasis this book is a major treatise on the theory and practice of public finance. It is unique in its presentation of a worldwide perspective and in its treatment of both the instruments of public finance and the goals effects and criteria of public finance measures. The book is divided into three parts. Book One defines the field specifies the possible meaning of the "effects" of a public finance measure and describes the criteria by which these measures are commonly appraised.Book Two is concerned with micro public finance and opens with a discussion of the theory of public goods in general. Each of the major free government services and types of transfer payments as well as the taxes that government employs are then examined. This section concludes with a chapter on the relevant aspects of government borrowing and inflationary finance. Book Three considers the major goals of public finance policy and describes how the various instruments described in Book Two can be used in achieving these goals. Among the topics treated are the use of appropriate instruments to resolve conflict in goals conceptual problems of measuring the public finance sector and its maximum and minimum economic limits consensus goals of equity full employment and Pareto-optimism use of resources and goals that evoke conflicts of interest within any community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531185

Public Finance and Economic Growth in Developing CountriesLessons from Ethiopia's Reforms Public finance is crucial to a country’s economic growth yet successful reform of public finances has been rare. Ethiopia is an example of a country that undertook comprehensive reform of its core financial systems independent of the IMF and the World Bank and successfully transformed itself into one of the fastest-growing economies in Africa.With Ethiopia’s twelve-year reform as its guiding case study this book presents new analytical frameworks to help governments develop better financial reforms. It shows in detail how four core financial systems—budgeting accounting planning and financial information systems—can be reformed. One of the principal findings presented is that governments must establish basic public financial administration before moving to more sophisticated public financial management. Other key findings include the identification of four strategies of reform (recognize improve change and sustain) the centrality of ongoing learning to the process of reform and the importance of government ownership of reform.This book will be of interest to researchers and policymakers concerned with public finance developmental economics and African studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367872311

Public Finance and Post-Communist Party Development This key volume explores how party and campaign finance in post-communist countries have influenced the development of the party system. Based on an analysis of nine case studies the work examines how the implementation of public finance affects the pattern of party competition and the role of money in elections. One of the lessons from the post-communist experience is that no matter how well-designed public finance systems are subject to constant revision as parties politicians and business elites exploit loopholes which can undermine the integrity of the entire system. Party and campaign finance systems must therefore be considered in a larger discussion involving party regulation and electoral rules. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138275522

Public Finance in Theory and Practice Second edition The events of the last decade have challenged the contemporary neo-classical synthesis in all branches of economics but particularly public finance. The most notable feature of the 2nd edition of Public Finance in Theory and Practice is the infusion of behavioral economics throughout the text with an end of chapter question inviting the student to apply a behavioral lens to some question or issue. There continues to be an emphasis on the importance of the institutional context drawing on examples from many countries and emphasizing the role of lower level governments in a federal system. The first five chapters establish this context by reviewing the role of government in a market system the description of government structure from an economic perspective the basic data about revenue and expenditures the elements of public choice and the distributional role of government. The book has been substantially reorganized to put more emphasis on public expenditure. Expanded treatment of public goods includes common property resources and congestible or club goods. Expanded discussion of budgeting and cost-benefit analysis provides some practical application of the theory. Updated discussions of social security public education and health care address these three major contemporary public finance issues. The traditional emphasis on revenue (taxes fees and grants) has been retained but follows rather than precedes the discussion of expenditures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415585972

Public Funding of Religions in Europe This collection brings together legal scholars canonists and political scientists to focus on the issue of public funding in support of religious activities and institutions in Europe. The study begins by revolving around the various mechanisms put in place by the domestic legal systems as well as those resulting from the European law of human rights and the law of the European Union. It then goes on to look at state support and particular religious groups. The presentation of European and national law is supplemented by theoretical and interdisciplinary contributions with the main focus being to bring into discussion and map the relationship between the funding of religions and the economy and to infer from it an attempt at a systematic examination or theorization of such funding. This collection is essential reading for those studying Law and Religion with particular focus on the countries of the UK France Belgium Germany Italy The Netherlands Spain and Turkey. The views expressed during the execution of the RELIGARE project in whatever form and or by whatever medium are the sole responsibility of the authors. The European Union is not liable for any use that may be made of the information contained therein. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367599867

Public Goods and Market FailuresA Critical Examination Assertions of market failure are usually based on Paul Samuelson's theory of public goods and externalities. This book both develops that theory and challenges the conclusion of many economists and policy-makers that market failures cannot be corrected by market forces. The volume includes major case studies of private provision of public goods. Among the goods considered are lighthouse services education municipal services and environmental conservation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531192

Public Goods versus Economic InterestsGlobal Perspectives on the History of Squatting Squatting is currently a global phenomenon. A concomitant of economic development and social conflict squatting attracts public attention because – implicitly or explicitly – it questions property relations from the perspective of the basic human need for shelter. So far neglected by historical inquiry squatters have played an important role in the history of urban development and social movements not least by contributing to change in concepts of property and the distribution and utilization of urban space. An interdisciplinary circle of authors demonstrates how squatters have articulated their demands for participation in the housing market and public space in a whole range of contexts and how this has brought them into conflict and/or cooperation with the authorities. The volume examines housing struggles and the occupation of buildings in the Global "North " but it is equally concerned with land acquisition and informal settlements in the Global "South." In the context of the former squatting tends to be conceived as social practice and collective protest whereas self-help strategies of the marginalized are more commonly associated with the southern hemisphere. This volume’s historical perspective however helps to overcome the north-south dualism in research on squatting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138329669

Public Governance and Strategic Management CapabilitiesPublic Governance in the Gulf States This is a book about the modernization of public governance and the development of strategic states. It focuses on six Gulf countries (United Arab Emirates Oman Qatar Bahrain Saudi Arabia and Kuwait) and presents research findings from quantitative data analysis and comparative analysis of the trends and developments of the six Gulf states. The book analyses the workings of the governments of the Gulf States including the way that they have tackled national development since the mid 1990s. This includes how their strategies for economic diversification have been reflected in trends in revenues from "oil rents" and whether they are still rentier states or not. Evidence is presented on key topics such as government strategies and long-term strategic visions. Careful consideration is given to reputational evidence and to the strategic process capabilities of the governments: integration and coordination of government machinery mobilizing public and private stakeholders evaluating and adapting – all defined as strategic process capabilities. This examination of government is also used to study their performance in strategic results areas: the economy the natural environment and the happiness of their citizens. The countries emerge from this analysis as far from identical in terms of capabilities or in term of performance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339996

Public Governance in the Age of Globalization Globalization and its relationship to public governance is one of the key issues of our time. In this book experts from a number of disciplines attempt to define what these two terms mean and perhaps even more importantly what they do not. Taking as a starting point that globalization is neither the take-over of political power by multi-national 'stateless' enterprises nor the chaotic unstructured process of dissolution of public order the contributors suggest that what is occurring is more institutionalized than many critics would admit. It is argued that there are important transnational and supra-national elements of a new public order which remain beyond the traditional borders of the state but not completely beyond the state as such. Globalization as opposed to former developments in the internationalization of the economy is characterized by its transnational form i.e. it is based on exchange processes which to a greater or lesser degree bypass both the state and the traditional international character of the world economy of the past. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269309

Public Health Disease and Development in Africa The closure of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) in 2015 prompted the need for a book of this kind. An interdisciplinary group of global health scholars contribute to the understanding of the emerging and fast-growing problem of the dual burden of communicable and non-communicable diseases (NCDs) in Africa. This book is timely as the international community has moved from the MDGs to adopt the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) as the blueprint for a new human development agenda. Contributions and case studies are situated in the revised Epidemiologic and Nutrition Transition Model to capture the current situation referencing communicable and NCDs on the African continent. The case studies encapsulated aim to help minimize negative health outcomes and improve population health well-being and equity in the future.This book will be significant in policy circles to assist international organizations governments and United Nations agencies. It aims to chart the future for health in Africa in light of recently adopted SDGs. This book is also a useful complementary reader for global public health related courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589639

Public Health Personal Health and PillsDrug Entanglements and Pharmaceuticalised Governance Public Health Personal Health and Pills explores the processes and effects of the increasing governance of our lives through pharmaceuticals looking at the moral interactional social and political forces that shape our use of them. It demonstrates the ways in which social relationships and identities are developed sustained and transformed through medication use. Building on the extensive medicalisation of health literature and the more recent concept of pharmaceuticalisation this pioneering book is firmly based on empirical research and sociological theory. It brings together macro considerations of trends in pharmaceutical consumption regulation and policy micro considerations of the decision-making and the negotiation of medication use in homes and clinics and an institutional analysis of the role of drug monitoring agencies drug subsidising agencies drug trial methodologies and the media. This book is a contribution to a burgeoning sociological interest in medication use and will be of interest to a multidisciplinary audience of scholars and students of sociology science and technology studies pharmacy and health studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367457532

Public Health and Municipal Policy MakingBritain and Sweden 1900–1940 Public health policies had a profound impact on urban life in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries yet relatively few people took an active interest in the formulation of these policies. In this book Marjaana Niemi examines the impact of different political aims and pressures on 'scientific' health policies through the analysis of public health programmes in two case studies one in Birmingham and the other in Gothenburg. By examining early twentieth-century campaigns concerned with infant welfare and the prevention of tuberculosis the book provides illuminating insights into the relationship between public health and the regulation of urban life. Not only does the book analyse the processes whereby different political aims became embedded in these 'apolitical' health campaigns but it also highlights the important part that the campaigns played in urban politics and governance. The political aims which public health campaigns advanced are explored by comparing health policies in Britain and Sweden where officials were part of one public health community enjoying close links attending the same conferences and contributing to the same journals. The problems they dealt with were often similar and in both countries health authorities claimed scientific grounds for their programmes. Yet the policies they pursued were often strikingly different. Through examination of two different national approaches the book does justice to the full complexity of the policy-making process and illuminates the wide range of factors that affected municipal policies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138270985

Public Health and National Reconstruction in Post-War AsiaInternational Influences Local Transformations This book based on extensive original research considers the transformation of public health systems in major East South and Southeast Asian countries in the period following the Second World War. It examines how public health concepts policies institutions and practices were improved shows how international health standards were implemented sometimes through the direct intervention of transnational organisations and explores how indigenous traditions and local social and cultural concerns affected developments with in some cases the construction of public health systems forming an important part of nation-building in post-war and post-independence countries. Throughout the book relates developments in public health systems to people’s health demographic changes and economic and social reconstruction projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138573765

Public Health and the Modernization of China 1865-2015 This book based on extensive original research traces the development of China’s public health system showing how advances in public health have been an integral part of China’s rise. It outlines the phenomenal improvements in public health for example the increase in life expectancy from 38 in 1949 to 73 in 2010; relates developments in public health to prevailing political ideologies; and discusses how the drivers of health improvements were unlike in the West modern medical professionals and intellectuals who understood that whatever the prevailing ideology China needs to be a strong country. The book explores how public health concepts policies programmes institutions and practices changed and developed through social and political upheavals war and famine and argues that this perspective of China’s development is refreshingly different from China’s development viewed purely in political terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367361624

Public Health and the US MilitaryA History of the Army Medical Department 1818-1917 Public Health and the US Military is a cultural history of the US Army Medical Department focusing on its accomplishments and organization coincident with the creation of modern public health in the Progressive Era. A period of tremendous social change this time bore witness to the creation of an ideology of public health that influences public policy even today. The US Army Medical Department exerted tremendous influence on the methods adopted by the nation’s leading civilian public health figures and agencies at the turn of the twentieth century. Public Health and the US Military also examines the challenges faced by military physicians struggling to win recognition and legitimacy as expert peers by other Army officers and within the civilian sphere. Following the experience of typhoid fever outbreaks in the volunteer camps during the Spanish-American War and the success of uniformed researchers and sanitarians in confronting yellow fever and hookworm disease in Cuba and Puerto Rico the Medical Department’s influence and reputation grew in the decades before the First World War. Under the direction of sanitary-minded medical officers the Army Medical Department instituted critical public health reforms at home and abroad and developed a model of sanitary tactics for wartime mobilization that would face its most critical test in 1917. The first large conceptual overview of the role of the US Army Medical Department in American society during the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries this book details the culture and quest for legitimacy of an institution dedicated to promoting public health and scientific medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138867567

Public Health EngineeringSewerage Second Edition This broad-based book covers topics in sewage treatment from site investigation through to design construction and operation. Data and design charts are given in an appendix. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429078033

Public Health Entomology In the struggle against vector-borne diseases it is critical that we bridge the gap between vector control workers on the ground (practitioners) and public health planners and administrators. Limited guidance is available from the Centers for Disease Control and the World Health Organization but reference books are scarce. Public Health Entomology comprehensively examines vector-borne disease prevention surveillance and control from a governmental and public health perspective with worldwide application. Divided into two sections the book begins with a historical account of the early beginnings of pest control and public health. Next it outlines the concepts design and implementation of a sound public health entomology program. The second section provides an overview of some of the most common public health pests that are found globally. Copious photos and line drawings accentuate the text along with textboxes and sidebars. Author Jerome Goddard designed and implemented the vector control program along the Mississippi Gulf Coast after Hurricane Katrina. His ability to communicate his knowledge and experience to public health professionals and the general public make this book an essential resource for preventing disease from these vector-borne threats. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439848814

Public Health Evaluation and the Social Determinants of Health Compelling evidence shows health disparities are the result of inequalities in income education limited access to medical care substandard social environments and poor economic conditions. This book introduces these social determinants of health (SDOH) discusses how they relate to public health programs and explains how to design and evaluate interventions bearing them in mind. Arguing that many public health programs fail to be as effective as they could be because they ignore the underlying causes of health disparities this important reference gives concrete examples of how evaluations focusing on the social determinants of health can alleviate health inequalities as well as step-by-step guidance to undertaking them.  This resource blends current research existing data and participatory evaluation methods. It is designed for teachers students practitioners and policymakers interested in public health programming and evaluation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418878

Public Health for Children This re-titled new edition of Public Health Practice and the School-age Population has been updated and expanded to include children of all ages. Following radical changes in public health provision Public Health for Children Second Edition examines the implications for children and young adults as well as for those who provide care prevention and health promotion services. It also explores the challenges created by these significant structural and functional changes.Written by experts in the field each chapter takes a practical approach to support learning and teaching. The book examines the health and well-being of children by revisiting the full range of public health practice from analysis to action including the work of epidemiology and community interventions that seek to improve health. The book does this by examining the three locations that children inhabit as they grow and develop into adulthood: home school and the community.This edition includes new chapters on various topics including policy changes childhood poverty pre-school children health and social care services for school-age children challenges in adolescent health and well-being neurosciences complex health needs and long-term conditions.Demystifying the planning and delivery of public health services for children the book provides authoritative insights into the needs of the children and how professionals can best attend to those needs. It includes case studies key issues and discussion points in each chapter to reinforce understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781482227482

Public Health Humanitarian Responses to Natural Disasters The pressure of climate change environmental degradation and urbanisation as well as the widening of socio- economic disparities have rendered the global population increasingly vulnerable to the impact of natural disasters. With a primary focus on medical and public health humanitarian response to disasters Public Health Humanitarian Responses to Natural Disasters provides a timely critical analysis of public health responses to natural disasters. Using a number of case studies and examples of innovative disaster response measures developed by international agencies and stakeholders this book illustrates how theoretical understanding of public health issues can be practically applied in the context of humanitarian relief response. Starting with an introduction to public health principles within the context of medical and public health disaster and humanitarian response the book goes on to explore key trends threats and challenges in contemporary disaster medical response. This book provides a comprehensive overview of an emergent discipline and offers a unique multidisciplinary perspective across a range of relevant topics including the concepts of disaster preparedness and resilience and key challenges in human health needs for the twenty-first century. This book will be of interest to students of public health disaster and emergency medicine and development studies as well as to development and medical practitioners working within NGOs development agencies health authorities and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138953703

Public Health in Asia and the PacificHistorical and Comparative Perspectives The Asia-Pacific region has not only the greatest concentration of population but is arguably the future economic centre of the world. Epidemiological transition in the region is occurring much faster than it did in the West and many countries face the emerging problem of chronic diseases at the same time as they continue to grapple with communicable diseases. This book explores how disease patterns and health problems in Asia and the Pacific and collective responses to them have been shaped over time by cultural economic social demographic environmental and political factors. With fourteen chapters each devoted to a country in the region the authors take a comparative and historical approach to the evolution of public health and preventive medicine and offer a broader understanding of the links in a globalizing world between health on the one hand and culture economy polity and society on the other. Public Health in Asia and the Pacific presents the importance of the non-medical context in the history of human disease as well as the significance of disease in the larger histories of the region. It will appeal to scholars and policy makers in the fields of public health the history of medicine and those with a wider interest in the Asia-Pacific region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415666497

Public Health in IndiaTechnology governance and service delivery Despite rapid advances in modern medicine and state-of-the-art health care services in the private sector primary health care in India remains inaccessible to a majority of the population. Besides even policymakers often do not have access to real-time data to fine-tune their policies or design appropriate research and intervention programmes. Drawing on field experiences this volume brings together scholars and practitioners to examine public health from different perspectives. It discusses practical and applied issues related to the health sector especially the role of Information and Communications Technology (ICT); participation of civil society; service delivery; quality evaluation; consumer empowerment; data management; and research and intervention. This book will be useful to scholars students and practitioners of public health in developing countries such as India. It will also interest policymakers health care professionals and departments of public health management and those concerned with community medicine. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780815373339

Public Health in International Investment Law and Arbitration Is a State free to adopt measures to protect the public health of its citizens? If so what are the limits if any to such regulatory powers? This book addresses these questions by focusing on the clash between the regulatory autonomy of the state and international investment governance. As a wide variety of state regulations allegedly aimed at protecting public health may interfere with foreign investments a tension exists between the public health policies of the host state and investment treaty provisions. Under most investment treaties States have waived their sovereign immunity and have agreed to give arbitrators a comprehensive jurisdiction over what are essentially regulatory disputes. Some scholars and practitioners have expressed concern regarding the magnitude of decision-making power allocated to investment treaty tribunals. This book contributes to the current understanding of international investment law and arbitration addressing the fundamental question of whether public health has and/or should have any relevance in contemporary international investment law and policy. With a focus on the ‘clash of cultures’ between international investment law and public health the author critically analyses the emerging case law of investment treaty arbitration and considers the theoretical interplay between public health and investor rights in international investment law. The book also explores the interplay between investment law and public health in practice focusing on specific sectors such as pharmaceutical patents tobacco regulation and environmental health. It then goes on to analyze the available means for promoting consideration of public health in international investment law and suggests new methods and approaches to better reconcile public health and investor rights. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025233

Public Health in the British EmpireIntermediaries Subordinates and the Practice of Public Health 1850-1960 Over the last several decades historians of public health in Britain’s colonies have been primarily concerned with the process of policy making in the upper echelons of the medical and sanitary administrations. Yet it was the lower level staff that formed the backbone of public health systems in the colonies. Although they constituted the bases of many colonies’ public health machinery there is no consolidated study of these individuals to date. Public Health in the British Empire addresses this gap by bringing together historians studying intermediary and subordinate staff across the British Empire. Along with investigating the duties and responsibilities of medical and non-medical intermediary and subordinate personnel the contributors to this volume show how the subjectivity of these agents influenced the manner in which they discharged their duties and how this in turn shaped policy. Even those working as low level assistants and aids were able to affect policy design. In this way Public Health in the British Empire brings into sharp relief the disaggregated nature of the empire thereby challenging the understanding of the imperial project as an enterprise conceived of and driven from the center. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415890410

Public Health LawEthics Governance and Regulation Public health activity and the state’s public health responsibilities to assure the conditions in which people can be healthy can only be achieved through different means of social coordination. This places law and regulation at the heart of public health. They are fundamental both to methods of achieving public health goals and to constraints that may be put on public health activity. As such trainees practitioners and leaders in public health need to understand the breadth and nature of wide-ranging legal and regulatory approaches and the place of ethics in public health. Public Health Law written by three leading scholars in the field defines and examines this crucial area of study and practice. It advances an agenda whose scope extends far beyond that covered in traditional medical law and health care law texts. The authors provide an account of the scale of contemporary public health policy and practice and explain its philosophical depths and implications and its long legislative and regulatory history. They advance a definition of the field and explore how different legal approaches may serve and advance or constrain and delimit public health agendas. This ground-breaking book presents the field of public health ethics and law and goes on to examine the impact within the UK of private law criminal law public law EU and international law and ‘softer’ regulatory approaches. It is a primary point of reference for scholars practitioners and leaders working in public health particularly those with an interest in law policy and ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138790780

Public Health LeadershipStrategies for Innovation in Population Health and Social Determinants Designed for professionals and aspiring professionals in public policy public health and related programs Public Health Leadership illustrates the complexity of contemporary issues at the intersection of public health and healthcare and the compelling need to engage numerous public and private stakeholders to effectively advance population health. Offering real-world case studies and cutting-edge topics in public health and healthcare this book will complement existing primers and introductory books in public health to help students and practitioners bridge concepts and practice. The work is divided into three parts that focus on the new role of public health departments emerging challenges and opportunities following the enactment of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) and recent trends in innovation and investment. Each chapter is practice-oriented to provide insight into the changing landscape of public health while offering practical tips based on the experiences and expertise of leading practitioners. Topics include cross-sector partnership-building innovations in investment strategies public health operations performance management advances in big data tracking and more that address the social determinants of health and improve population health. Cases draw on a wide range of perspectives and regions encouraging the reader whether a professional or student to apply the lessons learned to one’s local context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498760768

Public Health NutritionFrom principles to practice A ground breaking text in the developing field of public health nutrition.'from the foreword by Basil S. Hetzel At last! A book that approaches public health nutrition in a scholarly scientific and evidence based manner that at the same time delivers the practical competencies and skills required by the professional Public Health Nutritionist.'Elizabeth Belton Senior Lecturer School of Life Sciences The Robert Gordon University.How can the nutritional health of populations be improved through action at local national and global levels? The work of public health nutritionists is to bring population-wide perspectives to the relationship between food and health. Systematically drawing on international research in Public Health Nutrition leading international practitioners present both the theoretical underpinnings and applied nature of the field of public health nutrition. The book is peer reviewed and divided into four sections:* Principles - presents conceptual frameworks solutions responsibilities and outcome measures philosophical and evidential dimensions standards and dietary guidelines.* Populations - explores groups for whom nutrition is especially relevant providing analysis of the food and health relationship from physiological social cultural political and economic perspectives. * Priorities - examines key issues including vulnerable populations obesity indigenous nutrition international nutrition the nutritional transition food system trends and sustainability.* Practices - covers professional skills for public health practitioners including monitoring the food and nutrition situation of populations physical activity research skills project management professional practice health promotion and communication policy and politics.Public Health Nutrition is an essential resource for public health practitioners researchers and administrators as well as students of nutrition dietetics and public health wishing to obtain advanced and specialised competencies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003116929

Public Health Policies in the European Union First published in 1999 this volume recognises that the role and status of public health in Europe has again become increasingly recognized and features contributions on various nations within the European Community. This is not only in individual countries but also in the policies of the European Union as exemplified in the Maastricht and Amsterdam Treaties. This book is a critical account of the present structures and policies of member countries and how policies have evolved within the European Commission. It describes both possible models and needs and contrasts these with the current legislative framework. It thus serves the needs of both practitioners policy makers policy analysts and students interested in public health and social policy developments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332812

Public Health Practice in AustraliaThe organised effort Public Health Practice in Australia offers a thorough introduction to what public health practitioners do and the 'effort' involved in improving the health of the public.This second edition has been fully revised and updated in line with current policies and practice. It highlights common threads that underlie seemingly disparate activities ideas and entities that comprise the organised effort of public health practice. The emphasis is on securing and maintaining the conditions in society that enable people to live healthy and fulfilling lives.The authors examine the impact of historical social economic environmental and political factors on the health of individuals communities and populations. Taking an applied multidisciplinary approach they outline the strategies and tools that public health practitioners use to improve health outcomes: identifying infrastructure needs in the workforce public and private sector organisations and in regulation; gathering analysing and using health data; applying interventions in health policy provision of health services and health promotion.Public Health Practice in Australia draws on current international and Australian research and the interwoven case studies make the theories and concepts come alive. It is a valuable resource for students and professionals across the health sciences including public health medicine environmental health health promotion health information management and health administration.'The book is impressive in the completeness clarity and consistency of the material covered and for the way in which many of the theoretical issues are related to current practice. An extremely useful and valuable reference for both students and practitioners alike.' - Thomas Tenkate Environmental Health Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781743314319

Public Health Profiteering The diet industry feeds on the hopes and the fears of those who need-or think that they need-to lose weight. Since the publication of the first known diet book in 1864 a host of sanctimonious preachers and self-proclaimed experts-often overweight themselves-have stoked fears of obesity effectively for both profit and political power none more so than former surgeon general C. Everett Koop. In Public Health Profiteering James T. Bennett and Thomas J. DiLorenzo offer a scathing and irreverent assessment of Koop's public and private career showing how a brilliant pediatric surgeon has evolved into a self-seeking and hypocritical public scold.During his term as Surgeon General under the Bush administration Koop enamored of the military trappings of title and uniform saw himself as leading an army of public health administrators against an enemy. As often as not the enemy took on the disquieting countenance of the American people. In Koop's view they were stupid improvident feckless unable to make the simplest decisions about their lives. As Bennett and DiLorenzo show he used his position as a bully pulpit for intemperate attacks on the tobacco and alcohol industries and to irresponsibly exaggerate the dangers of obesity. While taking a prohibitionist line Koop himself smoked a pipe drank martinis and weighed in at a hefty 210 pounds. Although Koop claimed that he would never cash in on his office his subsequent career tells a far different story. He has lobbied hawked and endorsed products for a host of firms: Wyeth Ayerst (makers of the dubious diet drug Fen-Phen) Weight Watchers Jenny Craig Intel Neurocrine Kelloggs BioPure and many others.Lively in style and carefully researched Public Health Profiteering will be of interest to health policy specialists political scientists economists and media analysts.James T. Bennett is professor of economics at George Mason University. He is founder and editor of the Journal of Labor Research and has authored many books and articles including Health Research Charities: Image and Reality and Official Lies: How Washington Misleads Us co-authored with Thomas DiLorenzo.Thomas DiLorenzo is professor of economics at the Sellinger School of Business and Management at Loyola College in Baltimore. He has co-authored many books and is widely published in academic journals as well as the popular press including the Wall Street Journal and USA Today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513785

Public Health Research Methods for Partnerships and Practice Translating research into practice involves creating interventions that are relevant to improving the lives of a target population. Community engaged research has emerged as an evidence-based approach to better address the complex issues that affect the health of marginalized populations. Written by leading community-engaged researchers across disciplines each chapter covers a different topic with comprehensive guides for start-to-finish planning and execution. The book provides a training curriculum that supports a common vision among stakeholders as well as a survey of methods based on core MPH curriculum. Practical appendices and homework samples can be found online. Public Health Research Methods for Partnerships and Practice will appeal to researchers and practitioners in community or government sectors interested in conducting community-engaged work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781498785068

Public History and the Food MovementAdding the Missing Ingredient Public History and the Food Movement argues that today’s broad interest in making food systems fairer healthier and more sustainable offers a compelling opportunity for the public history field. Moon and Stanton show how linking heritage institutions’ unique skills and resources with contemporary food issues can offer accessible points of entry for the public into broad questions about human and environmental resilience. They argue that this approach can also benefit institutions themselves by offering potential new audiences partners and sources of support at a time when many are struggling to remain relevant and viable. Interviews with innovative practitioners in both the food and history fields offer additional insights. Drawing on both scholarship and practice Public History and the Food Movement presents a practical toolkit for engagement. Demonstrating how public historians can take on a vital contemporary issue while remaining true to the guiding principles of historical research and interpretation the book challenges public historians to claim an expanded role in today’s food politics. The fresh thinking will also be of interest to public historians looking to engage with other timely issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629581156

Public HistoryA Textbook of Practice Public History: A Textbook of Practice is a guide to the many challenges historians face while teaching learning and practicing public history. Historians can play a dynamic and essential role in contributing to public understanding of the past and those who work in historic preservation in museums and archives in government agencies as consultants as oral historians or who manage crowdsourcing projects need very specific skills. This book links theory and practice and provides students and practitioners with the tools to do public history in a wide range of settings. The text engages throughout with key issues such as public participation digital tools and media and the internationalization of public history. Part One focuses on public history sources and offers an overview of the creation collection management and preservation of public history materials (archives material culture oral materials or digital sources). Chapters cover sites and institutions such as archival repositories and museums historic buildings and structures and different practices such as collection management preservation (archives objects sounds moving images buildings sites and landscape) oral history and genealogy. Part Two deals with the different ways in which public historians can produce historical narratives through different media (including exhibitions film writing and digital tools). The last part explores the challenges and ethical issues that public historians will encounter when working with different communities and institutions. Either in public history methods courses or as a resource for practicing public historians this book lays the groundwork for making meaningful connections between historical sources and popular audiences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765645913

Public House and Beverage Management Public House & Beverage Management' provides students with a practical guide to the management aspects of the licensed trade industry. 'Public House & Beverage Management' introduces students to: Key players Variations in service offer Types of management arrangement (managed leased tenanted franchise freehouse) Customers and segments Labour markets and employees Key elements in the business units Retailing skills.The combined experiences of the authors are reflected in the text as between them they have a vast range of experience as: publican hotelier chef and sommelier. Enhanced by this is their teaching and research covering food service cellar management marketing and wines and spirit education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138432789

Public ImagesCelebrity Photojournalism and the Making of the Tabloid Press The stolen snapshot is a staple of the modern tabloid press as ubiquitous as it is notorious. The first in-depth history of British tabloid photojournalism this book explores the origin of the unauthorised celebrity photograph in the early 20th century tracing its rise in the 1900s through to the first legal trial concerning the right to privacy from photographers shortly after the Second World War. Packed with case studies from the glamorous to the infamous the book argues that the candid snap was a tabloid innovation that drew its power from Britain's unique class tensions. Used by papers such as the Daily Mirror and Daily Sketch as a vehicle of mass communication this new form of image played an important and often overlooked role in constructing the idea of the press photographer as a documentary eyewitness. From Edward VIII and Wallis Simpson to aristocratic debutantes Lady Diana Cooper and Margaret Whigham the rage of the social elite at being pictured so intimately without permission was matched only by the fascination of working class readers while the relationship of the British press to social economic and political power was changed forever.Initially pioneered in the metropole tabloid-style photojournalism soon penetrated the journalistic culture of most of the globe. This in-depth account of its social and cultural history is an invaluable source of new research for historians of photography journalism visual culture media and celebrity studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781474243964

Public Indecency in England 1857-1960'A Serious and Growing Evil’ Throughout the nineteenth century and twentieth century various attempts were made to define and control problematic behaviour in public by legal and legislative means through the use of a somewhat nebulous concept of ‘indecency’. Remarkably however public indecency remains a much under-researched aspect of English legal social and criminal justice history. Covering a period of just over a century from 1857 (the date of the passing of the first Obscene Publications Act) to 1960 (the date of the famous trial of Penguin Books over their publication of Lady Chatterley’s Lover following the introduction of a new Obscene Publications Act in the previous year) Public Indecency in England investigates the social and cultural obsession with various forms of indecency and how public perceptions of different types of indecent behaviour led to legal definitions of such behaviour in both common law and statute. This truly interdisciplinary book utilises socio-legal historical and criminological research to discuss the practical response of both the police and the judiciary to those caught engaging in public indecency as well as to highlight the increasing problems faced by moralists during a period of unprecedented technological developments in the fields of visual and aural mass entertainment. It is written in a lively and approachable style and as such is of interest to academics and students engaged in the study of deviance law criminology sociology criminal justice socio-legal studies and history. It will also be of interest to the general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138499287

Public Infrastructure Private FinanceDeveloper Obligations and Responsibilities Traditionally the public sector has been responsible for the provision of all public goods necessary to support sustainable urban development including public infrastructure such as roads parks social facilities climate mitigation and adaptation and affordable housing. With the shift in recent years towards public infrastructure being financed by private stakeholders the demand for transparent guidance to ensure accountability for the responsibilities held by developers has risen.　 Within planning practice and urban development the shift towards private financing of public infrastructure has translated into new tools being implemented to provide joint responsibility for upholding requirements. Developer obligations are contributions made by property developers and landowners towards public infrastructure in exchange for decisions on land-use regulations which increase the economic value of their land. This book presents insight into the design and practical results of these obligations in different countries and their effects on municipal financial health demonstrating the increasing importance of efficient bargaining processes and the institutional design of developer obligations in modern urban planning. Primarily written for academics in land-use planning real estate urban development law and economics it will additionally be useful to policy makers and practitioners pursuing the improvement of public infrastructure financing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815355854

Public Infrastructure Performance in Developing Countries This title was first published in 2000:  An investigation of the performance of the electric power and telecommunication sectors of Pakistan at the firm level as well as the sector as a whole seeking to identify and quantify the extent of inefficiencies. Since physical or financial or productivity indicators alone are not able to explain the duality of public infrastructure purposes the financial and productivity indicators have been used in evaluating the performance of these sectors. Further a Cobb-Douglas production function has also been used to calculate the trend in the growth of total factor productivity. Economies of scale have also been studied in the case of electric power generation. The results of the study show that in Pakistan one of the usual motives for privatization (to avoid the poor financial results of state enterprises) is not relevant for electricity and telecommunications enterprises. This however appears to be due to the financial subsidies they received through access to low cost loan finance and grants rather than to their efficiency in operations. By the economic criteria of growth of TFP none of the enterprises do well and two have a negative TFP growth. The case for reforming these enterprises is strong and alternative modes of organization finance and ownership need to be considered. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138700482

Public Innovation through Collaboration and Design While innovation has long been a major topic of research and scholarly interest for the private sector it is still an emerging theme in the field of public management. While ‘results-oriented’ public management may be here to stay scholars and practitioners are now shifting their attention to the process of management and to how the public sector can create ‘value’. One of the urgent needs addressed by this book is a better specification of the institutional and political requirements for sustaining a robust vision of public innovation through the key dimensions of collaboration creative problem-solving and design. This book brings together empirical studies drawn from Europe the USA and the antipodes to show how these dimensions are important features of public sector innovation in many Western democracies with different conditions and traditions. This volume provides insights for practitioners who are interested in developing an innovation strategy for their city agency or administration and will be essential reading for scholars practitioners and students in the field of public policy and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666528

Public Interest CommunicationCritical Debates and Global Contexts Communication has become the technology of public interest demanding a re-examination of the key concept of public in both public relations and communication theory. This book defines a new concept of public interest communication combining the conflict negotiation and adaptation inherent in public interest with a critical approach to communication management and public relations. Combining conceptual discussions about public theories of language with the tension between the public and private interests for public relations professionals the book uses case studies to explore the negotiation of conflicting interests and the construction of the public interest within systems of governance at local national and international levels. Public interest communication is identified within social and cultural contexts that resonate globally – health community media and the environment - each representing interest conflicts within the changing global environment. Addressing the forces of fragmentation inequality and individualisation that characterize the modern world this thought-provoking volume will be of great interest to researchers and advanced students of communication public relations environmental communication public communication and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665982

Public Interest Design Education GuidebookCurricula Strategies and SEED Academic Case Studies Public Interest Design Education Guidebook: Curricula Strategies and SEED Academic Case Studies presents the pedagogical framework and collective curriculum necessary to teach public interest designers. The second book in Routledge’s Public Interest Design Guidebook series the editors and contributors feature a range of learning competencies supported by distinct teaching strategies where educational and community-originated goals unite. Written in a guidebook format that includes projects from across design disciplines this book describes the learning deemed most critical to pursuing an inclusive informed design practice that meets the diverse needs of both students and community partners. Featured chapter themes include Fundamental Skills Intercultural Competencies Engaging the Field Experience Inclusive Iteration and Evaluating Student Learning. The book consists of practice-based and applied learning constructs that bridge community-based research with engaged learning and design practice. SEED (Social Economic Environmental Design) academic case studies introduce teaching strategies that reinforce project-specific learning objectives where solving social economic and environmental issues unites the efforts of communities student designers and educators. This comprehensive publication also contains indices devoted to learning objectives cross-referenced from within the book as well as considerations for educational program development in public interest design. Whether you are a student of design an educator or a designer the breadth of projects and teaching strategies provided here will empower you to excel in your pursuit of public interest design. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138646650

Public Interest Design Practice GuidebookSEED Methodology Case Studies and Critical Issues Public Interest Design Practice Guidebook: Seed Methodology Case Studies and Critical Issues is the first book to demonstrate that public interest design has emerged as a distinct profession. It provides clear professional standards of practice following SEED (Social Economic Environmental Design) methodology the first step-by-step process supporting public interest designers. The book features an Issues Index composed of ninety critical social economic and environmental issues illustrated with thirty case study projects representing eighteen countries and four continents all cross-referenced to show you how every human issue is a design issue. Contributions from Thomas Fisher Heather Fleming and David Kaisel Michael Cohen Michael P. Murphy Jr. and Alan Ricks and over twenty others cover topics such as professional responsibility public interest design business development design evaluation and capacity building through scaling along with many more. Themes including public participation issue-based design and assessment are referenced throughout the book and provide benchmarks toward an informed practice. This comprehensive manual also contains a glossary an appendix of engagement methods a case study locator atlas and a reading list. Whether you are working in the field of architecture urban planning industrial design landscape architecture or communication design this book empowers you to create community-centered environments products and systems. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138810358

Public Interest Litigation in Asia This edited volume is a timely and insightful contribution to the growing discourses on public law in Asia. Surveying many important jurisdictions in Asia including mainland China Hong Kong India Malaysia Singapore South Korea and Taiwan the book addresses recent developments and experiences in the field of public interest litigation. The book offers a comparative perspective on public law asking crucial questions about the role of the state and how private citizens around Asia have increasingly used the forms procedures and substance of public law to advance public and political aims. In addition to addressing specific jurisdictions in Asia the book includes a helpful and introduction that highlights regional trends in Asia. In the jurisdictions profiled transnational public interest litigation trends have commingled with local dynamics. This volume sheds light on how that commingling has produced both legal developments that cut across Asian jurisdictions as well as developments that are unique to each of the jurisdictions studied. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415813303

Public Interest Rules of International LawTowards Effective Implementation This book clarifies factors that play an important role in securing the effectiveness of legal regimes that aim to protect public interests of the international community. In Part 1 the authors focus on theoretical problems arising in the implementation process of those legal regimes from both a constitutional and functional perspective. In Parts 2 through Part 4 they pay attention to practical issues in the implementation process of particular legal regimes in light of what interpretation or measures are legitimate from the perspective of protecting public interests. This book incorporates an idea of public law into the theoretical framework of international law which has been mainly constructed on the theory of private law in domestic legal systems. In contrast to many books which focus on the role of the procedural and material factors in the implementation process of various institutions and rules this book emphasises the role of normative factors in securing effectiveness of public interests-oriented rules and is a valuable resource for both academics and policy makers working in this area. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138260368

Public International Law The 5th edition of Public International Law continues the book’s accessible student-friendly tradition with a writing style that is both conversational and easy to read. Features designed to support learning include highlighted key cases introductory chapter overviews and end-of-chapter aides-mémoire and recommended further reading. Public International Law is unique in that it is both a textbook and a casebook. The facts of each case and the details of the court or tribunal’s decision are succinctly set out followed by detailed commentary from the author and where appropriate a brief explanation of subsequent events. The book covers all the major areas of public international law and takes account of new developments relating to the codification of international law by the International Law Commission State practice and decisions of international courts and tribunals in particular those of the International Court of Justice. Features new to this edition: A new dedicated chapter on the law of the sea Diagrammatic aides-mémoire at the end of each chapter Expanded coverage of the US approach to international law via its courts and executive. This book is an ideal learning tool for students of law or political science and provides a clear and straight-forward overview for anyone with an interest in the subject. Alina Kaczorowska-Ireland is Professor of International and EU Law at the University of the West Indies Cave Hill Campus Barbados. She is also author of the Routledge textbook EU Law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415722360

Public Internet AccessManagement ethics and regulation This book was published in 2020. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783304448

Public Investment the Rate of Return and Optimal Fiscal Policy This book co-authored by the Nobel-prized economist Kenneth Arrow considers public expenditures in the context of modern growth theory. It analyzes optimal growth with public capital. A theory of 'controllability' is developed and injected into public economics and growth models. Originally published in 1970 Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064178

Public Investment Criteria (Routledge Revivals)Benefit-Cost Analysis for Planned Economic Growth This book first published in 1967 explores some of the problems formulating investment criteria for the public sector of a mixed-enterprise underdeveloped economy. The typical essay on public investment criteria explicitly or implicitly postulates a single goal for economic analysis – maximization of weighted average of national income over time – and relegates all other objectives of public policy to a limbo of "political" and "social" objectives not amenable to systematic rational treatment. In contrast Professor Marglin assumes a multiplicity of objectives and explores ways and means of expressing contributions to different objectives in common terms. The book also investigates the relationship of specific investment criteria to the objectives of public policy. Benefits and costs are defined separately for each objective as are so-called "secondary" benefits. This book is suited for students of economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138830660

Public Involvement And Social Impact Assessment The participation of the public sector in assessing the socialimpact of a wide range of projects is the focus of this ground-breakingbook. Leading experts from the u.s. and canada have contributedoriginal articles based on their empirical research conducted in currentimpact situations. These are supplemented by the editors' analyticaloverviews. The book concludes with projections regardingfuture linkages between public involvement and social impact assessment.Dr. Gregory A. Daneke is associate professor of public affairsand business administration at Arizona State University. He has coeditedEnergy Policy and Public Administration (1980) and coauthoredPerformance Administration: Improved Responsiveness and Effectivenessin Public services (1980). Dr. Margot w. Garcia is a program analystwith the USDA Forest Service; as part of a .nationwide training programfor the Forest Service in land management planning she taught publicinvolvement and land management planning. Dr. Jerome Delli Priscoliis senior policy analyst at the Institute for Water Resources u.s.Army Corps of Engineers Ft. Belvoir Virginia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284688

Public Involvement In Energy Facility PlanningThe Electric Utility Experience Because the power industry is anticipating greatly increased generating capacity requirements in the 1990s political controversy over electricity demand and supply is likely to return to--and perhaps surpass--the level of rancor experienced during the 1970s. This book seeks to bring together an extensive collection of articles proceedings case studies and other relevant accounts of the state of the art. It is the most comprehensive work to date on how the concept of open planning has been put into practice by progressive electric companies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284695

Public Journalism and Public LifeWhy Telling the News Is Not Enough The original edition of Public Journalism and Public Life published in 1995 was the first comprehensive argument in favor of public journalism. Designed to focus the discussion about public journalism both within and outside the profession the book has accomplished its purpose. In the ensuing years the debate has continued; dozens of newspapers and thousands of journalists have been experimenting with the philosophy while others still dispute its legitimacy. This larger second edition further develops the philosophy responds to the arguments against it outlines how specific principles can be applied and explains the importance of public deliberation and the role of values in public journalism. Divided into three sections it can be used as a supplement to the first edition or as a starting point for those being newly introduced to the ideas that have been the subject of debate within the profession and among those interested and involved in civic life at all levels. Section 1 summarizes two major arguments -- why journalism and public life are inseparably bound in success or failure and why the way journalism operates in the current environment fosters failure more often than success. Section 2 looks at the evolution of the profession's culture its impact on the author's extensive career and how he grew to believe that substantive change is needed in journalism. Section 3 deals with the implications of public journalism philosophy -- how it requires the application of additional values to daily work its evolution in the early years and where its current focus should be plus various questions about the future of cyberspace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203810842

Public Key InfrastructureBuilding Trusted Applications and Web Services With the recent Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act public key cryptography digital signatures and digital certificates are finally emerging as a ubiquitous part of the Information Technology landscape. Although these technologies have been around for over twenty years this legislative move will surely boost e-commerce activity. Secure electronic business transactions such as contracts legal documents insurance and bank loans are now legally recognized. In order to adjust to the realities of the marketplace other services may be needed such as a non-repudiation service digital notary or digital time-stamping service. The collection of these components known as Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) is paving the way for secure communications within organizations and on the public Internet. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9780367394325

Public Knowledge And Environmental Politics In Japan And The United States This book grows out of the authors' conviction that as public policy issues become suffused with scientific and technical content they become difficult for the democratic citizens to understand. It attempts to determine mass public capacity and their motivation to respond to the challenges. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284701

Public Lands And The U.s. EconomyBalancing Conservation And Development Current law requires the federal government to fulfill a broad spectrum of responsibilities in managing public lands; to protect and conserve the environment; to foster the appropriate development of marketable commodities; to preserve wilderness areas wildlife habitats and unique historical sites; and to encourage public participation in land-use and management decisions. There is no consensus however on the best ways to establish a balance among the? priorities when serious conflicts arise. This book presents a wide-ranging discussion of the means by which lands and resources administered by the Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management can better serve present and future needs for environmental preservation and resource development. The contributors consider public and private interests in the federal lands in light of political realities and uncertainties giving particular: attention to efficiency-versus-equity issues privatization fair market value and the income-producing potential of publicly owned assets. Major sections of the book focus on timber nonfuel minerals rangelands and energy resources. Based on a recent conference sponsored by The Wilderness Society the book reflects the views of conservationists scholars industry representatives and state and federal officials. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284718

Public Lands PoliticsInterest Group Influence on the Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management First Published in 2011. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books RFF Press 9781315064246

Public Law Public Law is an ideal choice for all undergraduate and GDL students looking for a comprehensive yet accessible textbook on this area of law. The author’s clear writing style accessible tone and focus on modern case law help bring the subject to life. The book covers the key institutions concepts and legal rules of the United Kingdom’s constitutional system with the chapters arranged around four subjects: the foundations of the constitutional system; Constitutional Law; Administrative Law; and human rights. The book’s central theme is that of state power and the relationship between the state and the citizen. The second edition has been revised to reflect recent key developments in Public Law and now extensively explores in addition to several other key chapter updates the impact of the 2016 EU referendum the 2017 General Election and changes in devolution across England Scotland and Wales. Clearly written and easy to use Public Law enables students to fully engage with the topic and gain a profound understanding of this fundamental exciting area. The Routledge Spotlights series brings a modern contemporary approach to the core curriculum for the LLB and GDL which will help students: to move beyond an understanding of the law to refine and develop the key skills of problem-solving evaluation and critical reasoning which are essential to assessment success to discover sources and suggestions for taking your study further By focusing on recent case law and real-world examples Routledge Spotlights will help you shed light on the law understand how it operates in practice and gain a unique appreciation of the contemporary context of the subject. This book is supported by a range of online resources developed to support your learning keep you up-to-date and to help you prepare for assessments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138504936

Public Law and Human Rights Statutes ‘Focused content layout and price - Routledge competes and wins in relation to all of these factors’ - Craig Lind University of Sussex UK  ‘The best value and best format books on the market.’ - Ed Bates Southampton University UK   Routledge Student Statutes present all the legislation students need in one easy-to-use volume. Developed in response to feedback from lecturers and students this book offer a fully up-to-date comprehensive and clearly presented collection of legislation - ideal for LLB and GDL course and exam use.  Routledge Student Statutes are:    • Exam Friendly: un-annotated and conforming to exam regulations   • Tailored to fit your course: 80% of lecturers we surveyed agree that Routledge Student Statutes match their course and cover the relevant legislation   • Trustworthy: Routledge Student Statutes are compiled by subject experts updated annually and have been developed to meet student needs through extensive market research   • Easy to use: a clear text design comprehensive table of contents multiple indexes and highlighted amendments to the law make these books the most student-friendly Statutes on the market    Competitively Priced: Routledge Student Statutes offer content and usability rated as good or better than our major competitor but at a more competitive price   • Supported by a Companion Website: presenting scenario questions for interpreting Statutes annotated web links and multiple-choice questions these resources are designed to help students to be confident and prepared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736800

Public Law and Human Rights Statutes ‘Focused content layout and price - Routledge competes and wins in relation to all of these factors’ - Craig Lind University of Sussex UK  ‘The best value and best format books on the market.’ - Ed Bates Southampton University UK   Routledge Student Statutes present all the legislation students need in one easy-to-use volume. Developed in response to feedback from lecturers and students this book offer a fully up-to-date comprehensive and clearly presented collection of legislation - ideal for LLB and GDL course and exam use.  Routledge Student Statutes are:    • Exam Friendly: un-annotated and conforming to exam regulations   • Tailored to fit your course: 80% of lecturers we surveyed agree that Routledge Student Statutes match their course and cover the relevant legislation   • Trustworthy: Routledge Student Statutes are compiled by subject experts updated annually and have been developed to meet student needs through extensive market research   • Easy to use: a clear text design comprehensive table of contents multiple indexes and highlighted amendments to the law make these books the most student-friendly Statutes on the market    Competitively Priced: Routledge Student Statutes offer content and usability rated as good or better than our major competitor but at a more competitive price   • Supported by a Companion Website: presenting scenario questions for interpreting Statutes annotated web links and multiple-choice questions these resources are designed to help students to be confident and prepared. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633901

Public Law and PoliticsThe Scope and Limits of Constitutionalism In a critical engagement with the function of public law and with constitutionalism in its political dimensions this volume brings together the reflections of three leading constitutionalists: Martin Loughlin James Tully and Frank Michelman. Comprising three critical commentaries on each it addresses the multiple ways in which public law is implicated in the logic of rule. This operates on the one hand in maintaining and underwriting relative patterns of power and weakness through political structures and processes. On the other hand public law is considered to contain the potential to redress these patterns through the use of constitutional authority social and economic as well as civil and political rights redistribution of political power the expansion of territorial governance and moves to supra-state levels of authority. The book reproduces in a succinct and organized way the insights into both the limitations and the potentialities of public law within its political setting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138255654

Public Law in East Asia Public Law in East Asia is a collection of the leading English-language articles on constitutional and administrative law in the Asian region written by many of the leading scholars from this area. The region has its own distinct legal and political traditions and its systems of government have facilitated dynamic economic growth but the role of public law has not been well understood. Covering a wide range of jurisdictions in a single volume this collection provides insights into the ways in which institutions of Western origin have been integrated into Asian political and legal cultures producing new syntheses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780754628958

Public Leadership EthicsA Management Approach Designed to help midlevel and senior managers in organizations dedicated to public purposes this book provides trained self-awareness to deploy values to guide decisions and build the culture of their organizations. The book explores how all managing involves leading and identifies the levels of ethical responsibility for managerial leaders. Highlighting the fundamental role that ethics plays in organizational life J. Patrick Dobel uses insights from cognitive and social psychology to discuss how to anticipate and address threats to integrity and value informed decision making. Building on traditional ethical theory and modern research the book begins with the fundamental assumption that individuals possess responsibility when they act for ethical purposes and results in taking a position within a public or nonprofit organization. This assumption of responsibility recognizes the inherent discretion in all positions and claims that effective ethical management requires self-awareness self-mastery integrity and a working frame of one’s values and character. The book pays special attention to the challenges of integrating diverse people and perspectives in public organizations as well as attending to the slippages to integrity in organizational life and how managers and leaders can foresee and address ethical slippage and corruption. The book provides checklists and decision frameworks that individuals can adopt and deploy to guide decisions. Public Leadership Ethics: A Management Approach will help create strong value informed cultures supported by communication transparency incentives and strong management cadres to achieve high quality service and integrity based actions. It will be of special interest to managerial leaders in public service and teaching in public administration and policy programs or executive training. 　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367463779

Public Libraries and Social Justice The need for public libraries to tackle social exclusion and engage in social justice becomes ever more urgent as the gap between rich and poor continues to widen and the very survival of public libraries in the heart of the community is open to debate. If public libraries are to develop and grow in the future and become relevant to the majority of their local communities then they need to abandon outmoded concepts of 'excellence' and fully grasp the 'equity' agenda. This book examines the historical background to social exclusion and the strategic context in terms of government and professional policy. The authors propose a compelling manifesto for change and outline practical ways in which public libraries can be transformed into needs-based services. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254398

Public Libraries in the 21st CenturyDefining Services and Debating the Future Public Libraries in the 21st Century presents a comprehensive analysis of the impact of recent policy initiatives directly targeted at public libraries along with broader developments in the public sector environment within which they operate. Key features include: ¢ An exploration of the context within which public libraries are operating and analysis of their role in local and national life; ¢ Examples of best practice in service delivery; ¢ Evaluation of the challenges and opportunities confronting public library managers; ¢ Wide ranging coverage including information from published and unpublished sources supplemented by interviews with key stakeholders in the public library sector. The book provides a unique and thorough guide to the contemporary discourses surrounding issues of identity social purpose value and strategy facing the public library service. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815399889

Public Life and the Place of the ChurchReflections to Honour the Bishop of Oxford The work of Richard Harries Bishop of Oxford from 1987 to 2006 has been highly distinctive for the consistency of its engagement with contemporary society. It represents a model of the Church which is outward-looking a Church which is as ready to learn from others as it is to offer its own wisdom and resources. This book reflects on Richard Harries' ministry in the 'borderlands' of society and Church and engages deeply with the nature of modern society and the place of the Church within it. Taking Richard Harries' contributions as their inspiration key figures each of them major commentators on areas of pressing contemporary concern probe the important questions which people are asking about a range of social issues. Arms and violence the role of the media in public life spirituality multifaith Britain sex capitalism the second chamber and medical ethics are all discussed building up a serious debate on the kind of society in which we live and making suggestive comments about the part which the Church might play. Contributors: Sabina Alkire Michael Bourke Melvyn Bragg John Drury Claire Foster Jonathan Gorsky Anthony Howard Douglas Hurd Eric James Julia Neuberger Edmund Newell Christopher Rowland Jane Shaw Margaret Shepherd Roger Wagner Keith Ward Rowan Williams Shirley Williams and James Woodward. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138622418

Public Lives Private VirtuesImages of American Revolutionary War Heroes 1782-1832 First published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984226

Public Management and Complexity TheoryRicher Decision-Making in Public Services That public services exhibit unpredictability novelty and on occasion chaos is an observation with which even a casual observer would agree. Existing theoretical frameworks in public management fail to address these features relying more heavily on attempts to eliminate unpredictability through increased reliance on measurable performance objectives improved financial and human resource management techniques decentralisation of authority and accountability and resolving principal-agent behaviour pathologies.  Essentially these are all attempts to improve the ‘steering’ capacity of public sector managers and policy makers. By adopting a Complex Adaptive Systems (CAS) approach to public services this book shifts the focus from developing steering techniques to identifying patterns of behaviour of the participants with the ultimate objective of increasing policy-makers’ and practitioners’ understanding of the factors that may enable more effective public service decision-making and provision.  The authors apply a CAS framework to a series of case studies in public sector management to generate new insights into the issues processes and participants in public service domains.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415654029

Public Management and Governance Public Management and Governance examines the factors which make government critically important and the barriers which often stop it being effective. It questions what it means to have effective policies efficient management and good quality public services and it explores how the process of governing could be improved. Key themes include: the challenges and pressures facing governments around the world; the changing role of the public sector in a ‘mixed economy’ of provision; governance issues such as ethics equalities transparency and citizen engagement. This revised and updated third edition includes eight new chapters which provide in-depth coverage of key new aspects of public management and governance. It also features a wide selection of international case studies and illuminating examples of how public policy management and governance can be improved – and what happens when they fail. Each chapter is supplemented with discussion questions group and individual exercises case studies and recommendations on further reading. Public Management and Governance is one of the leading student textbooks in its field featuring contributions from top international authors and covering a wide range of key topics in depth. It is an essential resource for all students on undergraduate and postgraduate courses in public management public administration government and public policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415501866

Public Management and Governance in MalaysiaTrends and Transformations The past two and a half decades have seen major transformations in public sector management and governance across the globe. This book examines the ways public sector management and governance in Malaysia has changed and is changing under contemporary reform models. Chapters are written by well-established scholars and academics with intimate knowledge in their respective fields and provide a thorough and insightful analysis of the reform trends and developments on a range of topics. These include performance management compensation reforms public budgeting accounting and reporting privatisation and public-private partnership e-government managing ethics and accountability local government and inter-governmental relations. While the book surveys the topics that are central to public sector management and governance it also focuses on the nature of reforms and changes that were introduced as well as the forces that have shaped their design and implementation process and the initial impacts and results. Overall the book provides students and scholars of Politics and Southeast Asian Studies with a greater appreciation and deeper understanding of the recent developments and current trends of public sector management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138948303

Public Management and Sustainable Development in NigeriaMilitary–Bureaucracy Relationship This title was first published in 2003. How was public policy and economic development in Nigeria affected under the period of military control between 1966 and 1999? What is the nature and scale of change that Nigeria will have to undergo in order to achieve its current development goals? Initially providing a history of Nigeria along with a framework for understanding the nature scope and magnitude of the military and public management problems within the country this timely and rewarding book addresses both of these questions. It analyzes the institutions that make and implement public policy in the Nigerian political arena and examines the route that Nigeria could take in order to enhance its public management capacities. Although the specific focus is on Nigeria the mode of analysis used is transferable to a wide variety of developing nations. The book will foster an understanding among scholars development planners military officers and policy makers of the tasks and challenges facing Nigeria and many sub-Saharan African nations in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315194219

Public Management and the Rule of Law Filled with practical tools and guidelines this book addresses an essential competence for public managers - incorporating governance and law in public administration. It links democratic constitutional values to administrative decision making and practices by stressing how public law authorizes informs and democratically constrains public servants in fulfilling public policies. The author addresses important aspects of governance in chapters that discuss democratic values of the rule of law constitutional law legislation and policy administrative law judicial practice contract law and tort law. The book also considers the practical aspects of public management (such as tax collection benefits administration personnel administration and more) with application guidelines and techniques based on thorough legal grounding. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701424

Public Management and VulnerabilityContextualising Change This book locates the issue of ‘vulnerability’ in an international context within public-sector reform processes and goes beyond the conceptualization of existing concepts of policing and vulnerability to include multi- and intra-agency working. It uncovers many competing and contradictory conceptualisations of the phenomenon and shows how a variety of agencies in different jurisdictions prioritise and operationalise this escalating 21st-century social problem. Two recurring themes of this edited collection are the ways in which non-state organisations and agencies have become an acknowledged feature of modern service delivery and how the withdrawal of the state has heralded a perceptive shift from collective or community provision towards the stigmatization of individuals. Increasingly public service professionals and ‘street level bureaucrats’ work in collaboration with non-state agents to attempt to ameliorate vulnerability. Chapter contributions were deliberately drawn from combinatory empirical theoretical policy and practice fields and diverse academic and policy/professional authors. Editors and authors deliberately cast their nets widely to provide integrative scholarship and contributions from international perspectives to confirm the complexity; and how socio/cultural political and historic antecedents shape the definitions and responses to vulnerability. This collection will appeal to academics policy makers and practitioners in a wide variety of disciplines such as public management and leadership criminology policing social policy social work and business management and any others with an interest in or responsibility for dealing with the issue of vulnerability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367371012

Public Management in Global Perspective Written by two authors with a wide range of experience in international affairs this introductory text addresses both the commonalities and diversity of administrative practice around the world including a succinct but thorough overview of PA in the United States. It combines solid conceptual foundations with strong coverage of nuts-and-bolts "how to" topics such as personnel management procurement and budgeting and covers both developed countries and developing and transitional economies.The book's chapters are organized into four major sections: government functions and organization; management of government activity; interaction between government and citizens; and prospects of administrative reform. Plentiful illustrations and examples throughout the book and "What to Expect" sections and discussion questions in each chapter make this an ideal text for any PA course that takes a global perspective. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174665

Public Management in IsraelDevelopment Structure Functions and Reforms As government management in Israel is gradually replaced by private sector management it is becoming apparent that the collective-oriented mission of government cannot be fulfilled by the private sector or by the non-profit organizations of civil society. This book provides an analysis of the machinery of government in Israel highlighting the inadequacy of the private sector as an alternative and how public management will need to cope with the new challenges and pressures of the 21st century. Providing hitherto unpublished data and analysis in English for the first time this book gives a comprehensive analysis of the issue of public and private-sector management. The author examines the tasks of the civil service; the legal foundation of the public management machinery; and the profile of civil servants and looks at the unwieldy budget process; the prevalence (and absence) of regulation; and external and internal mechanisms of oversight. This analysis is balanced by a detailed exposition of Israel's political-administrative culture with its excessive centralization secrecy turf protection and legacy of improvisation and their effect on policymaking and administration. This comprehensive and detailed examination of public management in Israel will be of great interest both to students and scholars of business and management government and politics and to policymakers in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138870185

Public Management in KoreaPerformance Evaluation and Public Institutions Many books on performance management or evaluation are about the public sector in general or specifically about some programs or organizations. Only a few of them target the public institutions. This book addresses what types of challenges that performance evaluations of public institutions actually face and how to overcome them through the analysis of Korea’s three-decade long experiences. This book provides detailed descriptions on how performance evaluations of public institutions have been implemented in Korea. At the same time it provides comprehensive analyses on theoretical issues such as validity analysis performance measure the dynamic change of efficiency of public institution impact of price regulation on profits and qualitative approaches for evaluating governance. Each chapter contains vivid theoretical debates and diverse views on performance evaluation and practical challenges making the book a useful reference on managing and evaluating public institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367504090

Public Management in Times of Austerity Since 2008 the world has experienced an enormous decrease of wealth. By many measures the impact of the crisis was severe. The fall in GDP the collapse of world trade the rise in unemployment and the credit slump reached bigger proportions than in any other crisis since World War II. Although the economic figures seem to improve in some countries the crisis continues being a challenging issue and is said to be one of the most important problems governments face today. The crisis has put public finances under ever increasing pressure and governments have responded through austerity measures such as new fiscal rules and budgeting procedures and cutbacks of public spending. Public Management in Times of Austerity seeks to explore the austerity policies adopted by European governments and their consequences to public management. It asks how governments have implemented new rules leading to more stringency in public budgeting and financial management and how they have cut back public expenditure. These questions are examined comparatively through case studies in different parts of Europe and variations across countries are discussed and explained. Throughout the volume the consequences of the crisis and austerity policies for public management are discussed. What is the relationship between crisis and decision-making in the public sector and how does austerity affect public-sector organisation? As the previous crisis in the 1970s resulted in a major reform movement which was later referred to as New Public Management Public Management in Times of Austerity look to understand whether the current crisis also leads to a wave of public management reform and if so what is the content of this? Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367243050

Public Media Management for the Twenty-First CenturyCreativity Innovation and Interaction This book analyzes the challenges facing public service media management in the face of ongoing technological developments and changing audience behaviors. It connects models strategies concepts and managerial theories with emerging approaches to public media practices through an examination of media services (e.g. blogs social networks search engines content aggregators) and the online performance of traditional public media organizations. Contributors identify the most relevant and useful approaches those likely to encourage creativity interaction and the development of innovative content and services and discuss how such innovation can underpin the continuation or expansion of public service media in the changing mediascape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138653672

Public Mental Health MarketingDeveloping a Consumer Attitude Here is a diverse compilation of current knowledge in public mental health marketing. A balanced collection of both research and how-to chapters Public Mental Health Marketing helps practitioners and researchers learn to target specific groups more effectively increasing their marketing effectiveness to benefit both mental health agencies and the people they serve. It presents a cross section of recent research on the many participants in the mental health system including clients donors internal stakeholders and the general public. Over a dozen chapters focus on the marketing of local state and national mental health agencies and their relationships with their various clienteles. This helpful book contains original research tutorials and case studies in areas such as the public as a target market primary and secondary consumers’views of the system referral and secondary resource markets adolescents as a prevention and intervention market and promotional and evaluative tools. Learn about the principles of marketing as they relate to mental health professionals; the use of fear appeals in public service announcements; building a marketing environment in community mental health settings; an analysis of changes in the marketing of mental health products to government business and industry; and strategies to identify and reach adolescents at risk for drug and alcohol abuse. Public Mental Health Marketing also contains abstracts for nearly one hundred recent articles and monographs that are useful to researchers and practitioners of marketing in the mental health field. Public information and public relations officers in local state and national mental health agencies and academic and public policy researchers from both the mental health and marketing disciplines will find the information they need to increase the effectiveness of their work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984233

Public Norms and AspirationsThe Turn to Institutions in Action The aspirations of individuals organizations and states and their perceptions of problems and possible solutions circulate fast in this instantaneous society. Yet the deliberation of the underlying public norms seems to escape the attention of the public. Institutions enable people to have reliable expectations of one another even when they are unsure of each other's aspirations and purposes. Public norms enable people to act under conditions of increasing uncertainty. To fulfill this role in society institutions need enhancement maintenance and innovation. 　 Public Norms and Aspirations aims to improve the methodology of planning research and practice by exploring the co-evolution of institutional innovation and the philosophy of pragmatism in processes of action. As most attention in planning research and planning practices goes to the pragmatic approaches of aspirations and problem solving the field is awaiting an upgrade of institutional perspectives. This book aims to explore the interaction of institutional and pragmatic thought and to suggest how these two approaches might be integrated and applied in successful planning research. Searching this combination at the interface of sociology planning and law Salet opens a unique niche in the existing planning literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331931

Public Opinion Public Opinion is a comprehensive and multidisciplinary examination of public opinion in the United States. Drawing on scholarship in political science psychology sociology and communications the authors explore the nature of political and social attitudes in the United States and how these attitudes are shaped by various institutions with an emphasis on mass media. The book also serves as a provocative starting point for the discussion of citizen moods political participation and voting behavior. Feature boxes and illustrations throughout help students understand all aspects of the elusive phenomenon we call public opinion. The third edition has been thoroughly revised and updated to reflect how public opinion is studied today and to incorporate current data and debates. The book now contains two revised and reframed theory chapters 'Group Membership and Public Opinion' and 'Public Opinion and Social Process' as well as new coverage of the influence of online and social media on public opinion especially in issue opinions and campaigns. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780813349404

Public Opinion Crime And Criminal Justice Taking on one of the most popular issues of the day?crime and the way we make sense of it?Julian Roberts and Loretta Stalans reveal the mismatch between the public perception of crime and the reality of crime statistics. Discussing such issues as public knowledge of crime sources of crime information information processing by the public public a Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317485

Public Opinion Legitimacy and Tony Blair’s War in Iraq In the wake of the publication of the Chilcot report this book reinterprets the relationship between British public opinion and the Blair government’s decision-making in the run-up to the 2003 invasion of Iraq. It highlights how the government won the parliamentary vote and got its war but never won the argument that it was the right thing to do. Understanding how why and with what consequences Britain wound up in this position means understanding better both this specific case and the wider issue of how democratic publics influence foreign policy processes. Taking an innovative constructivist approach to understanding how public actors potentially influence foreign policy Strong frames the debate about Iraq as a contest over legitimacy among active public actors breaking it down into four constituent elements covering the necessity legality and morality of war and the government’s authority. The book presents a detailed empirical account of the British public debate before the invasion of Iraq based on the rigorous interrogation of thousands of primary sources employing both quantitative and qualitative content analysis methods to interpret the shape of debate between January 2002 and March 2003. Also contributing to the wider foreign policy analysis literature the book investigates the domestic politics of foreign policy decision-making and particularly the influence public opinion exerts; considers the domestic structural determinants of foreign policy decision-making; and studies the ethics of foreign policy decision-making and the legitimate use of force. It will be of great use to students and scholars of foreign policy analysis as well as those interested in legitimacy in international conflict British foreign policy the Iraq War and the role of public opinion in conflict situations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200715

Public Opinion the First Ladyship and Hillary Rodham Clinton This second edition presents Clinton's self-repositioning during the 1996 election her official role during the second term her role during the impeachment proceedings and the beginnings of an independent political career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874718

Public Opinion and Criminal JusticeContext Practice and Values Public opinion is vital to the functioning of the criminal justice system but it is not at all clear how best to establish what this is and what views people have on different aspects of criminal justice and the criminal justice system. Politicians and the media often assume that the public wants harsher tougher and longer sentences and policies may be shaped accordingly. Detailed research and more specific polling often tells a different story. This book is concerned to shed further light on the nature of public views on criminal justice paying particular attention to public opinion towards specific types of offenders such as sex offenders and mentally disordered offenders. In doing so it challenges many enduring assumptions regarding people's views on justice and confronts the myths that infect our understanding of what people think about the criminal justice system. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926610

Public Opinion and Democracy in Transitional RegimesA Comparative Perspective Despite the enthusiasm surrounding the Colour Revolutions and the Arab Spring the world’s share of democracies has stagnated over the past 15 years. The steady rise of China Russia and Iran has also led to warnings of a resurgence of "authoritarian great powers" especially in light of the financial crisis centred in the USA and Western Europe. On the positive side however democracy remains remarkably popular as an ideal. In the Global barometer’s most recent survey two out of three respondents say democracy is their most favoured political system including a majority in 49 of the 55 countries. Yet there is evidence much expanded upon in this edited collection that commitments to liberal democracy in practice are not as strong. Nominally pro-democratic citizens frequently favour limitations on electoral accountability and individual rights in the service of improved governance or economic growth. Further there are rising concerns that many citizens especially across the developing world are turning away from democracy out of frustration with democratic performance. In contrast to many transitional regimes the more established democracies appear to be losing support among their highly educated citizens. The contributions in this edited collection compare how democracy is understood and experienced in transitioning regimes and established democracies. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Elections Public Opinion and Parties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309371

Public Opinion And Regime ChangeThe New Politics Of Postsoviet Societies This volume reports a research that represents some of the collaborative efforts aimed at investigating political attitudes and behaviors in the broader Soviet society examining the public opinion constraints on efforts to transform the new organizations into a competitive political party system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284725

Public Opinion and the End of Appeasement in Britain and France The 1930s policy of appeasement is still fiercely debated by historians critics and contemporary political commentators more than 70 years after the signing of the 1938 Munich Agreement. What is less well-understood however is the role of public opinion on the formation of British and French policy in the period between Munich and the outbreak of the Second World War; not necessarily what public opinion was but how it was perceived to be by those in power and how this contributed to the policymaking process. It therefore fills a considerable gap in an otherwise vast literature seeking to ascertain the extent to which public opinion can be said to have influenced the direction of foreign policy in a crucial juncture of British and French diplomatic history. Employing an innovative and unique methodological framework the author distinguishes between two categories of representation: firstly 'reactive' representations of opinion the immediate and spontaneous reactions of the public to circumstances and events as they occur; and secondly 'residual' representations which can be defined as the remnants of previous memories and experiences the more general tendencies of opinion considered characteristic of previous years even previous decades. It is argued that the French government of Édouard Daladier was consistently more attuned to the evolution of 'reactive' representations than the British government of Neville Chamberlain and consequently it was the French rather than the British who first pursued a firmer policy towards the European dictatorships. This comparative approach reveals a hitherto hidden facet of the diplomatic prelude to the Second World War; that British policy towards France and French policy towards Britain were influenced by their respective perceptions of public opinion in the other country. A sophisticated analysis of a crucial period in international history this book will be essential reading for scholars of the origins of World War II the political scenes of late 1930s Britain and France and the study of public opinion and its effects on policy. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602936

Public Opinion and the International Use of Force Recent years have witnessed a growing interest in the relationship between public opinion and foreign policy in Western democracies. This international board of contributors examine the ways in which the connection between public opinion and the use of military force has developed since the end of the Cold War. In doing so it also addresses the crucial and topical question of whether and to what extent a democratic foreign policy is possible. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996953

Public Opinion and the Making of Foreign Policy in the 'New Europe'A Comparative Study of Poland and Ukraine By drawing a new boundary between the EU and its eastern neighbours the European Union has since 1989 created a frontier that has been popularly described in the frontier states as the new 'Berlin Wall'. This book is the first comparative study of the impact of public opinion on the making of foreign policy in two Eastern European states on either side of the divide: Poland and Ukraine. Focusing on the vocal informed segment of public opinion and drawing on results of both opinion polls and a series of innovative focus groups gathered since the Orange Revolution Nathaniel Copsey unravels the mystery of how this crucial segment of the public impacts on foreign policy makers in both states. He also takes a closer look at the business community and the importance of economic factors in forming public opinion. The book presents a fresh approach to our understanding of how the public's view of the past influences contemporary politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315602943

Public Opinion In AmericaMoods Cycles And Swings Second Edition Public opinion matters. It registers itself on the public consciousness translates into politics and policy and impels politicians to run for office and once elected to serve in particular ways.This is a book about opinion?not opinions. James Stimson takes the incremental vacillating time-trapped data points of public opinion surveys and tran Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367319441

Public Opinion in the United StatesStudies of Race Religion Gender and Issues That Matter Public Opinion in the United States tracks developments in American society since World War II through the lens of public opinion. The authors assess national public opinion poll data from 1945 to 2008 targeting opinions about African Americans Jews Muslim Americans gays and lesbians immigration abortion and affirmative action.The authors consider whether American attitudes have developed faster than Supreme Court decisions in the areas surveyed. They assess how social change is processed by the public how people responded to the race riots of the 1950s and 1960s and how the war in Vietnam shaped new perspectives on issues such as race citizenship rights and the role of the individual. Each chapter begins by introducing the political social or international events that were critical in setting the stage for influencing public opinion in each decade since World War II.The volume provides a unique portrait of American society and how it has changed over the last sixty plus years. The reader will learn whether Americans are more or less prejudiced against blacks Jews and Muslims than they were in earlier years; whether their views on immigration affirmative action and abortion have changed; and when views have changed in what direction. Do men and women rich and poor more and less educated secular versus religious share the same views? And if there are differences what directions do those differences take? Th is work describes American society in 2008 compared to the post-World War II era and it offers stunning glimpses at the future. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513792

Public Opinion Polls and Survey ResearchA Selective Annotated Bibliography of U. S. Guides & Studies from the 1980s First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984240

Public Order and Private Lives (Routledge Revivals)The Politics of Law and Order First published in 1992 Public Order and Private Lives is a radical examination of the political forces which shaped the law and order debate in Britain at that time. The authors offer a significant and provoking analysis of Conservative policies on crime showing that ironically they created the very social conditions in which crime flourished. The book argues that the Conservative government undermined basic civil liberties by its increased use of legislation as a means of control and coercion and as a result of this crime actually increased. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415828383

Public Organizations in Asia Public Organizations in Asia introduces students to the fundamental theories of organizations and teaches them how to analyze different types of public organizations in East and Southeast Asia. Moving away from traditional Western theory and examples  this textbook provides numerous case studies of Asian organizations where different ideologies administrative tradition and social circumstances prevail. Key pedagogical features of Public Organizations in Asia include: Learning objectives for each chapter End of chapter discussion questions Short student exercises Concise case studies throughout the chapters Training students to be future leaders of Asian public organizations this book is an essential text for undergraduate and graduate courses on public administration in Asia. It will also be a useful supplementary text for courses on comparative public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138187405

Public Participation Science and SocietyTools for Dynamic and Responsible Governance of Research and Innovation The field of public participation is developing fast with phenomena such as citizen science and crowdsourcing extending the resource base of research stimulating innovation and making science more accessible to the general population.Promoting public participation means giving more weight to citizens and civil society actors in the definition of research needs and in the implementation of research and innovation. As yet there is limited understanding of the implications of widespread use of public participation and as a result there is a risk that it will become a burden for research and an obstacle to bridging the gap between research and society. This volume presents the findings of a three-year international study on innovative public participation. The resulting work studies the characteristics and trends of innovative public participation through a global sample of 38 case studies. It provides theoretical generalisations on the dynamics of public participation suggestions for an evaluation framework and clear empirical examples of how public participation works in practice. Illustrated by best practice cases the authors identify characteristics which contribute to successful public participation. The book is aimed primarily at scholars and practitioners of public participation as well as research managers policy makers and business actors interested in related issues. There is also a secondary market for students and scholars of European governance studies sociology and political sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891022

Public Participation and Innovations in Community Governance Comprised of a series of national case studies this book critically examines initiatives in public participation and their relationship to developments in community governance. As such the case studies enable national perspectives to be applied to crucial features of modern public policy and politics. Focusing on case studies in areas which are undergoing major social and institutional transformation and/or which raise particular issues because of the marginal position of the areas within their nation-states the book also concerns itself with developments in Western European countries and why people should logically support some but not other initiatives in public participation. This book will be very useful for students and academics in areas such as politics public administration social policy and sociology. It should also be of interest to local activists such as councillors members of pressure groups and those concerned about modern trends in democracy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138258105

Public Participation and State Building in ChinaCase Studies from Zhejiang This book explores non-electoral means of public participation in contemporary China both as an outcome of and a key contributor to the party-state’s efforts to improve its governing capacity. Examining consultative meetings public hearings and the use of surveys and questionnaires in Zhejiang province on an empirical level the study evaluates the historical development and institutional backgrounds of these mechanisms as well as provides a critical assessment of their achievements and failures. At the same time on a theoretical level this book contributes to the broader scholarship on contemporary Chinese politics and political development within one-party regimes as well as debates about state building and democratisation. Relying on the distinction between access to and exercise of power it concludes that non-electoral public participation is in fact a function of state building. Developing a state capable of producing effective solutions to governing challenges it is argued requires public participation in the governing process. With analysis informed by interviews with local-level policy-makers and officials academics and citizens’ representatives and activists Public Participation and State Building in China will be a valuable research resource for students and scholars of Chinese politics political science and civil society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367280925

Public Participation in African Constitutionalism During the last decade of the 20th century Africa has been marked by a "constitutional wind" which has blown across the continent giving impetus to constitutional reforms designed to introduce constitutionalism and good governance. One of the main features of these processes has been the promotion of public participation encouraged by both civil society and the international community. This book aims to provide a systematic overview of participation forms and mechanisms across Africa and a critical understanding of the impact of public participation in constitution-making processes digging beneath the rhetoric of public participation as being at the heart of any successful transition towards democracy and constitutionalism. Using case studies from Central African Republic Egypt Kenya Libya Malawi Morocco Senegal Somalia South Africa South Sudan Tanzania Tunisia Zambia and Zimbabwe the book investigates various aspects of participatory constitution making: from conception to processes and specific contents that trigger ambivalent dynamics in such processes. The abstract glorification of public participation is questioned as theoretical and empirical perspectives are used to explain what public participation does in concrete terms and to identify what lessons might be drawn from those experiences. This is a valuable resource for academics researchers and students with an interest in politics and constitution building in Africa as well as experts working in national offices international organizations or in national and international NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367332938

Public Participation In Development Planning And ManagementCases From Africa And Asia This book examines the position held by most development administrators that citizen participation in the planning and management of development projects is crucial to their lasting success. The contributors view inadequate participation as part of the larger problem of ineffective management policies and planning. They show that development obje Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367300203

Public Pensions Capital Formation And Economic Growth Dr. Nektarios examines the principles and criteria under lying public pension programs and assesses the effect of these programs on general economic growth. He begins by discussing the economic rationale of public pensions then analyzes the influence of economic and demographic variables on the cost of a pension program and the effects of public pension systems on aggregate levels of income and capital stock. Suggesting that Feldstein's social security wealth(SSW) variable overestimates the amount of wealth generated by public pensions Dr. Nektarios constructs a new SSW variable and uses it to estimate the impact of the u.s. Old Age and Survivors Insurance(OASI) program on capital formation and economic growth in the U.S. economy. The results of his econometric analysis suggest that operation of the OASI program has reduced capital formation by 10to 14 percent. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284756

Public Perception of Climate ChangePolicy and Communication Despite the findings on global climate change presented by the scientific community there remains a significant gap between its recommendations and the actions of the public and policy makers. So far scientists and the media have failed to successfully communicate the urgency of the climate change situation in such a way that long-term comprehensive and legally binding policy commitments are being made on the national and international level. This book examines the way the public processes information how they perceive threats and other perceptual factors that have a significant effect on how and to what degree climate change mitigation and adaptation strategies are supported. Understanding public risk perception plays a vital role in communicating the challenges of global climate change. Using a diverse range of international case studies this book explores the nature of public perceptions of climate change and identifies the perception factors which have a significant impact on the public’s willingness to support global climate change policies or commit to behavioral changes to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and improve urban resiliency. The comparative study of social and cultural factors beliefs attitudes and trust provides an international overview of best practices regarding the design implementation and generation of public support for climate change policies at a global level. Offering valuable insight into climate change and risk communication the book should be of interest to students and scholars of environment studies politics urban planning and media and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138104259

Public Performance BudgetingPrinciples and Practice Performance budgeting involves costs from the drafting and passage of legal foundations and the political capital and will to implement it to training personnel to create a performance-oriented culture and information technology requirements to track performance. Through comprehensive examination of performance budgeting laws in-depth interviews of those practicing in government agencies and quantitative survey analysis Public Performance Budgeting examines the influence of performance measurement and evaluation on all phases of the budgeting process. Lu and Willoughby present original research and case studies to explore how performance is linked to public budgets and government results its impacts on budgeting systems and possible unintended consequences. A summary assessment of how performance measurement could and should play a role in furthering performance budgeting is explored in a concluding chapter. The first of its kind to spotlight budget practice through the lens of juvenile justice this book is required reading for all those studying public budgeting management and policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138695979

Public Personnel Administration and Labor Relations The readings in this volume will enlighten and enliven the contents of any standard public administration text covering human resource management. Selected mainly from the pages of Public Administration Review and Review of Public Personnel Administration these classic articles trace the historical and evolutionary development of the fields of public personnel administration and labor relations from the point at which the first civil service law was passed - the Pendelton Act in 1883 - through the 21st century. The collection covers everything from the seminal concerns of civil service (e.g. keeping spoils out) to topics that early reformers would never have envisioned (e.g. affirmative action and drug testing). These works continue to inform the theory and practice of public personnel and labor relations. To facilitate an instructor's ability to assign readings that illuminate lectures and course material a correlation matrix on the M.E. Sharpe website shows how this book can be used easily alongside eight leading textbooks. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701400

Public Personnel ManagementContexts and Strategies Now in a thoroughly revised 7th edition Public Personnel Management focuses on the critical issues and common processes in the management of public sector personnel. In keeping with prior editions the text centers on the core processes within public human resource management: strategic workforce planning effective recruitment and retention workforce development and employee relations. Designed to further address the ways in which expectations for human resource managers have changed and developed in recent years the 7th edition includes several new features and improvements: Substantially restructured updated and additional case studies and student exercises. Coverage of how the field of Public HRM has been influenced by the two most recent national recessions economic downturns at the state and local level privatization and contracting trends at all levels of government the growing presence of millennial employees in the workplace issues surrounding social media use within the workplace the evolving goals of social equity and diversity and the shifting role and influence of labor unions. Discussions of how the growth in information technology capabilities has influenced the major processes within HRM from workforce analysis through big data analytics to the explosion in automated recruitment assessment and instructional technologies. For the first time the text includes an online Instructor's Manual PowerPoint slides discussion questions and suggestions for further reading to make it even easier to assign and use this classic text in the classroom. Providing the most up-to-date and thorough overview of the history and practice of public human resource management for both undergraduate and graduate students Public Personnel Management 7e remains the beloved text it ever was ideal for introductory courses in Public Personnel Management Public Human Resource Management and Nonprofit Personnel Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281202

Public Personnel ManagementCurrent Concerns Future Challenges Public Personnel Management has served as an essential concise reader for public personnel and human resource management courses in the fields of public administration political science and public policy over the last 25 years. Since the first edition published in 1991 the book has offered professors and students alike an in-depth look at cutting-edge developments beyond standard textbook coverage to provide a broad understanding of the key management and policy issues facing public and nonprofit HRM today. Original chapters are written expressly for the text by leading public administration scholars each focusing on specific and often controversial concerns for public personnel management such as pensions gender and sexuality healthcare unions and a multi-generational workforce. Now in an extensively revised sixth edition Public Personnel Management presents new original chapters to examine developments of interest to researchers and practitioners alike including: remote working cybersecurity public service motivation the abandonment of traditional civil service at the state and local levels the Affordable Care Act and its implications for practice pension systems and labor relations affirmative action social equity legislation surrounding LGBT rights and – as the field of public personnel management becomes more internationalized – a chapter addressing public personnel management across Europe. This careful and thoughtful overhaul will ensure that Public Personnel Management remains a field-defining book for the next 25 years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138689701

Public Persons This set of brief pieces examines the relation of power to knowledge. Lippmann paid little homage to the innate wisdom of the people. While he had no wish to disenfranchise citizens he believed elites drove the engines of power. His point was that liberty and democracy require government that will when necessary "swim against the tides of private feelings." Because the public is too divided poorly informed and too self-regarding authority has to be delegated perhaps to "intelligence bureaus " or at least to those who are wiser than the many that have the power to decide vexing questions on their own merits.Lippmann knew that in the real world we cannot expect to be ruled by philosopher-kings. While ready to settle for less he was not ready to settle for politicians who get ahead "only as they placate appease bribe seduce bamboozle and otherwise manage to manipulate demanding and threatening elements in their constituencies." The seducers and bamboozlers were generally in charge and because they were in an age "rich with varied and generous passions" they had become disorderly and deranged.Public Persons is the informal side of The Public Philosophy. Lippmann tries to account for the decline of Western democracies and prescribe for their revival. He concludes that it is not possible to discover by rational inquiry the conditions that must be met if there is to be a good society. Lippmann saw tension between private impulses and transcendent truth as the "inexhaustible theme of human discourse." The occasional harmonies in the lives of saints and the deeds of heroes and the excellence of genius are glorious. But glory was the exception wretchedness the rule. In this casual volume both are given a human face. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531215

Public Places Urban Spaces The Academy of Urbanism was founded in 2006 with a mission to recognise encourage and celebrate great places across the UK Europe and beyond and the people and organisations that create and sustain them. This book is a compendium of seventy five places that have been shortlisted as part of the Academy's annual awards scheme which covers great Places Streets Neighbourhoods Towns and Cities. Included are 75 places shortlisted between 2009 and 2013. Each has been visited by a team of Academicians who have spent time in the place talked to officials and local people and sought to understand what it is that makes them special and how they have achieved what they have achieved. The Academy also commissions a poem a drawing and a figure ground plan to understand and interpret the place. David Rudlin Rob Thompson and Sarah Jarvis have drawn on this treasure trove of material to tell the story of these 75 places. In doing so they have created the most comprehensive compendium of great urban places to have been published for many years. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138474093

Public Places Urban SpacesThe Dimensions of Urban Design Public Places Urban Spaces provides a comprehensive overview of the principles theory and practices of urban design for those new to the subject and for those requiring a clear and systematic guide. In this new edition the book has been extensively revised and restructured. Carmona advances the idea of urban design as a continuous process of shaping places fashioned in turn by shifting global local and power contexts. At the heart of the book are eight key dimensions of urban design theory and practice—temporal perceptual morphological visual social functional—and two new process dimensions—design governance and place production. This extensively updated and revised third edition is more international in its scope and coverage incorporating new thinking on technological impact climate change adaptation strategies for urban decline cultural and social diversity place value healthy cities and more all illustrated with nearly 1 000 carefully chosen images. Public Places Urban Spaces is a classic urban design text and everyone in the field should own a copy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138067783

Public PlanningThe inter-corporate dimension Tavistock Press was established as a co-operative venture between the Tavistock Institute and Routledge & Kegan Paul (RKP) in the 1950s to produce a series of major contributions across the social sciences. This volume is part of a 2001 reissue of a selection of those important works which have since gone out of print or are difficult to locate. Published by Routledge 112 volumes in total are being brought together under the name The International Behavioural and Social Sciences Library: Classics from the Tavistock Press. Reproduced here in facsimile this volume was originally published in 1974 and is available individually. The collection is also available in a number of themed mini-sets of between 5 and 13 volumes or as a complete collection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882072

Public Policies for Environmental Protection The first edition of Public Policies for Environmental Protection contributed significantly to the incorporation of economic analysis in the study of environmental policy. Fully revised to account for changes in the institutional legal and regulatory framework of environmental policy the second edition features updated chapters on the EPA and federal regulation air and water pollution policy and hazardous and toxic substances. It includes entirely new chapters on market-based environmental policies global climate change solid waste and for the first time coverage of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Portney Stavins and their contributors provide an invaluable resource for researchers policymakers industry professionals and journalists---anyone who needs up-to-date information on U.S. environmental policy. With their careful explanation of policy alternatives the authors provide an ideal book for students in courses about environmental economics or environmental politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138174870

Public Policies for Environmental Protection Originally published in 1990 this study tracks the issues progress and problems in environmental issues in the United States from the 1980’s. Improvements in air and water quality as well as regulation of hazardous waste and toxic substances has led to new policies such as the Superfund Act and a general increase in awareness about environmental issues on a federal level. Placing an emphasis on economics these papers analyse the effectiveness of environmental policy and progress made in relation to air pollution water quality hazardous wastes toxic substances and enforcement of regulations. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138120877

Public Policies for Food SovereigntySocial Movements and the State An increasing number of rural and urban-based movements are realizing some political traction in their demands for democratization of food systems through food sovereignty. Some are pressuring to institutionalize food sovereignty principles and practices through laws policies and programs. While the literature on food sovereignty continues to grow in volume and complexity there are a number of key questions that need to be examined more deeply. These relate specifically to the processes and consequences of seeking to institutionalize food sovereignty: What dimensions of food sovereignty are addressed in public policies and which are left out? What are the tensions losses and gains for social movements engaging with sub-national and national governments? How can local governments be leveraged to build autonomous spaces against state and corporate power? The contributors to this book analyze diverse institutional processes related to food sovereignty ranging from community-supported agriculture to food policy councils direct democracy initiatives to constitutional amendments the drafting of new food sovereignty laws to public procurement programmes as well as Indigenous and youth perspectives in a variety of contexts including Brazil Ecuador Spain Switzerland UK Canada USA and Africa. Together the contributors to this book discuss the political implications of integrating food sovereignty into existing liberal political structures and analyze the emergence of new political spaces and dynamics in response to interactions between state governance systems and social movements voicing the radical demands of food sovereignty. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138240964

Public Policies in Media and Information Literacy in EuropeCross-Country Comparisons Public Policies in Media and Information Literacy in Europe explores the current tensions in European countries as they attempt to tackle the transition to the digital age providing a comparative and cross-cultural analysis of Media and Information Literacy (MIL) across Europe. This book takes a long-term perspective over the development of media education in Europe and includes an appraisal of media information computer and digital literacies as they coalesce and diverge in the public debate over twenty-first-century skills. The contributors assess the various definitions of media and information literacy as a composite notion whose evolution as a cross-cultural phenomenon reveals various trends and influences in Europe. Throughout this volume offers an in-depth coverage of MIL with all the different dimensions of policy-making from legal frameworks to training funding evaluation and good practices. The authors propose modeling current MIL governance trends in Europe and conclude with a call for alternative and collective frames of research that they hope will influence policy-makers and other stakeholders especially in terms of MIL governance. This collection is ideal for students and researchers of MIL as well as policy makers educators and associations interested in MIL in the digital age. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138644373

Public Policy Governance and PolarizationMaking Governance Work Polarization is widely diagnosed as a major cause of the decline of evidence-based policy making and public engagement-based styles of policy making. It creates an environment where hardened partisan viewpoints on major policy questions are less amenable to negotiation compromise or change. Polarization is not a temporary situation – it is the “new normal.”Public Policy Governance and Polarization seeks to provide a theoretical foundation for scholars and policy makers who need to understand the powerful and often disruptive forces that have arisen in Europe and North America over the past decade. Academics and practitioners need to better understand this growing trend and to find ways in which it may be managed so that policy solutions to these threats may be developed and implemented.Researchers and future policymakers in fields such as public administration public management and public policy need to recognise how institutional design corporatist interest group systems and different pedagogical approaches may help them understand discuss and work beyond policy polarization. Edited by two leading political science scholars this book aims to begin that process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878351

Public Policy AnalysisAn Integrated Approach Public Policy Analysis the most widely cited book on the subject provides students with a comprehensive methodology of policy analysis. It starts from the premise that policy analysis is an applied social science discipline designed for solving practical problems facing public and nonprofit organizations. This thoroughly revised sixth edition contains a number of important updates: Each chapter includes an all-new "big ideas" case study in policy analysis to stimulate student interest in timely and important problems. The dedicated chapter on evidence-based policy and the role of field experiments has been thoroughly rewritten and expanded. New sections on important developments in the field have been added including using scientific evidence in public policymaking systematic reviews meta-analyses and "big data." Data sets to apply analytical techniques are included online as IBM SPSS 23.0 files and are convertible to Excel Stata and R statistical software programs to suit a variety of course needs and teaching styles. All-new PowerPoint slides are included to make instructor preparation easier than ever before. Designed to prepare students from a variety of academic backgrounds to conduct policy analysis on their own without requiring a background in microeconomics Public Policy Analysis Sixth Edition helps students develop the practical skills needed to communicate findings through memos position papers and other forms of structured analytical writing. The text engages students by challenging them to critically analyze the arguments of policy practitioners as well as political scientists economists and political philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743847

Public Policy And Administration In AfricaLessons From Nigeria  Originally published in 1990. A look at the vast historically and socially complex nature of the Nigeria This book is intended to share what he has learned about public policy and administration in Africa over the past ten years. This book is based upon a decade of research reflection and writing. The field research period corresponds with the Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367300227

Public Policy and Agricultural Development This book critically re-examines the currently dominant paradigm of agricultural development policy from historical and comparative perspectives. Examining the experiences of 11 developed countries in their earlier stages of development and the experiences of 10 developing and transition economies in the last half a century the book offers an in-depth discussion on a range of public policies for agriculture some currently in use and others forgotten in the mist of history. After presenting the overarching theoretical framework and a synthesis of findings over the 21 countries examined the book presents six detailed case studies of agricultural policy in the last half a century in two Latin American countries (Chile and Mexico) two African countries (Ethiopia and Ghana) and two Asian countries (India and Vietnam). Each chapter examines a wide range of policies including land policy (land tenure reform and land quality improvement) knowledge policy (research extension education and information) credit policy (specialized banks and agricultural credit co-operatives) physical inputs policy (irrigation transport electricity and divisible inputs such as fertilizers seeds and farm machinery) policies intended to increase farm income stability (price stabilization measures insurances and trade protection) and policies intended to improve agricultural marketing and processing. Through its historical and comparative approaches the book frees our "policy imagination" by showing that the range of policies and institutions that have produced positive outcomes for agricultural development has been much wider than any particular ideological position – be it the pre-1980s statist one or the pro-market NCW – would admit. It also shows that the willingness to experiment with new policies and institutions and the willingness to learn from other countries’ successes and improve upon their solutions were important in all agricultural success stories. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138013162

Public Policy and Governance in BangladeshForty Years of Experience Good policies are an important prerequisite of good governance and any effort to change one is likely to affect the other. In emerging democracies such as Bangladesh a redefinition of roles and responsibilities of different actors in the policy and governing process can be noticed. This book identifies and analyses issues related to the making and implementation of public policies in Bangladesh over the last four decades (1972-2012). It explores the implications of the change that has taken place in policy and governance environment in Bangladesh. Focusing on several important sectoral and sub-sectoral polices it examines the impact and limitations of the change.Chapters are structured into four parts: Public Policy Bureaucracy and Parliament; Cases of Public Policy; Women in Governance and Public Administration; Ethics Innovations and Public Service Delivery and the book is a valuable resource for researchers in the field of development studies public policy and South Asian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877743

Public Policy and Higher EducationReframing Strategies for Preparation Access and College Success Public Policy and Higher Education provides readers with new ways to analyze complex state policies and offers the tools to examine how policies affect students’ access and success in college. Rather than arguing for a single approach the authors examine how policymakers and higher education administrators can work to inform and influence change within systems of higher education using research-based evidence along with consideration of political and historical values and beliefs. Raising new questions and examining recent developments this updated edition is an invaluable resource for graduate students administrators policymakers and researchers who seek to learn more about the crucial contexts underlying policy decisions and college access. Special Features: Case Studies—allow readers to examine strategies used by different types of colleges to improve access and retention. Reflective Exercises—encourage readers to discuss state and campus context for policy decisions and to think about the strategies used in a state or institution. Approachable Explanations—unpack complex public policies and financial strategies for readers who seek understanding of public policy in higher education. Research-Based Recommendations—explore how policymakers higher education administrators and faculty can work together to improve quality diversity and financial stewardship. New epilogues and a revised Part III—reexamine themes and encourage critical thinking about inequality and policy change Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138655508

Public Policy and Land ExchangeChoice law and praxis This original contribution to the field is the first to bring economic sociology theory to the study of federal land exchanges. By blending public choice theory with engaging case studies that contextualize the tactics used by land developers this book uses economic sociology to help challenge the under-valuation of federal lands in political decisions. The empirically-based scholarly analysis of federal-private land swaps exposes serious institutional dysfunctions which sometimes amount to outright corruption. By evaluating investigative reports of each federal agency case study the book illustrates the institutional nature of the actors in land swaps and in particular the history of U.S. agencies’ promotion of private interests in land exchanges. Using public choice theory to make sense of the privatization of public lands the book looks in close detail at the federal policies of the Bureau of Land Management and the U.S. Forest Service land swaps in America. These pertinent case studies illustrate the trends to transfer federal lands notwithstanding their flawed value appraisals or interpretation of public interest; thus violating both the principles of equality in value and observance of specific public policy. The book should be of interest to students and scholars of public land and natural resource management as well as political science public policy and land law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138506770

Public Policy and Media Organizations Public policy thinking and implementation is both a process of intellectual thought and rationale for governing. This book examines public policy and the influence news media organizations have in the production and implementation of public policy. Part I assesses the impact of political philosophy on public policy thinking and further discusses the meaning of public policy in social democratic systems. It uses the riots that occurred across England in the summer of 2011 as a case-study to focus on how the idea of the ’Big Society’ was regenerated by government and used as a basis for public policy thinking. Finally it investigates how media organizations form news representations of public policy issues that seek to contextualize and reshape policy manufactured for public consumption. Part II provides a psychological exploration of the processes which explain the connection between the media the public and policy-makers. Does the ’common good’ really drive public policy-making or can group processes better explain what policy-makers decide? This second part of the book explores how media workers’ professional identities and practices shape their decisions about how to represent policy news. It also shows how the public identities and corporate interests of media organizations shape their role as referees of public policy-making and how all this culminates in faulty decision-making about how to represent policy news polarization in public opinion about particular policies and shifts in policy-makers’ decisions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274907

Public Policy and Private InterestIdeas Self-Interest and Ethics in Public Policy Public Policy and Private Interest explains the complexities of the policy making process in a refreshingly clear way for students who are new to this subject. The key topics it explains are: How policy originates is refined legitimised implemented evaluated and terminated in the forms of theoretical models of the policy process; Which actors and institutions are most influential in determining the nature of policy; The values that shape the policy agenda such as ideology institutional self-interest and resource capabilities; The outcome of policies and why they succeed or fail; The main policy theories including the very latest insights from network theory and post-modernism; How national policy is influenced by globalization. The text is fully illustrated throughout with a broad range of national and international case studies on subjects such as the banking crisis the creation of unitary authorities and global environmental policy and regulation. Combining both a clear summary of debates and theories in public policy and a new and original approach to the subject this book is essential reading for students of public policy and policy analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415558327

Public Policy and Program Evaluation Evaluation is a controversial and little-understood strategy of public governance control and decision making. As early as classical antiquity scholars were summoned to court to counsel kings. Public policy and program evaluation is a recent addition to the great chain of attempts to use the brainpower of scholars and scientists to further the interests of the state. Evaluation scholars are asked to provide retrospective assessments of the implementation output and outcome of government measures in order to effect deeper understanding and well-grounded decisions on the part of those in charge of government operations. Evaluation is the process of distinguishing the worthwhile from the worthless the precious from the useless; evaluation implies looking backward in order to be able to steer forward better.Written from a political science perspective Public Policy and Program Evaluation provides an overview of the possibilities and limits of public sector evaluation. Evert Vedung examines evaluation as a mechanism for monitoring systematizing and grading government activities and their results so that public officials in their future-oriented work will be able to act as responsibly creatively and efficiently as possible. Topics discussed include: "Evaluation Rationality and Theories of Public Management"; "Models of Evaluation"; "Internal or External Evaluation"; "Impact Assessment as Tryout and Social Experimentation"; "Process Evaluation and Implementation Theory"; "The Eight-Problems Approach to Evaluation"; and "Uses and Users of Evaluation."All evaluation rests upon the idea that perceptions opinions intentions judgments in short everything concerned with the world of human consciousness play such interesting roles in political and administrative action that their functions are worth investigating. Through experience humans may learn from past actions. The interventions of the modern state are so extensive their execution so complicated and their potential consequences so far-reaching that science and social research are needed to monitor operations and establish impacts. As an excellent Introduction to the field of policy evaluation Public Policy and Program Evaluation will be a valuable resource for students of public administration public policy political science education and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531222

Public Policy and the Arts: A Comparative Study of Great Britain and IrelandA Comparative Study of Great Britain and Ireland First published in 1998 this volume considers the subject of arts policy as a subject of public policy making proper in UK and Ireland with a particular focus on theatre as a profession rather than a mere hobby. Previous studies have placed the burden of policy improvements on the arts themselves looking at what ‘the arts’ can do to be worthy of government funding and favourable policy and have seen government actions as if they have a uniform effect. This study takes ‘the arts’ out of the abstract and discusses specific ways that diverse activities with even more diverse needs can be best approached with government policy assessing the strengths and weaknesses of government initiatives. It is aimed at both political scientists and anyone with an interest in arts and cultural policy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332003

Public Policy and the CJEU’s PowerBringing Stakeholders In Public Policy and the CJEU’s Power offers an overarching analytical framework for thinking about the impact of policy contexts on the CJEU’s influence on European public policy and the course of European integration. Thereby it lays out a research agenda that is best described as public policy approach to studying judicial power in the European Union. The policy contexts within which actors operate do not only structure the incentives to use litigation they also affect how strongly the implementation of court rulings relies on these policy stakeholders. Therefore the CJEU’s power is strongly dependent on policy contexts and policy stakeholders. This argument is illustrated by a wide variety of empirical analyses covering the three major types of legal actions before the CJEU (infringement proceedings preliminary rulings and annulments) a wide variety of policy fields (e.g. competition law internal market regulation common agriculture policy social policies foreign policy) and different types of policy stakeholders (e.g. public private subnational national and European stakeholders). Using this rich empirical material the book provides an analytic framework for thinking about how policy contexts influence the CJEU’s impact. Bringing together expert contributions Public Policy and the CJEU’s Power will be of great interest and use to scholars working on the European Union law and politics and public policy. The chapters were originally published as a special issue in the Journal of European Integration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367425029

Public Policy and the Mass MediaThe Interplay of Mass Communication and Political Decision Making The mass media are playing an increasingly central role in modern political life that expands beyond their traditional function as mediators between the world of politics and the citizens. This volume explores the extent and circumstances under which the media affects public policy; whether the political impact of the media is confined to the public representation of politics or whether their influence goes further to also affect the substance of political decisions. It provides an in-depth understanding of the conditions under which the media might or might not play a role in the policy process and what the nature of their influence is. Bringing together conceptual and methodological approaches from both political science and communications studies this book presents an interdisciplinary perspective. It presents empirical evidence of the processes involved in the interaction between mass communication and policy and features case studies from Western Europe and the US and across different policy fields. The book will be of interest to students of public policy political communication and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138874121

Public Policy and the Neo-Weberian State The neo-Weberian state constitutes an attempt to combine the Weberian model of administration with the principles laid down during the retreat from the bureaucratic management paradigm (new public management and public governance). The concept of neo-Weberian state involves changing the model of operation of administrative structures from an inward-oriented one focused on compliance with internal rules into a model focused on meeting citizens’ needs (not by resorting to commercialisation as is the case with new public management but by building appropriate quality of administration).This book discusses the context of the neo-Weberian approach and its impact on the processes of societal transformation. Further it identifies and systematises the theoretical and functional elements of the approach under consideration. This volume includes comparative analyses of the neo-Weberian state and public management paradigms. In the empirical part of the work its authors review selected policies (economic innovation industrial labour territorial urban management and health) from the perspective of tools typical of the neo-Weberian approach. This part also includes a critical scrutiny of changes which have taken place in the framework of selected policies in recent decades. The study assesses the appropriateness of the neo-Weberian approach to the management of public affairs regarding countries which have modernised their public administrations in its spirit. One of the aims of this analysis is to answer the question whether the application of neo-Weberian ideas may result in qualitative changes in the context of public policies. The final part of the book covers implications for public management resulting from the concept of neo-Weberian state.Public Policy and the Neo-Weberian State is suitable for researchers and students who study political economy public policy and modern political theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594817

Public Policy and the Old Age Revolution in Japan Thirty years ago when compared to the U.S. England France and Sweden Japan had the lowest life expectancy for males and females. Today Japan has the highest life expectancy and is the world’s most rapidly aging society. Public Policy and the Old Age Revolution in Japan captures the vitality of Japanese policymakers and the challenges they face in shaping a modern society responding to its changing needs. The rapid transition to an aging society poses a set of complex policy and resource dilemmas; the responses taken in Japan are of great value to policymakers professionals and students in the fields of gerontology Asian and Japanese studies sociology public policy administration and management and anthropology in other industrial aging societies. Readers of Public Policy and the Old Age Revolution in Japan will discover the array of social and economic implications that comes with an increasingly aged society. Such a change in demographics affects pension expenditures and pension contributions capital formation and savings rates health costs service systems tax bases labor pools career counseling training advertising and marketing. This book does not stop with these topics however. Readers also learn about: how older Japanese workers are staying employed and employable policies in Japan for a smooth transition from work to retirement Japan’s Silver Human Resource Centers the new direction of health services in Japan the Japanese financing system for elderly health care the expansion of formalized in-home services for Japan’s aged Japanese housing policy and the concept of universal design the Gold Plan a comprehensive ten-year plan to promote health care and welfare for the aged the concept of ikigai--promoting feelings of purpose and self-worth in the agedPublic Policy and the Old Age Revolution in Japan is one of only a handful of books prepared in English by American and Japanese authors for an international audience about aging and social policy in Japan. The book’s recent collection of articles by leading scholars on the subject makes it a unique and timely source of information. Above all Public Policy and the Old Age Revolution in Japan makes it clear that the rest of the world has many valuable lessons to learn by studying Japan’s approach to its rapidly aging society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984257

Public Policy and the Public Interest As a book on public policy this book is unique in addressing explicitly the role of human nature. Only with a good understanding of human nature can policy makers address their foremost needs and anticipate how people may respond to specific designs in policy. This way policy makers can avoid "unintended consequences." The book also provides a new perspective on the meaning of public interest which is based on intellectual roots dating back to J.S.Mill and more recently Harsanyi and Rawls. Traditionally economists have referred to either the Hicksian criterion or the Kaldorian criterion as the yardstick to whether a policy is welfare enhancing not realizing that both of these criteria fail abjectly in producing a convincing test for welfare improvement. This is because ex post typically some people will gain and some people will lose from any policy. The author argues for an alternative ex ante welfare increase criterion that is based on how people would assess a policy if they were completely impartial and totally ignored their personal interests. It applies the principles to key policy concerns such as health policy tort law reform education and cultural policy and pension reform. The healthcare reform proposals in the book illustrate the application of the principles. The author proposes a basic protection plan under which standard basic healthcare services are priced the same whether they are provided by public or private caregivers—at levels that can contain both demand side and supply side moral hazard. Annual eligible healthcare expenses are capped to alleviate worries. A "Lifetime Healthcare Supplement" that includes an element of risk sharing adds to patients’ choice and protection without compromising fiscal sustainability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415702980

Public Policy beyond the Financial CrisisAn International Comparative Study The economic crisis of 2008-2009 and beyond has provided the greatest challenge to public policy in the developed world since the Second World War as the use of public monies to support banks and declining tax revenues have resulted in rising government borrowing and national debt. This book evaluates the failures of public policy in the half decade before the crisis using the conceptual framework of complex systems. This analysis reveals the fundamental failings of globalization and the lack of a robust and resilient public sector paradigm to assist countries in economic recovery. The research has benefited from UK Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC) funding for a Knowledge Exchange that applied the most relevant and applied aspects of complex systems theory to contemporary policy problems. Innovative statistical methods are used to profile and group countries both before and after the 2008-09 crisis. This shows the countries that are best prepared for the ongoing and prolonged Euro zone crisis of 2010-12. The book proposes a new model of public policy that asserts itself over the paradigm of market liberalism and places the public values of full employment sustainability and equality at the top of the post crisis policy agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138205970

Public Policy EvaluationMaking Super-Optimum Decisions First published in 1998 this volume examines how super-optimum decisions involve finding alternatives to controversies whereby Conservatives Liberals or other major groups can all come out ahead of their best initial expectations simultaneously. This book is organised in terms of concepts methods causes process substance and the policy studies profession. Concepts clarify that policy evaluation traditionally involves: (1) Goals to be achieved; (2) Alternatives available for achieving them; (3) Relations between goals and alternatives; (4) Drawing a conclusion as to the best alternative in light of the goals alternatives and relations; and (5) Analysing how the conclusion would change if there were changes in the goals alternatives or relations. Super-optimizing also involves five related steps but with the following improvements: (1) Goals are designed as conservative liberal or neutral; (2) Alternatives get the same designations; (3) Relations are simplified to indicate which alternatives are relatively high or low on each goal; (4) The conclusion involves arriving at an alternative that does better on Goal A than Alternative A and simultaneously better on Goal B than Alternative B; and (5) The fifth step involves analysing the super-optimum or win-win alternative in terms of its feasibility as to the economic technological psychological political administrative and legal matters. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138326941

Public Policy for Regional Development This book draws on the expertise of both North American and European specialists of regional economics evaluating the impact of economic policy in certain regions and considering alternative policies to foster regional economic development and improve the employment and income of the residents of these regions. Martinez-Vazquez and Vaillancourt have gathered chapters from a renowned international pool of experts arguing for the importance of human capital in the regional economics process. The first section of the book examines the policy tools and process relevant to regional development presenting evidence on both the American and Irish experience. The second focuses on the empirical evidence on the impact of taxes and public spending in Canada and the USA. The third examines methodological issues looking particularly at Spain and Poland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138805279

Public Policy in a Divided SocietySchooling Culture and Identity in Northern Ireland First published in 1999 this volume is focused on the framing and implementation of public policy in education in a society with deeply entrenched cultural and political identities as expressed by Protestants and Catholics through their different schooling systems. The problems and prospects of reconciling political and ethnic conflict in Northern Ireland are analyzed from the viewpoints of the chief power groups which influence and direct public policy including: the churches government departments; nationalist and unionist politicians and educationalists. The book breaks new ground through interviews with representatives of these groups providing new insights into the ideological background of the ways in which education policy is set involving the protection recognition and reconciliation of cultural and religious differences. Interviews explore specific issues such as the creation of religiously integrated schools and the policy implications of 'Direct Rule' from the Westminster parliament after the suspension of the Stormont government in 1972. The book also provides an analysis of aspects of the troubles in N.I. involving wider issues of human rights and religious freedoms expressed through a religiously and culturally segregated schooling system set against the state’s responsibility to create and sustain a stable and equitable society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138335448

Public Policy in AgricultureImpact on Labor Supply and Household Income In recent years developed countries have formulated public policies in agriculture ranging from supporting rural life and farm income to promoting sustainability of food and fibre production. Public Policy in Agriculture: Impact on Labor Supply and Household Income addresses the lack of empirical research in this area. It explores the impact of differing approaches to public policy through a series of international case studies from the USA and Canada to South Korea Norway Slovenia and Taiwan. At a time when much of the developed world has been experiencing budget deficits and policy-makers and the public in general have re-opened the debate on public expenditures in the agricultural sector this is a timely volume. Mishra Viaggi and Gomez y Paloma have written an authoritative guide to agricultural public policy that will serve as a reference for academics researchers students and policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367876838

Public Policy in Israel An examination of the current Israeli government covering public policies such as health housing and transport. The volume covers the institutional as well as the political and the bureaucratic framework within which public policies have been made and implemented. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315038537

Public Policy in the United StatesChallenges Opportunities and Changes Offering the widest breadth of policy issue coverage on the market the sixth edition of this well-regarded text covers events through the 2016 elections and beyond.　 Though the content has been extensively and thoughtfully revised and updated the sixth edition maintains its clear approach without an overreliance on policy theory and popular threefold structure: First it introduces readers to the American approach to public policy making as it has been shaped by our political institutions changing circumstances and ideology.　 Second it surveys all of the major policy areas from foreign policy to health care policy to environmental policy and does so with well-selected illustrations case studies terms and study questions. Third it provides readers with analytical tools and frameworks to examine current problems and be able to understand and critique proposed public policy solutions.　 New to the sixth edition is an exploration of: The Affordable Care Act and its implementation controversies and impact The American economy since the end of the Great Recession trade policy and economic equality issues Foreign policy including relations with Russia China and Iran as well as the civil war in Syria the continuing conflicts in Iraq and the challenge of ISIS The US Criminal Justice system and its incarceration challenges as well as issues of minorities police and crime. This new edition includes for the first time a test bank with multiple choice short answer and discussion/essay questions as well as an instructor’s manual.　 Public Policy in the United States 6e is an ideal undergraduate text for introductory courses on American Public Policy and Politics and can be used as supplementary reading in undergraduate courses on policy process policy analysis and American government.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138686045

Public Policy Lessons from the AIDS Response in Africa Public Policy Lessons from the AIDS Response in Africa examines how the interplay between national state dynamics in Africa and the global political arena has shaped the global AIDS response and in this context develops a framework for analysing public policy action more broadly in contemporary Africa. By applying comparative political sociology to AIDS public action this book identifies four political models that are applicable to public initiatives. Fred Eboko goes on to test these in other domains – namely the malaria and tuberculosis health subsectors and the education and environment sectors. By articulating global and national connections and contributing a critical perspective grounded in African scholarship and French political science the author builds a bold and ambitious framework with the potential to enable coherent and effective public policy action in Africa. This book will be of interest to scholars and students of public health global health political science and development studies as well as policy-level practitioners in the areas of global health and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432591

Public Policy Making Reexamined Public Policymaking Reexamined is now recognized as a fundamental treatise for public policy studies. Although it caused much controversy when it was first published for its systematic approach to policy studies the book is acknowledged as a modern classic of continuing importance for the teaching and research of public policy planning and policy analysis and public administration. The paperback includes a new introduction updating and supplementing many of the author's original ideas.Professor Dror combines the approaches of policy analysis behavioral science and systems analysis in his examination of the reality of public policymaking and his suggestions for its reform. Actual policymaking is carefully evaluated with the help of explicit criteria and standards based on an optimal model approach resulting in detailed proposals for improvement. He applies a scientific orientation to the study of social facts and theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531239

Public Policy MakingProcess and Principles This brief text identifies the issues resources actors and institutions involved in public policy making and traces the dynamics of the policymaking process including the triggering of issue awareness the emergence of an issue on the public agenda the formation of a policy commitment and the implementation process that translates policy into practice. Throughout the text which has been revised and updated Gerston brings his analysis to life with abundant examples from the most recent and emblematic cases of public policy making. At the same time with well-chosen references he places policy analysis in the context of political science and deftly orients readers to the classics of public policy studies. Each chapter ends with discussion questions and suggestions for further reading. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701387

Public Policy PraxisA Case Approach for Understanding Policy and Analysis Public administration and policy analysis education have long emphasized tidiness stages and rationality but practitioners frequently must deal with a world where objectivity is buffeted by repressed by and sometimes defeated by value conflict. Politics and policy are "messy" and power explains much more about the policy process than does rationality. Public Policy Praxis now in a thoroughly revised fourth edition uniquely equips students to better grapple with ambiguity and complexity. By emphasizing mixed methodologies the reader is encouraged through the use of a wide variety of policy cases to develop a workable and practical model of applied policy analysis. Students are given the opportunity to try out these globally applicable analytical models and tools in varied case settings (e.g. county city federal international plus urban and rural) while facing wide-ranging topics (starving farmers and the red panda in Nepal e-cigarettes GMOs the gig economy and opioid abuse) that capture the diversity and reality of public policy analysis and the intergovernmental and complex nature of politics. The fourth edition expands upon its thorough exploration of specific tools of policy analysis such as stakeholder mapping content analysis group facilitation narrative analysis cost-benefit analysis futuring and survey analysis. Along with teaching "how to " the authors discuss the limitations the practical political problems and the ethical problems associated with different techniques and methodologies. Many new cases have been added along with clear instructions on how to do congressional research and a Google Trends analysis.　 An expanded online Teaching Appendix is included for adopters offering original cases answers to problems alternative approaches to case use teaching exercises student assignments pedagogical ideas and supplemental material directly tied to concepts covered in the text.　 With an easily accessible and conversational writing style 　Public Policy Praxis　is an ideal textbook for undergraduate and graduate courses in public policy analysis community planning leadership social welfare policy educational policy family policy and special seminars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367180348

Public Policymaking in a Democratic SocietyA Guide to Civic Engagement While people profess a disdain for politics in a democracy politics is the primary vehicle for citizens to influence the decisions and decision makers that shape public policy at every level. This widely acclaimed work provides an overview of public policymaking in all its aspects along with basic information tools and examples that will equip citizens to participate more effectively in the policymaking process. It is intended for use in internships and service-learning programs but will serve equally as a resource for any organized effort to involve citizens in community service and the exercise of civic responsibility. This updated edition includes an all-new case study on the issue of immigration and all other case studies have been revised. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701370

Public Policymaking in a Globalized WorldRevised edition The inexorable advent of globalization has transformed the public policymaking process into a multi-faceted challenge that transcends traditional policymaking boundaries and forces scholars experts and practitioners to redefine their field in terms of both theory and practice. While every policy dilemma has a specific location in time and space most significant policy issues— climate change food and water economic development global pandemics terrorism and violence and migration to name just a few—now require a collective framing of the problem and a collaborative effort to take effective action.   The essays in Public Policymaking in a Globalized World offer valuable insights into how policymaking is evolving from a circumscribed field of inquiry into a truly global dialogue that can help stakeholders to focus on key issues that threaten the survival of our planet. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138095533

Public Policymaking in Hong KongCivic Engagement and State-Society Relations in a Semi-Democracy Why and how has civic engagement emerged in the policy process of Hong Kong as an Asian semi-democratic state? This book attempts to answer this question through examining six cases that straddle diverse policy domains. It identifies three explanatory factors namely the profile of a policy domain the structure of societal interest and the strength of the civil society sector as important in shaping the state’s strategy in managing society hence its propensity to engage. These factors affect the outcome through dynamic interaction between the state and societal actors. The findings outlined in the book show that the development of civic engagement in Hong Kong consists of both society-led and state-led cases. Society-led development brought about a high degree of openness and inclusiveness whereas state-led civic engagement practices tended to be tactics utilized by the state for appeasing or depoliticizing civil society. Compared with other Asian regimes the use of ‘transgressive contention’ as a way to compel the state to engage society is a feature that stands out in the liberal autocratic regime in Hong Kong. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138950436

Public PolicyPreferences and Outcomes Now in a thoroughly revised third edition Public Policy: Preferences and Outcomes is designed to help students enrolled in a public policy course discuss policy issues and understand the ways in which public policy is grounded in normative theory. This approachable book examines the role of political theory in the governance process and the effect of public opinion on policy priorities and government. It introduces students to the tools of policy analysis and the most up to date policy theories in conceptualizing public policy in several major policy areas. New to this edition: A thoroughly revised and updated chapter on public policy models including new sections on the importance of science pluralism institutional analysis and development multiple streams the advocacy coalition framework the punctuated equilibrium framework policy diffusion and the constructivist approach. New sections on health policy welfare economics and the public good the nuclear arms race the War on Terrorism   the Quadrennial Defense Review contemporary policing techniques and issues and renewable energy.　 Restructured and rewritten sections on social policy and equality that includes sections on employment LGBTQ rights and same sex marriage the legalization of marijuana and income inequality.　 Assuming no prior knowledge of the subject and offering instructors a variety of ways to tailor the book to their classroom setting and course priorities Public Policy: Preferences and Outcomes 3e is a highly flexible and effective teaching resource for introductory public policy courses at the undergraduate level and also serves as an ideal refresher book for students at the graduate level. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138202214

Public Private Partnership ContractsThe Middle East and North Africa This book provides a comprehensive overview of the law surrounding PPPs in the Middle East and North African region. The significance of liberalised and integrated Public Private Partnership Contracts as an essential component of the world legal and policy order is well documented. The regulation of PPPs is justified economically to allow for competition in the relevant public service and to achieve price transparency thus resulting in significant savings for the public sector. In parallel to the economic justifications legal imperatives have also called for the regulation of PPPs in order to allow free movement of goods and services and to prohibit discrimination on grounds of nationality. The need for competitiveness and transparency in delivering public services through PPPs is considered a safeguard to achieve international standards in delivering public utility services. First it assesses the compatibility of the current PPPs legislation and regulation in the MENA region with the international standards of legislation and regulation prevalent in many other countries including the UK France and Brazil. Secondly it compares the practices in the MENA region with those of international bodies such as the OECD and World Bank. Comparisons are then made between the MENA countries and those in Europe and Asia with regard to the influence of culture policy and legal globalization. The book will be of interest to scholars and students in the field of international contract law public law and state contracts finance law and private law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138343436

Public Private Partnerships The collection of papers brings out the complexities in PPP in terms of types conceptualization structure institutions and financing. It covers a broad sweep ranging from infrastructure to services and utilities; and from global to Indian states. The methodology is primarily empirical but the thrust is on conceptualization of PPP in its various forms and frameworks. PPP is still a practitioner’s field but is growing in size and significance; and as a solution to failures of public system and the consequent privatization. It is a major attraction to policy makers and funding agencies given its middle-of-the-road approach. It is likely to gain currency but it is important that we get deeper understandings of this form before we place more faith in this. The papers in this book selected from a conference on PPP held at the Indian Institute of Management Bangalore in 2008 raise several important conceptual issues and seek to address some of them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138664999

Public Private Partnerships and Constitutional LawAccountability in the United Kingdom and the United States of America Annually the government commits significant expenditure to a type of public contracts which are known as Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) or the Private Finance Initiative (PFI). These contracts bind the public purse for decades in sectors such as Health Defence and Detention and involve the assignment of a significant role to the private sector in the provision of public services. This book explores the controversial subject of the public accountability of these contracts and the corresponding large sums of public money involved. It explains how public accountability works for PPPs and the PFI and it argues that it should be provided as part of the Economic Constitution. Drawing comparative understandings from the UK and the USA constitutional legal traditions the book investigates public accountability from the perspective of the Economic Constitution focusing on three accountability criteria - legal accounting and administrative. In doing so it provides an analysis which informs both from the perspective of academic research and from that of legal and consulting practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582616

Public Private Partnerships in International ConstructionLearning from case studies Over the last ten years public private partnerships have become ever more popular worldwide expanding the body of experience among construction professionals government agencies and industry. In these economically challenging times PPP has emerged as a crucial framework for providing infrastructure and also to boost construction industry activity while shielding the taxpayer from some of the cost. Understanding the lessons learnt is essential to ensuring the success of future projects and this timely book will prepare the reader to do just that. Starting by defining PPP itself part one is designed to help the novice to get to grips with the basics of this topic. Part two tackles the practicalities of PPPs including successful implementation managing the risks involved and how to assess the suitability of a project for the PPP route. Part three presents detailed case studies from Asia Africa and Australia to illustrate how PPPs should be managed how problems emerge and how PPPs can differ across the world. Drawing on extensive internationally conducted research from both industry and academia the authors have written the essential PPP guide. Taking into consideration the perspectives of those in the public sector and the private sector as well as built environment professionals it is essential reading for anyone preparing to work on public private partnerships in construction. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138233744

Public Private Partnerships in TransportTrends and Theory Over the last thirty years Public Private Partnerships (PPPs) have been used to deliver transport capital projects and services. PPPs are complex arrangements that require a multi-disciplinary approach in order to assure their success though research on the subject has been fragmented. This book fills the gap in existing literature by providing insight into these complex arrangements at their various stages of development.Public Private Partnerships in Transport: trends and theory is structured to follow the life-cycle of a PPP project and strikes a balance between theory and practice. Divided into four parts each section highlights major concerns and offers and array of views and policy recommendations. Parts include context for national implementation decision models performance measures and efficiency standards. This book includes an expanded discussion on the findings presented discussed and analysed at the closing event of the COST Action TU1001 network on the topic of PPPs in transport. The result will be of significant interest to the academic community policy makers and practitioners. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598570

Public Private PartnershipsA Global Review This timely new book provides an international perspective on Public Private Partnerships. Through 21 case studies it investigates the existing and fast developing body of principles and practices from a wide range of countries and is the first book to bring together leading international academics and practitioners under a common framework that enables convenient cross-country comparisons. The authors focus on the impact of the financial crisis has had on how governments have reviewed and overhauled their PPP policies as they have examined or tested new ways of partnering more effectively efficiently and sustainably with the private sector.Readers will be able to gauge the level of maturity of PPP development in the book’s case studies understand similarities and differences in their practices and gain useful insights into the regulatory framework and institutional infrastructure in place to support implementation of PPP. Finally the book offers insights into the future challenges and opportunities that PPP offers stakeholders. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598198

Public Probity and Corruption in Chile In most Latin American countries key officials and political figures have been involved in big corruption scandals in the last decade leading to a rigorous academic debate on the possible socio-economic political and cultural factors responsible for corrupt practices across the region. This book takes a different approach by focusing on Chile which shows the lowest levels of corruption in the region. Instead of analysing notoriously bad cases in Mexico Argentina Brazil and Venezuela this book explores the factors which have led to a relatively high degree of public probity among power holders in Chile.Public Probity and Corruption in Chile presents a long-term historical analysis demonstrating that public probity in Chile has its roots in the colonial period and that public and state responses have historically shown a low level of tolerance for public cases of corruption. In particular the author highlights the role played by relative poverty and lack of resources geographical remoteness the impact of the Arauco War against the Mapuche people the militarisation of both government and public administration the extreme oligarchic nature of the Chilean aristocracy the early consolidation of state institutions and the rule of law high levels of political stability and the role played by patriotism.Studying an example of better practice in detail in this way provides valuable insights into the factors and actors which can help to prevent or to revert the phenomenon of public corruption in the region more generally. As such this book will be of interest to researchers of corruption and public probity both in Chile and further afield. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728724

Public Problems - Private Solutions?Globalizing Cities in the South Cities and city regions are undergoing rapid transformation. They are prime locations of innovation while at the same time facing growing problems of spatial fragmentation and social exclusion. By addressing these problems cities become forerunners for new patterns of governance which include increasingly private actors. While research on 'global' cities has focused primarily on the world's leading financial and economic centres comparative research on the changing role of large complex cities in the developing world is less advanced. But it is here where public problems are most seriously threatening the cohesion of urban society and where the need for new answers is most urgent. Illustrated by in-depth examinations of four city regions: Shanghai Mumbai Johannesburg and São Paulo this book readdresses this balance. The book revisits the same set of cities from different angles thereby reflecting urban contradictions juxtapositions and disjunctures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138620261

Public Procurement Policy Appropriate laws and regulations are an essential tool to direct the action of procurers toward the public good and avoid corruption and misallocation of resources. Common laws and regulations across regions nations and continents potentially allow for the further opening of markets and ventures to newcomers and new ideas to satisfy public demand. This book collects original contributions from both economists and lawyers related to the new European Union Directives just approved in 2014 by the EU Parliament.Uniquely this book combines juridical and technical expertise so as to find a common terrain and language to debate the specific issues that a Public Administration in need of advancing and modernizing has to face. This format features for each section an introductory exchange between two experts of different disciplines made of a series of sequential interactions between an economist and a lawyer that write and follow-up on one another. This is to enrich the liveliness of the debate and improve the mutual understanding between the two professions. There are four sections characterized in this book: supporting social considerations via public procurement; green public procurement; innovation through innovative partnerships; and Lots - the Economic and Legal Challenges of Centralized Procurement. This book will be of interest to policy-makers practitioners working in the field of EU public procurement as well as academics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598730

Public ProcurementInternational Cases and Commentary In many countries and sectors public procurement is developing from a functional orientation to an effective socio-economic policy lever. There is a great interest among managers and academics to learn from other countries’ and other sectors’ change initiatives and how they dealt with the challenges they encountered. This text provides such learning opportunities presenting case studies of public procurement covering diverse nations sectors and issues. The cases are combined with editorial commentary and contextualizing chapters to assist the student reader in understanding this complex topic. The text combines descriptions of cases of public procurement with cross case analysis to draw out the key dimensions to enable further examination of the central themes. Each case study concludes with three questions to aid its use as a teaching and training text. Edited by a team of internationally recognised experts in the field this innovative text illustrates the strategies and innovations within public procurement on a global scale and highlights common problems that all countries encounter. Public Procurement is vital reading for anyone with an interest in this topical area. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203815250

Public Productivity Handbook Anyone hoping to improve teamwork performance and budgeting training and evaluation programs in their organization should look no further. Completely revised Public Productivity Handbook Second Edition defines the role of leadership dimensions of employee commitment and multiple employee-organization based relationships for effective internal and external connections. It's coverage of new and systematic management approaches and well-defined measurement systems provides guidance on correct utilization of human resources that ensure improvements in productivity and performance. The authors discuss such topics as citizen-driven government and performance public sector values and productivity privatization and productivity barriers in the public sector. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429272820

Public Program EvaluationA Statistical Guide This readable and comprehensive text is designed to equip students and practitioners with the statistical skills needed to meet government standards regarding public program evaluation. Even those with little statistical training will find the explanations clear with many illustrative examples case studies and applications. Far more than a cookbook of statistical techniques the book begins with chapters on the overall context for successful program evaluations and carefully explains statistical methods--and threats to internal and statistical validity--that correspond to each evaluation design. Laura Langbein then presents a variety of methods for program analysis and advise readers on how to select the mix of methods most appropriate for the issues they deal with-- always balancing methodology with the need for generality the size of the evaluator's budget the availability of data and the need for quick results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765626127

Public Property Law and SocietyOwning Belonging Connecting in the Public Realm This book examines the almost entirely neglected realm of public property identifying and describing a number of key organizing principles around which a nascent jurisprudence of public property may be developed. In property law terms the public realm is lost to plain view. Despite the vast acreage of public lands or the extensive tracts of private lands over which public rights subsist there is little commensurate scholarly discussion of the ideas theories practices and laws of public property. This is no accident. Public property has been marginalized and pushed to the periphery for centuries a consequence of the dominant discourse of private property and its enclosing encroaching tendencies. This book explores the rich diversity of the public estate of what the public realm means for us the general public canvassing what we may ‘own’ where we may ‘belong’ or not and how we may ‘connect’ through a shared use and enjoyment of public place and space. To better understand public property is to better value its critical public-wealth. Whether overlooked over-used or under threat of imminent loss this book maintains that our loved (and not so loved) public spaces are essential components of our diverse functioning and optimistically livable human geographies. As such they demand legal protection. This important and original book will be of considerable interest to scholars and others with interests in property and land law socio-legal studies legal geography and urban studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367375980

Public RapeRepresenting Violation in Fiction and Film Second-wave feminism fought to end the blanket silence shrouding rape and bring it to public attention. Now feminist critics must confront a different issue. In Public Rape Tanya Horeck considers the public investment in images of rape and the figure of the raped woman. Introducing the idea of 'public rape' Horeck looks at how images of rape serve as cultural fantasies of sexual racial and class difference. Looking at rape in real life as well as in literature and films such as The Accused and Boys Don't Cry Horek reveals how representations of rape raise vital questions about the relationship between reality and fantasy and between violence and spectacle Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203604182

Public Reason and Applied EthicsThe Ways of Practical Reason in a Pluralist Society Examining the theoretical and empirical status of applied ethics this volume demonstrates how a pluralistic and democratic society can deal with ethical issues in the light of its moral conscience. The volume first sets the stage for a conception of applied ethics as applications of transnational civil ethics based both on a discourse theory of knowledge (Apel Habermas) and on an activities and capabilities approach (Aristotle Sen). It then examines how applied ethics relates to important theoretical discussions in philosophy such as constructivism virtue ethics hermeneutic and deliberative theory. The contributors discuss applied ethics in light of globalization and identify recurring dilemmas as well as the problem of universal norms. They close by considering two aspects of the institutional point of view - republicanism and contractarianism and constitutional economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138266292

Public Reason in Political PhilosophyClassic Sources and Contemporary Commentaries When people of good faith and sound mind disagree deeply about moral religious and other philosophical matters how can we justify political institutions to all of them? The idea of public reason—of a shared public standard despite disagreement—arose in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries in the work of Hobbes Locke Rousseau and Kant. At a time when John Rawls’ influential theory of public reason has come under fire but its core idea remains attractive to many it is important not to lose sight of earlier philosophers’ answers to the problem of private conflict through public reason.The distinctive selections from the great social contract theorists in this volume emphasize the pervasive theme of intractable disagreement and the need for public justification. New essays by leading scholars then put the historical work in context and provide a focus of debate and discussion. They also explore how the search for public reason has informed a wider body of modern political theory—in the work of Hume Hegel Bentham and Mill—sometimes in surprising ways. The idea of public reason is revealed as an overarching theme in modern political philosophy—one very much needed today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867911

Public Regulation Financ/h In the many studies that have been conducted on the provision of financial services for consumers regulation has emerged as one of the most important factors. The impact of regulation on financial service industries is a major focus of this comprehensive bibliography of relevant source materials in the field of regulatory economics. The bibliography includes entries from the major economics and finance journals published over the past twenty years major law and business journals government documents books and doctoral dissertations--all indexed according to subject matter--as well as abstracts of many of the papers.The product of extensive research Heggestad's work is invaluable to university libraries regulatory agencies financial institutions and financial experts and is an efficient and essential reference tool for anyone wishing to study specific markets and the impact of financial regulation on them. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284800

Public Regulation of Site Selection for Nuclear Power PlantsPresent Procedures and Reform Proposals — An Annotated Bibliography Public regulation of site-selection for nuclear power plants is woven into the fabric of the distinctively-American experience in exercising government control over privately-owned public utilities. Originally published in 1977 the authors have identified the various dimensions of public concern with the selection of new nuclear power sites. This volume divided into four parts explores the complex issues at the heart of American nuclear power: Part I contains literature which describes the process of power-plant siting as conducted by the utilities; Part II contains studies and reports on the structure and process of public regulation; Part III describes local government State and other Federal agency regulation of siting; and finally Part IV cites selected proposals and analyses of recommendations for regulatory reform. This is a valuable resource for any student interested in environmental studies and public policy reform. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138962545

Public Relations Public Relations: contemporary issues and techniques offers a definitive guide to public relations management. It provides comprehensive analysis and explanation of a full range of modern PR techniques spanning both inhouse and agency practice.The text has involved fundamental restructuring and updating of existing material and the incorporation of the new techniques and strategies for instance:* The use of multimedia techniques in PR* Overseas media and the globalization of media communications* The latest case examples - notably New Labour's rebranding and media management since 1997 government PR during the 2001 war against Afghanistan and the 2002 football World CupThe book presents the core strategies for successful PR combining this with indepth advice on implementation and the everyday techniques that every PR person needs to grasp. With a range of new user-friendly textual features the book's practical how-to focus wedded to firm theoretical analysis makes it the ideal text for those studying for professionally accredited examinations such as the IPR CAM and LCCI awards. It is also a useful aide-memoire for all practising PR professionals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138141834

Public Relations Public Relations is increasingly recognized as a well-established communication and management science. Indeed the discipline has now generated an abundance of serious scholarly research which is very wide-ranging and which continues to flourish as never before. But much of the relevant literature remains inaccessible or is highly specialized and compartmentalized so that it is difficult for many of those who are interested in the subject to obtain an informed balanced and comprehensive overview. This new four-volume collection from Routledge’s acclaimed Critical Concepts in Media and Cultural Studies series answers the need for an accessible one-stop reference work to make sense of the subject’s vast and dispersed literature and the ongoing explosion in research output. Edited by Robert L. Heath a leading scholar in the field the four volumes of the collection bring together classic and contemporary contributions to provide a ‘mini library’ of the best and most important research. The collection is global and multidisciplinary in scope and the gathered materials explore a range of issues not least the increasingly important role PR plays in society. In particular the collection addresses why—and how—corporations governments and other bodies practise PR. The collected works also interrogate the history and ethics of Public Relations and consider the dizzying challenges posed by new often interactive technologies and social media. Public Relations includes a full index and is supplemented by an introduction newly written by the editor which places the collected works in their historical and intellectual context. It is certain to be welcomed by advanced students academics and practitioners as a vital resource for reference and research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525497

Public Relations Activism and Social ChangeSpeaking Up Winner of the 2014 NCA PRIDE Book Award Why are some voices louder in public debates than others? And why can’t all voices be equally heard? This book draws significant new meaning to the inter-relationships of public relations and social change through a number of activist case studies and rebuilds knowledge around alternative communicative practices that are ethical sustainable and effective. Demetrious offers a powerful critical description of the dominant model of public relations used in the twentieth century showing that ‘PR’ was arrogant unethical and politically offensive in ways that have severely weakened democratic process and its public standing and professional credibility. The book argues that change within the field of public relations is imminent and urgent—for us all. As the effects of climate change intensify and are magnified by high carbon dioxide emitting industries vigorous public debate is vital in the exploration of new ideas and action and if alternative futures are to be imagined. In these conditions articulate and persistent publics will appear in the form of grassroots activists asking contentious questions about risks and tabling them for public discussion in bold inventive and effective ways. Yet the entrenched power relations in and through public relations in contemporary industrialized society provide no certainty these voices will be heard. Following this path Demetrious theorises an alternative set of social relations to those used in the twentieth century: public communication. Constructed from communicative practices of grassroots activists and synthesis of diverse theoretical positions public communication is a principled approach that avoids the deep contradictions and flawed coherences of essentialist public relations and instead represents an important ethical reorientation in the communicative fields. Lastly she brings original new perspectives to understand current and emergent developments in activism and public relations brought about through the proliferation of Internet and digital cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138921863

Public Relations Branding and AuthenticityBrand Communications in the Digital Age Public Relations Branding and Authenticity: Brand Communications in the Digital Age explores the role of PR and branding in society by considering the notion of authentic communications within the context of an emerging digital media environment. This qualitative analysis explores the challenge of developing authentic brand narratives in the digital age whilst questioning the problematic nature of authenticity itself. Case studies of public relations activity of successful brands and those in crisis are supplemented by interviews with senior public relations and branding practitioners. The book lays out three specific arguments. Firstly a repositioning of the relationship between public relations and brand practice is explored. It is argued that public relations practitioners are well placed to facilitate brands in the digital age because of the inherent acceptance of the value of relationship building adaptation and boundary spanning embedded in PR practice and best practice theory. Secondly the book introduces a new concept of riparian brands. Such brands are based on solid core values but have an ability to atune adjust and naturalise to the prevailing social cultural and economic environment. Thirdly the book presents an ontology of the riparian brand in the form of an authentic brand wheel and 15 real-time interaction success factors. Aimed at both academics and practitioners interested in the theoretical development of PR and its emerging relationship with branding it will also be of interest to scholars of corporate communications corporate reputation and branding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367077655

Public Relations Cooperation and JusticeFrom Evolutionary Biology to Ethics Modern approaches to public relations cluster into three camps along a continuum: conflict-oriented egoism e.g. forms of contingency theory that focus almost exclusively on the wellbeing of an entity; redressed egoism e.g. subsidies to redress PR’s egoistic nature; and forms of self-interested cooperation e.g. fully functioning society theory. 　Public Relations Cooperation and Justice draws upon interdisciplinary research from evolutionary biology philosophy and rhetoric to establish that relationships built on cooperation and justice are more productive than those built on conflict and egoistic competition. Just as important this innovative book shuns normative utopian appeals offering instead only empirical materialistic evidence for its conclusions.This is a powerful multidisciplinary and well-documented analysis including specific strategies for the enactment of PR as a quest for cooperation and justice which aligns the discipline of public relations with basic human nature. It will be of interest to scholars and advanced students of public relations and communication ethics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874186

Public Relations Society and the Generative Power of History Public Relations Society and the Generative Power of History examines how histories are used to explore how the past is constructed from the present how the present is always historical and how both past and present can power imagined futures. Divided into three distinct parts the book uses historical inquiry as a springboard for engaging with interdisciplinary critical and complex issues in the past and present. Part I examines the history of corporate PR the centrality of the corporation in PR scholarship and the possibility of resisting corporate hegemony through PR efforts. The theme of Part II is ‘Historicising gender ethnicity and diversity in PR work ’ focusing on how gendered and racialised identities have been constructed and resisted both within the profession and through the result of its work. Part III engages with ‘Histories of public relations in the political sphere ’ bringing together work on the different ways in which public relations has evolved in changing political contexts both formally as a function within political institutions and in the context of contributions to broader narratives of nationalism and identity. Featuring contributions from leading academics this book challenges traditional PR historiography and contests the ‘lessons’ derived from existing literature to address the implications of key areas of critically engaged PR theory. This volume is a valuable teaching resource for upper-level undergraduates and postgraduates studying public relations strategic communications political communication and organisational communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138317116

Public Relations and Communication ManagementCurrent Trends and Emerging Topics Public Relations and Communication Management serves as a festschrift honoring the work of public relations scholars James E. Gruning and Larissa A. Grunig. Between them the Grunigs have published 12 books and more than 330 articles book chapters and various academic and professional publications and have supervised 34 doctoral dissertations and 105 master’s theses. This volume recognizes the Grunig‘s contributions to public relations scholarship over the past four decades. To honor the Grunig’s scholarship this volume continues to expand their body of work with essays from renowned colleagues former students and research associates. The chapters discuss current trends in the field as well as emerging issues that drive the field forward. Sample topics include theories and future aspects of the behavioral strategic management approach to managing public relations and its linkages and implications to related subfields and key field issues. Contributions stimulate academic discussion and demonstrate the relevance of applied theories for the practice of public relations and communication management with up-to-date concepts theories and thoughts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630900

Public Relations and IndividualityFate Technology and Autonomy Our individuality is partly shaped by encounters with the external world so it is inconceivable that we are unaffected by the planned management of public communications which manages much of our external experience. Exploring one of the most important mediators between organizations and individual encounters – public relations (PR) â€“ is long overdue. By developing new ways to create and connect with us as members of particular target audiences has it changed our interior existence by altering perceptions of the world outside ourselves?PR’s massive impact on groups society or organizations is rightly explored but its immense influence on our individuality is neglected. In an age where new media makes deepening connections to individuals the relationship of PR to individuality is one of the field’s most profoundly important issues. This provocative book will assist scholars and advanced students in PR and communication research to develop a clear structured disciplined understanding of this phenomenon and its implications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367666774

Public Relations and Nation BuildingInfluencing Israel All public relations emerges from particular environments but the specific conditions of Israel offer an exceptional study of the accelerators and inhibitors of professional development in the history of a nation. Documenting and analyzing the contribution of one profession to building one specific nation this book tells the previously-untold story of Israeli public relations practitioners. It illustrates their often-unseen often-unacknowledged and often-strategic shaping of the events narratives and symbols of Israel over time and their promotion of Israel to the world. It links the profession’s genesis – including the role of the Diaspora and early Zionist activists – to today’s private and public sector professionals by identifying their roots in Israel’s cultural economic media political and social systems. It reveals how professional communicators and leaders nurtured and valued collectivism high consensus solidarity and unity over democracy and free speech. It investigates such key underpinning concepts as Hasbara and criticizes non-democratic and sometimes unethical propaganda practices. It highlights unprecedented fundraising and lobbying campaigns that forged Israeli identity internally and internationally. In situating Israeli ideas on democracy in the context of contemporary public relations theory Public Relations and Nation Building seeks to point ways forward for that theory for Israel and for the public relations of many other nations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367866693

Public Relations and Participatory CultureFandom Social Media and Community Engagement While public relations practitioners have long focused on the relationship between organizations and their stakeholders there has never been a time when that relationship was so dominated by public participation. The new model of multiple messages originating from multiple publics at varying levels of engagement is widely acknowledged but not widely explored in scholarly texts. The established model of one-way communication and message control no longer exists. Social media and an increasingly participatory culture means that fans are taking a more active role in the production and co-creation of messages communication and meaning. These fans have significant power in the relationship dynamic between the message the communicator and the larger audience yet they have not been defined using current theory and discourse. Our existing conceptions fail to identify these active and engaged publics let alone understand virtual communities who are highly motivated to communicate with organizations and brands. This innovative and original research collection attempts to address this deficit by exploring these interactive engaged publics and open up the complexities of establishing and maintaining relationships in fan-created communities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367359010

Public Relations and Religion in American HistoryEvangelism Temperance and Business Winner of The American Journalism Historians Association Book of the Year Award 2015 This study of American public relations history traces evangelicalism to corporate public relations via reform and the church-based temperance movement. It encompasses a leading evangelical of the Second Great Awakening Rev. Charles Grandison Finney and some of his predecessors; early reformers at Oberlin College where Finney spent the second half of his life; leaders of the Woman’s Christian Temperance Union and the Anti-Saloon League of America; and twentieth-century public relations pioneer Ivy Ledbetter Lee whose work reflecting religious and business evangelism has not yet been examined. Observations about American public relations history icon P. T. Barnum whose life and work touched on many of the themes presented here also are included as thematic bookends. As such this study cuts a narrow channel through a wide swath of literature and a broad sweep of historical time from the mid-eighteenth century to the first decades of the twentieth century to examine the deeper and deliberate strategies for effecting change for persuading a community of adherents or opponents or even a single soul to embrace that which an advocate intentionally presented in a particular way for a specific outcome—prescriptions as it turned out not only for religious conversion but also for public relations initiatives. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138548503

Public Relations and Social TheoryKey Figures Concepts and Developments Public Relations and Social Theory: Key Figures Concepts and Developments broadens the theoretical scope of public relations studies by applying the work of a group of prominent social theorists to make sense of the practice. The volume focuses on the work of key social theorists including Max Weber Karl Marx John Dewey Jürgen Habermas Niklas Luhmann Michel Foucault Ulrich Beck Pierre Bourdieu Anthony Giddens Robert Putnam Erving Goffman Peter L. Berger Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak Bruno Latour Dorothy Smith Zygmunt Bauman Harrison White John W. Meyer Luc Boltanski and Chantal Mouffe. Each chapter is devoted to an individual theorist providing an overview of that theorist’s key concepts and contributions and exploring how these can be applied to public relations as a practice. Each chapter also includes a box giving a short and concise presentation of the theorist along with recommendation of key works and secondary literature.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138281301

Public Relations and Sustainable CitizenshipRepresenting the Unrepresented This book examines how public relations might re-imagine itself as an instrument of "sustainable citizenship" by exploring alternative models of representing and building relationships with and among marginalised publics that disrupt the standard discourses of public relations. It argues that public relations needs to situate itself in the larger context of citizenship the values and ethics that inform it and the attitudes and behaviours that characterize it. Interlacing critical public relations with a theoretical fabric woven with strands of postcolonial histories indigenous studies feminist studies and political theory the book brings out the often-unseen processes of relationship building that nurtures solidarity among historically marginalized publics. The book is illustrated with global cases of public relations as sustainable citizenship in action across three core elements of the earth – air water and land. In each of the cases readers can see how resistance movements not necessarily aligned with any specific organization or interest group are seeking to change the status quo of a world increasingly defined by exploitation overconsumption sectarianism and faux nationalism. This challenging book will be of interest to students and scholars of not only public relations but also the broader social and management sciences who are interested in issues of environmental and social justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367338107

Public Relations and the Corporate PersonaThe Rise of the Affinitive Organization For much of the last century large predominantly US corporations used public relations to demonstrate that their missions resonated with dominant societal values. Through the construction and conveyance of the "corporate persona" they aimed to convince citizens that they share common aspirations - and moreover that their corporate "soul" works as a beneficent force in society.Through examining key examples from the last 80 years this book argues that PR through the corporate persona works to create a sense of shared reality between the corporation and the average citizen. This has been instrumental in conveying across generations that the corporation is an affinitive corporate persona - a fellow companion in the journey of life. The construct is obviously ripe for manipulation and the role of PR in creating and promoting the corporate persona in order to align corporations and stakeholders is potentially problematic. From wage inequality to climate change preserving the corporate status quo may be negative.This original and thought-provoking book not only critically analyses how PR and its role in the corporate persona works to solidify power but also how that power might be used to further goals shared by the corporation and the individual. Scholars and advanced students of public relations organizational communications and communication studies will find this book a challenging and illuminating read. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367874650

Public Relations and the History of Ideas This innovative book explores ten great works by well-known thinkers and orators whose impact has been intellectual practical and global. Most of the works significantly precede public relations as a phrase or profession but all are in no doubt about the force of planned public communication and the power that lies with those managing the process.The works are stimulating and diverse and were written to address some of society’s biggest challenges. Although not traditionally the focus of public relations research they have all had a global impact as communicators and as the foundation for fundamental ideas from spirituality to war and economics to social justice. Each addresses the implications of structured communication between organizations and societies and scrutinizes or advocates activities that are now central to PR and its morality. They could not ignore PR and PR cannot ignore them.This book will be essential reading for researchers and scholars in public relations and communication and will also be of inter-disciplinary interest to study in sociology literature philosophy politics and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367867416

Public Relations and the Public Interest In this book Johnston seeks to put the public interest onto the public relations ‘radar’ arguing the need for its clear articulation into mainstream public relations discourse. This book examines literature from a range of fields and disciplines to develop a clearer understanding of the concept and then considers this within the theory and practice of public relations. The book’s themes include the role of language and discourse in establishing successful public interest PR and in perpetuating power imbalances; intersections between CSR governance law and the public interest; and how activism and social media have invigorated community control of the public interest. Chapters explore the role of the public interest including cross-cultural and multicultural challenges community and internal consultation communication choices and listening to minorities and subaltern publics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386575

Public Relations As ActivismPostmodern Approaches to Theory & Practice This volume applies postmodern theory to public relations providing an alternative lens to public relations theory and practice and developing public relations theory within the context of postmodernism. Author Derina Holtzhausen focuses on two key issues and their application to public relations theory and practice: the postmodernization of society and the possibilities postmodern theories offer to explain and understand public relations practice in today’s changing society. Holtzhausen's argument is that existing theory should be evaluated from a postmodern perspective to determine its applicability to postmodernity. Utilizing practitioner perspectives throughout the volume she explores the practice of public relations as a form of activism. The volume is intended for scholars and students in public relations. It may be used as a supplemental text in advanced courses on public relations theory PR management organizational communication and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415743815

Public Relations as Emotional Labour Inextricably linked to neoliberal market economies public relations’ influence in our promotional culture is profound. Yet many aspects of the professional role are under-researched and poorly understood including the impact on workers who construct displays of feeling to elicit a desired emotional response to earn trust and manage clients. The emotionally demanding nature of this aspirational work and how this is symptomatic of "always on" culture is particularly overlooked. Drawing on interviews with practitioners and agency directors together with the author’s personal insights from observations in the field this book fills a significant gap in knowledge by presenting a critical-interpretive exploration of everyday relational work of account handlers in PR agencies. In underscoring the relationship-driven highly contingent nature of this work the author shows that emotional labour is a defining feature of professionalism even as public relations is reconfigured in the digital age. In doing so the book draws on a wide range of related contemporary social and cultural theories as well as critical public relations and feminist public relations literature. Scholars educators and research students in PR and communications studies will gain rich insights into the emotion management strategies employed by public relations workers in handling professional relationships with clients journalists and their colleagues thereby uncovering some of the taken-for-granted aspects of this gendered promotional work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138920309

Public Relations as Public DiplomacyThe Royal Bank of Canada’s Monthly Letter 1943-2003 This is a study of the Royal Bank of Canada’s Monthly Letter which was initially created in 1920 as a traditional economic newsletter and later evolved quite serendipitously into a publication marvel when in 1943 it came under the influence of John Heron journalist and publicist gaining mass appeal both domestically and abroad. This concise history documents the inception development and rise to popularity of the Monthly Letter telling the untold story of how a corporate newsletter became a tool of international public diplomacy. The purpose of this writing is to demonstrate the entanglement of the fields of public diplomacy and public relations and to offer a more palatable conceptualization of them as two discrete but necessary parts of a whole. It acknowledges the varied soup of contested terminology which surrounds the field of public diplomacy (e.g. corporate diplomacy cultural diplomacy and economic diplomacy). This work conceptualizes public diplomacy and public relations as two parts of a whole in which the sum is greater than its individual parts juxtaposing the two fields in relation to one another diminishing neither. The contents of this work provide a broad overview of the fields of public diplomacy and public relations that could serve as an introduction and discussion point for students and scholars in both fields and offers a specific case study around which lively discussion and additional study can ensue. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367339746

Public Relations As Relationship ManagementA Relational Approach To the Study and Practice of Public Relations The emergence of relationship management as a paradigm for public relations scholarship and practice necessitates an examination of precisely what public relations achieves -- its definition function and value and the benefits it generates. Promoting the view that public relations provides value to organizations publics and societies through relationships Public Relations as Relationship Management takes a in-depth look at organization-public relationships and explores the strategies that can be employed to cultivate and maintain them. Expanding on the work published in the first edition this thoroughly up-to-date volume covers such specialized areas of public relations as non-profit organizations shareholder relations lobbying employee relations and risk management. It expands the reader’s ability to understand conceptualize theorize and measure public relations through the presentation of state-of-the-art research and examples of the use of the relationship paradigm. Developed for scholars researchers and advanced students in public relations Public Relations as Relationship Management provides a contemporary perspective on the role of relationships in public relations and encourages further research and study. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138853829

Public Relations Crisis CommunicationA New Model This book explores the definition nature and context of public relations crises; it also examines and defines the main elements of public relations crises and positions it in the context of the current communication sphere. Public Relations Crisis Communication: A New Model investigates existing group communication theories including organizational culture critical theory of organizations media ecology public rhetoric and cross-cultural communication theory to establish their relevance in the context of the new model of public relations crisis. Key concepts from existing public relations crisis theory are also discussed and validated in order to establish prevailing thought. Through a case study of Malaysia Airlines MH370 involving a textual analyses of press communications on the Malaysia Airlines website this book scrutinises prevailing theory and definitions. Most valuably this book proposes a new definition and model of public relations crisis alongside a suggested extension to existing crisis communication theory in the form of a hierarchy of publics to be addressed during crises. This will help to address divergent publics with differing priorities in public relations crisis communication. This book is of interest to students teachers researchers and practitioners of public relations communication media and marketing as well as professionals in the aviation industry and international relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367254292

Public Relations Ethics and ProfessionalismThe Shadow of Excellence Do professions really place duty to society above clients' or their own interests? If not how can they be trusted? While some public relations (PR) scholars claim that PR serves society and enhances the democratic process others suggest that it is little more than propaganda serving the interests of global corporations. This is not an argument about definitions but about ethics - yet this topic is barely explored in texts and theories that seek to explain PR and its function in society. This book places PR ethics in the wider context of professional ethics and the sociology of professions. By bringing together literature from fields beyond public relations - sociology professional and philosophical ethics and Jungian psychology - it integrates a new body of ideas into the debate. The unprecedented introduction of Jungian psychology to public relations scholarship shifts the debate beyond a traditional Western 'Good/Bad' ethical dichotomy towards a new holistic approach with dynamic implications for theory and practice. This thought-provoking book will be essential reading for students academics and professionals with an interest in public relations ethics and professionalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138062528

Public Relations EthicsThe Real-World Guide This book is a pragmatic case-rich guide to how current and future public relations practitioners can apply ethical principles and the industry’s codes of ethics to their day-to-day work. Authors Trevor Morris and Simon Goldsworthy draw on their years of industry and academic experience to illustrate key ethical issues and ground them in reality all within an international frame of reference. Public Relations Ethics incorporates interviews with industry practitioners offering contrasting perspectives as well as recent examples of real-life complaints and disciplinary issues. Provocative questions and exercises help readers grapple with ethical dilemmas and review the key scenarios and challenges that PR people face. The book is ideal at the undergraduate postgraduate and continuing education levels as a core text for public relations ethics courses and a supplementary text for general public relations survey courses. Accompanying the text are online resources for both students and instructors including lecture slides and links to further resources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367612276

Public Relations for Management Success Originally published in 1984. Public relations is a key element necessary for success in all business activities. Although some businessmen see public relations as a separable business function this book argues convincingly that public relations should really be an integral management function practised by all managers all the time. Public Relations for Management Success defines public relations and examines particular techniques including media relations and areas of concern such as government/parliamentary liaison and issues such as conservation and pollution. It discusses how public relations activities should be planned staffed financed and assessed putting forward principles illustrated by worldwide case studies and examples. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138571662

Public Relations From the MarginsA Special Issue of the Journal of Public Relations Research The articles in this special issue address some of the key issues facing research and practice of public relations today. These studies acknowledge the traditional mainstream public relations research arguments for excellence in public relations according to the symmetry model and to considerations of the dominant coalition controlling the organization. What are proposed in this issue are responses to these assumptions and suggestions that what might be important to consider are the socio-political context that surrounds the organization and the notion that power exists in other sites besides the dominant coalition. These articles are--in essence--a conversation or give-and-take between established beliefs and new possibilities for understanding public relations. Further these studies' important theoretical contribution is their expression in real life situations and case study applications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138463653

Public Relations HistoryFrom the 17th to the 20th Century: The Antecedents This important volume documents events and routines defined as public relations practice and serves as a companion work to the author's The Unseen Power: Public Relations which tells the history of public relations as revealed in the work and personalities of the pioneer agencies. This history opens with the 17th Century efforts of land promoters and colonists to lure settlers from Europe -- mainly England -- to this primitive land along the Atlantic Coast. They used publicity tracts sermons and letters to disseminate rosy glowing accounts of life and opportunity in the new land. The volume closes with a description of the public relations efforts of colleges and other non-profit agencies in the late 19th and early 20th centuries thus providing a bridge across the century line. This study of the origins of public relations provides helpful insight into its functions its strengths and weaknesses and its profound though often unseen impact on our society. Public relations or its equivalents -- propaganda publicity public information -- began when mankind started to live together in tribal camps where one's survival depended upon others of the tribe. To function civilization requires communication conciliation consensus and cooperation -- the bedrock fundamentals of the public relations function. This volume is filled with robust public struggles -- the struggles of which history is made and a nation built: * the work of the Revolutionaries led by the indomitable Sam Adams to bring on the War of Independence that gave birth to a New Nation; * the propaganda of Alexander Hamilton James Madison and John Jay in the Federalist papers to win ratification of the U.S. Constitution -- prevailing against the propaganda of the AntiFederalists led by Richard Henry Lee; * the battle between the forces of President Andrew Jackson led by Amos Kendall and those of Nicholas Biddle and his Bank of the United States which presaged corporate versus government campaigns common today: * the classic presidential campaign of 1896 which pitted pro-Big Business candidate William McKinley against the Populist orator of the Platte William Jennings Bryan. This book details the antecedents of today's flourishing influential vocation of public relations whose practitioners -- some 150 000 professionals -- make their case for their clients or their employers in the highly competitive public opinion marketplace. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811849

Public Relations HistoryTheory Practice and Profession This book presents a unique overview of public relations history tracing the development of the profession and its practices in a variety of sectors ranging from politics education social movements and corporate communication to entertainment. Author Cayce Myers examines the institutional pressures including financial legal and ethical considerations that have shaped public relations and have led to the parameters in which the practice is executed today exploring the role that underrepresented groups and sectors (both in the U.S. and internationally) played in its formation. The book presents the diversity and nuance of public relations practice while also providing a cohesive narrative that engages readers in the complex development of this influential profession. Public Relations History is an excellent resource for upper-level undergraduate and graduate courses covering public relations theory management and administration; mass communication history; and media history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138491410

Public Relations in BritainA History of Professional Practice in the Twentieth Century In this book the author asks a big question: how did public relations develop in Britain and why? The question is answered through a broad ranging narrative which links the evolution of British public relations in the early twentieth century to key political economic social and technological developments. Drawing on oral history interviews and extensive archival research the book highlights some of the sociological issues relevant to a study of public relations and foregrounds the professionalisation of the occupation in the second part of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651196

Public Relations in Hyper-globalizationEssential Relationship Management - A Japan Perspective Achieving your goals quickly and efficiently is both more difficult and more important in today’s hyper-globalized world. A new environment is being created by disruptive technology radical new business models digital communications and a highly integrated global supply chain. It is a world in which a reality TV host and businessman became President of the United States in which terrorists use social media to recruit members and to broadcast executions in which the very existence of the nation state is in question where everyone can communicate globally 24 hours a day at no cost and in which a leader is much more likely to be at the center of a crisis. Today successful global leaders will be those that have a working knowledge of strategic public relations as described in this book. For current and future leaders of business and government it is essential to understand the forces creating this very challenging new environment and to acquire a new skill set. This book provides the needed understanding and teaches you the skill of public relations as multi-stakeholder relationship management. It shows how to achieve your goals and objectives when others fail by building win-win outcomes with current and future employees investors suppliers distributors customers governments and all the other stakeholders. Written by a veteran public relations professional and a visiting professor of major graduate schools of management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138054967

Public Relations in JapanEvolution of Communication Management in a Culture of Lifetime Employment Despite its rapid economic development Japan lacks a large public relations industry and its role is viewed very differently from its Western counterparts. PR functions are handled predominantly in-house and a degree in a PR field is not a hiring requirement for those agencies which do operate. Mainstream PR history focusses entirely on its organizational aspects and there are no Japanese PR "gurus" defining the field.Public Relations in Japan is the first in-depth scholarly discussion of what political social and economic conditions affected the development of PR in Japan. Drawing on historical and empirical studies from multiple perspectives it explores how and why public relations management and education in Japan is fundamentally informed by Japanese working practices. Central to this is the culture of lifetime employment which has created a fundamentally generalist approach to PR practice which discourages a high degree of professionalization.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367665371

Public Relations in the Gulf Cooperation Council CountriesAn Arab Perspective The Arab world has engaged in public relations for thousands of years and the public relations literature provides multiple examples extending from ancient times. However modern public relations is much more vaguely defined. This is partly because the research surrounding public relations practice in the Middle East remains sparse especially in the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries.This book presents a clear picture of contemporary PR practice in this region providing a background on the evolution of public relations in each GCC country. It shows how environmental factors (historical cultural socio-political and economic) influence practice in the region. It also contributes to public relations scholarship education and practice worldwide by providing new perspectives to those unfamiliar with its practice in this region. This book will benefit scholars and practitioners alike through its informed analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of practice in the GCC countries as well as being of great benefit to the development of professional practice in the region. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367730765

Public Relations in the Nonprofit SectorTheory and Practice Nonprofit organizations are managing to carry out sophisticated public relations programming that cultivates relationships with their key audiences. Their public relations challenges however have routinely been understudied. Budgetary and staffing restraints often limit how these organizations carry out their fundraising public awareness and activism efforts and client outreach. This volume explores a range of public relations theories and topics important to the management of nonprofit organizations including crisis management communicating to strengthen engagement online and offline and recruiting and retaining volunteer and donor support. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306059

Public Relations Leaders as SensemakersA Global Study of Leadership in Public Relations and Communication Management Public Relations Leaders as Sensemakers presents foundational research on the public relations profession providing a current and compelling picture of expanding global practice. Utilizing data from one of the largest studies ever conducted in the field and representing the perspectives of 4 500 practitioners private and state-run companies communication agencies government agencies and nonprofits this work advances a theory of integrated leadership in public relations and highlights future research needs and educational implications. This volume is appropriate for graduate and advanced undergraduate students in international public relations and communication management as well as scholars in global public relations communication management and business. It is also intended to supplement courses in public relations theory strategic communication business management and leadership development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415710923

Public Relations PlanningA Strategic Approach Public Relations Planning provides students with an in-depth understanding of the steps involved in planning and executing a successful PR campaign. Taking a strategic approach to the subject the author brings years of practical experience to the project helping students see how it all fits together in reality. The book goes beyond an introductory discussion of the theory of PR planning incorporating material from cutting-edge research in the field. A discussion of the psychological aspects of communication material on in-house/employee communication as well as a chapter dedicated to discussing how social media strategies fit into a PR campaign give students a real edge when it comes to executing an effective campaign. Plenty of global examples and a companion website featuring PowerPoint slides a test bank and answer key for end-of-chapter questions round out this excellent resource for students of public relations and corporate communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138105171

Public Relations Research AnnualVolume 1 The first volume of this series features reviews of research programs original research reports and social scientific historical critical and humanistic methodologies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984264

Public Relations Research AnnualVolume 2 The purpose of this second volume is to challenge and extend the field of research in public relations. Taking a proactive approach to creating a stable yet not stagnant annual the editors directly solicited chapters on exciting and intriguing subjects. Assuming some prior knowledge interests and commitment of their readers the editors hope that each chapter's report on original research provides enough context for understanding even if the area of inquiry is new to the readers.Public Relations Research Annual Volume 2 continues to advance within the discipline beyond anecdotes to practical theories and research. Educators practitioners and researchers will find this annual's presentations and critiques useful in creating a systematic framework for their own endeavors. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003063995

Public Relations Research AnnualVolume 3 Published in book form this is a scholarly periodical of academic research in public relations containing refereed reviews and reports of original studies. It follows the current trend toward more solidly grounded theoretical research in a field that has only begun to mature. The studies and reviews presented represent the most contemporary thought and investigation brought to bear on this subject. Many relevant topics are discussed including communication roles women's issues in the feminization of the field the concepts of symmetry and game theory and finally publics -- dealing with roles risk takers and how audiences receive process and retain messages on public policy issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415515580

Public Relations Theory Beginning with the basic premise that public relations can best be understood as a specialized type of communication the contributors to this volume establish public relations as a vital and viable realm for communication research and theory development. Through the application of communication theories they attempt to explain and predict public relations practices and then use these practices to develop communication theories. Their discussions fall into three distinct categories: metatheory theory and examples of applications of theories. An ideal volume for professionals and students in communication journalism and related fields. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138412095

Public Relations: The Basics Public Relations: The Basics is a highly readable introduction to one of the most exciting and fast-paced media industries. Both the practice and profession of public relations are explored and the focus is on those issues which will be most relevant to those new to the field: The four key phases of public relations campaigns: research strategy tactics and evaluation. History and evolution of public relations. Basic concepts of the profession: ethics professionalism and theoretical underpinnings. Contemporary international case studies are woven throughout the text ensuring that the book is relevant to a global audience. It also features a glossary and an appendix on first steps towards a career in public relations making this the book the ideal starting point for anyone new to the study of public relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415675833

Public RelationsCompetencies and Practice The industry of public relations is rapidly evolving requiring practitioners to have greater specialization than ever before. Hand in hand with the growth of the industry educational programs have developed to address the growing need for quality preparation for future practitioners. Public Relations: Competencies and Practice focuses on the required competencies expected and applications of public relations into specific sectors of practice. Based on competencies identified by organizations such as the Commission on Public Relations Education and the Public Relations Society of America Public Relations provides a robust examination of areas such as diversity leadership and ethics. The second part of the text focuses on these unique requirements for undergraduate and graduate students focused on entering sectors such as entertainment public relations nonprofit public relations or investor relations. The book also features online resources for instructors: Sample course syllabus Discussion questions Suggested midterm and final project Public Relations offers students competency- and practice-focused content from top PR experts and incorporates interviews from professionals in the field to show students how to apply competencies in specific practice sectors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138552340

Public RelationsTheory and Practice Public relations is a dynamic and rapidly growing field which offers a variety of career paths. Whether you're building the public image of an organisation developing news and social media strategies or managing issues for a company or political party you need strong communication skills and a sound understanding of public relations processes.In this widely used introduction to professional practice leading academics and practitioners outline the core principles of public relations in business government and the third sectors. They show how to develop effective public relations strategies and explain how to research run and evaluate a successful public relations campaign. Drawing on a range of communication and public relations theories they discuss how to work with key publics using all forms of media for maximum impact. It is richly illustrated with examples and case studies from Australia New Zealand Asia and other countries.Public Relations has been substantially revised and includes newly written chapters on social media tactics integrated marketing communication risk and crisis communication public relations history corporate and investor public relations and law as well as a new glossary of theoretical terms. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781743314036

Public Religion and the Politics of Homosexuality in Africa Issues of same-sex relationships and gay and lesbian rights are the subject of public and political controversy in many African societies today. Frequently these controversies receive widespread attention both locally and globally such as with the Anti-Homosexuality Bill in Uganda. In the international media these cases tend to be presented as revealing a deeply-rooted homophobia in Africa fuelled by religious and cultural traditions. But so far little energy is expended in understanding these controversies in all their complexity and the critical role religion plays in them. This is the first book with multidisciplinary perspectives on religion and homosexuality in Africa. It presents case studies from across the continent from Egypt to Zimbabwe and from Senegal to Kenya and covers religious traditions such as Islam Christianity and Rastafarianism. The contributors explore the role of religion in the politicisation of homosexuality investigate local and global mobilisations of power critically examine dominant religious discourses and highlight the emergence of counter-discourses. Hence they reveal the crucial yet ambivalent public role of religion in matters of sexuality social justice and human rights in contemporary Africa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367879761

Public Religious Disputation in England 1558–1626 With a focus on England from the accession of Elizabeth I to the mid-1620s this book examines the practice of direct scholarly disputation between fundamentally opposing and oftentimes antagonistic Catholic Protestant and nonconformist puritan divines. Introducing a form of discourse hitherto neglected in studies of religious controversy the volume works to rehabilitate a body of material only previously examined as part of the great subjective mass of polemic produced in the wake of the Reformation. In so doing it argues that public religious disputation - debate between opposing clergymen arranged according to strict academic formulae - can offer new insights into contemporary beliefs thought processes and conceptions of religious identity as well as an accessible and dramatic window into the major theological controversies of the age. Formal disputation crossed confessional lines and here provides an opportunity for a broad comparative analysis. More than any other type of interaction or material these encounters - and the dialogic accounts they produced - displayed the shared methods underpinning religious divisions allowing Catholic and reformed clergymen to meet on the same field. The present volume asserts the significance of public religious disputation (and accounts thereof) in this regard and explores their use of formal logic academic procedure and recorded dialogue form to bolster religious controversy. In this it further demonstrates how we might begin to move from the surviving source material for these encounters to the events themselves and how the disputations then offer a remarkable new glimpse into the construction rationalization and expression of post-Reformation religious argument. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472415554

Public Representation In Environmental PolicymakingThe Case Of Water Quality Management Relying on the results of a large survey research project in western New York State the author compares the environmental planning beliefs of public officials and citizens. His major finding is that although leaders involved in water quality planning projects and the public share similar views on environmental issues these leaders are by far the worst predictors of citizens' views. Professor Kamieniecki's systematic probing of the determinants that make some officials more adept than others at accurate calculation of public preference uncovers imbalanced public representation due to several factors. He concludes with an evaluation of citizen participatory mechanisms and consequent recommendations designed to elicit a wide range of public opinion a prerequisite for acceptable environmental planning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284817

Public Rights Public RulesConstituting Citizens in the World Polity and National Policy First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984271

Public Safety and Risk AssessmentImproving Decision Making This book aims to encourage a more reflective multidisciplinary approach to public safety and the 'reenfranchisement' of those affected by this new phenomenon. Over the past decade health and safety has become a major issue of public interest. There are countless stories of health and safety activities interfering with public life preventing some beneficial activity from taking place â€“ even creating absurd or dangerous situations. On the one hand risk assessment properly conducted is highly beneficial â€“ it saves lives and prevents injuries. But on the other it can damage public life. Why has this come about and does it have to be like that? The authors examine the origins of the problem look critically at the tools used by safety assessors and their underlying assumptions and consider important differences between public life and industry (where the approaches largely originated). They illuminate the whole with an analysis of legal requirements attitudes of stakeholders and recent research on risk perception and decision making. The result is a profound and important analysis of risk and safety culture and a framework for managing public safety more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781849713818

Public School Literature Civic Education and the Politics of Male Adolescence During the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries British society gradually began to see 'adolescence' as a distinct social entity worthy of concentrated study and debate. Jenny Holt argues that the social construction of the public schoolboy a figure made ubiquitous by a huge body of fictional biographical and journalistic work had a disproportionate role to play in the development of social perceptions of adolescence and in forming ideas of how young people should be educated to become citizens in an age of increasing democracy. With attention to an admirably wide range of popular books as well as examples from the periodical press Jenny Holt begins with a discussion of the ideas of late-eighteenth-century social radicals and ends with the First World War when the more 'serious' public school literature which sought to involve juvenile readers in complex social and political issues declined suddenly in popularity. Along the way Jenny Holt considers the influence of Victorian Evangelical thought Social Darwinism and the early-twentieth-century National Efficiency movement on concepts of adolescence. Whether it is shedding new light on well-known texts by Thomas Hughes and Rudyard Kipling providing a fascinating discussion of works written by boys themselves or supplying historical context for the development of the concept of adolescence this book will engage not only scholars of childhood and children's literature but Victorianists and those interested in the history of educational practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138259423

Public Schools That WorkCreating Community Public Schools That Work addresses the efforts of teachers administrators and parents to develop alternative educational models capable of overcoming the alienation and intellectual disengagement that have become so common in American schools. Educators working in some of the best alternative elementary and secondary schools across the country recount their attempts to create systems which will educate diverse populations in their customs and heritages involve parents and community leaders in decisions related to the life of their schools and involve students in their communities by encouraging participation in a variety of civic projects. By being rooted in their local social environment these schools demonstrate the transformative potential of education to return power and authority to those individuals attempting to reconstruct and humanize the institutions within which they must learn and teach. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315021294

Public Sector Accountants and Quantum Leap: How Far We Can Survive in Industrial Revolution 4.0?Proceedings of the 1st International Confere The Industrial Revolution 4.0 will not only cause job losses but will also create new workspaces that may not exist today. It also needs to be considered by accountants in government because the processes of budget planning budget execution and financial reporting have used a large number of information systems. In the era of the Industrial Revolution 4.0 the changes will be faster marked by the emergence of such systems as supercomputers smart robots cloud computing big data systems genetic engineering and the development of neurotechnology that allows humans to optimize brain function further. Industrial Revolution 4.0 will disrupt the accounting profession. This proceedings provides selected papers/research on government accounting accountability and integrity public sector accounting financial accounting accounting information system auditing and assurance corporate sustainability forensic and management accounting public and corporate finance taxation and customs open innovation in public sector accounting. The proceedings provide details beyond what is possible to be included in an oral presentation and constitute a concise but timely medium for the dissemination of recent research results. It will be invaluable to professionals and academics in the field of accounting finance and the public sector to get an understanding of recent research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367422523

Public Sector Accounting As change sweeps across the public sector a huge range of accounting and financial management challenges are created. This textbook analyses the reforms that are being introduced to deal with these challenges and their global impact on the public sector. Readers are provided with an international overview of government accounting reporting management control cost accounting budgeting and auditing. In explaining how innovative financial management tools are utilized in the public sector the authors address a number of emerging issues: Harmonization trends in public financial management and International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSASs) Financial reporting and consolidated financial statements in the public sector Public sector management accounting and control methods Financial and performance auditing in the public sector This concise and accessible textbook will be core reading for public sector accounting and financial management students and will also be required reading for students of public management and administration more generally. Managers accountants consultants and auditors working in the public sector will also find the book a useful reference. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415683159

Public Sector Accounting Accountability and GovernanceGlobalising the Experiences of Australia and New Zealand Funded by taxation public spending cannot be separated from politics and ensuring efficiency and effectiveness is always high on the political and policy agenda. Accounting accountability governance and auditing are essential ingredients in evaluating public sector performance.Australia and New Zealand are world leaders when it comes to public sector accounting—such as being the first to introduce transaction-neutral accounting standards. This edited collection considers current issues impacting the public sector by primarily drawing upon experiences of Australia and New Zealand. Then by combining history (from the time of the Domesday book early sovereignty and Shakespeare) with current practice (differential reporting international financial reporting standards government performance voter turnout joined-up government and auditing practices) we use these experiences to illuminate the global issues of public sector accounting accountability and governance.Based on rigorous research by top public sector researchers this edited collection offers a multitude of future research ideas to enable those interested in following this pathway—whether they are in Australia New Zealand the United Kingdom Europe the United States of America Africa or anywhere else in the world—an avenue to traverse. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367588441

Public Sector Audit This book provides a concise overview of the current context and types of public sector audit and the varied structures within which public sector audit is practised across the world. It summarises the objectives of public sector audit as well as explores the role of the International Organisation of Supreme Audit Institutions in providing guidance to these. Drawing on public and private sector audit as well as the views of academics and practitioners on public sector audit it provides a unique research-based guide to the current issues and future challenges in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367192914

Public Sector Enterprise Risk ManagementAdvancing Beyond the Basics Through a series of case studies and selected special topics Public Sector Enterprise Risk Management presents examples from leading Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) programs on overcoming bureaucratic obstacles developing a positive risk culture and making ERM a valuable part of day-to-day management. Specifically designed to help government risk managers with concepts and approaches to help them advance risk management beyond the basics the book: Provides a balanced mix of concepts instruction and examples; Addresses topics that go beyond the basics of Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) program design and implementation; Includes insights from leading practitioners and other senior officials. Many government organizations can refer to the growing body of materials that provide examples of ERM processes and procedures. Far fewer reference materials and examples exist to help organizations develop a risk-mature organizational culture that is critical to the long-term success and strategic value that ERM represents to government organizations. Public Sector Enterprise Risk Management begins to fill that void and is intended to help public sector risk managers overcome barriers that inhibit ERM from becoming an active contributor to major decisions that top officials must make. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333185

Public Sector EthicsFinding and Implementing Values This study with contributions from both scholars and practitioners examines the theory and practice of public sector ethics across a broad range of environments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138864115

Public Sector EthicsTheory and Applications In a down-to-earth review of the often-contentious subject of ethics Public Sector Ethics: Theory and Applications presents personal accounts of individuals who faced moral dilemmas and how they resolved them. It moves the study of ethics away from a box checking exercise of what to do/not to do to a discussion that creates understanding of existential choices that people make. The book supplements discussion of the literature with practical examples of ethical dilemmas that public servants face.Through detailed case studies the book argues that the concept of ethics is not black and white but is a fluid concept that can be described in shades of gray through various lenses. It identifies how factors such as religion and philosophy can shape individuals’ values and possible friction that can arise between individuals’ values and missions of their organizations. It also stresses the importance of an organization’s strength of mission in creating environments for ethical action. Taking a candid look at some of the unsavory stereotypes relating to government employee work ethic the book explains the relationship between ethics and organizational structure. It emphasizes the role of mission fulfillment as a means to respond to the wishes of the populace linking ethics to democratic accountability. It then gives you a framework for making ethical decisions that line up with your organization’s mission. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482232288

Public Sector Performance in the NetherlandsComparing the Achievements of 28 OECD-Countries SCP-Publication 2011-34 This book examines the performance of the public sector of twenty-eight OECD countries between 1995 and 2009. Outcomes in the fields of education health housing and safety are related to the amount of public spending. Special attention is paid to the viewpoint of the individual citizen. Observed differences in the productivity and effectiveness of public services logically lead to the question of how they come about. Can countries learn from each other and can they improve their public sector performance by adopting best practices found in other nations?  This book examines the performance of the public sector of twenty-eight OECD countries between 1995 and 2009. Outcomes in the fields of education health housing and safety are related to the amount of public spending. Special attention is paid to the viewpoint of the individual citizen. Observed differences in the productivity and effectiveness of public services logically lead to the question of how they come about. Can countries learn from each other and can they improve their public sector performance by adopting best practices found in other nations? Media > Books > Print Books Netherlands Institute for Social Research 9789037705843

Public Sector PerformanceManagement Motivation And Measurement Confronted with rising citizen discontent the Reinventing Government movement and new technological challenges public organizations everywhere are seeking means of improving their performance. Their quest is not new rather the concern with improving the performance of government organizations has existed since the Scientific Management Movemen Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317492

Public Sector Records ManagementA Practical Guide Records management has undergone significant change in recent years owing to the introduction of freedom of information legislation as well as the development of e-government and e-business and the need to manage records effectively in both the private and public sector. There are very few purely practical texts for records managers and this book aims to fill that gap. The author has spent his entire career in public sector records management and has contributed to records management standards for governments around the world. The text is wholly practical and written at an accessible level. Although the author discusses legislation and examples from the UK the book is relevant to public sector records management at an international level. It will be essential reading for professionals in record management posts as well as anyone who is responsible for record keeping as part of their operational duties. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138274341

Public Sector Reform and Performance Management in Developed EconomiesOutcomes-Based Approaches in Practice Over the past two decades there has been a shift of paradigm in public administration and public sector accounting around the world with the increasing emphasis on outcomes as opposed to inputs and outputs focus. Understanding of how government departments and agencies develop and implement outcomes-based approaches to their services and programs to strengthen public accountability financial scrutiny and good governance worldwide is limited. Covering a selection of international practices on outcomes-based approaches to government departments agencies and public higher educational institutions in developed economies this comprehensive compilation provides an essential reading in the public sector accounting accountability and performance management field. The contributions are grouped into three jurisdictions: Australasia UK and Europe and North America. It incorporates outcomes-based practices in public services from advanced economies and will be of significant interest to global public sector regulators consultants researchers and academic communities as well as academic researchers in public administration and development studies fields. The insights offered by a country-specific practice will also be useful to governments in other countries implementing similar systems and practices and facing similar socio-political environments. This book will also help to gain an understanding of the issues of government accountability from a management point of view as well as from a socio-political point of view. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367435165

Public Sector Reform in Developing and Transitional CountriesDecentralisation and Local Governance Over recent decades decentralization has emerged as a key Public Sector Reform strategy in a wide variety of international contexts. Yet despite its emergence as a ubiquitous activity that cuts across disciplinary lines in international development decentralization is understood and applied in many different ways by parties acting from contrary perspectives. This book offers a fascinating insight into theory and practice surrounding decentralization activities in the Public Sectors of developing and transitional countries. In drawing on the expertise of established scholars the book explores the contexts achievements progress and challenges of decentralization and local governance. Notably the contributions contained in this book are genuinely international in nature; the chapters explore aspects of decentralization and local governance in contexts as diverse as Ghana Hong Kong India Indonesia Kazakhstan Morocco Tanzania Uganda and Viet Nam. In summary by examining the subject of decentralization with reference to specific developing and transitional Public Sector contexts in which it has been practiced this book offers an excellent contribution towards a better understanding of the theory and practice of decentralization and local governance in international settings. This book was published as a special double issue of the International Journal of Public Administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115842

Public Sector Reforms in Developing CountriesParadoxes and Practices The underpinning assumption of public management in the developing world as a process of planned change is increasingly being recognized as unrealistic. In reality the practice of development management is characterized by processes of mutual adjustment among individuals agencies and interest groups that can constrain behaviour as well as provide incentives for collaborative action. Paradoxes inevitably emerge in policy network practice and design. The ability to manage government departments and operations has become less important than the ability to navigate the complex world of interconnected policy implementation processes. Public sector reform policies and programmes as a consequence are a study in the complexities of the institutional and environmental context in which these reforms are pursued. Building on theory and practice this book argues that advancing the theoretical frontlines of development management research and practice can benefit from developing models based on innovation collaboration and governance. The themes addressed in Public Sector Reforms in Developing Countries will enable public managers in developing countries cope in uncertain and turbulent environments as they seek optimal fits between their institutional goals and environmental contingencies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415858564

Public Sector RevenuePrinciples Policies and Management In this time of acute financial pressure on public budgets there is an increasing interest worldwide in alternative ways for governments to raise money and how public authorities can develop the capacity to administer revenues efficiently and effectively. Taxation the primary source of public revenue is exposed to various threats while alternative sources of public revenues have much potential but are rarely carefully designed and harnessed. Public Sector Revenue: Principles Policies and Management sets itself apart from other textbooks through its exclusive focus on the revenue side of public financial management. It provides the reader with the theoretical foundations and practical tools to understand the generation and management of revenues in the public sector and it weaves a wide range of international examples throughout the text. Students will also benefit from a companion website with supplements including test questions and answers to the end-of-chapter discussion questions inside the book. This textbook will be essential reading for students managers and policymakers within the areas of public financial management public sector accounting and public administration. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138217287

Public Sector Strategy DesignTheory and Practice for Government and Nonprofit Organizations Within the public sector strategies are not designed to influence markets but instead to guide operations within a complex environment of multilateral power influence bargaining and voting. In this book authors David McNabb and Chung-Shingh Lee examine five frameworks public sector organization managers have followed when designing public sector strategies. Its purpose is to serve as a guide for managers and administrators of large and small public organizations and agencies. This book is the product of a combined more than sixty years of researching teaching and leading organizational seminars on the theory and practice of management applications in industrial commercial nonprofit and public sector organizations. The book consists of four parts: Strategic Management and Strategy Fundamentals; Frameworks for Designing Strategies; Examples of Public Sector Strategies; and Implementing Strategic Management. Throughout the focus is on the widespread value of strategic management and adopting the strategy appropriate for the organization. Including chapters on game theory competitive forces resources-based view dynamic capabilities and network governance the authors demonstrate ways that real managers of public sector and civil society organizations have put strategic management to work in their organizations. This book will be of interest to both practicing and aspiring public servants. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367556778

Public Sector Transformation through E-GovernmentExperiences from Europe and North America Over the last decade governments in Europe and North America have attempted to improve efficiency of public services through Information and Communication Technology commonly branded as electronic government (e-government). Public Sector Transformation through E-Government explores the influence that e-government has on public sector organizations the organizational complexities that result and its impact on citizens and democratic society. This book examines e-government’s potential to transform public services from a theoretical perspective and provides practical examples from leading public sector institutions that have utilized e-government as a basis to bring about change. It further investigates the relationship between citizens and government and how they are affected by e-government policies and programs. Aimed at students and researchers of public administration/management and information systems this book serves as a welcome tool for examining and understanding e-government and transformational change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138115590

Public Security and Governance in Contemporary China The recent rise in reported public security issues in China is one of the most repeated concerns amongst the Chinese authorities. During the past 30 years of reform in China stability maintenance as a governance strategy has in fact laid a solid foundation for the overall development and growth of the nation. However it remains to be seen whether this approach can sustain economic growth as well as political stability in the near future. This book examines this policy of stability maintenance as adopted by the Chinese government in different social circumstances. Using a variety of examples including hospital disputes incidents of environmental pollution food safety issues and disaster settlements it takes a multi-disciplinary approach using empirical data to assess the true picture of contentious politics in China. Although stability maintenance has played a major role in confronting many of the serious challenges posed to China’s public security ultimately the book concludes that as a governance strategy it can only be short-term and will surely be replaced due to its high costs. Using case studies from across China this book will be of interest to students and scholars of Chinese Studies Political Science and Sociology. It will also appeal to journalists and policy analysts with an interest in Chinese politics and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209308

Public SentinelsA Comparative Study of Australian Solicitors-General In recent years controversy has surrounded the role of top government lawyers in the United States and the United Kingdom. Allegations of bad lawyering and bad ethics in public office over the ’torture memos’ in the United States and the political pressure placed on the Attorney-General in the United Kingdom to approve the legality of the Iraq war have seen these relatively obscure group of government lawyers thrust into the public debate. Unlike its Anglo-American contemporaries Australia’s chief legal adviser the Solicitor-General has remained largely out of the public eye. This collection provides a rare and overdue insight into a fundamental public institution in all Australian jurisdictions. It provides a historical theoretical practical and comparative perspective of this little known but vitally important office at a time when the transparency and accountability of government has taken on an increased significance. Of interest to anyone interested in the integrity of government the book will be particularly useful to government political parties and the academy. It will also be a valuable reference work to those working towards a redefinition of the role of top government legal advisors. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600938

Public Service Broadcasting 3.0Legal Design for the Digital Present The digital media environment is characterized by an abundance and diversity of content a multiplicity of platforms new modes of content production distribution and access and changed patterns of consumer and business behaviour. This has challenged the traditional model of public service broadcasting (PSB) in diverse ways. This book explores whether and how PSB should adapt to reflect the conditions of the digital media space so that it can effectively and efficiently continue to serve its public mandate. Drawing on literature on media governance in media and communication science public international law as well as discussions on cyberlaw Mira Burri maps and critically analyses existing policy and scholarly debates on PSB transformation. She challenges some of conventional rationales for reform identifies new ones as well as exposes the limitations placed upon existing and future policy solutions by global media governance arrangements especially in the fields of trade copyright and Internet governance. The book goes on to advance a future-oriented model of Public Service Media which is capable of matching an environment of technological and of governance complexity. As a work that explores how public interest objectives can be pursued efficiently and sustainably in the digital media ecology this book will be of great interest and use to students and researchers in media law information technology law and broadcast media studies as well as to policy-makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138704725

Public Service EfficiencyReframing the Debate The current economic and political climate places ever greater pressure on public organizations to deliver services in a cost-efficient way. Focused on the costs of service delivery governments across the world have introduced a series of business like practices – from performance management to public-private partnership – in the belief that these will increase the efficiency of their public services. However both the debate about public service efficiency and the policies and practices introduced to advance it have developed without a coherent account of what efficiency means in this context and how it should be realized. The predominance of a rather narrow definition of the term – very often focused on the ratio of inputs to outputs – has tended to polarise opinion either for or against efficiency agenda. Yet public service efficiency more broadly conceived is an inescapable fact of the public manager’s task environment; indeed in the past the notion of efficiency was central to the emergence of the field of public administration. This book will recover public service efficiency from the relatively narrow terms of recent debates by examining theories and evidence relating to technical allocative distributive and dynamic efficiencies. In exploring the relationship between efficiency and democracy this book will move current debates in public administration forward by reflecting on the trade-offs between the different dimensions of efficiency that public organizations confront. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138206120

Public Service EthicsIndividual and Institutional Responsibilities Ethics—in all its exemplary and exhausting forms—matters. It deals with the most gripping question in public life: "What is the right thing to do?" Now in a thoroughly revised second edition Public Service Ethics: Individual and Institutional Responsibilities introduces readers to this personally relevant and professionally challenging field of study. No matter the topic—the necessity of ethics intriguing human behavior experiments the role of ethics codes whistleblowing incidents corruption exposés and the grandeur and decay of morality—there is no shortage of controversy. The book enables readers to: appreciate why ethics is essential to leadership; understand and apply moral development theory at the individual and organizational levels of analysis; differentiate between ethical problems and ethical dilemmas and design creative ways to deal with them; develop abilities to use moral imagination and ethical reasoning—to appraise argue and defend an ethical position and cultivate individual and institutional initiatives to improve ethical climate and infrastructure. Authors James Bowman and Jonathan West capture reader interest by featuring learning objectives skill-building material discussion questions and exercises in each chapter.　 The authors’ narrative is user-friendly and accessible highlighting dilemmas and challenging readers to "own" the book by annotating the pages with one’s own ideas and insights then interacting with others in a live or virtual classroom to stretch one’s thinking about the management of ethics and ethics of management. The ultimate goal is to bolster students’ confidence and prepare them for the ethical problems they will face in the future equipping them with the conceptual frameworks and context to approach thorny questions and behave ethically. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138578197

Public Service ImprovementPolicies progress and prospects This is an excellent new contribution to current academic and policy debates and will be of great interest internationally to all students researchers public sector managers and policy makers.  The improvement of public services has become a key priority for all the main political parties in the UK. Recent years have witnessed large real terms increases in spending on public services and a plethora of new initiatives designed to drive up standards in the Heath Service schools the police and local government. As part of this broader picture the Government has launched major reforms that it hopes will transform local authority performance. Councils have had to develop new ways of delivering services. They have been under pressure to achieve 'stretch targets' and to work in partnership with other local agencies to provide more 'joined up' services. More recently ministers have also stepped up the pressure on them to achieve major efficiency savings through better procurement and working practices. To date relatively little has been written about these developments. This book fills this gap by bringing togther authoritative analysis of current reforms ythrough speically commisioned chapters by leading researchers policy makers and practitioners who have been closely involved in the development and implementation of these policies. This book was previously published as a special issue of Local Government Studies.   Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315878911

Public Service in a Globalized WorldCentral Training Institutes in India and Hong Kong The increased level of indiscipline malfunctioning of public organizations and corrupt policies has made good governance a popular demand worldwide. Good governance can only be ensured by increasing the level of skill honesty and integrity of the public officials. As central training institutes contribute to the improvement of the quality of public service its activities have been receiving renewed attention. The impact of globalization has forced a standardization of administrative procedures and practices as well as a convergence in the role and operation of central training institutes for public service. The continuous pressure for achieving and maintaining good governance is particularly significant for both India and Hong Kong. Based on extensive field research this book contributes to the ongoing debate and suggests ways for enhancing capabilities of public services in developing countries. Suitable for readers of globalization and good governance as well as public administration and human resource management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138620278

Public Service Information TechnologyThe Definitive Manager's Guide to Harnessing Technology for Cost-Effective Operations and Services Public Service Information Technology explains how all areas of IT management work together. Building a computer-based information system is like constructing a house; different disciplines are employed and need to be coordinated. In addition to the technical aspects like computer networking and systems administration the functional business management and strategic aspects all are equally important. IT is not as simple as expecting to use a software program in three months. Information Technology is a complex field that has multiple working parts that require proper management. This book demystifies how IT operates in an organization giving the public manager the necessary details to manage Information Technology and to use all of its resources for proper effect. This book is for technical IT managers and non-technical (non-IT) managers and senior executive leaders. Not only will the Chief Information Officer the IT Director and the IT Manager find this book invaluable to running an effective IT unit the Chief Financial Officer the HR Director and functional managers will understand their roles in conjunction with the technical team. Every manager at all levels of the organization has a small yet consequential role to play in developing and managing an IT system. With practical guidelines and worksheets provided in the book both the functional team and the technical team will be able to engage collaboratively to produce a high-quality computer-based information system that everyone involved can be proud to use for many years and that can deliver an effective and timely public program to citizens. This book includes: Multiple layers of security controls your organization can develop and maintain providing greater protection against cyber threats. Job-related worksheets you can use to strengthen your skills and achieve desired program results. Practices you can apply to maximize the value of your contracts and your relationships with for-profit companies and other contractors. New method for deciding when contracting or outsourcing is appropriate when internal resources are not available. Improved method for estimating intangible benefits (non-financial gains) attributable to a proposed project. An approach to deciding what parts of a business process should or should not be automated paying critical attention to decision points and document reviews. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367181109

Public Service LogicCreating Value for Public Service Users Citizens and Society Through Public Service Delivery This book is based upon and extends the theoretical and empirical work of the author over the last decade. It integrates material deriving from his previous conceptual and empirical work in this field  together with new empirical evidence from emerging research.  Public Service Logic challenges the product-dominant assumptions of the New Public Management (NPM) about the nature and management of public service delivery. Whilst the NPM has led to some important developments in public management it has also had significant limitations and weaknesses. The book presents an alternative to this as a framework for the future delivery and reform of public services globally. It draws upon the extant literature in the field of service management to argue for a Public Service Logic (PSL) for the delivery of public services. This situates public service delivery within the vibrant and influential field of service-dominant research and theory. It argues that effective public service management requires both that these services are understood as services not as products and that consequently public service management requires a focus on value creation as its over-arching rationale. The book presents a major new framework of value creation for public service delivery as a basis for public service reform explores the role of service managers and staff and of citizens and service users in this value creation process and evaluates the implications of this new framework for both the strategic and operational management of public service delivery their performance management and the development and innovation of new forms of public services. It will be of interest to researchers and students in the fields of public management and public administration as well as to policy makers and public service managers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367443351

Public Service Management and AsylumCo-production Inclusion and Citizenship Co-production occurs when citizens actively participate in the design and delivery of public services. The concept and its practice are of increasing interest among policymakers public service managers and academics alike with co-production often being described as a revolutionary solution to public service reform. Public Service Management and Asylum: Co-production Inclusion and Citizenship offers a comprehensive exploration of co-production from the public administration and service management perspectives. In doing so it discusses the importance of both streams of literature in providing a holistic understanding of the concept and based on this integration it offers a model which differentiates co-production on five levels. The first three refer to the role of the public service user in the design and delivery of services (co-construction participative co-production and co-design) and the other two focus on inter-organisational relationships (co-management and co-governance). This model is applied to the case of asylum seekers in receipt of social welfare benefits in Scotland to explore the implications for social inclusion and citizenship. It argues that as public service users asylum seekers will always play an active role in the process of service production and while co-production does not provide asylum seekers with legal citizenship status if offers an opportunity for asylum seekers to act like citizens and supports their inclusion into society. It will be of interest to researchers academics policymakers public services managers and students in the fields of public management public administration organizational studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138333147

Public Service Management and Employment Relations in EuropeEmerging from the Crisis Has there been a transformation of public service employment relations in Europe since the crisis? Public Service Management and Employment Relations in Europe examines public service employment relations after the economic crisis including analysis of more than thirty years of public service and workforce reform and addresses the interplay between an emerging post-crisis public service sector and the consequences for the state employers and trade unions in core public services. Written by leading national experts this book places the economic crisis in a longer timeframe and examines how far trends in public sector employment relations were reinforced or reversed by the crisis. It provides an up-to-date analysis of the restructuring of public service employment relations in 12 major European countries including analysis of little studied central and Eastern European countries. This book will be vital reading for researchers academics and PhD Students in the fields of Public Management Public Administration Employment Relations and Human Resource Management. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340008

Public Service Media in Europe: A Comparative Approach Public service media (PSM) have been the mainstay of Western European broadcasting for a number of decades. Yet despite a general political consensus in favour of PSM recent technological economic and political changes have led to a questioning of their value. This new collection of essays explores the history of PSM in selected European countries from their early establishment as the main media in many countries to charting their transformation and evolution in recent years. The contributions consider the political economic and market-integration issues that impact PSM while also highlighting the importance of the ideology that originally accompanied PSM in its initial years to see how relevant they are in the contemporary world. The book consists of two complementary parts: Part I: Theoretical Aspects and Global Influences on Public Service Media in Europe Part II: A Comparative Analysis of Public Service Media across Europe With contributions from leading experts the first part offers a thorough examination of the current concepts and conditions that influence PSM in Europe. The second offers a comparative study of PSM in several European countries including France Germany Italy Poland Spain and Sweden. Offering the most comprehensive study of the field to date Public Service Media in Europe will be useful for students and researchers in public media political communication international and comparative media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138020689

Public Service Operations ManagementA research handbook How do policy makers and managers square the circle of increasing demand and expectations for the delivery and quality of services against a backdrop of reduced public funding from government and philanthropists? Leaders executives and managers are increasingly focusing on service operations improvement. In terms of research public services are immature within the discipline of operations management and existing knowledge is limited to government departments and large bureaucratic institutions.Drawing on a range of theory and frameworks this book develops the research agenda and knowledge and understanding in public service operations management addressing the most pressing dilemmas faced by leaders executives and operations managers in the public services environment. It offers a new empirical analysis of the impact of contextual factors including the migration of planning systems founded on MRP/ERP and the adoption of industrial based improvement practices such as TQM lean thinking and Six Sigma.This will be of interest to researchers educators and advanced students in public management service operations management health service management and public policy studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870560

Public Service Provision and Urban Development Originally published in 1984. The authors of this study address a number of major themes related to the analysis of public services: the role of public choice theory the importance of professors and organisations the value of neo-Marxist theories and the importance of space. These issues are considered in the context of case studies of school closures the provision of medical care the relationships between Federal outlays and presidential politics the provision of nurseries demand-making in local government and the fiscal crisis facing many American cities. The subject of public service provision is of great interest not only to political scientists but also to geographers and to sociologists. This book presents a great deal of new thinking and new research from both North America and Britain.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138050402

Public Service Values Public service values are too rarely discussed in public administration courses and scholarship despite recent research demonstrating the importance of these values in the daily decision making processes of public service professionals.  A discussion of these very tenets and their relevance to core public functions as well as which areas might elicit value conflicts for public professionals is central to any comprehensive understanding of budget and finance human resource management and strategic planning in the public sector.　 Public Service Values　is written specifically for graduate and undergraduate courses in public administration wherever a discussion of public service ideals might enrich the learning experience and offer students a better understanding of daily practice. Exploring the meaning and application of specific values such as Neutrality Efficiency Accountability Public Service and Public Interest provides students and future professionals with a ‘workplace toolkit’ for the ethical delivery of public services. Well-grounded in scholarly literature and with a relentless focus on the public service professional 　Public Service Values highlights the importance of values in professional life and encourages a more self-aware and reflective public practice.　 Case studies to stimulate reflection are interwoven throughout the book and application to practice is cemented in a final section devoted to value themes in professional life as well as a chapter dedicated to holding oneself accountable.　 The result is a book that challenges us to embrace the necessity of public service values in our public affairs curricula and that asks the important questions current public service professionals should make a habit of routinely applying in their daily decision making.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780765643650

Public ServiceCallings Commitments And Contributions This volume includes perspectives on public service selected from six decades of major public administration journals. Recurring themes include: motivations to enter the public service positive and negative images of public servants and of government conflicts between loyalty to the organization and loyalty to the public morale burnout and tur Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317508

Public Services Issues with Rare and Archival Law Materials “Rare books and archives come alive when consulted by readers and researchers.” --from the IntroductionIn the administrative and budgetary environment of law librarianship outstanding reference service is crucial to the survival and growth of special collections. Public Services Issues with Rare and Archival Law Materials offers practical suggestions for putting these valuable special collections to work. Each chapter gives clear proven advice on making the most of rare book sections and archives to contribute to the mission of their libraries and parent institutions. Public Services Issues with Rare and Archival Law Materials provides a comprehensive overview of issues in using these special collections. It begins with an original study of the research habits of legal historians which can help you plan a strategy for making your collection more accessible to scholars. It concludes with thoughtful consideration of the ethical issues of using archived papers balancing the scholar’s need to understand the inner workings of the legal system against the need for private court deliberations and attorney-client privilege. This wide-ranging book provides the tools you need for keeping archives in active service including: detailed instructions for the care and use of rare legal materials ideas for creating exhibits and outreach activities including Web sites suggestions for working with early books on Roman and canon law practical techniques for using archives in litigation and cooperating with attorneys a bibliography of law-related archives and rare-book librarianshipThis essential book will assist rare book librarians and archivists to provide better reference service by providing examples of best practice and solutions to common problems. Public Services Issues with Rare and Archival Law Materials is an indispensable resource for law librarians archivists and scholars. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880631

Public Sex in a Latin Society Explore the risks and rewards of seeking and having sex in public places!Public Sex in a Latin Society is one of the first books to explore the lives of people who look for sex in public places and the dangers involved--from murder to HIV infection. The book examines why many gay men have been murdered by sex workers who frequent public sex places such as the parks bathhouses or saunas and suggests some basic safety rules. Containing interviews with police officials murderers and sex workers Public Sex in a Latin Society explores the motivations for seeking public sex why gay men who have sex in public are sometimes murdered and how these killings could be prevented. This eye-opening book contains studies that examine mechanisms for assault and crime and examines data on the roles that sexual and physical abuse play in sex workers and their clients. Public Sex in a Latin Society explores Latin society's Catholic church-influenced negative view of homosexuality explaining why gay men are seen as the equivalent of murderers and thieves why the topic is censored in the media and why client murders are rarely investigated.Public Sex in a Latin Society discusses the dangers facing public sex seekers and suggests guidelines such as: refrain from flaunting wealth or wearing fine jewelry or clothes when looking for public sex to decrease the chances of getting mugged or physically assaulted never try to negotiate changes to the agreement or method of payment after sex--this can bring on physical harm or even death do not make advances or ask for sexual acts that were not agreed upon and be especially careful about everything relating to anal sex never take drugs or drink alcohol while seeking sex in order to be alert if you are attackedPublic Sex in a Latin Society provides you with a shocking analysis of how public sex in Latin America has become part of the Latin economy without advancing sexual liberation or social equality. This provocative and intelligent book will give you a better understanding of Latin American sexual culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057704

Public Sociology and Civil SocietyGovernance Politics and Power During the past ten years the terms public sociology civil society and governance have been used with increasing frequency to describe a wide array of political and social practices. Nickel provides a critical clarification of the concepts of civil society and governance moving beyond traditional disciplinary boundaries. With her unique international background in the practice of public service and social policy Nickel is able to provide a nuanced explanation of how civil society and governance are interrelated and the implications for the organisation of knowledge and public life. The book is framed in three parts. Part one explores the emergence of public sociology as an ideal as well as the broader public turn in the social sciences. Part two explores the changing relationship between government and civil society including non-profit organisations. Part three draws these two themes together in an exploration of the politics of practice and relations of power. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781594519772

Public Sociology CapstonesNon-Neoliberal Alternatives to Internships Social science departments both nationally and internationally market boundless career destinations for their graduates but fail to identify the pathways to these lucrative destinations and appear oblivious to the social forces that threaten their existence such as the discerning parent’s investment in their offspring’s education and mounting individual student debt. This book responds to these social forces drawing on Michael Burawoy’s model of Public Sociology to show how a research-centred experiential internship provides opportunities for students to draw on their prior learning and realise their potential to create pathways towards employment. The author demonstrates how a specific research-based course leading to employment with a non-government organisation or government department was evaluated and incrementally developed giving voice to its multiple beneficiaries. Designed for university teachers this book will appeal to those in social science departments who are using an internship service learning or capstone model for their senior undergraduate classes. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367607128

Public SociologyAn introduction to Australian society From the future of work to the nature of our closest relationships how do we understand the links between our personal troubles and wider public issues in society today?Now into its fourth edition Public Sociology continues to highlight the relevance of a grounded sociological perspective to Australian social life as well as encouraging students to apply a sociological gaze to their own lives and the communities in which they live.Public Sociology presents a wide range of topics in a user-friendly and accessible way introducing key theories and research methods and exploring core themes including youth families and intimate relationships class and inequality and race and ethnic relations. All chapters have been extensively revised to bring them up to date in a fast-changing social world reflecting the latest sociological debates in response to changing lifestyles and evolving political landscapes. In addition to updated statistics and research findings an expanded glossary and the latest citations to the scholarly literature the text features a completely new chapter on gender and sexualities with expanded discussion of LGBTIQ+. This new edition also explores contemporary issues ranging from the #MeToo movement to marriage equality fake news and 'alt facts'.This is the essential sociological reference to help students make sense of a complex and challenging world.NEW TO THE FOURTH EDITION:* A new chapter on gender and sexualities and expanded discussion of intersectionality * Exploration of the latest social issues including #MeToo rising inequality and the 'post-truth' age* All chapters thoroughly revised and updated with the latest research* Updated book website with extra readings YouTube clips and case studies* A new feature Visual Sociology helps the reader analyse the power of visual messaging'With a firm base in the richest traditions of the discipline and with a remarkably approachable format this book offers an excellent introduction to a wide array of sociology's concerns making it suitable for all Australian social science undergraduates.'Gary Wickham Emeritus Professor of Sociology Murdoch University'A sophisticated yet accessible introduction to social identities differences and inequalities and social transformations.'Jo Lindsay Professor in Sociology Monash University'Sweeping and lucid...communicates with ease and simplicity.'Toni Makkai Emeritus Professor College of Arts and Social Sciences Australian National University Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781760632540

Public SociologyThe Contemporary Debate Public Sociology features a wide-ranging discussion of the controversial model of a social science that reaches out to non-academic audiences including both average citizens and policymakers. This approach has been greeted with enthusiasm by supporters and with skepticism and anxiety among critics. Both perspectives are well represented in this volume.Some of the critical voices question whether public sociology is even a good idea. Others dissent arguing for a strong program in professional sociology as an alternative. Still others express concern that public sociology promotes a liberal-left political agenda despite its nonpartisan pretensions. Some elements of the model are queried such as "critical sociology." Others are supportive--discussing personal experiences the benefits of an engaged social science and how it could take social science into a broader global marketplace.Following an introduction by the editor the contributions include: David Boyns and Jesse Fletcher "Public Relations Disciplinary Identity and the Strong Program in Professional Sociology " Jonathan H. Turner "Is Public Sociology Such a Good Idea?" Steven Brint "Guide to the Perplexed " Vincent Jeffries "Piritim A. Sorokin's Integralism and Public Sociology " Norella M. Putney Dawn E. Alley and Vern L. Bengston "Social Gerontology as Public Sociology in Action " Edna Bonacich "Working with the Labor Movement: A Personal Journey in Organic Public Sociology " Christopher Chase-Dunn "Globabl Public Social Science " Neil McLauglin Lisa Kowalchuk and Kerry Turcotte "Why Sociology Does Not Need to be Saved " Michael Burawoy "Third-Wave Sociology and the End of Pure Science " Patricia Madoo Lengerman and Jill Niebrugge-Brantley "Back to the Future: Settlement Sociology 1885i?1/2-1930 " Sean McMahon "From the Platform: Public Sociology in the Speeches of Edward A. Ross " Chet Ballard "The Origin and Early History of the Association for Humanist Sociology " and Robert Prus "The Intellectual Canons of Public Sociology." Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531253

Public Space By closely examining its public spaces we can decipher the social cultural and political life of a city. Public space is the arena for individual and group expression; a forum for dialogue debate and contestation; a space for conviviality leisure performance and display; a place for economic survival and refuge; a site for the exchange of information and ideas; and a setting for nature. Public space has concerned philosophers political thinkers social scientists legal scholars planners and architects and has also intrigued writers painters musicians film-makers and other artists. In this new four-volume collection from Routledge  Vikas Mehta brings together the key literature that encompasses the social and political issues in the making and experience of public space. It addresses the complete ecology of public space and the many interrelated issues. The set journeys the vast territory of public space to compile a multidisciplinary selection of materials that offer new as well as traditionally recognized principles of understanding and the making of public space. Public Space is fully indexed and includes comprehensive introductions newly written by the editor which place the collected materials in their historical and intellectual context. It is an essential reference collection and is destined to be valued by scholars and students—as well as policy-makers and practitioners—as a vital one-stop research and pedagogic resource. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138785465

Public Space and Relational PerspectivesNew Challenges for Architecture and Planning Traditional approaches to understand space tend to view public space mainly as a shell or container focussing on its morphological structures and functional uses. That way its ever-changing meanings contested or challenged uses have　been largely ignored as well as the contextual and on-going dynamics between social actors their cultures and struggles. The key role of space in enabling spatial opportunities for social action the fluidity of its social meaning and the changing degree of "publicness" of a space remain unexplored fields of academic inquiry and professional practice. Public Space and Relational Perspectives offers a different understanding of public spaces in the city. The aim of the book is to (re)introduce the lived experiences in public life into the teaching curricula of those academic disciplines which deal with public space and the built environment such as architecture planning and urban design  as well as the social sciences. The book presents conceptual practical and research challenges and brings together findings from activists practitioners and theorists. The editors provide eight educational challenges that educators can endorse when training future practitioners and researchers to accept and to engage with the social relations that unfold in and through public space.   Cover image: KARO* Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138216990

Public Space and the Challenges of Urban Transformation in Europe European cities are changing rapidly in part due to the process of de-industrialization European integration and economic globalization. Within those cities public spaces are the meeting place of politics and culture social and individual territories instrumental and expressive concerns. Public Space and the Challenges of Urban Transformation in Europe investigates how European city authorities understand and deal with their public spaces how this interacts with market forces social norms and cultural expectations whether and how this relates to the needs and experiences of their citizens exploring new strategies and innovative practices for strengthening public spaces and urban culture. These questions are explored by looking at 13 case studies from across Europe written by active scholars in the area of public space and organized in three parts: strategies plans and policies multiple roles of public space and everyday life in the city. This book is essential reading for students and scholars interested in the design and development of public space. The European case studies provide interesting examples and comparisons of how cities deal with their public space and issues of space and society. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415640558

Public Space and the Culture of Childhood Children are at the heart of popular and public debates in North America and Europe about the culture of public space. On the one hand there is increased anxiety about children's vulnerability to stranger danger on the other there is a rising tide of fear about out of control and dangerous youth. This book addresses both these debates about children's role in public space setting them within an academic framework and drawing on a range of interdisciplinary work on childhood young people and parenting. It is therefore relevant to practitioners and policy makers concerned with the nature and future of public space and to academics researching or teaching about childhood family or public space in the disciplines of sociology social policy and geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367604448

Public Space Design and Social CohesionAn International Comparison Social cohesion is often perceived as being under threat from the increasing cultural and economic differences in contemporary cities and the increasing intensity of urban life. Public space in its role as the main stage for social interactions between strangers clearly plays a role in facilitating or limiting opportunities for social cohesion. But what exactly is social cohesion how is it experienced in the public realm and what role can the design of city spaces have in supporting or promoting it? There are significant knowledge gaps between the social sciences and design disciplines and between academia and practice and thus a dispersed knowledge base that currently lacks nuanced insight into how urban design contributes to social integration or segregation. This book brings together scholarly knowledge at the intersection of public space design and social cohesion. It is based on original scholarly research and a depth of urban design practice and analyses case studies from a variety of cities and cultures across the Global North and Global South. Its interdisciplinary cross-cultural analysis will be of interest to academics students policymakers and practitioners engaged with a range of subject areas including urban design urban planning architecture landscape cultural studies human geography social policy sociology and anthropology. It will also have significant appeal to a wider non-academic readership given its topical subject matter. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138594036

Public Space UnboundUrban Emancipation and the Post-Political Condition Through an exploration of emancipation in recent processes of capitalist urbanization this book argues the political is enacted through the everyday practices of publics producing space. This suggests democracy is a spatial practice rather than an abstract professional field organized by institutions politicians and movements.Public Space Unbound brings together a cross-disciplinary group of scholars to examine spaces conditions and circumstances in which emancipatory practices impact the everyday life of citizens. We ask: How do emancipatory practices relate with public space under ‘post-political conditions’? In a time when democracy solidarity and utopias are in crisis we argue that productive emancipatory claims already exist in the lived space of everyday life rather than in the expectation of urban revolution and future progress.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367890322

Public Space/Contested SpaceImagination and Occupation It is not possible to be alive today in the United States without feeling the influence of the political climate on the spaces where people live work and form communities. Public Space/Contested Space illustrates the ways in which creative interventions in public space have constituted a significant dimension of contemporary political action and how this space can both reflect and spur economic and cultural change. Drawing insight from a range of disciplines and fields the essays in this volume assess the effectiveness of protest movements that deploy bodies in urban space and social projects that build communities while also exposing inequalities and presenting new political narratives. With sections exploring the built environment artists and activists and public space the book brings together the diverse voices to reveal the complexities and politicization of public space within the United States. Public Space/Contested Space provides a significant contribution to an understudied dimension of contemporary political action and will be a resource to students of urban studies and planning architecture sociology art history and human geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367558116

Public SpaceBetween Reimagination and Occupation Public Space: Between Reimagination and Occupation examines contemporary public space as a result of intense social production reflecting contradictory trends: the long-lasting effects of the global crisis manifested in supranational trade-offs between political influence state power and private ownership; and the appearance of global counter-actors enabled by the expansion of digital communication and networking technologies and rooted into new participatory cultures easily growing into mobile cultures of protest. The highlighted cases from Europe Asia Africa and North America reveal the roots of the pre-crisis processes of redistribution of capital and power as an aspect of the transition from the consumerist past into the post-consumerist present by tracing the slow growth of social discontent that has led only a few years later to the mobilization of a new kind of self-conscious globally-acting class. This edited volume brings together a broad range of interdisciplinary discussions and approaches providing sociologists cultural geographers and urban planning academics and students with an opportunity to explore the various social cultural economic and political factors leading to reappropriation and reimagination of the urban commons in the cities within which we live. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367208011

Public Spaces for WaterA Design Notebook This illustrated notebook highlights the need for a change of paradigm in current flood management practices one that acknowledges the wide-ranging and interdisciplinary benefits brought by public space design. Reassessing and improving established flood management methods public spaces are faced with a new and enhanced role as mediators of flood adaptation able to integrate infrastructure and communities together in the management of flood water as an ultimate resource for urban resilience. The book specifically introduces a path towards a new perspective on flood adaptation through public space design stressing the importance of local bottom up approaches. Deriving from a solution-directed investigation which is particularly attentive to design the book offers a wide range of systematized conceptual solutions of flood adaptation measures applicable in the design of public spaces. Through a commonly used vocabulary and simple technical notions the book facilitates and accelerates the initial brainstorm phases of a public space project with flood adaptation capacities enabling a direct application in contemporary practice. Furthermore it offers a significant sample of real-case examples that may further assist the decision-making throughout design processes. Overall the book envisions to challenge established professionals such as engineers architects or urban planners to work and design with uncertainty in an era of an unprecedented climate. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367031008

Public Speaking for Criminal Justice ProfessionalsA Manner of Speaking Public Speaking for Criminal Justice Professionals: A Manner of Speaking is a one-of-a-kind public speaking guide specifically written for criminal justice professionals written by a criminal justice professional. Author Thomas Mauriello has worked his entire professional career both as a practitioner and as an educator in the fields of criminal justice and forensic science. This book outlines the public speaking skills he has learned used and taught to thousands of criminal justice forensic science security and counterintelligence professionals over the years. The book can either be read from cover-to-cover—to fine tune the reader’s existing oral communication skills—or read in a modular fashion as a reference guide to focus on certain skills and techniques. A list of over 55 proven effective presentation tools will be listed discussed and demonstrated throughout the book—using illustrated criminal justice and forensic sciences topic examples. Contrary to popular believe simply knowing your subject or being an expert in the subject does not guarantee a successful presentation. Aristotle who many recognize as the Father of Public Speaking and Forensic Debate said it best when he declared "It is not enough to know what to say one must know how to say it." This guide focuses on technique and the recognition that a speaker must have of both the subject and the listener. The purpose is to improve readers' skill level and ability to engage and thereby inform the listener. Whether preparing to speak to one person or one thousand people Public Speaking for Criminal Justice Professionals provides specific techniques for professionals to speaking with confidence and present effective engaging presentations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367498863

Public SpeakingA Meta-Communicative Approach Public Speaking: A Meta-Communicative Approach provides an innovative approach to acquiring public speaking skills stressing both the theoretical underpinnings as well as the practical tools one needs to structure and deliver meaningful dynamic presentations. It offers alternative ways of looking at public speaking: the significance of passion; a prismatic-way-of-thinking; the pervasiveness of persuasion; the assumption that teaching is taking place in every presentation; the power of meta-messages; and overarching ways to look at the public speaking enterprise. This one-of-a-kind textbook also offers real-world scenarios to equip students for speaking engagements they may face in professional contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138931572

Public Spheres and Collective Identities Today it is assumed that we understand contemporary nationalism and nation-building. Researchers rarely consider the very different traditions from which such state-building emerged. Instead there is almost too much discussion of the "global village " with its supposed uniformity and inevitable trajectories. We need to view modernity as something other than a single condition with a preordained future. New visions of a modern civilization are emerging throughout the world calliing for a far-reaching appraisal of the older visions of modernization.Following Eisenstadt's and Schluchter's introduction Bjorn Wittrock explores the varieties and transitions of early modern societies noting that only by looking at societies' collective identities and their modes of mediating in the public sphere can the distinguishing factors between modernity be appreciated. Sheldon Pollock discusses the use of vernacular language in India through its literary culture and polity 1000-1500. Sanjay Subrahmanyam sums up major developments in the recent historiography of South Asia from 1400 to 1750. David L. Howell focuses on the boundaries of the early modern Japanese state including its political boundaries and the boundaries of collective identity and social status. Mary Elizabeth Berry examines public life in authoritarian Japan. Frederic Wakeman Jr. probes the boundaries of the political game and how they were affected by the increased political centralization that developed after the disorder of the Ming-Qing transition during the seventeenth century. Alexander Woodside discusses territorial order and collective-identity tensions in Confucian Asia. Bernhard Giesen argues that the French Enlightenment can be described as an extension of absolutist court culture. Finally essay Victor Perez-Diaz examines the state and public sphere in Spain during the Ancient Regime contrasting two ideal types of states--a "nomocratic" model and a "teleocratic" model.This volume addresses cultural and political practices not only from outside the European and American spheres but also over long periods of time in which the internal dynamics of other civilizations become visible. Its broad-ranging use of empirical materials enables us to think comparatively and historically about the ways in which different modernities took shape. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531260

Public Spheres of ResonanceConstellations of Affect and Language To understand the profound changes in the modes of public political debate over the past decade this volume develops a new conception of public spheres as spaces of resonance emerging from the power of language to affect and to ascribe and instill collective emotion. Political discourse is no longer confined to traditional media but increasingly takes place in fragmented and digital public spheres. At the same time the modes of political engagement have changed: discourse is said to increasingly rely on strategies of emotionalization and to be deeply affective at its core. This book meticulously shows how public spheres are rooted in the emotional bodily and affective dimensions of language and how language – in its capacity to affect and to be affected – produces those dynamics of affective resonance that characterize contemporary forms of political debate. It brings together scholars from the humanities and social sciences and focuses on two fields of inquiry: publics politics and media in Part I and language and artistic inquiry in Part II. The thirteen chapters provide a balanced composition of theoretical and methodological considerations focusing on highly illustrative case studies and on different artistic practices. The volume is an indispensable source for researchers and postgraduate students in cultural studies literary studies sociology and political science. It likewise appeals to practitioners seeking to develop an in-depth understanding of affect in contemporary political debate. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138608450

Public Television For SaleMedia The Market And The Public Sphere Public television is uniquely positioned in our country to contribute to the invigoration of democratic public life because ostensibly it is neither driven by the market nor dominated by the state. In this comprehensive analysis of the forces that shape our public television system sociologist William Hoynes finds that public television increasi Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367300289

Public Theology Religious Diversity and Interreligious Learning This book describes the relationship of Christian Public Theology to other religions and their ways of contributing to the common good. It also promotes mutual learning processes in public education to strengthen the public role and responsibility of religions in pluralistic societies. This volume brings together not only public education and public theology but also scholars from a variety of disciplines such as philosophy cultural studies and sociology and from different parts of the world. By doing so the book intends to widen the horizon and provide fresh impulses for public theology as well as the discourse on public religious education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367589608

Public Theology and the Challenge of Feminism Public Theology is a rapidly growing international field of study which focuses on how Christian belief and practice engage with wider social issues. Yet whilst the ultimate concern of public theology is the well-being of society this body of theology has largely developed without integrating the thinking of feminist theology and its insights into womens' lives and experience. Public Theology and the Challenge of Feminism argues that public theology risks re-inscribing traditional constructs of public and private civic and domestic and uncritical notions of gender and the work and worth of people. The book brings together both theory and case material to expose how public theology has actively downplayed or ignored feminist perspectives and to reveal how constructive feminism can be for the future of public theology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546196

Public Theology Perspectives on Religion and Education In order to draw out the relationship between publicly-oriented Christianity and education this book demonstrates that education is an important method and prerequisite of public theology as well as an urgent object of public theology research’s attention. Featuring work from diverse academic disciplines—including religion education theology philosophy and religious studies—this edited collection also contends with the educational challenges that come with the decline of religion on the one hand and its transformation and regained public relevance on the other. Taken together the contributions to this volume provide a comprehensive argument for why education deserves systematic attention in the context of public theology discourse and vice versa. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367662202

Public Transit Planning and OperationModeling Practice and Behavior Second Edition Addresses the Challenges Facing Public Transport Policy Makers and OperatorsPublic Transit Planning and Operation: Modeling Practice and Behavior Second Edition offers new solutions for delivering both better services and greater efficiency solutions which have been developed and tested by the author in over thirty years of research work with mass transit policy makers and operators all over the world. It bridges the worlds of practice and research and academia provides an overview and a critique of currently used operational planning methods and furnishes innovative practical techniques and modeling. Improve Service Performance and Successfully Manage the Costs of OperationThis new edition brings in new material on timetabling and vehicle scheduling with different vehicle sizes new methods of designing transit route networks analysis of transit coordination and connectivity behavioral aspects of passengers including when making transfers and innovative methods related to automation and optimization which can be used in real time to significantly improve service reliability.Combines academic research with real-world project experienceFocuses on issues encountered in practiceProvides unique coverage of the fieldPublic Transit Planning and Operation: Modeling Practice and Behavior Second Edition incorporates a series of themes and new ways of thinking about planning and operation. Bridging the gap between theory and application this text outlines the factors affecting public-transport services addresses common problems and offers practical solutions for improvement. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367867607

Public Transport and its UsersThe Passenger's Perspective in Planning and Customer Care Public transport is essential to the quality of life of its passengers both as a means to move around but also to achieve a sustainable environment. However the passenger's position as a customer is weakened by the dominance of monopolies regulation and political influence in our public transport systems. This book is one of the first to examine strategies for the representation of user interests in public transport from a variety of perspectives. The authors review approaches to integrating the passengers' views in the planning process and to protecting their interests in operations and customer care across a range of European countries including Austria Czech Republic France Germany Italy the Netherlands Sweden Switzerland the UK and EU policies. The book presents the conclusions of this research and examples of good practice. In this respect it will provide useful guidance for policy makers stakeholder organizations and planners as well as transport researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138273580

Public Transport Planning and Management in Developing Countries Developing Countries Have Different Transportation Issues and Requirements Than Developed CountriesAn efficient transportation system is critical for a country’s development. Yet cities in developing countries are typically characterized by high-density urban areas and poor public transport as well as lack of proper roads parking facilities road user discipline and control of land use resulting in pollution congestion accidents and a host of other transportation problems. Public Transport Planning and Management in Developing Countries examines the status of urban transport in India and other developing countries. It explains the principles of public transport planning and management that are relevant and suitable for developing countries addresses current transportation system inefficiencies explores the relationship between mobility and accessibility and analyzes the results for future use.Considers Socioeconomic and Demographic CharacteristicsIt’s projected that by 2030 developing nations will have more vehicles than developed nations and automated guided transit (AGT) and other transport systems will soon be available in India. This text compares five cities using specific indicators—urbanization population growth vehicle ownership and usage. It determines demographic and economic changes in India and examines how these changes have impacted transportation demand and supply transport policy and regulations and aspects of economics and finance related to public transport. The authors emphasize preserving and improving existing modes efficient use of the public transport management infrastructure implementing proper planning measures and encouraging a shift towards sustainable modes. They also discuss sustainability in terms of environment energy economic and land use perspectives and consider the trends of motorization vehicle growth modal share effects on mobility and environment and transport energy consumption and emissions. Public Transport Planning and Management in Developing Countries addresses the growing resource needs and economics of public transport in developing countries explains various aspects of public transport planning and management and provides readers with a basic understanding of both urban and rural public transport planning and management in developing countries. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367738662

Public Transport Planning with Smart Card Data Collecting fares through "smart cards" is becoming standard in most advanced public transport networks of major cities around the world. Travellers value their convenience and operators the reduced money handling fees. Electronic tickets also make it easier to integrate fare systems to create complex time and space differentiated fare systems and to provide incentives to specific target groups. A less-utilised benefit is the data collected through smart cards. Records even if anonymous provide for a much better understanding of passengers’ travel behaviour as current literature shows. This information can also be used for better service planning. Public Transport Planning with Smart Card Data handles three major topics: how passenger behaviour can be estimated using smart card data how smart card data can be combined with other trip databases and how the public transport service level can be better evaluated if smart card data is available. The book discusses theory as well as applications from cities around the world and will be of interest to researchers and practitioners alike who are interested in the state-of-the-art as well as future perspectives that smart card data will bring. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498726580

Public TransportIts Planning Management and Operation Public Transport provides an accessible introductory text to the field of public transport systems covering bus coach rail metro domestic air and taxi modes. The market structure is set out together with data collection methods. The technology of bus and rail systems is introduced with particular reference to peak capacity and energy consumption. An analysis of cost structures and costing methods leads into a review of pricing concepts and their application. In addition to issues related to urban systems specific chapters cover rural public transport and the long-distance sector. A concluding chapter examines long-run policy issues such as likely population changes and scope for substitution of travel. The primary context taken is that of the British Isles drawing extensively on data such as the National Travel Survey in England. However the principles and findings are also broadly applicable to countries of similar per capita income and population density. This sixth edition introduces a new chapter on data collection and survey methods for public transport systems in addition to a general update of the text to reflect the latest statistical evidence research findings and policy changes. Public Transport is an essential textbook for both students in transport and those in related fields. This is an invaluable resource for transport planners in local authorities and consultancies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138938229

Public Trust in Medical Research?Ethics Law and Accountability It has been claimed by fertility experts that embryos can be screened for 6 000 diseases thereby the risk of x-linked diseases can be minimised by 'cherry-picking' male embryos that do not carry the abnormal gene. If medical scientists continue to strive for cures genetic aberrance in human could be a phenomenon of the past...This challenging book explores issues of professional integrity and ethics underpinning medical research. It includes real-life case studies where public trust in medical research has been misplaced and encourages medical professionals to adhere to professional codes of conduct and be informed about their decision making process. It is vital reading for undergraduate and postgraduate students of medicine law sociology and social policy philosophy health related research and ethics. Practising researchers in medicine and the pharmaceutical industry and their managers will find it invaluable. The text provides motivation for academics and educators with an interest in research and governance. Healthcare policy makers and shapers patient rights groups campaigners and the general media will find the information enlightening. "Over the last four decades medicine has given hope to many people and saved many lives as a result of the ability of the physicians and surgeons to develop new treatments and innovative surgical techniques. While we can celebrate the success of medical science we should also critically examine some of these developments against principles and in the light of public opinion." - Philip Cheung. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315383187

Public Urban Space Gender and SegregationWomen-only urban parks in Iran Public spaces are the renditions of the power symmetry within the social setting it resides in and is both controlling and confining of power. In an ideologically-laden context urban design encompasses values and meanings and is utilized as a means to construct the identity and perpetuate visible and invisible boundaries. Hence gendered spatial dichotomy based on a biological division of sexes is often employed systematically to evade the transgression of women into the public spaces. The production of modern urban space in the Middle East is formed in the interplay between modernity tradition and religion. Examining women in public spaces and patterns of interaction with gender -segregated and -mixed space this book argues that gendered spaces are far from a static physical spatial division and produce a complex and dynamic dichotomy of men/public and women/private. Taking the example of Iran normative and ideologically-laden gender segregated public spaces have been used as a tool for the Islamization of everyday life. The most recent government effort includes women-only parks purportedly designed and administered through women’s contributions as well as to accommodate their needs and provide space for social interaction and activities. Combining research approaches from urban planning and social sciences this book analyses both technical and social aspects of women-only parks. Addressing the relationships between ideology urban planning and gender the book interprets power relations and how they are used to define and plan public and semi-public urban spaces. Lack of communication across disciplinary boundaries as result of complexities of urban life has been one of the major hindrances in studying urban spaces in the Middle East. Addressing the concern the cross-disciplinary approach employed in this volume is an amalgamation of methods informed by urban planning and social sciences which includes an in-depth analysis of the morphological perceptual social visual functional and temporal dimensions of the public space the women-only parks in Iran. Based on critical ethnography this volume uses a phenomenological approach to understating women in gendered spaces. Interaction of women in women-only parks in Iran a gendered space which is growing in popularity across the Muslim world is discussed thoroughly and compared vis-à-vis gender-neutral public spaces. The book targets scholars and students within a wide range of academic disciplines including urban studies urban planning gender studies political science Middle Eastern studies cultural studies urban anthropology urban sociology Iranian studies and Islamic studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138601116

Public Uses of Human Remains and Relics in History The principal theme of this volume is the importance of the public use of human remains in a historical perspective. The book presents a series of case studies aimed at offering historiographical and methodological reflections and providing interpretative approaches highlighting how through the ages and with a succession of complex practices and uses human remains have been imbued with a plurality of meanings. Covering a period running from late antiquity to the present day the contributions are the combined results of multidisciplinary research pertaining to the realities of the Italian peninsula hitherto not investigated with a long-term and multidisciplinary historical perspective. From the relics of great men to the remains of patriots and from anatomical specimens to the skeletons of the saints: through these case studies the scholars involved have investigated a wide range of human remains (real or reputed) and of meanings attributed to them in order to decipher their function over the centuries. In doing so they have traversed the interpretative boundaries of political history religious history and the history of science as required by questions aimed at integrating the anthropological social and cultural aspects of a complex subject. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367272722

Public Utility Rate Making In An Energy Conscious Environment This collection of papers by some of America's most respected scholars and practitioners in the field of public utility regulation provides an up-to-date analysis of urgent problems and proposed remedies concerning the electricity and natural gas industries. The authors--two academic economists a professor of law a practicing attorney and consume Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367300296

Public Value Theory and BudgetingInternational Perspectives Public value theory has advanced over the past 30 years but there is a need to extend its boundary outwards into new contexts and update its discourse to reflect new social challenges. We are now trying to create value in a globalized world with supranational entities with new international alliances and institutions in a frightening post-truth era. How can public managers grapple with these emerging realities? This book seeks to provide answers to such public value questions by applying powerful budgeting perspectives. Using case studies of independent budget offices key fiscal instruments and leading public value frameworks this book stands out in its use of budgetary lenses to answer pertinent questions about the multidimensional processes of value creation by and for a wider society. Pushing the debate on public value forward and taking it onto the global stage the book asks whether public value (and other public administration theories) are applicable beyond the traditional context of the pro-globalization Western liberal democracies in which they were conceived. It does this by exploring the realms of developing countries supranational entities and post-Communist societies among others. Finally it presents these explorations in light of very recent sociopolitical trends and phenomena including the growth of civil society the global financial crisis the illiberal democracy and the post-truth era.Tailored to an audience comprising public administration scholars students of government budget practitioners and social scientists interested in contemporary problems of values in society this book helps to advance public administration thought by extending public value theory into new contexts and relating it to the growing global challenges of public life. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367728519

Public ValueDeepening Enriching and Broadening the Theory and Practice Over the last 10 years the concept of value has emerged in both business and public life as part of an important process of measuring benchmarking and assuring the resources we invest and the outcomes we generate from our activities. In the context of public life value is an important measure on the contribution to business and social good of activities for which strict financial measures are either inappropriate or fundamentally unsound. A systematic interdisciplinary examination of public value is necessary to establish an essential definition and up-to-date picture of the field. In reflecting on the ‘public value project’ this book points to how the field has broadened well beyond its original focus on public sector management; has deepened in terms of the development of the analytical concepts and frameworks that linked the concepts together; and has been applied increasingly in concrete circumstances by academics consultants and practitioners.　 This book covers three main topics; deepening and enriching the theory of creating public value broadening the theory and practice of creating public value to voluntary and commercial organisations and collaborative networks and the challenge and opportunity that the concept of public value poses to social science and universities. Collectively it offers new ways of looking at public and social assets against a backdrop of increasing financial pressure; new insights into changing social attitudes and perceptions of value; and new models for increasingly complicated collaborative forms of service delivery involving public private and not-for-profit players. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059665

Public Water SupplyModels Data and Operational Management Professionals in the water supply industry are faced with a mass of technical information about how best to use new technologies to improve the efficiency of their supply operations.This book will help explain practical problems and potential solutions clearly and comprehensively to readers who may not be familiar with the latest developments in IT and computing. Managers will find it useful in understanding the data requirements of these new systems and it will help them make the most of available resources. It will be of use to those planning and designing new systems and those working with existing ones. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367659509

Public Women in British IndiaIcons and the Urban Stage This book foregrounds the subjectivity of ‘acting women’ amidst violent debates on femininity and education livelihood and labour sexuality and marriage. It looks at the emergence of the stage actress as an artist and an ideological construct at critical phases of performance practice in British India. The focus here is on Calcutta considered the ‘second city of the Empire’ and a nodal point in global trade circuits.Each chapter offers new ways of conceptualising the actress as a professional a colonial subject simultaneously the other and the model of the ‘new woman’. An underlying motif is the playing out of the idea of spiritual salvation redemption and modernity. Analysing the dynamics behind stagecraft and spectacle the study highlights the politics of demarcation and exclusion of social roles. It presents rich archival work from diverse sources many translated for the first time.This book makes a distinctive contribution in intertwining performance studies with literary history and art practices within a cross-cultural framework. Interdisciplinary and innovative it will appeal to scholars and researchers in South Asian theatre and performance studies history and gender studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367734541

Public/Private Interplay in Social Protection This accessible introductory text discusses how people in a pluralistic society such as ours can accept a common social ethic - a publicly justified morality. It presents analyses of the basic concepts including justifications of liberty harm to others private property rights distributive justice environmental harms help to others and offensive behaviour. Gaus acquaints the reader with the major figures in social philosophy - John Stuart Mill Jeremy Bentham Thomas Hobbes John Locke David Hume John Rawls David Gauthier and Joel Feinberg - as well as recent communitarian philosophers. The basic technical aspects of social philosophy are also introduced: game theory social choice theory the ideas rational action rational bargaining and public goods. Throughout helpful short examples and stories are used to illustrate the material. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315494579

Publications ManagementEssays for Professional Communicators "Publications Management: Essays for Professional Communicators" is a collection of essays designed for use in academic programs in technical and professional communication and for communication professionals in the workplace. The contributors include publications managers in the workplace and academics who teach in technical and professional communication programs. Their multiple perspectives offer a broad introduction to some of the important issues publications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315231334

Public-Private Partnerships and Responsibility under International LawA Global Health Perspective Partnerships between the public and private sectors are an increasingly accepted method to deal with pressing global issues such as those relating to health. Partnerships comprised of states and international organizations (public sector) and companies non-governmental organizations research institutes and philanthropic foundations (private sector) are forming to respond to pressing global health issues. These partnerships are managing activities that are normally regarded to be within the domain of states and international organizations such as providing access to preventative and treatment measures for certain diseases or improving health infrastructure within certain states to better manage the growing risk of disease. In the shadow of the success of these partnerships lies however the possibility of something going wrong and it is to this shadow that this book sheds light. This book explores the issue of responsibility under international law in the context of global health public-private partnerships. The legal status of partnerships under international law is explored in order to determine whether or not partnerships have legal personality under international law resulting in them being subject to rules of responsibility under international law. The possibility of holding partnerships responsible in domestic legal systems and the immunity partnerships have from the jurisdiction of domestic courts in certain states is also considered. The obstacles to holding partnerships themselves responsible leads finally to an investigation into the possibility of holding states and/or international organizations as partners and/or hosts of partnerships responsible under international law in relation to the acts of partnerships. This book will be of interest to those researching and working in areas of global governance especially hybrid public-private bodies; the responsibility under international law of states and international organizations; and also global health. It provides doctrinal clarification and practical guidance in a developing field of international law. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666481

Public-Private Partnerships for Major League Sports Facilities This volume takes readers inside the high-stakes game of public-private partnerships for major league sports facilities explaining why some cities made better deals than others assessing the best practices and common pitfalls in deal structuring and facility leases as well as highlighting important differences across markets leagues facility types public actors subsidy delivery mechanisms and urban development aspirations. It concludes with speculations about the next round of facility replacement amidst rapid changes in broadcast technology shrinking domestic audiences and the globalization of sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415629799

Public-Private Partnerships in Emerging Economies Over the years a shortage of funds has resulted in a huge deficit in government budgets for infrastructure especially in developing economies. It is no longer feasible for governments to bear the entire burden of funding public infrastructure. Given that an inadequate supply of public infrastructure poses a challenge for the economic development of any country partnerships with the private sector to fund public infrastructure procurement has started to be relied on as an alternative to traditional public procurement. Public-Private Partnerships are an arrangement that allow private entities to fund design manage and operate public infrastructure for a term in exchange for the payment of tolls by users or the government may well be the solution to the infrastructure crisis in many developing economies. This book examines the role of law in the adoption implementation and regulation of Public-Private Partnership in selected developing economies including Brazil India Nigeria and South Africa to address how to deal with overlapping laws and how the law can protect assets invested in PPP in order to attract private sector interests in infrastructure financing in developing market showing how law can be used to create sustain and promote PPP frameworks that take into account local circumstances in developing economies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367901110

Public-Private Partnerships in Health Care in IndiaLessons for developing countries Public-private partnerships are increasingly advocated to alleviate deficiencies in the public health system as well as to reduce economic stress on those who seek services from an expensive burgeoning and unregulated private health sector. Focusing on India this book examines how the private sector in developing countries is tapped to deliver health care services to poor and under-served sections of society through collaborative arrangements with the government. Having emerged as a key reform initiative aspects of public-private partnership are examined such as the genesis of private sector partnerships the ways in which the private sector is encouraged to deliver public health services and the models and formats that make such partnerships possible. Based on in-depth case studies from different states of India and drawing on experiences in other countries the authors analyse challenges opportunities and benefits of implementing public-private partnerships and explore whether partnership with the private sector can be designed to deliver health care services to the poor as well as the consequences for beneficiaries. This book will be of interest to scholars of public policy and development administration health policy and development economics as well as South Asian Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138086258

Public-Private Partnerships in the European Union Public procurement in the European Union represents almost twelve per cent of the EU's GDP and is continuing to increase having been identified as a key objective in the EU's aim to become the most competitive economy in the world by 2010. This book provides a one-stop shop multi-disciplinary approach to public procurement and will be of use to academics and policy-makers. Providing its readers with practical description and analysis of the relevant policies law and jurisprudence the book also explores possible future trends in public procurement regulation.  Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138340015

Public-Private Partnerships in the USALessons to be Learned for the United Kingdom Broadly a Public-Private Partnership (or PPP) is any collaboration between the public and private sector but research in the UK has tended to focus on those that have been used for major infrastructure projects such as roads schools and hospitals. This book compares and contrasts PPP research in the UK with that of cases in the USA including interviews with some of the key stakeholders (decision makers in the public sector contractors and users) of PPPs in North America and observations of PPPs in action (such as schools and roads). No prior major studies have compared the UK and USA when it comes to the development and operation of PPPs and this book fills a gap in the literature addressing a number of key questions including: Is the private sector viewed with less suspicion in the USA when it comes to projects that would normally fall under the aegis of the public sector? How do politics affect PPPs? How do key players in the PPP process define project success determine the merits and drawbacks of the initiative and deal with controversial elements of the scheme such as value for money and risk transfer? The result is a volume that offers practical advice for the future development of PPPs in the UK. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415818797

Public-Private Partnerships: Infrastructure Transportation and Local Services Public–private partnerships (PPPs) are arrangements between government and private actors with the objective of providing public infrastructure facilities and services. Three fundamental questions frame the use of PPPs at the local level: What do PPPs look like? What gives rise to the use of PPPs? And what are the outcomes of PPPs? The articles in this book provide insightful answers to these questions. In addition the contributions in the book identify lines of research that invite further investigation namely: problems related to the degree of risk transfer; the challenges posed by renegotiation; and evaluation of PPPs’ results. The content of this book will be of interest for scholars policy analysts and policy makers.This book was published as a special issue of Local Government Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367739171

Public-private Relations in Totalitarian States This book argues that the transition by Western society to late modernity has weakened the social order creating a quasi-anomic state that favors those conditions that place culture in a position of prominence. The preponderance of culture over social with its affinity for profane and its immanent nature is posited by the author to have a major impact on the fabric of social life and its implications especially on social solidarity. Gabriel A. Barhaim employs a number of ideas and concepts to illuminate the central theme of a feeble social order. Such concepts are among others crisis of reference desacralization of the social order the predominance of individual networks as a new form of social solidarity overpowering of the public sphere and the reduction in authority of collective representations.The persistent crisis of the social order‘strongly visible in the disappearance of major ideologies on the one hand and in the disintegration of the state and its institutions on the other hand has been the impetus to cultural phenomena whose prevailing themes encode the fate of individuals both symbolically and expressively. Barhaim regards the social order as the inspiring scene of action while culture with its diverse modes of expressions provides guiding commentaries. In grappling with these topics in each chapter the analysis reveals the many facets of culture and the many symbolic forms it takes. All of this provides the necessary commentaries needed to make sense of a bewildered social life in the context of late modernity.These commentaries should be viewed mostly as a path to understanding the pressing social arrangements interactions practices of contemporary life. Three out of the eight chapters are concerned with the East-Central European experience. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513839

Publics for Public SchoolsLegitimacy Democracy and Leadership This book articulates a path for a renewed conception of-and commitment to-the public dimensions of schooling. It is an interdisciplinary book of philosophy and politics written for educational leaders working in or on behalf of public schooling. Publics for Public Schools introduces a fresh view on how educational leaders might view the public ideal. In this conception of public work and leadership educational leaders do not work with the public but help to achieve publics for public schools. The demos or "the people" in the case of democratic governance of schools mobilize around particular problems related to young people and schooling; they are best understood not as "the public" but as multiple publics. This book provides a conception of public life and of public leadership that can enable educational leaders of all types to help achieve publics for their schools. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781612052441

Public-Spirited CitizenshipLeadership and Good Government in the United States Any searching look at the theory and practice of citizenship in the United States today is bewildering and disconcerting. Despite earnest concern for participation access and "leverage " there is a widespread perception that nothing citizens do has much meaning or influence. This book argues that for American democracy to work in the twenty-first century renewed interest in teaching the nation's young citizens a sense of the public good is imperative.All of the nation's founders especially Adams Jefferson Franklin and Madison addressed the question of whether and how a citizen can make a difference in the American political process. This concern harkens back even farther to Locke Erasmus and Aristotle. Today one obstacle to good citizenship is the social scientific turn in political science. Leaders in civic education in the twentieth century eschewed grand ideas and moral principles in favour of a focus on behaviourism and competitive liberal politics. Another problem is the growing belief that the government has no business promoting the public good through the support of religious educational or cultural efforts.Ralph Ketcham vividly depicts the relationship of private self-interest and public-spirited action as these pertain to citizenship and good government. This is an enlightening book for the general reader as well as for students professional social scientists and political philosophers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781412856720

Publish and ProsperA Strategy Guide for Students and Researchers Intended to help readers succeed in academia by increasing their scholarly productivity this book provides strategies for getting articles published quickly in reputable research journals. Rather than focusing on the basics of writing about results this unique guidebook provides tips on how to approach research maintain motivation maximize productivity and overcome common pitfalls so as to become productive scholars. The strategies reviewed will help readers successfully navigate through graduate school get a good job receive grants and promotions and make important contributions to their field.　 Written in a breezy style this book offers case studies examples and personal experiences that illustrate the themes of the chapters. Introductions and summaries and key points help to highlight the most critical concepts reviewed in each chapter. Chapter exercises encourage self-reflection and/or the application of the strategies introduced in that chapter. Self-assessment questions in Appendix A help readers pinpoint their strengths and weaknesses.A tracking chart referred to throughout provides an effective way to follow the progress of several manuscripts that are at different stages. An interactive version of the chart is available at www.pepstrategies.com along with the time diary and the chapter and self assessment exercises. Although a young scholar Nathaniel Lambert has an impressive track record. He already has over 50 papers published in research journals. This book reviews winning strategies practiced by the author and additional insights based on conversations with top producing scholars. By diligently applying this book’s core strategies you too can publish and prosper! Part 1 describes issues related to prioritizing one’s research such as the importance of selecting the right topic and how to use goals and deadlines to enhance motivation. Tips for enhancing efficiency are provided in Part 2 including how to improve writing efficiency juggle several projects simultaneously reduce wasting time and select the best collaborators. Part 3 explores productivity pitfalls and how to avoid them. Tips on how to avoid burnout and distractions and handle rejection are explored. Part 4 provides unique tips to apply at various stages of one’s academic career: undergraduate graduate and professional. Practical appendices provide an opportunity to determine one’s strengths and weaknesses keep track of projects and expand one’s knowledge using the recommended reading list. Intended as a reference for students who are planning to attend graduate school and/or pursue an academic career this book is ideal for professional development and/or research methods courses taught in the behavioral social health and life sciences and for researchers and professionals looking to increase their publication productivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781848729940

Publishing and the Academic WorldPassion purpose and possible futures Within the Academy itself a changing and increasingly entrepreneurial entity publishing is no longer an option; it is the universal currency that secures a position tenure and promotion; it is key to academic life. Providing a panoramic picture of the changing publishing climate Academic Life and the Publishing Landscape will empower scholars by enabling them to navigate this changing terrain more successfully. This book provides guidance from a range of contributors who use their own wide expertise in writing and publication to document the challenges faced by scholars at different career stages and in different locations. It covers a wide range of debates on publishing spilt into the following three sections: Mapping the Publication Landscape Writing for Publication—Learning from Successful Voices Further Challenges and Possibilities. With topics ranging from the process of preparing manuscripts for publication including chapters on calculating journal rankings and understanding the Peer Review process through to chapters on speaking to international audiences and writing for elite international journals this book offers a unique perspective on how the changing nature of publishing works. This will be a useful guide for scholars across the globe looking to enhance their publication performance and those questioning what needs to be done in order to understand navigate and to (re-)position one’s self and institution in this increasingly significant and rapidly altering terrain. Ciaran Sugrue is Professor of Education University College Dublin Ireland and has been Head of School from 2011-14. Sefika Mertkan is an Assistant Professor of Educational Leadership and Management at Eastern Mediterranean University.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138916715

Publishing and the LawCurrent Legal Issues Get the latest information on new developments in copyright law!This timely volume sheds light on the important legal issues that influence the scholarly publishing world. The often-confusing field of publishing law--including copyright licensing liability electronic publishing and taxation--is going through an unprecedented upheaval as we move into the twenty-first century. Publishing and the Law: Current Legal Issues offers clear current explanations of the implications of recent laws and technologies and predicts what further changes to expect. Featuring legal business and publishing experts Publishing and the Law discusses the wide-ranging implications of the decline of fair use the rise of software licensing the Communications Decency Act and such landmark legal cases as LaMacchia Feist and Matthew Bender. Questions of ownership fair use and licensing--historically a problem for authors such as Twain and Dickens--have become exacerbated by the fact that information is no longer static but rather fluid and transportable. Publishing and the Law addresses the vital questions of interest to librarians publishers and scholars including: How will changing technologies affect the legal status of libraries universities authors and publishers? What are the latest trends in liability for authors and publishers? How does anti-trust law affect library budgets? Why is copyright giving way to licensing and what does that mean for libraries? How has the definition of fair use changed? Do attempts to censor the Internet abrogate First Amendment rights? How does electronic publishing force changes to the rules that worked for traditional printed books and journals?In an age of advancing technology Congress and the courts will be called upon with more and more frequency to maintain a balance between the copyright holder's economic interests and society's right to have access to information. Librarians university administrators authors and publishers can benefit from Publishing and the Law: Current Legal Issues to help them understand current trends in intellectual property law. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315880655

Publishing as a VocationStudies of an Old Occupation in a New Technological Era The linkage of politics and technology is now the driving momentum in communication. Publishers are now part of the astonishing transformation of the slow to the instant. From twitters to bloggers the communication of ideas can now be accomplished in a matter of minutes not weeks months or even years.Horowitz believes that at its best information technology can be harnessed to facilitate the expression of democratic thought. In providing better access to production and technology there is great hope to liberate humankind from ignorance and ideology and imagination is what the purpose of publishing is and always will be about. If politics is the art of the possible then technology can be harnessed to the higher art of transforming scientific principles into everyday practices.Publishing as a Vocation places publishing in America in its political and commercial setting. It addresses the political implications of scholarly communication in the era of new computerized technology. Horowitz examines problems of political theory in the context of property rights versus the presumed right to know and the special strains involved in publishing as commerce versus information as a public trust. Offering a knowledgeable and insightful view of publishing in America and abroad this book makes an important contribution to the study of mass culture in advanced societies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513846

Publishing from your Doctoral ResearchCreate and Use a Publication Strategy The ‘Insider Guides to Success in Academia’ offers support and practical advice to doctoral students and early-career researchers. Covering the topics that really matter but which often get overlooked this indispensable series provides practical and realistic guidance to address many of the needs and challenges of trying to operate and remain in academia. These neat pocket guides fill specific and significant gaps in current literature. Each book offers insider perspectives on the often implicit rules of the game – the things you need to know but usually aren’t told by institutional postgraduate support researcher development units or supervisors – and will address a practical topic that is key to career progression. They are essential reading for doctoral students early-career researchers supervisors mentors or anyone looking to launch or maintain their career in academia. Today’s researchers have many opportunities for disseminating their work including traditional and digital publications written articles podcasts and other media such as zines and graphic books. But how do they decide which output is right for them and where to start? Publishing from your Doctoral Research provides methods and tools to help assess identify and adapt academic work for publication to support career aspirations. Discussing what publication can achieve in career terms this book: Explains how to audit doctoral research and any associated materials to assess which elements are best suited for publication Provides advice on how to determine what kind of publication is best suited to different types of research Discusses journal articles books self-publishing online and social media options and alternative methods of publishing Considers each type of publication in light of career aspirations Each chapter includes practical examples tailored to researchers interested in working in academia industry or business a clinical or practical career or self-employment. Providing key strategies and insights to secure knowledge and success Publishing from your Doctoral Research is the ideal guide for anyone looking to develop their career through publication within or outside academia. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138339149

Publishing from Your PhDNegotiating a Crowded Jungle Skills in learning and studying are vital to ensure success in higher education study whether at undergraduate or postgraduate level in university college or in the workplace. Skills are needed in reflection analysis communication and recording information to produce good work to engage effectively in a group to carry out a project or perform well in exams; personal skills are needed to handle time and pressure and to relate to others on a course or in the workplace. This new guide builds on the hugely successful materials the authors have developed over the last 15 years. Along with highly practical guidance on traditional learning skills The Guide to Learning and Study Skills provides direction for students on learning in a blended environment; the increased use of personal and professional development planning continuing professional development and work-based learning. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138470729

Publishing in Journals on the FamilyEssays on Publishing This book first published in 1992 is a comprehensive guide to publishing articles and research on the family in social science journals. It includes listings for over two hundred social science journals whose editors have expressed an interest in publishing empirical research and theoretical articles about the family. It presents in a single source detailed publication information for a multitude of journals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367426842

Publishing in School Psychology and Related FieldsAn Insider's Guide Publishing in School Psychology and Related Fields aims to help students early career professionals and seasoned scholars alike better understand the process of peer-review and publishing in journals books and other professional-oriented forums. Edited by a former editor of the Journal of School Psychology and containing chapters from insiders who have operated as productive authors reviewers and editors this informative new resource contains practical and invaluable advice for anyone looking to increase their scholarly productivity and jump start their career. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138645998

Publishing in Yugoslavia's Successor States From the Editor's Foreword: “Without any doubt the 1990s will long be remembered as the decade of Yugoslavia's prolonged disintegration. A virtual blueprint of the conflict is accessible to anyone in a position to track the independent print media that were then emerging in Yugoslavia's various republics.”Publishing in Yugoslavia's Successor States presents the results of extensive tracking and research in that area. You'll learn how weekly independent news magazines such as Mladina in Slovenia Danas in Croatia and later Vreme in Serbia courageously documented the centrifugal political forces at work in Yugoslavia at the time. Independent daily newspapers often located in provincial cities away form the centers of political control pursued similar policies adhering to high standards of objective political coverage. The periodical press also weighed in over time with more reflective assessments of the area's evolving political crisis and recommendations for managing it. Finally as Yugoslavia's old communist paradigm of information management gradually lost control the market gave rise to numerous tabloid weeklies and dailies that banked on nationalism and fear serving as handmaidens to media-savvy demagogues and helping to rekindle past rivalries. Publishing in Yugoslavia's Successor States will take you on a turbulent tour of this vital industry struggling to survive and thrive in a war-torn land. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315865225

Publishing Law Publishing Law is an authoritative and engaging guide to a wide range of legal issues affecting publishing today. Hugh Jones and Christopher Benson present readers with clear and accessible guidance to the complex legal areas specific to the ever evolving world of contemporary publishing including copyright moral rights contracts and licensing privacy confidentiality defamation infringement and trademarks with analysis of legal issues relating to sales advertising marketing distribution and competition. This new fifth edition presents updated coverage of the key principles of copyright as well as new copyright exceptions licensing and open access. There is also further in-depth coverage of the legal issues around the sale of digital content. Key features of the fifth edition include: updated coverage of EU and UK copyright including a new chapter on copyright exceptions following the significant changes in the 2014 Regulations Comprehensive coverage of publishing contracts with authors as well as with other providers including translators contributors and contracts for subsidiary rights up to date coverage of the Defamation Act 2013 and other changes to EU and UK legislation exploration of the legal issues relating to digital publishing including eBook and other electronic agreements data protection and online issues in relation to privacy and copyright infringement a range of summary checklists on key issues ranging from copyright ownership to promotion and data protection useful appendices offering an A to Z glossary of legal terms and lists of useful address and further reading. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138803794

Publishing Networks in France in the Early Era of Print This book examines commercial and personal connections in the early modern book trade in Paris and northwestern France ca. 1450–1550. The book market commercial trade and geo-political ties connected the towns of Paris Caen Angers Rennes and Nantes making this a fertile area for the transference of different fields of knowledge via book culture. Diane Booton investigates various aspects of book production (typography and illustration) market (publishers and booksellers) and ownership (buyers and annotators) and describes commercial and intellectual dissemination via established pathways drawing on primary and archival sources. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138712539

Publishing the PostcolonialAnglophone West African and Caribbean Writing in the UK 1948-1968 This book explores how writers such as Amos Tutuola George Lamming Samuel Selvon VS Naipaul Chinua Achebe Derek Walcott Kamau Brathwaite and Wole Soyinka came to be published in London in important educational series such as the Three Crown Series and African Writers Series. Low takes account of recent debates in the discipline of book history especially issues that deal with social cultural and economic questions of authorship publishing histories canon formation and the production distribution and reception of texts in the literary market place. Searching publishing archives for readers reports editorial correspondence and interventions this book represents a necessary exploration of postwar publishing contexts and the dissemination of texts from London that is crucial to literary histories of the postcolonial book. Taken together as a postwar generation this cohort of now canonical writers helped "imagine" their respective national communities yet their intellectual labors entered an elite transnational literary circuit and correspondingly were transformed into textual commodities by the economic social cultural and institutional transactions that were part of an expanding print capitalism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651202

Publishing Women's Life Stories in France 1647-1720From Voice to Print In this new study Elizabeth Goldsmith continues her pursuit of issues treated in her earlier books on conversation epistolary writing and the female voice in literature. She examines how French women in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries first came to publish their private life stories; in doing so she explores what the writers have to say about why they decide to write about themselves what they choose to write how they get their stories circulated and printed and what they do to defend themselves against the threat to personal reputation and credibility that was implied by such public self-exposure. Goldsmith scrutinizes the autobiographical writing of six women all of whom were for different reasons the objects of fairly intense publicity during their lifetime at the historical moment when the idea of "publicity" via the printed word was still a new concept. Three of the women-Jeanne des Anges Marie de l'Incarnation and Jeanne Guyon-were charismatic religious figures whose writings were widely circulated. The other three writers-the sisters Hortense and Marie Mancini and Madame de Villedieu-are more worldly but like their spiritual counterparts they undertook self-publication as a form of conversation with the world and a way of participating in other forms of public discourse. Publishing Women's Life Stories in France 1647-1720 considers the different forms that the life writing of these three women took: autobiographies; letter correspondences (which in four of the six cases have never before been published); trial transcripts; testimonials published as part of other authors' works; and written self-portraits that were circulated among friends. Drawing on the work of Michel de Certeau on voice and communities of readers in the 17th century as well as the work of Roger Chartier and other historians of the book and print culture Goldsmith retraces the complicated networks of human interaction that underlie these early a Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245591

Publishing Your Psychology ResearchA guide to writing for journals in psychology and related fields Dennis McInerney's Publishing Your Psychology Research has bridged a much needed gap in the research process literature providing a well-oiled treaty from both insider and outsider perspectives as to what it takes to become a credible and published author.Dr. Shawn Van EttenDirector of Institutional ResearchHerkimer County Community CollegeState University of New YorkDo you want to publish your psychology research in the 'best' journals? Whether you are new to the game or a seasoned researcher Dennis McInerney shows you how to maximise your chances of publication from the very beginning of your research project. Richly illustrated with tips and examples Publishing Your Psychology Research demystifies the publication process. It explains how to design your research to ensure it has potential for publication and how to write up your results into an effective article. It outlines what journal editors are looking for how to select the appropriate journals to approach and how to react to reviewers' feedback.Publishing Your Psychology Research is an essential handbook for anyone interested in building a reputation as a researcher in their chosen field of psychology. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003117018

Puccini’s La fanciulla del West and American Musical Identity On 10 December 1910 Giacomo Puccini’s seventh opera La fanciulla del West had its premiere before a sold-out audience at New York City’s Metropolitan Opera House. The performance was the Metropolitan Opera Company’s first world premiere by any composer. By all accounts the premiere was an unambiguous success and the event itself　recognized as a major moment in New York cultural history. The initial public opinion matched Puccini’s own evaluation of his opera. He called it "the best he had ever written" and expected it to become as popular as La Bohème. Yet the music reviews tell a different story. Marked by ambivalence the reviews expose the New York City critics’ struggle to reconcile the opera they expected to see with the one they actually saw and the opera itself became embroiled in controversy over the essence of musical Americanness and the nativist perception that a uniquely American national opera tradition continued to elude both American- and foreign-born opera composers. This book seeks to account for the differences between Puccini’s own assessments of the opera and those of its first audience. Offering transcriptions of the central reviews and of letters unavailable elsewhere the book provides a historically informed understanding of La fanciulla del West and the reception of this European work as it intersected with both opera production and consumption in the United States and with the process of American musical identity formation during the very period that Americans actively sought to eradicate European cultural influences. As such it offers a window into the development of nativism and "cosmopolitan nationalism" in New York City’s musical life during the first decade of the twentieth century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138102897

Pudentiana DeaconPrinted Writings 1500–1640: Series I Part Three Volume 4 Delicious entertainments of the soule is a translation of a collection of conferences which Francis de Sales held for the Order of the Sisters of the Visitation. This order took the form of an institute for young girls and widows who wanted to enter a convent but lacked the strength or the inclination for the physical austerities of the great orders. It was for these sisters that Francis held conferences or 'familiar conversations' on religious topics at regular intervals. These conversations were not written out by Francis himself but were noted down and collected by the sisters. Pudentiana Deacon's translation of these transcripts gives the reader an idea of the personality of the speaker. De Sale comes across as a humane commonsensical practical man with an occasional sense of humour and a shrewd idea of the specific worries and temptations of his audience. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245584

Pueblo Style and Regional Architecture (Routledge Revivals) Few architectural styles evoke so strong a sense of place as Pueblo architecture. This book brings together experts from architecture and art archaeology and anthropology philosophy and history considering Pueblo style not simply architecturally but within its cultural religious economic and climate contexts as well. The product of successive layers of Pueblo Indian Spanish and Anglo influences contemporary Pueblo style is above all seen as a harmonious response to the magnificent landscape from which it emerged. Pueblo Style and Regional Architecture first published in 1990 is a unique and thorough study of this enduring regional style a sourcebook that will inform and inspire architects and designers as well as fascinate those interested in the anthropology culture art and history of the American Southwest. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929753

Puerto Rican DiscourseA Sociolinguistic Study of A New York Suburb Before conclusions about Spanish in the United States can be drawn individual communities must be studied in their own contexts. That is the goal of Puerto Rican Discourse. One tendency of previous work on Spanish in the United States has been an eagerness to generalize the findings of isolated studies to all Latino communities but the specific sociocultural contexts in which people -- and languages -- live often demand very different conclusions. The results of Torres' work indicate that the Spanish of Puerto Ricans living in Brentwood continues to survive in a restricted context. Across the population of Brentwood -- for Puerto Ricans of all ages and language proficiencies -- the Spanish language continues to assume an important practical symbolic and affective role. An examination of the structural features of 60 oral narratives -- narrative components and the verbal tenses associated with each overall Spanish verb use and clause complexity -- reveals little evidence of the simplification and loss across generations found in other studies of Spanish in the United States. English-dominant Puerto Ricans are able Spanish language narrators demonstrating a wide variety of storytelling skills. The structure of their oral narratives is as complete and rich as the narratives of Spanish-dominant speakers. The content of these oral narratives of personal experience is also explored. Too often in studies on U.S. Spanish sociolinguists ignore the words of the community; the focus is usually on the grammatical aspects of language use and rarely on the message conveyed. In this study oral narratives are analyzed as constructions of gendered and ethnically marked identities. The stories demonstrate the contradictory positions in which many Puerto Ricans find themselves in the United States. All of the speakers in this study have internalized to a greater or lesser extent dominant ideologies of gender ethnicity and language at the same time that they struggle against such discourse. The analysis of the discourse of the community reveals how the status quo is both reproduced and resisted in the members' narratives and how ideological forces work with other factors such as attitudes to influence the choices speakers make concerning language use. A special feature of this book is that transcripts are provided in both Spanish and English. This volume combines ethnographic quantitative and qualitative discourse methodologies to provide a comprehensive and novel analysis of language use and attitudes of the Brentwood Puerto Rican community. Its rich linguistic and ethnographic data will be of interest to researchers and teachers in cultural communication ethnic (Hispanic-American) studies sociolinguistics and TESL. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203811283

Puerto Rican Women's HistoryNew Perspectives A survey of the topics in gender and history of Puerto Rican women. Organized chronologically and covering the 19th and 20th centuries it deal with issues of slavery emancipation wage work women and politics women's suffrage industrialization migration and Puerto Rican women in New York. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701356

Puerto RicansBorn In The U.s.a. This book examines the contexts into which Puerto Rican immigrants to the United States stepped and the results of their interaction within those contexts. It focuses mainly on New York City essentially a social history of the post-World War II Puerto Rican community. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284855

Puerto Rico and the Origins of U.S. Global EmpireThe Disembodied Shade Drawing on a postcolonial legal history of the United States’ territorial expansionism this book provides an analysis of the foundations of its global empire. Charles R. Venator-Santiago argues that the United States has developed three traditions of territorial expansionism with corresponding constitutional interpretations namely colonialist imperialist and global expansionist. This book offers an alternative interpretation of the origins of US global expansion suggesting it began with the tradition of territorial expansionism following the 1898 Spanish–American War to legitimate the annexation of Puerto Rico and other non-contiguous territories. The relating constitutional interpretation grew out of the 1901 Insular Cases in which the Supreme Court coined the notion of an unincorporated territory to describe the 1900 Foraker Act’s normalization of the prevailing military territorial policies. Since then the United States has invoked the ensuing precedents to legitimate a wide array of global policies including the ‘war on terror’. Puerto Rico and the Origins of US Global Empire: The Disembodied Shade combines a unique study of Puerto Rican legal history with a new interpretation of contemporary US policy. As such it provides a valuable resource for students and scholars of the legal and historical disciplines especially those with a specific interest in American and postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241602

Puerto Rico’s Henry KlumbA Modern Architect’s Sense of Place This book follows Henry Klumb’s life in architecture from Cologne Germany to Puerto Rico. Arriving on the island Klumb was a one-time German immigrant a moderately successful designer and previously a senior draftsman with Frank Lloyd Wright. Over the next forty years Klumb would emerge as Puerto Rico’s most prolific locally well-known and celebrated modern architect. In addition to becoming a leading figure in Latin American modern architecture Klumb also became one of Frank Lloyd Wright’s most accomplished protégés and an architect with a highly attuned social and environmental consciousness. Cruz explores his life works and legacy through the lens of a sense of place defined as the beliefs that people adopt actions undertaken and feelings developed towards specific locations and spaces. He argues that the architect’s sense of place was a defining quality of his life and work most evident in the houses he designed and built in Puerto Rico. Puerto Rico’s Henry Klumb offers a historical narrative culminating in a series of architectural analyses focusing on four key design strategies employed in Klumb’s work: vernacular architecture the grid and the landscape dense urban spaces and open air rooms. This book is aimed at researchers academics and postgraduate students interested in Latin American architecture modernism and architectural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367149727

Puerto Rico's Revolt For IndependenceEl Grito De Lares This book is a socioeconomic interpretation of Puerto Rico's first and most significant attempt to end its colonial relationship with Spain. Looking at the imperial policies and conditions within Puerto Rico that led to the 1868 rebellion known as "El Grito de Lares " Dr. Jiménez de Wagenheim compares the colonization of Puerto Rico with that of Spanish America and explores the reasons why the island's independence movement began decades after Spain's other colonies in the region had revolted. Through the extensive use of previously unresearched archive material she examines the economic and social backgrounds of the leaders of the rebel movement corrects many errors of earlier accounts of the revolt and offers new interpretations of its impact on Spanish-Puerto Rican relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284862

Pukhtun Economy and Society (Routledge Revivals)Traditional Structure and Economic Development in a Tribal Society First published in 1980 this groundbreaking Routledge Revival is a reissue of an original and authentic anthropological account of Pukhtun society by Professor Akbar Ahmed. Combining extensive fieldwork data collected among the Mohmand tribe in the Northwest Frontier Province of Pakistan with historical and literary sources Professor Ahmed’s study seeks to construct an ideal-type model of Pukhtun society based on the ideal Code of the Pukhtuns and to analyse the conditions of its maintenance and transformation. The author’s thesis is that this ideal model exists within Pukhtun society when interaction with larger state systems is minimal and in poor economic zones. In this way he posits an opposition between the Tribal Agencies along the border with Afghanistan where ecological conditions are poor and state influence minimal and the Settled Areas under state administration where Pukhtun society is forced away from its ideals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688116

Pull Production for the Shopfloor In a "pull" production system the final process pulls needed parts from the previous process which pulls from the process before it and so on as determined by customer demand. This allows you to operate without preset schedules and avoid unnecessary costs wastes and delays on the manufacturing floor.Pull Production for the Shopfloor introduces production teams and managers to basic pull production concepts enabling them to begin understanding planning and implementing this lean tool. Use this book to get everyone on board to reduce work in process inventory lead-time and other profit-draining expenses. This book will enable plant managers to explain and thereby get support the support they need from higher management for their pull implementation efforts.In this book you will learn about:Key concepts and applications of pull productionThe five steps to implementing a pull production systemProduction levelingLine balancingManaging pull production with kanbanOne-piece flow productionLinking your suppliers to your pull production systemProductivity's Shopfloor Series books offer a simple cost-effective approach for building basic knowledge about key manufacturing improvement topics. Like all our Shopfloor Series books Pull Production for the Shopfloor includes innovative instructional features that are the signature of the Shopfloor Series. The goal: to place powerful and proven improvement tools such as pull production techniques in the hands of your entire workforce.Key learning features include:Well-organized and easy-to-assimilate learningChapter overviews and summariesQuestions throughout each chapter to help you apply the learning to your own workplaceDrawings and illustrationsMargin icons that flag definitions main points and other highlights Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438545

PullulanProcessing Properties and Applications Pullulan is a polysaccharide produced by the fungus Aureobasidium pullulans and possesses some distinct properties such as excellent transparent film–forming ability moisture absorptivity water solubility non-toxicity and adhesivity. These properties allow pullulan to find potential applications in various industries such as pharmaceuticals cosmetics food and health care. This book presents the chemistry and properties of pullulan along with the method of its production at the laboratory level. It discusses the structural engineering processing methods and versatile applications of pullulan as well as highlights the challenges that still have to be overcome for its large-scale production. This unique book comprehensively summarizes many of the recent research findings on pullulan contributed by leading experts in this research domain. It is a useful reference book for scientists academicians researchers chemists technologists graduate and postgraduate students and general readers who are interested in pullulan. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814877176

Pulmonary CirculationDiseases and Their Treatment Fourth Edition Pulmonary Circulation provides physicians with a better understanding of the structure function and pathophysiology of the pulmonary circulation. It provides comprehensive coverage from diagnosis and clinical evaluation of patients with pulmonary hypertension to imaging techniques disorders and treatment.This new edition incorporates the latest clinical pathophysiological and pathological research on pulmonary circulatory disorders. In particular it provides greater emphasis on the role of the right ventricle in pulmonary vascular disease updated knowledge on pathobiology and genetics and includes new material related to imaging and other diagnostic modalities. This edition also reflects new classifications and all the recommendations from the 2013 World Conference on Pulmonary Circulation as well as current guidelines from the European Society of Cardiology and the European Respiratory Society.Thoroughly updated to keep up with the brisk pace of discovery and emerging therapies the book remains an essential resource by providing a balance between scientific review and clinically relevant guidelines for the busy practicing physician. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367574918

Pulmonary Hypertension Written by internationally recognized experts Pulmonary Hypertension bridges the gap between pulmonology and cardiology to provide clinicians in both disciplines with knowledge of the signs symptoms diagnosis and pharmacologic and surgical treatments for pulmonary hypertension (PH). Through the use of clinical trials this ground-breaking text supplies a comprehensive review of both the primary and secondary clinical and investigative aspects of this condition. Discussing controversies and concepts in PH diagnosis and management this guide explores:classification and epidemiology pathology pathogenesis genetics and diagnosis of PHcauses of the condition such as idiopathic pulmonary arterial hypertension (IPAH)PAH-complicating connective tissue diseases (CTD) congenital heart diseases human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and other disordersthe mechanisms toxicities and efficacy of therapeutic agentsthe role of combination therapies novel agents and future directionsPH in specific patient populations such as pregnant and critically-ill patients in the ICU Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385422

Pulmonary NanomedicineDiagnostics Imaging and Therapeutics This book provides an in-depth view on engineered nanomaterials (ENM) pulmonary effects and familiarizes readers with unique aspects of nanomaterial application and research such as the effects of physicochemical properties on cellular uptake and toxicity. It focuses on the diagnostic and therapeutic utilities of nanomaterials in different lung diseases. The book discusses the novel applications of nanotechnology for the treatment of airway diseases such as asthma allergy chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases cystic fibrosis and lung cancer. It also discusses the strategies to overcome the pathophysiological and technical barriers as an attempt to synchronize the efforts of pulmonary biologists chemists and clinicians to develop novel nano-based diagnostics imaging and therapeutics tools for airway diseases. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316484

Pulmonary Rehabilitation Pulmonary rehabilitation programmes are a fundamental part of the clinical management of patients with chronic respiratory diseases. This comprehensive reference book places pulmonary rehabilitation within the wider framework of respiratory disease. Now in six parts it includes new sections on the development of PR as a discipline global perspectives on quality control new chapters on early PR post exacerbation and personalized rehabilitation innovative approaches to exercise PR in interstitial lung disease and lung transplantation and the latest research into the application of music dance and yoga. Key Features Global contributions compare practice around the world where differences have developed. New six Part structure covers new approaches to exercise testing interstitial lung diseases and other diseases and add-on interventions drawing on new technologies. Contains recommendations of the large collaborative ERS/ATS task forces on guidelines for PR as well as suggested policies for its implementation and use. Covers the important topic of balance impairment as a focus of rehabilitation for the at-risk patient and a new chapter on monitoring physical activity. The voices of patients and caregivers describe the impact of chronic respiratory disease on their lives. Features an exclusive chapter on COVID-19 that discusses the short- and long-term pathophysiological consequences provides information about the potential role of physiotherapy in the management of hospitalized patients with confirmed or suspected COVID-19 and details on who where and how to deliver programs to COVID-19 and non COVID-19 patients in the lockdown and post lockdown era. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138498815

Pulmonary SurfactantBiochemical Functional Regulatory and Clinical Concepts This book represents a comprehensive update on pulmonary surfactant by merging classical knowledge with new information. Topics include surfactant secretion and alveolar processing and recycling; physical bases and different theoretical models of the physiological mechanism for pulmonary surfactant action; recent findings on surfactant-like material in other organs; developmental processes and multifactorial regulation; etiology and physiopathology of neonatal respiratory distress; and modern methods for functional explorations of the lung in neonates and experimental models in animals. The book also contains a discussion on the management of hyaline membrane disease from both the experimental and clinical points of view. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780367812812

Pulp and Other Plays by Tasha Fairbanks First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315077703

Pulsars as Astrophysical Laboratories for Nuclear and Particle Physics Pulsars generally accepted to be rotating neutron stars are dense neutron-packed remnants of massive stars that blew apart in supernova explosions. They are typically about 10 kilometers across and spin rapidly often making several hundred rotations per second. Depending on star mass gravity compresses the matter in the cores of pulsars up to more than ten times the density of ordinary atomic nuclei thus providing a high-pressure environment in which numerous particle processes from hyperon population to quark deconfinement to the formation of Boson condensates may compete with each other. There are theoretical suggestions of even more ""exotic"" processes inside pulsars such as the formation of absolutely stable strange quark matter a configuration of matter even more stable than the most stable atomic nucleus ^T56Fe. In the latter event pulsars would be largely composed of pure quark matter eventually enveloped in nuclear crust matter.These features combined with the tremendous recent progress in observational radio and x-ray astronomy make pulsars nearly ideal probes for a wide range of physical studies complementing the quest of the behavior of superdense matter in terrestrial collider experiments. Written by an eminent author Pulsars as Astrophysical Laboratories for Nuclear and Particle Physics gives a reliable account of the present status of such research which naturally is to be performed at the interface between nuclear physics particle physics and Einstein's theory of relativity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203741719

Pulsed Electric Fields in Food ProcessingFundamental Aspects and Applications Pulsed Electric Fields (PEF) is one of the nonthermal processing approaches that is receiving considerable attention by scientists government and the food industry as a potential technique to be fully adopted to process foods at the industrial level. PEF presents a number of advantages including minimal changes to fresh foods inactivation of a wide range of microorganisms and enzymes. It also offers the opportunity to develop new food products not feasible through conventional thermal processing.Pulsed Electric Fields in Food Processing: Fundamental Aspects and Applications presents wide-ranging research and the latest developments in this emerging technology. This volume in the Food Preservation Technology Series includes 17 contributions by leading research groups covering both fundamental and applied aspects of pulsed electric fields. Topics include engineering aspects key physical properties with measured values in specific foods detailed studies on the pulsed electric field inactivation of enzymes and microorganisms comparisons with other technologies for microbial inactivation shelf stability sensory analysis and volatile flavor profile and an industrial perspective on pulsed electric food processing in relation to safety assurance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367455330

Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields for Clinical Applications Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields for Clinical Applications presents the historical development the state of art and the future of the application of pulsed electromagnetic fields (PEMFs) for the treatment of various medical problems including initiating various healing processes from delayed fractures and pain relief to multiple sclerosis and Parkinson’s disease. The emphasis is on the development of scientific methods to be implemented in clinical application. In perspective this modality provides a practical exogenous method for inducing cell and tissue modification attempted to the injured tissues to their normal physiological status. The book reviews the current state of equipment for PEMFs and highlights worldwide therapeutic achievements. It explores the past present and future of PEMF therapies. It presents the development of theory and laboratory research during the last 70 years. It reviews the available equipment for PEMF. It reviews the state of the art of worldwide therapeutic achievements. It includes recent achievements and applications of electroporation modalities. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367179717

Pulsed EM Field Computation in Planar CircuitsThe Contour Integral Method 　 The pulsed EM characterization of planar circuits is of high practical importance in many areas of science and engineering such as electromagnetic compatibility and antenna design. This book is hence devoted to the mathematical formulation and numerical analysis of arbitrarily-shaped parallel-plane structures concerning their pulsed EM propagation radiation and scattering behavior. The key emphasis is on the time-domain reciprocity-based integral-equation formulations and their efficient numerical solution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138735248

Pulsed Laser AblationAdvances and Applications in Nanoparticles and Nanostructuring Thin Films Pulsed laser–based techniques for depositing and processing materials are an important area of modern experimental and theoretical scientific research and development with promising challenging opportunities in the fields of nanofabrication and nanostructuring. Understanding the interplay between deposition/processing conditions laser parameters as well as material properties and dimensionality is demanding for improved fundamental knowledge and novel applications. This book introduces and discusses the basic principles of pulsed laser–matter interaction with a focus on its peculiarities and perspectives compared to other conventional techniques and state-of-the-art applications. The book starts with an overview of the growth topics followed by a discussion of laser–matter interaction depending on laser pulse duration background conditions materials and combination of materials and structures. The information outlines the foundation to introduce examples of laser nanostructuring/processing of materials pointing out the importance of pulsed laser–based technologies in modern (nano)science. With respect to similar texts and monographs the book offers a comprehensive review including bottom-up and top-down laser-induced processes for nanoparticles and nanomicrostructure generation. Theoretical models are discussed by correlation with advanced experimental protocols in order to account for the fundamentals and underline physical mechanisms of laser–matter interaction. Reputed internationally recognized experts in the field have contributed to this book. In particular this book is suitable for a reader (graduate students as well as postgraduates and more generally researchers) new to the subject of pulsed laser ablation in order to gain physical insight into and advanced knowledge of mechanisms and processes involved in any deposition/processing experiment based on pulsed laser–matter interaction. Since knowledge in the field is given step by step comprehensively this book serves as a valid introduction to the field as well as a foundation for further specific readings. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774239

Pulse-Jet Filtration: an Effective Way to Control Industrial PollutionPart 1: Theory Selection and Design of Pulse-Jet Filter This book provides the fundamental concept of design and development of pulse-jet filters under varied situations. It discusses technical and commercial solutions for successful operation of textile industries integrated with pollution control equipment maintaining clean air requirements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138458796

Pump Characteristics and Applications Providing a wealth of information on pumps and pump systems Pump Characteristics and Applications Third Edition details how pump equipment is selected sized operated maintained and repaired. The book identifies the key components of pumps and pump accessories introduces the basics of pump and system hydraulics as well as more advanced hydraulic topics and details various pump types as well as special materials on seals motors variable frequency drives and other pump-related subjects. It uses example problems throughout the text reinforcing the practical application of the formulae and analytical presentations. It also includes new images highlighting the latest generation of pumps and other components explores troubleshooting options and incorporates relevant additions into the existing chapters. What’s New in This Edition: Includes more than 150 full-color images which significantly improve the reader’s ability to understand pump drawings and curves Introduces a new chapter on pump case studies in a format that provides case study background analysis solutions and lessons learned Presents important new updates and additions to other chapters Includes a ten-step procedure for determining total pump head Discusses allowable and preferred operating ranges for centrifugal pumps Provides charts covering maximum and normally attainable pump efficiencies performance corrections for slurry pumps and mechanical seal flush plans Pump Characteristics and Applications Third Edition is appropriate for readers with all levels of technical experience including engineering and pump industry professionals pump operators and maintenance technicians upper-level undergraduate and graduate students in mechanical engineering and students in engineering technology programs. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466563087

Pump User's HandbookLife Extension Fourth Edition This text explains just how and why the best-of-class pump users are consistently achieving superior run lengths low maintenance expenditures and unexcelled safety and reliability. Written by practicing engineers whose working career was marked by involvement in pump specification installation reliability assessment component upgrading maintenance cost reduction operation troubleshooting and all conceivable facets of pumping technology this text describes in detail how to accomplish best-of-class performance and low life cycle cost. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781482228649

Pumps for Chemical Processing A reference for the chemical engineer on the application selection construction procurement installation operation and maintenance of the three basic types of pumps used in chemical processing: centrifugal rotary and reciprocating. Emphasizes aspects that cause practical operating problems Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403140

Pun(k) DeconstructionExperifigural Writings in Art&art Education In Postmodern Dilemmas: Outrageous Essays in Art&Art Education and Pun(k) Deconstruction: Experifigural Writings in Art&Art Education jan jagodzinski presents a series of essays covering a timespan of approximately ten years. These essays chart the theory and practice of art&art education as it relates to issues of postmodernity and poststructuralism concerning representation identity politics consumerism postmodern architecture ecology phallocentrism of the artistic canon pluriculturalism media and technology and AIDS. As a former editor of The Journal of Social Theory in Art Education and a founding member for the Caucus on Social Theory in Art Education the author attempts to deconstruct the current art education paradigm which is largely based on modernist tenets and to reorient art education practice to social issues as developed in both media education and cultural studies. Part of the intent in these two volumes is to undertake a sustained critique of the 1982 Art in the Mainstream (A.I.M.) statement which continues to be considered as the core value for art education. The distinct intention of this critique is to put forward a new value base for art&art education in these postmodern times. Many of the essays raise the need to be attentive to sex/gender issues in art&art education and the need to read the artistic discourse "otherwise." There is a sustained critique of the art programs developed by the Getty Center for the Arts whose arts curriculum presents the paradigm case of late modernist thinking. Some essays are written in a provocative form that tries to accommodate such content. This is particularly the case in Pun(k) Deconstruction where architectural discourse is deconstructed and which includes an "artistic performance" given by the author in 1987. This singular set of volumes combines scholarship in the areas of gender studies aesthetics art history art education poststructuralism and cultural studies in a unique blend of theory and practice for rethinking the field of art education. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315045238

Punctuation RevisitedA Strategic Guide for Academics Wordsmiths and Obsessive Perfectionists Punctuation Revisited is an advanced comprehensive guide to the importance of punctuation in conveying meaning and augmenting the power of a message. Richard Kallan provides guidance on how to structure sentences accurately and in a manner that enhances their readability and rhetorical appeal. This book discusses in fine detail not just when and how to employ specific punctuation marks but the rationale behind them. It also notes when the major academic style manuals differ in their punctuation advice. These unique features are designed to benefit beginning intermediate and advanced students of standard punctuation practice. Punctuation Revisited is a wonderful resource for students of composition and writing an essential read for writing center tutors and faculty as well as the perfect addition to anyone’s professional library. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138338289

Punishing the OtherThe social production of immorality revisited Punishing the Other draws on the work of Zygmunt Bauman to discuss contemporary discourses and practices of punishment and criminalization. Bringing together some of the most exciting international scholars both established and emerging this book engages with Bauman’s thesis of the social production of immorality in the context of criminalization and social control and addresses processes of ‘othering’ through a range of contemporary case studies situated in various cultural political and social contexts. Topics covered include the increasing bureaucratization of the business of punishment with the corresponding loss of moral and ethical reflection in the public sphere; punitive discourses around border control and immigration; and exclusionary discourses and their consequences concerning ‘terrorists’ and other socially and culturally defined outsiders. Engaging with national and global issues that are more topical now than ever before this book is essential reading for academics and students of involved in the study of the sociology of punishment punishment and modern society the criminal justice system philosophy and punishment and comparative criminology and penology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066120

Punishment Punishment is a topic of increasing importance for citizens and policymakers. Why should we punish criminals? Which theory of punishment is most compelling? Is the death penalty ever justified? These questions and many others are addressed in this highly engaging guide. Punishment is a critical introduction to the philosophy of punishment offering a new and refreshing approach that will benefit readers of all backgrounds and interests. The first critical guide to examine all leading contemporary theories of punishment this book explores – among others – the communicative theory of punishment restorative justice and the unified theory of punishment. Thom Brooks examines several case studies in detail including capital punishment juvenile offending and domestic abuse. Punishment highlights the problems and prospects of different approaches in order to argue for a more pluralistic and compelling perspective that is novel and groundbreaking. Punishment is a textbook designed to introduce both undergraduate and postgraduate students to the topic of punishment. It will be essential for undergraduate students in: philosophy criminal justice criminology justice studies law politics and sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415431828

Punishment A thorny question faced by all civilized societies is what to do when people commit crime and in particular how criminals are to be punished. Yet the nature of punishment its justifications aims and effects has varied markedly throughout history and across—and within—cultures. These matters continue to be vigorously debated and frequently give rise to sharp divisions along lines of morality politics faith and effectiveness. This vital new Routledge collection now brings together the major works on punishment a central important and fascinating area of study not just for the modern field of criminology but also for lawyers philosophers and thinkers in related disciplines. This four-volume ‘mini library’ enables users to consult influential texts both old and new and to trace the development of this important area of research and study. Topics covered include: philosophical debates on punishment; sociological theories of punishment; international comparative research; historical perspectives; prisons; rehabilitation; fines; the death penalty; community penalties; restorative justice; the electronic monitoring of offenders; penal populism; punishment and human rights; and recent international developments in punishing and crime-handling. The gathered materials have been carefully selected by the learned editors to offer a definitive overview of punishment and a newly written introduction places the texts in their historical and thematic context allowing users not merely to become familiar with penal topics but also to understand the key questions that have animated scholarly research both historically and today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415835497

Punishment Places and Perpetrators This book brings together an influential group of academics and researchers to review key areas of research theory and methodology within criminology and criminal justice and to identify the most important new challenges facing the discipline. The contributors focus on the three central themes of punishment and criminal justice location and mobility and perpetrators and criminal careers on which much cutting edge research within criminology has been taking place. A particular strength of the book is its multidisciplinary and international approach with contributors drawn from Europe the UK and the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415627979

Punishment and CrimeThe Limits of Punitive Crime Control This book summarizes and synthesizes a vast body of research on the effects of legal punishment and criminal behavior. Covering studies conducted between 1967 and 2015 Punishment and Crime evaluates the assertion that legal punishment reduces crime by investigating the impacts both positive and negative of legal punishment on criminal behavior with emphasis on the effects of punitive crime control policies via the mechanisms of deterrence and incapacitation. Brion Sever and Gary Kleck author of the renowned Point Blank: Guns and Violence in America present a literature review on legal punishment in the United States that is unparalleled in depth and scope. This text is a must-read for students researchers and policymakers concerned with the fields of corrections and crime prevention. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138307261

Punishment and Politics Labour has embarked upon a root and branch remaking of the criminal justice system in England and Wales with a mass of new legislation implemented or planned. It has ensured a continuously high profile for criminal justice issues and they have been at the centre of wider political discourse. Yet the basis and evidence on which these reforms are being introduced is both uncertain and highly controversial. Despite spending tens of millions of pounds of research into the criminal justice system in the name of evidence-based policy evidence has counted only in relation to lowlevel technocratic issues. On the big issues the clear weight of evidence points in opposite directions to those which the government has taken. The primary drivers of recent policies have rather been the emulation of recent USA policies (at a time when these are now being abandoned in the USA because they have been shown to be ineffective); and a media-driven agenda with a focus on conspicuous crime prevention which have had the effect of heightening rather than assuaging public fears and concerns. This provocative yet authoritative book seeks to expose and to unravel what has really driven the making of criminal justice policy in the UK. It will be essential reading for anybody interested in knowing what is going on in criminal justice and why it is so central to political debate more generally. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843924753

Punishment and Process in International Criminal Trials International sentencing has become significant given the numerous events on the world stage which have focused attention on the justifications and adequacy of punishment for heinous crimes such as genocide and crimes against humanity. In addition to providing a detailed evaluation of the philosophical and theoretical difficulties raised by this rapidly developing area of international criminal justice this book provides an integrated socio-legal analysis of the law and process of international sentencing. It considers the rationale and development of international sentencing structures and processes the nature and scope of legal and procedural constraints on decision-making as well as access to justice and rights issues. The book discusses sentencing within the context of international criminal law and examines internationalized trial processes and alternative mechanisms for resolution. In seeking to comprehend the punishment of international crimes through the comparative contextual analysis of trial processes it challenges our present understanding of how and why particular sentencing outcomes are produced and the perceived legitimacy of international trial justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138253940

Punishment and Retribution Discussions of punishment typically assume that punishment is criminal punishment carried out by the State. Punishment is however a richer phenomenon and it occurs in many contexts. This book contains a general account of punishment which overcomes the difficulties of competing accounts. Recognizing punishment's manifoldness is valuable not merely in contributing to conceptual clarity but in that this recognition sheds light on the complicated problem of punishment's justification. Insofar as they narrowly presuppose that punishment is criminal punishment most apparent solutions to the tension between consequentialism and retributivism are rather unenlightening if we attempt to apply them in other contexts. Moreover this presupposition has given rise to an unwieldy variety of accounts of retributivism which are less helpful in contexts other than criminal punishment. Treating punishment comprehensibly helps us to better understand how it differs from similar phenomena and to carry on the discussion of its justification fruitfully. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264069

Punishment and Social ControlEssays in Honor of Sheldon L. Messinger While crime law and punishment are subjects that have everyday meanings not very far from their academic representations "social control" is one of those terms that appear in the sociological discourse without any corresponding everyday usage. This concept has a rather mixed lineage. "After September 11" has become a slogan that conveys all things to all people but carries some very specific implications on interrogation and civil liberties for the future of punishment and social control.The editors hold that the already pliable boundaries between ordinary and political crime will become more unstable; national and global considerations will come closer together; domestic crime control policies will be more influenced by interests of national security; measures to prevent and control international terrorism will cast their reach wider (to financial structures and ideological support); the movements of immigrants refugees and asylum seekers will be curtailed and criminalized; taken-for-granted human rights and civil liberties will be restricted. In the midst of these dramatic social changes hardly anyone will notice the academic field of "punishment and social control" being drawn closer to political matters.Criminology is neither a "pure" academic discipline nor a profession that offers an applied body of knowledge to solve the crime problem. Its historical lineage has left an insistent tension between the drive to understand and the drive to be relevant. While the scope and orientation of this new second edition remain the same in recognition of the continued growth and diversity of interest in punishment and social control new chapters have been added and several original chapters have been updated and revised. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127828

Punishment and Social Structure Why are certain methods of punishment adopted or rejected in a given social situation? To what extent is the development of penal methods determined by basic social relations? The answers to these questions are complex and go well beyond the thesis that institutionalized punishment is simply for the protection of society. While today's punishment of offenders often incorporates aspects of psychology psychiatry and sociology at one time there was a more pronounced difference in criminal punishment based on class and economics. Punishment and Social Structure originated from an article written by Georg Rusche in 1933 entitled "Labor Market and Penal Sanction: Thoughts on the Sociology of Criminal Justice." Originally published in Germany by the Frankfurt Institute of Social Research this article became the germ of a theory of criminology that laid the groundwork for all subsequent research in this area. Rusche and Kirchheimer look at crime from an historical perspective and correlate methods of punishment with both temporal cultural values and economic conditions. The authors classify the history of crime into three primary eras: the early Middle Ages in which penance and fines were the predominant modes of punishment; the later Middle Ages in which harsh corporal punishment and capital punishment moved to the forefront; and the seventeenth century in which the prison system was more fully developed. They also discuss more recent forms of penal practice most notably under the constraints of a fascist state.The majority of the book was translated from German into English and then reshaped by Rusche's co-author Otto Kirchheimer with whom Rusche actually had little discussion. While the main body of Punishment and Social Structure are Rusche's ideas Kirchheimer was responsible for bringing the book more up-to-date to include the Nazi and fascist era. Punishment and Social Structure is a pioneering work that sets a paradigm for the study of crime and punishment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531284

Punishment in Contemporary ChinaIts Evolution Development and Change Punishment in contemporary China has experienced dramatic shifts over the last seven decades or so. This book focuses on the evolution development and change of punishment in the Maoist (1949-1977) reform (1978-2001) and post-reform eras (2002-) of China to understand the shaping and transformation of punishment within the context of a range of socio-cultural changes across different historical periods. It aims to fill the gap of existing research by developing a distinctive theoretical framework for the China’s penality exploring it as a separate and complex legal-social system to observe the impact social foundations political-economic genesis cultural significance and meanings have exerted on penal form discourse and force in contemporary China. It sheds light on the sociology of punishment in this socialist Party-state by investigating law reform penal policy social control crime prevention and sentencing as interconnected elements in the criminal justice and penal system. This book will be of great interest to those who study Chinese criminal law penal and policing system as well as to law academics criminologists and sociologists whose research interests lie in the fields of comparative criminology and criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367483531

Punishment in the Community This book aims to provide a critical analysis of both political and professional developments in policy and practice relating to non-custodial penalties taking full account of recent developments and the creation of a National Probation Service in 2002. Its aim is to unravel the complex institutional goals (the role of community punishment in the criminal justice system) professional goals (what can be achieved by community punishment) and political goals (the packaging and 'sale' of community punishment to the law-abiding public). The central focus is on principles and politics of community punishment and on the changing role of the probation service.
Books > Print Books Willan 9781138141391

Punishment in the CommunityThe Future of Criminal Justice Punishment in the Community: The Future of Criminal Justice challenges the widely held assumption that punishment through imprisonment is central to the criminal justice system. Contemporary political debate assumes that penality is synonymous with prison. However in reality the vast majority of people admitting to or convicted of criminal offences are dealt with using non-custodial penal measures. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315841731

Punjabi First Published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203401606

Punk Aesthetics and New FolkWay Down the Old Plank Road Joanna Newsom Will Oldham (a.k.a. 'Bonnie Prince Billy') and Devendra Banhart are perhaps the best known of a generation of independent artists who use elements of folk music in contexts that are far from traditional. These (and other) so called ’new folk’ artists challenge our notions of 'finished product' through their recordings intrinsically guided by practices and rhetoric inherited from punk. This book traces a fractured trajectory that includes Harry Smith's Anthology of American Folk Music Bob Dylan psych-folk of the sixties (from Vashti Bunyan to John Fahey) lo-fi and outsider recordings (from Captain Beefheart and The Residents to Jandek Daniel Johnston and Smog) and recent experimental folk (Animal Collective Six Organs of Admittance Charalambides) to contextualise the first substantial consideration of new folk. In the process Encarnacao reviews the literature on folk and punk to argue that tropes of authenticity though constructions carry considerable power in the creation and reception of recorded works. New approaches to music require new analytical tools and through the analysis of some 50 albums Encarnacao introduces the categories of labyrinth immersive and montage forms. This book makes a compelling argument for a reconsideration of popular music history that highlights the eternal compulsion for spontaneous imperfect and performative recorded artefacts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138246133

Punk in RussiaCultural mutation from the “useless” to the “moronic” Punk culture is currently having a revival worldwide and is poised to extend and mutate even more as youth unemployment and youth alienation increase in many countries of the world. In Russia its power to have an impact and to shock is well illustrated by the state response to activist collective and punk band Pussy Riot. This book based on extensive original research examines the nature of punk culture in contemporary Russia. Drawing on interviews and observation it explores the vibrant punk music scenes and the social relations underpinning them in three contrasting Russian cities. It relates punk to wider contemporary culture and uses the Russian example to discuss more generally what constitutes 'punk' today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415788106

Punk PedagogiesMusic Culture and Learning Punk Pedagogies: Music Culture and Learning brings together a collection of international authors to explore the possibilities practices and implications that emerge from the union of punk and pedagogy. The punk ethos—a notoriously evasive and multifaceted beast—offers unique applications in music education and beyond and this volume presents a breadth of interdisciplinary perspectives to challenge current thinking on how why and where the subculture influences teaching and learning. As (punk) educators and artists contributing authors grapple with punk’s historicity its pervasiveness its (dis)functionality and its messiness making Punk Pedagogies relevant and motivating to both instructors and students with proven pedagogical practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279889

Punk PlaythingsProvocations for 21st Century Game Makers Punk PlaythingsProvocations for 21st Century Game Makers "Punk was an attitude. It was never about having a Mohican haircut or wearing a ripped T-shirt. It was all about destruction and the creative potential within that." Malcolm Mclaren Warning: If you want a silver bullet solution for efficient game making or a step-by-step guide to receiving Indie Game Dev hero worship you’re in the wrong place. Put the book back on the shelf. Punk Playthings is an antidote to complacency and orthodoxy. Packed with probes and provocations that explore game making through fresh lenses for uncertain times it challenges gaming monoculture by constructing a trading space for ideas and learning from across domains and cultures. Punk Playthings has zero respect for boundaries between mediums industries sectors specialisms or disciplines. Instead it challenges you to expand your cultural capital think laterally and make new connections. Punk Playthings advocates a truly independent mindset and DIY approach for creating playful experiences with cultural resonance. It proclaims creative entrepreneurship as the true legacy of punk. Punk Playthings is not for everyone. But it might be for you. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498770224

Punk Rock and the Politics of PlaceBuilding a Better Tomorrow This book is an ethnographic investigation of punk subculture as well as a treatise on the importance of place: a location with both physical form and cultural meaning. Rather than examining punk as a "sound" or a "style" as many previous works have done it investigates the places that the subculture occupies and the cultural practices tied to those spaces. Since social groups need spaces of their own to practice their way of life this work relates punk values and practices to the forms of their built environments. As not all social groups have an equal ability to secure their own spaces the book also explores the strategies punks use to maintain space and what happens when they fail to do so. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415793476

Punk Rock is My ReligionStraight Edge Punk and 'Religious' Identity As religion has retreated from its position and role of being the glue that holds society together something must take its place. Utilising a focused and detailed study of Straight Edge punk (a subset of punk in which adherents abstain from drugs alcohol and casual sex) Punk Rock is My Religion argues that traditional modes of religious behaviours and affiliations are being rejected in favour of key ideals located within a variety of spaces and experiences including popular culture. Engaging with questions of identity construction through concepts such as authenticity community symbolism and music this book furthers the debate on what we mean by the concepts of ‘religion’ and ‘secular’. Provocatively exploring the notion of salvation redemption forgiveness and faith through a Straight Edge lens it suggests that while the study of religion as an abstraction is doomed to a simplistic repetition of dominant paradigms being willing to examine religion as a lived experience reveals the utility of a broader and more nuanced approach. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884437

Punk Rock Warlord: the Life and Work of Joe Strummer Punk Rock Warlord explores the relevance of Joe Strummer within the continuing legacies of both punk rock and progressive politics. It is aimed at scholars and general readers interested in The Clash punk culture and the intersections between pop music and politics on both sides of the Atlantic. Contributors to the collection represent a wide range of disciplines including history sociology musicology and literature; their work examines all phases of Strummer’s career from his early days as ’Woody’ the busker to the whirlwind years as front man for The Clash to the ’wilderness years’ and Strummer’s final days with the Mescaleros. Punk Rock Warlord offers an engaging survey of its subject while at the same time challenging some of the historical narratives that have been constructed around Strummer the Punk Icon. The essays in Punk Rock Warlord address issues including John Graham Mellor’s self-fashioning as ’Joe Strummer rock revolutionary’; critical and media constructions of punk; and the singer’s complicated and changing relationship to feminism and anti-racist politics. These diverse essays nevertheless cohere around the claim that Strummer’s look style and musical repertoire are so rooted in both English and American cultures that he cannot finally be extricated from either. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472461063

PUNs and DENsDiscovering Learning Needs in General Practice With the introduction of yearly appraisals and revalidation every general practitioner needs to be armed with a good Personal Development Plan. This book provides the information needed to create just that. Guiding the reader through the consultation looking for Patient's Unmet Needs (PUNs) and the Doctor's Educational Needs (DENs) it focuses on those learning needs that help to provide competent care for patients. All general practitioners will find this book a straightforward no nonsense practical approach to help them incorporate their learning needs into the realities of everyday practice. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315376745

Pupil Teacher and Family Voice in Educational InstitutionsValues Opinions Beliefs and Perspectives Taking a novel approach to the concept of ‘voice’ within education systems this insightful text considers the extent to which the values opinions beliefs and perspectives of pupils families teachers and members of senior management are heard in educational settings and explores what can be learned from integrating their views and opinions in decision-making processes. Pupil Teacher and Family Voice in Educational Institutions traces the historical and legal developments which have heralded an increased appreciation of individuals’ perspectives in key decision-making processes. Chapters consider how various parties can be encouraged to voice their opinions and beliefs and address the issues and challenges which may face institutions as they seek to create an atmosphere of open and active consultation and engagement. Drawing on evidence-based research case studies and personal accounts chapters reflect upon the concept of ‘voice’ in diverse settings and acknowledge the sometimes significant divergence between the intended and actual extent to which such opinions beliefs and perspectives are reflected in day-to-day practice. Offering in-depth exploration of the concept of ‘voice’ and the benefits implications challenges and practicalities associated with it this text will be of interest to future and in-service teachers educational researchers and policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138584877

Pupil Disaffection in SchoolsBad Boys and Hard Girls Sarah Swann provides a fresh approach to examining the long-standing debates over disaffection and in particular social class differences in educational achievement through a mixed methods methodology and the showcasing of new research. By observing pupils as they engage with peers and teachers in school Swann allows disaffection to be seen and heard in ’real’ events which constructs disaffection differently from objective statistical evidence on school exclusions. Rather than a homogenous identity this book illustrates disaffection as layered and resting on a series of issues located on the crossroads between the cultural context of the neighbourhood and the public sphere of the school. It plots in a detailed way how these structures interact and mesh to create disaffected identities. Disaffection does not emerge in a vacuum or without a cause. Pupils arrive at school with a wide variety of experiences and it is from these that they interpret understand and act out their identities. Whilst the study in part seeks to describe and understand the social world of the school in terms of the pupils’ interpretations of the situation it analytically frames the perceptions of pupils within a wider social context. In particular it focuses on the relationships between schooling and the wider macro structures and social relations that underpin disaffection. This approach makes the research both critical and interpretative and also able to shed new light on educational policy across England based on an understanding of the role of disaffection. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138254602

Pupil Experience First published in 1984 this book focuses upon pupil perspectives of schooling from first school to school leaver taking their thoughts and feelings as accurate assessments of their experience.The study presents what was at the time new thinking and research findings on a wide range of important topics to provide an insight in Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415792752

Pupil Strategies (RLE Edu L)Explorations in the Sociology of the School What do pupils actually do in school? There are remarkably few studies that take the pupils’ perspective and reconstruct experience from their point of view within the context of their own cultures and careers. This volume brings together a number of research studies on various aspects of how pupils cope with schools. The theoretical papers consider amongst other issues a developmental model of the growth of pupil strategies based on primary and secondary socialisation; a discussion of ‘interactionist empiricism’ which argues for co-ordinated research between micro and macro perspectives and an extended overview of the general sociological background of work on teacher and pupil strategies. The empirical articles consider a number of themes ranging from strategies employed in answering teacher questions to the power and influence of the pupil peer group in the development of attitudes and behaviour. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753005

Pupils in Transition Focusing on the move from primary to secondary school this book aims to help teachers and school managers to recognize and deal with the often traumatic effects that this transition has on young people's lives. The book: * explores the links between primary and secondary curricula * offers specific advice on how to meet the needs of children in transition * provides materials for investigating transition which will enable schools to identify the strengths and weaknesses in their approach. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203048191

Pupils with Learning Difficulties in Mainstream Schools First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books David Fulton Publishers 9781138157880

Puppet Play TherapyA Practical Guidebook Puppet Play Therapy is a comprehensive guidebook that describes the basic skills techniques and applications for selecting and working with puppets in specific types of settings and populations. Written by preeminent voices in the field chapters offer invaluable guidance on selecting using and assessing puppet-based therapeutic interventions. Both beginning and experienced clinicians will also appreciate the inclusion of practical step-by-step approaches and reproducible handouts that will aid them in their puppet play therapy sessions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138707221

Puppet-Assisted Play TherapyTheory Research and Practice Puppet-Assisted Play Therapy is an innovative and comprehensive approach that significantly advances the field of play therapy. This easy to read user-friendly book includes history creative interventions case studies the art of puppetry and the worldwide benefits of puppet-assisted play therapy. It includes instructions for making customized puppets for a therapist’s practice and original research on the relationship of puppet therapy on children’s creativity. By describing all the various facets of puppet-assisted play therapy this engaging text explores how using puppets produces a powerful connection and trust needed for the therapeutic process. Puppet-Assisted Play Therapy is a valuable addition to the library of any therapist social worker counsellor teacher or other professional interested in play and puppets with children. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367331887

Puppetry Puppet Animation and the Digital Age Rolf Giesen’s Puppetry Puppet Animation and the Digital Age explores the unique world of puppetry animation and its application in the digital age. With the advent of digital animation many individuals see puppetry and 2D animation as being regulated to a niche market. Giesen’s text argues against this viewpoint by demonstrating the pure aesthetic value they have as well as examples of some of the greatest cinematic uses of puppets. Such samples include The Adventures of Prince Achmed Ladislas Starevich O’Brien Harryhausen and Danforth Trnka and Å vankmajer Aardman and Laika Studios ParaNorman and the Boxtrolls. Even live-action blockbusters such as the Star Wars saga utilize puppetry for costume applications as noted within the text. The use of puppets not only helps create a wonderous world and memorable characters but is also one of the purest extensions of an artist.   Key Features Includes interviews with past and present practitioners of model animation as well as computer animation Reviews of classic and recent entries in both fields Comparison of what is better in stop motion versus computer animation A detailed history of animation and stop motion films Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815382041

Purchasing and Financial Management of Information Technology Purchasing and Financial Management of Information Technology aims to significantly reduce the amount of money wasted on IT by providing readers with a comprehensive guide to all aspects of planning managing and controlling IT purchasing and finance. Starting from a recognition that IT purchasing and the financial management often needs to be treated differently from other types of expenditure the author draws on over 25 years of experience in the field to provide readers with useful mixture of good procedures and common sense rules that have been tried tested and found to work. Many of these are illustrated by case histories each with a moral or a lesson.Purchasing and Financial Management of Information Technology provides useful guidelines and advice on whole range of topics including:* IT acquisitions policy* Dealing with suppliers* Budgeting and cost control* IT cost and risk management* Specification selection and evaluation of systems* IT value for money Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080497914

Purchasing and Supply Chain ManagementA Sustainability Perspective For too long business has focused on short-term cost advantages through low-cost country sourcing with little regard for the longer-term implications of global sustainability. Purchasing and Supply Chain Management Second Edition not only fully addresses the environmental social and economic challenges of how companies manage purchasing and supply chains but also delves deeper into emerging areas such as modern slavery digital technologies and circular supply chains. In addition to explaining the basic principles and processes of both purchasing and supply chain management the book evaluates how to develop strategic and sustainable purchasing and supply chain management. Our key message is that purchasing and supply chain management needs to focus on value creation rather than cost cutting. This requires the development of new purchasing and supply chain models that involve circular supply structures supply chain transparency and collaboration with new stakeholders in traditional sourcing and supply chain settings. Aimed at students educators and practitioners the book integrates sustainability into each chapter as a core element of purchasing and supply chain management. This second edition incorporates new examples and case studies from industry throughout striking a balance between theoretical frameworks and guidelines for implementation in practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138064768

Purchasing PerformanceMeasuring Marketing and Selling the Purchasing Function If the only measure of your organization's purchasing performance is forcing down prices from suppliers then not only is your purchasing team failing to add value they may also be damaging your supply chain and the medium to long-term competitiveness of your organization. Derek Roylance's Purchasing Performance - Measuring Marketing and Selling the Purchasing Function is a blueprint to help you identify the performance measures and marketing expertise that matter for your purchasing team. Buyers don't exist in isolation but often find it easier to focus excessively on the external market place leading to neglect and subsequent alienation of their internal customers. The book recommends operating the function as a business within a business. Part of this approach is to increase market share by better internal marketing and selling of their procurement expertise. The author provides practical methods for measuring purchasing performance and then communicating effectively - to the whole organization - the contribution the function can make to increase competitive advantage profitability and all-round efficiency. In an intensely competitive world marketplace purchasing can only achieve its true potential if it can persuade top decision makers that it will pay them to involve their procurement specialists in all major strategic decisions; the book shows how to achieve this top-level influence. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315603063

Purchasing Power Parity and Real Exchange Rates The term Purchasing Power Parity may date from the early twentieth century when it was coined by the Swedish economist Gustav Cassel but the underlying concept had been enjoying varying degrees of success since its development in sixteenth century Spain. Even towards the end of the twentieth century and especially since the breakdown of the Bretton Woods system of fixed exchange rates PPP and the stability of real exchange rates continued to be the subject of academic debate. This volume brings together essays covering aspects of current thinking on Purchasing Power Parity from the various ways in which to test for its existence to its appearance in different economies around the world to examinations of the explanations given when PPP does not appear to hold This book was published as a special issue of Applied Financial Economics. The academic editor of this journal is Mark P. Taylor. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639651

Purchasing Scams and How to Avoid Them This title was first published in 2001. This volume deals with the problems caused to businesses by "scam merchants" who seek to extract money in return for goods or services of little or no value. The scams described include entries in directories sold in a misleading way office consumables promoted to unsuspecting junior staff at outrageous prices international advance fee frauds "consultants" whose services are worthless charity donations being misdirected and a range of "borderline" scams such as phone and fax line services charged at premium rates but of questionable value. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138706125

Purdah: Status Of Indian Women First published in 2006. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996984

Pure and Functionalized Carbon Based NanomaterialsAnalytical Biomedical Civil and Environmental Engineering Applications This book describes in a comprehensive manner latest studies conducted by various research groups worldwide focusing on carbon and related nanomaterials. Fourteen chapters of this book deal with a number of key research topics and applications of pure and functionalized carbon nanomaterials and their hybrid nanocomposites. Specifically the authors have presented interdisciplinary investigations including: (i) carbon nanoparticles and layers synthesis (ii) analytical aspects of carbon nanomaterials and their characterisation under different conditions as well as (iii) various applications of carbon nanoparticles. They have reported and summarised key applications of carbon particles or nanoobjects in pharmacy biomedicine agriculture and food industry water treatment physicochemical analysis optoelectronics electronic and magnetic materials for supercapacitors or radar adsorbing materials tribology chromatography electrophoresis bioanalysis nanobiocatalysis biofuels production as well as environmental remediation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138491694

Pure SportPractical sport psychology Should you always "think about it"? Are you "only as good as your last game"? Is it just a matter of "keeping your eye on the ball"? The answer to these questions is no and to help you steer a course through the many challenges of a sporting career this second edition of Pure Sport sets out in everyday language the lessons you can take from contemporary sport psychology – helping you recognise what works and what doesn’t when it comes to improving performance. As the title suggests Pure Sport goes back to basics by highlighting practical concerns for those involved with competitive sport at every age and level – from junior club members to Olympic athletes. Drawing on their considerable experience as both applied sport psychologists and academics the authors present practical advice and a powerful array of techniques for channelling and harnessing mental skills with the goal of improving sporting performance. Drawing on the international popularity of the first edition in this fully updated second edition the authors have taken the opportunity to revamp chapters with colour photographs contemporary examples and sporting anecdotes and the book is now even more accessible for those without a formal background in psychology. Pure Sport Second Edition is essential reading for anyone with an active involvement or interest in sport it will help students coaches teams and sportsmen and women to sharpen their mental edge and so realise their true potential in sport and through sport. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415525282

Pure SportSport Psychology in Action Pure Sport is a practical guide that provides insights on asserting positive mindsets realising potential remaining resilient against setbacks and using these experiences to move on to greater success. The book follows the journey of the athlete through six clear steps creating a logical framework for applied sport psychology or a path you can follow in your own practice. The third edition is fully updated and now more accessible than ever including new advice on maintaining a resilient attitude and taking care of athletes’ mental well-being. Drawing on decades of both practical and theoretical knowledge the authors deliver practical advice with a thorough grounding in sport psychology supplemented by case studies reflection questions common problems and effective solutions and useful summaries of key points. Pure Sport is essential reading for all those actively involved and interested in sport from sports psychologists and academics to athletes and coaches. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138484061

Pure StrategyPower and Principle in the Space and Information Age A stimulating new inquiry into the fundamental truth of strategy - its purpose place utility and value. This new study is animated by a startling realization: the concept of strategic victory must be summarily discarded. This is not to say that victory has no place in strategy or strategic planning. The outcome of battles and campaigns are variables within the strategist's plan but victory is a concept that has no meaning there. To the tactical and operational planner wars are indeed won and lost and the difference is plain. Success is measurable; failure is obvious. In contrast the pure strategist understands that war is but one aspect of social and political competition an ongoing interaction that has no finality. Strategy therefore connects the conduct of war with the intent of politics. It shapes and guides military means in anticipation of a panoply of possible coming events. In the process strategy changes the context within which events will happen. In this new book we see clearly that the goal of strategy is not to culminate events to establish finality in the discourse between states but to continue them; to influence state discourse in such a way that it will go forward on favorable terms. For continue it will. This book will provoke debate and stimulate new thinking across the field and strategic studies. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203421895

Purgatory and Piety in Brittany 1480–1720 The concept of Purgatory was a central tenet of late-medieval and early-modern Catholicism and proved a key dividing line between Catholics and Protestants. However as this book makes clear ideas about purgatory were often ill-defined and fluid and altered over time in response to particular needs or pressures. Drawing upon printed pamphlets tracts advice manuals diocesan statutes and other literary material the study traces the evolution of writing and teaching about Purgatory and the fate of the soul between 1480 and 1720. By examining the subject across this extended period it is argued that belief in Purgatory continued to be important although its role in the scheme of salvation changed over time and was not a simply a story of inevitable decline. Grounded in a case study of the southern and western regions of the ancien régime province of Brittany the book charts the nature and evolution of 'private' intercessory institutions chantries obits and private chapel foundation and 'public' forms parish provision confraternities indulgences and veneration of saints. In so doing it underlines how the huge popularity of post-mortem intercession underwent a serious and rapid decline between the 1550s and late 1580s only to witness a tremendous resurgence in popularity after 1600 with traditional practices far outstripping the levels of usage of the early sixteenth century. Offering a fascinating insight into popular devotional practices the book opens new vistas onto the impact of Catholic revival and Counter Reform on beliefs about the fate of the soul after death. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138107458

Purgatory and UtopiaA Mazahua Indian Village of Mexico The conflict between a people's determination to preserve their socio-cultural identity and the aspiration toward technological progress and knowledge has become common in the age of globalization. One people that has remarkably kept a balance between tradition and progress are the Mazahuas of Central Mexico. Purgatory and Utopia now available in paperback describes how the Mazahuas have preserved their cultural identity and some of their ancient social institutions while at the same time modifying their lifestyles in a gradual natural way. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531307

Puritan Boston and Quaker Philadelphia Based on the biographies of some three hundred people in each city this book shows how such distinguished Boston families as the Adamses Cabots Lowells and Peabodys have produced many generations of men and women who have made major contributions to the intellectual educational and political life of their state and nation. At the same time comparable Philadelphia families such as the Biddles Cadwaladers Ingersolls and Drexels have contributed far fewer leaders to their state and nation. From the days of Benjamin Franklin and Stephen Girard down to the present what leadership there has been in Philadelphia has largely been provided by self-made men often like Franklin born outside Pennsylvania.Baltzell traces the differences in class authority and leadership in these two cites to the contrasting values of the Puritan founders of the Bay Colony and the Quaker founders of the City of Brotherly Love. While Puritans placed great value on the "calling" or devotion to one's chosen vocation Quakers have always placed more emphasis on being a good person than on being a good judge or statesman. Puritan Boston and Quaker Philadelphia presents a provocative view of two contrasting upper classes and also reflects the author's larger concern with the conflicting values of hierarchy and egalitarianism in American history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531314

Puritan Family and Community in the English Atlantic WorldBeing “Much Afflicted with Conscience” Puritan Family and Community in the English Atlantic World examines the dynamics of marriage family and community life during the "Great Migration" through the microhistorical study of one puritan family in 1638 Rhode Island. Through studying the Verin family a group of English non-conformists who took part in the "Great Migration" this book examines differing approaches within puritanism towards critical issues of the age including liberty of conscience marriage family female agency domestic violence and the role of civil government in responding to these developments. Like other nonconformists who challenged the established Church of England the Verins faced important personal dilemmas brought on by the dictates of their conscience even after emigrating. A violent marital dispute between Jane and her husband Joshua divided the Providence community and resulted for the first time in the English-speaking colonies in a woman’s right to a liberty of conscience independent of her husband being upheld. Through biographical sketches of the founders of Providence and engaging with puritan ministerial and prescriptive literature and female-authored petitions and pamphlets this book illustrates how women saw their place in the world and considers the exercise of female agency in the early modern era. Connecting migration studies family and community studies religious studies and political philosophy Puritan Family and Community in the English Atlantic World will be of great interest to scholars of the English Atlantic World American religious history gender and violence the history of New England and the history of family. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367150785

Puritan Gentry Besieged 1650-1700 The latter half of the seventeenth century saw the Puritan families of England struggle to preserve the old values in an era of tremendous political and religious upheaval. Even non-conformist ministers were inclined to be pessimistic about the endurance of `godliness' - Puritan attitudes and practices - among the upper classes. Based on a study of family papers and other primary resources Trevor Cliffe's study reveals that in many cases Puritan county families were playing a double game: outwardly in communion with the Church they often employed non-conformist chaplains and attended nonconformist meetings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415755764

Puritans in ConflictThe Puritan Gentry During and After the Civil Wars Originally published in 1988 and the companion book to The Puritan Gentry covering the period of the Civil War the English republic and the Restoration of Charles II in 1660 this book gives an account of how the godly interest of the Puritans dissolved into faction and impotence. The fissures among the Puritan gentry stemmed as the book shows from a conflict between their zeal in religion and the conservative instincts which owed much to their wealth and status. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367625764

Purity and Contamination in Late Victorian Detective Fiction Concentrating on works by authors such as Fergus Hume Arthur Conan Doyle Grant Allen L.T. Meade and Marie Belloc Lowndes Christopher Pittard explores the complex relation between the emergence of detective fictions in the 1880s and 1890s and the concept of purity. The centrality of material and moral purity as a theme of the genre Pittard argues both reflected and satirised a contemporary discourse of degeneration in which criminality was equated with dirt and disease and where national boundaries were guarded against the threat of the criminal foreigner. Situating his discussion within the ideologies underpinning George Newnes's Strand Magazine as well as a wide range of nonfiction texts Pittard demonstrates that the genre was a response to the seductive and impure delights associated with sensation and gothic novels. Further Pittard suggests that criticism of detective fiction has in turn become obsessed with the idea of purity thus illustrating how a genre concerned with policing the impure itself became subject to the same fear of contamination. Contributing to the richness of Pittard's project are his discussions of the convergence of medical discourse and detective fiction in the 1890s including the way social protest movements like the antivivisectionist campaigns and medical explorations of criminality raised questions related to moral purity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138276260

Purity and Danger NowNew Perspectives Mary Douglas’s seminal work Purity and Danger (Routledge 1966) continues to be indispensable reading for both students and scholars today. Marking the 50th anniversary of Douglas’s classic the present volume sheds fresh light upon themes raised by Douglas by drawing on recent developments in the social sciences and humanities as well as current empirical research. In presenting new perspectives on the topic of purity and impurity the volume integrates work in anthropology and sociology with contemporary ideas from religious studies cognitive science and the arts. Containing contributions from both established and emerging scholars including protégées of Douglas herself Purity and Danger Now is an essential volume for those working on purity and impurity across the full spectrum of the social sciences and humanities. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878382

Purity and DangerAn Analysis of Concepts of Pollution and Taboo Purity and Danger is acknowledged as a modern masterpiece of anthropology. It is widely cited in non-anthropological works and gave rise to a body of application rebuttal and development within anthropology. In 1995 the book was included among the Times Literary Supplement's hundred most influential non-fiction works since WWII. Incorporating the philosophy of religion and science and a generally holistic approach to classification Douglas demonstrates the relevance of anthropological enquiries to an audience outside her immediate academic circle. She offers an approach to understanding rules of purity by examining what is considered unclean in various cultures. She sheds light on the symbolism of what is considered clean and dirty in relation to order in secular and religious modern and primitive life. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015811

Purity and DangerAn Analysis of Concepts of Pollution and Taboo Is cleanliness next to godliness? What does such a concept really mean? Why does it recur as a universal theme across all societies? And what are the implications for the unclean? In Purity and Danger Mary Douglas identifies the concern for purity as a key theme at the heart of every society. In lively and lucid prose she explains its relevance for every reader by revealing its wide-ranging impact on our attitudes to society values cosmology and knowledge. This book has been hugely influential in many areas of debate – from religion to social theory. With a specially commissioned preface by the author which assesses the continuing significance of the work this Routledge Classics edition will ensure that Purity and Danger continues to challenge question and inspire for many years to come. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138127142

Purkinje's VisionThe Dawning of Neuroscience The life of Jan Evangelista Purkinje (1787-1869) has fascinated students from many disciplines. Histologists marvel at his early descriptions of cells; physiologists admire his attempts to relate structure to function; pharmacologists view in awe his heroic experiments on self-administered drugs; forensic scientists acknowledge his role in the use of fingerprints for identification; and Czech patriots salute his awakening of pride in their nation. Yet all these achievements followed his initial enquiries into vision. It is this psychological dimension that fostered this collaboration. As the title suggests the present volume is bifocal. In the narrow sense it refers to Purkinje's studies of vision but in its broader view it concerns Purkinje's anticipation of neuroscience. Purkinje provided evidence to support both its cellular and its conceptual base. At the cellular level his acute vision is immortalized within our bodies. At the conceptual level he sought to relate subjective phenomena to their objective underpinnings--to link psychology to physiology. Vision provides a bond that unites psychology and physiology and it is this bond that was strengthened by Purkinje's enquiries. The authors have tried to provide a context in which Purkinje's descriptions of visual phenomena can be placed. In some cases this exposes clear precursors of research for which Purkinje has been credited. In others there was nothing to suggest the phenomena that he exposed. The book translates Purkinje's initial masterpiece on subjective vision and places it in the context of emerging views of neuroscience. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9780415651219

Purpose & ImpactHow Executives are Creating Meaningful Second Careers Purpose & Impact is the first book to provide guidance to senior executives and professionals on how to rethink and even relaunch their careers in ways that align with wider purpose and societal impact. With our increasing longevity the concept of retirement is becoming redundant; executives need financially and want motivationally to continue to work well beyond what is currently considered ‘retirement age’. At around age 50 when we often leave our mainstream employers we could be looking forward to around another 30 healthy years equivalent to a whole second career. This book sets out a topic that is becoming increasingly important and urgent for governments companies and executives alike. Purpose & Impact is underpinned by extensive research including interviews with over 90 senior executives. Many of their stories are included within the book and provide the reader with real insight into how very diverse senior executives and professionals have created roles that have enabled their own personal growth and development and had positive impacts on wider society. In addition helpful tools and guides are used throughout the book to help the reader in their decision-making processes during the different stages of discovering and developing themselves and their career goals. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815381273

Purpose Meets ExecutionHow Winning Organizations Accelerate Engagement and Drive Profits Business today is up against a myriad of complexities -- disruptive competition and technologies volatile economic forces and a complex and evolving work force. There is unending pressure to do more with less deliver short-term goals while driving long-term sustainability all while finding and retaining the top talent to get it done. Learning how to navigate these pressures is the difference between a thriving business and a dying one. To break out businesses need to rethink the fundamental drivers for success. In Purpose Meets Execution Efron shows us the most powerful driver of success is a culture of purpose combined with executional excellence. Efron has developed a framework that merges the power of a purpose-driven organization with executional excellence. He applies proven diagnostics to determine if the company has a clear and meaningful sense of organizational purpose and whether that purpose is effectively aligned with business practices across functional areas. He works with each company to address gaps and create a plan for continuous improvement. When companies understand and implement a plan and process to balance purpose and execution they: Create an unbeatable competitive advantage in the market by paving the way to find and retain the best of the current and next generation workforce Delight customers Deliver exceptional and sustainable results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138049093

Purposeful Communication in a Digital AgeSpeaking for Success In recent years the process and outlet for public speaking has grown with digital progressions such as TED talks and Facebook Live. Purposeful Communication in a Digital Age 2nd Edition provides a practical step-by-step approach to developing and delivering effective speeches. Offering supplementary articles case studies and interviews with key leaders within the text and online this is an all-in-one resource for the traditional online or hybrid classroom. The new edition devotes focus to presenting in the digital world addressing both traditional and contemporary forms of presentation and specifically directs students on seeking out credible sources when conducting research. Its eResource features video speech examples classroom exercises an instructor manual and a quiz bank. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138082199

Purposeful Planning for LearningShaping Learning and Teaching in the Primary School Purposeful Planning for Learning puts the passion and depth back into how teachers plan for learning in the primary classroom. Offering a unique perspective on what constitutes purposeful planning for learning this book encourages a mindset where planning is integral to supportive of and informed by learning including learning that is social emotional physical and cognitive. Written by a variety of teacher educators and primary teachers this book reconceptualises planning by focusing on different themes such as outdoor learning assessment questioning and inclusion that all influence and inform planning. In each chapter you can find: Voices of teachers and teacher educators The unpicking of practice and key terminology Vignettes that shed light on classroom life (examples from practice) and Opportunities for reflection (points to ponder) This cross-curricular resource provides aspirational professional and practical insights into current issues that surround planning. It includes student and experienced qualified teacher insights which will serve as inspiration to support the reader in making real changes in their classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138593794

Pursuing an Ethic of Empathy in Journalism This book advances a journalistic theory of empathy challenging long-held notions about how best to do journalism. Because the institution of journalism has typically equated empathy and compassion with bias it has been slow to give the intelligence of the emotions a legitimate place in the reporting and writing process. Blank-Libra’s work locates the point at which the vast multidisciplinary research on empathy intersects with the work of the journalist revealing a reality that has always been so: journalists practice empathy as a way to connect but also as a form of inquiry as sincere and legitimate in its goals and aspirations as is objectivity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367877088

Pursuing ExcellenceA Values-Based Systems Approach to Help Companies Become More Resilient This book is for the people who lead our companies. Our world suffered a staggering blow. We will recover. Many of our companies are still suffering. Some of them will not recover. 　 We’re in a time of disruption. A company’s culture will play a big part in managing through this disruption. Senior leaders must establish a clear purpose a strong set of core values and a plan to translate strategy into action. Companies will be seeking to transform to become more efficient and resilient. Most attempts to do so fail. They fail because we try to solve the wrong problem with the wrong system. We attempt to change the way people act. But to achieve sustained improvement we must focus on changing the way they think.　　 Over the last thirty years we’ve experimented with Lean Six Sigma and other improvement initiatives. Each failed to move beyond average performance and sustain transformational improvement. Average then became a learned behavior. 　 To move forward we must unlearn some things. We must change our problem definition and our defined systems. And we can do this by framing the problem through the lens of Operational Excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780367617776

Pursuing Intersectionality Unsettling Dominant Imaginaries Pursuing Intersectionality Unsettling Dominant Imaginaries offers a sustained interdisciplinary exploration of intersectional ideas histories and practices that no other text does. Deftly synthesizing much of the existing literatures on intersectionality one of the most significant theoretical and political precepts of our time May invites us to confront a disconcerting problem: though intersectionality is widely known acclaimed and applied it is often construed in ways that depoliticize undercut or even violate its most basic premises. May cogently demonstrates how intersectionality has been repeatedly resisted misunderstood and misapplied: provocatively she shows the degree to which intersectionality is often undone or undermined by supporters and critics alike. A clarion call to engage intersectionality’s radical ideas histories and justice orientations more meaningfully Pursuing Intersectionality answers the basic questions surrounding intersectionality attends to its historical roots in Black feminist theory and politics and offers insights and strategies from across the disciplines for bracketing dominant logics and for orienting toward intersectional dispositions and practices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415808408

Pursuing JusticeTraditional and Contemporary Issues in Our Communities and the World Pursuing Justice Third Edition examines the issue of justice by considering the origins of the idea formal systems of justice current global issues of justice and ways in which justice might be achieved by individuals organizations and the global community. Part I demonstrates how the idea of justice has emerged over time starting with religion and philosophy and then to the concept of social justice. Part II outlines the very different mechanisms used by various nations for achieving state justice including systems based on common law civil law and Islamic law with a separate discussion of the US justice system. Part III focuses on six contemporary issues of justice: war immigration domestic terrorism genocide slavery and the environment. Finally Part IV shows how individuals and organizations can go about pursuing justice and describes the rise of global justice. This updated timely book helps students understand the complexities and nuances of a society's pursuit of justice. It provides students with the foundations of global justice systems integrating Greek philosophies and major religious perspectives into a justice perspective and contributes to undergraduate understanding of international justice bodies NGOs and institutions. New to the third edition is a complete chapter on immigration with a focus on historical and global patterns as they relate to justice as well as new material on the #MeToo and Black Lives Matter movements the genocide of the Rohingya of Myanmar and the sovereign citizens movement in relation to domestic terrorism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336049

Pursuing PerfectionEating Disorders Body Myths and Women at Midlife and Beyond In Pursuing Perfection authors Margo Maine and Joe Kelly explore the emotional social and cultural factors behind the ongoing epidemic of disordered eating and body image despair in adult women at midlife and beyond. Written from a biopsychosocial and feminist perspective Pursuing Perfection describes the many issues women encounter as they navigate a rapidly changing culture that promotes unhealthy standards for beauty and appearance. This updated and expanded edition (originally published as The Body Myth: Adult Women and the Pressure to Be Perfect) is a unique guide for anyone seeking practical tools and strategies for adult women looking to establish health and body acceptance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138890725

Pursuing Quality of LifeFrom the Affluent Society to the Consumer Society From anxieties over work-life balance and entangling technologies to celebrations of cool jobs and great places to live quality of life frames the ways we enhance our lives and legitimate social change today. But how does the idea of quality of life envision the greater good and what gets lost as a result? This book provides the critical framework for understanding the idea’s contexts and tensions that are conspicuously missing in popular discussions professional activities and scholarly research on quality of life. With multiple case studies taken across North America and Europe it provides a sociological perspective on the contradictory ways we talk about and pursue quality of life in relation to technology consumerism family work public space rural ways of life and ultimately the final years of life. Drawing on contemporary and classical social theory it provides an incisive account of the historical shifts in developed societies over the last half-century that have transformed our views and pursuits of quality of life. Originally a promise to undertake collective effort and pursue social justice at a moment of unprecedented opportunity quality of life now enshrines a solipsistic ideal with which to accommodate the storms of market forces and political failure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138380912

Pursuing the Unity of ScienceIdeology and Scientific Practice from the Great War to the Cold War From 1918 to the late 1940s a host of influential scientists and intellectuals in Europe and North America were engaged in a number of far-reaching unity of science projects. In this period of deep social and political divisions scientists collaborated to unify sciences across disciplinary boundaries and to set up the international scientific community as a model for global political co-operation. They strove to align scientific and social objectives through rational planning and to promote unified science as the driving force of human civilization and progress. This volume explores the unity of science movement providing a synthetic view of its pursuits and placing it in its historical context as a scientific and political force. Through a coherent set of original case studies looking at the significance of various projects and strategies of unification the book highlights the great variety of manifestations of this endeavour. These range from unifying nuclear physics to the evolutionary synthesis and from the democratization of scientific planning to the utopianism of H.G. Wells's world state. At the same time the collection brings out the substantive links between these different pursuits especially in the form of interconnected networks of unification and the alignment of objectives among them. Notably it shows that opposition to fascism using the instrument of unified science became the most urgent common goal in the 1930s and 1940s. In addressing these issues the book makes visible important historical developments showing how scientists participated in and actively helped to create an interwar ideology of unification and bringing to light the cultural and political significance of this enterprise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815366805

Push Button AgricultureRobotics Drones Satellite-Guided Soil and Crop Management This book covers three main types of agricultural systems: the use of robotics drones (unmanned aerial vehicles) and satellite-guided precision farming methods. Some of these are well refined and are currently in use while others are in need of refinement and are yet to become popular. The book provides a valuable source of information on this developing field for those involved with agriculture and farming and agricultural engineering. The book is also applicable as a textbook for students and a reference for faculty. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771883047

Pushbutton PsychiatryA Cultural History of Electric Shock Therapy in America Updated Paperback Edition This volume uncovers the roots of electroshock in America an outgrowth of western patriarchal medicine with primarily female patients. The authors trace the history of electroshock in the United States in three historic stages: from an enthusiastic reception in 1940 to a period of crisis in the 1960s to its resurgence after 1980. Early American experiments with electrical medicine are also examined while the development of electroshock in America is considered through the lens of social political and economic factors. The revival of electroshock in recent decades is found to be a product of growing materialism in American psychiatry and the political and economic realities of managed medical care. The new material in the Updated Paperback Edition describes the resurgence of electroshock in the private psychiatric sector as a treatment of choice for depression. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138403451

Pushing PixelsSecret Weapons for the Modern Flash Animator You've got the cheats tutorials and how-tos. What else do you need? Go above and beyond those stop-gaps and step-by-steps with Pushing Pixels the real-world guide to developing dynamic and fun content from conception to deployment. Whether you are animating for a short a fun cartoon or a mobile game renowned Flash expert Chris Georgenes will show you his approach with various types of animation projects from start to finish. Providing in-depth knowledge of the little-known secrets used by the pros to produce creative professional animations this is the go-to source for anyone looking to create great animation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780240818436

Pushing the Boundaries of Historia Pushing the Boundaries of Historia collects together 20 chapters whose coverage extends from the prehistory of Greece through early Christianity in the Roman Empire to the reception of classical texts by contemporary playwrights and poets. The essays range beyond Greece and Rome to the ancient realms of Persia and China and explore a vast array of ancient authors – Homer Herodotus Thucydides Euripides Vergil Ovid Livy and Tacitus.Written by philologists historians epigraphers palaeographers archaeologists and art historians it brings together the best of old and new traditions of classical study from senior emeritus faculty with established records of scholarly productivity to the newest generation of classics and archaeology professors. What draws together the disparate strands of academic inquiry found in these pages is a passion for understanding how the lessons of the world of the ancient Greeks Romans and their still lamentably understudied neighbors can offer commentary on the contemporary world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367732691

Put Away Ils 265 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415864190

Put AwayInstitutions for the Mentally Retarded This classic book allows its readers for the first time to comprehend the size organization staffing and operation of a national system of hospitals and residential services for the subnormal. It also allows for the first time reliable estimates to be given of the scale and severity of certain problems. The basis has been laid for an evaluation of the effectiveness of hospitals for the subnormal. All this has been made possible by a generous grant from the National Society for Mentally Handicapped Children to the Department of Sociology in the University of Essex upon the foundation of the University. Of course a great deal of further research remains to be done but a preliminary network of information is now available to all those deeply concerned about the handicapped.This is a study of the range and quality of institutional provisions made in England and Wales for that group of handicapped individuals who are known as mentally deficient. Dr. Morris reports on an investigation which covered nearly half the hospitals for the sub-normal in the country: many of its findings can only shock and dismay.The investigation was concerned to discover what facilities-physical occupational and educational-there was for patients and to learn more about their social environment. It was also concerned to determine the extent to which both staff and patients are affected by their social environment and by administrative action and to learn something of the relationship between the hospital as an institution and the outside community as well as between the patients and the outside world. In addition it examined the extent to which the provisions and facilities available met the needs of the patients in relation to their physical and mental handicaps. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531321

Putin and Putinism After two terms as president of the Russian Federation Vladimir Putin handed over to his hand-picked successor Dmitri Medvedev on 7 May 2008 and became prime minister. As president Putin moved swiftly and effectively to overcome the chaotic legacy of his predecessor post-Soviet Russia’s first president Boris Yeltsin. Focusing on rebuilding the authority of the Russian state and taking advantage of the rise in world prices of the country’s main asset – oil and natural gas – Putin won unassailable popularity at home and caused apprehension around the world particularly in Russia’s immediate neighbourhood. His methods of rule caused anxiety among liberals and democrats inside Russia and abroad. The legacy of Putin’s presidency poses challenges that demand interpretation. He has not departed from the Russian or the world political scene and the need to understand and come to terms with Putin’s Russia has not diminished. These essays by an international team of authors are based on presentations to a working conference held in Naples Italy in May 2008 supplemented by contributions from authors who were not present at the conference in order to present a wider selection of views and interpretations of the Putin phenomenon. This book was published as a special issue of Communist Studies and Transition Politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138882348

Putin as Celebrity and Cultural Icon Though in recent months Putin’s popularity has frayed at the edges the dearth of comparably powerful and experienced political leaders leaves no doubt that he will continue to be a key political figure. During his tenure as Russia’s President and subsequently as Prime Minister Putin transcended politics to become the country’s major cultural icon. This book examines the nature of his iconic status. It explores his public persona as glamorous hero endowed with vision wisdom moral and physical strength—the man uniquely capable of restoring Russia’s reputation as a global power. In analysing cultural representations of Putin the book assesses the role of the media in constructing and disseminating this image and weighs the Russian populace’s contribution to the extraordinary acclamation he enjoyed throughout the first decade of the new millennium challenged only by a tiny minority. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815742

Putin ReduxPower and Contradiction in Contemporary Russia This book builds on the strengths of the previous volumes by the same author to provide the most detailed and nuanced account of the man his politics and his profound influence on Russian politics foreign policy and society. However this is not a new edition of the earlier books but is an entirely new work. The focus now is on the dilemmas of power since 2008. There is a brief biographical sketch of Vladimir Putin and much analysis of his ideas and policies but the book now focuses on the systemic contradictions that have created a blockage on modernisation and a stalemate in politics Putin's role as Prime Minister since 2008 and his political successes and failures analysis of the implications of Putin's third term as President and the 2011-12 electoral cycle and the ensuing crisis which led to thousands protesting on the streets This work assesses the achievements and failing of Putin’s rule but above all tries to make sense of contemporary developments. This is the definitive account of Putin and is essential reading for all scholars and students of Russian politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415630979

Putin's FascistsRusskii Obraz and the Politics of Managed Nationalism in Russia This book examines the relationship between the Putin regime and Russkii Obraz a neo-nazi organization that became a major force on Russia's radical nationalist scene in 2008-10. It shows how Russkii Obraz’s rise was boosted by the regime’s policy of ‘managed nationalism ’ which mobilised radical nationalist proxies against opponents of authoritarianism. In return for undermining moderate nationalists and pro-democracy activists Russkii Obraz received official support and access to public space. What made this collaboration politically hazardous for the Kremlin was Russkii Obraz's neo-Nazi ideology and its connections to BORN a terrorist group responsible for a series of high-profile killings. When security forces captured the ringleader of BORN they precipitated the destruction of Russkii Obraz and a crisis for managed nationalism. Using court records and extensive media and internet sources this book sheds new light on the complex interaction between the Kremlin the far-right and neo-Nazi skinheads during Russia’s descent into authoritarianism. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367474133

Putin's OlympicsThe Sochi Games and the Evolution of Twenty-First Century Russia President Vladimir Putin’s Olympic venture put the workings of contemporary Russia on vivid display. The Sochi Olympics were designed to symbolize Russia’s return to great power status but subsequent aggression against Ukraine large-scale corruption and the doping scandal have become the true legacies of the games. The Kremlin’s style of governance through mega-projects has had deleterious consequences for the country’s development. Placing the Sochi games into the larger context of Olympic history this book examines the political security business ethnic societal and international ramifications of Putin’s system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367185985

Putin's Preventive Counter-RevolutionPost-Soviet Authoritarianism and the Spectre of Velvet Revolution This book examines the 'preventive counter-revolution ' a programme of reforms and repression that transformed the face of Russian politics during Vladimir Putin's second term as president. Kremlin propagandists hailed this programme as a defence of national sovereignty against Western attempts to foment a 'velvet revolution' in Russia. But this book shows that the Putin regime was reacting to a real domestic threat: opposition leaders and youth activists who had begun to employ 'velvet' revolutionary methods in a campaign to harness popular grievances and to challenge Putin in the streets and at the ballot box. It traces the formulation and implementation of the regime's two-track response which was based on a careful analysis of the lessons of the recent 'velvet’ (or ‘coloured’) revolutions in Georgia and Ukraine. The first track was repressive: the imposition of controls on NGOs restrictions on electoral competition and a crackdown on opposition demonstrations. The second was the mobilisation of supporters in 'patriotic' youth organisations that employed both gang violence and 'velvet' revolutionary techniques. Drawing on a wide range of Russian-language sources including opposition activists' blogs this book charts the end of Russia's experiment with liberal democracy and the emergence of a new type of authoritarian order. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138815759

Putin's Third Term as Russia's President 2012-18 This book provides a comprehensive and systematic overview of Putin’s third term as Russia’s president. It covers political international relations economic and social issues and provides a balanced assessment of Putin’s successes and failures. These include the conflict in Ukraine the annexation of Crimea scandals associated with the Olympics Russia’s increasing involvement with Asia including with the Shanghai Co-operation Organisation and shifts in the economy away from huge reliance on energy resources. The book sets Putin’s activities as president in their wider context discussing his overall popularity the weakness of potential opposition and the development of the Russian Federation as a relatively new state. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367582487

Putin's United Russia Party From its inception in 2001 the United Russia Party has rapidly developed into a hugely successful organisationally-complex political party and key component of power. This book provides a much needed analysis on United Russia by exploring the role of the party in the Russian political system from 2000 to 2010.  It explores the party empirically as an impressive organisation in its own right but also theoretically as an independent or explanatory variable able to illumine the larger development of dominant-power politics in Russia in the same period. The book creates a model to understand the role of political parties in electorally-based political systems and shows how United Russia conforms to this model and importantly how the party also has unique features that affect its place in the political system. The book goes on to argue that United Russia represents a ‘virtual’ party hegemony an outcome of political changes occurring elsewhere and so a reversal of the typical relationship between parties and power found in comparative literature. This has potentially far reaching implications for our understanding of party dominance in the twenty-first century and also the sources of regime stability and instability. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415728300

Putting a Price on Carbon in South Africa and Other Developing Countries How should we be putting a price on carbon particularly in developing countries? This volume takes up this contested issue and examines how different economic instruments might apply in developing countries with a special focus on South Africa. The papers included address a variety of themes in this area: Emissions trading carbon taxes fiscal and non-fiscal instruments policy and institutional dimensions and lessons from the Clean Development Mechanism. Presenting the very latest research the volume will be of interest to academics and policymakers in economics policy and development. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781849775717

Putting Emotional Intelligence To Work Putting Emotional Intelligence to Work offers a new paradigm of communication for the 21st-century workplace. Beginning with the thoughts of communication pioneer Carl Rogers this book covers the origins and history of emotional intelligence why it is essential at this point in the changing marketplace how to delegate and negotiate more effectively and how to change yourself to become a more effective player. An EQ (Emotional Quotient) survey helps you determine where you are on the scale of executive intelligence. Putting Emotional Intelligence to Work leaves you with a greater understanding of the new work ethic for 21st-century leadership its business and personal benefits how to teach it in a corporate setting and how to build self-managed teams with the right mix and match of personality types. Dr. Ryback's book brings many resources together to consolidate an approach to business that combines the practical with the thoughtful emotional and intuitive. A new paradigm for leadership in the 21st century is demonstrated clearly and incisively.David Ryback Ph.D. is a management consultant and speaker on personal and organizational success. His experience encompasses business management and government consulting as well as teaching at Emory University's School of Business. His diverse client base includes the US Department of Defense government legal offices financial institutions manufacturers_both domestic and international health care organizations and national retail outlets. In Putting Emotional Intelligence to Work Dr. Ryback brings many resources together to consolidate an approach to business that combines the practical with the thoughtful emotional and intuitive. A new paradigm for leadership in the 21st century is demonstrated clearly and incisively. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080547534

Putting Learning Before Technology!The Possibilities and Limits of Digitalization For many  digitalization is the key to revolutionizing education. But what do we know about its impact on the learning process? What benefits are on offer and what are the risks? What are the consequences for educational interventions? Putting Learning Before Technology! discusses these questions and more in a thorough exploration of the use of technology in educational settings. Central to the author's argument is that digitalization as a sole and structural measure will bring little benefit and that the teachers who bring lessons to life are much more important. Features of the book include: evidence from Visible Learning research to scientifically frame the effectiveness and pitfalls of technology in the classroom; real-life classroom examples; graphics to clearly illustrate key concepts and studies. This book is a fascinating analysis of the impact possibilities and limits of the use of technology within education and will appeal to teachers and teacher-trainers in any setting or country. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138320512

Putting Library Assessment Data to Work Effective library assessment is crucial for a successful academic library. But what do we mean by library assessment and how can it be used to improve the library service? This book provides a practical guide for library administrators managers and practitioners on how to make effective use of existing sources of information for assessment activities with the aim of improving academic library services.  Putting Library Assessment Data to Work brings together key library assessment methodologies detailing how they can be used to improve an academic library. The book takes common sources of data that academic libraries will already be collecting and presents simple qualitative and quantitative techniques that can be used to evaluate and assess their services both in detail and overall. The different assessment methods are presented from a practical perspective with a theoretical grounding and include practical case studies to illustrate how the methodologies have successfully been applied.  The book includes coverage of: The theoretical framework for assessment it's purpose and the tools and techniques used Institutional national and international student surveys and how they can be sued to improve library service The history and development of standardised library surveys (eg libQUAL+) how they have been used and their impact The benefits of In house library surveys and case studies of where they gave been used Qualitative feedback in the library Taking a holistic approach to library assessment through advocacy and strategic planning. This book will be essential reading for library and information service managers administrators assessment practitioners educators and policy shapers. It will also be useful for students and researchers interested in library assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302208

Putting Library Assessment Data to Work <p class="MsoNormal">Effective library assessment is crucial for a successfulacademic library. But what do we mean by library assessment and how can it beused to improve the library service? This book provides a practical guide forlibrary administrators managers and practitioners on how to make effective useof existing sources of information for assessment activities with the aim ofimproving academic library services.</p><p class="MsoNormal"><i>Putting LibraryAssessment Data to Work</i> brings together key library assessmentmethodologies detailing how they can be used to improve an academic library. Thebook takes common sources of data that academic libraries will already becollecting and presents simple qualitative and quantitative techniques thatcan be used to evaluate and assess their services both in detail and overall.The different assessment methods are presented from a practical perspectivewith a theoretical grounding and include practical case studies to illustratehow the methodologies have successfully been applied. </p><p class="MsoNormal">The book includes coverage of:</p><p class="MsoNormal"></p><ul><li>The theoretical framework for assessment it&#146;s purpose andthe tools and techniques used</li><li>Institutional national and international student surveysand how they can be sued to improve library service</li><li>The history and development of standardised library surveys(eg libQUAL+) how they have been used and their impact</li><li>The benefits of In house library surveys and case studies ofwhere they gave been used</li><li>Qualitative feedback in the library</li><li>Taking a holistic approach to library assessment through advocacyand strategic planning.</li></ul><p></p><p class="MsoNormal">This book will be essential reading for library andinformation service managers administrators assessment practitioners educators and policy shapers. It will also be useful for students andresearchers interested in library assessment.</p> Media > Books > Print Books Facet Publishing 9781783302215

Putting Others FirstThe Christian Ideal of Others-Centeredness When deciding what to do is it best to treat one’s own interests as more important than the interests of others others’ interests as more important than one’s own or one’s own and others’ interests as equally important? This book develops an account of others-centeredness a way of putting others first in the process of deciding what to do. Over the course of six chapters Putting Others First investigates other-centeredness by drawing upon a wide range of academic disciplines including biblical studies feminist scholarship philosophy psychology and theology. The author begins by explaining the nature of others-centeredness as a character trait in detail and connecting it with other contemporary projects in virtue theory. He argues that foundational texts of the New Testament can be plausibly read as advocating for others-centeredness. He then develops a provisional case for the value of others-centeredness from the perspective of each of the three major approaches to normative ethics: consequentialism deontology and virtue ethics. Next the author confronts challenging questions about the value of others-centeredness including whether others-centeredness requires an impossibly strong sort of altruism whether it leads its possessors into self-destructive relationships and whether it leads to offering help that hurts others. Finally he examines the place of others-centeredness within a person’s moral psychology by considering the relationship between it and other virtues and vices and reviews relevant scientific findings that illuminate the value and causal role of others-centeredness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138615977

Putting Partnerships to WorkStrategic Alliances for Development between Government the Private Sector and Civil Society The World Summit on Sustainable Development in Johannesburg clearly identified the corporate sector as one of the key actors in the delivery of national and international poverty reduction targets in developing countries. "Partnerships" between government civil society and business were proposed as one means whereby these poverty reduction targets were to be achieved. Despite the rhetoric there was less consideration of how such partnerships could work in practice the outcomes that could be achieved or the relative merits of partnerships over other more traditional approaches to development. This book is about partnerships between the private sector government and civil society. Its objective is to share practical experiences in establishing and implementing such partnerships and to show how partnerships work. The focus is on the oil gas and mining industries as these sectors have tended to be the primary drivers of foreign investment in developing countries. These corporations increasingly operate in regions characterised by poor communities and fragile environments. The more effective use of external relationships to ensure the effective contribution of these investments to poverty reduction and local environmental management is critical for the companies for government and for the poor. Putting Partnerships to Work is based on the work of the Secretariat of the Natural Resources Cluster (NRC) of Business Partners for Development (BPD). This major research programme which ran from 1998 to 2002 aimed to enhance the role of oil gas and mining corporations in international development. The programme objective was to produce practical guidance based on the experience of specific natural resource operations around the world on how partnerships involving companies government authorities and civil-society organisations can be an effective means of reducing investment risks and of promoting community and regional development. The programme encompassed partnerships in Colombia Nigeria India Venezuela Bolivia Zambia Azerbaijan Indonesia and Tanzania. The specific projects that were implemented included not only "traditional" development projects such as the provision of water healthcare or infrastructure but also themes as diverse as conflict prevention regional development micro-enterprise development and managing oil spill compensation. Based on the experience of establishing and implementing effective partnerships the NRC identified good practice and developed replicable guidelines tools and training materials. This book is not only about good practice; it presents both the positive outcomes and lessons from the programme as well as the risks and costs and where things went wrong. It also provides evidence not only of the viability of partnerships (i.e. that partnerships "can work") but also evidence that partnership approaches can provide substantially better outcomes for all parties than can more traditional approaches to development or corporate social responsibility. For example a road in India was constructed at 25% of the cost to government; it took just 11 months for a community health centre in Venezuela to become operational and with its long-term financial future assured; and primary education enrolment rates in the vicinity of a gold mine in Tanzania have jumped from a historic level of 60–80% to almost 100% (as a consequence of improved infrastructure and community awareness of the importance of education). These development and public-sector benefits have been accompanied by substantial business benefits including significant reductions in the cost of community development initiatives and/or the leverage of additional resources greater sustainability and viability of development projects and significant improvements to corporate reputation and their local "social licence to operate" with communities. The book argues that to achieve these benefits requires all parties to invest time and effort in first exploring the best design for the partnership understanding the motivations of their potential partners and once the partnership has been established continuing to actively support the partnership and ensure its ongoing viability. Partnerships that engage the strengths of companies government and civil society can under the right conditions yield better (and more sustainable) results for communities and for business than traditional approach Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351281249

Putting Process Drama into ActionThe Dynamics of Practice This new book provides a clear and accessible guide on best practice to support teachers when using process drama in establishing creative learning partnerships with their students. It offers a detailed analysis and explores the roles of actor director and playwright that the teacher must adopt in order to develop the ‘thinking on your feet’ skills and knowledge necessary to deliver a complete process drama experience. Addressing the dynamic nature of process drama it provides a clear and rigorous explanation of the theory of process drama and links it to practice. Drawing on a wide range of detailed examples from the authors’ international and cross-cultural practice it demonstrates how an effective process drama operates in action. Written to help practitioners and students produce powerful artistic and educative experiences chapters cover: pedagogy and the improvised nature of the art form; the structural framework and making shifts in the drama; the role of actor director playwright and teacher; monitoring emotional range; progression and the importance of reflection; the spiral of creative exchange and the complexities of co-creativity. Putting Process Drama into Action will be an essential guide for students undertaking initial teacher training at primary level in addition to those studying both Drama and English at secondary level. It will also prove to be essential reading for specialist and non-specialist teachers in the primary and secondary sectors who teach or wish to teach process drama. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138858466

Putting Research into Practice in Primary Teaching and Learning First Published in 2000. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138420700

Putting security governance to the test Recent debates in security policy have highlighted trends towards fragmentation informalisation and privatisation in the diverse field of security policy with its increasingly transnational security risks. In this context the concept of security governance has risen to prominence and has inspired much valuable research. Yet there are not only very different conceptual understandings of security governance; there is also a lack of clarity regarding its empirical manifestations and normative connotations. After a decade of research this book therefore puts security governance to the test and scrutinises its analytical and political pitfalls and potentials. It reviews the concept of security governance and identifies central conceptual empirical and normative challenges that need to be addressed. Moreover this book scrutinises critical examples of security governance from EU security policy as well as in a comparative regional perspective. Case studies include EU efforts to counter piracy off the coast of Somalia combat terrorism inside European societies and protect critical infrastructures. This book was originally published as a special issue of European Security. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138059863

Putting Storytelling at the Heart of Early Childhood PracticeA Reflective Guide for Early Years Practitioners Putting Storytelling at the Heart of Early Childhood Practice is a brilliantly engaging and practical book that highlights the essential nature of storytelling in all walks of life and how to best cultivate this in the early years classroom. The authors use a compelling Froebelian approach to explore the role of storytelling not just in the development of literacy but also in the development of communication and language and for maintaining good mental health and wellbeing. Drawing on primary and contemporary research and presented by a range of experienced authors this book covers important topics such as: The benefits of regularly practising storytelling Storytelling during play activities Group dynamics in constructing narratives The roles of props and fantasy concepts in storytelling This accessible guide is ideal for all early years practitioners looking to encourage literacy communication and well-being in a supportive and creative environment and for policymakers looking to develop best practice in the early years classroom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367245917

Putting Teachers FirstHow to Inspire Motivate and Connect with Your Staff In Putting Teachers First author and speaker Brad Johnson offers tons of invaluable tips for building and maintaining strong dynamic relationships with your teachers leading to greater job satisfaction lower turnover and improved performance across the board. You’ll learn how to boost teacher morale and drive engagement by providing sincere feedback and recognition creating incentives for teaching excellence building trust between all faculty members and more. Topics covered: The Importance of Teacher Satisfaction Motivating Your Teachers to Succeed Creating a Culture of Appreciation Learning to Become a Selfless Leader Inspiring Teachers to Remember Their Purpose Developing Your Emotional Intelligence Communicating and Connecting Effectively Building a Cohesive Team Celebrating Successes 　 Each chapter includes practical advice as well as inspiring stories and anecdotes to motivate you on your journey. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138586673

Putting Terrorism in ContextLessons from the Global Terrorism Database This book offers a guide to interpreting available statistical data on terrorism attacks around the world. The Global Terrorism Database (GTD) now includes more than 113 000 terrorist attacks starting in 1970. By analyzing these data researchers demonstrate how a very small number of terrorist attacks have had an outsized effect on attitudes and policies toward terrorism. These attacks referred to as ‘black swan’ events are difficult to predict but have an enormous impact on human affairs for years to come. The book discusses terrorist attacks such as 9/11 possibly the most high profile ‘black swan’ event in living memory by putting them into context with thousands of less publicized attacks that have plagued the world since 1970. Historically the study of terrorism has suffered from a general lack of empirical data and statistical analysis. This is largely due to the difficulty of obtaining valid data on a topic that poses significant collection challenges. However this book makes use of the fact that the GTD is currently the most extensive unclassified database on terrorism ever collected. While there have been summaries of the research literature on terrorism and important analyses of international terrorism event data this is the first book that provides a comprehensive empirical overview of the nature and evolution of both modern international and domestic terrorism. This book will be of interest to students of terrorism and political violence criminology international security and political science in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138699304

Putting the Poor FirstHow Base-of-the-Pyramid Ventures Can Learn from Development Approaches In order to make progress toward the UN Millennium Development Goals – and particularly in terms of poverty alleviation – business has a pivotal role to play: in terms of core business; purchasing products from the poor; employing them; and selling them affordable services and products. Serving the global 4 billion people at the base of the economic ladder – the Base of the Pyramid (BoP) – with suitable products and services is a new but growing field in research and practice.  In the initial years the focus of BoP was very much on selling products and services to a huge untapped market. Practitioners and academics focused on developing new distribution channels to reach the low-income markets and new technological solutions to address their needs. These first-generation "fortune-finding" approaches are now described as "business to four billion". Over the last few years however new priorities have gained prominence. This new value proposition can be framed as "business with four billion" and is "fortune-creating". So-called Next Generation or BoP 2.0 strategies can bring companies and their target groups closer together. The goal is to co-create new business models as well as product and service solutions together with the target group. Integrating BoP into the innovation process – be it in terms of idea generation product/service development production or distribution/marketing – is seen as way to increase not only the impact on poverty alleviation but also the benefits to the company.  This paradigm shift – to co-creation or embedded innovation – in fact closely mirrors a shift previously made by development researchers who argued that the poor should no longer be viewed as the target of poverty reduction efforts but as partners in and an asset to the development process. Bottom-up development approaches – such as Participation Community-Driven Development Empowerment Asset-Based Community Development or Local Knowledge – emphasize the role of the poor and see them as central to the design and implementation of the development process.  Even though some BoP researchers consider selective parts of this knowledge in their research a comprehensive study that rigorously examines BoP ventures from a bottom-up development perspective has not yet been completed. This book attempts to fill that gap.  Putting the Poor First examines the applicability of different elements in the bottom-up development literature to the innovation process of BoP ventures. It unveils connections between the two approaches and builds a theoretical base for the case study research. With three in-depth case studies and eight companies participating in a survey the current state and experiences of businesses applying a bottom-up development perspective with BoP ventures in Latin America and the Caribbean is analysed.  The elements of a bottom-up development perspective applied in BoP practice can be grouped into three categories: drivers for choosing a bottom-up development perspective in BoP ventures (e.g. such that products and services are more readily accepted); circumstances that help or hinder the application of a bottom-up development perspective in BoP ventures (e.g. the acceptance of the company by communities or previous experiences with poverty alleviation projects); and success factors when choosing a bottom-up development perspective in BoP ventures (e.g. the importance of power structures pluralism and self-esteem). The many recommendations such as empowering the poor by encouraging co-creation and outsourcing innovation fill gaps in theory support practitioners and lay the foundations for further research.  This will be a key book for BoP researchers and practitioners on the ground. The reconnection of development approaches with BoP strategies puts the poor first. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781906093747

Putting Theory to WorkHow are Theories Actually Used in Practice? This book contains a continuation and expansion of the topics covered in the author's previous book Psychoanalysis: from Practice to Theory about the use of theories in analytic practice. As a member of the International Psychoanalytical Association (IPA) Conceptual Research Committee and Chair of the Working Party on Theoretical Issues the author who teaches at Nanterre University has studied and taught on the subject for several years as well as writing many articles on it. The book will be particularly useful for psychoanalytical and psychotherapeutic societies as well as for research committees. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781855755871

Puzzlers' TributeA Feast for the Mind This second collection of interesting mathematical puzzles continues the tribute to Martin Gardner who has provided us with original puzzles and puzzling stories ever since he created and produced the "Mathematical Games" column in Scientific American. The international community of puzzle enthusiasts has gathered once again to celebrate Martin Gardner's continued contribution and most fittingly has done so in kind by providing new challenges to our inquiring minds. We proudly present this collection to the mathemagicians of the world for their enjoyment as a playful provocation. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9780367447151

Puzzles Paradoxes and Problem SolvingAn Introduction to Mathematical Thinking A Classroom-Tested Alternative Approach to Teaching Math for Liberal Arts Puzzles Paradoxes and Problem Solving: An Introduction to Mathematical Thinking uses puzzles and paradoxes to introduce basic principles of mathematical thought. The text is designed for students in liberal arts mathematics courses. Decision-making situations that progress from recreational problems to important contemporary applications develop the critical-thinking skills of non-science and non-technical majors. The logical underpinnings of this textbook were developed and refined throughout many years of classroom feedback and in response to commentary from presentations at national conferences. The text’s five units focus on graphs logic probability voting and cryptography. The authors also cover related areas such as operations research game theory number theory combinatorics statistics and circuit design. The text uses a core set of common representations strategies and algorithms to analyze diverse games puzzles and applications. This unified treatment logically connects the topics with a recurring set of solution approaches. Requiring no mathematical prerequisites this book helps students explore creative mathematical thinking and enhance their own critical-thinking skills. Students will acquire quantitative literacy and appreciation of mathematics through the text’s unified approach and wide range of interesting applications. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482227536

Puzzles 101A PuzzleMasters Challenge This latest collection of puzzles from the internationally acclaimed puzzlemaster Nob Yoshigahara covers a wide variety of puzzles from physical to visual conceptual to mathematical. Solutions are provided in a separate section which will help novices get on the right track and will give seasoned aficionados a chance to check their work. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138442375

Puzzles and Epiphanies (Routledge Revivals)Essays and Reviews 1958-1961 This book first published in 1962 is a collection of twenty-four essays written by Frank Kermode between 1958 and early 1961 and are all concerned with criticism and fiction. Puzzles and Epiphanies: Essays and Reviews 1958-1961 includes essays on the works of James Joyce William Golding E. M. Forster and J. D. Salinger amongst many others. This book is ideal for students of literature. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138841468

Puzzles and Essays from 'The Exchange'Tricky Reference Questions Who said that? When did that happen? Where the heck does that thing come from? Was that French or what? What's that supposed to mean?For 35 years librarians in the United States and other countries sent puzzles they could not solve locally to “The Exchange ” a column for reference librarians appearing in RQ (and later RUSQ) the official journal of the Reference and User Services Division of the ALA. Other readers often furnished the answers--sometimes years or even decades later! Puzzles and Essays from “The Exchange” organizes those perplexing questions and answers into a reader-friendly reference format embellished with essays that appeared in the column over the last fifteen years of its publication.This unique collection of questions and answers that stumped librarians on four continents over a 35-year period comes complete with authoritative bibliographic citations. It also contains an extensive subject person and keyword index providing easy access to the material.Packed with fascinating information little-known trivia and hard-to-find facts Puzzles and Essays from “The Exchange” is a wonderful reference source answering difficult questions about: the origins of common--and not-so-common-customs like giving engagement rings driving on the right or left side of the road tying yellow ribbons around trees in memory of captives leg shaving visits from the “Tooth Fairy ” and much much more! the origins of words phrases and terms that don’t when taken literally make much sense the origins of popular sayings--The grass is always greener; The whole nine yards; It ain't over until the fat lady sings; Close but no cigar; Going down the tube; Light at the end of the tunnel; Katy bar the door; Goodbye cruel world; etc. the sources of famous quotations--both spurious and real! the sources of poetry fragments and bits of verse that have become part of the popular lexicon hard-to-find biographical information-from George Washington Carver's many uses for the peanut and the sweet potato to the name of Paul Revere's horse to the truth about the “let them eat cake” story attributed to Marie Antoinette trivia and miscellany--how lullabies began; why a yawn is contagious when a sneeze is not; what the names of the monkeys in The Wizard of Oz were; why pigeons bob their heads when they walk; what the vital statistics of the Venus de Milo are; and much more! the history of “The Exchange” itself!Puzzles and Essays from “The Exchange” will also challenge you with a list of so-far unanswered questions unidentified quotations and popular sayings whose origins are still generally unknown. Perhaps you’ll be the one to answer the riddles that stumped the editors and readers of “The Exchange!” Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864914

Puzzles of Government FormationCoalition Theory and Deviant Cases Understanding the formation of governments has always been central to political science. Traditionally this topic has been considered from a rational choice theory perspective and the empirical testing of these theories; however neither approach alone is able to explain a large proportion of actual coalition formations. This comparative volume brings together a rational choice theory perspective and the empirical testing of these theories to study government formation. It provides in-depth studies of government formations in Europe that cannot be accounted for by existing coalition theory in order to identify potential explanatory factors that have been neglected so far. These ‘coalition puzzles’ are reconstructed by country experts based on secondary sources newspaper accounts internal party documents and interviews in an effort to understand why particular governments were formed. In conclusion this book assesses whether new factors can be integrated into rational choice theories or whether these analyses point to the need for a different paradigm. This important volume will be of interest to students and scholars of political science European politics and comparative politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415359825

PV and the NEC Used throughout the United States and many other countries the National Electrical Code (NEC) is the world’s most detailed set of electrical codes pertaining to photovoltaic (PV) systems. PV and the NEC presents a straightforward explanation of the NEC in everyday language. This new edition is based on the 2020 NEC which will be used widely until 2026 with most of the interpretations and material staying true long after. This book interprets the distinct differences between previous versions of the NEC and the 2020 NEC and clarifies how these code changes relate specifically to PV installations. Written by two of the leading authorities and educators in the field this book will be a vital resource for solar professionals as well as anyone preparing for a solar certification exam. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367893514

PV Technical SalesPreparation for the NABCEP Technical Sales Certification NABCEP sets the standard for solar certifications in the United States and Canada. The NABCEP PV Technical Sales Certification shows customers friends and employers that you are knowledgeable and qualified to sell solar systems. If someone is selling solar they need to know what they are selling and how it is configured. Where will they connect the circuit breaker? Will the house need expensive modifications in order for a PV system to be installed? These are the questions that you as a NABCEP Technical Sales Certified solar salesperson will confidently answer. This book is full of practical information that anyone selling solar should know in order to properly serve their customers and to ethically represent the industry that is solving the world’s problems on the ground and rooftop level. This book will be of use to those taking the NABCEP PV Technical Sales Exam as well as anyone selling or planning to sell solar. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415713344

PvpA Critical Review of the Kinetics and Toxicology of Polyvinylpyrrolidone (Povidone) Polyvinylpyrrolidone is widely used in medicine pharmaceuticals cosmetics foods printing inks textiles and many more diverse applications. This book describes the 50 years of research published and unpublished on the absorption distribution storage and excretion of PVP. The toxicology of PVP is critically evaluated. The author's involvement in the recent reevaluation of PVP by the Joint Expert Committee on Food Additives of the World Health Organization (WHO) and the Food and Agriculture Organization (FOA) led them to undertake this comprehensive review of all the information on the subject. This book will be invaluable for anyone who is involved with polyvinylpyrrolidone. Included is a broad review of the toxicological studies performed on PVP including acute subchronic chronic reproductive mutagenicity and carcinogenicity studies. There is also an appendix listing the key studies with references on the absorption renal elimination distribution acute toxicity subchronic toxicity chronic toxicity teratogenicity mutagenicity and carcinogenicity of PVP. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367450830

Pygmalion and GalateaThe History of a Narrative in English Literature This title was published in 2001. Pygmalion and Galatea presents an account of the development of the Pygmalion story from its origins in early Greek myth until the twentieth century. It focuses on the use of the story in nineteenth-century British literature exploring gender issues the nature of artistic creativity and the morality of Greek art. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138728783

Pynchon and HistoryMetahistorical Rhetoric and Postmodern Narrative Form in the Novels of Thomas Pynchon First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203959329

Pynchon and the Political Thomas Pynchon's writing has been widely regarded as an exemplary form of postmodern fiction. It is characterized as genre-defying and enigmatic as a series of complex and esoteric language games. This study attempts to demonstrate however that an oblique yet compelling sense of the "political" Pynchon disappers all too easily under the mantle of postmodernity. Innovative and unsettling discussions of freedom war labor poverty community democracy and totalitarianism are passed over in favor of constrictive scientific metaphors and theoretical play. Against this current this study analyzes Pynchon's fiction in terms of its radical dimension showing how it points to new directions in the relationship between the political and the aesthetic. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415809146

Pyrite Oxidation and Its Control Pyrite Oxidation and its Control is the single available text on the market that presents the latest findings on pyrite oxidation and acid mine drainage (AMD). This new information is an indispensable reference for generating new concepts and technologies for controlling pyrite oxidation.This book focuses on pyrite oxidation theory experimental findings on oxidation mechanisms as well as applications and limitations of amelioration technologies. The text also includes discussions on the theory and potential application of novel pyrite microencapsulation technologies for controlling pyrite oxidation currently under investigation in the author's laboratory. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780203741641

Pyruvate Carboxylase This book is a welcome source of information on this enzyme which is vitally important to many forms of life. Each chapter or section of each volume is not written primarily for those specializing in that narrow area but rather to provide a coherent and integrated summary of that aspect got those working on other quite different facets of the same enzyme. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315897042

PythiumDiagnosis Diseases and Management Pythium is one of the most important phytopathogens causing significant damage to agriculture forest and nurseries etc. It is an unseen enemy of the root zone of various plants and hence considered as "hidden terror" for a number of plants. An accurate diagnosis and identification of Pythium causing various infections in plants is very important because it is often confused with several other fungi. Pythium infections are difficult to control once they have set in. Therefore its effective and ecofriendly management is of paramount importance. In addition there are many reports on Pythium causing infections in human beings and animals. The present book on Pythium focuses on various aspects which mainly include pathogenesis technological developments in detection and diagnosis and its management. Key Features Includes identification of Pythium spp. by traditional and molecular methods Deals with different diseases caused by Pythium spp Describes the role of Pythium in mammalian diseases Incorporates various management strategies Discusses emerging role of nanotechnological tools for the management of Pythium diseases Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367259419

Python for Bioinformatics In today's data driven biology programming knowledge is essential in turning ideas into testable hypothesis. Based on the author’s extensive experience Python for Bioinformatics Second Edition helps biologists get to grips with the basics of software development. Requiring no prior knowledge of programming-related concepts the book focuses on the easy-to-use yet powerful Python computer language. This new edition is updated throughout to Python 3 and is designed not just to help scientists master the basics but to do more in less time and in a reproducible way. New developments added in this edition include NoSQL databases the Anaconda Python distribution graphical libraries like Bokeh and the use of Github for collaborative development. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138035263

Python for Experimental Psychologists Programming is an important part of experimental psychology and cognitive neuroscience and Python is an ideal language for novices. It sports a very readable syntax intuitive variable management and a very large body of functionality that ranges from simple arithmetic to complex computing. Python for Experimental Psychologists provides researchers without prior programming experience with the knowledge they need to independently script experiments and analyses in Python. The skills it offers include: how to display stimuli on a computer screen; how to get input from peripherals (e.g. keyboard mouse) and specialised equipment (e.g. eye trackers); how to log data; and how to control timing. In addition it shows readers the basic principles of data analysis applied to behavioural data and the more advanced techniques required to analyse trace data (e.g. pupil size) and gaze data. Written informally and accessibly the book deliberately focuses on the parts of Python that are relevant to experimental psychologists and cognitive neuroscientists. It is also supported by a companion website where you will find colour versions of the figures along with example stimuli datasets and scripts and a portable Windows installation of Python. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138671577

Q&A Business Law You’ve planned your revision and you know your subject inside out! But how do you apply what you have learned to get the best marks in the examination room? Routledge Q&As give you the ideal opportunity to practice and refine your exam technique helping you to apply your knowledge most effectively in an exam situation. Each book contains approximately fifty essay and problem-based questions on topics commonly found on exam papers complete with answer plans and fully worked model answers. Our authors have also highlighted common mistakes as well as offering you tips to achieve the very best marks. What’s more Routledge Q&As are written by lecturers who are also examiners giving you an exclusive insight into exactly what examiners are looking for in an answer. New editions for 2012-2013 include: • An introduction with essay-writing and exam preparation advice written specifically to address the unique demands of the subject under consideration. • â€˜Aim Higher’ text boxes offering tips and advice to help those students aiming for top marks to go the extra mile.　 • â€˜Common Pitfalls’ text boxes showing where students often trip up or highlighting areas of potential confusion to help students avoid making some of these common mistakes.　 • Key cases and legislation highlighted within the text for ease of reference. • Boxed answer plans after each question outlining the major points students should be aiming to convey in their answer. • Books in the series are also supported by a companion website offering online essay-writing tutorials podcasts bonus Q&As and multiple-choice questions to help you focus your revision more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415688420

Q&A Civil Liberties & Human Rights 2013-2014 Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains up to fifty essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers. These new editions for 2013-2014 will provide you with the skills you need for your exams by: Helping you to be prepared: each title in the series has an introduction presenting carefully tailored advice on how to approach assessment for your subject Showing you what examiners are looking for: each question is annotated with both a short overview on how to approach your answer as well as footnoted commentary that demonstrate how model 　answers meet marking criteria Offering pointers on how to gain marks as well as what common errors could lose them: ‘Aim Higher’ and ‘Common Pitfalls’ offer crucial guidance throughout Helping you to understand and remember the law: diagrams for each answer work to illuminate difficult legal principles and provide overviews of how model answers are structured Books in the series are also supported by a Companion Website that offers online essay-writing tutorials podcasts bonus Q&As and multiple-choice questions to help you focus your revision more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415633659

Q&A Commercial Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in assessment. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and model answers that help you to: Plan your revision and know what examiners are looking for: Introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Identifying and explaining the main elements of each question and providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Understand and remember the law: Using memorable diagram overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together and how best to structure your answer Gain marks and understand areas of debate: Providing revision tips and advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Highlighting areas that are contentious and on which you will need to form an opinion Avoid common errors: Identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment The series is supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138854871

Q&A Company Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in assessment. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and model answers that help you to: Plan your revision and know what examiners are looking for: Introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Identifying and explaining the main elements of each question and providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Understand and remember the law: Using memorable diagram overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together and how best to structure your answer Gain marks and understand areas of debate Providing revision tips and advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Highlighting areas that are contentious and on which you will need to form an opinion Avoid common errors: Identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment The series is supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138832909

Q&A Contract Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers that help you to: Plan your revision:　 introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Know what examiners are looking for:　 identifying and explaining the main elements of each question to help you understand the best approach providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Gain marks and avoid common errors:　 identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment providing revision advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Understand and remember the law: using diagrams as overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together The series is also supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. www.routledge.com/cw/revision Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138779075

Q&A Criminal Law Routledge QandAs give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains up to fifty essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers. These books provide you with the skills you need for your exams by: Helping you to be prepared: each title in the series has an introduction presenting carefully tailored advice on how to approach assessment for your subject Showing you what examiners are looking for: each question is annotated with both a short overview on how to approach your answer as well as footnoted commentary that demonstrate how model answers meet marking criteria Offering pointers on how to gain marks as well as what common errors could lose them:Aim Higher andCommon Pitfalls offer crucial guidance throughout Helping you to understand and remember the law: diagrams for each answer work to illuminate difficult legal principles and provide overviews of how model answers are structured Books in the series are also supported by a Companion Website that offers online essay-writing tutorials podcasts bonus QandAs and multiple-choice questions to help you focus your revision more effectively. Criminal Law QandA covers the general principles of criminal law homicide non-fatal offences against the person and sexual offences general defences modes of participation inchoate offences and vicarious liability and offences against property. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138415478

Q&A Employment Law 2013-2014 Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains up to fifty essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers. These new editions for 2013-2014 will provide you with the skills you need for your exams by: Helping you to be prepared: each title in the series has an introduction presenting carefully tailored advice on how to approach assessment for your subject Showing you what examiners are looking for: each question is annotated with both a short overview on how to approach your answer as well as footnoted commentary that demonstrate how model 　answers meet marking criteria Offering pointers on how to gain marks as well as what common errors could lose them: ‘Aim Higher’ and ‘Common Pitfalls’ offer crucial guidance throughout Helping you to understand and remember the law: diagrams for each answer work to illuminate difficult legal principles and provide overviews of how model answers are structured Books in the series are also supported by a Companion Website that offers online essay-writing tutorials podcasts bonus Q&As and multiple-choice questions to help you focus your revision more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415695077

Q&A English Legal System You’ve planned your revision and you know your subject inside out! But how do you apply what you have learned to get the best marks in the examination room? Routledge Q&As give you the ideal opportunity to practice and refine your exam technique helping you to apply your knowledge most effectively in an exam situation. Each book contains approximately fifty essay and problem-based questions on topics commonly found on exam papers complete with answer plans and fully worked model answers. Our authors have also highlighted common mistakes as well as offering you tips to achieve the very best marks. What’s more Routledge Q&As are written by lecturers who are also examiners giving you an exclusive insight into exactly what examiners are looking for in an answer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138778696

Q&A Equity & Trusts Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers that help you to: Plan your revision:　 introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Know what examiners are looking for:　 identifying and explaining the main elements of each question to help you understand the best approach providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Gain marks and avoid common errors:　 identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment providing revision advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Understand and remember the law: using diagrams as overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together The series is also supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. www.routledge.com/cw/revision Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780071

Q&A European Union Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains up to fifty essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers. These books provide you with the skills you need for your exams by: Helping you to be prepared: each title in the series has an introduction presenting carefully tailored advice on how to approach assessment for your subject Showing you what examiners are looking for: each question is annotated with both a short overview on how to approach your answer as well as footnoted commentary that demonstrate how model answers meet marking criteria Offering pointers on how to gain marks as well as what common errors could lose them: ‘Aim Higher’ and ‘Common Pitfalls’ offer crucial guidance throughout Helping you to understand and remember the law: diagrams for each answer work to illuminate difficult legal principles and provide overviews of how model answers are structured Books in the series are also supported by a Companion Website that offers online essay-writing tutorials podcasts bonus Q&As and multiple-choice questions to help you focus your revision more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138783911

Q&A Evidence Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in assessment. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and model answers that help you to: Plan your revision and know what examiners are looking for: Introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Identifying and explaining the main elements of each question and providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Understand and remember the law: Using memorable diagram overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together and how best to structure your answer Gain marks and understand areas of debate: Providing revision tips and advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Highlighting areas that are contentious and on which you will need to form an opinion Avoid common errors: Identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment The series is supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829596

Q&A Family Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in assessment. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and model answers that help you to: Plan your revision and know what examiners are looking for: Introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Identifying and explaining the main elements of each question and providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Understand and remember the law: Using memorable diagram overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together and how best to structure your answer Gain marks and understand areas of debate: Providing revision tips and advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Highlighting areas that are contentious and on which you will need to form an opinion Avoid common errors: Identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment The series is supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138829589

Q&A Intellectual Property Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in assessment. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and model answers that help you to: Plan your revision and know what examiners are looking for: Introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Identifying and explaining the main elements of each question and providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Understand and remember the law: Using memorable diagram overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together and how best to structure your answer Gain marks and understand areas of debate: Providing revision tips and advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Highlighting areas that are contentious and on which you will need to form an opinion Avoid common errors: Identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment The series is supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831001

Q&A Jurisprudence Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in assessment. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and model answers that help you to: Plan your revision and know what examiners are looking for: Introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Identifying and explaining the main elements of each question and providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Understand and remember the law: Using memorable diagram overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together and how best to structure your answer Gain marks and understand areas of debate: Providing revision tips and advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Highlighting areas that are contentious and on which you will need to form an opinion Avoid common errors: Identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment The series is supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138833685

Q&A Land Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains up to fifty essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers. These books provide you with the skills you need for your exams by: Helping you to be prepared: each title in the series has an introduction presenting carefully tailored advice on how to approach assessment for your subject Showing you what examiners are looking for: each question is annotated with both a short overview on how to approach your answer as well as footnoted commentary that demonstrate how model answers meet marking criteria Offering pointers on how to gain marks as well as what common errors could lose them: ‘Aim Higher’ and ‘Common Pitfalls’ offer crucial guidance throughout Helping you to understand and remember the law: diagrams for each answer work to illuminate difficult legal principles and provide overviews of how model answers are structured Books in the series are also supported by a Companion Website that offers online essay-writing tutorials podcasts bonus Q&As and multiple-choice questions to help you focus your revision more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138782303

Q&A Medical Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in assessment. Each book contains essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and model answers that help you to: Plan your revision and know what examiners are looking for: Introducing how best to approach revision in each subject Identifying and explaining the main elements of each question and providing marker annotation to show how examiners will read your answer Understand and remember the law: Using memorable diagram overviews for each answer to demonstrate how the law fits together and how best to structure your answer Gain marks and understand areas of debate: Providing revision tips and advice to help you aim higher in essays and exams Highlighting areas that are contentious and on which you will need to form an opinion Avoid common errors: Identifying common pitfalls students encounter in class and in assessment The series is supported by an online resource that allows you to test your progress during the run-up to exams. Features include: multiple choice questions bonus Q&As and podcasts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138831018

Q&A Public Law Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains up to fifty essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers. These books provide you with the skills you need for your exams by: Helping you to be prepared: each title in the series has an introduction presenting carefully tailored advice on how to approach assessment for your subject Showing you what examiners are looking for: each question is annotated with both a short overview on how to approach your answer as well as footnoted commentary that demonstrate how model answers meet marking criteria Offering pointers on how to gain marks as well as what common errors could lose them: ‘Aim Higher’ and ‘Common Pitfalls’ offer crucial guidance throughout Helping you to understand and remember the law: diagrams for each answer work to illuminate difficult legal principles and provide overviews of how model answers are structured Books in the series are also supported by a Companion Website that offers online essay-writing tutorials podcasts bonus Q&As and multiple-choice questions to help you focus your revision more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138787407

Q&A Torts Routledge Q&As give you the tools to practice and refine your exam technique showing you how to apply your knowledge to maximum effect in an exam situation. Each book contains up to fifty essay and problem-based questions on the most commonly examined topics complete with expert guidance and fully worked model answers. These books provide you with the skills you need for your exams by: Helping you to be prepared: each title in the series has an introduction presenting carefully tailored advice on how to approach assessment for your subject Showing you what examiners are looking for: each question is annotated with both a short overview on how to approach your answer as well as footnoted commentary that demonstrate how model answers meet marking criteria Offering pointers on how to gain marks as well as what common errors could lose them: ‘Aim Higher’ and ‘Common Pitfalls’ offer crucial guidance throughout Helping you to understand and remember the law: diagrams for each answer work to illuminate difficult legal principles and provide overviews of how model answers are structured Books in the series are also supported by a Companion Website that offers online essay-writing tutorials podcasts bonus Q&As and multiple-choice questions to help you focus your revision more effectively. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138780217

Qaidu and the Rise of the Independent Mongol State In Central Asia Qaidu (1236-1301) one of the great rebels in the history of the Mongol Empire was the grandson of Ogedei the son Genghis Khan had chosen to be his heir. This boof recounts the dynastic convolutions and power struggle leading up to his rebellion and subsequent events. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984301

QatarDevelopment of an Oil Economy No region in the world has seen so much development activity in the last ten years as the Gulf area. Since ‘black gold’ catapulted the oil-producing countries into the limelight of the international political and economic scene there has been a proliferation of studies on the larger exporting states. However many of the so-called ‘small countries’ have been neglected in this exercise. This book presents the first detailed examination of the bases and extent of economic development in Qatar and considers the need to translate the petroleum-generated growth into viable self-sustained development. Qatar though not one of the oil ‘giants’ was first in the field of oil development and exhibits a number of special features not shared by its Gulf neighbours: for example in pre-oil boom days it was already in advance of many other Gulf states in the field of education; it has a modest agriculture sector and there is a comparatively strong attachment to the land; and finally it has played an important role in OPEC as a member of the ‘moderate price’ camp. The individual chapters trace the development of the oil industry outline public financing and economic policy and sketch the issues involved in industrialisation absorptive capacity and agricultural development. Examination is made of the social and physical infrastructure as well as money and banking and the international linkages in trade foreign aid economic cooperation efforts and investment opportunities are elucidated. Planners in Qatar know that their revenue base in petroleum is finite and thus investment of present surplus needs careful planning. The book therefore also outlines current government priorities and suggests areas for future investments. First published in 1979. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138820296

Qiaoxiang Ties First Published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984318

QLab 4Projects in Video Audio and Lighting Control Used from Broadway to Britain's West End QLab software is the tool of choice for many of the world's most prominent sound projection and integrated media designers.　QLab 4: Projects in Video Audio and Lighting Control is a project-based book on QLab software covering sound video lighting and show control. With information on audio video and lighting system basics and the more advanced functions of QLab such as show control network capabilities projection mapping video effects and cue cart integration each chapter's specific projects will allow you to learn the software's capabilities at your own pace. In addition to the text a companion website hosts project files instructional videos and more. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036413

Q-LoopThe Art & Science of Lasting Corporate Change The business environment has never been more fast-paced and competitive. Survival let alone success depends on an organization's ability to recognize possibilities innovate implement change and sustain that transformation. Yet a paradox exists. How does an established organization filled with long-time employees a deeply entrenched culture and a history of drawn-out planning and development cycles become nimble innovative and responsive? In The Q-Loop Brian Klapper reveals the "art and science" of lasting transformation based on a proven repeatable model. Learn how to unlock the potential of your organization's collective intelligence to create buy-in from top to bottom. The Q-Loop extracts the deep knowledge that resides with front line employees breaks down their inherent resistance to change and converts them into passionate advocates who are fully invested in leading the organization to achieve transformational results Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781937134525

QSAR and SPECTRAL-SAR in Computational Ecotoxicology QSAR and SPECTRAL-SAR in Computational Ecotoxicology presents a collection of studies based on the epistemological bulk data-information-knowledge of the chemicals used in green chemistry. It assesses a specific model of pattern characterization of concerned active substances at the bio- eco- and pharmacologic levels through unitary formulation of the effector-receptor binding degree potential including the logistic type by employing a computational algebraic quantitative structure-activity relationship (QSAR) model called SPECTRAL-SAR. It aims to minimize the residual recorded activities in the experiments that study the enzymic ionic liquid antagonists and allosteric inhibition interactions. The book covers: The classic QSAR approach The new SPECTRAL-SAR approach How to draw SPECTRAL-SAR maps for predicting ecotoxicological mechanisms for a given series of toxicants and single or multi-species in an open system Biological activity as related to chemical reactivity through associate descriptors This book will be very useful in advanced courses on computational ecotoxicology drug design and interaction methods in quantum and computational chemistry chemical molding chemical bonding and others. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895130

Quadratic IrrationalsAn Introduction to Classical Number Theory Quadratic Irrationals: An Introduction to Classical Number Theory gives a unified treatment of the classical theory of quadratic irrationals. Presenting the material in a modern and elementary algebraic setting the author focuses on equivalence continued fractions quadratic characters quadratic orders binary quadratic forms and class groups. The book highlights the connection between Gauss’s theory of binary forms and the arithmetic of quadratic orders. It collects essential results of the theory that have previously been difficult to access and scattered in the literature including binary quadratic Diophantine equations and explicit continued fractions biquadratic class group characters the divisibility of class numbers by 16 F. Mertens’ proof of Gauss’s duplication theorem and a theory of binary quadratic forms that departs from the restriction to fundamental discriminants. The book also proves Dirichlet’s theorem on primes in arithmetic progressions covers Dirichlet’s class number formula and shows that every primitive binary quadratic form represents infinitely many primes. The necessary fundamentals on algebra and elementary number theory are given in an appendix. Research on number theory has produced a wealth of interesting and beautiful results yet topics are strewn throughout the literature the notation is far from being standardized and a unifying approach to the different aspects is lacking. Covering both classical and recent results this book unifies the theory of continued fractions quadratic orders binary quadratic forms and class groups based on the concept of a quadratic irrational. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781466591837

Quadratic Programming with Computer Programs Quadratic programming is a mathematical technique that allows for the optimization of a quadratic function in several variables. QP is a subset of Operations Research and is the next higher lever of sophistication than Linear Programming. It is a key mathematical tool in Portfolio Optimization and structural plasticity. This is useful in Civil Engineering as well as Statistics. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498735759

Quadratics The first thing you will find out about this book is that it is fun to read. It is meant for the browser as well as for the student and for the specialist wanting to know about the area. The footnotes give an historical background to the text in addition to providing deeper applications of the concept that is being cited. This allows the browser to look more deeply into the history or to pursue a given sideline. Those who are only marginally interested in the area will be able to read the text pick up information easily and be entertained at the same time by the historical and philosophical digressions. It is rich in structure and motivation in its concentration upon quadratic orders.This is not a book that is primarily about tables although there are 80 pages of appendices that contain extensive tabular material (class numbers of real and complex quadratic fields up to 104; class group structures; fundamental units of real quadratic fields; and more!). This book is primarily a reference book and graduate student text with more than 200 exercises and a great deal of hints! The motivation for the text is best given by a quote from the Preface of Quadratics: "There can be no stronger motivation in mathematical inquiry than the search for truth and beauty. It is this author's long-standing conviction that number theory has the best of both of these worlds. In particular algebraic and computational number theory have reached a stage where the current state of affairs richly deserves a proper elucidation. It is this author's goal to attempt to shine the best possible light on the subject." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367401528

Quagga and Zebra MusselsBiology Impacts and Control Second Edition The introduction and rapid spread of two Eurasian mussel species Dreissena polymorpha (zebra mussel) and Dreissena rostriformis bugensis (quagga mussel) in waters of North America has caused great concern among industrial and recreational water users. These invasive species can create substantial problems for raw water users such as water treatment facilities and power plants and they can have other negative impacts by altering aquatic environments. In the 20 years since the first edition of this book was published zebra mussels have continued to spread and quagga mussels have become the greater threat in the Great Lakes in deep regions of large lakes and in the southwestern Unites States. Quagga mussels have also expanded greatly in eastern and western Europe since the first book edition was published.Quagga and Zebra Mussels: Biology Impacts and Control Second Edition provides a broad view of the zebra/quagga mussel issue offering a historic perspective and up-to-date information on mussel research. Comprising 48 chapters this second edition includes reviews of mussel morphology physiology and behavior. It details mussel distribution and spread in Europe and across North America and examines policy and regulatory responses management strategies and mitigation efforts.In addition this book provides extensive coverage of the impact of invasive mussel species on freshwater ecosystems including effects on water clarity phytoplankton water quality food web changes and consequences to other aquatic fauna. It also reviews and offers new insights on how zebra and quagga mussels respond and adapt to varying environmental conditions. This new edition includes seven video clips that complement chapter text and through visual documentation provide a greater understanding of mussel behavior and distribution. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439854365

Quaker Business ManThe Life of Joseph Rowntree First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138879768

Quaker Lloyds in the Industrial Revolution First Published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138865136

Quaker WomenPersonal Life Memory and Radicalism in the Lives of Women Friends 1780–1930 One nineteenth-century commentator noted the ‘public’ character of Quaker women as signalling a new era in female history. This study examines such claims through the story of middle-class women Friends from among the kinship circle created by the marriage in 1839 of Elizabeth Priestman and the future radical Quaker statesman John Bright. The lives discussed here cover a period from the late eighteenth to the early twentieth centuries and include several women Friends active in radical politics and the women’s movement in the service of which they were able to mobilise extensive national and international networks. They also created and preserved a substantial archive of private papers comprising letters and diaries full of humour and darkness the spiritual and the mundane family confidences and public debate the daily round and affairs of state. The discovery of such a collection makes it possible to examine the relationship between the personal and public lives of these women Friends explored through a number of topics including the nature of Quaker domestic and church cultures; the significance of kinship and church membership for the building of extensive Quaker networks; the relationship between Quaker religious values and women’s participation in civil society and radical politics and the women’s rights movement. There are also fresh perspectives on the political career of John Bright provided by his fond but frank women kin. This new study is a must read for all those interested in the history of women religion and politics. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203603536

Quakering TheologyEssays on Worship Tradition and Christian Faith Quakers exist neither for themselves nor by themselves alone. Therefore they ought not to construct Quaker theologies but rather quaker (verb) theology-to add their fingerprints to the larger conversation. David Johns contributes to a Quaker way of thinking theologically but also invites others to think through their denominational identities into a more expansive and ecumenical space. Placing contemporary Quaker thought in conversation with the wider theological tradition Johns shows that Quakers have something important to contribute to the wider Christian family and he demonstrates how other groups may enter this conversation as well. Some themes explored may not spring immediately to mind as ’Quaker themes’-the saints C.S. Lewis sacraments ritual and Shakespeare-but Johns argues these are precisely the kind of issues that require Quaker fingerprints-that require quakering. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138267169

Quakerism: The Basics Quakerism: The Basics is an accessible and engaging introduction to the history and diverse approaches and ideas associated with the Religious Society of Friends. This small religion incorporates a wide geographic spread and varied beliefs that range from evangelical Christians to non-theists. Topics covered include: Quaker values in action The first generations of Quakerism Quakerism in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries Belief and activism Worship and practice Quakerism around the world The future of Quakerism. With helpful features including suggested readings timelines a glossary and a guide to Quakers in fiction this book is an ideal starting point for students and scholars approaching Quakerism for the first time as well as those interested in deepening their understanding. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367191627

Quakers and Their Allies in the Abolitionist Cause 1754-1808 This volume explores the significant connections between the Quaker community and the abolitionist cause in America. The case studies that make up the collection mainly focus on the greater Philadelphia area a hotbed of the abolitionist movement and the location of the first American abolition society founded in 1775. Despite the importance of Quakers to the abolitionist movement their significance has been largely overlooked in the existing historiography. These studies will be of interest to scholars of slavery and abolition religious history Atlantic studies and American social and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138058651

Qualifying Associatns Ils 161 First published in 1998. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415863605

Qualitative Analysis Offering a detailed introduction to the practice of data analysis this book is both user-friendly and theoretically grounded. Drawing on his extensive experience of qualitative research Douglas Ezzy reviews approaches to data analysis in established research traditions including ethnography phenomenology and symbolic interactionism alongside the newer approaches informed by cultural studies and feminism. He explains the difference between inductive deductive and abductive theory building provides a guide to computer-assisted analysis and outlines techniques such as journal writing team meetings and participant reviews.This text is one of the first to treat computer assisted data analysis as an integral part of qualitative research. Exceptionally well written this is a valuable reference for research students and professional researchers in the social sciences and health. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315015484

Qualitative Analysis for Planning & PolicyBeyond the Numbers The revised and updated second edition of Qualitative Analysis for Planning & Policy is a roadmap to help planners access qualitative data and integrate it into their planning investigations. Planning and policy decisions are not based solely on numbers and this book equips planners with a how-to guide to see what has been missing "between the lines" of quantitative data and make good decisions using the best possible information. Each chapter offers step-by-step instruction on how to set up and enact diverse types of qualitative research and case studies demonstrate how qualitative research techniques can be combined with quantitative methods to tackle complex real-world projects. For over a decade Qualitative Analysis for Planning & Policy has been an indispensable resource for students and researchers experienced and novice planners. The revised second edition offers myriad tools to help twenty-first-century planners make intelligent decisions including new qualitative research techniques technological innovations and contemporary case studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367258504

Qualitative Analysis for Planning & PolicyBeyond the Numbers This book explains how to use and adapt these techniques and how to integrate these methods with more traditional qualitative research. Chapters offer step-by-step guidance to setting up various kinds of qualitative research projects collecting data organizing data and analyzing data. Case studies show how a mix of qualitative and quantitative r Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367330033

Qualitative Analysis in the Making How do scholars transform qualitative data into analysis? What does making analysis imply? What happens in the space in-between data and finalized analysis is notoriously difficult to talk about. In other parts of the research process scholars and students are aided by method books that describe the technicalities of generating processing and sorting through data handbooks that teach academic writing and scholarly works that offer meta-level theoretical perspectives. Yet the path from qualitative data to analysis remains ‘a black box.’ Qualitative Analysis in the Making ventures into this black box. The volume provides a means of speaking about how analyses emerge in the Humanities. Contributors from disciplines such as anthropology history and sociology of religion all employ an analytical double take. They revisit one of their analyses analyzing how this particular analysis came into being. Such analyses of an analysis are neither confessions nor step-by-step recounts of what happened. Rather the volume argues that speaking of the space in-between requires analytical displacement and the employment of fresh analytical takes. This approach contributes to demystifying the path from qualitative data to finalized analysis. It invites novel epistemological reflections among scholars and assists students in improving their analytical skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600112

Qualitative Analysis Using ATLAS.ti NVivo and MAXQDAThe Five-Level QDA™ Method Software is cut-and-dried – every button you press has a predictable effect – but qualitative analysis is open-ended and unfolds in unpredictable ways. This contradiction is best resolved by separating analytic strategies – what you plan to do – from software tactics – how you plan to do it. The Five-Level QDA® method unpacks the process so that you can learn it consciously and efficiently. In this three-volume set covering ATLAS.ti NVivo and MAXQDA authors Nicholas Woolf and Christina Silver provide a comprehensive guide to qualitative data analysis using popular software packages. The first part of each book explains how the contradiction between analytic strategies and software tactics is reconciled by "translating" between them. The second part provides both an in-depth description of how the package works and comprehensive instruction in the five steps of "translation". these steps are illustrated with examples from a variety of research projects. The third part contains real-world qualitative research projects from a variety of disciplines methodologies and kinds of qualitative analysis all illustrated in the software package using the Five-Level QDA method. Each book is accompanied by three sets of video demonstrations on the Companion Website: https://www.qdaservices.co.uk/five-level-qda Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138106673

Qualitative Analysis Using ATLAS.tiThe Five-Level QDA™ Method Software is cut-and-dried – every button you press has a predictable effect – but qualitative analysis is open-ended and unfolds in unpredictable ways. This contradiction is best resolved by separating analytic strategies – what you plan to do – from software tactics – how you plan to do it. Expert ATLAS.ti users have unconsciously learned to do this. The Five-Level QDA® method unpacks the process so that you can learn it consciously and efficiently. The first part of the book explains how the contradiction between analytic strategies and software tactics is reconciled by "translating" between them. The second part provides both an in-depth description of how ATLAS.ti works and comprehensive instruction in the five steps of "translation". these steps are illustrated with examples from a variety of research projects. The third part contains real-world qualitative research projects from a variety of disciplines methodologies and kinds of qualitative analysis all illustrated in ATLAS.ti using the Five-Level QDA method. The book is accompanied by three sets of videos demonstrations on the Companion Website. While this book uses screenshots from the current ATLAS.ti Version 8 it is still fully applicable to users of older versions. The book and accompanying videos illustrate the Windows version of ATLAS.ti. As there are some differences in screen and interface design between the Mac and Windows versions please watch the video 'The ATLAS.ti Mac Interface' in the Component Orientation series of videos (available September 2017) The Five-Level QDA method is based on the authors’ combined 40 years of experience teaching ATLAS.ti and other software packages used as platforms for conducting qualitative analysis. After many years observing their students’ challenges they developed the Five-Level QDA method to describe the process that long-time ATLAS.ti experts unconsciously adopt. The Five-Level QDA method is independent of software program or methodology and the principles apply to any type of qualitative project. Please see the following URL to access the accompanying materials for this book: https://www.qdaservices.co.uk/five-level-qda Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743656

Qualitative Analysis Using MAXQDAThe Five-Level QDA™ Method Software is cut-and-dried – every button you press has a predictable effect – but qualitative analysis is open-ended and unfolds in unpredictable ways. This contradiction is best resolved by separating analytic strategies – what you plan to do – from software tactics – how you plan to do it. Expert MAXQDA users have unconsciously learned to do this. The Five-Level QDA® method unpacks the process so that you can learn it consciously and efficiently. The first part of the book explains how the contradiction between analytic strategies and software tactics is reconciled by "translating" between them. The second part provides both an in-depth description of how MAXQDA works and comprehensive instruction in the five steps of "translation". These steps are illustrated with examples from a variety of research projects. The third part contains real-world qualitative research projects from a variety of disciplines methodologies and kinds of qualitative analysis all illustrated in MAXQDA using the Five-Level QDA method. The book is accompanied by three sets of video demonstrations on the Companion Website. The functionality and interface design of MAXQDA for Windows and Mac are identical. The Five-Level QDA method learned from this book is therefore the same whether you are working on a Mac or Windows computer. The Five-Level QDA method is based on the authors’ combined 40 years of experience teaching MAXQDA and other software packages used as platforms for conducting qualitative analysis. After many years observing their students’ challenges they developed the Five-Level QDA method to describe the process that long-time MAXQDA experts unconsciously adopt. The Five-Level QDA method is independent of software program or methodology and the principles apply to any type of qualitative project. Please see the following URL to access the accompanying materials for this book: https://www.qdaservices.co.uk/five-level-qda Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286191

Qualitative Analysis Using NVivoThe Five-Level QDA® Method Software is cut and dried – every button you press has a predictable effect – but qualitative analysis is open ended and unfolds in unpredictable ways. This contradiction is best resolved by separating analytic strategies – what you plan to do – from software tactics – how you plan to do it. Expert NVivo users have unconsciously learned to do this. The Five-Level QDA® method unpacks the process so that you can learn it consciously and efficiently. The first part of the book explains how the contradiction between analytic strategies and software tactics is reconciled by "translating" between them. The second part provides both an in-depth description of how NVivo works and comprehensive instruction in the five steps of "translation". These steps are illustrated with examples from a variety of research projects. The third part contains real-world qualitative research projects from a variety of disciplines methodologies and kinds of qualitative analysis all illustrated in NVivo using the Five-Level QDA method. The book is accompanied by three sets of video demonstrations on the companion website. The book and accompanying videos illustrate the Windows version of NVivo. As there are some differences in screen and interface design between the Mac and Windows versions please watch the video 'The NVivo Mac Interface' in the Component Orientation series of videos (available on the companion website). The Five-Level QDA method is based on the authors’ combined 40 years of experience teaching NVivo and other software packages used as platforms for conducting qualitative analysis. After many years observing their students’ challenges they developed the Five-Level QDA method to describe the process that long-time NVivo experts unconsciously adopt. The Five-Level QDA method is independent of software program or methodology and the principles apply to any type of qualitative project. Please see the following URL to access the accompanying materials for this book: https://www.qdaservices.co.uk/five-level-qda Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138743670

Qualitative Computing: Using Software for Qualitative Data Analysis As qualitative researchers incorporate computer assistance into their analytic approaches important questions arise about the adoption of new technology. Is it worth learning computer-assisted methods? Will the pay-off be sufficient to justify the investment? Which programs are worth learning? What are the effects on the analysis process? This book complements the existing literature by giving a detailed account of the use of four major programs in analyzing the same data. Priority is given to the tasks of qualitative analysis rather than to program capability and the programs are treated as tools rather than as a discipline to be acquired. The key is not what the programs allow researcher to do but whether the tasks that researchers need to undertake are facilitated by the software. Thus the study develops a user-centred approach to the adoption of computer-assisted qualitative data analysis. The author emphasises qualitative analysis as a creative craft but one which must increasingly be subject to rigorous methodological scrutiny. The adoption of computer-aided methods offers opportunities but also dangers and ultimately this book is about the scientific qualitative research. Written in a distinctive and succinct style this book will be valuable to social science researchers and students interested in qualitative research and in the potential for computer-assisted analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138279230

Qualitative Data AnalysisA User Friendly Guide for Social Scientists First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147362

Qualitative Educational Research in Developing CountriesCurrent Perspectives First published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315889191

Qualitative Estimates For Partial Differential EquationsAn Introduction Qualitative Estimates For Partial Differential Equations: An Introduction describes an approach to the use of partial differential equations (PDEs) arising in the modelling of physical phenomena. It treats a wide range of differential inequality techniques applicable to problems arising in engineering and the natural sciences including fluid and solid mechanics physics dynamics biology and chemistry. The book begins with an elementary discussion of the fundamental principles of differential inequality techniques for PDEs arising in the solution of physical problems and then shows how these are used in research.Qualitative Estimates For Partial Differential Equations: An Introduction is an ideal book for students professors lecturers and researchers who need a comprehensive introduction to qualitative methods for PDEs arising in engineering and the natural sciences. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367448790

Qualitative Ethics in Practice Neither ethics committees nor qualitative researchers can predict the types of ethical dilemmas that will happen in the field only that they will routinely occur. In Qualitative Ethics in Practice a team of fifteen top researchers from various disciplines and nationalities offer ethical strategies unique to qualitative researchers for those "big ethical moments" beyond what can be predicted by ethics committees. Ideally structured for qualitative classes that tackle ethics issues the book -calls for an ethical code unique to the practice of qualitative research; -uses a variety of cases from education community development tourism family and other settings to examine how researchers addressed ethical dilemmas in practice including the infamous Belfast Project; -highlights some relevant models and programs being developed that may lead to solutions.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629581675

Qualitative Health ResearchCreating a New Discipline The leading figure in qualitative health research (QHR) Janice M. Morse asserts that QHR is its own separate discipline—distinct from both traditional health research and other kinds of qualitative research—and examines the implications of this position for theory research and practice. She contends that the health care environments transform many of the traditional norms of qualitative research and shape a new and different kind of research tradition. Similarly the humanizing ethos of qualitative health research has much to teach traditional researchers and practitioners in health disciplines. She explores how the discipline of QHR can play out in practice both in the clinic and in the classroom in North America and around the world. A challenging thought-provoking call to rethink how to conduct qualitative research in health settings. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320107

Qualitative Inquiry Cartography and the Promise of Material Change What are the problems to which materialist methodologies are posed as a solution? In this book Aaron M. Kuntz maps the impact of materialism on contemporary practices of inquiry in education and the social sciences. Through this work the author challenges readers to consider inquiry as a mode of ethically engaged citizenship with implications for resisting our contemporary moment towards a more equitable future. The author engages his own inquiry as radical cartographic work drawing forth distinctions between dialectical and dialogic formations of materialism in order to develop what he terms relational materialism—an engaged orientation to living that dwells in the entangled relations of affirmative ethics and enduring practices of resistance and refusal. Drawing upon examples from higher education contemporary culture and normative assumptions of governance the author considers the potential that we might generate living alternatives to the contemporary status quo; daily practices no longer dependent on binary division or standardized calculations of what "matters." As such the author advocates for practices of virtuous inquiry (future-orientated ethical assertions of what one should do) that orient inquiry as materially ethical activity. Despite the often-overwhelming state of inequity and exploitation in our contemporary world Kuntz generates an affirmative ethical stance that we can become relationally different guided by a virtuous determination to articulate inquiry as the cartographic work of disruption and imagination. This text will prove valuable to graduate students and faculty who take inquiry seriously and seek the means to understand their work as engaged in the necessary challenge for material change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138042834

Qualitative Inquiry and Global Crises This plenary volume from the Sixth International Congress on Qualitative Inquiry (2010) highlights the variety of roles played by qualitative researchers in addressing global communities in crisis. It shows how qualitative researchers can bridge gaps in cultural and linguistic understanding to address issues of disparity in race ethnicity gender and environment in the interests of global social justice and human rights. Authored by many of the world’s leading qualitative researchers the signature articles in this volume point qualitative researchers toward a research stance of ethics meaning and advocacy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611320220

Qualitative Inquiry and Human Rights Qualitative researchers are increasingly being called upon to become human rights advocates to help individuals and communities honor the sanctity of life and to promote the core values of privacy justice freedom peace and human dignity. In this volume of plenary papers from the Fifth International of Qualitative Inquiry in 2009 leading qualitative researchers show the various dimensions of the human rights work being done by scholar/activists in the social sciences education health care social services cultural studies and other fields. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315421575

Qualitative Inquiry and Social JusticeToward a Politics of Hope In increasing numbers qualitative researchers are leaving their ivory tower perches and entering the fray focusing their research and actions on the promotion of social justice. In this tightly edited volume of original articles stemming from the 2008 International Congress on Qualitative Inquiry leading figures in qualitative research demonstrate the potential for the research tradition to make contributions to the betterment of humankind. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315421537

Qualitative Inquiry and the Conservative Challenge This volume is a call to qualitative researchers to respond to the political and methodological conservativism of the new millennium. Based upon the plenary papers at the first International Congress on Qualitative Inquiry 22 scholars from five countries and many academic disciplines address how qualitative inquiry can maintain its forward-looking agenda its emphasis on ethical practice and its stance in favor of social justice in a world where conservatives aggressively control the political system the university and grant agency purse strings. Contributions by such noted scholars as Patti Lather Janice Morse Linda Tuhiwai Smith Ernest House Yvonna Lincoln and H.L. Goodall Jr. make this an important benchmark work for all involved in qualitative inquiry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315421490

Qualitative Inquiry and the Politics of Advocacy The plenary volume from the Seventh International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry (2011) examines the politics of advocacy and the context in which scholars are encouraged to pursue social justice agendas be human rights advocates and do work that honors the core values of human dignity and freedom from fear and violence. Contributions from many of the world's leading qualitative researchers in communications education sociology and related disciplines address topics including community research transformative education and researcher ethics and guide the field toward an engaged activist research agenda. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611321630

Qualitative Inquiry and the Politics of Evidence What is evidence in qualitative inquiry and how is it evaluated? What is true or false in research is strongly influenced by socially defined criteria and by the politics of academia. In providing an alternative to conservative science qualitative researchers are often victimized by these politics. The use of qualitative evidence within the policy arena is also subject to social and political factors. Within qualitative inquiry itself evidence is defined differently in different discourses—law medicine history cultural or performance studies. The interdisciplinary international group of contributors to this volume address these questions in an attempt to create evidential criteria for qualitative work. Sponsored by the International Center for Qualitative Inquiry. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315421414

Qualitative Inquiry and the Politics of Research This volume of plenary addresses and other key presentations from the 2014 International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry highlights the politics of research in the neoliberal state and the role of qualitative researchers in that debate. Marginalized by an increasingly top-down assessment-driven university system the fifteen contributors from a variety of disciplines show the responses of qualitative scholars in their research writing advocacy and teaching both inside the university and in the broader society. Sponsored by the International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629581637

Qualitative Inquiry and the Politics of ResistancePossibilities Performances and Praxis We are global citizens trapped in a world we did not create. Our public institutions are under assault. Academics media members and everyday folks critical of the shifting public order are branded as "enemies of the state" by right-wing media and elected officials alike. Qualitative Inquiry and the Politics of Resistance takes as its mandate foregrounding interrogating imagining and engaging in new ways of doing critical qualitative inquiry in these troubling times. Internationally renowned contributors write to resist to celebrate community to experiment with traditional and new methodologies and to advance new ontologies and materialities. Together they seek to develop new understandings and exemplars concerning advocacy inquiry and social justice concerns. And they share a commitment to change the world to engage in ethical work that makes a positive difference. Topics include: embodiment subjectivity border crossing positionality praxis and performance as they relate to multiple understandings of resistance. To that end this book represents part of a global project committed to a politics of active and passive resistance. It is a politics of non-violence: one that bears witness to injustice; that refuses to be silenced or accept assaults on critical interpretive inquiry; and ultimately refuses to abandon the goal of social justice for all. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367321444

Qualitative Inquiry at a CrossroadsPolitical Performative and Methodological Reflections Qualitative Inquiry at a Crossroads critically reflects on the ever-changing dynamics of qualitative research in the contemporary moment. We live at a crossroads in which the spaces for critical civic discourse are narrowing in which traditional political ideologies are now questioned: there is no utopian vision on the horizon only fear and doubt. The moral and ethical foundations of democracy are under assault global inequality is on the rise facts are derided as ‘fake news’—an uncertain future stands at our door.　 Premised on the belief that our troubled times call for a critical inquiry that matters—a discourse committed to a politics of resistance a politics of possibility—leading international contributors from the United States United Kingdom Australia Spain Norway and Denmark present a range of perspectives challenges and opportunities for the field. In so doing they wrestle with questions concerning the intersecting vectors of method politics and praxis. More specifically contributors engage with issues ranging from indigenous and decolonizing methods arts-based research and intersectionality to debates over the research marketplace accountability metrics and emergent forays into post-qualitative inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367174392

Qualitative Inquiry in Higher Education Organization and Policy Research Qualitative Inquiry in Higher Education Organization and Policy Research provides readers with the theoretical foundations and innovative perspectives for undertaking qualitative research to influence policy and practice discussions. Well-known chapter authors discuss innovative strategies for investigating complex problems helping readers understand how research can consider the culture of the institution administrative hierarchy students faculty and external constituencies. From both an organizational and policy perspective chapter pairings explore a range of methodologies including ethnography case study critical qualitative inquiry and the notion of "grit." This volume explores how qualitative inquiry can advance understanding of organizational inequities in higher education and it offers graduate students and educational researchers the tools to improve the organizational function of institutions while contributing to meaningful change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138666405

Qualitative Inquiry in Neoliberal Times Qualitative Inquiry in Neoliberal Times is written from the perspective that the scholarly lives of academics are changing constantly in flux and increasingly bound to the demands of the market – a context in which the university has increasingly morphed into a business enterprise one that treats students as consumers to be marketed to education as something to be purchased and research as something to be capitalized on for financial gain. The effects of this market-orientation of scholarly life especially on those in the social sciences and humanities are ones that demand serious examination. At the same time qualitative inquiry itself is changing and evolving within and against the rhythms of this ‘new normal’. This volume engages with these emerging debates in qualitative research over new materialism 'data' public policy research ethics public scholarship and the corporate university in the neoliberal age. World-renowned contributors from the United States United Kingdom Spain Norway Australia and New Zealand present a global perspective on these issues framed within a landscape of higher education marked if not marred by efficiency metrics accountability external funding and university rankings. Qualitative Inquiry in Neoliberal Times is a must-read for faculty and students alike interested in the changing dynamics of their profession whether theoretically methodologically or structurally and materially. This title is sponsored by the International Association of Qualitative Inquiry a major new international organization that sponsors an annual congress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226449

Qualitative Inquiry in the Public Sphere Qualitative Inquiry in the Public Sphere examines the relationships between public scholarship the research marketplace and the politics of higher education.　 It is written from the perspective that higher education is under attack from multiple sides both political and economic; that academics reside in a precarious position one fraught with accountability metrics funding pressures and spiralling bureaucracy; and that scientific knowledge itself is increasingly contentious in public. These internal and external pressures have fundamentally transformed the public sphere of higher education from one of rational public discourse by and for the public good to one of private market relations and strategic research decisions. In turn these transformations have fundamentally altered what it means to be a ‘productive’ scholar within this space—altered what it means to be a public researcher in this space.Leading international voices from the United States Canada Germany the United Kingdom and Norway collectively present a forceful rebuke to such developments raising a clarion call to action on topics ranging from scholarly publishing audit culture and the privatization of public knowledge to Indigenous arts-based and collaborative research methods.Qualitative Inquiry in the Public Sphere is a must-read for faculty and students alike interested in the politics of being a public researcher—of conducting research in and influencing dialogue in the public sphere. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138309517

Qualitative Inquiry Outside the Academy This volume of plenary addresses and other key presentations from the 2013 International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry shows how scholars convert inquiry into spaces of advocacy in the outside world. The original chapters engage in debate on how qualitative research can be best used to advance the causes of social justice while addressing racial ethnic gender and environmental disparities in education welfare and health care. Twenty contributors from six countries and multiple academic disciplines present models cases and experiences to show how qualitative research can be used as an effective instrument for social change. Sponsored by the International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781611328967

Qualitative Inquiry Through a Critical Lens This volume highlights work being done in qualitative inquiry through a variety of critical lenses such as new materialism queer theory and narrative inquiry. Contributors ranging from seasoned academics to emerging scholars attend to questions of ontology and epistemology providing in the process insights that any qualitative researcher interested in the state of the field would find of value. The authors: re-think taken-for-granted paradigms frameworks methodologies ethics and politics; demonstrate major shifts in qualitative inquiry and point readers in new and exciting directions; advocate for a critical qualitative inquiry that addresses social justice decolonization and the politics of research; present plenary addresses and other key original papers from the 2015 International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry. This title is sponsored by the International Association of Qualitative Inquiry a major new international organization which sponsors an annual Congress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629585024

Qualitative Inquiry Under FireToward a New Paradigm Dialogue This collection of recent works by Norman K. Denzin provides a history of the field of qualitative inquiry over the past two decades. As perhaps the leading proponent of this style of research Denzin has led the way toward more performative writing toward conceptualizing research in terms of social justice toward inclusion of indigenous voices and toward new models of interpretation and representation. In these 13 essays—which originally appeared in a wide variety of sources and are edited and updated here—the author traces how these changes have transformed qualitative practice in recent years. In an era when qualitative inquiry is under fire from conservative governmental and academic bodies he points the way toward the future including a renewed dialogue on paradigmatic pluralism. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315421292

Qualitative Inquiry—Past Present and FutureA Critical Reader In this critical reader the best writing of two dozen key figures in qualitative research is gathered together to help students to identify emerging themes in the field and the latest thinking of the leaders in qualitative inquiry. These groundbreaking articles are pulled from a decade of social justice-focused plenary volumes emanating from the annual International Congress of Qualitative Inquiry. These are the ideas that have helped shape the landscape of the field over the past decade. This work-brings together the latest work of 25 leading figures in qualitative research from 4 continents;-addresses the central themes of the field over the past decade in theory methodology politics and interventions;-includes contextualizing essays by the volume editors who direct the Congress. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781629581873

Qualitative Marketing ResearchUnderstanding Consumer Behaviour This is a perfect guide to understanding the core principles of qualitative marketing research. It presents qualitative marketing research in the broader context of marketing and managerial decisions consumer psychology and contemporary knowledge about unconscious and automatic processes. Different types of qualitative marketing research methods are examined from the classic focus group interview (FGI) and individual in-depth interview (IDI) to more cutting-edge methods such as ethnography or bulletin boards which enable marketing researchers to discover and understand real consumer motivations needs values and attitudes. With numerous international case studies including PepsiCo Unilever Danone Nestle Aviva and Citibank the book is uniquely practical in its approach. It is vital reading for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing research consumer behaviour and consumer psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138607767

Qualitative Mathematics for the Social SciencesMathematical Models for Research on Cultural Dynamics In this book Lee Rudolph brings together international contributors who combine psychological and mathematical perspectives to analyse how qualitative mathematics can be used to create models of social and psychological processes. Bridging the gap between the fields with an imaginative and stimulating collection of contributed chapters the volume updates the current research on the subject which until now has been rather limited focussing largely on the use of statistics. Qualitative Mathematics for the Social Sciences contains a variety of useful illustrative figures introducing readers from the social sciences to the rich contribution that modern mathematics has made to our knowledge of logic structures and dynamic systems. A beguiling array of conceptual systems topological models and fractals are discussed which transcend the application of statistics and bring a fresh perspective to the study of social representations. The wide selection of qualitative mathematical methodologies discussed in this volume will be hugely valuable to higher-level undergraduate and postgraduate students of psychology sociology and mathematics. It will also be useful for researchers academics and professionals from the social sciences who want a firmer grasp on the use of qualitative mathematics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138808522

Qualitative MetasynthesisA Research Method for Medicine and Health Sciences Qualitative Metasynthesis presents a research method developed for upcycling and synthesis of qualitative primary studies aimed at researchers within medicine and health sciences.This book demonstrates how and why qualitative metasynthesis can be a method for reuse and expansion of medical knowledge. It presents the principles of metasynthesis as a qualitative research method so that the reader can assess whether this is a research strategy that fits the aim of their study. The author offers practical advice for conducting research using this methodology. The presentation is illustrated by a study carried out by the author and collaborators 　reflecting on real-life challenges and solutions as an example of meta-ethnography one of the most frequently used strategies for qualitative metasynthesis. The author also looks at systematic reviews a methodology developed within in the tradition of evidence-based medicine discussing strengths weaknesses and pitfalls of this methodology. Rooted in the interpretative paradigm qualitative metasynthesis challenges several of the principles from the evidence-based medicine tradition offering reflections on challenges when epistemologically very different methodologies intersect.This book should be considered essential reading for anyone carrying out qualitative research within the fields of medicine health and social care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367134181

Qualitative Methods and Health Policy Research Qualitative researchers have traditionally been cautious about claiming that their work was scientific. The "right-on" schools have exaggerated this caution into an outright rejection of science as a model for their work. Science is for them outmoded; "an archaic form of consciousness surviving for a while yet in a degraded form" (Tyler 1986:200). Scientists' assertions that they are in pursuit of truth simply camouflage their own lust for power. There is no essential difference between truth and propaganda.The authors acknowledge that the boundary between science and propaganda has often been breached and some distrust of scientific claims may be healthy. They also question the claim that science creates disinterested and objective knowledge of an observer-independent world without concluding that science is impossible. The skeptics' reservations about qualitative research are based on the deep-rooted assumption among natural scientists and some social scientists that there is a world "out there " prior to and independent of their observations. This world can be known objectively in the sense that all observers will if identically placed see it in exactly the same way. If a suitable language were available they would also all produce identical descriptions. From these observations they can work out the laws governing the world's operations. The authors try to resolve these contrary claims by asserting that science is a procedural commitment. It consists of openness to refutation a conscientious and systematic search for contradictory evidence and a readiness to subject one's preconceptions to critical examination. The devotion to truth as a regulative ideal is an essential difference between science and propaganda. This work is a unique and innovative defense of scientific method. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315127873

Qualitative Methods in Economics Despite numerous books on research methodology many have failed to present a complete hands-on practical book to lead college classes or individuals through the research process. We are seeing more and more scientific papers from all research fields that fail to meet the basic criteria in terms of research methods as well as the structure writing style and presentation of results. This book aims to address this gap in the market by providing an authoritative easy to follow guide to research methods and how to apply them. Qualitative Methods in Economics is focused not only on the research methods/techniques but also the methodology. The main objective of this book is to discuss qualitative methods and their use in economics and social science research. Chapters identify several of the research approaches commonly used in social studies from the importance of the role of science through to the techniques of data collection. Using an example research paper to examine the methods used to present the research the second half of this book breaks down how to present and format your results successfully. This book will be of use to students and researchers who want to improve their research methods and read up on the new and cutting edge advances in research methods as well as those who like to study ways to improve the research process. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367889548

Qualitative Methods in Migration StudiesA Critical Realist Perspective Recent years have witnessed growing interest in a series of issues related to migration including identity formation and change the role of social capital and social networks ethnic discrimination racism and xenophobia socio-political participation and mobilisation and the complex nature of the causal mechanisms linked to migration - issues that are better highlighted and investigated using qualitative methods. Moving away from the quantitative and empiricist-positivist approaches that have often characterised migration research Qualitative Methods in Migration Studies explores in a concise but comprehensive way the key issues involved in researching migratory phenomena in a qualitative manner. It addresses themes including the basic characteristics of contemporary migration qualitative research into social processes related to migration and the relationship between theory research design and practice. Drawing upon empirical case studies and a series of real and hypothetical examples the book develops a critical realist alternative both to empiricism and interpretivist social constructionist and post-structuralist relativism in qualitative migration research. With special emphasis on the meta-theoretical dimensions of qualitative research practice this volume connects qualitative findings to policy formation and ’politics making’ exploring the multiple dimensions involved in researching migratory phenomena such as ontology epistemology methodology ethics and research practice. As such it will be of interest to students and researchers in migration across the social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602277

Qualitative Methods in Military StudiesResearch Experiences and Challenges This book examines the methodology of qualitative research in military studies. Since the end of the Cold War the number of studies on military and society has grown substantially in substance size and impact. However only a tiny part of this bibliography deals in depth with the research methods used especially in relation to qualitative methods. The data that form the basis of the researchers’ analyses are often presented as if they were immediately available rather than as a product of interaction between the researcher and those who participated in the research. Comprising essays by international scholars the volume discusses the methodological questions raised by the use of qualitative research methodology in military settings. On the one hand it focuses on the specificity of the military as a social context for research: the authors single out and discuss the particular field effects produced by institutional arrangements norms and practices of the military. On the other the authors proceed in an empirical manner: all methodological questions are addressed with regard to concrete situations of field research. This book will be of much interest to students of military studies research methods sociology anthropology war and conflict studies and security studies in general. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138797482

Qualitative Methods in Nonlinear DynamicsNovel Approaches to Liapunov's Matrix Functions "Presents new approaches to qualitative analysis of continuous discreteptime and impulsive nonlinear systems via Liapunov matrix-valued functions that introduce more effective tests for solving problems of estimating the domains of asymptotic stability." Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367396770

Qualitative Methods In Quantum Theory This unique book written by a leading Soviet theorist is not a textbook of quantum mechanics but rather a compendium of the "tricks of the trade"-the methods that all practicing theoretical physicists use but few have set down in writing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091750

Qualitative NetworksMixed methods in sociological research How do we interact with people in our everyday life? Who are the people we are connected to? What are the consequences of overlapping social circles and how people deal with the potential emerging conflicts? What are the structural and cultural mechanisms that regulate social worlds? Network science is a scientific approach to the study of network dependencies and associations which tries to answer these and many other questions. This book explores the underlying mechanisms that regulate social life as they are produced reproduced modified and abandoned in the spatial and temporal patterns of interactions. The mixed methods approach that combines formal network analysis with qualitative materials and statistical tools shows the importance of contextualising structural mechanisms in their social and cultural environment and allows overcoming the traditional methodological boundaries that shape the field of social sciences. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138126015

Qualitative Research and Intercultural UnderstandingConducting Qualitative Research in Multicultural Settings Qualitative Research and Intercultural Understanding: Conducting Qualitative Research in Multicultural Settings makes an important contribution to the fields of multiculturalism and qualitative research methods. The first section of the book is a textbook on qualitative methodology. Beginning with a sketch of the historical roots of qualitative research and its place in the research landscape the book then explores the notion of culture and our individual and collective experiences of culture. The chapters that follow explain how to frame a study and ask qualitative research questions how to strengthen the trustworthiness of qualitative findings and how to collect and analyze data and write a research report. This section closes with a chapter on research ethics. Every chapter is infused with the idea of researcher reflectivity in order to see beyond the researcher's personal cultural worldview. Examples of research studies are provided in every chapter and each chapter concludes with questions and exercises for critical thought. The second section of the book is comprised of five contributed chapters in which researchers describe their own challenges in conducting research in multicultural settings. Graduate students experienced researchers and all those interested in multiculturalism will find something to learn and enjoy in this vivid and unusual book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138080096

Qualitative Research Approaches for Public Administration Thoroughly updated more concise than the previous edition and available for the first time in paperback Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701349

Qualitative Research as Stepwise-Deductive Induction This book provides thorough guidance on various forms of data generation and analysis presenting a model for the research process in which detailed data analysis and generalization through the development of concepts are central. Based on an inductive principle which begins with raw data and moves towards concepts or theories through incremental deductive feedback loops the ‘stepwise-deductive induction’ approach advanced by the author focuses on the analysis phase in research. Concentrating on creativity structuring of analytical work and collaborative development of generic knowledge it seeks to enable researchers to extend their insight of a subject area without having personally to study all the data generated throughout a project. A constructive alternative to Grounded Theory the approach advanced here is centred on qualitative research that aims at developing concepts models or theories on basis of a gradual paradigm to reduce complexity. As such it will appeal to scholars and students across the social sciences with interests in methods and the analysis of qualitative data of various kinds. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138304499

Qualitative Research from Start to Finish This book will help readers understand the practice of qualitative research--whether they want to do it teach it or just learn about it. All the major research phases are encompassed (startup design data collection analysis and composing) including newly emerging trends. Numerous easy-to-read vignettes show how other scholars have successfully implemented specific procedures. Equally distinctive the book presents qualitative research as an adaptive craft. The array of choices among different procedures and methods enables readers to customize their own studies and to accommodate different worldviews and genres. New to This Edition: *Stronger discussion of different worldviews (e.g. constructivism postpositivism and pragmatism) and how they relate to different methodological choices. *Clearer emphasis on doing a generalized qualitative study while acknowledging 12 specialized genres (e.g. action-based research arts-based research autoethnography grounded theory phenomenology and others). *Expanded discussions of different kinds of qualitative study samples and of mixed methods. *New ideas on how to avoid getting stalled when analyzing qualitative data. *Consideration of an additional way of concluding a qualitative study: by taking action. Pedagogical Features *Chapters start with an abstract and end with a suggested exercise. *Key terms and concepts appear in boldface throughout the text and are listed in end-of-chapter recaps as well as in the book’s glossary. *Sections within each chapter start with a preview box: “What you should learn from this section." *An appendix presents a semester- or yearlong field-based project. Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462517978

Qualitative Research in Criminology (1999) Published in 1999 this text brings together detailed reflexive accounts of authors’ experiences of conducting research on a variety of criminological topics. The broad aim of the book is to critically review how qualitative methods can be effectively deployed in the area of criminology. The conclusions reached in the text are diverse reflecting the range of qualitative methods considered and the particular criminological topics to which they are applied. A common theme throughout is that whilst qualitative research can help to provide valid and meaningful information on criminological issues researchers need to carefully reflect upon both the methodological and ethical dimensions of their work. The book will appeal to those who wish to understand the experience of conducting qualitative research on aspects of crime and criminal justice. This will include undergraduate and postgraduate students undertaking research for the first time as well as experienced researchers and teachers. This book was originally published as part of the Cardiff Papers in Qualitative Research series edited by Paul Atkinson Sara Delamont and Amanda Coffey. The series publishes original sociological research that reflects the tradition of qualitative and ethnographic inquiry developed at Cardiff. The series includes monographs reporting on empirical research edited collections focussing on particular themes and texts discussing methodological developments and issues. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815347996

Qualitative Research in CriminologyAdvances in Criminological Theory This volume investigates the significant role qualitative research plays in expanding and refining our understandings of crime and justice. It features seventeen original essays that discuss the relationship between methodology and theory. The result is a theoretically engaged volume that explores the approaches of qualitative scholars in the collection and treatment of data in criminological scholarship.Among the key issues addressed in the volume are methodological rigor in qualitative research; movement between method theory building theoretical refinement and expansion; diversity of qualitative methodologies from classic field research to contemporary innovations; and considerations of the future of qualitative criminological research.Qualitative research use has expanded rapidly in the last twenty years. This latest volume of Advances in Criminological Theory presents a cogent appraisal of qualitative criminology and the ways in which rigorous qualitative research contributes to theorizing about crime and justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367598259

Qualitative Research in Digital EnvironmentsA Research Toolkit This book offers a toolkit of methods and technologies to undertake qualitative research on digital spaces. Unlike commonly used traditional methodological strategies which are ‘retrofitted’ to digital spaces Qualitative Research in Digital Environments offers researchers a set of ‘digitally native’ tools that are designed for online social environments. Thanks to a broad range of cases including Louis Vuitton YouTube and the concept of ‘hipsterism’ this text illustrates the practical applications of techniques and tools over the most popular social media environments. This book will be a valuable guide to qualitative research for marketing students researchers and practitioners as well as a central reference point for tutors in the growing field of Digital Sociology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138188693

Qualitative Research in GamblingExploring the Production and Consumption of Risk Gambling is both a multi-billion dollar international industry and a ubiquitous social and cultural phenomenon. It is also undergoing significant change with new products and technologies regulatory models changing public attitudes and the sheer scale of the gambling enterprise necessitating innovative and mixed methodologies that are flexible responsive and ‘agile’. This book seeks to demonstrate that researchers should look beyond the existing disciplinary territory and the dominant paradigm of ‘problem gambling’ in order to follow those changes across territorial political technical regulatory and conceptual boundaries. The book draws on cutting-edge qualitative work in disciplines including anthropology history and media studies to explore the production and consumption of risk risky places risk technology the gambling industry and connections between gambling and other kinds of speculation such as financial derivatives. In doing so it addresses some of the most important issues in contemporary social science including the challenges of studying deterritorialised social phenomena; globalizing technologies and local markets; regulation as it operates across local regional and international scales; globalization and the rise of games virtual worlds  and social media. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138924550

Qualitative Research in JournalismTaking It to the Streets This volume highlights the integration of qualitative research methods into traditional journalism offering new ways of expanding and enhancing news coverage. Designed for readers without prior experience in social science research this collection presents a wide variety of qualitative techniques and their applications in journalistic practice. The work brings together contributions from professional journalists and journalism scholars who are highly experienced in conducting qualitative research. These experts demonstrate how valid reliable qualitative procedures can be used to increase coverage and offer new insights. Written in a straightforward reader-friendly style features in this volume include: *real-world examples from contemporary newsrooms and interviews with practicing journalists who use the techniques of qualitative research in reporting; *a rationale for the use of qualitative methods in journalism with an illustration of how various qualitative methods tie together; *step-by-step instructions for applying each methodology; *a solid foundation for understanding the history and theory behind qualitative research and its usefulness in journalism; *chapters on pairing qualitative and quantitative methods in journalism and on detailing partnerships between academics and professional journalists to facilitate newsroom research and reporting; and *a discussion of "objectivity" in qualitative research and in journalism that offers an ethic for journalists of today. The methodologies covered here include oral and life histories textual analysis focused interviews ethnographies focus groups and case studies. In addition a recently developed technique civic mapping is presented as a qualitative tool for reporting. Qualitative Research in Journalism is an indispensable resource for current and future journalists interested in enhancing their coverage of the news. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410609557

Qualitative Research in Marketing and ManagementDoing Interpretive Research Projects This is a practical and accessible yet sophisticated introduction to interpretive methods for doing qualitative research projects and dissertations. Bringing together concepts of qualitative research from ethnography phenomenology critical discourse analysis semiotics literary analysis postmodernism and poststructuralism this textbook offers an accessible and comprehensive introduction to the subject. Utilising a uniquely pragmatic approach it bridges the gap between advanced specialised books on research traditions with more general introductory business research books. This new edition has been fully updated to include new examples explorations of the field and an improved pedagogy with better exposition of key issues and concepts as well as more schematics and diagrams to aid understanding. The first half of the book considers the practicalities of research and writing a research project including the craft of academic writing the critical literature review the role of the independent research project as part of university courses suggested projected structures standards of academic scholarship and the main techniques for gathering qualitative data. The book’s second half deals with abstract concepts and advanced theory by looking at key theoretical traditions that guide the interpretation of qualitative data. It is perfect for advanced undergraduate and postgraduate students of marketing management consumer behaviour and research methods. It will also be useful as a primer for practitioners in qualitative research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138332218

Qualitative Research in Midwifery and ChildbirthPhenomenological Approaches Qualitative research particularly phenomenology is increasingly popular as a method for midwifery and health-related research. These approaches enable rich and detailed explanations to be uncovered and bring experience to life. Important recommendations and practice- based implications may then be raised and debated for future use. This book brings together a range of phenomenological methods and insights into one accessible text. Illustrated with plenty of examples of successful phenomenological research Qualitative Research in Midwifery and Childbirth keeps the focus applied to midwifery and childbirth and makes clear the links to practice throughout. The book introduces three key phenomenological approaches – descriptive interpretive and the life world – and includes a comparative chapter which discusses the differences between these varied perspectives and methods. Each chapter focuses on how these approaches are used within midwifery research. The remaining chapters present a number of different research projects. These demonstrate how different phenomenological approaches have been used to explore and uncover experiences of childbirth and maternity as well as offering important insights into how women experience different facets of the birth experience during the antenatal intra-partum and postnatal period. Designed for researchers and students undertaking research projects on midwifery and childbirth this text includes contributions from a range of international and highly regarded phenomenological authors and researchers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415575027

Qualitative Research in PracticeStories from the field 'Qualitative Research in Practice brings alive wonderfully the business of carrying out qualitative research in the field of welfare and human services. The authors take the reader through the main stages of the research endeavour cleverly using their own interviews with eminent investigators to illustrate with great immediacy the actual mechanics of the process as described by recognised experts.'Professor David Howe School of Social Work and Psychosocial Studies University of East Anglia Norwich UK.'.very useful and invaluable for social work students and social workers.'Joyce L. C. Ma R.S.W. Ph.D. Professor Department of Social Work The Chinese University of Hong KongQualitative Research in Practice bridges the gap between theory and practice for researchers in the human services. The authors explore qualitative research through actual research projects that illustrate key stages in the research process. The researchers' 'stories from the field' reveal the human face of research undertaken in often difficult contexts: with homeless people with disabled people in nursing homes with victims of domestic violence and with adopted children. We see how these leading researchers from different countries deal with the many obstacles they face in their research projects and how they develop innovative solutions. Qualitative Research in Practice is a valuable resource for students and practitioners doing research in social work welfare community health counselling and related fields. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003117025

Qualitative Research in Sport Management Good qualitative research can help sport management researchers and industry professionals solve difficult problems and better understand their organisations stakeholders and performance. Now in a fully revised and extended new edition this book is a user-friendly introduction to qualitative methods in sport management. Covering the full research process from research planning to reporting results this edition includes expanded coverage of cutting-edge areas including digital and social media research critical realism and social network analysis. The book examines the reflective and interrogative processes required for developing effective qualitative research questions and includes a deeper discussion of ontology and epistemology in the light of today’s rapidly changing society. It takes the reader step-by-step through essential and emerging qualitative methods from actor network theory and ethnography to computer-assisted data analysis and sampling typologies. Every chapter includes examples of real qualitative research including shorter "research briefs" and extended case studies reflecting the exciting qualitative research that is currently occurring in sport business and management and highlighting the links between research and sport management practice.   This is essential reading for courses in sport management sport business sport policy sport marketing sport media and communications. It provides students researchers and practitioners with the knowledge and skills to undertake qualitative research while deepening their understanding of how the social world can be perceived and interpreted through a particular theoretical lens. Useful online materials include recommended readings and PowerPoint slides. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367426606

Qualitative Research in STEMStudies of Equity Access and Innovation Qualitative Research in STEM examines the groundbreaking potential of qualitative research methods to address issues of social justice equity and sustainability in STEM. A collection of empirical studies conducted by prominent STEM researchers this book examines the experiences and challenges faced by traditionally marginalized groups in STEM most notably culturally and linguistically diverse students and women. Investigations into these issues as well as the high dropout rate among engineering students and issues of academic integrity in STEM come with detailed explanations of the study methodologies used in each case. Contributors also provide personal narratives that share their perspectives on the benefits of qualitative research methodologies for the topics explored. Through a variety of qualitative methodologies including participatory action research Indigenous research and critical ethnography this volume aims to reveal and remedy the inequalities within STEM education today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138937130

Qualitative Research in the Health SciencesMethodologies Methods and Processes There is a growing interest in and acceptance of qualitative research approaches in the health science disciplines both as standalone methodologies and integrated with quantitative designs in mixed methods approaches. This comprehensive text provides deeper knowledge and application of a wide range of methodologies methods and processes enabling readers to develop their qualitative research skills. Divided into two parts focusing first on methodologies and then on methods and processes the text also includes revision of essential aspects of quantitative research as they apply to mixed methods research and a discussion of the uptake of qualitative research in the health sciences. The methodologies covered include: Grounded Theory; Historical Research; Ethnography; Phenomenology; Narrative Inquiry; Case Study Research; Critical Ethnography; Action Research and Mixed Methods. The methods and processes covered include: Interviewing and Analysis; Group Work and Analysis; Narrative Analysis; Discourse Analysis. Using accessible language to help extend readers’ practical research skills this is a thorough and reliable text to guide advanced students and researchers from all health-related disciplines – including nursing midwifery public health and physiotherapy – to the best use of qualitative research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415682619

Qualitative Research Methodologies for Occupational Science and Therapy The push for evidence-based practice has increased the demand for high-quality occupational science and occupational therapy research from conceptualisation of the study through to publication. This invaluable collection explores how to produce rigorous qualitative research by presenting and discussing a range of methodologies and methods that can be used in the fields of occupational science and therapy. Each chapter written by an experienced researcher in the relevant methodology includes examples of research foundational knowledge and therapeutic applications. Including new and cutting-edge methodologies the book covers: Qualitative Descriptive Grounded Theory Phenomenology Narrative Ethnography Action Research Case Study Critical Discourse Analysis Visual Methodologies Metasynthesis Appreciative Inquiry Critical Theory and Philosophy Designed for occupational science and occupational therapy researchers this book develops the reader’s ability to produce and critique high quality qualitative research that is epistemologically sound and rigorous. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138283503

Qualitative Research Methods for Community Development Qualitative Research Methods for Community Development teaches the basic skills tools and methods of qualitative research with special attention to the needs of community practitioners. This book teaches students entering planning community development nonprofit management social work and similar applied fields the core skills necessary to conduct systematic research designed to empower communities and promote social change. Focusing on the basic elements of qualitative research like field observation interviewing focus groups and content analysis Qualitative Research Methods for Community Development provides an overview of core methods and theoretical underpinnings of successful research. The book provides examples from past research used in transformative community projects across multiple disciplines. From housing community organizing neighborhood planning and urban revitalization this book gives students the skills they need to undertake their own projects and provides professionals a valuable reference for their future research. The book serves as a primary text for courses in applied qualitative research and as a reference book for professionals and community-based researchers. In addition to content detailing core methods used in qualitative research it includes a chapter which provides guidance for the dissemination of qualitative results to a spectrum of audiences applying qualitative methods to action research and community empowerment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415740364

Qualitative Research Methods for Media Studies Qualitative Research Methods for Media Studies provides students and researchers with the tools they need to perform critically engaged theoretically informed research using methods that include interviewing focus groups historical research oral histories ethnography and participant observation textual analysis and online research. Each chapter features step-by-step instructions that integrate theory with practice as well as a case study drawn from published research demonstrating best practices for media scholars. Readers will also find in-depth discussions of the challenges and ethical issues that may confront researchers using a qualitative approach. Qualitative research does not offer easy answers simple truths or precise measurements but this book provides a comprehensive and accessible guide for those hoping to explore this rich vein of research methodology. With new case studies throughout this new edition includes updated material on digital technologies including discussion of doing online research and using data to give students the tools they need to work in today’s convergent media environment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138219229

Qualitative Research Methods in Consumer PsychologyEthnography and Culture While consumer research is founded on traditional quantitative approaches the insight produced through qualitative research methods within consumer settings has not gone unnoticed. The culturally situated consumer who is in intimate dialogue with their physical virtual and social surroundings has become integral to understanding the psychology behind consumer choices. This volume presents readers with theoretical and applied approaches to using qualitative research methods in ethnographic studies looking at consumer behavior. It brings together an international group of leading scholars in the field of consumer research with educational and professional backgrounds in marketing advertising business education therapy and health. Researchers teaching faculty and students in the field of consumer and social psychology will benefit from the applied examples of qualitative and ethnographic consumer research this volume presents. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138085909

Qualitative Research Methods in Sport Exercise and HealthFrom Process to Product Qualitative forms of inquiry are a dynamic and exciting area within contemporary research in sport exercise and health. Students and researchers at all levels are now expected to understand qualitative approaches and be able to employ them in their work. In this comprehensive and in-depth introductory text Andrew C. Sparkes and Brett Smith take the reader on a journey through the entire qualitative research process that begins with the conceptualization of ideas and the planning of a study moves through the phases of data collection and analysis and then explains how findings might be represented in various ways to different audiences. Ethical issues are also explored in detail as well as the ways that the goodness of qualitative research might be judged by its consumers. The book is based on the view that researchers need to make principled informed and strategic decisions about what why when and how to use qualitative forms of inquiry. The nature of qualitative research is explained in terms of both its core assumptions and what practitioners actually do in the field when they collect data and subject it to analysis. Each chapter is vividly illustrated with cases and examples from published research to demonstrate different qualitative approaches in action and their relative strengths and weaknesses. The book also extends the boundaries of qualitative research by exploring innovative contemporary methodologies and novel ways to report research findings.　 Qualitative Research Methods in Sport Exercise and Health　is essential reading for any student researcher or professional who wishes to understand this form of inquiry and to engage in a research project within a sport exercise or health context. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415578356

Qualitative Research on Illness Wellbeing and Self-GrowthContemporary Indian Perspectives This book examines the theoretical methodological and practical dimensions of Qualitative Research in the study of illness wellbeing and self-growth in the Indian context. Using wide-ranging narratives interviews group discussions and cultural analyses it offers a social and psychological understanding of health and therapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367176952

Qualitative Research Skills for Social WorkTheory and Practice Malcolm Carey provides social work students academics and practitioners with a practical guide to completion of a small-scale qualitative research project or dissertation. This clear text takes the reader through the process of beginning and developing a research problem or question defining their objectives and undertaking empirical or literature-based research that involves data collection analysis writing up and dissemination. The book also highlights and details potential obstacles essential techniques and methods types of theory and methodology used and presents case studies and ongoing debates involved in qualitative social work research. It suggests ways by which sometimes difficult processes (such as the literature review interviews with practitioners etc.) can be made easier to complete and explores traditional methods such as the focus group or interview alongside less conventional methodologies such as participative narrative discourse or ICT-related approaches. Recent investigation has highlighted the lack of research skills held by many social workers in practice. This book overcomes these problems by providing an essential and easily accessible guidebook to qualitative research methods for social work students and practitioners as well as being of interest to tutors who teach research methods to social work students or supervise dissertations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409449317

Qualitative Research Topics in Language Teacher Education Student and novice researchers may have a general idea for a topic they would like to research but have a difficult time settling on a more specific topic and its associated research questions. Addressing this problem this book features contributions from over thirty diverse and experienced research supervisors mentors and principal investigators in the field of language teacher education. The chapters are autobiographic in nature with each contributing author reflecting on relevant current and innovative research topics through the lens of their own professional life and research work. Offering explicit research topics and strategies for each area of expertise this book will serve as a useful reference for the seasoned qualitative or narrative researcher and a helpful guide for new researchers and teacher researchers narrowing down their own research topics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138618145

Qualitative Research: Analysis Types and Software First Published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138171893

Qualitative ResearchThe essential guide to theory and practice Qualitative Research: The Essential Guide to Theory and Practice provides a one-stop resource for all those approaching qualitative research for the first time as well as those revisiting core concepts and issues. It presents a comprehensive overview of this rapidly developing field of inquiry cleverly combined with practical hands-on advice on how to conduct a successful qualitative study. Written in an engaging and accessible style the authors break through difficult terminology to guide readers through the choices they will face during research design implementation and beyond. Each chapter is then brought to life by an array of relevant real-life examples from expert researchers around the globe. Divided into seven sections this unique text covers: Considering perspectives Acknowledging a position Framing the study Choosing a research approach Collecting data Working with data and findings Writing about the research This book also includes 12-month access to the Interactive eTextbook which offers: Author videos introducing the book and the Qualitative Wheel of Research Choices An Interactive version of the Qualitative Wheel of Research Choices Exclusive chapters on writing and publishing qualitative research Links to relevant journals conferences and online resources Additional case study abstracts The ability to highlight annotate cut and paste and share your notes across the classroom From the foundations of the subject through to its application in practice Qualitative Research: The Essential Guide to Theory and Practice is an indispensable companion for qualitative researchers worldwide. VAT will be charged on this product for UK customers only. VAT is charged at standard rate on a part of this product only. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415674782

Qualitative Studies in Education (1995) Published in 1995 this book comprises a group of original studies in education. It includes detailed empirically-based accounts of a variety of educational settings which are under represented in the sociological literature for instance special schools psychiatric adolescent units further education colleges and government policy settings. Studies of other neglected issues include teachers’ understandings of subject the promotion of cross curricular themes and pupils’ acquisition of knowledge about menstruation. Ethnographic fieldwork in Maltese classrooms and a study of Asian pupils in a Welsh school provide an international dimension to the volume. Most contributions draw on ethnographic approaches and by using close observation and / or in-depth interviews they capture the internal workings of a classroom institution or culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365754

Qualitative Types:Analysis Typ First published in 1990. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138996991

Qualitative Voices in Educational Research By neglecting the ‘human’ factor in the process of research analysis much has been lost and researchers are now looking for new ways to broaden the social reality in their research. In this volume originally published in 1993 the research perspective adopted shows new methods of dealing with the world of education including ethnographic studies and action research. The ‘voices’ offer a critical insight into both the scientific rationale and the methodological application of their individual approaches. This book provides a rich source of material for students and researchers doing qualitative analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367441609

Quality Involvement FlowThe Systemic Organization Current organizations underperform due to silo thinking. Artificial barriers frustrate efforts and perpetuate an organizational model no longer adequate for the complexity of the current business world. Leaders and managers must acquire a whole-system perspective for their organizations to be sustainable. This book provides the overview knowledge and tools to create a practical shift for 21st century management. The “Theory of everything” for management; an evolved and more scientific Fifth Discipline plus field book for contemporary managers. It follows on from Deming and Goldratt: The Decalogue that continues to sell today and is based on over ten years of implementation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781498755887

Quality and Equity in EducationRevisiting Theory and Research on Educational Effectiveness and Improvement Quality and Equity in Education draws attention to the importance of developing and testing theories of educational effectiveness and using these theories for improvement purposes. It makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory building in research on promoting quality and equity in education. The book presents an improved version of the dynamic model of educational effectiveness based on the empirical data emerged from studies testing its validity claiming that the proposed theory can be used for establishing links between educational effectiveness research and school improvement. Towards that end the book presents the Dynamic Approach to teacher and school improvement demonstrating its impact on quality and equity in education. The book not only proposes an agenda for further research on developing and testing the dynamic theory of educational effectiveness but also refers to research methods that can be used to test the assumptions of this theory and search for relevant cause and effect relations. The agenda also refers to the need of identifying the conditions under which the dynamic approach to teacher and school improvement can have an effect on student learning outcomes. This book will be of great interest for academics researchers and postgraduate students working in education research and the area of quality and equity in education. It will also be of interest to policymakers school advisors and other stakeholders in education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138301801

Quality and GMP AuditingClear and Simple This guidebook provides proven methods and techniques for performing effective audits that serve your department your company and you. Topics covered relate to the four key competencies essential for successful GMP audits. Includes the rationale for auditing as an important quality tool along with the audit cycle broken into five distinct phases. To focus the power of auditing on a particular situation several different types of audits are presented as are more than a dozen audit approaches with general questions to answer and specific items to examine. These tools will help you prepare checklists and standards so audits become more effective consistent and standardized. The book includes profiles of seasoned professionals in drug and device auditing who share their experiences (the good and the bad)! Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367400903

Quality and Grading of Carcasses of Meat Animals Three main factors affect the quality and composition of meat in farm animals. Production conditions determine the composition of the meat while marketing and postmortem periods have a major bearing on the visual appearance and ultimate eating experience for the consumer. It is often difficult to compare research results from different countries since meat quality is assessed by a wide variety of procedures. Quality and Grading of Carcasses of Meat Animals reviews the development of commercial grading or classification schemes on a world-wide basis and it provides a broad outline of the most common subjective and objective procedures for the assessment of meat quality.The book provides reviews on:Ante- and post-mortem effects on meat qualityReducing fatness in meat animalsPrediction of carcass composition and meat qualityWorld carcass and grading systemsElectronic identification of animals Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003068297

Quality and Operations ManagementRevised Edition This book considers the associated concepts of quality and operations and places customers at the heart of a quality business operation. It explains how organisations that are focused on delivering quality products and services continuously improve the design planning and control of their operational processes so that they meet the developing needs of their customer. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147904

Quality and Preservation of Fruits This book discusses the agronomic factors affecting the quality of major fruits grown in North America as well as the storage and processing of these crops. Quality factors discussed include appearance texture flavor and nutritional quality. Fruits covered include oranges grapefruit lemons grapes apples peaches nectarines plums strawberries pears and cherries. Quality and Preservation of Fruits is a detailed reference resource for researchers and teachers in horticulture and food science. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315897059

Quality and Reliability in Analytical Chemistry Quality and reliability are central to success in every discipline but perhaps nowhere are they more important or more interconnected than in the practice of analytical chemistry. Here although reliable analytical information implies quality not all "quality" information proves reliable.Quality and Reliability in Analytical Chemistry examines the various factors affecting these parameters in each step of the analytical process: The Sample: Investigate the reliability of the sample including its history and homogeneity.The Method: See the connection between reliability and the selection of analytical methods for environmental food and clinical analyses.The Instruments: Examine the relationship between reliability and your instrumentation.Data Processing: Consider the importance of chemometrics in the reliability of data processing.Automation: Explore automation of the analytic process through discussion of its parameters - rapidity reproducibility flexibility and reliability.Standards and Standardization: Understand how quality and reliability cannot be assured without using standards for measurement and how only reliable methods can be standardized.The goal of the analytic process is to obtain high quality information with high reliability. Quality and Reliability in Analytical Chemistry helps you meet that goal and thereby satisfy your quality assurance and quality control requirements. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138402546

Quality and Reliability of Telecommunications Infrastructure In the last decade the technology regulation and industry structure of our information infrastructure (telephone services cable and broadcast television and myriad new data and information services) have changed dramatically. Since the break-up of AT&T's Bell System monopoly telephone services in the United States are no longer purchased from a single firm. Advances in fiber optics wireless communications and software-controlled switching are changing how communication services are provided. As the global economy grows more dependent on a hybrid mix of interconnected networks public officials in the US and abroad are relinquishing control of the market. All of these changes are affecting the quality and reliability of the telecommunications infrastructure but informed discussions of the public policy and economic issues are scarce. Deregulation and increased competition have lowered prices but have service quality and reliability suffered? Do advanced network technologies which make it possible to offer a dizzying array of new services increase vulnerability to system-wide failures? Who should or is likely to bear the costs of increased -- or decreased -- service quality? This volume tackles the economic and public policy issues raised by these difficult questions for an audience of industry executives scholars and policymakers. Leading scholars and analysts examine such issues as the effects of network ownership on incentives to invest in quality improvements and/or strategies for quality-differentiated pricing in tomorrow's broadband integrated networks. They analyze the quality of current telecommunications networks and the impact of re-regulation on cable television quality. The contributions range from new microeconomic theory to new empirical research. As such the volume makes a valuable contribution to the public debate on network quality and reliability. It will be useful both as an introduction to newcomers and as a resource for more experienced researchers. As regulatory industry and national barriers to integrated communications fall these issues are likely to become even more important. The research presented here provides a solid foundation for further discussion. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984325

Quality and Safety in Radiotherapy The first text to focus solely on quality and safety in radiotherapy this work encompasses not only traditional more technically oriented quality assurance activities but also general approaches of quality and safety. It includes contributions from experts both inside and outside the field to present a global view. The task of assuring quality is no longer viewed solely as a technical equipment-dependent endeavor. Instead it is now recognized as depending on both the processes and the people delivering the service. Divided into seven broad categories the text covers:Quality Management and Improvement includes discussions about lean thinking process control and access to services.Patient Safety and Managing Error looks at reactive and prospective error management techniques.Methods to Assure and Improve Quality deals broadly with techniques to monitor assure and improve quality. People and Quality focuses on human factors changing roles staffing and training. Quality Assurance in Radiotherapy addresses the general issues of quality assurance with descriptions of the key systems used to plan and treat patients and includes specific recommendations on the types and frequencies of certain tests. Quality Control: Equipment and Quality Control: Patient-Specific provides explicit details of quality control relating to equipment and patient-specific issues.Recently a transformation of quality and safety in radiotherapy has begun to take place. Among the key drivers of this transformation have been new industrial and systems engineering approaches that have come to the forefront in recent years following revelations of system failures. This book provides an approach to quality that is long needed one that deals with both human and technical aspects that must be the part of any overall quality improvement program. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367577032

Quality Aspects in Spatial Data Mining Describes the State-of-the-Art in Spatial Data Mining Focuses on Data QualitySubstantial progress has been made toward developing effective techniques for spatial information processing in recent years. This science deals with models of reality in a GIS however and not with reality itself. Therefore spatial information processes are often imprecise allowing for much interpretation of abstract figures and data. Quality Aspects in Spatial Data Mining introduces practical and theoretical solutions for making sense of the often chaotic and overwhelming amount of concrete data available to researchers. In this cohesive collection of peer-reviewed chapters field authorities present the latest field advancements and cover such essential areas as data acquisition geoinformation theory spatial statistics and dissemination. Each chapter debuts with an editorial preview of each topic from a conceptual applied and methodological point of view making it easier for researchers to judge which information is most beneficial to their work. Chapters Evolve From Error Propagation and Spatial Statistics to Address Relevant ApplicationsThe book advises the use of granular computing as a means of circumventing spatial complexities. This counter-application to traditional computing allows for the calculation of imprecise probabilities – the kind of information that the spatial information systems community wrestles with much of the time.Under the editorial guidance of internationally respected geoinformatics experts this indispensable volume addresses quality aspects in the entire spatial data mining process from data acquisition to end user. It also alleviates what is often field researchers’ most daunting task by organizing the wealth of concrete spatial data available into one convenient source thereby advancing the frontiers of spatial inf Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386320

Quality Assurance and Accreditation in Distance Education and e-LearningModels Policies and Research Quality assurance (QA) in open and distance learning (ODL) can be a contentious issue. Some argue that it should be judged by the same criteria and methods as face-to-face education while others claim that it is so different in its organization enrolments and operations that conventional QA mechanisms cannot apply. Some advocate the use of specific guidelines and standards for e-learning; others believe that regardless of the technology the basic principles of quality teaching and learning should apply. Providers who have enjoyed freedom from external scrutiny may resist attempts at external regulation and auditing and look upon QA as yet another imposition of corporatization and bureaucracy on education. Others see it as a means of establishing a culture of quality self-reflection and self-improvement. There is little research-based literature to guide policy-makers managers and practitioners in applying QA in education and training to ensure the right balance is found between accountability and autonomy as well as assuring quality for the time and costs involved. In this respect Quality Assurance and Accreditation in Distance Education and e-Learning is a book that is long overdue. It explains what is involved in QA and accreditation in education. It describes and analyzes applications of these practices in open distance dual-mode and conventional universities throughout Europe North America Africa and the Asia-Pacific looking at open schooling e-learning in conventional schools non-formal adult and community education and corporate and small-to-medium enterprises.　 Quality Assurance and Accreditation in Distance Education and e-Learning is edited and authored by experts with extensive international experience in ODL e-learning and QA who give careful consideration to the possibilities and challenges involved. The book will be an invaluable guide for all policy-makers managers practitioners and researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415887359

Quality Assurance and Quality Control in the Analytical Chemical LaboratoryA Practical Approach Second Edition The second edition defines the tools used in QA/QC especially the application of statistical tools during analytical data treatment. Clearly written and logically organized it takes a generic approach applicable to any field of analysis. The authors begin with the theory behind quality control systems then detail validation parameter measurements the use of statistical tests counting the margin of error uncertainty estimation traceability reference materials proficiency tests and method validation. New chapters cover internal quality control and equivalence method changes in the regulatory environment are reflected throughout and many new examples have been added to the second edition. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571825

Quality Assurance and the Law Over the last 25 years there has been a considerable increase in the awareness of quality related issues. In the world of business and commerce this awareness has manifested itself in the development of what was the British Quality Standard BS 5750 into what is now the international standard BS EN ISO 9000. Alongside all of this consumers in general have developed increasingly demanding expectations with regard to the quality of goods and services available in the market place. During a similar period there has also been an increase in legislation together with an expansion of the common law which has strengthened the protection already afforded to the consumer. This book will provide quality practitioners managers and those with a general interest in quality with an insight into the legal issues involved. In addition the book shows how the implementation of a Quality Assurance Management System - such as that required in order to be registered as a firm of assessed capability in accordance with BS EN ISO 9000 - can act as an aid to businesses seeking to comply with their legal obligations.In addition for those following a formal course of study the contents will prove to be particularly useful to students undertaking the Institute of Quality Assurance's Associate Membership examination: Principles and Techniques of Quality Assurance. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138464421

Quality Assurance for Social Care AgenciesA Practical Guide Quality Assurance for Social Care Agencies is specifically designed to enable you to set up a Quality Assurance system within a social services setting. Including practical checklists it covers all aspects of Quality Assurance - from what is meant by Quality Assurance and how to implement it to how to monitor and maintain quality control. Examples and details of experiences are included to help you get it right first time. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138371408

Quality Assurance in Construction The need for quality assurance in construction is now widely accepted. As a result pressure is currently being applied to contractors and those offering professional services to demonstrate QA capability prior to commission. This book written by experts in the field of quality management shows how construction companies can effectively apply QA within their own organization. It pinpoints the real benefits to be gained from developing well-structured systems and offers practical guidance on implementation techniques. Inevitably quality management standards play an important role in helping to define the requirements of any QA system. With this in mind the authors provide a detailed analysis of ISO 9000 - 1994 and its implementation. The text is complemented by numerous diagrams and examples and is essential reading for all construction professionals concerned with quality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263185

Quality Assurance in Continuing Professional EducationAn Analysis Higher education in the 1990s is characterised by a pre-occupation with quality assurance. This book provides an examination of what that means for one academic specialism continuing professional education (CPE). Based on research conducted in and around UK universities the book explores the range of existing practice in CPE and develops a broadly based strategy for practical action. It is argued that a framework for quality should evolve from an awareness of the complex character of CPE as a distinct subject area - solutions cannot simply be brought in but must be developed in relation to setting. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203423684

Quality Assurance in Higher Education: A Study of Developing CountriesA Study of Developing Countries This title was first published in 2001. Universities in developing countries have followed their counterparts in developed countries and adopted quality assurance to improve the quality of their activities. This text examines the wisdom of such a move when many of the conditions necessary for its success are not present. It concludes that quality assurance can be useful in developing countries because it shows how a university's seemingly disparate activities are related to one another to serve a common goal and how the quality of these can best be improved by using an integrated approach. Quality assurance also provides more focus and direction to the work of the traditional university system. However it must be modified to suit the conditions prevailing in developing countries by being simple in design modest in expectations and realistic in requirements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315204147

Quality Assurance in Higher EducationA Study of Developing Countries This title was first published in 2001. Universities in developing countries have followed their counterparts in developed countries and adopted quality assurance to improve the quality of their activities. This text examines the wisdom of such a move when many of the conditions necessary for its success are not present. It concludes that quality assurance can be useful in developing countries because it shows how a university's seemingly disparate activities are related to one another to serve a common goal and how the quality of these can best be improved by using an integrated approach. Quality assurance also provides more focus and direction to the work of the traditional university system. However it must be modified to suit the conditions prevailing in developing countries by being simple in design modest in expectations and realistic in requirements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138635692

Quality Assurance in Higher EducationThe UK Experience Since 1992 Along with funding quality assurance has become one of the major issues in higher education today. This text provides an analytical account of the changes to quality assurance of UK universities and colleges from 1992 to 2003. It documents the shift from institutional self-regulation to increased involvement of the state and examines the accompanying debate about the purposes forms and ownership of quality assurance as well as a wider consideration of the best means of regulating professional activities. All the key developments and issues of quality assurance are covered including:* the background to the current debates* the evolution of the post-1992 regime* the role of the Higher Education Quality Council (HEQC)* changes to assessment and the creation of a single system * the formation and likely evolution of the Quality Assurance Agency (QAA). Roger Brown writes with an authority derived from his varied experiences in quality assurance. He argues that the external quality regime to date has provided poor value for money and draws from the lessons learnt during the 1990s to assess the conditions required for effective regulation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415511346

Quality Assurance in Research and Development This book provides guidelines for obtaining research and development (RD) results of a consistent and known quality. The approaches discussed here have been developed for an industrial research center engaged in RD to support operating divisions of the parent corporation. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367451899

Quality Assurance in the Pathology LaboratoryForensic Technical and Ethical Aspects Quality refers to the amount of the unpriced attributes contained in each unit of the priced attribute. Leffler 1982 Quality is neither mind nor matter but a third entity independent of the two even though Quality cannot be defined you know what it is. Pirsig 2000 The continuous formulation of good practices and procedures across fields reflects the importance of the recognition and maintenance of "quality" for nearly every profession. The widespread introduction of point-of-care testing centralization of activities in large core laboratories and the increase in number and complexity of diagnostic testing worldwide has driven changes in the organization of laboratory diagnostics over the past decades. As such laboratory diagnostics continuously catching up to updated techniques and complex procedures need to stay vigilant about safety and good practices adjustments. Although widely defined and quantified the concept of quality is an intrinsic feature of the human psyche and decision making. Written to improve laboratory work Quality Assurance in the Pathology Laboratory examines: Quality assurance of quantifiable methods applied in laboratory medicine and toxicology Quality aspects of emerging disciplines including personalized therapy and virtopsy Regulatory and logistic instrumentation that ensure quality in laboratory methods Professional education at the graduate and postgraduate levels Laboratory diagnostics substantially contributes to clinical decision making by providing valuable information for the screening diagnosis therapeutic monitoring and follow-up of most—if not all—human disorders. Providing general insights into the quality assurance aspects of pathology and laboratory medicine this book aids in improving laboratory work and at the same time shows the possibilities and limits of all logistic and legal tools related to quality issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138115323

Quality Assurance of Aquatic Foods This book deals with the quality and safety of aquatic food. It focuses clearly on biological and chemical hazards antibiotic and pesticide residues and heavy metal contaminants associated with aquatic food. The quality problems in various aquatic food products and their methods of assessment are exhaustively dealt in this book. Besides food quality management systems like HACCP SSOP SCP GHP GMP have also been explained for easy adoption. The International and National Standards prescribed by FSSAI EIC BIS Codex USFDA ISO and EU for aquatic food products are explicitly given. It is also useful to the personnel of aquatic food industries to improve their working knowledge on maintaining the quality and safety aquatic foods. Note: T& F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367619398

Quality Assurance of Chemical Measurements This definitive new book should appeal to everyone who produces uses or evaluates scientific data. Ensures accuracy and reliability. Dr. Taylor's book provides guidance for the development and implementation of a credible quality assurance program plus it also provides chemists and clinical chemists medical and chemical researchers and all scientists and managers the ideal means to ensure accurate and reliable work. Chapters are presented in a logical progression starting with the concept of quality assurance principles of good measurement principles of quality assurance and evaluation of measurement quality. Each chapter has a degree of independence so that it may be consulted separately from the others. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367451417

Quality Assurance of Welded Construction Since the first edition of this book was published most developments in welding construction have been within the quality assurance element of the process rather than in welding technology itself.The continuous pressures from worldwide clients seeking better reliability from welded structures has focused much attention on to quality.The quality characteristic has a significant effect on safety and economy and the never ending attention to cost effectiveness requires continuous attention to quality control and quality assurance.New materials faster welding methods and the needs of economic design mean that such objectives must be carefully studied during the planning and execution of welded work.Quality Assurance in Welded Construction covers the essential aspects of the area and is suitable for civil and structural engineering designers welding engineers manufacturing managers inspectors and QA personnal. Included in the book are features and illustrations relating to defects in welded construction a summary of essential data and a substantial amount of information to assistin the task of getting welded structures right first time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367884222

Quality AssuranceApplying Methodologies for Launching New Products Services and Customer Satisfaction Although regularly introducing new products or services is the lifeblood of most industries bringing them to market can be fraught with peril. Timing cost and quality all play important roles in a successful product launch and avoiding expensive — often in more than just dollars — recalls and redesigns. Quality Assurance: Applying Methodologies for Launching New Products Services and Customer Satisfaction details continual improvement (CI) a proven process for avoiding common problems and creating customer satisfaction. The book explores the three fundamental approaches required to create a truly CI culture in any organization: a) consistent philosophy of improvement by management b) receptive organizational culture and c) the entire culture of the organization must be willing to make decisions based on measurement and data. It outlines the seven principles: research/plan assure explain prioritize demonstrate confirm and show. However as with CI itself this attitude must be incorporated into the processes of any organization and create products or services for the market place that will delight customers rather than just satisfying them. Time and cost constraints are the biggest culprits here not any one person’s lack of due diligence. When this happens organizations must look at the bigger picture internally and identify it as a system problem. Based on the author’s 35 years of experience this book covers the essential items for doing the right thing the first time especially during launching a good product and/or service to the customer. It identifies key indicators and methodologies that will help you attain excellent performance delivery and cost with both the customer and supplier. In other words by following these methodologies and indicators the job will get done right the first time. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498728683

Quality Auditing in Construction ProjectsA Handbook This book provides construction professionals designers contractors and quality auditors involved in construction projects with the auditing skills and processes required to improve construction quality and make their projects more competitive and economical. The processes within the book focus on auditing compliance to ISO corporate quality management systems project specific quality management systems contract management regulatory authorities’ requirements safety and environmental considerations. The book is divided into seven chapters and each chapter is divided into numbered sections covering auditing-related topics that have importance or relevance for understanding quality auditing concepts for construction projects. No other book covers construction quality auditing in such detail and with this level of practical application. It is an essential guide for construction and quality professionals but also for students and academics interested in learning about quality auditing in construction projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815385318

Quality Beyond BordersDantotsu or How to Achieve Best in Business Winner of the Walter E. Masing Book Prize 2019 at the International Academy for Quality. Perceptions as to the nature of the Quality Sciences and disciplines vary across the world depending on local industrial history. This can cause problems for global organisations who often want to retain the quality policies of the parent company whilst attempting to embrace the approaches familiar to local people. For example whilst Western organisations have embraced Six Sigma Lean and other Japanese management techniques we have tended to adopt them in a hotchpotch fashion bolting them on without ever understanding the context behind total quality control. In Japan these concepts are not considered to be standalone but are all part of a seamless companywide matrix of interactive concepts which can be summed up as company-wide quality work of by and for all. In essence this means that ‘quality’ is everybody’s responsibility from the chief executive downwards. David Hutchins has over several decades worked in all of the cultural blocks and has consistently managed to integrate all of these differences into a single companywide approach. When the concepts covered are integrated into a total company-wide programme the intention is to make that organisation the best in its business; in Japanese terms this implies ‘Dantotsu’ which means ‘number one thinking’. Accessible and practical in approach Quality Beyond Borders is split into short sections each representing a self-contained idea for the reader to digest and reflect on. It is a valuable resource for business practitioners students and academics alike that will enable you to reach beyond your own borders to implement new ideas with significant results. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138565104

Quality Beyond Six Sigma Six Sigma is a data-driven management system with near-perfect performance that is a statistical target of operating with no more that 3.4 defects per one million chances. Six sigma has both created avid interest and raised concerns among executives and its practioners. This is all very well for multinationals like Motorola or General Electric but how can it help small and medium-sized enterprises or the service industry? How do you ensure that solutions stick? Quality Beyond Six Sigma responds to this challenge and provides a practical implementation of the issues of Six Sigma Lean Enterprise and Total Quality and aligns the 'hard' sigma message with the softer sustainable 'strategic issues'. The result is FIT SIGMA.The authors utilize major and minor case studies to support principles and learnings of FIT SIGMA and include review examples and self-assessment that underpin the sustainable process. The three major case studies are contributed by General Electric Dow Chemical and Seagate Technology.Senior Executives and Managers of organizations of all types and sizes Management Consultants and Students of all disciplines will find this book a stimulating guide to quality and operational excellence. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138180130

Quality by Experimental Design Achieve Technological Advancements in Applied Science and Engineering Using Efficient Experiments That Consume the Least Amount of Resources Written by longtime experimental design guru Thomas B. Barker and experimental development/Six Sigma expert Andrew Milivojevich Quality by Experimental Design Fourth Edition shows how to design and analyze experiments statistically drive process and product innovation and improve productivity. The book presents an approach to experimentation that assesses many factors builds predictive models and verifies the models. New to the Fourth Edition Updated computer programs used to perform simulations including the latest version of Minitab® Four new chapters on mixture experiments: Introduction to Mixture Experiments The Simplex Lattice Design The Simplex Centroid Design and Constrained Mixtures Additional exercises and Minitab updates A Proven Practical Guide for Newcomers and Seasoned Practitioners in Engineering Applied Science Quality and Six Sigma This bestselling applied text continues to cover a broad range of experimental designs for practical use in applied research quality and process engineering and product development. With its easy-to-read conversational style the book is suitable for any course in applied statistical experimental design or in a Six Sigma program. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781482249668

Quality Circle Time in the Secondary SchoolA handbook of good practice Jenny Mosley's quality circle time model involves establishing an on-going timetabled process of circle-meetings for adults and children. As a basis for teaching relationship skills enhancing self-esteem and building a positive behaviour management and anti-bullying policy circle time should not only increase confidence and "emotional intelligence" in pupils but should also contribute towards a positive whole-school ethos. This classic text provides a rationale framework and whole-school model for quality circle time specifically for secondary schools and further education colleges. Fully revised and updated the authors offer over 100 activities and practical strategies to help build teachers' confidence and circle time skills. The book aims to enable teachers to sustain this approach within their SEAL syllabus tutorial time subject teaching or as part of their work with pupils with special educational needs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415820264

Quality Control of Packaging Materials in the Pharmaceutical Industry Illustrates the use of systems such as in-process control quality auditing and specifications stressing a troubleshooting cost-effective approach to product packaging for maximized early lead time to the customer. Addressing the needs of the pharmaceutical industry the approaches supplied are l Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403102

Quality Control Training ManualComprehensive Training Guide for API Finished Pharmaceutical and Biotechnologies Laboratories Written to help companies comply with GMP GLP and validation requirements imposed by the FDA and regulatory bodies worldwide Quality Control Training Manual: Comprehensive Training Guide for API Finished Pharmaceutical and Biotechnologies Laboratories presents cost-effective training courses that cover how to apply advances in the life sciences to produce commercially viable biotech products and services in terms of quality safety and efficacy. This book and its accompanying CD-ROM comprise detailed text summaries test papers and answers to test papers providing an administrative solution for management. Provides the FDA Health Canada WHO and EMEA guidelines directly applicable to pharmaceutical laboratory-related issues Offers generic formats and styles that can be customized to any organization and help management build quality into routine operations to comply with regulatory requirements Contains ready-to-use training courses that supply a good source of training material for experienced and inexperienced practitioners in the biotechnology/biopharmaceutical industries Includes a CD with downloadable training courses that can be adopted and directly customized to a particular organization Supplies ready-to-use test papers that allow end users to record all raw data up to the issuance of the attached certificate The biotechnology/bioscience industries are regulated worldwide to be in compliance with cGMP and GLP principles with particular focus on safety issues. Each company must create a definite training matrix of its employees. The training procedures in this book enable end users to understand the principles and elements of manufacturing techniques and provide documentation language ranging from the generic to the specific. The training courses on the CD supply valuable tools for developing training matrices to achieve FDA Health Canada EMEA MHRA UK WHO and GLP compliance. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077522

Quality Costing Quality costs help to show the importance of quality-related activities to management; they demonstrate the cost of non-quality to an organization; they track the causes and effects of the problem enabling the working out of solutions using quality improvement teams and then monitoring progress. As a technique in the introduction and development of TQM quality costing is a powerful tool for enhancing a company’s effectiveness. Quality Costing provides pragmatic advice on how to set about introducing and developing a quality costing system and using the data that emerges. This third edition (strengthened by additional data from a range of organizations) provides sound practical guidance on how to define identify collect measure analyse report and use quality costs. This established text has proved invaluable to managers and quality professionals students and academics alike - the new edition ensures its continued position as the leading book in the field. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138263239

Quality Education for AllCommunity-Oriented Approaches First Published in 1997. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984332

Quality Engineering TechniquesAn Innovative and Creative Process Model In today’s industrial and complex world the progress of change is incredible. The amount of information which needs to be analyzed is very large and time has become more and more limited. Industries and firms of all sizes desire to increase productivity and sustainability to keep their competitive edge in the marketplace. One of the best tools for achieving this is the application of Quality Engineering Techniques (QET). This book will introduce the integrated model and the numerical applications for implementing it. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367903817

Quality EngineeringOff-Line Methods and Applications As quality becomes an increasingly essential factor for achieving business success building quality improvement into all stages—product planning product design and process design—instead of just manufacturing has also become essential. Quality Engineering: Off-Line Methods and Applications explores how to use quality engineering methods and other modern techniques to ensure design optimization at every stage. The book takes a broad approach focusing on the user’s perspective and building a well-structured framework for the study and implementation of quality engineering. Starting with the basics this book presents an overall picture of quality engineering. The author delineates quality engineering methods such as DOE Taguchi and RSM as well as computational intelligence approaches. He discusses how to use a general computational intelligence approach to improve product quality and process performance. He also provides extensive examples and case studies numerous exercises and a glossary of basic terms. By adopting quality engineering the defect rate during manufacturing shows noticeable improvement the production cost is significantly lower and the quality and reliability of products can be enhanced. Taking an integrated approach that makes the methods of upstream quality improvement accessible without extensive mathematical treatments this book is both a practical reference and an excellent textbook. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466569478

Quality Function DeploymentThe Practitioner's Approach Quality Function Deployment is an information system producing structured data for quality managers and practitioners. This is a practical guide to implementing such a system for readers assumed to be familiar with it. Annotation copyright Book News Inc. Portland Or. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003066545

Quality Improvement in EducationCase Studies in Schools Colleges and Universities Using case studies from the full range of educational institutions this book originally published in 1994 provides an analytical overview of the quality debate in British education illuminating the evolution of one of the most prevalent and forceful cultural phenomena in contemporary education at the time. Lessons are learned from quality improvement in industry and public service and the case studies show how procedural approaches like TQM IIP and BS 5750 are being adapted to the educational context. Directed towards all involved in educational management the book is of particular value to those responsible for initiating and monitoring quality improvement in their institutions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138577220

Quality Improvement in Primary CareThe Essential Guide 'This excellent primer offers useful simple practical advice: where to start how to know how you're doing and how to take simple steps to improve care for patients. It will be useful and used by clinicians across the health service.' Professor Martin Roland in his Foreword 'The concept of clinical governance places a central responsibility for quality on the shoulders of those managing and leading within the health system. To one degree or another that means all of us.' From the Introduction This book provides readers with an invaluable set of tools to convert the endless challenges for quality and myriad opportunities for improvement into meaningful and useful change. It begins by considering how to manage primary care organisations in order to improve quality of care. Patient perspectives on quality are examined initially moving onto market mechanisms and commissioning which are increasingly being used as levers for change. It also considers how general practices are regulated and held accountable for the quality of the services they provide. All healthcare professionals work within teams organisations and the wider health system. How these are designed and managed greatly determines individual and team effectiveness. Refl ecting on this leadership management and the right organisational culture are reviewed. Prompts for personal refl ection are included throughout the book enabling practitioners and students to use personal experiences to transform the services provided. It also explores various techniques used for assessing and measuring quality of care commonly used quality improvement frameworks along with the burgeoning sciences of process control systems and spread. Quality Improvement in Primary Care is a highly practical introductory primer for quality improvement relevant to every individual working and learning in primary healthcare and the wider health service. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781846197680

Quality Improvement Techniques in ConstructionPrinciples and Methods Quality management has received much attention in recent years not least in the construction industry. This book provides a description of the techniques of quality management and how they are implemented regardless of the context. The author applies the techniques to the construction industry and brings in some practical experience from contractors in the construction industry. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138156432

Quality in General Practice The recent shifts in power resources influence and responsibility in primary care has increased the strain on general practice. This book is a comprehensive guide to the wide range of quality schemes available. It is unique in examining quality within the context of current practice and it discusses future options based on new examples and research. It outlines the development of clinical governance strategies for managing and assessing quality continuing professional development Department of Health policy initiatives and future trends. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315384252

Quality in Health CareStrategic Issues in Health Care Management This title was first published in 2001. Enhancing the quality of health services remains a key challenge for all health systems whatever their stage of development. This collection of leading-edge research from Europe and America explores both quantitative and qualitative approaches to identifying and remedying deficiencies in health care. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138724198

Quality in Higher Education The concept of quality in higher education is by no means a new one. By one set of definitions or another colleges and universities throughout the world have always held the pursuit of excellence as their primary goal. Why then has the quality approach developed and popularized in industry and how increasingly applied in health care and government receiving so much attention in higher education at this moment? What does this perspective add to the approaches to excellence with which they have long embraced?These are the two primary questions that this book seeks to address. Chapters and contributors include: "The New Productivity" by Peter F. Drucker; "World War n and the Quality Movement" by J. M. Juran; "The Quality Approach to Higher Education: Context of Concepts for Change" by Brent Ruben; "The Big Questions in Higher Education Today" by L. Edwin Coate; "An American Approach to Quality" by Marilyn R. Zuckerman and Lewis J. Hatala; "Quality hi Higher Education: Critical Issues in Definition and Assessment" by Brent Ruben; and "Ten Areas for Future Research in Total Quality Management" by A. Blanton Godfrey. The volume is graced with an opening essay by Francis L. Lawrence president of Rutgers University.Higher education is in the public spotlight today due to the many challenges it now faces: rising tuition costs; frustration about a tight job market for graduates; calls for increased faculty productivity; concerns about political correctness; and criticisms regarding the use of grant and research funds among others. Quality in Higher Education is a particularly timely book that will greatly benefit educators university administrators students and sociologists and all those who are interested in higher education today. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513853

Quality in Higher Education as a Tool for Human DevelopmentEnhancing Teaching and Learning in Zimbabwe Whilst many studies have explored how quality in higher education is conceptualised in the Global North less attention has been paid to quality in higher education in Africa and the Global South. This book uses the human development and capabilities approach to demonstrate how quality in teaching and learning contributes to a range of benefits such as improved wellbeing economic outcomes political engagement and human capital formation amongst graduates. The book interrogates the various dimensions of quality as well as factors that impact on the realisation of quality in universities and society at large. Recognising that measures of quality are context and stakeholder specific the book uses the Zimbabwean context as a Global South case study. It evaluates how quality is conceptualised and operationalised in Zimbabwean universities and how that impacts on teaching and learning policy and practice. The book also demonstrates the need for economic resources for individuals and universities and emphasises the importance of a social and educational environment conducive to critical learning and post-university opportunities. This book will be of interest to researchers across Education African and Development Studies as well as to policymakers and practitioners with an interest in quality assurance and the promotion of teaching and learning in universities in the Global South. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138590717

Quality in Postgraduate Education This text is designed to respond to the uppermost area of concern in postgraduate education today - that of achieving quality. The book discusses issues of quality and research culture including criteria for evaluating theses and research applications and women and overseas students. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138166448

Quality in TESOL and Teacher EducationFrom a Results Culture Towards a Quality Culture This volume takes a holistic view of the current trends and challenges in quality and quality assurance in TESOL and teacher education. Bringing together top scholars in the field from all over the world the text features invaluable international perspectives with the common objective of improving the quality in TESOL and teacher education in constantly changing and challenging educational contexts globally. Grouped into four wide-ranging thematic sections – on multilingualism diversity teacher education and future challenges – the book addresses new obstacles faced by educational professionals in today’s rapidly changing educational landscape by offering alternatives to quantitative targets. Chapter authors cover a range of contexts and timely issues including technology in the classroom culturally relevant teaching teaching for continuous improvement professional development and monitoring and evaluating quality. Providing a forum of discussion on the intricacies complexities and challenges related to the urgent question of quality in the field this book is a must-read for prospective ESL/EFL teachers and teacher educators. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367187873

Quality is Everybody's Business Done correctly Total Quality Management (TQM) will increase your profits and preserve your resources make your customers and employees happy and it is the ethical thing to do. The key of course is to do it right. Unfortunately when quality efforts fail to fulfill their potential business leaders begin to doubt the efficacy of making the pursuit of quality a primary organizational priority.The most consistent mistake: starting small and implementing only part of the plan. Examples of partial efforts ending in disappointment or disaster abound. As a result the only thing "total" about TQM processes has been the level of frustration. Quality is Everybody's Business makes it possible for people at all levels of your organization to understand the underlying theory and the specific mechanics of continual improvement.In an easy-to-read style the book shows you how to untangle seemingly complex theory into guidelines for everyday managing and leading. The authors provide a comprehensive presentation of the practical details and the reasoning behind defining implementing and maintaining a 100% employee involvement process. Taken as a whole the articles presented in this book address the theory and the practice of TQM in an integrated manner.Once your customers experience quality they will continue to look for the quality option. Done correctly TQM can be defined and implemented in six-to-eight months - and that includes actively involving everyone on the payroll in the process and seeing positive bottom line results virtually immediately. Whether your organization has a TQM process in place or is just beginning to implement one Quality is Everybody's Business gives you the tools to make it a complete quality process. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203741597

Quality Lighting for High Performance Buildings This book provides an overview of the basic concepts of quality indoor lighting and explains concepts like visual comfort visual interest and integrated design as they relate to the practice of lighting design. Energy-efficient lighting technologies including LED lighting and digital control systems and design strategies that increase visual comfort and productivity are discussed in plain language and examined in a straightforward way to give the reader whether an architect interior designer engineer building trades professional or student a broad understanding of the art and science of energy-efficient quality lighting. Media > Books > Print Books Fairmont Press 9781466501300

Quality Management Essentials From the best-selling quality management author David Hoyle Quality Management Essentials is the perfect brief yet authoritative introduction to the fundamentals of quality management. Quality in organizations large or small is achieved with intelligent use of various concepts principles tools and techniques. For those coming to the subject for the first time these philosophies associated with quality management can be quite overwhelming. This very readable book provides a fast track introduction and executive level appraisal of the field from a respected and experienced author. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138168701

Quality Management for Organizations Using Lean Six Sigma Techniques The next step in the evolution of the organizational quality field Lean Six Sigma (LSS) has come of age. However many challenges to using LSS in lieu of in conjunction with or integrated with other quality initiatives remain. An update on the current focus of quality management Quality Management for Organizations Using Lean Six Sigma Techniques covers the concepts and principles of Lean Six Sigma and its origins in quality total quality management (TQM) and statistical process control (SPC) and then explores how it can be integrated into manufacturing logistics and healthcare operations. The book presents the background on quality and Lean Six Sigma (LSS) techniques and tools previous history of LSS in manufacturing and current applications of LSS in operations such as logistics and healthcare. It provides a decision model for choosing whether to use LSS or other quality initiatives which projects should be selected and prioritized and what to do with non-LSS projects. The author also details an integration model for integrating and developing integrated LSS and other quality initiatives and common mathematical techniques that you can use for performing LSS statistical calculations. He describes methods to attain the different Six Sigma certifications and closes with discussion of future directions of Lean Six Sigma and quality. Case studies illustrate the integration of LSS principles into other quality initiatives highlighting best practices as well as successful and failed integrations. This guide gives you a balanced description of the good bad and ugly in integrating LSS into modern operations giving you the understanding necessary to immediately apply the concepts to your quality processes. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075122

Quality Management in Construction Projects The first edition published in 2010. The response was encouraging and many people appreciated a book that was dedicated to quality management in construction projects. Since it published ISO 9000: 2008 has been revised and ISO 9000: 2015 has published. The new edition will focus on risk-based thinking which must be considered from the beginning and throughout the project life cycle. There are quality-related topics such as Customer Relationship Supplier Management Risk Management Quality Audits Tools for Construction Projects and Quality Management that were not covered in the first edition. Furthermore some figures and tables needed to be updated to make the book more comprehensive. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367890032

Quality Management in EngineeringA Scientific and Systematic Approach This book introduces fundamental advanced and future-oriented scientific quality management methods for the engineering and manufacturing industries. It presents new knowledge and experiences in the manufacturing industry with real world case studies. It introduces Quality 4.0 with Industry 4.0 including quality engineering tools for software quality and offers lean quality management methods for lean manufacturing. It also bridges the gap between quality management and quality engineering and offers a scientific methodology for problem solving and prevention. The methods techniques templates and processes introduced in this book can be utilized in various areas in industry from product engineering to manufacturing and shop floor management. This book will be of interest to manufacturing industry leaders and managers who do not require in-depth engineering knowledge. It will also be helpful to engineers in design and suppliers in management and manufacturing all who have daily concerns with project and quality management. Students in business and engineering programs may also find this book useful as they prepare for careers in the engineering and manufacturing industries. Presents new knowledge and experiences in the manufacturing industry with real world case studies Introduces quality engineering methods for software development Introduces Quality 4.0 with Industry 4.0 Offers lean quality management methods for lean manufacturing Bridges the gap between quality management methods and quality engineering Provides scientific methodology for product planning problem solving and prevention management Includes forms templates and tools that can be used conveniently in the field Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367230081

Quality Management in Oil and Gas Projects This book provides the tools and techniques management principles procedures concepts and methods to ensure the successful completion of an oil and gas project while also ensuring the proper design procurement and construction for making the project most qualitative competitive and economical for safer operational optimized performance. It discusses quality during design FEED detailed engineering selection of project teams procurement procedure of EPC contract managing quality during mobilization procurement execution planning scheduling monitoring control quality and testing to achieve the desired results for an oil and gas project. This book provides all the related information to professional practitioners designers consultants contractors quality managers project managers construction managers and academics/instructors involved in oil and gas projects and related industries. Features Provides information on the various quality tools used to manage construction projects from inception to handover Discusses the life cycle phases developed on systems engineering approach and how it is divided into manageable activity/element/components segments to manage and control the project Includes a wide range of tools techniques principles and procedures used to address quality management Covers quality management systems and development of quality management systems manuals Discusses quality and risk management and health safety and environmental management during the design and construction process 　   Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367460754

Quality Management SystemsA Practical Guide to Standards Implementation This book provides a clear easy to digest overview of Quality Management Systems (QMS). Critically it offers the reader an explanation of the International Standards Organization’s (ISO) requirement that in future all new and existing Management Systems Standards will need to have the same high-level structure commonly referred to as Annex SL with identical core text as well as common terms and definitions. In addition to explaining what Annex SL entails this book provides the reader with a guide to the principles requirements and interoperability of Quality Management System standards how to complete internal and external management reviews third-party audits and evaluations as well as how to become an ISO Certified Organisation once your QMS is fully established. As a simple and straightforward explanation of QMS Standards and their current requirements this is a perfect guide for practitioners who need a comprehensive overview to put theory into practice as well as for undergraduate and postgraduate students studying quality management as part of broader Operations and Management courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367223533

Quality ManagementA Project Management Perspective The implementation of quality management can be seen as a sequence of projects and evolves as a result of how projects are planned executed and closed. This book explores quality management from a project management perspective based on the author’s long experience of teaching and practicing including the implementation and operation of quality management systems within various types of organisations. The author explores the origins of quality management as a discipline it’s appearance in the present form and how quality management can be implemented and applied in all kinds of organisations to achieve stability and better results. The basic principles of quality management and the ISO9001 quality management standard are discussed and explained from a broad perspective with illustrative examples from different types of organisations. Quality Management offers a global accessible guide for undergraduate and postgraduate university students. Written clearly and with illustrative examples it will also appeal to all those interested in project management and quality management and wishing to expand their knowledge base. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367434359

Quality ManagementTheory and Application In the past when goods and services were simpler measurement of quality was self-evident. As business became more complicated so too did the implementation of quality management and our ability to measure it. Ultimately the practice of quality strayed from being a business practice to become much more of an engineering discipline producing plenty of data but little actual improvement. In Quality Management: Theory and Application highly respected quality management specialist Peter Mauch shows you how to set up a Quality Management System (QMS) that will stay aligned with your business goals. Using examples from actual situations that can be readily applied in any industrial situation these pages will show you how to: Plan for quality by setting objectives and metrics and creating effective flexible blueprints and procedures Get staff involved by understanding how to motivate and train them Establish responsibility and accountability across your entire organization Create the right reporting mechanisms and learn how to analyze them Understand the value and particulars of certification QMS is a performance-reporting system designed to accumulate and report data useful for the achievement of management’s objectives. Combining the technical aspects of quality engineering with successful business management practices this book will teach you that quality is an ongoing practice and that it must be implemented throughout an organization rather than stand as the responsibility of one department. Ultimately through this system you will align individual departments to continuously maximize quality throughout your entire organization. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138116207

Quality MattersSeeking Confidence in Evaluating Auditing and Performance Reporting Information--regular systematic reliable--is the life-blood of democracy and the fuel of effective management. Surely today there is no problem with information for this is the age of information overload. It pours onto our computer screens and out of our printers. Indeed many governments claim often with some justification to be more open and transparent than ever before. But what if the life-blood is contaminated or the fuel polluted? Then the body politic sickens and the engine of public management runs rough. It is the vital issue of the quality of the information we receive that this book addresses. Quality Matters compares approaches across different jurisdictional settings and across three different types of information evaluation. The chapters describe and analyze quality assurance in a number of countries and within a variety of international organizations. These have been selected either because they are widely considered to be leaders in evaluating information or because they have experience with assuring quality information that can instruct others. Contributors are from Australia Canada the European Union France the Netherlands New Zealand Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom United States and the World Bank. This pioneering study analyzes practices for assuring the quality of evaluation performance auditing and reporting in the face of political organizational and technical obstacles. A final chapter addresses the extent to which quality assurance systems become bothersome rituals or remain meaningful mechanisms to ensure quality control. This well-structured volume will be of particular interest to policymakers and adds much to the literature on program evaluation and performance auditing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513860

Quality Mentoring for Student TeachersA Principled Approach to Practice First Published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books David Fulton Publishers 9781315067681

Quality of Life and Public ManagementRedefining Development in the Local Environment Quality of Life and Public Management explores the possibility for a dramatic and significant improvement in quality of life for all population groups and sub-groups in the UK. Strongly evidence-based the book draws on case study data and comparisons into local and central government structure funding policy cultures and outcomes from a number of EU countries such as Denmark Germany and Switzerland. It shows that quality of life on a number of important criteria is superior in these other countries than it is in the UK. The book makes a strong argument that it is possible to replicate this success in the UK and that failure to do so has been the result of failed political institutions in particular local government. John Whitelegg examines the impact of better central and local governance on the welfare of children and older people. He also looks at the built environment air quality resilience and renewable energy in the UK and gives suggestions for practical and implementable policies based on evidence and best practice from other EU cities. The book is rooted in the belief that every locality can and should have the best possible standards of health quality of life environment climate change protection and transport choices that can be found anywhere in the world. This book will be of great value to students and researchers in the fields of public management politics social work planning and public services in general. It also has direct relevance for professionals in central and local government councillors community groups and NGOs. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415628808

Quality of Life for Handicapped People First published in 1988 Quality of Life for Handicapped People examines developments and innovations in research and practice concerning the quality of life for those with disabilities. The book centres on the topic of rehabilitation education with a particular focus on issues relating to quality of life including what is meant by ‘quality of life’ and the measures and systems required to assess the variables involved. It highlights the significance of rehabilitation education in underlining the key issue of how individuals feel about themselves and how they perceive the services available to them for the purpose of rehabilitation. It considers the importance of environment and the improvement of environment in increasing quality of life and examines a range of vocational and social programmes from a variety of perspectives. Quality of Life for Handicapped People will be of use to those with an interest in the history and development of rehabilitation education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367672287

Quality Of Life In American NeighborhoodsLevels Of Affluence Toxic Waste And Cancer Mortality In Residential Zip Code Areas Information never before available on levels of affluence and the quality of life in every Zip code area in which Americans reside is contained in this book. The Council On Economic Priorities (CEP) a non-profit research agency committed to the exploration of issues of corporate social responsibility has been engaged in a study of the relationship between the generation and disposal of toxic waste and the regional variation in cancer mortality rates for some time. A CEP study Toxic Waste and Cancer: The Link ls Getting Stronger (published in September 1984) established a small but statistically significant association between cancer and toxic waste at the county level. For small counties with petrochemical concentrations the association appeared to be particularly high. CEP chose therefore to continue its studies at the 5 digit Zip code level because the average 5 digit Zip code area is one-tenth the size of the typical county. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780429303623

Quality of Life in Behavioral Medicine Research The number of and interest in quality of life studies has grown dramatically in the last decade. On an ever increasing basis patients clinicians researchers and health policy regulators are considering quality of life in assessing treatment alternatives. Unfortunately most discussions of quality of life are narrow in scope -- applying to only one disease group. This unique book represents the concerted effort of experts in academia federal government health care regulators and pharmaceutical industry representatives to define the promise and the problems associated with quality of life studies. The issues covered range from cross cutting ones to those that are specific to particular illnesses. Because quality of life takes into consideration such domains as mood vocation family sexual functioning social participation and costs this book will serve as an invaluable companion to readers with an interest in behavioral medicine research. Media > Books > Print Books Psychology Press 9781138984349

Quality of Life in Child and Adolescent IllnessConcepts Methods and Findings How can we measure the quality of life in children and adolescents with chronic disease? Major progress in the diagnosis and treatment of severe and chronic disease has led to an increased number of children and their families having to adapt and cope with the impact of disease survival and the cost of treatment. Health professionals have responded to this by developing a diversity of instruments for measuring quality of life for use in paediatrics psychology and public health. This book introduces the reader to the emerging field of quality of life assessment and provides a comprehensive overview of the conceptual and methodological issues concerning quality of life in child and adolescent illness. Particular emphasis is provided on current efforts to measure the impact of specific chronic conditions on different domains of child functioning. Future directions are outlined for the development of appropriate instruments for measuring quality of life in children and adolescents. Quality of Life in Child and Adolescent Illness is intended for psychologists paediatricians paediatric nurses child psychiatrists public health professionals researchers and other interested readers from the undergraduate to the working professional. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315800592

Quality of Life in CitiesEquity Sustainable Development and Happiness from a Policy Perspective In the last few decades urban quality of life has received increasing interest from policy makers who aim to make cities better places to live. In addition to the aim of improving quality of life sustainable and equitable development is also often included in the policy agendas of decision makers. This book aims to link quality of life to related issues such as sustainability equity and subjective well-being. While less than one-third of the world's population lived in cities in 1950 about two thirds of humanity is expected to live in urban areas by 2030. This dramatic increase in the number of people living in urban areas serves as the backdrop for this book’s analysis of cities. This book will be useful to students and researchers in economics architecture and urban planning sociology and political sciences as well as policy makers. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367109578

Quality of Life in EpilepsyBeyond Seizure Counts in Assessment and Treatment Though clinical aspects of epilepsy such as seizure control are crucially important to its management increasing attention is being given to wider quality of life issues. Epilepsy continues to be an often misunderstood and stigmatising condition; for the vast majority of people whose seizures can be well controlled the social and psychological repercussions are often of greater significance than the seizures themselves.The increasing emphasis on the importance of non-clinical outcomes in the assessment of new treatments and management strategies for chronic conditions such as epilepsy has stimulated interest in methodological issues in assessing quality of life. This book reviews the recent literature on the impact of epilepsy on everyday experience and the methodological issues involved in assessing that impact. It also considers the perspectives of a range of health professionals involved in caring for people with epilepsy and how through appropriate management the impact on their lives can be minimised. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203783412

Quality Of Life In The Soviet Union "Quality of life" is a difficult concept to define and particularly so when referring to the Soviet Union because Westerners have many preconceptions about Soviet living conditions. This volume goes a long way toward illuminating the realities of daily Soviet life and stands as an important contribution to our understanding of the Soviet Union. Contributors focus primarily on the relation of quality of life to living conditions but also discuss the quality and availability of state-provided services such as education health care and housing. Of special interest is their coverage of problems in Soviet society including working conditions in factories living conditions in rural areas alcohol abuse and the status of the elderly. Together these essays show that although the Soviet government has made great strides in improving the living conditions of its citizens Soviet living standards and services are relatively poor by Western standards and several important social problems continue to burden the Soviet people. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284886

Quality of Life Technology Handbook A collaboration between leading scientists practitioners and researchers at Carnegie-Mellon University and the University of Pittsburgh this book is a comprehensive resource describing Quality of Life technologies and their development evaluation adoption and commercialization. It takes an interdisciplinary team approach to the process of technology development for disabled and older persons and discusses the state of the art and future directions of technologies. This work provides direction on how to identify user needs and preferences engage end-users in the design and development process and evaluate and commercialize the technologies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075139

Quality of Pupil Learning Experiences (RLE Edu O) Very little is known about the quality of the learning experiences provided for pupils. This book contains the results of a major research project conducted in a sample of English primary schools in which particular attention was paid to the tasks children were assigned to the degree of match between assigned tasks and pupil attainment to the detailed observation of children at work. The teacher’s problems in assigning work appropriate to children’s attainments and the special problem of matching posed by the transfer of children from one class to another were also subjected to analysis. Lessons learned from the project were used as a basis for the design of an in-service course for teachers. The course which was aimed at improving teachers’ matching skills was closely evaluated. The report contains data and analysis pertinent to each of the above issues. The findings reveal that despite the conscientious efforts of able teachers a number of serious issues are apparent – particularly in areas such as classroom organization and teacher diagnosis of children’s work. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415753197

Quality of the EnvironmentAn Economic Approach to Some Problems in Using Land Water and Air Contemporary society is dependent on man’s ability to work fundamental changes in the natural environment. In using resources to produce high and rising levels of income however effects are often produced that are incidental to the main purpose. This study first published in 1965 explores some research approaches to the economic analysis of some of the key environmental problems including water and air pollution the introduction of chemical substances into the environment and the development of urban and rural space. This title will be of interest to students of environmental studies and economics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138936270

Quality Poster The Quality Poster is available with a thin Plastic Film Coating to protect against dust and grime fading due to light exposure and oil from finger marks. We encourage our customers to protect their posters with this product. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138070660

Quality Sampling and ReliabilityNew Uses for the Poisson Distribution As a mathematical model for determining the probable number of outcomes the new Poisson Distribution tables have long been an easier tool to use for reliability analyses. Longtime quality professional inventor and consultant John J. Heldt now makes the Poisson Table even more useful-creating two new tables (available only in this book) with the Poisson terms rearranged for further ease of estimation.Quality Sampling and Reliability: New Uses for the Poisson Distribution simplifies the steps involved with reliability testing; Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) assessment; advantages and risks involved in reliability life testing; and an example of methodology for tracking the MTBF for products in the field.In addition to the tried-and-true Standard Poisson table used to review conventional Poisson uses Heldt's two variations yield these results: Estimations of product Mean Time Between Failures (MTBFs) based on life tests-including the 90% 80% or 60% envelop for any MTBFs that have been derivedDevelopment of the Operating Characteristic Curves for Life testing-showing the risks and advantages of any test used to assure the product MTBF is not varying in a detrimental mannerWritten for easy comprehension with numerous illustrations Quality Sampling and Reliability: New Uses for the Poisson Distribution will help quality professionals engineers instructors and students alike in their reliability testing tasks. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003076056

Quality Standards for Highly Effective Government Second Edition Quality Standards for Highly Effective Government Second Edition establishes a "new normal" in government that will ultimately reinvent the practice of democratic government. The principal catalyst for this change will be the adoption of auditable quality standards within every government entity—based on efficiency effectiveness and delivered value. Conventional wisdom says that government is not efficient and not effective – but we are still unsure what works and what is broken in government where to find some common sense and where to start to fix it. The problem sounds huge but the solution is not all that difficult. Quality science can provide a structure for efficiency and effectiveness democratic institutions can create consensus goals and auditable standards can show where these issues exist and to what degree. In addition it can drive change where it must happen because if you can measure it you can manage it. Auditable quality standards can make these unknowns highly visible and offer a clear scorecard that anyone can follow. They can provide holistic and thorough measurements because they will align with the unique roles and responsibilities at three fundamental levels of leadership in government: (1) Work unit supervisors and managers at the "front line" of government service; (2) chief executives department directors and their deputies as "Executive Management" of government agencies and (3) elected top leadership as those key officials must define the priorities outcomes programs and budgets. This book proposes that a focus on efficiency and effectiveness combined with its defined value provides the foundation of effective government and of its audit standard. In this book you will learn four necessary strategies that will support the use of these standards including: Creating an imperative for consensus Ending incentives for building bureaucracy Building a safety net for champions of efficiency Making elected representatives accountable for results This book presents the methods necessary to measure and improve the quality of organizational systems in government across the board and on a sustained basis to achieve value efficiency and effectiveness -- It is the manifesto and map for government’s future. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138482395

Quality Teaching and the Capability ApproachEvaluating the work and governance of women teachers in rural Sub-Saharan Africa This book provides an analytical exploration of the condition of teachers working in expanding school systems across the world with a particular focus on the lives of women teachers in rural Sub-Saharan Africa. Drawing from award-winning research it looks beyond the official portrayals of teachers’ lives in order to better understand the reality of the contexts in which teachers live and work. Positioning Amartya Sen’s capability approach at the heart of the study each chapter considers documentary evidence alongside ethnographic research from rural remote and under-resourced schools in Ghana Nigeria Kenya South Africa and Sudan. Interweaving rich narratives from teachers in a variety of contexts the book proposes a concept of professional capability and examines female teachers’ agency to pursue and achieve this in their classrooms. This key examination challenges existing notions of ‘quality education’ and reveals insights into the broader purpose of schooling for rural communities. Quality Teaching and the Capability Approach will be of value to researchers academics and postgraduate students in education particularly those concerned with gender development and teaching as well as educationalists and policy makers concerned with education and development. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815356707

Quality TeachingA Sample of Cases First Published in 2004. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138421509

Quality Tools for Managing Construction Projects Dealing with such a multi-layered and fungible intangible as quality during the design and construction process is difficult for all parties involved. To the architect quality means an appealing and enduring design but to the builder it means understandable documents that when acted upon lead to an enduring well-made structure. To the owner it is the end result: a building that is not only fit for the purpose but a positive addition to its surroundings. Reconciling these seemingly contrasting priorities requires processes that are embedded not just at the project level but within the entire enterprise with designer builder and owner committed to integrating quality into all their business processes.Quality Tools for Managing Construction Projects not only details the importance of developing a comprehensive management system but provides the tools and techniques required to do so. The book examines the usage and applications of tools and techniques in different phases of a construction project focusing on plan quality quality assurance and quality control. Following the construction cycle Dr. Rumane delineates the quality tools and their application ending with the implementation of quality systems throughout the entire design and construction cycle. The book demonstrates how these tools can help in planning executing monitoring and controlling a project—evolving project management into a system that ensures project deliverables consistently meet the defined scope on schedule and within budget. The author’s systems perspective recognizes and supports the ideal collaborative approach that modern design and construction projects need. Dr. Rumane then demonstrates that successful quality management is more than a series of handoffs between teams who’ve completed tasks. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466552142

QualityA Critical Introduction Quality: A Critical Introduction fourth edition continues to provide a complete knowledge platform for all those wishing to study the development of the theory and practice of quality management. Exploring the basics of management theory and the work of the quality gurus who have formed the foundation of current practice this new edition builds upon the previous editions’ unique critical perspective of quality. A number of key management practices are considered including the new ISO9001:2015 standards EFQM systems thinking systems practice business process reengineering six-sigma organisational learning intelligent organisation skills based quality management and service quality management. An extended in-depth case studies completes the text exploring organisational performance transformation through the use of key methodologies such as: soft systems; viable systems modelling; process analysis job design and statistical methods. Replete with examples vignettes and diagrams this comprehensive textbook is ideal for those new to the field of quality management and for students on undergraduate and postgraduate courses in Operations Management where quality management is taught. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138186125

Quality-I Is Safety-llThe Integration of Two Management Systems This book deals with the present and future situation with Quality and Safety management Systems (QMS and SMS). It presents new ideas points to the basic misunderstandings in the two management systems and covers a wide range of industries as well as providing a practical assessment of scientific theory. It explains the fundamental misunderstanding of what Quality and Safety is from a practical point of view and how to improve them by integrating the two systems from the perspective that Quality-I is Safety-II. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498786072

QUANGOs and Local GovernmentA Changing World There is now an appointed world of local governance sitting alongside elected government.this publication seeks to develop understanding of the changing world of local governance and thus contribute to wider debates. The impact of these changes will continue to be felt for many years to come whoever is in government. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315037752

Quantification Theory Originally published in 1964. This book is concerned with general arguments by which is meant broadly arguments that rely for their force on the ideas expressed by all every any some none and other kindred words or phrases. A main object of quantificational logic is to provide methods for evaluating general arguments. To evaluate a general argument by these methods we must first express it in a standard form. Quantificational form is dealt with in chapter one and in part of chapter three; in the remainder of the book an account is given of methods by which arguments when formulated quantificationally may be tested for validity or invalidity. Some attention is also paid to the logic of identity and of definite descriptions. Throughout the book an attempt has been made to give a clear explanation of the concepts involved and the symbols used; in particular a step-by-step and partly mechanical method is developed for translating complicated statements of ordinary discourse into the appropriate quantificational formulae. Some elementary knowledge of truth-functional logic is presupposed. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418076

Quantifying and Understanding Plant Nitrogen Uptake for Systems Modeling Discusses New Advancements to Improve Existing Simulations of Plant NitrogenWritten by research pioneers and leading scientists in the area of agricultural systems Quantifying and Understanding Plant Nitrogen Uptake for Systems Modeling comprehensively covers plant N uptake in agricultural system models especially for building soil-plant system models. The text illustrates how to minimize the transportation of nitrogen fertilizers in crop production to surface and ground waters as even moderate errors in uptake estimations lead to a dramatic increase in the amount of nitrogen leached into groundwater. It also highlights the knowledge gaps preventing correct simulation of this process and explains what to look for when using a system model and interpreting simulation results. Applies to a Variety of Crops Including Oilseed Wheat Potatoes and MaizeAddressing quantification and synthesis in the context of system modeling this text introduces cutting-edge and original information regarding N uptake not previously offered by other research texts in the field. This in turn benefits scientists professors system modelers and model users in interpreting modeling results for enhancing nitrogen management and developing decision support tools. This volume documents with complex detailed models plant N uptake based on absorption kinetics of transporters across the root cell membranes mass flow and diffusion to the root surface of single or composite roots. It also provides simpler models used in N uptake simulations at the field and watershed scales.Discusses All Areas of the Complex ProcessIn addition to the important processes of nitrogen translocation remobilization and grain protein formation the book documents various philosophies mechanisms and scales in simul Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367452599

Quantifying Morphology and Physiology of the Human Body Using MRI In the medical imaging field clinicians and researchers are increasingly moving from the qualitative assessment of printed images to the quantitative evaluation of digital images since the quantitative techniques often improve diagnostic accuracy and complement clinical assessments by providing objective criteria. Despite this growing interest the field lacks a comprehensive body of knowledge. Filling the need for a complete manual on these novel techniques Quantifying Morphology and Physiology of the Human Body Using MRI presents a wide range of quantitative MRI techniques to study the morphology and physiology of the whole body from the brain to musculoskeletal systems.Illustrating the growing importance of quantitative MRI the book delivers an indispensable reference for readers who would like to explore in vivo MRI techniques to quantify changes in the morphology and physiology of tissues caused by various disease mechanisms. With internationally renowned experts sharing their insight on the latest developments the book goes beyond conventional MRI contrast mechanisms to include new techniques that measure electromagnetic and mechanical properties of tissues.Each chapter offers comprehensive information on data acquisition processing and analysis techniques as well as clinical applications. The text organizes the techniques based on their primary use either in the brain or the body. Some of the techniques such as diffusion-weighted imaging and diffusion tensor imaging span several application areas including brain imaging cancer imaging and musculoskeletal imaging. The book also covers up-and-coming quantitative techniques that explore tissue properties other than the presence of protons (or other MRI-observable nuclei) and their interactions with their environment. These novel techniques provide unique information about the electromagnetic and mechanical properties of tissues and introd Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367380090

Quantifying Neighbourhood EffectsFrontiers and perspectives Many policies in several Western European countries and the U.S. aim to counter spatial concentrations of deprivation and create more socio-economically mixed residential areas. Such policies are founded on the belief that neighbourhoods have a strong and independent effect upon the well-being and life-chances of individuals. The adequacy of the evidence base to support this position has been the subject of spirited debate on both sides of the Atlantic. The primary purpose of this book is to contribute to this policy-relevant discussion by presenting new scholarship from many countries that rigorously quantifies various sorts of neighbourhood effects through the use of cutting-edge social scientific techniques. The secondary purpose of this book is to introduce these techniques to a wider array of housing and planning researchers and to show how a variety of disciplines have offered insightful synergistic perspectives. Research on neighbourhood effects has over the last 15 years led to a body of knowledge extending far beyond the sociological urban research where it originated. The problem of quantifying neighbourhood effects and the use of associated methodologies (like multi-level analysis instrumental variables) has attracted scholars from criminology sociology social geography economics and health science and thus serves as a critical locus for interdisciplinary scholarship. This book was previously published as a special issue of Housing Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984356

Quantifying SoftwareGlobal and Industry Perspectives Software is one of the most important products in human history and is widely used by all industries and all countries. It is also one of the most expensive and labor-intensive products in human history. Software also has very poor quality that has caused many major disasters and wasted many millions of dollars. Software is also the target of frequent and increasingly serious cyber-attacks. Among the reasons for these software problems is a chronic lack of reliable quantified data. This reference provides quantified data from many countries and many industries based on about 26 000 projects developed using a variety of methodologies and team experience levels. The data has been gathered between 1970 and 2017 so interesting historical trends are available. Since current average software productivity and quality results are suboptimal this book focuses on "best in class" results and shows not only quantified quality and productivity data from best-in-class organizations but also the technology stacks used to achieve best-in-class results. The overall goal of this book is to encourage the adoption of best-in-class software metrics and best-in-class technology stacks. It does so by providing current data on average software schedules effort costs and quality for several industries and countries. Because productivity and quality vary by technology and size the book presents quantitative results for applications between 100 function points and 100 000 function points. It shows quality results using defect potential and DRE metrics because the number one cost driver for software is finding and fixing bugs. The book presents data on cost of quality for software projects and discusses technical debt but that metric is not standardized. Finally the book includes some data on three years of software maintenance and enhancements as well as some data on total cost of ownership. Media > Books > Print Books Auerbach Publications 9781138033115

Quantifying Spatial Uncertainty in Natural ResourcesTheory and Applications for GIS and Remote Sensing Spatial uncertainty analysis has become a recognized discipline that integrates expertise from geographic information science remote sensing spatial and classical statistics and many others. This book will be useful to those new to spatial uncertainty assessment and to experienced practitioners. Those interested in the application of appropriate uncertainty assessment techniques are provided with examples of many applications based in remote sensing and geographic information systems (GIS). For researchers this book presents a snapshot of the state-of-the-art of uncertainty assessment providing theoretical chapters based in classical and spatial statistics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579012

Quantifying The Health Benefits of the Decent Homes Programme This report summarises the methodology and results of a research project commissioned by BRE Trust to quantify how much the improvements to social housing arising from the Decent Homes programme (2001–2010) have reduced costs to the NHS in treating housing-related injuries and illnesses. It uses the same basic methodology developed to calculate the costs of poor housing in England described in The real cost of poor housing (Roys et al 2010). The report also discusses: - additional costs to society of non-decent homes- the impact of less serious but still significant levels of Housing Health and Safety Rating System (HHSRS) hazards - the work that remains to be done in terms of dealing with homes that are still non-decent- the importance of maintaining standards in dwellings that are currently decent. Media > Books > Print Books IHS BRE Press 9781848063631

Quantitative Analysis of QuestionnairesTechniques to Explore Structures and Relationships Bringing together the techniques required to understand interpret and quantify the processes involved when exploring structures and relationships in questionnaire data Quantitative Analysis of Questionnaires provides the knowledge and capability for a greater understanding of choice decisions. The ideal companion for non-mathematical students with no prior knowledge of quantitative methods it highlights how to uncover and explore what lies within data that cannot be achieved through descriptive statistics. This book introduces significance testing contingency tables correlations factor analysis (exploratory and confirmatory) regression (linear and logistic) discrete choice theory and item response theory. Using simple and clear methodology and rich examples from a range of settings this book: provides hands-on analysis with data sets from both SPSS and Stata packages; explores how to articulate the calculations and theory around statistical techniques; offers workable examples in each chapter with concepts applications and proofs to help produce a higher quality of research outputs; discusses the use of formulas in the appendix for those who wish to explore a greater mathematical understanding of the concepts. Quantitative Analysis of Questionnaires is the ideal introductory textbook for any student looking to begin and or improve statistical learning as well as interpretation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367022839

Quantitative AnalysisAn Introduction Written in a lecture format with solved problems at the end of each chapter this book surveys quantitative modeling and decision analysis techniques. It serves to familiarize the reader with quantitative techniques utilized in planning and optimizing complex systems as well as students experiencing the subject for the first time. It can be used by students of business and public administration without a background in calculus as well as engineers with significant scientific training. It allows the reader to comprehend the material through examples and problems and also demonstrates the value and shortcomings of many methods. Quantitative Analysis: An introduction developed out of the author's experience teaching the material to students at the University of California Los Angeles California State University Northridge and the University of Southern California Los Angeles. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367579203

Quantitative and Qualitative Methods in Psychotherapy Research In this collection international contributors come together to discuss how qualitative and quantitative methods can be used in psychotherapy research. The book considers the advantages and disadvantages of each approach and recognises how each method can enhance our understanding of psychotherapy. Divided into two parts the book begins with an examination of quantitative research and discusses how we can transfer observations into numbers and statistical findings. Chapters on quantitative methods cover the development of new findings and the improvement of existing findings identifying and analysing change and using meta-analysis. The second half of the book comprises chapters considering how qualitative and mixed methods can be used in psychotherapy research. Chapters on qualitative and mixed methods identify various ways to strengthen the trustworthiness of qualitative findings via rigorous data collection and analysis techniques. Adapted from a special issue of Psychotherapy Research this volume will be key reading for researchers academics and professionals who want a greater understanding of how a particular area of research methods can be used in psychotherapy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138190931

Quantitative Approaches To Political IntelligenceThe Cia Experience Bridging the gap between the scientific approach to international relations and the intuitive analysis of the government foreign affairs specialist this book reports on a concerted effort by the CIA to apply modern social science methods to problems confronted by political intelligence analysts. Quantitative Approaches to Political Intelligence reports on a concerted effort by the CIA to apply modern social science methods to problems confronted by political intelligence analysts and bridges the gap between the scientific approach to international relations and the intuitive analysis of the government foreign affairs specialist. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367284893

Quantitative Approaches to the Russian Language This edited collection presents a range of methods that can be used to analyse linguistic data quantitatively. A series of case studies of Russian data spanning different aspects of modern linguistics serve as the basis for a discussion of methodological and theoretical issues in linguistic data analysis. The book presents current trends in quantitative linguistics evaluates methods and presents the advantages and disadvantages of each. The chapters contain introductions to the methods and relevant references for further reading. This will be of interest to graduate students and researchers in the area of quantitative and Slavic linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886318

Quantitative Assessment of Groundwater and Surface Water Interactions in the Hailiutu River Basin Erdos Plateau China This study presents a multi-disciplinary approach for investigating the interactions between groundwater and surface water in the semi-arid Hailiutu catchment in the Erdos Plateau Northwest China. The study consists of statistical detection of river flow regime shifts at the basin level; multiple in-situ measurements for quantifying groundwater discharges using hydraulic hydrochemical and temperature methods at a local scale; analysis and simulation of impacts of different land use scenarios on groundwater and surface water interactions at the sub-catchment scale; and the quantification of temporal and spatial groundwater and surface water interactions with hydrochemical tracers and modelling methods at the basin scale. The study found that the river flow consists of mainly groundwater discharges at all scales. The river flow regime has been intensively altered by human activities such as the construction of reservoirs water diversion groundwater exploitation and reforestation. Water use by plants and crops consumes majority of the precipitation. Groundwater sustains vegetation growth and feeds river discharges. The water resources and ecosystem management priority should reduce evaporative water uses by promoting dry resistant plant species for vegetating sand dunes and lower irrigation demand crops for socio-economic development. Furthermore the Hailiutu River catchment must manage the groundwater recharge for water resource conservation and the maintenance of healthy ecosystems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138596870

Quantitative BioimagingAn Introduction to Biology Instrumentation Experiments and Data Analysis for Scientists and Engineers Quantitative bioimaging is a broad interdisciplinary field that exploits tools from biology chemistry optics and statistical data analysis for the design and implementation of investigations of biological processes. Instead of adopting the traditional approach of focusing on just one of the component disciplines this textbook provides a unique introduction to quantitative bioimaging that presents all of the disciplines in an integrated manner. The wide range of topics covered include basic concepts in molecular and cellular biology relevant aspects of antibody technology instrumentation and experimental design in fluorescence microscopy introductory geometrical optics and diffraction theory and parameter estimation and information theory for the analysis of stochastic data. Key Features: Comprises four parts the first of which provides an overview of the topics that are developed from fundamental principles to more advanced levels in the other parts. Presents in the second part an in-depth introduction to the relevant background in molecular and cellular biology and in physical chemistry which should be particularly useful for students without a formal background in these subjects. Provides in the third part a detailed treatment of microscopy techniques and optics again starting from basic principles. Introduces in the fourth part modern statistical approaches to the determination of parameters of interest from microscopy data in particular data generated by single molecule microscopy experiments. Uses two topics related to protein trafficking (transferrin trafficking and FcRn-mediated antibody trafficking) throughout the text to motivate and illustrate microscopy techniques. An online appendix providing the background and derivations for various mathematical results presented or used in the text is available at http://www.routledge.com/9781138598980. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138598980

Quantitative BiologyFrom Molecular to Cellular Systems Quantitative methods are revolutionizing modern molecular and cellular biology. Groundbreaking technical advances are fueling the rapid expansion in our ability to observe as seen in multidisciplinary studies that integrate theory computation experimental assays and the control of microenvironments. Integrating new experimental and theoretical methods Quantitative Biology: From Molecular to Cellular Systems gives both new and established researchers a solid foundation for starting work in this field.The book is organized into three sections:Fundamental Concepts covers bold ideas that inspire novel approaches in modern quantitative biology. It offers perspectives on evolutionary dynamics system design principles chance and memory and information processing in biology.Methods describes recently developed or improved techniques that are transforming biological research. It covers experimental methods for studying single-molecule biochemistry small-angle scattering from biomolecules subcellular localization of proteins and single-cell behavior. It also describes theoretical methods for synthetic biology and modeling random variations among cells.Molecular and Cellular Systems focuses on specific biological systems where modern quantitative biology methods are making an impact. It incorporates case studies of biological systems for which new concepts or methods are increasing our understanding. Examples include protein kinase at the molecular level the genetic switch of phage lambda at the regulatory system level and Escherichia coli chemotaxis at the cellular level. In short Quantitative Biology presents practical tools for the observation modeling design and manipulation of biological systems from the molecular to the cellular levels. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367864774

Quantitative Corpus Linguistics with RA Practical Introduction As in its first edition the new edition of Quantitative Corpus Linguistics with R demonstrates how to process corpus-linguistic data with the open-source programming language and environment R. Geared in general towards linguists working with observational data and particularly corpus linguists it introduces R programming with emphasis on: data processing and manipulation in general; text processing with and without regular expressions of large bodies of textual and/or literary data and; basic aspects of statistical analysis and visualization. This book is extremely hands-on and leads the reader through dozens of small applications as well as larger case studies. Along with an array of exercise boxes and separate answer keys the text features a didactic sequential approach in case studies by way of subsections that zoom in to every programming problem. The companion website to the book contains all relevant R code (amounting to approximately 7 000 lines of heavily commented code) most of the data sets as well as pointers to others and a dedicated Google newsgroup. This new edition is ideal for both researchers in corpus linguistics and instructors who want to promote hands-on approaches to data in corpus linguistics courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138816282

Quantitative Data Analysis for Language Assessment Volume IFundamental Techniques Quantitative Data Analysis for Language Assessment Volume I: Fundamental Techniques is a resource book that presents the most fundamental techniques of quantitative data analysis in the field of language assessment. Each chapter provides an accessible explanation of the selected technique a review of language assessment studies that have used the technique and finally an example of an authentic study that uses the technique. Readers also get a taste of how to apply each technique through the help of supplementary online resources that include sample data sets and guided instructions. Language assessment students test designers and researchers should find this a unique reference as it consolidates theory and application of quantitative data analysis in language assessment. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671396

Quantitative Data Analysis for Language Assessment Volume IIAdvanced Methods Quantitative Data Analysis for Language Assessment Volume II: Advanced Methods demonstrates advanced quantitative techniques for language assessment. The volume takes an interdisciplinary approach and taps into expertise from language assessment data mining and psychometrics. The techniques covered include Structural Equation Modeling Data Mining Multidimensional Psychometrics and Multilevel Data Analysis.Volume II is distinct among available books in language assessment as it engages the readers in both theory and application of the methods and introduces relevant techniques for theory construction and validation. This book is highly recommended to graduate students and researchers who are searching for innovative and rigorous approaches and methods to achieve excellence in their dissertations and research. It is also a valuable source for academics who teach quantitative approaches in language assessment and data analysis courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138733145

Quantitative Data Analysis with IBM SPSS 17 18 & 19A Guide for Social Scientists This latest edition has been fully updated to accommodate the needs of users of SPSS Releases 17 18 and 19 while still being applicable to users of SPSS Releases 15 and 16. As with previous editions Alan Bryman and Duncan Cramer continue to offer a comprehensive and user-friendly introduction to the widely used IBM SPSS Statistics. The simple non-technical approach to quantitative data analysis enables the reader to quickly become familiar with SPSS and with the tests available to them. No previous experience of statistics or computing is required as this book provides a step-by-step guide to statistical techniques including: Non-parametric tests Correlation Simple and multiple regression Analysis of variance and covariance Factor analysis. This book comes equipped with a comprehensive range of exercises for further practice and it covers key issues such as sampling statistical inference conceptualization and measurement and selection of appropriate tests. The authors have also included a helpful glossary of key terms. The data sets used in Quantitative Data Analysis with IBM SPSS 17 18 and 19 are available online at http://www.routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/_author/bryman-9780415579193/; in addition a set of multiple-choice questions and a chapter-by-chapter PowerPoint lecture course are available free of charge to lecturers who adopt the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415579193

Quantitative Drug DesignA Critical Introduction Second Edition Since the publication of the first edition the field has changed dramatically. Scientists can now explicitly consider 3D features in quantitative structure-activity relationship (QSAR) studies and often have the 3D structure of the macromolecular target to guide the 3D QSAR. Improvements in computer hardware and software have also made the methods more accessible to scientists. Taking these developments into account Quantitative Drug Design: A Critical Introduction Second Edition shows scientists how to apply QSAR techniques at a state-of-the-art level.New to the Second EditionA new chapter on methods that identify the 3D conformations to use for 3D QSARNew discussions on partial least squares multidimensional scaling clustering support vector machines kNN potency prediction and recursive partitioningExpanded case studies that include the results of data that has been re-analyzed using newer methodsA new case study on the discovery of novel dopaminergics with pharmacophore mapping and CoMFAA new case study on the application of CoMFA to series in which the 3D structure of the ligand-protein complex is knownBased on the author’s four decades of experience in all areas of ligand-based computer-assisted drug design this invaluable book describes how to transform ligand structure-activity relationships into models that predict the potency or activity/inactivity of new molecules. It will help you avoid traps when dealing with quantitative drug design. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384142

Quantitative Economic HistoryThe good of counting The essays in this book use the analytical tools and theoretical framework of economics to interpret quantitative historical evidence offering new ways to approach historical issues and suggesting entirely new types of evidence outside conventional archives. Rosenbloom has gathered together seven essays from leading quantitative economic historians illustrating the breadth of scope and continued importance of quantitative economic history.  All of the chapters explore in one way or another the economic and social transformations associated with the emergence of an industrial and post-industrial economy with most focusing on the transformations of the US economy in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries the technological innovations that factored into this transformation and the relationship between industrialization and rising wealth inequality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138011502

Quantitative Ecotoxicology Quantitative Ecotoxicology Second Edition explores models and methods of quantitative ecotoxicology at progressively higher biological scales using worked examples and common software packages. It complements the author’s previous books Fundamentals of Ecotoxicology Third Edition and Ecotoxicology: A Comprehensive Treatment. Encouraging a more rigorous inferential approach to research the book examines the quantitative features of the science of ecotoxicology. The first chapters lay the foundation by introducing fundamental concepts and definitions. The author traces the historical perspective rationale and characteristics of scientific ecotoxicology as well as the general measurement process. He also considers methodologies for defining and controlling variance which could otherwise exclude valid conclusions from ecotoxicological endeavors. The book then discusses ecotoxicological concepts at increasing levels of ecological organization and outlines quantitative methods used to measure toxicant accumulation and effects. Reflecting the importance of establishing type I and type II error rates it highlights design issues particularly sample size and power estimation. The final chapter summarizes the book with a brief discussion of ecotoxicology from a nonregulatory perspective. Extensively updated this second edition has been expanded to include terrestrial as well as aquatic ecotoxicology. Requiring only a basic knowledge of statistics this highly readable book is suitable for graduate students and researchers as well as practicing environmental scientists and engineers. It guides readers to better understand the fate and effects of toxicants in the biosphere—and helps them frame this understanding in quantitative terms. What’s New in This Edition More than 40 new figures and 20 new worked examples Updated measurement quality methods and software Expanded coverage of synecological models and methods More integration of Bayesian concepts Appendices for power analysis and basic matrix methods Additional mixture toxicity and up-and-down methods Greatly expanded discussion of significance testing Expanded discussion of metapopulations Matrix tools for population demography Light isotope-based models for trophic transfer of toxicants Inclusion of metacommunity and SHE analysis techniques R script examples by Eduard Szöcs (University Koblenz-Landau) available at http://edild.github.io/blog/categories/quantitative-ecotoxicology-with-r/ Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781439835647

Quantitative Evaluation of Safety in Drug DevelopmentDesign Analysis and Reporting State-of-the-Art Methods for Drug Safety AssessmentResponding to the increased scrutiny of drug safety in recent years Quantitative Evaluation of Safety in Drug Development: Design Analysis and Reporting explains design monitoring analysis and reporting issues for both clinical trials and observational studies in biopharmaceutical product development. It presents the latest statistical methods for drug safety assessment. The book’s three sections focus on study design safety monitoring and data evaluation/analysis. The book addresses key challenges across regulatory agencies industry and academia. It discusses quantitative approaches to safety evaluation and risk management in drug development covering Bayesian methods effective safety graphics and risk-benefit evaluation.Written by a team of experienced leaders this book brings the most advanced knowledge and statistical methods of drug safety to the statistical clinical and safety community. It shares best practices and stimulates further research and methodology development in the drug safety area. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367576004

Quantitative Feedback TheoryFundamentals and Applications Second Edition The first edition of Quantitative Feedback Theory gained enormous popularity by successfully bridging the gap between theory and real-world engineering practice. Avoiding mathematical theorems lemmas proofs and correlaries it boiled down to the essential elements of quantitative feedback theory (QFT) necessary to readily analyze develop and implement robust control systems. Thoroughly updated and expanded Quantitative Feedback Theory: Fundamentals and Applications Second Edition continues to provide a platform for intelligent decision making and design based on knowledge of the characteristics and operating scenario of the plant.Beginning with the fundamentals the authors build a background in analog and discrete-time multiple-input-single-output (MISO) and multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) feedback control systems along with the fundamentals of the QFT technique. The remainder of the book links these concepts to practical applications. Among the many enhancements to this edition are a new section on large wind turbine control system four new chapters and five new appendices. The new chapters cover non-diagonal compensator design for MIMO systems QFT design involving Smith predictors for time delay systems with uncertainty weighting matrices and control authority and QFT design techniques applied to real-world industrial systems.Quantitative Feedback Theory: Fundamentals and Applications Second Edition includes new and revised examples and end-of-chapter problems and offers a companion CD that supplies MIMO QFT computer-aided design (CAD) software. It is the perfect guide to effectively and intuitively implementing QFT control. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391591

Quantitative FinanceA Simulation-Based Introduction Using Excel Teach Your Students How to Become Successful Working Quants Quantitative Finance: A Simulation-Based Introduction Using Excel provides an introduction to financial mathematics for students in applied mathematics financial engineering actuarial science and business administration. The text not only enables students to practice with the basic techniques of financial mathematics but it also helps them gain significant intuition about what the techniques mean how they work and what happens when they stop working. After introducing risk return decision making under uncertainty and traditional discounted cash flow project analysis the book covers mortgages bonds and annuities using a blend of Excel simulation and difference equation or algebraic formalism. It then looks at how interest rate markets work and how to model bond prices before addressing mean variance portfolio optimization the capital asset pricing model options and value at risk (VaR). The author next focuses on binomial model tools for pricing options and the analysis of discrete random walks. He also introduces stochastic calculus in a nonrigorous way and explains how to simulate geometric Brownian motion. The text proceeds to thoroughly discuss options pricing mostly in continuous time. It concludes with chapters on stochastic models of the yield curve and incomplete markets using simple discrete models. Accessible to students with a relatively modest level of mathematical background this book will guide your students in becoming successful quants. It uses both hand calculations and Excel spreadsheets to analyze plenty of examples from simple bond portfolios. The spreadsheets are available on the book’s CRC Press web page. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439871683

Quantitative FinanceAn Object-Oriented Approach in C++ Quantitative Finance: An Object-Oriented Approach in C++ provides readers with a foundation in the key methods and models of quantitative finance. Keeping the material as self-contained as possible the author introduces computational finance with a focus on practical implementation in C++. Through an approach based on C++ classes and templates the text highlights the basic principles common to various methods and models while the algorithmic implementation guides readers to a more thorough hands-on understanding. By moving beyond a purely theoretical treatment to the actual implementation of the models using C++ readers greatly enhance their career opportunities in the field. The book also helps readers implement models in a trading or research environment. It presents recipes and extensible code building blocks for some of the most widespread methods in risk management and option pricing. Web ResourceThe author’s website provides fully functional C++ code including additional C++ source files and examples. Although the code is used to illustrate concepts (not as a finished software product) it nevertheless compiles runs and deals with full rather than toy problems. The website also includes a suite of practical exercises for each chapter covering a range of difficulty levels and problem complexity. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781584884798

Quantitative Fund Management The First Collection That Covers This Field at the Dynamic Strategic and One-Period Tactical Levels Addressing the imbalance between research and practice Quantitative Fund Management presents leading-edge theory and methods along with their application in practical problems encountered in the fund management industry. A Current Snapshot of State-of-the-Art Applications of Dynamic Stochastic Optimization Techniques to Long-Term Financial Planning The first part of the book initially looks at how the quantitative techniques of the equity industry are shifting from basic Markowitz mean-variance portfolio optimization to risk management and trading applications. This section also explores novel aspects of lifetime individual consumption investment problems fixed-mix portfolio rebalancing allocation strategies debt management for funding mortgages and national debt and guaranteed return fund construction. Up-to-Date Overview of Tactical Financial Planning and Risk Management The second section covers nontrivial computational approaches to tactical fund management. This part focuses on portfolio construction and risk management at the individual security or fund manager level over the period up to the next portfolio rebalance. It discusses non-Gaussian returns new risk-return tradeoffs and the robustness of benchmarks and portfolio decisions. The Future Use of Quantitative Techniques in Fund Management With contributions from well-known academics and practitioners this volume will undoubtedly foster the recognition and wider acceptance of stochastic optimization techniques in financial practice. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367386146

Quantitative Graph TheoryMathematical Foundations and Applications The first book devoted exclusively to quantitative graph theory Quantitative Graph Theory: Mathematical Foundations and Applications presents and demonstrates existing and novel methods for analyzing graphs quantitatively. Incorporating interdisciplinary knowledge from graph theory information theory measurement theory and statistical techniques this book covers a wide range of quantitative-graph theoretical concepts and methods including those pertaining to real and random graphs such as:Comparative approaches (graph similarity or distance)Graph measures to characterize graphs quantitativelyApplications of graph measures in social network analysis and other disciplinesMetrical properties of graphs and measuresMathematical properties of quantitative methods or measures in graph theoryNetwork complexity measures and other topological indicesQuantitative approaches to graphs using machine learning (e.g. clustering)Graph measures and statisticsInformation-theoretic methods to analyze graphs quantitatively (e.g. entropy)Through its broad coverage Quantitative Graph Theory: Mathematical Foundations and Applications fills a gap in the contemporary literature of discrete and applied mathematics computer science systems biology and related disciplines. It is intended for researchers as well as graduate and advanced undergraduate students in the fields of mathematics computer science mathematical chemistry cheminformatics physics bioinformatics and systems biology. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367378226

Quantitative International Economics This distinctive book sets forth on an advanced level various methods for the quantitative measurement of important relationships at issue in areas of the balance of payments and international trade and welfare. The results achieved in recent studies are presented and the directions for new research are indicated. This book is composed of two main parts.Part I deals with the balance of payments and consists of the first half of the book. One of the longest and almost important chapters of this part talks about at length the time-series analysis of the demand for imports and exports from the point of view of an individual country. This subject has a long and somewhat checkered history dating from the 1940's when a number of estimates using least squares multiple regression methods were made of import and export demand functions for the interwar period. The noteworthy feature of many of these estimates was that they suggested relatively low price elasticities of demand in international trade. The implication was thus drawn that the international price mechanism could not be relied on for balance-of payments adjustment purposes.This book talks about the topics of theory and measurement of the elasticity of substitution in international trade estimating the international capital movements and forecasting and policy analysis with econometric models. Part II deals with international trade and welfare. While there are many other books dealing with trade theory this title focuses on a narrower range of topics that are not always mentioned or understood by individuals such as the theory and measurement of trade dependence and interdependence the analysis of the component factors a country has that affects how its export growth is over time and the welfare effects of trade liberalizationThis book serves as a guide and reference work for economics graduate students academicians and practicing economists in private and governmental circles. They will find this book a valuable and highly useful.Edward E. Leamer is Chauncey J. Medberry Professor of Management at the UCLA department of Economics. He is a research associate at the National Bureau of Economic Research a fellow at the American Academy of Arts and Sciences and the Econometric Society and director of the UCLA Anderson Forecast. He has published over 100 articles and 4 books.Robert M. Stern is Professor emeritus of Economics and Public Policy at The University of Michigan Ann Arbor. He is the co-director of the Research Seminar in International Economics at the Gerald R. Ford School of Public Policy. He is also head of the Ford School International Concentration and the Ford school program of research on U.S. Japan international economic relations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138531338

Quantitative Investigations in the Biosciences using MINITAB Until recently acquiring a background in the basic methodological principles that apply to most types of investigations meant struggling to obtain results through laborious calculations. The advent of statistical software packages has removed much of the tedium and many of the errors of manual calculations and allowed a marked increase in the depth and sophistication of analyses. Although most statistics classes now incorporate some instruction in using a statistics package most introductory texts do not.Quantitative Investigations in the Biosciences using MINITAB fills this void by providing an introduction to investigative methods that in addition to outlining statistical principles and describing methods of calculations also presents essential commands and interprets output from the statistics package MINITAB.The author introduces the three basic elements of investigations-design analysis and reporting-using an extremely accessible approach that keeps mathematical detail to a minimum. He groups statistical tests according to the type of problem they are used to examine such as comparisons sequential relationships and associations.Quantitative Investigations in the Biosciences using MINITAB draws techniques and examples from a variety of subjects ranging from physiology and biochemistry through to ecology behavioral sciences medicine agriculture and horticulture and complements the mathematical results with formal conclusions for all of the worked examples. It thus provides an ideal handbook for anyone in virtually any field who wants to apply statistical techniques to their investigations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138469860

Quantitative Investing for the Global Markets Over the past several years the field of international investing has been transformed by a host of new state-of-the-art techniques. Quantitative Investing for the Global Markets is the definitive handbook for money and portfolio managers research analysts pension consultants corporate treasurers and other professionals seeking a competitive edge in the global investment marketplace. Topics include: international asset allocation; optimum diversification levels; style analysis and evaluation; market neutral strategies; global stock valuation; advanced strategies for hedging currency risk; international benchmarking; etc. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315074122

Quantitative Measures of Mathematical KnowledgeResearching Instruments and Perspectives The aim of this book is to explore measures of mathematics knowledge spanning K-16 grade levels. By focusing solely on mathematics content such as knowledge of mathematical practices knowledge of ratio and proportions and knowledge of abstract algebra this volume offers detailed discussions of specific instruments and tools meant for measuring student learning. Written for assessment scholars and students both in mathematics education and across educational contexts this book presents innovative research and perspectives on quantitative measures including their associated purpose statements and validity arguments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367670757

Quantitative Methods and Socio-Economic Applications in GIS The second edition of a bestseller Quantitative Methods and Socio-Economic Applications in GIS (previously titled Quantitative Methods and Applications in GIS) details applications of quantitative methods in social science planning and public policy with a focus on spatial perspectives. The book integrates GIS and quantitative (computational) methods and demonstrates them in various policy-relevant socio-economic applications with step-by-step instructions and datasets. The book demonstrates the diversity of issues where GIS can be used to enhance the studies related to socio-economic issues and public policy. See What’s New in the Second Edition: All project instructions are in ArcGIS 10.2 using geodatabase datasets New chapters on regionalization methods and Monte Carlo simulation Popular tasks automated as a convenient toolkit: Huff Model 2SFCA accessibility measure regionalization Garin-Lowry model and Monte Carlo based spatial simulation Advanced tasks now implemented in user-friendly programs or ArcGIS: centrality indices wasteful commuting measure p-median problem and traffic simulation Each chapter has one subject theme and introduces the method (or a group of related methods) most relevant to the theme. While each method is illustrated in a special case of application it can also be used to analyze different issues. For example spatial regression is used to examine the relationship between job access and homicide patterns; systems of linear equations are analyzed to predict urban land use patterns; linear programming is introduced to solve the problem of wasteful commuting and allocate healthcare facilities; and Monte Carlo technique is illustrated in simulating urban traffic. The book illustrates the range of computational methods and covers common tasks and major issues encountered in a spatial environment. It provides a platform for learning technical skills and quantitative methods in the context of addressing real-world problems giving you instant access to the tools to resolve major socio-economic issues. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138843622

Quantitative Methods for Business Quantitative Methods for Business: The A-Z of QM will enable readers to:*Appreciate the significance of quantitative methods for businesses and the study of business*Understand and apply a wide range of quantitative techniques*Select appropriate quantitative techniques for data analysis problem solving and decision making*Interpret and communicate the results of quantitative analysis Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138173989

Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics This book provides a brief yet rigorous introduction to various quantitative methods used in economic decision-making. It has no prerequisites other than high school algebra. The book begins with matrix algebra and calculus which are then used in the book's core modes. Once the reader grasps matrix theory and calculus the quantitative models can be understood easily and for each model there are many solved examples related to business and economic applications. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701332

Quantitative Methods for HIV/AIDS Research Quantitative Methods in HIV/AIDS Research provides a comprehensive discussion of modern statistical approaches for the analysis of HIV/AIDS data. The first section focuses on statistical issues in clinical trials and epidemiology that are unique to or particularly challenging in HIV/AIDS research; the second section focuses on the analysis of laboratory data used for immune monitoring biomarker discovery and vaccine development; the final section focuses on statistical issues in the mathematical modeling of HIV/AIDS pathogenesis treatment and epidemiology. This book brings together a broad perspective of new quantitative methods in HIV/AIDS research contributed by statisticians and mathematicians immersed in HIV research many of whom are current or previous leaders of CFAR quantitative cores. It is the editors’ hope that the work will inspire more statisticians mathematicians and computer scientists to collaborate and contribute to the interdisciplinary challenges of understanding and addressing the AIDS pandemic. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367573171

Quantitative Methods for Second Language ResearchA Problem-Solving Approach Quantitative Methods for Second Language Research introduces approaches to and techniques for quantitative data analysis in second language research with a primary focus on second language learning and assessment research. It takes a conceptual problem-solving approach by emphasizing the understanding of statistical theory and its application to research problems while paying less attention to the mathematical side of statistical analysis. The text discusses a range of common statistical analysis techniques presented and illustrated through applications of the IBM Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS) program. These include tools for descriptive analysis (e.g. means and percentages) as well as inferential analysis (e.g. correlational analysis t-tests and analysis of variance [ANOVA]). The text provides conceptual explanations of quantitative methods through the use of examples cases and published studies in the field. In addition a companion website to the book hosts slides  review exercises and answer keys for each chapter as well as SPSS files. Practical and lucid this book is the ideal resource for data analysis for graduate students and researchers in applied linguistics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415814027

Quantitative Methods for Traditional Chinese Medicine Development A Western-Based Approach to Analyzing TCMsIn recent years many pharmaceutical companies and clinical research organizations have been focusing on the development of traditional Chinese (herbal) medicines (TCMs) as alternatives to treating critical or life-threatening diseases and as pathways to personalized medicine.Quantitative Methods for Traditional Chinese Medicine Development is the first book entirely devoted to the design and analysis of TCM development from a Western perspective i.e. evidence-based clinical research and development. The book provides not only a comprehensive summary of innovative quantitative methods for developing TCMs but also a useful desk reference for principal investigators involved in personalized medicine. Written by one of the world’s most prominent biostatistics researchers the book connects the pharmaceutical industry regulatory agencies and academia. It presents a state-of-the-art examination of the subject for:Scientists and researchers who are engaged in pharmaceutical/clinical research and development of TCMsThose in regulatory agencies who make decisions in the review and approval process of TCM regulatory submissions Biostatisticians who provide statistical support to assess clinical safety and effectiveness of TCMs and related issues regarding quality control and assurance as well as to test for consistency in the manufacturing processes for TCMsThis book covers all of the statistical issues encountered at various stages of pharmaceutical/clinical development of a TCM. It explains regulatory requirements; product specifications and standards; and various statistical techniques for evaluation of TCMs validation of diagnostic procedures and testing consistency. It also contains an entire chapter of case studies and addresses critical issues in TCM development and FAQs from a Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367377380

Quantitative Methods in Criminology This informative reference volume features the key papers in the growing field of quantitative criminology. The papers provide examples of the importation of statistical methods from other fields to criminology the adaptation of such methods to special criminological problems through introspection and the development of new innovative statistical approaches. The volume illustrates the growing sophistication and maturation of quantitative methods in this field. Divided into five parts: research design sampling issues in measurement descriptive analysis and causal analysis it will be of interest to anyone concerned with criminology and criminal justice as well as those with specialized interests in quantitative methods. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315089256

Quantitative Methods in Transportation Quantitative Methods in Transportation provides the most useful simple and advanced quantitative techniques for solving real-life transportation engineering problems. It aims to help transportation engineers and analysts to predict travel and freight demand plan new transportation networks and develop various traffic control strategies that are safer more cost effective and greener. Transportation networks can be exceptionally large and this makes many transportation problems combinatorial and the challenges are compounded by the stochastic and independent nature of trip-planners decision making. Methods outlined in this book range from linear programming multi-attribute decision making data envelopment analysis probability theory and simulation to computer techniques such as genetic algorithms simulated annealing tabu search ant colony optimization and bee colony optimization. The book is supported with problems and has a solutions manual to aid course instructors. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367250539

Quantitative Microbeam Analysis Quantitative Microbeam Analysis provides a comprehensive introduction to the field of quantitative microbeam analysis (MQA). MQA is a technique used to analyze subatomic quantities of materials blasted from a surface by a laser or particle beam providing information on the structure and composition of the material. Contributed to by international experts the book is unique in the breadth of microbeam analytical techniques covered. For each technique it develops the theoretical background discusses practical details relating to choice of equipment and describes the current advances. The book highlights developments relating to Auger electron spectroscopy in scanning electron microscopes and transmission electron microscopes and advances in surface analytical imaging and accelerated ion beam-surface interactions. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203741528

Quantitative Modeling of Derivative SecuritiesFrom Theory To Practice Quantitative Modeling of Derivative Securities demonstrates how to take the basic ideas of arbitrage theory and apply them - in a very concrete way - to the design and analysis of financial products. Based primarily (but not exclusively) on the analysis of derivatives the book emphasizes relative-value and hedging ideas applied to different financial instruments. Using a "financial engineering approach " the theory is developed progressively focusing on specific aspects of pricing and hedging and with problems that the technical analyst or trader has to consider in practice.More than just an introductory text the reader who has mastered the contents of this one book will have breached the gap separating the novice from the technical and research literature. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367579142

Quantitative MRI in Cancer Propelling quantitative MRI techniques from bench to bedside Quantitative MRI in Cancer presents a range of quantitative MRI methods for assessing tumor biology. It includes biophysical and theoretical explanations of the most relevant MRI techniques as well as examples of these techniques in cancer applications.The introductory part of the book covers basic cancer biology theoretical aspects of NMR/MRI physics and the hardware required to form MR images. Forming the core of the book the next three parts illustrate how to characterize tissue properties with endogenous and exogenous contrast mechanisms and discuss common image processing techniques relevant for cancer. The final part explores emerging areas of MR cancer characterization including radiation therapy planning cellular and molecular imaging pH imaging and hyperpolarized MR. Each of the post-introductory chapters describes the salient qualitative and quantitative aspects of the techniques before proceeding to preclinical and clinical applications. Each chapter also contains references for further study.Leading the way toward more personalized medicine this text brings together existing and emerging quantitative MRI techniques for assessing cancer. It provides a self-contained overview of the theoretical and experimental essentials and state of the art in cancer MRI. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367576875

Quantitative MRI of the BrainPrinciples of Physical Measurement Second edition Building on the success of the first edition of this book the winner of the 2004 British Medical Association Radiology Medical Book Competition Quantitative MRI of the Brain: Principles of Physical Measurement gives a unique view on how to use an MRI machine in a new way. Used as a scientific instrument it can make measurements of a myriad of physical and biological quantities in the human brain and body. For each small tissue voxel non-invasive information monitors how tissue changes with disease and responds to treatment. The book opens with a detailed exposition of the principles of good practice in quantification including fundamental concepts quality assurance MR data collection and analysis and improved study statistical power through minimised instrumental variation. There follow chapters on 14 specific groups of quantities: proton density T1 T2 T2* diffusion advanced diffusion magnetisation transfer CEST 1H and multi-nuclear spectroscopy DCE-MRI quantitative fMRI arterial spin-labelling and image analysis and finally a chapter on the future of quantification. The physical principles behind each quantity are stated followed by its biological significance. Practical techniques for measurement are given along with pitfalls and examples of clinical applications. This second edition of this indispensable 'how to' manual of quantitative MR shows the MRI physicist and research clinician how to implement these techniques on an MRI scanner to understand more about the biological processes in the patient and physiological changes in healthy controls. Although focussed on the brain most techniques are applicable to characterising tissue in the whole body. This book is essential reading for anyone who wants to use the gamut of modern quantitative MRI methods to measure the effects of disease its progression and its response to treatment. Features: The first edition was awarded the book prize for Radiology by the British Medical Association in 2004 Written by an authority in the field: Professor Tofts has an international reputation for quantification in MRI Gives specific ‘how to’ information for implementation of MRI measurement sequence techniques Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138032859

Quantitative Operational Risk Models Using real-life examples from the banking and insurance industries Quantitative Operational Risk Models details how internal data can be improved based on external information of various kinds. Using a simple and intuitive methodology based on classical transformation methods the book includes real-life examples of the combination of internal data and external information. A guideline for practitioners the book begins with the basics of managing operational risk data to more sophisticated and recent tools needed to quantify the capital requirements imposed by operational risk. The book then covers statistical theory prerequisites and explains how to implement the new density estimation methods for analyzing the loss distribution in operational risk for banks and insurance companies. In addition it provides: Simple intuitive and general methods to improve on internal operational risk assessment Univariate event loss severity distributions analyzed using semiparametric models Methods for the introduction of underreporting information A practical method to combine internal and external operational risk data including guided examples in SAS and R Measuring operational risk requires the knowledge of the quantitative tools and the comprehension of insurance activities in a very broad sense both technical and commercial. Presenting a nonparametric approach to modeling operational risk data Quantitative Operational Risk Models offers a practical perspective that combines statistical analysis and management orientations. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781439895924

Quantitative PharmacologyAn Introduction to Integrative Pharmacokinetic-Pharmacodynamic Analysis PKPD awareness is vital if we are to attempt to relate preclinical results to the acute and long term consequences in humans. The debate on whether preclinical findings can be translated to the human usage is still engaging scientists across industry academia and regulatory bodies. Pharmacokinetics (PK) and pharmacodynamics (PD) comprise traditionally distinct disciplines within pharmacology the study of the interaction of drugs with the body. It is our intention to show that by deliberately intimately and systematically integrate these disciplines our understanding of drugs and the efficiency and effectiveness of drug discovery and development may be greatly enhanced. The book is therefore written with a broad audience in mind and focuses on concepts. Pharmacologists of all sorts safety scientists pharmacokineticists medicinal chemists clinicians statisticians veterinarians animal science professionals project leaders and students of medical pharmaceutical and veterinary sciences are the primary targets.This textbook Introduces the basics of PK and PD concepts Outlines the implications of integrating PK and PD analysis Introduces the principles behind different biomarkers and inter-species scaling Discusses experimental design of PK PD and safety studies in non-human species Covers numerous real life Case Studies from the drug discovery arena Media > Books > Print Books Swedish Pharmaceutic 9781466560314

Quantitative Process Control Theory Quantitative Process Control Theory explains how to solve industrial system problems using a novel control system design theory. This easy-to-use theory does not require designers to choose a weighting function and enables the controllers to be designed or tuned for quantitative engineering performance indices such as overshoot. In each chapter a summary highlights the main problems and results and exercises improve and test your understanding of the material. Mathematical proofs are provided for almost all the results while examples are based on actual situations in industrial plants involving a paper-making machine heat exchanger hot strip mill maglev nuclear reactor distillation column/heavy oil fractionator jacket-cooled reactor missile helicopter/plane and anesthesia. Developed from the author’s many years of research this book takes a unique practical approach for efficiently solving single-input and single-output (SISO) and multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) control system design issues for quantitative performance indices. With much of the material classroom-tested the text is suitable for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in engineering beginning researchers in robust control and more seasoned engineers wanting to learn new design techniques. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077539

Quantitative Proteome AnalysisMethods and Applications This book focuses on the advantages and disadvantages of each of the commonly used quantitative proteomic methods in terms of accuracy sensitivity and reproducibility. It also concentrates on the effective applications of these methods that resulted in many discoveries of the role of the proteins expressed in living cells and biological fluids. The book focuses on the description of advantages and disadvantages of each of the commonly used quantitative proteomic methods and provides concise descriptions of the effective applications of these methods. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316514

Quantitative Psychological ResearchThe Complete Student's Companion Quantitative Psychological Research: The Complete Student's Companion expertly guides the reader through all the stages involved in undertaking quantitative psychological research: designing a study choosing a sample of people undertaking the study analysing the data and reporting the research. Accessibly written and clearly presented the book is designed for anyone learning to conduct quantitative psychological research. It covers the full research process from the original idea to reporting the completed study emphasising the importance of looking beyond statistical significance in evaluating data. The book provides step-by-step guidance on choosing interpreting and reporting the appropriate analysis featuring worked examples and extended calculations as appendices for advanced readers. This edition features new chapters on exploratory factor analysis logistic regression and Bayesian statistics and has been thoroughly updated throughout to reflect the latest research practices. Care has been taken to avoid tying the book to any specific statistical software providing readers with a thorough grounding in the basics no matter which package they go on to use. Whether you’re at the beginning of your undergraduate degree or working towards your masters or doctorate this book will be invaluable for anyone looking to understand how to conduct quantitative psychological research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138226180

Quantitative Research for Chaplains and Health Care ProfessionalsA Primer This book takes readers from very basic research concepts such as ‘causality’ and ‘variables’ to the application of different types of statistical analyses. The first two chapters introduce the scientific method and causality and assess the degree to which the major types of research designs used in health care studies allow researchers to make causal inferences. The book concludes with a detailed description of the seven critical factors that must be controlled to draw causal inferences from experimental studies. The rest of the book covers levels of measurement i.e. nominal ordinal interval and ratio scales; operational definitions; risk factors independent and dependent variables and other kinds of variables; how to calculate and interpret measures of central tendency and variability; the normal curve; commonly used measures of association and what they mean; criteria that have been suggested for inferring causality from nonexperimental research; and different types of t-tests. This book provides fundamental and practical knowledge about research methodology that is essential for health care chaplains and students and professionals in other health care fields and the social sciences. The chapters in this book were originally published as articles in the Journal of Health Care Chaplaincy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367583255

Quantitative Research Methods for Linguistsa questions and answers approach for students Quantitative Research Methods for Linguistics provides an accessible introduction to research methods for undergraduates undertaking research for the first time. Employing a task-based approach the authors demonstrate key methods through a series of worked examples allowing students to take a learn-by-doing approach and making quantitative methods less daunting for the novice researcher. Key features include: Chapters framed around real research questions walking the student step-by-step through the various methods; Guidance on how to design your own research project; Basic questions and answers that every new researcher needs to know; A comprehensive glossary that makes the most technical of terms clear to readers; Coverage of different statistical packages including R and SPSS. Quantitative Research Methods for Linguistics is essential reading for all students undertaking degrees in linguistics and English language studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415736329

Quantitative Research Methods in Consumer PsychologyContemporary and Data Driven Approaches Quantitative consumer research has long been the backbone of consumer psychology producing insights with peerless validity and reliability. This new book addresses a broad range of approaches to consumer psychology research along with developments in quantitative consumer research. Experts in their respective fields offer a perspective into this rapidly changing discipline of quantitative consumer research. The book focuses on new techniques as well as adaptations of traditional approaches and addresses ethics that relate to contemporary research approaches. The text is appropriate for use with university students at all academic levels. Each chapter provides both a theoretical grounding in its topic area and offers applied examples of the use of the approach in consumer settings. Exercises are provided at the end of each chapter to test student learning. Topics covered are quantitative research techniques measurement theory and psychological scaling mapping sentences for planning and managing research using qualitative research to elucidate quantitative research findings big data and its visualization extracting insights from online data modeling the consumer social media and digital market analysis connectionist modeling of consumer choice market sensing and marketing research preparing data for analysis; and ethics. The book may be used on its own as a textbook and may also be used as a supplementary text in quantitative research courses. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138182721

Quantitative Research Methods in Translation and Interpreting Studies Quantitative Research Methods in Translation and Interpreting Studies encompasses all stages of the research process that include quantitative research methods from conceptualization to reporting. In five parts the authors cover: • sampling techniques measurement and survey design; • how to describe data; • how to analyze differences; • how to analyze relationships; • how to interpret results. Each part includes references to additional resources and extensive examples from published empirical work. A quick reference table for specific tests is also included in the appendix. This user-friendly guide is the essential primer on quantitative methods for all students and researchers in translation and interpreting studies. Accompanying materials are available online including step-by-step walkthroughs of how analysis was conducted and extra sample data sets for instruction and self study: https://www.routledge.com/9781138124967. Further resources for Translation and Interpreting Studies are available on the Routledge Translation Studies Portal: http://cw.routledge.com/textbooks/translationstudies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138124967

Quantitative Risk Assessment for Environmental and Occupational Health Many individuals and groups need a usable treatment of the methodology required to assess the human health risks caused by toxicant exposure. This need is shared by industrial hygienists environmental occupational and public health professionals toxicologists epidemiologists labor unions attorneys regulatory officials and manufacturers and users of chemicals. The reader needs only a basic knowledge of biology adn algebra in order to utilize the methodology presented. In addition a basic knowledge of toxicology epidemiology and statistics is derisrable for a full understanding of some aspects of risk assessment. Sophisticated computer programs are not required. All the computations can be carried out with a pocked calculator. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781315897066

Quantitative Risk Assessment in Fire Safety Fire safety regulations in many countries require Fire Risk Assessment to be carried out for buildings such as workplaces and houses in multiple occupation. This duty is imposed on a "Responsible Person" and also on any other persons having control of buildings in compliance with the requirements specified in the regulations.Although regulations only require a qualitative assessment of fire risk a quantitative assessment is an essential first step for performing cost-benefit analysis of alternative fire strategies to comply with the regulations and selecting the most cost-effective strategy. To facilitate this assessment various qualitative semi-quantitative and quantitative techniques of fire risk assessment already developed are critically reviewed in this book and some improvements are suggested. This book is intended to be an expanded version of Part 7: Probabilistic risk assessment 2003 a Published Document (PD) to British Standard BS 7974: 2001 on the Application of Fire Safety Engineering Principles to the Design of Buildings. Ganapathy Ramachandran and David Charters were co-authors of PD 7974 Part 7. Quantitative Risk Assessment in Fire Safety is essential reading for consultants academics fire safety engineers fire officers building control officers and students in fire safety engineering. It also provides useful tools for fire protection economists and risk management professionals including those involved in fire insurance underwriting. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367576998

Quantitative Structure – Activity RelationshipA Practical Approach Generally speaking quantitative-structure activity relationship (QSAR) is a technique which correlates the biological activities of a set of compounds to their structures using a mathematical equation represented in its general form by Biological Activity = f (x1 ... xn) where f is a mathematical function and x1 ... xn are n molecular descriptors. Since the introduction of the initial concept of QSAR in the early 1960s numerous advances have been introduced into the field transforming it into an essential tool in drug discovery and medicinal chemistry. Quantitative Structure – Activity Relationship: A Practical Approach provides a detailed overview of computational approaches in QSAR studies. It covers the applications of different algorithms in various steps of a QSAR analysis and shows clear examples. Each chapter introduces the tools and software involved. Moreover challenges and issues which may be faced in any step of the analysis are thoroughly broken down based on the OECD guidelines enabling the reader to familiarize themselves with potential end results. The book was kept concise making it suitable for students (pharmacy chemistry and biological science) and lecturers as well as researchers in the field. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815362098

Quantitative Studies in Green and Conservation CriminologyThe Measurement of Environmental Harm and Crime During the early development and throughout the short history of green/conservation criminology limited attention has been directed toward quantitative analyses of relevant environmental crime law and justice concerns. While recognizing the importance of establishing a theory and terminology in the early stages of development this book redresses this imbalance. The work features contributions that undertake empirical quantitative studies of green/conservation crime and justice issues by both conservation and green criminologists. The collection highlights the shared concerns of these groups within important forms of ecological crime and victimization and illustrates the ways in which these approaches can be undertaken quantitatively. It includes quantitative conservation/green criminological studies that represent the work of both well-established scholars in these fields along with studies by scholars whose works are less well-known and who are also contributing to shaping this area of research. The book presents a valuable contribution to the areas of Green and Conservation Criminology. It will appeal to academics and students working in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138319424

Quantitative Techniques in Business Management and FinanceA Case-Study Approach This book is especially relevant to undergraduates postgraduates and researchers studying quantitative techniques as part of business management and finance. It is an interdisciplinary book that covers all major topics involved at the interface between business and management on the one hand and mathematics and statistics on the other. Managers and others in industry and commerce who wish to obtain a working knowledge of quantitative techniques will also find this book useful. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781498769464

Quantitative Techniques in Participatory Forest Management Forest management has evolved from a mercantilist view to a multi-functional one that integrates economic social and ecological aspects. However the issue of sustainability is not yet resolved. Quantitative Techniques in Participatory Forest Management brings together global research in three areas of application: inventory of the forest variables that determine the main environmental indices description and design of new environmental indices and the application of sustainability indices for regional implementations. The book outlines a public participatory process to assess sustainability in forest management. It explores a new approach that links human and natural systems reconsiders our interdependence with the diversity of life and recognizes our role in a unique and complex system. The book also identifies quantitative indices that provide a vast amount of information on soil landscape and ecological functioning. It highlights the importance of these indices for public information programs on participatory processes and provides an operating procedure to identify the degree of convergence in the utility of multiple evaluators. The last chapter describes a downloadable computer application that integrates the techniques explained in the book. Users accessing the application are offered a map representing their preferred forest management plan in the study zone. They are also given a map with the results of their corresponding community of evaluators including the numerical and qualitative data for both. The system stores a record of the visit including the visitor's profile and responses to progress towards the joint forest management plan. The quantitative techniques highlighted in this book create the basis for the development of scientific methodologies of participatory sustainable forest management. It details the methodology for the design of a forest management plan that best suits a specific preference system. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138075146

Quantitative TradingAlgorithms Analytics Data Models Optimization The first part of this book discusses institutions and mechanisms of algorithmic trading market microstructure high-frequency data and stylized facts time and event aggregation order book dynamics trading strategies and algorithms transaction costs market impact and execution strategies risk analysis and management. The second part covers market impact models network models multi-asset trading machine learning techniques and nonlinear filtering. The third part discusses electronic market making liquidity systemic risk recent developments and debates on the subject. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367871819

Quantitative Understanding of BiosystemsAn Introduction to Biophysics Second Edition Praise for the prior edition "The author has done a magnificent job… this book is highly recommended for introducing biophysics to the motivated and curious undergraduate student."―Contemporary Physics "a terrific text … will enable students to understand the significance of biological parameters through quantitative examples―a modern way of learning biophysics." ―American Journal of Physics "A superb pedagogical textbook… Full-color illustrations aid students in their understanding" ―Midwest Book Review This new edition provides a complete update to the most accessible yet thorough introduction to the physical and quantitative aspects of biological systems and processes involving macromolecules subcellular structures and whole cells. It includes two brand new chapters covering experimental techniques especially atomic force microscopy complementing the updated coverage of mathematical and computational tools. The authors have also incorporated additions to the multimedia component of video clips and animations as well as interactive diagrams and graphs. Key Features: Illustrates biological examples with estimates and calculations of biophysical parameters. Features two brand-new chapters on experimental methods a general overview and focused introduction to atomic force microscopy. Includes new coverage of important topics such as measures of DNA twist images of nanoparticle assembly and novel optical and electron nanoscopy. Provides a guide to investigating current expert biophysical research. Enhanced self-study problems and an updated glossary of terms. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138633414

Quantity and Quality in Economic ResearchStudies in Applied Business Research: Volume IV First published in 1997 this volume responded to a current national concern with quality control. Part 1 addresses issues including the US trade deficit international lending to Brazil and the traditional theory of international finance. Part 2 explores topics such as the history of statistics in the West and former East and the haphazard axiomatic methodological basis of traditional econometrics. Finally part 3 consists of 7 papers on applied economics and finance including predicting the success of takeover bids and an examination of the economic determinants of juvenile crime in New York City. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000530

Quantity and Quality in Social Research This book focuses upon the debate about quantitative and qualitative research which took root in the 1960s although many of the central themes go back centuries. The basic terms of the debate have been felt in many of the disciplines which make up the social sciences especially sociology social psychology education research organization studies and evaluation research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138145542

Quantity Surveyor's Pocket Book The third edition of the Quantity Surveyor’s Pocket Book has been updated in line with NRM1 NRM2 and NRM3 and remains a must-have guide for students and qualified practitioners. Its focused coverage of the data techniques and skills essential to the quantity surveying role makes it an invaluable companion for everything from initial cost advice to the final account stage. Key features and updates included in this new edition: an up-to-date analysis of NRM1 2 and 3; measurement and estimating examples in NRM2 format; changes in procurement practice; changes in professional development guidance notes and schemes of work; the increased use of NEC3 form of contract; the impact of BIM. This text includes recommended formats for cost plans developer’s budgets financial reports financial statements and final accounts. This is the ideal concise reference for quantity surveyors project and commercial managers and students of any of the above. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138698369

Quantum Antennas This book is about several questions regarding how to describe the quantization of the current density in an antenna and about the nature of the quantum electromagnetic field produced by such a quantum current density.  The second quantized  current  density  can  be  built  out  of  the  Dirac  field  of  electrons  and positrons while the free electromagnetic or photon field is built out of solutions to the wave equation with coefficients being operators namely the creation and annihilation operators of the photons. Note: T&F does not sell or distribute the Hardback in India Pakistan Nepal Bhutan Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367757038

Quantum Chemistry of NanotubesElectronic Cylindrical Waves This book gives a detailed and up-to-date overview of the linearized augmented cylindrical wave (LACW) technique for nanotubes and nanowires. The author presents the mathematical foundations together with numerous applications. Method for calculating the electronic structure of point impurities which is based on a combination of the LACW and Green’s functions techniques is presented. The book clearly demonstrates how the relativistic effects can be incorporated into LACW approach and how the spin-orbit coupling effects change the tubules band structure. Extensive illustrations of application to the inorganic nanotubes and nanowires make the book essential reading in this field above all. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138598874

Quantum City Quantum City explores the metaphorical relationships between quantum theory urban design and the concept of the city with a very serious aim: to radically change the way the urban realm is both experienced and designed.Using the terminology and themes of quantum theory and the 'new physics' the author draws the reader into an intriguing discussion of the principles practices and operations of urbanism. This new language offers the missing interface between the different disciplines of the city and promises to be a potent metaphor for the development of various theories for the 21st century city.Challenging traditional approaches to the theory of cities this thought-provoking book will be enjoyed by both design professionals and anyone interested in the city its history and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138154315

Quantum Communications and Cryptography All current methods of secure communication such as public-key cryptography can eventually be broken by faster computing. At the interface of physics and computer science lies a powerful solution for secure communications: quantum cryptography. Because eavesdropping changes the physical nature of the information users in a quantum exchange can easily detect eavesdroppers. This allows for totally secure random key distribution a central requirement for use of the one-time pad. Since the one-time pad is theoretically proven to be undecipherable quantum cryptography is the key to perfect secrecy. Quantum Communications and Cryptography is the first comprehensive review of the past present and potential developments in this dynamic field. Leading expert contributors from around the world discuss the scientific foundations experimental and theoretical developments and cutting-edge technical and engineering advances in quantum communications and cryptography. The book describes the engineering principles and practical implementations in a real-world metropolitan network as well as physical principles and experimental results of such technologies as entanglement swapping and quantum teleportation. It also offers the first detailed treatment of quantum information processing with continuous variables. Technologies include both free-space and fiber-based communications systems along with the necessary protocols and information processing approaches. Bridging the gap between physics and engineering Quantum Communications and Cryptography supplies a springboard for further developments and breakthroughs in this rapidly growing area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367391744

Quantum Computing DevicesPrinciples Designs and Analysis One of the first books to thoroughly examine the subject Quantum Computing Devices: Principles Designs and Analysis covers the essential components in the design of a "real" quantum computer. It explores contemporary and important aspects of quantum computation particularly focusing on the role of quantum electronic devices as quantum gates.Largely self-contained and written in a tutorial style this reference presents the analysis design and modeling of the major types of quantum computing devices: ion traps cavity quantum electrodynamics (QED) linear optics quantum dots nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) superconducting quantum interference devices (SQUID) and neutral atom traps. It begins by explaining the fundamentals and algorithms of quantum computing followed by the operations and formalisms of quantum systems. For each electronic device the subsequent chapters discuss physical properties the setup of qubits control actions that produce the quantum gates that are universal for quantum computing relevant measurements and decoherence properties of the systems. The book also includes tables diagrams and figures that illustrate various data uses and designs of quantum computing.As nanoelectronics will inevitably replace microelectronics the development of quantum information science and quantum computing technology is imperative to the future of information science and technology. Quantum Computing Devices: Principles Designs and Analysis helps fulfill this need by providing a comprehensive collection of the most promising devices for the future. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9780367390372

Quantum Continuous VariablesA Primer of Theoretical Methods Quantum Continuous Variables introduces the theory of continuous variable quantum systems from its foundations based on the framework of Gaussian states to modern developments including its applications to quantum information and forthcoming quantum technologies. This new book addresses the theory of Gaussian states operations and dynamics in great depth and breadth through a novel approach that embraces both the Hilbert space and phase descriptions. The volume includes coverage of entanglement theory and quantum information protocols and their connection with relevant experimental set-ups. General techniques for non-Gaussian manipulations also emerge as the treatment unfolds and are demonstrated with specific case studies. This book will be of interest to graduate students looking to familiarise themselves with the field in addition to experienced researchers eager to enhance their understanding of its theoretical methods. It will also appeal to experimentalists searching for a rigorous but accessible treatment of the theory in the area. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482246346

Quantum Dot SensorsTechnology and Commercial Applications Consisting of six chapters written by experts in their field this book charts the progress made in the use of quantum dots as the signaling component in optical sensors since their discovery in the early 1980s. In particular it focuses on CdS- CdSe- and CdTe-type QDs due to their emission in the visible region of the electromagnetic spectrum. The book begins by detailing the range of methods currently used for the preparation and passivation of core/core–shell quantum dots and follows with a discussion on their electrochemical properties and potential toxicity. The book culminates by focusing on how electron and energy transfer mechanisms can be utilized to generate a range of quantum dot-based probes. This is the first text of its kind dedicated to quantum dot-based sensors and will appeal to those readers who have an interest in working with these versatile nanoparticles. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814316002

Quantum Dynamics of Simple SystemsProceedings of the Forty Fourth Scottish Universities Summer School in Physics Stirling August 1994 The present level of experimental sophistication in quantum physics allows physicists to explore domains unimaginable just a decade ago and to test the most fundamental laws of quantum mechanics. This has led to renewed interest in devising new tests experiments and devices where it is possible to observe the interaction and localization of just a few atoms or photons. These techniques have been used to reveal new nonclassical effects to question the limit of the principle of correspondence and to force quantum behavior in semiconductors.With contributions from leading experts in quantum systems Quantum Dynamics of Simple Systems provides an overview of the present range of quantum dynamics exploring their use and exotic behaviors. It covers specific subjects of quantum dynamics in a competent and detailed way with emphasis on simple systems where few atoms or electrons are involved. This volume will prove to be a useful tool for graduate students as well as experienced physicists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138464698

Quantum DynamicsApplications in Biological and Materials Systems Even though time-dependent spectroscopic techniques continue to push the frontier of chemical physics they receive scant mention in introductory courses and are poorly covered in standard texts. Quantum Dynamics: Applications in Biological and Materials Systems bridges the gap between what is traditionally taught in a one-semester quantum chemistry course and the modern field of chemical dynamics presenting the quantum theory of charge and energy transport in biological systems and optical-electronic materials from a dynamic perspective.Reviews the basicsTaking a pedagogical approach the book begins by reviewing the concepts of classical mechanics that are necessary for studying quantum mechanics. It discusses waves and wave functions and then moves on to an exploration of semiclassical quantum mechanics methods an important part of the development and utilization of quantum theory.Time-independent and time-dependent perspectivesThe main focus of the book is the chapter on quantum dynamics which begins with a brief review of the bound states of a coupled two-level system. This is discussed with a time-independent as well as a time-dependent perspective. The book also explores what happens when the two-level system has an additional harmonic degree of freedom that couples the transitions between the two states.The book reviews different ways in which one can represent the evolution of a quantum state explores the quantum density matrix and examines the basis for excitation energy transfer between molecules. Later chapters describe the pi electronic structure of conjugated organic systems and discuss electron-phonon coupling in conjugated systems and transport and dynamics in extended systems.Includes Mathematica® downloadsOn an accompanying website Mathem Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367385439

Quantum Effects in Tribology Quantum Effects in Tribology is devoted to the study of quantum foundations of materials friction interaction and evolutionary formation of tribosystem’s operating parameters. At the start of the book large consideration is given to the analysis of the existing diversity of friction wear and lubrication models and their relationship with each other as well as to the quantum nature of the measurement process and the wave function reduction caused by the act of measurement. Consideration of measurement as a process of defining the output parameters of tribosystem is carried out with the apparatus of second quantization and conceptions associated with non-local quantum effects. Such an approach makes it possible not only to take another look to the evolution of tribosystems but discover previously unknown regularities of friction. The book is intended for professionals working in the field of tribology but will be also useful for graduate students specializing in the theory of friction and quantum physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498763639

Quantum Electrodynamics This text material constitutes notes on the third of a three-semester course in quantum mechanics given at the California Institute of Technology in 1953 presenting the main results and calculational procedures of quantum electrodynamics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320089

Quantum Error Correction and Fault Tolerant Quantum Computing It was once widely believed that quantum computation would never become a reality. However the discovery of quantum error correction and the proof of the accuracy threshold theorem nearly ten years ago gave rise to extensive development and research aimed at creating a working scalable quantum computer. Over a decade has passed since this monumental accomplishment yet no book-length pedagogical presentation of this important theory exists. Quantum Error Correction and Fault Tolerant Quantum Computing offers the first full-length exposition on the realization of a theory once thought impossible. It provides in-depth coverage on the most important class of codes discovered to date—quantum stabilizer codes. It brings together the central themes of quantum error correction and fault-tolerant procedures to prove the accuracy threshold theorem for a particular noise error model. The author also includes a derivation of well-known bounds on the parameters of quantum error correcting code. Packed with over 40 real-world problems 35 field exercises and 17 worked-out examples this book is the essential resource for any researcher interested in entering the quantum field as well as for those who want to understand how the unexpected realization of quantum computing is possible. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315221885

Quantum Field Theory Of Point Particles And Strings The purpose of this book is to introduce string theory without assuming any background in quantum field theory. Part I of this book follows the development of quantum field theory for point particles while Part II introduces strings. All of the tools and concepts that are needed to quantize strings are developed first for point particles. Thus Part I presents the main framework of quantum field theory and provides for a coherent development of the generalization and application of quantum field theory for point particles to strings.Part II emphasizes the quantization of the bosonic string. The treatment is most detailed in the path integral representation where the object of interest the partition function is a sum over random surfaces. The relevant mathematics of Riemann surfaces is covered. Superstrings are briefly introduced and the sum over genus 0 supersurfaces is computed.The emphasis of the book is calculational and most computations are presented in step-by-step detail. The book is unique in that it develops all three representations of quantum field theory (operator functional Schr�dinger and path integral) for point particles and strings. In many cases identical results are worked out in each representation to emphasize the representation-independent structures of quantum field theory. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091224

Quantum Field TheoryFeynman Path Integrals and Diagrammatic Techniques in Condensed Matter Choice Recommended Title February 2020 This book explores quantum field theory using the Feynman functional and diagrammatic techniques as foundations to apply Quantum Field Theory to a broad range of topics in physics. This book will be of interest not only to condensed matter physicists but physicists in a range of disciplines as the techniques explored apply to high-energy as well as soft matter physics. Features: Comprehensive and rigorous yet presents an easy to understand approach Applicable to a wide range of disciplines Accessible to those with little or basic mathematical understanding Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367185749

Quantum ImplicationsEssays in Honour of David Bohm David Bohm is one of the foremost scientific thinkers of today and one of the most distinguished scientists of his generation. His challenge to the conventional understanding of quantum theory has led scientists to reexamine what it is they are going and his ideas have been an inspiration across a wide range of disciplines. Quantum Implications is a collection of original contributions by many of the world' s leading scholars and is dedicated to David Bohm his work and the issues raised by his ideas. The contributors range across physics philosophy biology art psychology and include some of the most distinguished scientists of the day. There is an excellent introduction by the editors putting Bohm's work in context and setting right some of the misconceptions that have persisted about the work of David Bohm Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138148529

Quantum Information and ConsciousnessA Gentle Introduction "I loved the book! This book is not just interesting it is exciting. I have probably read every significant book in the field and this is the strongest and most convincing one yet. It is also one of the most comprehensive in its explanations. I shall most certainly recommend the book to colleagues."–Richard G. Petty MD "a very good introduction to the basic theory of quantum systems…. Dr. Georgiev’s book aptly prepares the reader to confront whatever might be in store later." –from the Foreword by Prof. James F. Glazebrook Eastern Illinois University This book addresses the fascinating cross-disciplinary field of quantum information theory applied to the study of brain function. It offers a self-study guide to probe the problems of consciousness including a concise but rigorous introduction to classical and quantum information theory theoretical neuroscience and philosophy of the mind. It aims to address long-standing problems related to consciousness within the framework of modern theoretical physics in a comprehensible manner that elucidates the nature of the mind-body relationship. The reader also gains an overview of methods for constructing and testing quantum informational theories of consciousness. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367405335

Quantum Kinematics And Dynamic A classic from 1969 this book is based on a series of lectures delivered at the Les Houches Summer School of Theoretical Physics in 1955. The book outlines a general scheme of quantum kinematics and dynamics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091767

Quantum Leaps Quantum Leaps is a how-to book for creating fundamental change in both ourselves and our organizations. Charlotte Shelton's basic premise is that organizational change happens one person at a time. Our workplaces simply mirror our individual and collective beliefs. Therefore we change ourselves our workplaces and the world by changing our minds. As our beliefs change we not only see the world differently we begin to be in the world in a different way thus creating a new reality.Shelton uses the basic principles of quantum mechanics as the foundational metaphor for a new quantum skill set that recognizes the highly complex constantly changing totally unpredictable nature of life. She demonstrates the inadequacy of our time-honored skills of planning organizing directing and controlling. She shows how these skills are directly tied to an obsolete view or reality ignoring the now fundamental requirements of extreme imagination and radical innovation.Quantum Leaps introduces seven new skills: skills that are compatible with life and work in the twenty-first century. These seven Quantum Skills enable us to see think feel know act trust and be radically different ways. Collectively they form a comprehensive model for change.These skills integrate quantum mechanical principles state-of-the-art-psychology and universal spiritual practices. They balance the traditional left-brain business skills with a new skill set that more fully utilizes both hemispheres of the brain. As we master these skills Shelton states "We create balanced lives and whole-brain organizations and we become authentic change masters changing ourselves and our organizations from the inside out." The Seven Quantum Skills are: Quantum Seeing Quantum Thinking Quantum Feeling Quantum Knowing Quantum Acting Quantum Trusting and Quantum Being. These 7 skills introduce a new way to access underutilized brain capacities as they acknowledge the role of intention intuition and interconnectivity. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780080515564

Quantum MacroeconomicsThe legacy of Bernard Schmitt Quantum Macroeconomics presents a new paradigm in macroeconomic analysis initiated by Bernard Schmitt. It explains the historical origin the analytical contents and the actual relevance of this new paradigm with respect to current major economic issues at national and international level. These issues concern both advanced and emerging market economies referring to inflation unemployment financial instability and economic crises. 　 In the first part of this volume leading scholars explain the historical origin and analytical content of quantum macroeconomics. The second part explores its relevance with respect to the current major economic issues such as the sovereign debt crisis and European monetary union. The volume also features two previously unpublished papers by Bernard Schmitt. The main findings of this book concern the need to go beyond agents’ behaviour to understand the structural origin of a variety of macroeconomic problems notably inflation unemployment financial instability and economic crises. The originality that pervades all contributions is plain when one considers the lack of any structural explanation of national and international economic disorders in the literature within the mainstream approach to economics. This edited volume is of great interest to those who study macroeconomics monetary economics and money and banking. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138325159

Quantum Many-particle Systems This book explains the fundamental concepts and theoretical techniques used to understand the properties of quantum systems having large numbers of degrees of freedom. A number of complimentary approaches are developed including perturbation theory; nonperturbative approximations based on functional integrals; general arguments based on order parameters symmetry and Fermi liquid theory; and stochastic methods. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367091644

Quantum Mechanical Tunneling in Chemical Physics Quantum mechanical tunneling plays important roles in a wide range of natural sciences from nuclear and solid-state physics to proton transfer and chemical reactions in chemistry and biology. Responding to the need for further understanding of multidimensional tunneling the authors have recently developed practical methods that can be applied to multidimensional systems. Quantum Mechanical Tunneling in Chemical Physics presents basic theories as well as original ones developed by the authors. It also provides methodologies and numerical applications to real molecular systems. The book offers information so readers can understand the basic concepts and dynamics of multidimensional tunneling phenomena and use the described methods for various molecular spectroscopy and chemical dynamics problems. The text focuses on three tunneling phenomena: (1) energy splitting or tunneling splitting in symmetric double well potential (2) decay of metastable state through tunneling and (3) tunneling effects in chemical reactions. Incorporating mathematics to explain basic theories the text requires readers to have graduate-level math to grasp the concepts presented.The book reviews low-dimensional theories and clarifies their insufficiency conceptually and numerically. It also examines the phenomenon of nonadiabatic tunneling which is common in molecular systems. The book describes applications to real polyatomic molecules such as vinyl radicals and malonaldehyde demonstrating the high efficiency and accuracy of the method. It discusses tunneling in chemical reactions including theories for direct evaluation of reaction rate constants for both electronically adiabatic and nonadiabatic chemical reactions. In the final chapter the authors touch on future perspectives. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781466507319

Quantum Mechanics A Thorough Update of One of the Most Highly Regarded Textbooks on Quantum Mechanics Continuing to offer an exceptionally clear up-to-date treatment of the subject Quantum Mechanics Sixth Edition explains the concepts of quantum mechanics for undergraduate students in physics and related disciplines and provides the foundation necessary for other specialized courses. This sixth edition builds on its highly praised predecessors to make the text even more accessible to a wider audience. It is now divided into five parts that separately cover broad topics suitable for any general course on quantum mechanics. New to the Sixth Edition Three chapters that review prerequisite physics and mathematics laying out the notation formalism and physical basis necessary for the rest of the book Short descriptions of numerous applications relevant to the physics discussed giving students a brief look at what quantum mechanics has made possible industrially and scientifically Additional end-of-chapter problems with different ranges of difficulty This exemplary text shows students how cutting-edge theoretical topics are applied to a variety of areas from elementary atomic physics and mathematics to angular momentum and time dependence to relativity and quantum computing. Many examples and exercises illustrate the principles and test students’ understanding. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482299182

Quantum Mechanics Second edition Quantum mechanics is the key to modern physics and chemistry yet it is notoriously difficult to understand. This book is designed to overcome that obstacle. Clear and concise it provides an easily readable introduction intended for science undergraduates with no previous knowledge of quantum theory leading them through to the advanced topics usually encountered at the final year level.Although the subject matter is standard novel techniques have been employed that considerably simplify the technical presentation. The authors use their extensive experience of teaching and popularizing science to explain the many difficult abstract points of the subject in easily comprehensible language. Helpful examples and thorough sets of exercises are also given to enable students to master the subject. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138464681

Quantum Mechanics for Thinkers This book provides quick access to quantum mechanics without dealing with a true textbook that demands proper specialized studies in physics (and related mathematics) for about a couple of years. It consists of three parts: basic formalism formal development and ontological issues. The 70 figures are a crucial instrument for becoming acquainted in a "representative" way with abstract problems and the 30 in-section boxes assist readers understand for difficult mathematical problems. The book offers a considerable number of clear and analytical treatments of what are considered the most difficult conceptual problems of the theory. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411714

Quantum Mechanics IIAdvanced Topics   Why the Quantum Field Theory? Quantum Mechanics II: Advanced Topics uses more than a decade of research and the authors’ own teaching experience to expound on some of the more advanced topics and current research in quantum mechanics. A follow-up to the authors introductory book Quantum Mechanics I: The Fundamentals this book begins with a chapter on quantum field theory and goes on to present basic principles key features and applications. It outlines recent quantum technologies and phenomena and introduces growing topics of interest in quantum mechanics. The authors describe promising applications that include ghost imaging detection of weak amplitude objects entangled two-photon microscopy detection of small displacements lithography metrology and teleportation of optical images. They also present worked-out examples and provide numerous problems at the end of each chapter. Establishes a Need for the Quantum Field Theory Consisting of ten chapters this illuminating text: Covers the basic ideas of both classical and quantum field theories Highlights path integral formalism supersymmetric quantum mechanics coherent and squeezed states Berry's phase Aharonov-Bohm and Sagnac effects and Wigner function Addresses basic principles salient features and applications Describes basic concepts of quantum computers some of the quantum algorithms and features of quantum computation Explores advances made in the field of quantum cryptography Provides a brief and compact introduction to topics of growing interest including quantum versions of theory of gravity Zeno effect teleportation games cloning diffusion and chaos Focuses on the theoretical aspects of various advanced topics Outlines some of the quantum technologies and/or technological applications of quantum phenomena Presents the basic principles and salient features of ghost imaging detection of weak amplitude object and small displacements entangled two-photon microscopy quantum lithography metrology and teleportation of optical images Contains several worked-out problems at the end of each chapter Includes material that can be covered in an advanced course on quantum mechanics Quantum Mechanics II: Advanced Topics addresses the basic principles and current research on various topics in quantum mechanics and is a valuable resource for advanced undergraduate and graduate students in physics chemistry and engineering with an interest in quantum mechanics. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482263459

Quantum Mechanics IThe Fundamentals Quantum Mechanics I: The Fundamentals provides a graduate-level account of the behavior of matter and energy at the molecular atomic nuclear and sub-nuclear levels. It covers basic concepts mathematical formalism and applications to physically important systems. The text addresses many topics not typically found in books at this level including: Bound state solutions of quantum pendulum Pöschl–Teller potential Solutions of classical counterpart of quantum mechanical systems A criterion for bound state Scattering from a locally periodic potential and reflection-less potential Modified Heisenberg relation Wave packet revival and its dynamics Hydrogen atom in D-dimension Alternate perturbation theories An asymptotic method for slowly varying potentials Klein paradox Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen (EPR) paradox and Bell’s theorem Numerical methods for quantum systems A collection of problems at the end of each chapter develops students’ understanding of both basic concepts and the application of theory to various physically important systems. This book along with the authors’ follow-up Quantum Mechanics II: Advanced Topics provides students with a broad up-to-date introduction to quantum mechanics. Print Versions of this book also include access to the ebook version. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482263374

Quantum Mechanics of Charged Particle Beam OpticsUnderstanding Devices from Electron Microscopes to Particle Accelerators Classical Charged Particle Beam Optics used in the design and operation of all present-day charged particle beam devices from low energy electron microscopes to high energy particle accelerators is entirely based on classical mechanics. A question of curiosity is: How is classical charged particle beam optics so successful in practice though the particles of the beam like electrons are quantum mechanical? Quantum Mechanics of Charged Particle Beam Optics answers this question with a comprehensive formulation of ‘Quantum Charged Particle Beam Optics’ applicable to any charged particle beam device. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138035928

Quantum MechanicsA Fundamental Approach The mathematical formalism of quantum theory in terms of vectors and operators in infinite-dimensional complex vector spaces is very abstract. The definitions of many mathematical quantities used do not seem to have an intuitive meaning which makes it difficult to appreciate the mathematical formalism and understand quantum mechanics. This book provides intuition and motivation to the mathematics of quantum theory introducing the mathematics in its simplest and familiar form for instance with three-dimensional vectors and operators which can be readily understood. Feeling confident about and comfortable with the mathematics used helps readers appreciate and understand the concepts and formalism of quantum mechanics. This book is divided into four parts. Part I is a brief review of the general properties of classical and quantum systems. A general discussion of probability theory is also included which aims to help in understanding the probability theories relevant to quantum mechanics. Part II is a detailed study of the mathematics for quantum mechanics. Part III presents quantum mechanics in a series of postulates. Six groups of postulates are presented to describe orthodox quantum systems. Each statement of a postulate is supplemented with a detailed discussion. To make them easier to understand the postulates for discrete observables are presented before those for continuous observables. Part IV presents several illustrative applications which include harmonic and isotropic oscillators charged particle in external magnetic fields and the Aharonov–Bohm effect. For easy reference definitions theorems examples comments properties and results are labelled with section numbers. Various symbols and notations are adopted to distinguish different quantities explicitly and to avoid misrepresentation. Self-contained both mathematically and physically the book is accessible to a wide readership including astrophysicists mathematicians and philosophers of science who are interested in the foundations of quantum mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814774659

Quantum MechanicsA Simplified Approach Quantum mechanics is one of the most challenging subjects to learn. It is challenging because quantum phenomenon is counterintuitive and the mathematics used to explain such a phenomenon is very abstract and difficult to grasp. This textbook is an attempt to overcome these challenges. Every chapter presents quantum ideas step- by- step in a structured way with a comparison between quantum and classical concepts. It provides a clear distinction between classical and quantum logic. Conceptual questions are provided after every important section so that the reader can test their understanding at every step. Such an approach aids in preventing misconceptions. Problem solving is not restricted to solving differential equations and integration. But it requires to systematically and creatively analyze a problem to apply the new and powerful concepts for finding a solution and to understand the physical meaning of the solution. The tutorials on special topics are an effort to teach problem solving by actively engaging the reader in a thinking process to apply the concepts and to understand the physical meaning of the solution. The simulations are provided for some of the topics. The simulations aid in the visualization of the quantum phenomenon and for meaningful understanding of the mathematics. This approach may lead to development of "quantum mechanical intuition "as well as learning mathematical techniques for problem solving. Most importantly the book is not flooded with numerous topics that makes the reader confused and distracted rather the most important topics are discussed at a deeper level. The understanding of quantum mechanics is incomplete without understanding the early ideas and experiments that lead to the development of the quantum theory. Thus the first two chapters of the book are dedicated to such topics. The key features of this book are: A simplified structured and step-by-step introduction to quantum mechanics. The simplification is attained through use of two-level system step- by- step discussion of important topics in a simplified language at a deeper level analogies and visualization using illustrations and simulations A systematic arrangement of topics and numerous worked- out examples. The presentation of the structure in the mathematical formalism of quantum mechanics provides clarity in understanding complicated and abstract mathematics. It also helps to understand the distinction between the quantum mechanical and classical approaches Conceptual questions at the end of every important section. The conceptual questions can be used in a classroom as a point of discussion between an instructor and students Tutorials on special topics. Simulations on special topics aid in the visualization of the physical phenomenon and demonstration of the application of mathematics An in-depth discussion of the wave-particle duality measurement problem and their philosophical implications in Chapter 2 provides an understanding of the broader meaning of quantum mechanics Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138197268

Quantum MechanicsAn Introduction This authoritative advanced introduction provides a complete modern perspective on quantum mechanics. It clarifies many common misconceptions regarding wave/particle duality and the correct interpretation of measurements. The author develops the text from the ground up starting from the fundamentals and presenting information at an elementary level avoiding unnecessarily detailed and complex derivations in favor of simple clear explanations. He begins in the simplest context of a two-state system and shows why quantum mechanics is inevitable and what its relationship is to classical mechanics. He also outlines the decoherence approach to interpreting quantum mechanics. Distinguishing features: Provides a thorough grounding in the principles and practice of quantum mechanics including a core understanding of the behavior of atoms molecules solids and light. Utilizes easy-to-follow examples and analogies to illustrate important concepts. Helps develop an intuitive sense for the field by guiding the reader to understand how the correct formulas reduce to the non-relativistic ones. Includes numerous worked examples and problems for each chapter. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781482255065

Quantum MechanicsAn Introduction for Device Physicists and Electrical Engineers Quantum Mechanics: An Introduction for Device Physicists and Electrical Engineers Third Edition  provides a complete course in quantum mechanics for students of semiconductor device physics and electrical engineering. It provides the necessary background to quantum theory for those starting work on micro- and nanoelectronic structures and is particularly useful for those beginning work with modern semiconductors devices lasers and qubits. This book was developed from a course the author has taught for many years with a style and order of presentation of material specifically designed for this audience. It introduces the main concepts of quantum mechanics which are important in everyday solid-state physics and electronics. Each topic includes examples which have been carefully chosen to draw upon relevant experimental research. It also includes problems with solutions to test understanding of theory. Full updated throughout the third edition contains the latest developments experiments and device concepts in addition to three fully revised chapters on operators and expectations and spin angular momentum it contains completely new material on superconducting devices and approaches to quantum computing. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367467272

Quantum MechanicsAxiomatic Theory with Modern Applications This volume will act as a guide through the various aspects of quantum mechanics. It not only covers the basics but also addresses new themes developed in the field of quantum mechanics in recent years. These include quantum mechanics in relation to electronics quantum dots spintronics cryptography and other more theoretical aspects such as the path integral formulation and supersymmetric quantum mechanics. The volume presents a number of mathematical tools and physical consequences derived from quantum mechanics. The starting point of the volume is a very brief review of the phenomenology associated with the origins of quantum theory as the branch of science was understood in the beginning of the 20th century leading to an interpretation of the results at that time. Key features: • Provides understanding and demystification of the quantum theory • Presents applications to information theory and encryption • Introduces applications to medicine in both treatment and diagnosis • Covers applications to modern communications systems • Looks at the philosophical implications of quantum mechanics its reality and its perception • Describes the application to the basics of solid state devices Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771886918

Quantum MechanicsFoundations and Applications Progressing from the fundamentals of quantum mechanics (QM) to more complicated topics Quantum Mechanics: Foundations and Applications provides advanced undergraduate and graduate students with a comprehensive examination of many applications that pertain to modern physics and engineering.Based on courses taught by the author this textbook begins with an introductory chapter that reviews historical landmarks discusses classical theory and establishes a set of postulates. The next chapter demonstrates how to find the appropriate wave functions for a variety of physical systems in one dimension by solving the Schrödinger equation where for time-independent cases the total energy is an eigenvalue. The following chapter extends this method to three dimensions focusing on partial differential equations. In subsequent chapters the author develops the appropriate operators eigenvalues and eigenfunctions for angular momentum as well as methods for examining time-dependent systems. The final chapters address special systems of interest such as lasers quarks and hadrons. Appendices offer additional material exploring matrices functions and physical constants.Relating theory with experiment Quantum Mechanics: Foundations and Applications provides both basic and complex information for junior- and senior-level physics and engineering students. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367390501

Quantum MechanicsFundamentals This book contains discussions of radiation theory quantum statistics and the many-body problem and more advanced topics in collision theory. It is intended as a text for a first-year graduate quantum mechanics course. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320096

Quantum MechanicsProblems and Solutions This is a companion volume to K. Kong Wan’s textbook Quantum Mechanics: A Fundamental Approach published in 2019 by Jenny Stanford Publishing. The book contains more than 240 exercises and problems listed at the end of most chapters. This essential manual presents full solutions to all the exercises and problems that are designed to help the reader master the material in the textbook. Mastery of the material in the book would contribute greatly to the understanding of the concepts and formalism of quantum mechanics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814800723

Quantum MechanicsScience and Society First Published in 2002. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315023700

Quantum Nanochemistry - Five Volume Set This new 5-volume set presents in a balanced yet progressive manner the fundamental and advanced concepts principles and models of quanta atoms molecules solids and crystal and chemical-biological interaction in cells. It also addresses the first and novel combinations and applications in modeling complex natural or designed phenomena. These new volumes by Dr. Putz embrace the best knowledge at the dawn of the twenty-first century of chemical bonding approaches while further advancing the chemical bonding approaches through the author’s own progressive vision which highlights the concept of bosonic-bondon in artificial chemistry. The author approaches the systematics of atoms-in-molecule progressive modeling in relation to chemical reactivity indices that are rooted in the electronegativity and chemical hardness prime chemical descriptors with a refreshing and fruitful perspective. He considers the influence of chemical bonding and extends that to chemical-biological interaction in cells and organisms toward recording the biological activity. He covers the relevant connections with chemistry and atomic/molecular structures for the constituent particles/nodes in crystals and solids including the hot topic of the propagation of defects on graphenes. The work is rigorously thoughtfully and analytically presented with a flexible instructive and creative physical-chemical style of presentation and should be well understood by both physical and chemical communities in the nanosciences fields. These volumes will help to stimulate the creative power of the reader interested not just in knowing and understanding nature through the eyes of quantum theory but also in using the necessary know-how to predict and drive the quantum information coined the nano-scale systems. The multi-volume book uniquely features: A multi-level unitary approach (atoms molecules solids and chemical-biological interaction in an interrelated conceptual and applicative presentation) Fresh quantum views and models of atomic stability and molecular reactivity A new theory of chemical bonding by bosonic-bondons The first path integral applications in quantum chemistry The first bondonic analysis for the graphenic topological defects The volume largely achieves the Organization for Economic and Co-operation Development’s (OECD) Quantitative Structure Activity Relationship (QSAR) fifth commandment ensuring mechanistically describing the chemical-biological interaction by prime structural causes—in short explaining biological activity by chemical reactivity. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881388

Quantum Nanochemistry Volume FiveQuantum Structure-Activity Relationships (Qu-SAR) Volume 5 of the 5-volume Quantum Nanochemistry focuses on modeling and predicting of the enzyme kinetics and quantitative structure-activity relationships. It reveals the quantum implications to bio-organic and bio-inorganic systems to enzyme kinetics and to pharmacophore binding sites of chemical-biological interaction of molecules through cell membranes in targeting specific bindings modeled by celebrated QSARs (Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationships) here reshaped as Qu-SAR (Quantum Structure-Activity Relationships). Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881371

Quantum Nanochemistry Volume FourQuantum Solids and Orderability Volume 4 of the 5-volume Quantum Nanochemistry covers quantum (physical) chemical theory of solids and orderability and addresses the electronic order problems in the solid state viewed as a huge molecule in special quantum states including also the bondonic treatment of the graphene nano-ribbons along basic crystallographic principles from geometrical- to chemical- to physical- (x-ray) crystallography with featured examples and energetic correlating symmetry discussion on orderability in nanochemical compounds. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881364

Quantum Nanochemistry Volume OneQuantum Theory and Observability Volume 1 of the 5-volume Quantum Nanochemistry series presents an overall perspective of nuclear atomic molecular and solids structures and the observability and quantum properties as based on the quantum principles in their various levels of applications from Planck Bohr Einstein Schrödinger Hartree-Fock up to Feynman Path Integral approaches. The volume presents in a balanced manner the fundamental and advanced concepts principles and models as well as their first and novel combinations and applications in modeling complex natural or designed phenomena. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881333

Quantum Nanochemistry Volume ThreeQuantum Molecules and Reactivity Volume 3 of the 5-volume Quantum Nanochemistry presents the chemical reactivity throughout the molecular structure in general and chemical bonding in particular by introducing the bondons as the quantum bosonic particles of the chemical field localization from Hückel to Density Functional expositions especially in relation to how chemical principles of electronegativity and chemical hardness decide the global chemical reactivity and interaction. The volume presents the fundamental and advanced concepts principles and models as well as their first and novel combinations and applications in quantum (physical) chemical theory of bonding molecular reactivity and aromaticity. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881357

Quantum Nanochemistry Volume TwoQuantum Atoms and Periodicity Volume 2 of the 5-volume Quantum Nanochemistry presents fundamental and advanced concepts principles and models as well as their first and novel combinations and applications in quantum (physical) and chemical theory of atomic structure. It exposes the atom’s perspective of quantum structures spanning its diverse analytical predictions by historical and in-depth quantum analysis of the atomic periodicities of the atomic radii ionization potential electron affinity electronegativity and chemical hardness along with the recently consecrated electrophilicity and chemical action. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781771881340

Quantum NanosystemsStructure Properties and Interactions The need for economically feasible and multifunctional materials becomes more acute as the natural physical and chemical resources reveal either their limits or reveal the difficulties and increasing costs in storage transport and conversion. This reference presents the work from contributors from various fields of various ages and from different countries creating a valuable collection of research that will advance the fundamental and innovative techniques of nanosystems and their interactions. The authors cover self-assembly self-regenerating storage and directional properties of intelligent materials. It helps readers respond to the challenges in this field. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895901

Quantum Optics for Beginners Atomic correlations have been studied in physics for over 50 years and known as collective effects until recently when they came to be recognized as a source of entanglement. This is the first book that contains detailed and comprehensive analysis of two currently extensively studied subjects of atomic and quantum physics—atomic correlations and their relations to entanglement between atoms or atomic systems—along with the newest developments in these fields. This book assembles accounts of many phenomena related to or resulting from atomic correlations. The essential language of the book is in terms of density matrices and master equations that provide detailed theoretical treatments and experimental analysis of phenomena such as entanglement between atoms spontaneously or externally induced atomic coherence engineering of atomic correlations storage and controlled transfer of correlations and dynamics of correlated systems. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814411752

Quantum Optics for Engineers Quantum Optics for Engineers provides a transparent and methodical introduction to quantum optics via the Dirac's bra–ket notation with an emphasis on practical applications and basic aspects of quantum mechanics such as Heisenberg's uncertainty principle and Schrodinger's equation. Self-contained and using mainly first-year calculus and algebra tools the book: Illustrates the interferometric quantum origin of fundamental optical principles such as diffraction refraction and reflection Provides a transparent introduction via Dirac's notation to the probability amplitude of quantum entanglement Explains applications of the probability amplitude of quantum entanglement to optical communications quantum cryptography quantum teleportation and quantum computing. Quantum Optics for Engineers is succinct transparent and practical revealing the intriguing world of quantum entanglement via many practical examples. Ample illustrations are used throughout its presentation and the theory is presented in a methodical detailed approach. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138077546

Quantum Optomechanics Written by leading experimentalist Warwick P. Bowen and prominent theoretician Gerard J. Milburn Quantum Optomechanics discusses modern developments in this novel field from experimental and theoretical standpoints. The authors share their insight on a range of important topics including optomechanical cooling and entanglement; quantum limits on measurement precision and how to overcome them via back-action evading measurements; feedback control; single photon and nonlinear optomechanics; optomechanical synchronization; coupling of optomechanical systems to microwave circuits and two-level systems such as atoms and superconducting qubits; and optomechanical tests of gravitational decoherence.The book first introduces the basic physics of quantum harmonic oscillators and their interactions with their environment. It next discusses the radiation pressure interaction between light and matter deriving common Hamiltonians used in quantum optomechanics. It then focuses on the linearized regime of quantum optomechanics before exploring scenarios where the simple linearized picture of quantum optomechanics no longer holds. The authors move on to hybrid optomechanical systems in which the canonical quantum optomechanical system is coupled to another quantum object. They explain how an alternative form of a hybrid optomechanical system leads to the phenomenon of synchronization. They also consider the impact of quantum optomechanics on tests of gravitational physics. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367575199

Quantum Physics This book presents the basic concepts and methods of quantum mechanics for upper level undergraduate students allowing them to master its application to real physical situations. A postulate-based treatment is adopted together with a gradual development of the quantum formalism of wave functions operators measurement and temporal evolution. Standard topics of one-dimensional and atomic motion angular momentum and approximation methods are presented in addition to detailed discussions of many-particle systems atomic and nuclear radiation. Appropriate mathematical tools and techniques are provided wherever necessary. The core text is supplemented by 77 worked examples some of which address more complex issues and aspects of present-day research. The aim is to make this textbook a realistic introduction to more advanced and specialized texts. The material provides full coverage of the subject matter 94 problems with solutions and a further 93 with answers only Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003078265

Quantum Physics for Beginners The textbook covers the background theory of various effects discussed from first principles as clearly as possible to introduce students to the main ideas of quantum physics and to teach the basic mathematical methods and techniques used in the fields of advanced quantum physics atomic physics laser physics nanotechnology quantum chemistry and theoretical mathematics. Many of the predictions of quantum physics appear to be contrary to our intuitive perceptions and the student will learn how it comes about that microscopic objects (particles) behave in unusual ways that are called quantum effects what we mean by quantum and where this idea came from. The textbook is supplemented with Problems and Solutions in Quantum Physics which contains a wide range of tutorial problems from simple confidence builders to fairly challenging problems that provide adequate understanding of the basic concepts of quantum physics. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669382

Quantum Physics of Matter Quantum Physics of Matter explores the way in which quantum physics determines the properties of materials. The quantum physics of solids for example dictates whether they are good insulators conductors semiconductors or even superconductors. At a deeper level it explores how the quantum physics of nuclei and elementary particles determines the stability of matter and hence the range of substances that came into existence through the big bang and the evolution of stars. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138414143

Quantum PhysicsAn Introduction Quantum Physics: An Introduction guides you through the profound revolution in scientific thinking that overthrew classical physics in favor of quantum physics. The book discusses the basic ideas of quantum physics and explains its power in predicting the behavior of matter on the atomic scale including the emission of light by atoms (spectra) and the operation of lasers. It also elucidates why the interpretation of quantum physics is still the subject of intense debate among scientists. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315274621

Quantum Principles and Particles Second Edition This textbook offers a unique introduction to quantum mechanics progressing gradually from elementary quantum mechanics to aspects of particle physics. It presents the microscopic world by analysis of the simplest possible quantum mechanical system (spin 1/2). A special feature is the author’s use of visual aids known as process diagrams which show how amplitudes for quantum mechanical processes are computed. The second edition includes a new chapter and problems on time-dependent processes in addition to new material on quantum computing and improved illustrations. Key Features: Provides a completely updated text with expanded contents. Includes a brand new chapter on time-dependent processes and expanded coverage of recent developments in particle physics. Emphasizes a visual approach employing process diagrams and utilizing new figures. Incorporates quantum information theory in a new appendix with other helpful supplements on notation lattice models weak flavor mixing and numerical simulations. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138090378

Quantum RealityTheory and Philosophy Probably the most successful scientific theory ever created quantum theory has profoundly changed our view of the world and extended the limits of our knowledge impacting both the theoretical interpretation of a tremendous range of phenomena and the practical development of a host of technological breakthroughs. Yet for all its success quantum theory remains utterly baffling. Quantum Reality: Theory and Philosophy cuts through much of the confusion to provide readers with an exploration of quantum theory that is as authoritatively comprehensive as it is intriguingly comprehensible. Requiring no more than school level physics and mathematics background this volume requires only an interest in understanding how quantum theory came to be and the myriad ways it both explains how our universe functions and extends the reach of human knowledge. Written by well-known physics author and teacher Dr. Jonathan Allday this highly engaging work: Presents a thorough grounding in the theoretical machinery of quantum physics Offers a whistle-stop tour through the early part of the 20th century when the founding fathers of quantum theory forever altered the frontiers of human thought Provides an example-filled interpretation of the theory its applications and its pinnacle in quantum field theory (QFT) so crucial in shaping ideas about the nature of reality Separates fact from speculation regarding quantum physics ability to provide a starting point for philosophical queries into ultimate understanding and the limits of science The world beneath the one that we experience with our senses is profoundly mysterious and while we may never completely unravel that mystery quantum theory allows us to come closer than ever to understanding where the science leaves off and the mystery begins. Q Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138464674

Quantum Statistical Mechanics This book is a very early systematic treatment of the application of the field-theoretical methods developed after the Second World War to the quantum mechanical many-body problem at finite temperature. It describes various techniques that remain basic tools of modern condensed matter physicists. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367320102

Quantum Theory and the Schism in PhysicsFrom the Postscript to The Logic of Scientific Discovery Quantum Theory and the Schism in Physics is one of the three volumes of Karl Popper’s Postscript to the Logic of scientific Discovery. The Postscript is the culmination of Popper’s work in the philosophy of physics and a new famous attack on subjectivist approaches to philosophy of science. Quantum Theory and the Schism in Physics is the third volume of the Postscript. It may be read independently but it also forms part of Popper’s interconnected argument in the Postscript. It presents Popper’s classic statement on quantum physics and offers important insights into his thinking on problems of method within science and physics as a whole. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138139046

Quantum Theory of High-Energy Ion-Atom Collisions One of the Top Selling Physics Books according to YBP Library ServicesSuitable for graduate students experienced researchers and experts this book provides a state-of-the-art review of the non-relativistic theory of high-energy ion-atom collisions. Special attention is paid to four-body interactive dynamics through the most important theoretical methods available to date by critically analyzing their foundation and practical usefulness relative to virtually all the relevant experimental data.Fast ion-atom collisions are of paramount importance in many high-priority branches of science and technology including accelerator-based physics the search for new sources of energy controlled thermonuclear fusion plasma research the earth’s environment space research particle transport physics therapy of cancer patients by heavy ions and more.These interdisciplinary fields are in need of knowledge about many cross sections and collisional rates for the analyzed fast ion-atom collisions such as single ionization excitation charge exchange and various combinations thereof. These include two-electron transitions such as double ionization excitation or capture as well as simultaneous electron transfer and ionization or excitation and the like—all of which are analyzed in depth in this book. Quantum Theory of High-Energy Ion-Atom Collisions focuses on multifaceted mechanisms of collisional phenomena with heavy ions and atoms at non-relativistic high energies. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367386450

Quantum Theory of Solids Quantum Theory of Solids presents a concisely-structured tour of the theory relating to chemical bonding and its application to the three most significant topics in solid state physics: semiconductors magnetism and superconductivity--topics that have seen major advances in recent years. This is a unique treatment that develops the concepts of quantum theory for the solid state from the basics through to an advanced level encompassing additional quantum mechanics techniques such as the variational method and perturbation theory. Written at the senior undergraduate/masters level it provides an exceptional grounding in the subject. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781315273198

Quantum Theory without Reduction Quantum theory offers a strange and perhaps unique case in the history of science. Although research into its roots has provided important results in recent years the debate goes on. Some theorists argue that quantum theory is weakened by the inclusion of the so called "reduction of the state vector" in its foundations. Quantum Theory without Reduction presents arguments in favor of quantum theory as a consistent and complete theory without this reduction and as a theory capable of explaining all known features of the measurement problem. This collection of invited contributions defines and explores different aspects of this issue bringing an old debate into a new perspective and leading to a more satisfying consensus about quantum theory. The book will be of interest to researchers in theoretical physics and mathematical physics involved in the foundations of quantum theory. Scientists engineers and philosophers interested in the conceptual problems of quantum theory will also find this work stimulating. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367403263

Quantum TheoryDensity Condensation and Bonding Quantum Theory: Density Condensation and Bonding presents in a unitary manner the main actual theories of matter mainly the density function theory (DFT) for fermions the Bose-Einstein condensation (BEC) for bosons and chemical bonding as a special realization of the first two so-called mixed fermionic-bosonic states. The book covers the modern and ultimately developed quantum theories involving the key concepts of density condensation and bonding. The book compiles for the first time the density functional theory with Bose-Einstein condensation and chemical bonding theories in a fresh and novel perspective. The book introduces modern theories of matter structure and explains the nature of chemical bonds under the consecrated and ultimate quantum paradigms of molecular structure. The book is divided into three parts one for each level of studies: Part I: Primer Density Functional Theory is suitable for undergraduate introductory courses in physics chemistry and the natural sciences. Part II: Primer Density Functional Bose-Einstein Condensation Theory would be suitable for graduate- or master-level courses in physics or natural sciences. Part III: Modern Quantum Theories of Chemical Bonding is written for the post-graduate master or doctorate courses on quantum structure of molecules in chemistry or natural sciences. Thus this book is organized as a succession of three linked courses from undergraduate to graduate to postgraduate levels in modern quantum theories of many-body systems. It covers three main concepts: density condensation and bonding and contains the most celebrated and challenging theories of matter. The book provides a fresh perspective on the quantum theory of structure of physico-chemical systems and will show students at all levels and researchers the way for future elaboration and discoveries toward the unification of the physical and chemical concepts of matter. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895147

Quantum Thermodynamic ProcessesEnergy and Information Flow at the Nanoscale The point of departure of this book is a triad of themes: information theory thermodynamics and quantum mechanics. These are related: thermodynamics and quantum mechanics form the basis of quantum thermodynamics; information and quantum mechanics underly inter alia the notorious quantum measurement problem; and information and thermodynamics have much to say about control limits in the tension between micro- and macro-descriptions. Why does the world around us typically look thermal—from cosmology down to individual embedded spins? Do informational measures constitute additional (independent) parameters beyond physical ones? Is the transition between mechanical and thermal systems gradual or discontinuous? Pertinent examples can be found in various processes implemented on small quantum systems. Particularly attractive are model systems that can be treated thermodynamically but—to some extent—also exactly that is based on pure quantum dynamics. This possibility opens the door to nano-thermodynamics. In this sense the book aims at a modern perspective of nanoscale applications defined here as a potential realization of various functions as constrained by given resources. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814463737

Quantum Trajectories The application of quantum mechanics to many-particle systems has been an active area of research in recent years as researchers have looked for ways to tackle difficult problems in this area. The quantum trajectory method provides an efficient computational technique for solving both stationary and time-evolving states encompassing a large area of quantum mechanics. Quantum Trajectories brings the expertise of an international panel of experts who focus on the epistemological significance of quantum mechanics through the quantum theory of motion. Emphasizing a classical interpretation of quantum mechanics as developed by de Bröglie and Bohm this volume: Introduces the concept of the quantum theory of motion Explains the connection with conventional quantum mechanics Presents various numerical techniques generated from the Bohmian approach Describes the epistemological significance of quantum trajectories Provides an authoritative account of the foundations of quantum mechanics vis-à-vis that of the Bohmian mechanics The popularity of using the quantum trajectory as a computational tool has exploded over the last decade finally bringing this methodology to the level of practical applications. Many of the experts in the field who have either developed the methodology or have improved upon it have contributed chapters to this volume making it a state-of-the-art expression of the field as it exists today and providing insight into the future of this technology. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138114739

Quantum Transport Calculations for Nanosystems As electric devices become smaller and smaller transport simulations based on the quantum mechanics become more and more important. There are currently numerous textbooks on the basic concepts of quantum transport but few present calculation methods in detail. This book provides various quantum transport simulation methods and shows applications for transport properties of nanometer-scale systems. It starts with a short review of quantum transport followed by various calculation methods based on scattering approaches non-equilibrium Green’s function (NEGF) master equation and time-dependent wave-packet diffusion (TD-WPD). With these tools transport properties of various nanosystems are then explored. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814267328

Quantum Transport Theory This book provides an introduction to transport theory the kinetic equation approach and shows the utility of Feynman diagrams in non-equilibrium quantum statistical mechanics. It is helpful for a wider audience than students of condensed matter physics and physicists in general. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367314149

Quantum Waveguide in Microcircuits Moore's Law predicts that the degree of microprocessor integration of circuits would double every 18 months in DRAM. Although the scaling of microelectronic circuit elements still follows Moore's Law the unit density of power consumption becomes unacceptable. Therefore on one hand people develop continuously the microelectronic technology. On the other people consider the developing road after Moore's rule is broken. This book introduces theories and experiments of quantum transport and intends to provide foundations of semiconductor micro- and nano electronics for after the Moore age. Media > Books > Print Books Pan Stanford Publishing 9789814669856

Quantum-Chemical Calculation of Unique Molecular Systems Two-Volume Set The major goals of quantum chemistry include increasing the accuracy of the results for small molecular systems and increasing the size of large molecules that can be processed which is limited by scaling considerations—the computation time increases as a power of the number of atoms. This book offers scope for academics researchers and engineering professionals to present their research and development works that have potential for applications in several disciplines of computational chemistry. Contributions range from new methods to novel applications of existing methods to gain an understanding of the concepts. Media > Books > Print Books Apple Academic Press 9781926895758

Quantum-Mechanical Signal Processing and Spectral Analysis Quantum-Mechanical Signal Processing and Spectral Analysis describes the novel application of quantum mechanical methods to signal processing across a range of interdisciplinary research fields. Conventionally signal processing is viewed as an engineering discipline with its own specific scope methods concerns and priorities not usually encompassing quantum mechanics. However the dynamics of systems that generate time signals can be successfully described by the general principles and methods of quantum physics especially within the Schroedinger framework. Most time signals that are measured experimentally are mathematically equivalent to quantum-mechanical auto-correlation functions built from the evolution operator and wavefunctions. This fact allows us to apply the rich conceptual strategies and mathematical apparatus of quantum mechanics to signal processing. Among the leading quantum-mechanical signal processing methods this book emphasizes the role of Pade approximant and the Lanczos algorithm highlighting the major benefits of their combination. These two methods are carefully incorporated within a unified framework of scattering and spectroscopy developing an algorithmic power that can be exported to other disciplines. The novelty of the author's approach to key signal processing problems the harmonic inversion and the moment problem is in establishing the Pade approximant and Lanczos algorithm as entirely algerbraic spectral estimators. This is of paramount theoretical and practical importance as now spectral analysis can be carried out from closed analytical expressions. This overrides the notorious mathematical ill-conditioning problems with round-off errors that plague inverse reconstructions in those fields that rely upon signal processing. Quantum-Mechanical Signal Processing and Spectral Analysis will be an invaluable resource for researchers involved in signal processing across a wide range of disciplines. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9780429146534

Quarantine Treatments For Pests Of Food Plants This volume provides an overview of quarantine treatment for pests of food plants that involve heat cold irradiation fumigants modified atmospheres and other techniques alone or in combination. The contributors discuss strategies for eliminating or reducing the need for post-harvest treatment by ensuring that commodities are free of all pests Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367284909

Quarks Leptons and the Big Bang CHOICE: Highly Recommended Quarks Leptons and The Big Bang Third Edition is a clear readable and self-contained introduction to particle physics and related areas of cosmology. It bridges the gap between non-technical popular accounts and textbooks for advanced students. The book concentrates on presenting the subject from the modern perspective of quarks leptons and the forces between them. This book will appeal to students teachers and general science readers interested in fundamental ideas of modern physics. This edition brings the book completely up to date by including advances in particle physics and cosmology such as the discovery of the Higgs boson the LIGO gravitational wave discovery and the WMAP and PLANCK results. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781498773119

Quasi-Constitutionality and Constitutional StatutesForms Functions Applications This book examines the interstices among statutory enactment constitutional convention and  formal constitution in which quasi-constitutionality exists. It provides a focal resource that can serve as a point of reference for scholars interested in quasi-constitutionality as a whole from national and transnational perspectives expanding on its many forms functions and applications with recourse to comparative insights. The book is divided in three main Parts each of them preceded by a separate critical introduction in which an informed scholar contextualizes the chapters and offers reflections on the themes they develop. The first Part titled 'Forms' is composed of chapters that address from a theoretical and comparative perspective questions related to the recognition of constitutional statutes and quasi-constitutional legislation. The second Part is titled 'Functions' and contains chapters that explore the explanatory power of quasi-constitutionality in different institutional contexts. The third Part titled 'Applications' considers the ways in which constitutional statutes and quasi-constitutionality operate in relation to particular tensions and debates present in various jurisdictions.   Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660789

QuasicrystalsFundamentals and Applications This book provides an interdisciplinary guide to quasicrystals the 2011 Nobel Prize in Chemistry winning topic by presenting an up-to-date and detailed introduction to the many fundamental aspects and applications of quasicrystals science. It reviews the most characteristic features of the peculiar geometric order underlying their structure and their reported intrinsic physical properties along with their potential for specific applications. The role of quasiperiodic order in science and technology is also examined by focusing on the new design capabilities provided by this novel ordering of matter. This book is specifically devoted to promoting the very notion of quasiperiodic order and to spur its physical implications and technological capabilities. It therefore explores the fundamental aspects of intermetallic photonic and phononic quasicrystals as well as soft-matter quasicrystals including their intrinsic physical and structural properties. In addition it thoroughly discusses experimental data and related theoretical approaches to explain them extending the standard treatment given in most current solid state physics literature. It also explores exciting applications in new technological devices of quasiperiodically ordered systems including multilayered quasiperiodic systems along with 2D and 3D designs whilst outlining new frontiers in quasicrystals research. This book can be used as a reader-friendly introductory text for graduate students in addition to senior scientists and researchers coming from the fields of physics chemistry materials science and engineering. Key features: • Provides an updated and detailed introduction to the interdisciplinary field of quasicrystals in a tutorial style considering both fundamental aspects and additional freedom degrees provided by designs based on quasiperiodically ordered materials. • Includes 50 fully worked out exercises with detailed solutions motivating and illustrating the different concepts and notions to provide readers with further learning opportunities. • Presents a complete compendium of the current state of the art knowledge of quasicrystalline matter and outlines future next generation materials based on quasiperiodically ordered designs for their potential use in useful technological devices. Dr. Enrique Maciá-Barber is Professor of condensed matter physics at the Universidad Complutense de Madrid. His research interests include the thermoelectric properties of quasicrystals and DNA biophysics. In 2010 he received the RSEF- BBVA Foundation Excellence Physics Teaching Award. His book Aperiodic Structures in Condensed Matter: Fundamentals and Applications (CRC Press Boca-Raton 2009) is one of the Top Selling Physics Books according to YBP Library Services. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780815381808

Quasi-Exactly Solvable Models in Quantum Mechanics Exactly solvable models that is models with explicitly and completely diagonalizable Hamiltonians are too few in number and insufficiently diverse to meet the requirements of modern quantum physics. Quasi-exactly solvable (QES) models (whose Hamiltonians admit an explicit diagonalization only for some limited segments of the spectrum) provide a practical way forward.Although QES models are a recent discovery the results are already numerous. Collecting the results of QES models in a unified and accessible form Quasi-Exactly Solvable Models in Quantum Mechanics provides an invaluable resource for physicists using quantum mechanics and applied mathematicians dealing with linear differential equations. By generalizing from one-dimensional QES models the expert author constructs the general theory of QES problems in quantum mechanics. He describes the connections between QES models and completely integrable theories of magnetic chains determines the spectra of QES Schrödinger equations using the Bethe-Iansatz solution of the Gaudin model discusses hidden symmetry properties of QES Hamiltonians and explains various Lie algebraic and analytic approaches to the problem of quasi-exact solubility in quantum mechanics.Because the applications of QES models are very wide such as for investigating non-perturbative phenomena or as a good approximation to exactly non-solvable problems researchers in quantum mechanics-related fields cannot afford to be unaware of the possibilities of QES models. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367402167

Quasi-ExperimentationA Guide to Design and Analysis Featuring engaging examples from diverse disciplines this book explains how to use modern approaches to quasi-experimentation to derive credible estimates of treatment effects under the demanding constraints of field settings. Foremost expert Charles S. Reichardt provides an in-depth examination of the design and statistical analysis of pretest–posttest nonequivalent groups regression discontinuity and interrupted time-series designs. He details their relative strengths and weaknesses and offers practical advice about their use. Comparing quasi-experiments to randomized experiments Reichardt discusses when and why the former might be a better choice than the latter in the face of the contingencies that are likely to arise in practice. Modern methods for elaborating a research design to remove bias from estimates of treatment effects are described as are tactics for dealing with missing data and noncompliance with treatment assignment. Throughout mathematical equations are translated into words to enhance accessibility. Adding to its discussion of prototypical quasi-experiments the book also provides a complete typology of quasi-experimental design options to help the reader craft the best research design to fit the circumstances of a given study.  Media > Books > Print Books Guilford Press 9781462540204

Quasi-Least Squares Regression Drawing on the authors’ substantial expertise in modeling longitudinal and clustered data Quasi-Least Squares Regression provides a thorough treatment of quasi-least squares (QLS) regression—a computational approach for the estimation of correlation parameters within the framework of generalized estimating equations (GEEs). The authors present a detailed evaluation of QLS methodology demonstrating the advantages of QLS in comparison with alternative methods. They describe how QLS can be used to extend the application of the traditional GEE approach to the analysis of unequally spaced longitudinal data familial data and data with multiple sources of correlation. In some settings QLS also allows for improved analysis with an unstructured correlation matrix. Special focus is given to goodness-of-fit analysis as well as new strategies for selecting the appropriate working correlation structure for QLS and GEE. A chapter on longitudinal binary data tackles recent issues raised in the statistical literature regarding the appropriateness of semi-parametric methods such as GEE and QLS for the analysis of binary data; this chapter includes a comparison with the first-order Markov maximum-likelihood (MARK1ML) approach for binary data. Examples throughout the book demonstrate each topic of discussion. In particular a fully worked out example leads readers from model building and interpretation to the planning stages for a future study (including sample size calculations). The code provided enables readers to replicate many of the examples in Stata often with corresponding R SAS or MATLAB® code offered in the text or on the book’s website. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781420099935

Quasilinear Hyperbolic Systems Compressible Flows and Waves Filled with practical examples Quasilinear Hyperbolic Systems Compressible Flows and Waves presents a self-contained discussion of quasilinear hyperbolic equations and systems with applications. It emphasizes nonlinear theory and introduces some of the most active research in the field.After linking continuum mechanics and quasilinear partial differential equations the book discusses the scalar conservation laws and hyperbolic systems in two independent variables. Using the method of characteristics and singular surface theory the author then presents the evolutionary behavior of weak and mild discontinuities in a quasilinear hyperbolic system. He also explains how to apply weakly nonlinear geometrical optics in nonequilibrium and stratified gas flows and demonstrates the power generality and elegance of group theoretic methods for solving Euler equations of gasdynamics involving shocks. The final chapter deals with the kinematics of a shock of arbitrary strength in three dimensions.With a focus on physical applications this text takes readers on a journey through this fascinating area of applied mathematics. It provides the essential mathematical concepts and techniques to understand the phenomena from a theoretical standpoint and to solve a variety of physical problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367384159

Quasi-Policing First published in 2003. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge-Cavendish 9781138166738

Quasi-state Entities and International Criminal JusticeLegitimising Narratives and Counter-Narratives This book explores the intended and unintended impact of international criminal justice on the legitimacy of quasi-state entities (QSEs). In order to do so the concept of ‘quasi-state entity’ is introduced to distinguish actors in statehood conflicts that aspire to statehood and fulfil statehood functions to a greater or lesser degree including the capacity and willingness to deploy armed force but lack the status of sovereign statehood. This work explores the ability of QSEs to create and maintain legitimacy for their actions institutions and statehood projects in various constituencies simultaneously. It looks at how legitimacy is a prerequisite for success of QSEs and using critical legitimacy theory assesses the legitimating narratives of QSEs and their statehood adversaries. The book links international criminal justice to statehood projects of QSEs and their success and legitimacy. It looks at the effects of international criminal justice on the ability to create and maintain legitimacy of QSEs an approach that leads to new insights regarding international courts and tribunals as entities competing with states over statehood functions that increasingly have to take the legal implications of their actions into consideration. Most important a close assessment of the legitimising narratives of QSEs counter narratives and the messages sent by international criminal justice with which QSEs have to deal and their ability to overcome legitimacy crises provides insight on QSEs and the complex processes of legitimation.This book will be of much interest to students of international criminal justice political violence security studies and IR. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367884543

Quasi-Uniform SPates This book collects and organizes work in quasi-uniformities and quasi-proximities in order to encourage the use of the structures in general topology. It discusses a radically different viewpoint of topology leading to new insights into purely topological problems. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138430358

Quaternary Alloys Based on II - VI Semiconductors Doped by isovalent or heterovalent foreign impurities II–VI semiconductor compounds enable control of optical and electronic properties making them ideal in detectors solar cells and other precise device applications. Quaternary alloys allow a simultaneous adjustment of band gap and lattice constant increasing radiant efficiency at a wide range of wavelengths.Quaternary Alloys Based on II–VI Semiconductors consolidates data pertaining to diagrams of quaternary systems based on these semiconductor compounds. The book illustrates up-to-date experimental and theoretical information about phase relations based on II–VI semiconductor systems with four components. It critically evaluates many industrially significant systems presented in two-dimensional sections for the condensed phases.The author classifies all materials according to the periodic groups of their constituent atoms and additional components in the order of their group number. Each quaternary database description contains brief information on the diagram type possible phase transformations and physical–chemical interactions of the components thermodynamic characteristics and methods for equilibrium investigation and sample preparation. Most of the phase diagrams are in their original form. For those with varying published data the text includes several versions for comparison.This book provides invaluable data for technologists and researchers involved in developing and manufacturing II–VI semiconductors at industrial and national laboratories. It is also suitable for phase relations researchers inorganic chemists and semiconductor physicists as well as graduate students in materials science and engineering.Check out the companion books: Ternary Alloys Based on II–VI Semiconductor Compounds and

Quaternary Alloys Based on III-V Semiconductors III-V semiconductors have attracted considerable attention due to their applications in the fabrication of electronic and optoelectronic devices as light emitting diodes and solar cells. The electrical properties of these semiconductors can also be tuned by adding impurity atoms. Because of their wide application in various devices the search for new semiconductor materials and the improvement of existing materials is an important field of study. Doping with impurities is a common method of modifying and diversifying the properties of physical and chemical semiconductors. This book covers all known information about phase relations in quaternary systems based on III-V semiconductors providing he first systematic account of phase equilibria in quaternary systems based on III-V semiconductors and making research originally published in Russian accessible to the wider scientific community.Features:Contains up-to-date experimental and theoretical information Allows readers to synthesize semiconducting materials with predetermined propertiesDelivers a critical evaluation of many industrially important systems presented in the form of two-dimensional sections for the condensed phases Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9780367571771

Quaternary Deserts and Climatic Change These proceedings record the results of climate change in many areas which are hyper-arid deserts today but which almost cyclically at intervals of thousands or even hundreds of thousands of years have had a much more humid climate. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003077862

Quaternary of South America and Antarctic Peninsula This volume is a compilation of papers of the final meeting of the IGCP Project 201 Quaternary of South America. The papers deal with a range of topics from quaternary vertebrate palaeontology in Argentina to biostratigraphy and chronological scale of uppermost Cenozoic in the Pampean area. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079484

Quaternary of South America and Antarctic Peninsula This volume is a compilation of papers that deal with palaeoecological aspects of Argentina and Uruguay and that derive from the special session on the Quaternary of South America at the XIIth INQUA International Congress held in Ottawa in 1987. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079323

Quaternary of South America and Antarctic Peninsula This book focuses on the problems of the Quaternary in South America and Antarctic Peninsula with a strong emphasis in the paleoenvironmental and paleoclimatic approach. It is based on contributions presented at the South American Regional Meeting held in Neuquen Argentina. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079200

Quaternary of South America and Antarctic Peninsula This volume comprises selected papers of the international symposium held in Sio Paulo 1986. The papers deal with a range of topics from quaternary vertebrate palaeontology in Argentina and biostratigraphy of uppermost Cenozoic in the Pampean area to taxonomy palaeoecology and palaeoenvironments. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079316

Quaternary of South America and Antarctic Peninsula This volume contains a range of topics from quaternary vertebrate palaeontology in Argentina and biostratigraphy of uppermost Cenozoic in the Pampas. It determines the ice-rafted lithoclasts by the observation on thin slides the latter issued from the rock sustratum of the Antarctic continent. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079361

Quaternary of South America and Antarctic Peninsula 1983 This book focuses on the problems of the Quaternary in South America and Antarctic Peninsula with a strong emphasis in the paleoenvironmental and paleoclimatic approach. It is based on contributions presented at the South American Regional Meeting held in Neuquen Argentina. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079187

Quaternary Type Sections: Imagination or Reality? Proceedings of a conference (see title) held in Zurich Oct. 1985. Acidic paper; no index. Annotation copyright Book News Inc. Portland Or. Media > Books > E-books CRC Press 9781003079330

Quay Walls This new edition of the handbook of Quay Walls provides the reader with essential knowledge for the planning design execution and maintenance of quay walls as well as general information about historical developments and lessons learned from the observation of ports in various countries. Technical chapters are followed by a detailed calculation of a quay wall based on a semi-probabilistic design procedure which applies the theory presented earlier. Since the publication of the Dutch edition in 2003 and the English version in 2005 considerable new experience has been obtained by the many practitioners using the book prompting the update of this handbook. Moreover the introduction of the Eurocodes in 2012 has prompted a complete revision of the Design chapter which is now compliant with the Eurocodes. Furthermore additional recommendations for using FEM-analysis in quay wall design have been included. In response to ongoing discussions within the industry about buckling criteria for steel pipe piles a thorough research project was carried out on steel pipe piles fi lled with sand and on piles without sand. The results of this research programme have also been incorporated in this new version. Finally the section on corrosion has been updated to refl ect the latest knowledge and attention has been given to the latest global developments in quay wall engineering. The new edition was made possible thanks to the contributions of numerous experts from the Netherlands and Belgium. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138000230

Queen Anne's Navy This volume presents a selection of documents dealing with the administration of the Navy in the years 1702 to 1714. It can be seen as a sequel to The Sergison Papers (NRS volume 89) which drew on similar material about the administration of the Navy in the years 1689 to 1702. Much of the material had been drawn from correspondence between the Admiralty and Navy Boards and between both of these and the Navy Board’s subsidiaries the Victualling and the Sick and Wounded Boards. It also includes letters to and from the dockyards flag officers and captains as well as other individuals. For ease of reference and following the plan adopted in The Sergison Papers the documents are arranged in ten separate parts each with its own introduction. These deal with Ships and Shipbuilding; Dockyards and Refitting; Naval Stores; Manning; Seamen and Marines; Sick and Wounded and Prisoners of War; Victualling and Purserage; Officers; Convoys; and the Admiralty and Navy Boards. The source of each document is listed and further information is given in an extensive series of appendices. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781911423317

Queen Elizabeth's Wardrobe Unlock'd This book provides photographs of portraits miniatures tomb sculptures engravings woven textiles and embroideries of clothes found in the wardrobe of Queen Elizabeth. It is an invaluable reference for students of the history of dress and embroidery for social historians and art historians. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781909662537

Queen Hedwig Eleonora and the ArtsCourt Culture in Seventeenth-Century Northern Europe As queen consort and dowager Hedwig Eleonora (1636–1715) held a unique position in Sweden for more than half a century. As the dominant collector and patron of art and architecture in the realm she left a strong mark on Swedish court culture. Her dynastic network among the Northern European courts was extensive and this helped to make Sweden a major cultural center in Northern Europe in the later seventeenth century. This book represents the first major scholarly publication on the full range of Hedwig Eleonora’s endeavours from the financing of her court to her place within a larger princely network to her engagements with various cultural pursuits to her public image. As the contributors show despite her high profile political position and conspicuous patronage Hedwig Eleonora experienced little of the animosity directed at many other foreign queens and regents such as the Medici in France and Henrietta Maria in England. In this way she provides a model for a different and more successful way of negotiating the difficulties of joining a foreign court; the analysis of her circumstances thus adds a substantial dimension to the study of early modern queenship. Presenting much new scholarship this volume highlights one extremely significant early modern woman and her imprint on Northern European history and fosters international awareness of the importance of early modern Scandinavia for European cultural history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472489609

Queen Of Sheba First published in 2001. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138997011

Queen Victoria Paula Bartley’s Queen Victoria examines Victorian Britain from the perspective of the Queen. Victoria’s personal and political actions are discussed in relation to contemporary shifts in Britain’s society politics and culture examining to what extent they did – or did not – influence events throughout her reign. Drawing from contemporary sources including Queen Victoria’s own diaries as well as the most recent scholarship the book contextualises Victoria historically by placing her in the centre of an unparalleled period of innovation and reform in which the social and political landscape of Britain and its growing empire was transformed. Balancing Victoria’s private and public roles it will examine the cultural paradox of the Queen’s rule in relation to the changing role of women: she was a devoted wife prolific mother and obsessive widow who was also Queen of a large Empire and Empress of India. Marrying cultural history gender history and other histories ‘from below’ with high politics war and diplomacy this is a concise and accessible introduction to Queen Victoria’s life for students of Victorian Britain and the British Empire. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415720915

Queens Consort Cultural Transfer and European Politics c.1500-1800 Queens Consort Cultural Transfer and European Politics examines the roles that queens consort played in dynastic politics and cultural transfer between their natal and marital courts during the sixteenth seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. This collection of essays analyses the part that these queens played in European politics showing how hard and soft power high politics and cultural influences cannot be strictly separated. It shows that the root of these consorts’ power lay in their dynastic networks and the extent to which they cultivated them. The consorts studied in this book come from territories such as Austria Braunschweig Hanover Poland Portugal Prussia and Saxony and travel to among other places Britain Naples Russia Spain and Sweden. The various chapters address different types of cultural manifestation among them collecting  portraiture panegyric poetry libraries theatre and festivals learning genealogical literature and architecture. The volume significantly shifts the direction of scholarship by moving beyond a focus on individual historical women to consider ‘queens consort’ as a category making it valuable reading for students and scholars of early modern gender and political history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781472458384

Queens of ComedyLucille Ball Phyllis Diller Carol Burnett Joan Rivers and the New Generation of Funny Women Through candid personal interviews with Lucille Ball Carol Burnett and other visionary performers Queens of Comedy explores how comediennes have redefined the roles of women in not only the entertainment business but society as a whole. Detailing both their public and private lives - as well as their many and varied performances - Queen of Comedy examines the impact these women have had on the predominantly male-oriented world of comedy. Performers like Carol Burnett Joan Rivers and their more recent counterparts comediennes Brett Butler and Roseanne have helped to sift women's roles in comedy from object to subject. This book maps out this shift providing an often brutally honest picture of women's lives in both the spotlight of comedy and this modern world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203059357

Queenship and Political Power in Medieval and Early Modern Spain Unlike empresses in Germany and queens in England and France the lives and political careers of most Iberian queens remain largely unknown to non-specialists. In this collection Theresa Earenfight brings together new research on medieval and early modern Spanish queens that highlights the distinctive political culture that resulted in forms of queenship similar to yet also substantially different from that of northern Europe. The essays consider three aspects of queenship and politics: the institutional foundations and practice of politics the politics of religion and religious devotion and the literary and artistic representations of queenship and power. Late medieval queens because they often occupied prominent and powerful offices such as the regency in Castile and Portugal and the Lieutenancy in the Crown of Aragon exemplify a unique form of queenship that can best be described as a political partnership. Habsburg queens and empresses often excluded from such official political roles were less publicly visible but their power as partner to the king although shrouded remains potent. Their political careers were the result of two forces: first military circumstances brought about by territorial expansion conquest and second a political culture that did not explicitly prohibit queens from active participation in the governance of the realm. The essays in this collection-by both newer and well established scholars-demonstrate the range and depth of current research on Iberian queenship and prompt a re-examination of long-held assumptions about women and the exercise of power in pre-modern Spain. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245492

Queer Latinx and BilingualNarrative Resources in the Negotiation of Identities Shortlisted for the 2018 BAAL Book PrizeThis book is a sociolinguistic ethnography of LGBT Mexicans/Latinxs in Phoenix Arizona a major metropolitan area in the U.S. Southwest. The main focus of the book is to examine participants’ conceptions of their ethnic and sexual identities and how identities influence (and are influenced by) language practices. This book explores the intersubjective construction and negotiation of identities among queer Mexicans/Latinxs paying attention to how identities are co-constructed in the interview setting in coming out narratives and in narratives of silence. The book destabilizes the dominant narrative on language maintenance and shift in sociolinguistics much of which relies on a (heterosexual) family-based model of intergenerational language transmission by bringing those individuals often at the margin of the family (LGBTQ members) to the center of the analysis. It contributes to the queering of bilingualism and Spanish in the U.S. not only by including a previously unstudied subgroup (LGBTQ people) but also by providing a different lens through which to view the diverse language and identity practices of U.S. Mexicans/Latinxs. This book addresses this exclusion and makes a significant contribution to the study of bilingualism and multilingualism by bringing LGBTQ Latinas/os to the center of the analysis. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367594022

Queer Trans and Intersectional Theory in Educational PracticeStudent Teacher and Community Experiences Offering an examination of educational approaches to promote justice this volume demonstrates the necessity for keeping race ethnicity class language and other diversities at the core of pedagogical strategies and theories that address queer trans gender nonbinary and related issues. Queer theory trans theory and intersectional theory have all sought to describe create and foster a sense of complex subjectivity and community insisting on relationality and complexity as concepts and communities shift and change. Each theory has addressed exclusions from dominant practices and encouraged a sense of connection across struggles. This collection brings these crucial theories together to inform pedagogies across a wide array of contexts of formal education and community-based educational settings. Seeking to push at the edges of how we teach and learn across subjectivities and communities authors in this volume show that theories inform practice and practice informs theory—but this takes careful attention reflexivity and commitment. This scholarly text will be of great interest to graduate and postgraduate students academics teachers libraries and policy makers in the field of Gender and Sexuality in Education LGBTQ studies Multicultural Education and Sociology of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367418366

Queer (Re)Readings in the French RenaissanceHomosexuality Gender Culture Focusing on multiple aspects of Renaissance culture and in particular its preoccupation with the reading and rewriting of classical sources this book examines representations of homosexuality in sixteenth-century France. Analysing a wide range of texts and topics it presents an assessment of queer theory that is grounded in historical examples including French translations of Boccaccio's Decameron the poetry of Ronsard works in praise of and satirising Henri III and his mignons Montaigne's Essais Brantôme's Dames galantes the figures of the androgyne and the hermaphrodite and religious discourses and practices of penance and confession. Close comparison with the ancient models on which they drew - the elegy and epic the works of Plato Ovid Lucian and others - reveals Renaissance writers redeploying an established set of cultural understandings and assumptions at once congruent and at odds with their own society's socio-sexual norms. Throughout this study emphasis is placed on the coexistence of different models of homosexuality during the Renaissance - homosexual desire was simultaneously universal and individual neither of these views excluding the other. Insisting equally on points of convergence and difference between Renaissance and modern understandings of homosexuality this book works towards a historicisation of the concept of queerness. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138269187

Queer Activism After Marriage Equality Queer Activism After Marriage Equality focuses on the implications of legal same-sex marriage for LGBTQ social movements and organizing. It asks how the agendas strategies structures and financing of LGBTQ movement organizations are changing now that same-sex marriage is legal in some countries. Building on a major conference held in 2016 entitled "After Marriage: The Future of LGBTQ Politics and Scholarship " this collection draws from critical and intersectional perspectives to explore the questions and issues facing the next chapter of LGBTQ activism and social movement work. It comprises academic papers international case studies edited transcripts of selected conference sessions and interviews with activists. These take a critical look at the high-profile work of national and state-wide equality organizations analyzing the costs of winning marriage equality and what that has meant for other LGBTQ activism. In addition to this the book examines other forms of queer activism that have existed for years in the shadows of the marriage equality movement as well as new social movements that have developed more recently. Finally it looks to examples of activism in other countries and considers lessons U.S. activists can learn from them. By presenting research on these and other trends this volume helps translate queer critiques advanced during the marriage campaigns into a framework for ongoing critical research in the after-marriage period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138557505

Queer Airwaves: The Story of Gay and Lesbian BroadcastingThe Story of Gay and Lesbian Broadcasting This book is both a retrospective history of the gay community's use of electronic media as a way of networking and creating a sense of community and an examination of the current situation an analysis and critical assessment of gay/lesbian electronic media. Keith and Johnson use original interviews and oral history to delineate the place of electronic media in the lives of this increasingly visible and vocal minority in America. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701325

Queer and Feminist Theories of Narrative This book argues for the importance of narrative theories which consider gender and sexuality through the analysis of a diverse range of texts and media. Classical Narratology an allegedly neutral descriptive system for features of narrative has been replaced by a diverse set of theories which are attentive to the contexts in which narratives are composed and received. Issues of gender and sexuality have nevertheless been sidelined by new strands which consider for example cognitive transmedial national or historical inflections instead. Through consideration of texts including the MTV series Faking It and the papers of a nineteenth-century activist Queer and Feminist Theories of Narrative heeds the original call of feminist narratologists for the consideration of a broader and larger corpus of material. Through analysis of issues including the popular representation of lesbian desire the queer narrative voice invisibility and power in the digital age embodiment and cognitive narratology reading and racial codes this book argues that a named strand of narrative theory which employs feminist and queer theories as intersectional vectors is contemporary and urgent. The chapters in this book were originally published as a special issue of the journal Textual Practice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367681098

Queer and Trans Perspectives on Teaching LGBT-themed Texts in Schools This book focuses on queering texts with lesbian gay bisexual and/or transgender (LGBT) themes in collaboration with students - young to young adult – and their teachers - both pre- and in- service. It strives to generate knowledge and deeper understandings of the pedagogical implications for working with LGBT-themed texts in classrooms across grade levels.The contributions in this book offer explicit implications for pedagogical practice considering literature for children and young adults and work in elementary school high school and university classrooms and schools. They give insights on exploring how queer and trans theories might inform the teaching and learning of English language arts with great respect to people who live their lives beyond hegemonic heternormativity and cisnormativity. They provide wisdom on how to provoke foster and navigate complicated conversations about sexuality queer desire gender creativity gender independence and trans inclusivity. In addition they show how all of these are informed by an epistemological and ontological understanding of gender embodiment as a process of becoming. They offer insights into how queer and trans theories as informed and driven by trans non-binary and gender diverse scholars themselves can move all of us beyond LGBTQ-inclusivity and inform reading discussing teaching and learning in all of the classrooms and school contexts where we live and work. This volume was originally published as a special issue of Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367892388

Queer Asian CinemaShadows in the Shade Explore queer themes in films from Hong Kong gangster flicks to Bollywood melodramas!Although Asian films have reached a new height in popularity worldwide Queer Asian Cinema: Shadows in the Shade is the first full-length book in English solely devoted to examining the aesthetics and politics of homosexuality in Asian films. This unique book presents multiple points of view on the portrayal of gay lesbian and transgendered people in film throughout Asia. From the subversive sadomasochism of Japan's ”pink films” to the hard-boiled world of Hong Kong's gangster movies Queer Asian Cinema analyzes and discusses attitudes toward homosexuality in the full spectrum of Asian film. In addition to studies of the representation of identified gay men lesbians and transgendered individuals it reveals the hidden homoerotic subtext of otherwise conventional films.Queer Asian Cinema: Shadows in the Shade examines diverse aspects of Asian films including: the political and psychological links between feudal and sadomasochist hierarchies the inevitable punishment of homoerotic bonds in gangster films the integration of the homosexual couple into the Confucian family structure in Korean films the complexities of cross-gender casting the differences between transvestism and cross-dressing the definition of male genitalia as obsceneQueer Asian Cinema: Shadows in the Shade brings together experts in both film-making and movie criticism providing a balanced viewpoint to unite the worlds of academic and popular perceptions on this subject. It opens an exciting discussion of this important and largely neglected area of cinematic discourse. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315877174

Queer AttachmentsThe Cultural Politics of Shame Why is shame so central to our identity and to our culture? What is its role in stigmatizing subcultures such as the Irish the queer or the underclass? Can shame be understood as a productive force? In this lucid and passionately argued book Sally R. Munt explores the vicissitudes of shame across a range of texts cultural milieux historical locations and geographical spaces - from eighteenth-century Irish politics to Philip Pullman's His Dark Materials trilogy from contemporary US academia to the aesthetics of Tracey Emin. She finds that the dynamics of shame are consistent across cultures and historical periods and that patterns of shame are disturbingly long-lived. But she also reveals shame as an affective emotion engendering attachments between bodies and between subjects - queer attachments. Above all she celebrates the extraordinary human ability to turn shame into joy: the party after the fall. Queer Attachments is an interdisciplinary synthesis of cultural politics emotions theory and narrative that challenges us to think about the queerly creative proclivities of shame. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315245478

Queer BusinessQueering Organization Sexualities In this modern day and age it is surprising that managerialist perspectives practices and ideas are colonising the study of sexualities in organisation. A timely intervention into the contemporary vitality of queer theories Queer Business is an innovative book length exploration of how queer theory has been used in management and organisation studies with the aim of broadening and deepening queer scholarship in this discipline. Through both scholarly and original empirical research Rumens also seeks to demonstrate how queer theory has been mobilised in MOS and how it might be advanced in a field where it has yet to become exhausted and clichéd. In particular this volume shows how scholars can use queer theory concepts to explore how lesbian gay bisexual and transgender sexualities and genders are understood and experienced in the workplace. Challenging notions of LGBT+ inclusivity in the workplace through concepts such as queer liberalism and homonormativity Queer Business will appeal to scholars undergraduate and postgraduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in fields such as management and organisation studies queer studies gender studies sexuality studies organisational theory and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367348205

Queer By ChoiceLesbians Gay Men and The Politics of Identity Queer by Choice enters the controversial debate of sexual identity by examining choice in gay men and lesbian sexual identity. Drawing on interviews with a sample of 72 people Whisman analyzes if and to what extent choice played a role in determining identity. Contributing factors such as race class religion and educational level are considered. The results of the study are stimulating and often surprising and contribute to the escalating debates over sexual identity as lesbians and gays continue to soldier for rights and representation. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203610244

Queer Campus ClimateAn Ethnographic Fantasia Queer Campus Climate: An Ethnographic Fantasia is a visceral and provocative account of the lives of ten queer college men living in the Deep South. The book serves many goals. It is an emancipatory research document told in the raucous fiery voices of these queer men whose narratives are presented free from the sanitizing impulses of traditional scholarship. It is a manifesto on postqualitative paradigms applied to a queer subject. It is a public history of the life and times of queers subjects living under an alt-right political assault. And it is an analysis of how a hostile campus climate impacts psychosocial development of marginalized students. Blurring the line between literature and research Queer Campus Climate: An Ethnographic Fantasia contains a cast of characters (including a bear a twink and three drag queens) who dish on sex gender performance mental wellness relationships harassment addiction professional development and politics. Their stories are told against a musical backdrop that includes selections from Puccini to Frank Ocean which provides a multisensory experience unlike anything else in sociological research. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367432430

Queer ChinaLesbian and Gay Literature and Visual Culture under Postsocialism This book analyses queer cultural production in contemporary China to map the broad social transformations in gender sexuality and desire. It examines queer literature and visual cultures in China’s post-Mao and postsocialist era to show how these diverse cultural forms and practices not only function as context-specific and culturally sensitive forms of social activism but also produce distinct types of gender and sexual subjectivities unique to China’s postsocialist conditions. From poetry to papercutting art from ‘comrade/gay literature’ to girls’ love fan fiction from lesbian films to activist documentaries and from a drag show in Shanghai to a public performance of a same-sex wedding in Beijing the book reveals a queer China in all its ideological complexity and creative energy. Empirically rich and methodologically eclectic Queer China skilfully weaves together historical and archival research textual and discourse analysis along with interviews and ethnography. Breaking new ground and bringing a non-Western perspective to the fore this transdisciplinary work contributes to multiple academic fields including literary and cultural studies media and communication studies film and screen studies contemporary art theatre and performance studies gender and sexuality studies China/Asia and Global South studies cultural history and cultural geography political theory and the study of social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367462840

Queer Communication Pedagogy This book addresses queer issues and current events from a communication perspective to articulate a queer communication pedagogy.　Through putting　communication pedagogy and queer studies　into dialogue the book　investigates　how queer theory and critical communication pedagogy intersect in pedagogical spaces.　 The chapters identify institutional and educational barriers oppressions and issues pertaining to queer lives in the context of higher education. Using a variety of critical methodological approaches (including dialogic methods autoethnography performative writing and visual methods) each chapter theorizes a queer communication pedagogy and offers a path toward and innovative ideas about materializing queer communication pedagogy as a disciplinary endeavor.　　 This book will be of interest to scholars graduate students and upper-level undergraduate students in Communication Studies Critical Communication Pedagogy Intercultural Communication Higher Education Public Pedagogy and Queer Studies 　and Critical/Cultural Studies.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138066441

Queer CommunityIdentities Intimacies and Ideology The context for this work is defined by a second wave of social and political activity contextualized by queer. For example three self-identified black queer women started the Black Lives Matter movement. For a new generation the first-wave reclamation of queer speaks to their position in a world that continues to marginalize and oppress particularly sexually and gender fluid and non-normative people.Using empirical work carried out by the author Queer Community describes queer-identified people their intimate relationships and how they are evolving as a unique community along politically-charged ideological lines. Following an exploration of the history and context of ‘queer’ – including activism and the evolution of queer theory – this book examines how queer-identified people define the identity with reference to ‘queer’ as a sexual moniker gender moniker and political ideology.Queer Community will appeal to scholars and students interested in sociology queer theory sexuality studies gender studies cultural studies and contemporary social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367660505

Queer CompanyThe Role and Meaning of Friendship in Gay Men's Work Lives Drawn from in-depth qualitative research Queer Company provides the first extended academic analysis of gay men's workplace friendships offering theoretical and empirical insights into a subject that is timely and important. Although theoretically framed in poststructuralism and the sociology of friendship this book also draws on feminism organisation studies gender and sexuality studies to explore the diverse roles and meanings of gay men's workplace friendships. Shedding light on the significance of workplace friendship for those who participate in them particularly in terms of how these workplace relationships can help gay men to construct meaningful identities and selves Queer Company examines the manner in which gay men’s workplace friendships are established developed and organised whilst considering the effects of organisational contexts upon friendship processes. A detailed investigation of the links between friendship sexuality gender and intimacy in the workplace this book will appeal to scholars of management studies as well as sociologists with interests in gender and sexuality the sociology of organisations and cultural studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602192

Queer Criminology Winner of the 2016 Book Award from the American Society of Criminology Division of Critical Criminology. In this book Carrie L. Buist and Emily Lenning reflect on the origins of Queer Criminology survey the foundational research and scholarship in this emerging field and offer suggestions for the future. Covering topics such as the criminalization of queerness; the policing of Queer communities; Queer experiences in the courtroom; and the correctional control of Queer people Queer Criminology synthesizes the work of criminologists journalists legal scholars non-governmental organizations and others to illuminate the historical and contemporary context of the Queer experience. Queer Criminology offers examples of the grave injustices that Queer people face around the world  particularly in places such as Russia Kyrgyzstan England India Thailand Nigeria and the United States. These injustices include but are not limited to selective enforcement coerced confessions disproportionate sentencing rape extortion denial of due process forced isolation corporal punishment and death. By highlighting a pattern of discriminatory disproportionate and abusive treatment of Queer people by the criminal legal system this book demonstrates the importance of developing a criminology that critiques the heteronormative systems that serve to oppress Queer people around the world. Buist and Lenning argue that criminology is incomplete without a thorough recognition and understanding of these Queer experiences. Therefore Queer Criminology is a vital contribution to the growing body of literature exploring the Queer experience and should be considered a necessary tool for students scholars and practitioners alike who are seeking a more just criminal legal system. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138824379

Queer CripsDisabled Gay Men and Their Stories Get an inside perspective on life as a disabled gay man! Queer Crips: Disabled Gay Men and Their Stories reverberates with the sound of “cripgay” voices rising to be heard above the din of indifference and bias oppression and ignorance. This unique collection of compelling first-person narratives is at once assertive bold and groundbreaking filled with characters—and character. Through the intimacy of one-on-one storytelling gay men with mobility and neuromuscular disorders spinal cord injury deafness blindness and AIDS fight isolation from society—and each other—to establish a public identity and a common culture. Queer Crips features more than 30 first-hand accounts from a variety of perspectives illuminating the reality of the everyday struggle disabled gay men face in a culture obsessed with conformist good looks. Themes include rejection love sex dating rituals gaycrip married life and the profound difference between growing up queer and disabled and suffering a life-altering injury or illness in adulthood. Co-edited by Bob Guter creator and editor of the webzine BENT: A Journal of Cripgay Voices the book includes: two performance pieces from acclaimed author and actor Greg Walloch poetry from Chris Hewitt Joel S. Riche Raymond Luczak Mark Moody and co-editor John Killacky essays from BENT contributors Blaine Waterman Raymond J. Aguilera Danny Kodmur Thomas Metz Max Verga and Eli Clare interviews with community activist Gordon Elkins and Alan Sable one of the first self-identified gay psychotherapists in the United States and much more! Queer Crips is a forum for neglected cripgay voices speaking words that are candid edgy bold dreamy challenging and sexy. The book is essential reading for academics and students working in lesbian and gay studies and disability studies and for anyone who's ever visited the place where queerness and disability meet. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783833

Queer Difficulty in Art and PoetryRethinking the Sexed Body in Verse and Visual Culture Augmenting recent developments in theories of gender and sexuality this anthology marks a compelling new phase in queer scholarship. Navigating notions of silence misunderstanding pleasure and even affects of phobia in artworks and texts the essays in this volume propose new and surprising ways of understanding the difficulty—even failure—of the epistemology of the closet. By treating "queer" not as an identity but as an activity this book represents a divergence from previous approaches associated with Lesbian and Gay Studies. The authors in this anthology refute the interpretive ease of binaries such as "out" versus "closeted" and "gay" versus "straight " and recognize a more opaque relationship of identity to pleasure. The essays range in focus from photography painting and film to poetry Biblical texts lesbian humor and even botany. Evaluating the most recent critical theories and introducing them in close examinations of objects and texts this book queers the study of verse and visual culture in new and exciting ways. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367199159

Queer EconomicsA Reader An important new book bringing together into one volume many of the salient early articles in the field as well as important recent contributions this reader is an examination of and response to the effects of heteronormativity on both economic outcomes and economics as a discipline. The first book to consolidate what has been published filling a gap in the currently available literature and edited by an expert in the field it contains a brief introductory essay; setting-out the reasons for and aims of the project and a short section introduction; defining the topic at hand and introducing each of the key readings. This book is necessary reading for students in research areas including political economy urban studies economics economic history and demographic economics.     Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203939451

Queer EnvironmentalityEcology Evolution and Sexuality in American Literature Offering a model for meaningful dialogue between queer studies and environmental studies Robert Azzarello's book traces a queer-environmental lineage in American Romantic and post-Romantic literature. Azzarello challenges the notion that reading environmental literature is unsatisfying in terms of aesthetics and proposes an understanding of literary environmentalism that is rich in poetic complexity. With the term "queer environmentality " Azzarello points towards a queer sensibility in the history of environmental literature to balance the dominant narrative that reading environmental literature is tantamount to witnessing a spectacular dramatization of heterosexual teleology. Azzarello's study treats four key figures in the American literary tradition: Henry David Thoreau Herman Melville Willa Cather and Djuna Barnes. Each of these writers problematizes conventional notions of the strange matrix between the human the natural and the sexual. They brilliantly demonstrate the ways in which the queer project and the environmental project are always connected or put another way show that questions and politics of human sexuality are always entwined with those associated with the other-than-human world. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138268647

Queer European CinemaQueering Cinematic Time and Space Queer European Cinema commences with an overview of LGBTQ representation throughout cinematic history interwoven with socio-political reality in Europe and beyond to consider trends including the boarding school film the gay road movie and queer horror such as the lesbian vampire tale before analysing case studies from the ‘low culture’ of pornography to the ‘high culture’ of arthouse cinema. This collection of essays explores borders and boundaries of geography temporality ethnicity class gender sexuality and desire in a range of European films at a time when both LGBTQ politics and the concept of Europe are under intense scrutiny in representation and reality to demonstrate how LGBTQ film can serve as a political tool to create visibility and acceptance as well as providing entertainment. Chapters include an analysis of both trans and femme identities in Academy Award-winning Boys Don’t Cry alongside German film Unveiled; the intersection of lesbian visibility and the notion of nation on the Croatian screen at its point of entry into the European Union and during the gay marriage referendum; music and its relation to camp in Italian transnational cinema; European lesbian feminist pornography; and an analysis of liminal spaces and citizenship in queer French-language road movies. This book was originally published as a special issue of Studies in European Cinema. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367234164

Queer Families Common AgendasGay People Lesbians and Family Values Vital information on family services custody and access rights for gay parents!Queer Families Common Agendas: Gay People Lesbians and Family Values examines the real life experience of those affected by current laws and policies regarding homosexual families. The book will help policy makers lawyers social workers and the general public better understand these families. Here you will be able to compare the progress of policy in the U.S. and Canada for gay and lesbian parents and their children and explore relevant legal approaches in the two countries. In Queer Families Common Agendas: Gay People Lesbians and Family Values a range of strategies for advancing the rights of sexual minority parents are considered for legal feasibility and political viability. You will gain insight into the contradictions in policies and practices that ultimately disadvantage children based on their family origins and you will discover alternative approaches for improved services to homosexual families. Queer Families Common Agendas explores: family law and protection of women-headed households legal definitions of motherhood and fatherhood in the United States Canada and the United Kingdom family and adoption idealogies concerning gay families and their rights to adopt new ways to make social services responsive to minority families the lesbian and gay “agenda” the value of family and the family of values--as opposed to the worn-out phrase “family values” Queer Families Common Agendas serves as a primer to assist you in understanding the legal struggles that lesbian and gay families are facing today. You will explore concerns about family law protection of women-headed households motherhood fatherhood adoption and family ideology and how to make social services responsive to gay and lesbian families. This excellent reference provides you with the necessary background and techniques to create services that are responsive and effective with sexual minority families. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203057025

Queer Families and Relationships After Marriage Equality After years of intense debate same-sex marriage has become a legal reality in many countries around the globe. As same-sex marriage laws spread Queer Families and Relationships After Marriage Equality asks: What will queer families and relationships look like on the ground? Building on a major conference held in 2016 entitled "After Marriage: The Future of LGBTQ Politics and Scholarship " this collection draws from critical and intersectional perspectives to explore this question. Comprising academic papers edited transcripts of conference panels and interviews with activists working on the ground this collection presents some of the first works of empirical scholarship and first-hand observation to assess the realities of queer families and relationships after same-sex marriage. Including a number of chapters focused on married same-sex couples as well as several on other queer family types the volume considers the following key questions: What are the material impacts of marriage for same-sex couples? Is the spread of same-sex marriage pushing LGBTQ people toward more "normalized" types of relationships that resemble heterosexual marriage? And finally how is the spread of same-sex marriage shaping other queer relationships that do not fit the marriage model? By presenting scholarly research and activist observations on these questions this volume helps translate queer critiques advanced during the marriage debates into a framework for ongoing critical research in the after-marriage period. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138557468

Queer FrenchGlobalization Language and Sexual Citizenship in France In this book Denis M. Provencher examines the tensions between Anglo-American and French articulations of homosexuality and sexual citizenship in the context of contemporary French popular culture and first-person narratives. In the light of recent political events and the perceived hegemonic role of US forces throughout the world an examination of the French resistance to globalization and 'Americanization' is timely in this context. He argues that contemporary French gay and lesbian cultures rely on long-standing French narratives that resist US models of gay experience. He maintains that French gay experiences are mitigated through (gay) French language that draws on several canonical voices - including Jean Genet and Jean-Paul Sartre - and various universalistic discourses. Drawing on material from a diverse array of media Queer French draws out the importance of a French gay linguistic and semiotic tradition that emerges in contemporary textual practices and discourses as they relate to sexual citizenship in 20th- and 21st-century France. It will appeal to an interdisciplinary readership in gender and sexuality studies cultural studies linguistics media and communication studies and French studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138264571

Queer FuturesReconsidering Ethics Activism and the Political Following debates surrounding the anti-social turn in queer theory in recent years there has been a renewed interest in the role of activism the limits of the political and the question of normativity and ethics. Queer Futures engages with these concerns exploring issues of complicity and agency with a central focus on the material and economic as well as philosophical dimensions of sexual politics. Presenting some of the latest research in queer theory this book draws together diverse perspectives to shed light on possible ’queer futures’ when different affective temporal and local contexts are brought into play. As such it will appeal to scholars of cultural political literary and social theory as well as those with interests in gender and sexuality activism and queer theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138306424

Queer Histories and the Politics of Policing Despite ongoing challenges to the criminalisation and surveillance of queer lives police leaders are now promoted as allies and defenders of LGBT rights. However in this book Emma K. Russell argues that the surface inclusion of select LGBT identities in the protective aspirations of the law is deeply tenuous and conditional and that police recognition is both premised upon and reproductive of an imaginary of' 'good queer citizens'—those who are respectable responsible and 'just like' their heterosexual counterparts. Based on original empirical research Russell presents a detailed analysis of the political complexities compromises and investments that underpin LGBT efforts to achieve sexual rights and protections. With a historical trajectory that spans the so-called 'decriminalisation' era to the present day she shows how LGBT activists have both resisted and embraced police incursions into queer space and how—with LGBT support—police leaders have re-crafted histories of violence as stories of institutional progress. Queer Histories and the Politics of Policing advances broader understandings of the nature of police power and the shifting terrain of sexual citizenship. It will be of interest to students and researchers of criminology sociology and law engaged in studies of policing social justice and gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815354901

Queer ImpressionsHenry James' Art of Fiction First published in 2005. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415512961

Queer in AfricaLGBTQI Identities Citizenship and Activism African sexualities are dynamic multi-faceted and resilient. However people with non-heterosexual sexualities and gender variant identities are often involved in struggles for survival self-definition and erotic rights. Queer in Africa forms an entry point for understanding the vulnerabilities of queer Africans as shaped by social cultural and political processes aiming to provide innovative insights about contentious disagreements over their lives. The volume mediates Southern and Northern scholarship directing attention toward African-centred beliefs made accessible to a wide audience. Key concerns such as identity construction and the intersections between different social forces (such as nationalist traditionalism and sexualities) are addressed via engaging chapters; some empirically based and others providing critical cultural analysis. Highly interdisciplinary in nature Queer in Africa provides a key resource for students academics and activists concerned with the international support of sex and gender diversity. It will appeal to those interested in fields such as anthropology film studies literary studies political science public health sociology and socio-legal studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367460167

Queer in EuropeContemporary Case Studies Queer in Europe takes stock of the intellectual and social status and treatment of queer in the New Europe of the twenty-first century addressing the ways in which the Anglo-American term and concept 'queer' is adapted in different national contexts where it takes on subtly different overtones determined by local political specificities and intellectual traditions. Bringing together contributions by carefully chosen experts this book explores key aspects of queer in a range of European national contexts namely: Belgium Cyprus England France Germany Hungary Ireland Italy The Nordic Region The Netherlands Poland Russia and Spain. Rather than prescribing a universalizing definition the book engages with a wide spectrum of what is meant by 'queer' as each chapter negotiates the contested border between direct queer activist action based on identity categories and more plural queer strategies that call these categories into question. The first volume in English devoted to the exploration of queer in Europe this book makes an important intervention in contemporary queer studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602321

Queer in Translation As the field of translation studies has developed translators and translation scholars have become more aware of the unacknowledged ideologies inherent both in texts themselves and in the mechanisms that affect their circulation. This book both analyses the translation of queerness and applies queer thought to issues of translation. It sheds light on the manner in which heteronormative societies influence the selection reading and translation of texts and pays attention to the means by which such heterosexism might be subverted. It considers the ways in which queerness can be repressed ignored or made invisible in translation and shows how translations might expose or underline the queerness – or the homophobic implications – of a given text. Balancing the theoretical with the practical this book investigates what is culturally at stake when particular texts are translated from one culture to another raising the question of the relationship between translation colonialism and globalization. It also takes the insights derived from intercultural translation studies and applies them to other fields of cultural criticism. The first multi-focus in-depth study on translating queer translating queerly and queering translation this book will be of interest to scholars working in the fields of gender and sexuality queer theory and queer studies literature film studies and translation studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138336711

Queer Inclusion in Teacher EducationBridging Theory Research and Practice Queer Inclusion in Teacher Education explores the challenges and promises of building queer inclusive pedagogy and curriculum into teacher education. Weaving together theory research findings and practical "how-to" strategies and materials it fills an important gap by offering a clear roadmap and resources for influencing the knowledge beliefs and actions of faculty working with pre-service teachers. While the book has implications for policy change most immediately readers will feel empowered with ideas for faculty development they can implement in their own teacher education programs. Looking at both the politics and practices of teacher education and the ways in which queer issues manifest in schools it is hopeful in suggesting that if teachers and pre-service teachers can critically reflect on homophobia and heteronormativity they can begin to think about and relate to queer youth in a different more positive and inclusive way. A Companion Website [http://queerinclusion.com] with additional activities and materials for teacher educators and faculty development and a practical guide enhances the usefulness of the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415711869

Queer Inclusion in the United Methodist Church The United Methodist Church has been in conflict over lesbian/gay/bisexual/transgender inclusion issues since 1972. That year in response to the gay liberation and gay rights movements wording was added to the UMC Book of Discipline (the compilation of denominational policies and doctrines) characterizing homosexuality as "incompatible with Christian teaching." Since then United Methodist ministers have been forbidden to perform same-sex commitment ceremonies (and United Methodist churches forbidden to host them) a rule has been passed that non-heterosexual United Methodist ministers must be celibate and the UMC has forbidden the funding of any program or organization "supporting" homosexuality. These policies have been met with significant resistance by those fighting for GLBT inclusion. In this groundbreaking book Udis-Kessler examines this struggle analyzing both sides of this divisive debate among one of the most prominent religious organizations in the United States. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415542449

Queer Ink: A Blotted History Towards Liberation This historical interdisciplinary book contextualises the Rorschach ink blot test and embeds it within feminist action and queer liberation. What do you see when you look at an ink blot? The Rorschach ink blot test is one of the most famous psychological tests and it has a surprisingly queer history. In mapping this history this book explores how this test once used to detect and diagnose ‘homosexuality’ was later used by some psychologists and activists to fight for gay liberation. In this book the author uses the test in yet another way as a lens through which we can reveal a queer feminist history of Psychology. By looking closely at the lives and work of some women psychologists and activists it becomes clear that their work was influenced by their own often queer lives. By tracing the lives and actions of women who used were tested with or influenced by the Rorschach a new kind of understanding of gay and lesbian history in Britain is revealed. Pushing at the borders between Psychology Sociology and activism the book utilises the Rorschach to show how influential the social world is on scientific practice. This is fascinating reading for anyone interested in the history of sexuality and Psychology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138362529

Queer Inquiry In Language Education Jlie V5#1 "First Published in 2006 Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203063262

Queer Jews Queer Jews describes how queer Jews are changing Jewish American culture creating communities and making room for themselves as openly unapologetically queer and Jewish. Combining political analysis and personal memoir these essays explore the various ways queer Jews are creating new forms of Jewish communities and institutions and demanding that Jewish communities become more inclusive. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315811277

Queer KidsThe Challenges and Promise for Lesbian Gay and Bisexual Youth Packed to the hilt with living narratives scholarly research and problem-solution scenarios Queer Kids: The Challenges and Promise for Lesbian Gay and Bisexual Youth examines the unique challenges faced by today’s homosexual young adults. You’ll learn what modern-day queer kids do to cope survive and find understanding in a world riddled with homophobic intolerance. Queer Kids is a lens of clarity that will help the average straight adult--and maybe even the average gay adult--see things from a kid’s point of view. Its detail-oriented well-wrought chapters will provide you with literally hundreds of stories of young people who are trying to define themselves sexually and emotionally in a society of criss-crossing judgment stereotyping anger and expectation. Aimed at three target groups--counselors parents and youth--this book introduces you to a variety of interesting kids offers you a look at the process of coming out and helps you grasp the experience of queer identification. Specifically you’ll read about: queer kids and their families and peers the medical/health care profession’s impact on queer kids the teachers and counselors of gay lesbian and bisexual youth how to alleviate harrassment abuse withdrawal and loneliness the effects of familial denial prejudiced counselors and standoffish gay adultsBeing a kid is tough--but being a queer kid can be even tougher. Fortunately Queer Kids is available for students ministers teachers youth- and health-care workers and especially the friends and families of teens who are working through the personal turbulence that too often accompanies sexual and emotional definition. Guided by its upfront approach and practical resource list of written computer and telephone aids you’ll see that a solution is not as distant as you think. Read it and relearn what it means to be a kid again. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315809748

Queer KinshipSouth African Perspectives on the Sexual politics of Family-making and Belonging What makes kinship queer? This collection from leading and emerging thinkers in gender and sexualities interrogates the politics of belonging shining a light on the outcasts rebels and pioneers. Queer Kinship brings together an array of thought-provoking perspectives on what it means to love and be loved to ‘do family’ and to belong in the South African context. The collection includes a number of different topic areas disciplinary approaches and theoretical lenses on familial relations reproduction and citizenship. The text amplifies the voices of those who are bending breaking and remaking the rules of being and belonging. Photo-essays and artworks offer moving glimpses into the new life worlds being created in and among the ‘normal’ and the mundane. Taken as a whole this text offers a critical and intersectional perspective that addresses some important gaps in the scholarship on kinship and families. Queer Kinship makes an innovative contribution to international studies in kinship gender and sexualities. It will be a valuable resource to scholars students and activists working in these areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367188023

Queer Looks Queer Looks is a collection of writing by video artists filmmakers and critics which explores the recent explosion of lesbian and gay independent media culture. A compelling compilation of artists' statements and critical theory producer interviews and image-text works this anthology demonstrates the vitality of queer artists under attack and fighting back. Each maker and writer deploys a surprising array of techniques and tactics negotiating the difficult terrain between street pragmatism and theoretical inquiry finding voices rich in chutzpah and subtlety. From guerilla Super-8 in Manila to AIDS video activism in New York Queer Looks zooms in on this very queer place in media culture revealing a wealth of strategies a plurality of aesthetics and an artillary of resistances. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138176027

Queer Man on CampusA History of Non-Heterosexual College Men 1945-2000 This book reveals the inadequacy of a unified "gay" identity in studying the lives of queer college men. Instead seven types of identities are discernible in the lives of non-heterosexual college males as the author shows. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315870540

Queer Methods and MethodologiesIntersecting Queer Theories and Social Science Research Queer Methods and Methodologies provides the first systematic consideration of the implications of a queer perspective in the pursuit of social scientific research. This volume grapples with key contemporary questions regarding the methodological implications for social science research undertaken from diverse queer perspectives and explores the limitations and potentials of queer engagements with social science research techniques and methodologies. With contributors based in the UK USA Canada Sweden New Zealand and Australia this truly international volume will appeal to anyone pursuing research at the intersections between social scientific research and queer perspectives as well as those engaging with methodological considerations in social science research more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138245662

Queer Movie Medievalisms How is history even possible since it involves recapturing a past already lost? It is through this urge to understand feel and experience that films based on medieval history are made. They attempt to re-create the past but can only do so through a queer re-visioning that inevitably replicates modernity. In these mediations between past and present history becomes misty and so too do constructions of gender and sexuality leading to the impossibility of heterosexuality or of any sexuality predicated upon cinematic medievalism. Queer Movie Medievalisms is the first book of its kind to grapple with the ways in which mediations between past and present as registered on the silver screen queerly undercut assumptions about sexuality throughout time. It will be of great interest to scholars of Gender and Sexuality Cultural and Media Studies Film Studies and Medieval History. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367603083

Queer Necropolitics This book comes at a time when the intrinsic and self-evident value of queer rights and protections from gay marriage to hate crimes is increasingly put in question. It assembles writings that explore the new queer vitalities within their wider context of structural violence and neglect. Moving between diverse geopolitical contexts – the US and the UK Guatemala and Palestine the Philippines Iran and Israel – the chapters in this volume interrogate claims to queerness in the face(s) of death both spectacular and everyday. Queer Necropolitics mobilises the concept of ‘necropolitics’ in order to illuminate everyday death worlds from more expected sites such as war torture or imperial invasion to the mundane and normalised violence of racism and gender normativity the market and the prison-industrial complex. Contributors here interrogate the distinction between valuable and pathological lives by attending to the symbiotic co-constitution of queer subjects folded into life and queerly abjected racialised populations marked for death. Drawing on diverse yet complementary methodologies including textual and visual analysis ethnography and historiography the authors argue that the distinction between ‘war’ and ‘peace’ dissolves in the face of the banality of death in the zones of abandonment that regularly accompany contemporary democratic regimes. The book will appeal to activist scholars and students from various social sciences and humanities particularly those across the fields of law cultural and media studies gender sexuality and intersectionality studies race and conflict studies as well as those studying nationalism colonialism prisons and war. It should be read by all those trying to make sense of the contradictions inherent in regimes of rights citizenship and diversity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138915084

Queer Objects Pursuing the discursive or material effects of relational queerness this book reflects on how objects can illuminate affect and animate queer modes of being. In the early 1990s the queer theorist Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick defined queer as “multiply transitive . . . relational and strange ” rather than a fixed identity. In spite of this much of the queer theoretical scholarship of the last three decades has used queer as a synonym for anti-normative sexual identities. The contributions to this volume return to the idea of transitivity exploring what happens when queer is thought of as a turning toward or turning away from a diverse range of objects including bodily waste; frozen cats; archival ephemera; the writing of Virginia Woolf; the Pop art of Ray Johnson; the podcast S-Town; and Maggie Nelson’s memoir The Argonauts. Relevant to those studying queer theory this book will also be of wider interest to those researching identity and the way in which it is represented in a variety of artistic disciplines.This book was originally published as a special issue of Angelaki. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367729448

Queer Political Performance and Protest From the birth of the Gay Liberation through the rise of the AIDS Coalition to Unleash Power (ACT UP) in 1987 the global justice movement in 1994 the largest day of antiwar protest in world history in February 2003 the Republican National Convention protests in August 2004 and the massive immigrant rights rallies in the spring of 2006 the streets of cities around the world have been filled with a new theatrical model of protest. Elements of fun creativity pleasure and play are cornerstones of this new approach toward protest and community building. No movement has had a larger influence on the emergence of play in social movement activity than the gay liberation and queer activism of the past thirty years. This book examines the role of play in gay liberation and queer activism and the ways in which queer notions of play have influenced a broad range of social movements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415897280

Queer Politics in India: Towards Sexual Subaltern Subjects Queer Politics in India simultaneously tells two interconnected stories. The first explores the struggle against violence and marginalization by queer people in the Indian subcontinent and places this movement towards equality and inclusion in relation to queer movements across the world. The second story about a lesbian suicide in a small village in India interrupts the first one and together these two stories push and pull the book to elucidate the failure and promise of queer politics in India and the rest of the world. This book emerges at a critical time for queer politics and activism in India exploring the contemporary queer subject through the different lenses of critical psychology Lacanian psychoanalysis feminist and queer theory and cultural studies in its critique of the constructions of discourses of ‘normal’ sexuality. It also examines how power determines further segregations of ‘abnormal’ sexuality into legitimate and illegitimate queer subjectivities and authentic and inauthentic queer experiences. By allowing a multifaceted and engaged critique to emerge that demonstrates how the idea of a universal queer subject fails lower class lower caste queer subjects and queer people of colour the author expertly highlights how all queer people are not the same even within queer movements as the book asks the questions "which queer subject does queer politics fight for?" and "what is the imagination of a queer subject in queer politics?" This hugely important and timely work is relevant across many disciplines and will be useful for students of psychology and other academic areas as well as researchers and activist organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138036536

Queer Renaissance HistoriographyBackward Gaze Dealing with questions of the meaning of eroticism in Renaissance England and its separation from other affective relations Queer Renaissance Historiography examines the distinctive arrangement of sexuality during this period and the role that queer theory has played in our understanding of this arrangement. As such this book not only reflects on the practice of writing a queer history of Renaissance England but also suggests new directions for this practice. Queer Renaissance Historiography collects original contributions from leading experts participating in a range of critical conversations whilst prompting scholars and students alike to reconsider what we think we know about sex and sexuality in Renaissance England. Presenting ethical political and critical analyses of Early Modern texts this book sets the tone for future scholarship on Renaissance sexualities making a timely intervention in theoretical and methodological debates. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138251953

Queer Representation Visibility and Race in American Film and TelevisionScreening the Closet This book traces the uneven history of queer media visibility through crucial turning points including the Hollywood Production Code era the AIDS crisis of the 1980s the so-called explosion of gay visibility on television during the1990s and the re-imagination of queer representations on TV after the events of 9/11. Kohnen intervenes in previous academic and popular accounts that paint the increase in queer visibility over the past four decades as a largely progressive development. She examines how and why a limited and limiting concept of queer visibility structured around white gay and lesbian characters in committed relationships has become the embodiment of progressive LGBT media representations. She also investigates queer visibility across film TV and print media and highlights previously unexplored connections such as the lingering traces of classical Hollywood cinema's queer tropes in the X-Men franchise. Across all chapters narratives and arguments emerge that demonstrate how queer visibility shapes and reflects not only media representations but the real and imagined geographies histories and people of the American nation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815386544

Queer Sex Work Sex work is a subject of significant contestation across academic disciplines as well as within legal medical moral feminist political and socio-cultural discourses. A large body of research exists but much of this focuses on the sale of sex by women to men and ignores other performances practices meanings and embodiments in the contemporary sex industry. A queer agenda is important in order to challenge hetero-centric gender norms and to develop new insights into how gender sex power crime work migration space/place health and intimacy are understood in the context of commercial sexual encounters. Queer Sex Work explores what it might mean to ‘be’ ‘do’ and ‘think’ queer(ly) in the study and practice of commercial sex. It brings together a multiplicity of empirical case studies – including erotic dance venues online sex working pornography grey sexual economies and BSDM – and offers a variety of perspectives from academic scholars policy practitioners activists and sex workers themselves. In so doing the book advances a queer politics of sex work that aims to disrupt heteronormative logics whilst also making space for different voices in academic and political debates about commercial sex. This unique and multidisciplinary volume will be indispensable for scholars and students of the global sex trade and of gender sexuality feminism and queer theory more broadly as well as policymakers activists and practitioners interested in the politics and practice of sex work in local national and international contexts. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138288539

Queer Sinophone Cultures The Sinophone framework emphasises the diversity of Chinese-speaking communities and cultures and seeks to move beyond a binary model of China and the West. Indeed this strikingly resembles attempts within the queer studies movement to challenge the dimorphisms of sex and gender. Bringing together two areas of study that tend to be marginalised within their home disciplines Queer Sinophone Cultures innovatively advances both Sinophone studies and queer studies. It not only examines film and literature from Mainland China but expands its scope to encompass the underrepresented ‘Sinophone’ world at large (in this case Taiwan Hong Kong Malaysia Singapore and beyond). Further where queer studies in the U.S. Europe and Australia often ignore non-Western cultural phenomena this book focuses squarely on Sinophone queerness providing fresh critical analyses of a range of topics from works by the famous director Tsai Ming-Liang to the history of same-sex soft-core pornography made by the renowned Shaw Brothers Studios. By instigating a dialogue between Sinophone studies and queer studies this book will have broad appeal to students and scholars of modern and contemporary China studies particularly to those interested in film literature media and performance. It will also be of great interest to those interested in queer studies more broadly. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815371175

Queer Sites in Global ContextsTechnologies Spaces and Otherness Queer Sites in Global Contexts showcases a variety of cross-cultural perspectives that foreground the physical and online experiences of LGBTQ+ people living in the Caribbean South and North America the Middle East Europe and Asia. The individual chapters—a collection of research-based texts by scholars around the world—provide twelve compelling case studies: queer sites that include buildings digital networks natural landscapes urban spaces and non-normative bodies. By prioritizing divergent histories and practices of queer life in geographies that are often othered by dominant queer studies in the West—female sex workers people of color indigenous populations Latinx communities trans identities migrants—the book constructs thoroughly situated nuanced discussions on queerness through a variety of research methods. The book presents tangible examples of empirical research and practice-based work in the fields of queer and gender studies; geography architectural and urban theory; and media and digital culture. Responding to the critical absence surrounding experiences of non-White queer folk in Western academia Queer Sites in Global Contexts acts as a timely resource for scholars activists and thinkers interested in queer placemaking practices—both spatial and digital—of diverse cultures. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367433017

Queer Spiritual SpacesSexuality and Sacred Places Drawn from extensive new and rich empirical research across the UK Canada and USA Queer Spiritual Spaces investigates the contemporary socio-cultural practices of belief by those who have historically been and continue to be excluded or derided by mainstream religions and alternative spiritualities. As the first monograph to be directly informed by 'queer' subjectivities whilst dealing with divergent spiritualities on an international scale this book explores the recently emerging innovative spaces and integrative practices of queer spiritualities. Its breadth of coverage and keen critical engagement mean it will serve as a theoretically fertile comprehensive entry point for any scholar wishing to explore the queer spiritual spaces of the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367602833

Queer Teaching - Teaching Queer This book draws upon contemporary Irish and international research which explores the critical interplay between education studies and sexualities. Scholars from Ireland Canada Spain the U.K. and Sweden employ the conceptual lens of Queer Theory to interrogate and destabilise long-standing regimes of truth/knowledge and in so doing highlight the suitability and applicability of this theoretical perspective within educational discourses. By reframing and repositioning gender identity/expression as a performative expression on a fluid continuum this book provokes readers to (re)view how they see education pedagogy and schooling. The book interrogates what happens to teaching and teachers when queerness permeates their practice thus exposing the ways in which heteronormativity informs and shapes our places/sites of education.This book was originally published as a special issue of the Irish Educational Studies journal. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367671303

Queer TechnologiesAffordances Affect Ambivalence Queer media studies has mostly focused on lesbian gay bisexual transgender and queer (LGBTQ) visibility stereotypes and positive images but media technologies aren’t just vehicles for representations they also shape them. How can queer theory and queer methodologies complicate our understanding of communication technologies their structures and uses and the cultural and political implications of these? How can queer technologies inform debates about affect temporality and publics? This book presents new scholarship that addresses queer media production and practices across a wide range of media including television music zines video games mobile applications and online spaces. The authors consider how LGBTQ representations and reception are shaped by technological affordances and constraints. Chapters deal with critical contemporary concepts such as counterpublics affect temporality nonbinary practices queer technique and transmediation to explore intersections among communication and media studies and cutting-edge queer and transgender theory. This collection moves beyond considering LGBTQ representations as they appear in media to consider the central role of technologies in understanding intersections among gender sexuality and media. Even the most heteromasculine technologies can be queered yet we can’t assume queerness works in the same way across different media. Emergent media technologies afford queer worldmaking but these worlds are forged between normalization and niche marketing. This book was originally published as a special issue of Critical Studies in Media Communication. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367143275

Queer Temporalities in Gay Male RepresentationTragedy Normativity and Futurity Through the analysis of over seventy films and thirty television series ranging from Shortbus Sweet Home Alabama and Poseidon to Noah’s Arc Brothers & Sisters and Dawson’s Creek Goltz examines reoccurring narrative structures in popular media that perpetuate the extreme value placed upon "young" gay male bodies while devaluing health aging and longevity. Alienated from the future -- outside of limited and exclusionary systems of marriage and procreation -- the gay male is narrated within a circular tragedy that draws upon cultural mythologies of "older" gay male predation the absence of gay intergenerational mentorship and the gay male as sacrificial victim. Using a Burkean framework Goltz makes a theoretical rhetorical and cultural investigation of how the increased visibility of "positive" gay representation in dominant media shapes contemporary meanings of gay aging heteronormative future homonormative future and queer potential. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415898157

Queer Theologies: The Basics Queer Theologies: The Basics is a concise and illuminating introduction to the study of this controversial and discursive subject area. This book provides an accessible exploration into the major themes within queer studies queer theologies and themes of gender and sexuality in Christianity. Topics covered include: The development of queer theologies Queering ‘traditional’ theology Queer theologies in global contexts Queer Bible Queer theologies from queer lives With a glossary of key terms and suggestions for further reading throughout this book is an ideal starting point for anyone seeking a full introduction to Christian queer theologies as well as broader themes in theology gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138604711

Queer Theories: An IntroductionFrom Mario Mieli to the Antisocial Turn This is a short and accessible introduction to the complex and evolving debates around queer theories advocating for their critical role in academia and society. The book traces the roots of queer theories and argues that Foucault owed an important debt to other European authors including the feminist and homosexual liberation movements of the 1960–1970s and the anticolonial movements of the 1950s. Going beyond a simple introduction to queer theories this book situates them firmly in a European and Italian context to offer a crucial set of arguments in defence of LGBTQI+ rights in defence of the freedom of teaching and research and in defence of a radical idea of democracy. The narrative of the book is divided into three short chapters which can be read independently or in sequence. The first chapter argues that queer theories are rooted in the critical philosophical tradition the second presents a critique of heterosexism and the binary inherent to the gender-sex-sexual orientation system and the third chapter sketches a history of the queer debate. The book offers a useful typology of queer theories by sorting them into three basic paradigms: Freudo-Marxism radical constructivism and antisocial and affective theories clarifying the complexities of the nature of the debates for undergraduates. The book is both accessible and original and is suitable for both specialist researchers and undergraduate students new to queer studies. It will be essential reading for those studying philosophy sexuality studies and gender studies.　 Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367196493

Queer Theory and CommunicationFrom Disciplining Queers to Queering the Discipline(s) Get a queer perspective on communication theory! Queer Theory and Communication: From Disciplining Queers to Queering the Discipline(s) is a conversation starter sparking smart talk about sexuality in the communication discipline and beyond. Edited by members of “The San Francisco Radical Trio ” the book integrates current queer theory research and interventions to create a critical lens with which to view the damaging effects of heteronormativity on personal social and cultural levels and to see the possibilities for change through social and cultural transformation. Queer Theory and Communication represents a commitment to positive social change by imagining different social realities and sharing ideas passions and lived experiences. As the communication discipline begins to recognize queer theory as a vital and viable intellectual movement equal to that of Gay and Lesbian studies the opportunity is here to take current queer scholarship beyond conference papers and presentations. Queer Theory and Communication has five objectives: 1) to integrate and disseminate current queer scholarship to a larger audience-academic and nonacademic; 2) to examine the potential implications of queer theory in human communication theory and research in a variety of contexts; 3) to stimulate dialogue among queer scholars; 4) to set a preliminary research agenda; and 5) to explore the implications of the scholarship in cultural politics and personal empowerment and transformation. Queer Theory and Communication boasts an esteemed panel of academics artists activists editors and essayists. Contributors include: John Nguyet Erni editor of Asian Media Studies and Research & Analysis Program Board member for GLAAD Joshua Gamson author of Freaks Talk Back: Tabloid Talk Shows and Sexual Nonconformity Sally Miller Gerahart author activist and actress Judith Halberstam author of Female Masculinity David M. Halperin author of How to Do the History of Homosexuality E. Patrick Johnson editor of Black Queer Studies Kevin Kumashiro author of Troubling Education: Queer Activism and Antioppressive Pedagogy Thomas Nakayama co-editor of Whiteness: The Communication of Social Identity A. Susan Owen author of Bad Girls: Cultural Politics and Media Representations of Transgressive Women William F. Pinar author of Autobiography Politics and Sexuality and editor of Queer Theory in Education Ralph Smith co-author of Progay/antigay: The Rhetorical War over Sexuality Queer Theory and Communication: From Disciplining Queers to Queering the Discipline(s) is an essential addition to the critical consciousness of anyone involved in communication media studies cultural studies gender studies and the study of human sexuality whether in the classroom the boardroom or the bedroom. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864075

Queer Theory and Social Change Queer Theory and Social Change argues that there is a crisis within Queer theory over whether or not its theories can actually deliver change.Max Kirsch presents a challenging alternative to the current fascination with post-modern analyses of identity culture and difference. It emphasizes the need for a discussion of the importance of communities and the role of globalization on queer movements. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203131060

Queer Theory and the Prophetic Marriage Metaphor in the Hebrew Bible The Hebrew Bible offers a metaphor of marriage that portrays men and women as complementary each with their distinct and 'natural' roles. Queer Theory and the Prophetic Marriage Metaphor in the Hebrew Bible draws on contemporary scholarship to critique this hetero-normativity. The book examines the methodological issues involved in the application of queer theory to biblical texts and draws on the concept of gender performativity - the construction of gender through action and behaviour - to argue for the potential of queer theory in political readings of the Bible. The central role of metaphor in reinforcing gender performativity is examined in relation to the books of Jeremiah Hosea and Ezekiel. The book offers a radical reassessment of the relationship between biblical language and gender identity. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781845536732

Queer Theory and Translation StudiesLanguage Politics Desire This groundbreaking book explores the relevance of queer theory to Translation Studies and of translation to Global Sexuality Studies. Beginning with a comprehensive overview of the origins and evolution of queer theory this book places queer theory and Translation Studies in a productive and mutually interrogating relationship. After framing the discussion of actual and potential interfaces between queer sexuality and queer textuality the chapters trace the transnational circulation of queer texts focusing on the place of translation in "gay" anthologies the packaging of queer life writing for global audiences and the translation of lyric poetry as a distinct site of queer performativity. Baer analyzes fictional translators in literature and film the treatment of translation in historical and ethnographic studies of sexual and linguistic others the work of queer translators and the reception of queer texts in translation. Including a range of case studies to exemplify key ethical issues relevant to all scholars of global sexuality and postcolonial studies this book is essential reading for advanced students scholars and researchers in Translation Studies gender and sexuality studies and related areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138200326

Queer Theory in Education Theoretical studies in curriculum have begun to move into cultural studies--one vibrant and increasingly visible sector of which is queer theory. Queer Theory in Education brings together the most prominent and promising scholars in the field of education--primarily but not exclusively in curriculum--in the first volume on queer theory in education. In his perceptive introduction the editor outlines queer theory as it is emerging in the field of education its significance for all scholars and teachers and its relation to queer theory in literacy theory and more generally in the humanities. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781410603760

Queer Theory: Law Culture Empire Queer Theory: Law Culture Empire uses queer theory to examine the complex interactions of law culture and empire. Building on recent work on empire and taking contextual socio-legal comparative and interdisciplinary approaches it studies how activists and scholars engaged in queer theory projects can unwittingly advance imperial projects and how queer theory can itself show imperial ambitions. The authors – from five continents – delve into examples drawn from Bollywood cinema to California’s 2008 marriage referendum. The chapters view a wide range of texts – from cultural productions to laws and judgments – as regulatory forces requiring scrutiny from outside Western heterosexual privilege. This innovative collection goes beyond earlier queer legal work engaging with recent developments featuring case studies from India South Africa the US Australasia Eastern Europe and embracing the frames offered by different disciplinary lenses. Queer Theory: Law Culture Empire will be of particular interest to students and researchers in the fields of socio-legal studies comparative law law and gender/sexuality and law and culture. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415697736

Queer TimesChristopher Isherwood's Modernity This book maps Christopher Isherwood's intellectual and aesthetic reflections from the late 1930s through the late 1970s. Drawing on the queer theory of Eve Sedgwick and the ethical theory of Michel Foucault  Carr illuminates Isherwood's post-war development of a queer ethos through his focus on the aesthetic social and historical politics of the 1930s in his novels Prater Violet (1945) The World in the Evening (1954) and Down There on a Visit (1962) and in his memoir Christopher and His Kind: 1929–1939 (1976). Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415762922

Queer Tracks: Subversive Strategies in Rock and Pop Music Queer Tracks describes motifs in popular music that deviate from heterosexual orientation the binary gender system and fixed identities. This exciting cutting-edge work deals with the key concepts of current gender politics and queer theory in rock and pop music including irony parody camp mask/masquerade mimesis/mimicry cyborg transsexuality and dildo. Based on a constructivist concept of gender Leibetseder asks: ’Which queer-feminist strategies are used in rock and pop music?’ ’How do they function?’ ’Where do they occur?’ Leibetseder's methodological process is to discover subversive strategies in queer theory which are also used in rock and pop music without assuming that these tactics were first invented in theory. Furthermore this book explains where exactly the subversiveness is situated in those strategies and in popular music. With the help of a new kind of knowledge transfer the author combines sociological and cultural theories with practical examples of rock and pop music. The subversive character of these queer motifs is shown in the work of contemporary popular musicians and is at the same time related to classical discourses of the humanities. Queer Tracks is a revised translation of Queere Tracks. Subversive Strategien in Rock- und Popmusik originally published in German. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138261655

Queer Victorian FamiliesCurious Relations in Literature The Victorians elevated the home and heteronormative family life to an almost secular religion. Yet alongside the middle-class domestic ideal were other families many of which existed in the literature of the time. Queer Victorian Families: Curious Relations in Literature is chiefly concerned with these atypical or "queer" families. This collection serves as a corrective against limited definitions of family and is a timely addition to Victorian studies. Interdisciplinary in nature the collection opens up new possibilities for uncovering submerged marginalized and alternative stories in Victorian literature. Broad in scope subjects range from Count Fosco and his animal "children" in Wilkie Collins’s The Woman in White to male kinship within and across Alfred Tennyson’s In Memoriam and Herman Melville’s Moby-Dick and the nexus between disability and loving relationships in the fiction of Dinah Mulock Craik and Charlotte M. Yonge. Queer Victorian Families is a wide-ranging and theoretically adventurous exposé of the curious relations in the literary family tree. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367870133

Queer Women in Urban ChinaAn Ethnography Lala (lesbian) and gay communities in mainland China have emerged rapidly in the 21st century. Alongside new freedoms and modernizing reforms and with mainstream media and society increasingly tolerant lalas still experience immense family and social pressures to a degree that this book argues is deeply gendered. The first anthropological study to examine everyday lala lives intimacies and communities in China the chapters explore changing articulations of sexual subjectivity gendered T-P (tomboy-wife) roles family and kinship same-sex weddings lala-gay contract marriages and community activism. Engebretsen analyzes lala strategies of complicit transgressions to balance surface respectability and undeclared same-sex desires why "being normal" emerges a deep aspiration and sign of respectability and why openly lived homosexuality and public activism often are not. Queer Women in Urban China develops a critical ethnographic analysis through the conceptual lens of "different normativities " tracing the paradoxes and intricacies of the desire for normal life alongside aspirations for recognition equality and freedom and argues that dominant paradigms fixed on categories identities and the absolute value of public visibility are ill-equipped to fully understand these complexities. This book complements existing perspectives on sexual and gender diversity contemporary China and the politics and theories of justice recognition and similitude in global times. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138929623

Queer Youth Suicide Culture and IdentityUnliveable Lives? Despite increasing tolerance legal protections against homophobia and anti-discrimination policies throughout much of the western world suicide attempts by queer youth remain relatively high. For over twenty years research into queer youth suicide has debated reasons and risks although it has also often reiterated assumptions about sexual identity and youth vulnerability. Understanding the cultural context in which suicide becomes a necessary escape from living an unliveable life is the key to queer youth suicide prevention. This book uses cultural theory to outline some of the ways in which queer youth suicide is perceived in popular culture media and research. It highlights how the ways in which we think about queer youth suicide have changed over time and some of the benefits and limitations of current thinking on the topic. Focusing on identity Queer Youth Suicide Culture and Identity also investigates why queer young men continue to attempt suicide. Drawing on approaches from queer theory cultural studies and sociology it explores how sexual identity formation sexual shame and discrepancies in community belonging and exclusions are implicated in the reasons why some queer youth are resilient while others are vulnerable and at risk of suicide. As such it will appeal to scholars of sociology media studies queer theory and social theory with interests in youth gender and sexuality and suicidology. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138248922

QueercoreQueer Punk Media Subculture Queercore is a queer and punk transmedia movement that was instigated in 1980s Toronto via the pages of the underground fanzine ("zine") J.D.s. Authored by G.B. Jones and Bruce LaBruce J.D.s. declared "civil war" on the punk and gay and lesbian mainstreams consolidating a subculture of likeminded filmmakers zinesters musicans and performers situated in pointed opposition to the homophobia of mainline punk and the lifeless sexual politics and exclusionary tendencies of dominant gay and lesbian society. More than thirty years later queercore and its troublemaking productions remain under the radar but still culturally and politically resonant.This book brings renewed attention to queercore exploring the homology between queer theory/practice and punk theory/practice at the heart of queercore mediamaking. Through analysis of key queercore texts this book also elucidates the tropes central to queercore’s subcultural distinction: unashamed sexual representation confrontational politics and "shocking" embodiments including those related to size ability and gender variance. An exploration of a specific transmedia subculture grounded in archival research ethnographic interviews theoretical argumentation and close analysis ultimately Queercore proffers a provocative and tangible new answer to the long-debated question "What does it mean to be queer?" Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370558

Queering Autoethnography Queering Autoethnography articulates for the first time the possibilities and politics of queering autoethnography both in theoretical terms and as an intervention into narratives and cultures of apology shame and fear. Despite the so-called mainstreaming of same-sex relationships and trans* visibility many within gender’s ‘liminal zone’ remain invisible and unrecognized existing somewhere outside of heteronormative relationships and institutions. At the same time the political and scholarly potential of autoethnography is expanding particularly in its potential to evoke empathic and affective responses at a time of public numbness a practice crucial to making scholarly research relevant to the work of global citizenship and crafting meaningful lives. This volume considers flash points in contemporary scholarly and popular culture such as queer memorializing and mourning; unintelligibility and monstrosity; physical digital and cultural transformations of queer lives and bodies; the power and danger wrought in the public assembly of queer people in a culture of massacre; and the promise of queer futurities in the contemporary moment. It also makes original theoretical contributions that include concepts such as massacre culture queer terror mundane annihilations and activist affect. The authors write these ideas in action joining theory and story as a contact zone for analysis critique and change. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138286160

Queering ConflictExamining Lesbian and Gay Experiences of Homophobia in Northern Ireland Queering Conflict offers a unique culturally specific analysis into the ways in which homophobia in Northern Ireland has been informed and sustained during the latter half of the twentieth century. This book takes the failure of the British Government to extend the 1967 Sexual Offences Act to Northern Ireland as its central point to demonstrate the subtle but important differences governing attitudes towards homosexuality in Northern Ireland. Both homophobia and hate crimes are shown to be situated within the framework of Northern Ireland's socio-political history as well as part of an overall culture of violence which existed as a result of 'the Troubles'. Duggan shows how the influence of moral and religious conservatism born out of sectarian divisions led to homophobia becoming an integral part of community cohesion and identity formation. Decades of political instability led to the marginalization of rights for lesbians and gay men but the peace process has led to the development of a discourse of equality which is slowly allowing sexual minorities to situate themselves within the new Northern Ireland. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138111042

Queering Creole Spiritual TraditionsLesbian Gay Bisexual and Transgender Participation in African-Inspired Traditions in the Americas What roles do queer and transgender people play in the African diasporic religions? Queering Creole Spiritual Traditions: Lesbian Gay Bisexual and Transgender Participation in African-Inspired Traditions in the Americas is a groundbreaking scholarly exploration of this long-neglected subject. It offers clear insight into the complex dynamics of gender and sexual orientation humans and deities and race and ethnicity within these richly nuanced spiritual practices. Queering Creole Spiritual Traditions explores the ways in which gender complexity and same-sex intimacy are integral to the primary beliefs and practices of these faiths. It begins with a comprehensive overview of Vodou Santeria and other African-based religions. The second section includes extensive revealing interviews with practitioners who offer insight into the intersection of their beliefs their sexual orientation and their gender identity. Finally it provides a powerful analysis of the ways these traditions have inspired artists musicians and writers such as Audre Lorde as well as informative interviews with the artists themselves. In Queering Creole Spiritual Traditions you will discover: how the presence of androgynous divinities affects both faith and practice in Vodou Candomble Santeria and other Creole religions how the phenomenon of possession or embodiment by a god or goddess may validate queer identity and nurture gender complexity who practices the African-derived spiritual traditions what they believe and who their deities are how these faiths have influenced the art and aesthetic traditions of the West This landmark book opens a fascinating new world of thought and belief. The authors provide rigorous documentation and faultless scholarly method as well as personal experience and the testimony of believers. Queering Creole Spiritual Traditions sheds new light on two widely different fields: LGBT studies and the theology of the African diaspora. A thorough bibliography points the way to further study and an extensive photograph gallery provides a unique look at the believers and their practices. Every library with holdings in queer theory African mythology or sociology of religion should have this landmark volume. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315783871

Queering Families Schooling PublicsKeywords At a time of increasingly diverse and dynamic debates on the intersections of contemporary LGBTQ rights trans* visibility same-sex families and sexualities education there is surprisingly little writing on what it means to queer notions of family and kinship networks in global context. Building on the recent wave of scholarship on queerness in families and how families intersect with schools schooling and educational institutions more broadly this book considers how we are taught to enact family at home at school and through the media and how this pedagogy has shifted and changed over time. Conceived as a collection of keywords that take up the vocabulary of queerness queering practices and queer families the authors employ a nuanced intersectional approach to connect the damaging and persistent invisibility of their subject to the complex and dominant and normalizing discourses of marriage and family. Offering post-structural post-humanist and new materialist perspectives on kinship and the family this book moves the conversation forward by critically interrogating and expanding upon current knowledges about gender diversity queer kinship and pedagogy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367878672

Queering Fat Embodiment Cultural anxieties about fatness and the attendant stigmatisation of fat bodies have lent a medical authority and cultural legitimacy to what can be described as ’fat-phobia’. Against the backdrop of the ever-growing medicalisation pathologisation and commodification of fatness coupled with the moral panic over an alleged ’obesity epidemic’ this volume brings together the latest scholarship from various critical disciplines to challenge existing ideas of fat and fat embodiment. Shedding light on the ways in which fat embodiment is lived experienced regulated and (re)produced across a range of cultural sites and contexts Queering Fat Embodiment destabilises established ideas about fat bodies making explicit the intersectionality of fat identities and thereby countering the assertion that fat studies has in recent years reproduced a white ableist heteronormative subjectivity in its analyses. A critical queer examination on fatness Queering Fat Embodiment will be of interest to scholars of cultural and queer theory sociology and media studies working on questions of embodiment stigmatisation and gender and sexuality. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367600778

Queering FemininitySexuality Feminism and the Politics of Presentation Queering Femininity focuses on femininity as a style of gender presentation and asks how (and whether) it can be refigured as a creative and queer style of the body. Drawing on a range of feminist texts and interviews with self-identifying queer femmes from the LGBTQ community Hannah McCann argues that the tendency to evaluate femininity as only either oppressive or empowering limits our understanding of its possibilities. She considers the dynamic aspects of feminine embodiment that cannot simply be understood in terms of gender normativity and negotiates a path between understanding both the attachments people hold to particular gender identities and styles and recognising the punitive realities of dominant gender norms and expectations. Topics covered range from second wave feminist critiques of beauty culture to the importance of hair in queer femme presentation. This book offers students and researchers of Gender Queer and Sexuality Studies a fresh new take on the often troubled relationship between feminism and femininity a critical but generous reading that highlights the potential for an affirmative orientation that is not confined by the demands of identity politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367370862

Queering IndiaSame-Sex Love and Eroticism in Indian Culture and Society Queering India is the first book to provide an understanding of same-sex love and eroticism in Indian culture and society. The essays focus on pre-colonial colonial and post-colonial gay and lesbian life in India to provide a comprehensive look at a much neglected topic. The topics are wide-ranging considering film literature popular culture historical and religious texts law and other aspects of life in India. Specifically the essays cover such issues as Deepa Mehta's recent and controversial film Fire which focused on lesbian relationships in India; the Indian penal code which outlaws homosexual acts; a case of same-sex love and murder in colonial India; homophobic fiction and homoerotic advertising in current day India; and lesbian subtext in Hindu scripture. All of the essays are original to the collection. Queering India promises to change the way we understand India as well as gay and lesbian life and sexuality around the world. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203951217

Queering International LawPossibilities Alliances Complicities Risks This ground-breaking collection reflects the growing momentum of interest in the international legal community in meshing the insights of queer legal theory with those critical theories that have a much longer genealogy – notably postcolonial and feminist analyses. Beyond the push in the human rights field to ensure respect for the rights of people with diverse sexual orientations and gender identities queer legal theory provides a means to examine the structural assumptions and conceptual architecture that underpin the normative framework and operation of international law highlighting bias and blind spots and offering fresh perspectives and practical innovations.The contributors to the book use queer legal theory to critically analyse the basic tenets and operations of international law with many surprising thought-provoking and instructive results. The volume will be of interest to many scholars students and researchers in international law international relations cultural studies gender studies queer studies and postcolonial studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367886370

Queering KnowledgeAnalytics Devices and Investments after Marilyn Strathern This volume draws on the significance of the work of Marilyn Strathern in respect of its potential to queer anthropological analysis and to foster the reimagining of the object of anthropology. The authors examine the ways in which Strathern’s varied analytics facilitate the construction of alternative forms of anthropological thinking and greater understanding of how knowledge practices of queer objects subjects and relations operate and take effect. Queering Knowledge offers an innovative collection of writing bringing about queer and anthropological syntheses through Strathern’s oeuvre. It will be relevant to scholars from anthropology as well as a number of other disciplines including gender sexuality and queer studies. *Winner of the 2020 Ruth Benedict Prize for Outstanding Edited Volume* Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138230989

Queering Modernist TranslationThe Poetics of Race Gender and Queerness Queering Modernist Translation explores translations by Ezra Pound Langston Hughes and H.D. through the concept of queering translation. As Bancroft argues queering translation is an intersectional lens for gleaning identity and socio-cultural issues in translation such as gender sexuality diaspora and race. Using theories espoused by Jack Halberstam José Esteban Muñoz Elizabeth Grosz Sara Ahmed and Rinaldo Walcott as foundations for his arguments Bancroft demonstrates that queering translation offers more expansive ways of imagining the relationship between translation and the identities cultures and societies that produce them. Intervening in new Modernist studies and translation studies Queering Modernist Translation furthers contemporary conversations regarding Modernism and its lasting importance in the twenty-first century. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367509156

Queering Norway The articles in this collection indicate the still powerful role of queer theory in questioning the political social cultural institutional hegemony of heterosexuality in culture and society at large as well as in academic research institutions. Written from the perspective of the northern European periphery Queering Norway specifically reflects the challenges queer theory poses for ways of thinking about sexuality and identity in Norway. At the same time the questions raised in the articles have wide relevance. From within their various fields (sociology anthropology ethnology archeology linguistics psychology media studies and religious studies) the writers attempt to develop a language enabling them to recognize the multiple social relations possible in contemporary societies a language in which neither "queer" nor "homosexual" ousts the other but in which the goal is to work read and write in the in-between spaces where no single difference is elevated above any other. This book was published as a special issue of the Journal of Homosexuality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315876900

Queering Religion Religious Queers This collection considers how religious identity interplays with other forms and contexts of identity specifically those related to sexual identity. It asks how these intersections are formed negotiated and resisted across time and places including the UK Europe North America Australia and the Global South. Questions around ‘queer’ engagements in same-sex marriages civil partnerships and other practices (e.g. adoption) have created a number of provoking stances and policy provisions – but what remains unanswered is how people experience and situate themselves within sometimes competing or ‘contradictory’ moments as ‘religious queers’ who may be tasked with ‘queering religion’. Additionally the presumed paradoxes of ‘marriage’ queer sexuality religion and youth combine to generate a noteworthy generational absence. This leads to questions about where ‘religious queers’ reside resist and relate experiences of intersecting religious and sexual lives. In looking at interconnectedness this collection offers international contributions which bridge the ‘contradictions’ in queering religion and in making visible ‘religious queers.’ It provides insight into older and younger people’s understandings of religiosity queer cultures and religious groups. A small but active religious minority in the US has received much attention for its anti-gay political activity; much less attention has been paid to the more positive supportive role that religious-based groups play in e.g. providing housing education and political advocacy for queer youth. Queer methodologies and intersectional approaches offer a lens both theoretically and methodologically to uncover the salience of related social divisions and identities. This collection is both innovative and sensitive to ‘blended’ identities and their various enactments. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138546202

Queering Teen CultureAll-American Boys and Same-Sex Desire in Film and Television Why did Fonzie hang around with all those high school boys?Is the overwhelming boy-meets-girl content of popular teen movies music books and TV just a cover for an undercurrent of same-sex desire? From the 1950s to the present popular culture has involved teenage boys falling for longing over dreaming about singing to and fighting over teenage girls. But Queering Teen Culture analyzes more than 200 movies and TV shows to uncover who Frankie Avalon’s character was really in love with in those beach movies and why Leif Garrett became a teen idol in the 1970s. In Top 40 songs teen magazines movies TV soap operas and sitcoms teenagers are defined by their pubescent “discovery” of the opposite sex universally and without exception. Queering Teen Culture looks beyond the litany to find out when adults became so insistent about teenage sexual desire—and why—and finds evidence of same-sex desire romantic interactions and identities that according to the dominant ideology do not and cannot exist. This provocative book examines the careers of male performers whose teenage roles made them famous (including Ricky Nelson Pat Boone Fabian and James Darren) and discusses examples of lesbian desire (including I Love Lucy and Laverne and Shirley). Queering Teen Culture examines: Ozzie and Harriet Father Knows Best and Leave It to Beaver: Were Ricky Bud and Wally sufficiently straight? the juvenile delinquent films of the 1950s: Why weren’t the rebel-without-a-cause “bad boys” interested in girls? horror sci-fi and zombies from outer space: “Body of a boy! Mind of a monster! Soul of an unearthly thing!” teen idols—pretty androgynous and feminine: No wonder they were rumored to be “funny” beach movies: She wants to plan their wedding but he wants to surf sky-dive and go drag racing with the guys Biker-hippies boys of the late 1960s: “I know your scene—don’t think I don’t!” the 1950s nostalgia of the 1970s: Why does Fonzie spend all his time with high school boys? teen gore: What makes the psycho-killer angry? and much more including Gidget the Brat Pack buddy dramas nerds and “operators ” Saved by the Bell The Real World and the incredible shrinking teenager Queering Teen Culture is an essential read for academics working in cultural and gay studies and for anyone else with an interest in popular culture. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315801667

Queering the Interior Queering the Interior problematizes the familiar space of ‘home’. It deploys a queer lens to view domestic interiors and conventions and uncovers some of the complexities of homemaking for queer people.Each of the book’s six sections focuses on a different room or space inside the home. The journey starts with entryways and continues through kitchens living spaces bedrooms bathrooms and finally closets and studies. In each case up to three specialists bring their disciplinary expertise and queer perspectives to bear. The result is a fascinating collection of essays by scholars from literary studies geography sociology anthropology history and art history. The contributors use historical and sociological case studies; spatial art and literary analyses; interviews; and experimental visual approaches to deliver fresh detailed and grounded perspectives on the home and its queer dimensions. A highly creative approach to the analysis of domestic spaces Queering the Interior makes an important contribution to the fields of gender studies social and cultural history cultural studies design architecture anthropology sociology and cultural geography. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781350116313

Queering the Migrant in Contemporary European Cinema This exciting and original volume offers the first comprehensive critical study of the recent profusion of European films and television addressing sexual migration and seeking to capture the lives and experiences of LGBTIQ+ migrants and refugees. Queering the Migrant in Contemporary European Cinema argues that embodied cinematic representations of the queer migrant even if at times highly ambivalent and contentious constitute an urgent new repertoire of queer subjectivities and socialities that serve to undermine the patrolled borders of gender and sexuality nationhood and citizenship and refigure or queer fixed notions and universals of identity like ‘Europe’ and national belonging based on the model of the　family. At stake ethically and politically is the elaboration of a ‘transborder’ consciousness and aesthetics that counters the homonationalist xenophobic and homo/trans-phobic representation of the ‘migrant to Europe’ figure rooted in the toxic binaries of othering (the good vs bad migrant host vs guest indigenous vs foreigner).　 Bringing together 16 contributors working in different national film traditions and embracing multiple theoretical perspectives this powerful and timely collection will be of major interest to both specialists and students in Film and Media Studies Gender and Queer Studies Migration/Mobility Studies Cultural Studies and Aesthetics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367209384

Queering the Museum Queering the Museum develops a queer analysis of the ways in which museums construct themselves their core business and their publics through the often unconscious use of inherited ways of knowing and doing. Providing a critique of both the practices and conventions associated with the modern public museum and the ontological assumptions that inform them the authors consider recent discourse around inclusion in museums and explore the ways this has been taken up in practice. Highlighting the limits of particular approaches to inclusion and the failure to move away from a traditional museological paradigm the book outlines an alternative critical museological approach that the authors refer to as ‘queer’. Providing readers with the critical tools necessary for a profound rethinking of museum practice the book also responds to and problematises the growing call for social inclusion. Queering the Museum will appeal to academics students and museum and arts sector practitioners with an interest in critical theory or queer practice. It will be of particular interest to those working in the fields of museum studies sociology archaeology anthropology cultural studies media social policy politics philosophy and history. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815359623

Queering the Non/Human What might it mean to queer the Human? By extension how is the Human employed within queer theory? These questions invite a reconsideration of the way we think about queer theory the category of the Human and the act of queering itself. This interdisciplinary volume of essays gathers together essays by international pioneering scholars in queer theory critical theory cultural studies and science studies who have written on topics as diverse as Christ the Antichrist dogs starfish werewolves vampires murderous dolls cartoons corpses bacteria nanoengineering biomesis the incest taboo the death drive and the 'queer' in queer theory. Contributors include Robert Azzarello Karen Barad Phillip A. Bernhardt-House Jeffrey Jerome Cohen Claire Colebrook Noreen Giffney Judith Halberstam Donna J. Haraway Eva Hayward Myra J. Hird Karalyn Kendall Vicki Kirby Alice Kuzniar Patricia MacCormack Robert Mills Luciana Parisi and Erin Runions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138247789

Queering the Pitch When the first edition of Queering the Pitch was published in early 1994 it was immediately hailed as a landmark and defining work in the new field of Gay Musicology. In light of the explosion of Gay Musicology since 1994 a new edition of Queering the Pitch is timely and needed. In this new work the editors are including a landmark essay by Philip Brett on Gay Musicology its history and scope. The essay itself has become a cause celebre and this will be its first full appearance in print. Along with this new historical essay the editors are contributing a new introduction that outlines the changes that have occurred over the last decade as Gay Musicology has grown. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203944189

Queering the Popular Pitch Queering the Popular Pitch is a new collection of 19 essays that situate queering within the discourse of sex and sexuality in relation to popular music. This investigation addresses the changing debates within gay lesbian and queer discourse in relation to the dissemination of musical texts -performance cultural production and sexual meaning - situating music within the broader patterns of culture that it both mirrors and actively reproduces. The collection is divided into four parts:queering borders queer spaces hidden histories queer thoughts mixed media. Queering the Popular Pitch will appeal to students of popular music Gay and Lesbian studies. With case studies and essays by leading popular music scholars it provides insightful discourse in a growing field of musicological research. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203036266

Queering Translation Translating the QueerTheory Practice Activism This groundbreaking work is the first full book-length publication to critically engage in the emerging field of research on the queer aspects of translation and interpreting studies. The volume presents a variety of theoretical and disciplinary perspectives through fifteen contributions from both established and up-and-coming scholars in the field to demonstrate the interconnectedness between translation and queer aspects of sex gender and identity. The book begins with the editors’ introduction to the state of the field providing an overview of both current and developing lines of research and builds on this foundation to look at this research more closely grouped around three different sections: Queer Theorizing of Translation; Case Studies of Queer Translations and Translators; and Queer Activism and Translation. This interdisciplinary approach seeks to not only shed light on this promising field of research but also to promote cross fertilization between these disciplines towards further exploring the intersections between queer studies and translation studies making this volume key reading for students and scholars interested in translation studies queer studies politics and activism and gender and sexuality studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367365677

Queering Tribal Folktales from East and Northeast India This book explores queer potentialities in the tribal folktales of India. It elucidates the queer elements in the oral narratives of four indigenous communities from East and Northeast India which are found to be significant repositories of gender fluidity and non-normative desires. Departing from the popular understanding that ‘Otherness’ results largely from undue exposure to Western permissiveness the author reveals how minority sexualities actually have their roots in aboriginal indigenous cultures and do not necessarily constitute a mimicry of the West. The volume endeavours to demystify the politics behind such vindictive propagation to sensitize the queerphobic mainstream about the essential endogenous presence of the queer in the spaces that are aboriginal. Based on extensive interdisciplinary research this book is a first of its kind in the study of indigenous queer narratives. It will be useful to scholars and researchers of queer studies gender studies tribal and indigenous studies literature cultural studies postcolonialism sociology political studies and South Asian studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9780367541835

Queerness in Heavy Metal MusicMetal Bent While the growing field of scholarship on heavy metal music and its subcultures has produced excellent work on the sounds scenes and histories of heavy metal around the world few works have included a study of gender and sexuality. This cutting-edge volume focuses on queer fans performers and spaces within the heavy metal sphere and demonstrates the importance pervasiveness and subcultural significance of queerness to the heavy metal ethos. Heavy metal scholarship has until recently focused almost solely on the roles of heterosexual hypermasculinity and hyperfemininity in fans and performers. The dependence on that narrow dichotomy has limited heavy metal scholarship resulting in poorly critiqued discussions of gender and sexuality that serve only to underpin the popular imagining of heavy metal as violent homophobic and inherently masculine. This book queers heavy metal studies bringing discussions of gender and sexuality in heavy metal out of that poorly theorized dichotomy. In this interdisciplinary work the author connects new and existing scholarship with a strong ethnographic study of heavy metal’s self-identified queer performers and fans in their own words thus giving them a voice and offering an original and ground-breaking addition to scholarship on popular music rock and queer studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815365587

Queerness in Pop MusicAesthetics Gender Norms and Temporality This book investigates the phenomenon of queering in popular music and video interpreting the music of numerous pop artists styles and idioms. The focus falls on artists such as Lady Gaga Madonna Boy George Diana Ross Rufus Wainwright David Bowie Azealia Banks Zebra Katz Freddie Mercury the Pet Shop Boys George Michael and many others. Hawkins builds his concept of queerness upon existing theories of opacity and temporality which involves a creative interdisciplinary approach to musical interpretation. He advocates a model of analysis that involves both temporal-specific listening and biographic-oriented viewing. Music analysis is woven into this illuminating aspects of parody nostalgia camp naivety masquerade irony and mimesis in pop music. One of the principal aims is to uncover the subversive strategies of pop artists through a wide range of audiovisual texts that situate the debates on gender and sexuality within an aesthetic context that is highly stylized and ritualized.　Queerness in Pop Music also addresses the playfulness of much pop music offering insights into how discourses of resistance are mediated through pleasure. Given that pop artists songwriters producers directors choreographers and engineers all contribute to the final composite of the pop recording it is argued that the staging of any pop act is a collective project. The implications of this are addressed through structures of gender ethnicity nationality class and sexuality. Ultimately Hawkins contends that queerness is a performative force that connotes futurity and utopian promise. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367597382

Queers Bis and Straight LiesAn Intersectional Examination of LGBTQ Stigma Though there have been great advances for LGBTQ people in recent years stigma intolerance and prejudice remain.　Queers Bis and Straight Lies: An Intersectional Examination of LGBTQ Stigma offers an in-depth exploration of LGBTQ negativity through its ground-breaking use of Norm-Centered Stigma Theory (NCST) the first ever theory about stigma that is both testable and well-positioned in existing stigma scholarship. Based on research with more than 3 000 respondents hetero-cis-normativity and intersectionality are highlighted as fundamental in understanding separate but interconnected discussions about LGBTQ individuals’ experiences with discrimination harassment and violence. With chapters dedicated to lesbian women gay men bisexual women bisexual men trans women trans men non-binary/genderqueer people queer women and queer men Queers Bis and Straight Lies brings together empirically-driven findings that work toward dismantling "straight lies" in an innovative and impactful manner. Through its novel and critical approach Queers Bis and Straight Lies is the ideal resource for those who want to learn about LGBTQ stigma more broadly and for those who seek a nuanced theory-driven and intersectional examination of how LGBTQ prejudices and prejudicial experiences differ by gender identity sexual identity race/ethnicity and class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138241459

Queers in State SocialismCruising 1970s Poland This short collection of essays engages with queer lives and activism in 1970s Poland illustrating discourses about queerness and a trajectory of the struggle for rights which clearly sets itself apart and differs from a Western-based narrative of liberation. Contributors to this volume paint an uneven landscape of queer life in state-socialist Poland in the 1970s and early 1980s. They turn to oral history interviews and archival sources which include police files personal letters literature and criticism writings by sexuality experts and documentation of artistic practice. Unlike most of Europe Poland did not penalize same-sex acts although queer people were commonly treated with suspicion and vilified. But while many homosexual men and most lesbian women felt invisible and alone some had the sense of belonging to a fledgling community. As they looked to the West hoping for a sexual revolution that never quite arrived they also preserved informal queer institutions dating back to the prewar years and used them to their advantage. Medical experts conversed with peers across the Iron Curtain but developed their own "socialist" methods and successfully prompted the state to recognize transgender rights even as that state remained determined to watch and intimidate homosexual men. Literary critics translators and art historians began debating—and they debate still—how to read gestures defying gender and sexual norms: as an aspect of some global "gay" formation or as stemming from locally grounded queer traditions. Emphasizing the differences of Poland’s LGBT history from that of the "global" West while underscoring the existing lines of communication between queer subjects on either side of the Iron Curtain this book will be of key interest to scholars and students in gender and sexuality studies social history and politics. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367563349

Queerying Families of Origin This book provides an original insight into how families of origin of Gay Lesbian Bisexual and Transgender (GLBT) people are involved in negotiating meanings and experiences of sexuality and intimacy an underexplored dimension of queer family life. Delving into the perspectives of families of origin and showing the complexity and heterogeneity of the ways people with their different gender and sexual identities "do" families across generations it contributes to querying the very distinction between families of origin and families of choice and questions the (hetero)normative assumptions about forms and boundaries of family this distinction rests upon. A focus on marginal contexts such as Southern Europe and on marginal subjects like bisexuals or black lesbians is proposed as a way to challenge the universality of privileged narratives within heteronormativity homonormativity and anglocentrism and to reveal unexpected resources families of origin mobilise to make sense of GLBT identities and lived experiences. The book poses a crucial question: how can alliances along family ties develop on the basis of shared stories of family diversity and marginalised identities rather than of loving (and normative) support to GLBT people in need and an advocacy in their name from a position of heterosexual privilege? This book was originally published in Journal of GLBT Family Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138383906

Queerying PlanningChallenging Heteronormative Assumptions and Reframing Planning Practice Current planning practices have largely neglected the needs of the Lesbian Gay Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT) community for safe urban spaces in which to live work and play. This volume fills the gap in the literature on the planning and development of queer spaces and highlights some of the resistance within the planning profession to incorporate gay and lesbian concerns into the planning mainstream. Planning lags behind other disciplines concerned with queer urban issues. In contrast the field of geography has developed a rich sub-specialty in the geographies of sex and gender that examines spaces and the variety of non-heteronormative populations that inhabit them. This volume brings together both planners and geographers with experience in planning to examine some of the fundamental assumptions of urban planning as they relate to the LGBT community. The first few chapters are substantial revisions and expansions of earlier influential work on planning for non-conformist populations and the preservation of LGBT neighborhoods. Subsequent chapters comprise original contributions that draw on the rich literature from queer theory planning theory and the geography of sexualities to explore the ways that nonconformist populations struggle with heteronormative expectations embedded in planning theory and procedures. These chapters consider the intersection of planning and a range of populations including transgendered and gender variant individuals. Subsequent chapters examine the ways that variations in the scale of urban and regional governance influence local politics around the implementation of more equitable policies at the city level. In addition several chapters critically examine the implications of using the tolerance component of Richard Florida's "creative cities" arguments. The final section consists of two chapters that explore the ways that urban planning regimes have been used to regulate sexually-oriented businesses and the way this regulation of sexualized spaces has implications on the heteronormativity of plans and planners. In summary these chapters interrogate planning practice and pose questions for academic and professional planners about the ways that the queer community and its needs for spaces have shifted. What do those changes mean for the practice of planning 40 years after the North American Stonewall rebellion and looking forward to the next 40 years? To what extent does existing planning practice constrain the evolution of queer communities or seek to commercialize such spaces to the benefit of large developers and the detriment of marginalized members of the community? How might planning practice change to provide more direct support to the evolution of queer people and the spaces in which they live? This volume draws on these insights as well as the experiences of the various authors to lay out possible future directions for the field of planning to create truly inclusive urban areas. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781409428152

Quentin Tarantino Quentin Tarantino is one of the best-known living American filmmakers in the world and the story of his career has been the subject of a number of books and articles. But what do his films mean? In this new study Edward Gallafent does not look at Tarantino’s story but at the films themselves. He asks to what extent Tarantino can be seen as a specifically American filmmaker with the kinds of preoccupations and interests that have formed part of Hollywood’s traditions and also how he explores the expressive possibilities of current cinema. The book concentrates on the main feature films of Tarantino’s career so far: Reservoir Dogs Pulp Fiction Jackie Brown and the two volumes of Kill Bill. Apart from Kill Bill the films are not treated individually but in terms of some of the subjects that connect them together such as success and tradition their notorious deployment of violence and Tarantino’s approach to story-telling: his interest in presenting events out of chronological order. The book also covers adaptations of Tarantino’s work looking at the screenplays of True Romance and Natural Born Killers as well as the films made from them and compares Tarantino’s approach to adapting Elmore Leonard with that of another important American filmmaker Paul Schrader. The aim of the book is to explore these topics and to take the reader back to what the American critic Robert Warshow called the ‘actual immediate experience of seeing and responding to the movies’. It is designed to appeal both to those who were excited by the films on first seeing them in the cinema and to those taking the opportunity of reconsidering them on the screen or on DVD. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138147454

Quest For A Unified Theory First published in 1999. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138984363

Quest for Equality in Freedom This book describes and analyzes the gravest crisis now facing constitutional democracy: the fundamental conflict between liberal and egalitarian values. Particularly stressed in this analysis are such aspects of the crisis as its origins ideological tensions and public policy ramifications. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513877

Quest For Sheba Published in the year 2005 Quest for Sheba is a valuable contribution to the field of Middle Eastern Studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415651233

Quest For The Jade SeaColonial Competition Around An East African Lake The last of the major African lakes to be visited by European travelers in the late nineteenth century Lake Rudolf lies in the eastern arm of the great Rift Valley in present-day northern Kenya near the Ethiopian border. Also known as Lake Turkana Lake Rudolf is a large saltwater body two hundred miles long and forty miles wide. Fed by the Omo R Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367317515

Quest for the Unity of Knowledge Is unity of knowledge possible? Is it desirable? Two rival visions clash. One seeks a single way of explaining everything known and knowable about ourselves and the universe. The other champions diverse modes of understanding served by disparate kinds of evidence. Contrary views pit science against the arts and humanities. Scientists generally laud and seek convergence. Artists and humanists deplore amalgamation as a threat to humane values. These opposing perspectives flamed into hostility in the 1950s "Two Cultures" clash. They culminate today in new efforts to conjoin insights into physical nature and human culture and new fears lest such syntheses submerge what the arts and humanities most value. This book stemming from David Lowenthal’s inaugural Stockholm Archipelago Lectures explores the Two Cultures quarrel’s underlying ideologies. Lowenthal shows how ingrained bias toward unity or diversity shapes major issues in education religion genetics race relations heritage governance and environmental policy. Aimed at a general academic audience Quest for the Unity of Knowledge especially targets those in conservation ecology history of ideas museology and heritage studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138625686

Questioning AllegianceResituating Civic Education Education about living in society and in the world is a vital task of schools. Yet such civic education is not always critically examined and few among us have been encouraged to reflect on our civic education experiences. Around the world one’s civic education most often looks like a black box. How it works is unclear. When human harm violence and oppression can be seen in a wide variety of contexts it is worth critically examining civic education. Could it be that civic education is not playing a helpful role in society? Can it be done differently and better? As one reflects on the contemporary social world it is helpful to examine the assumptions surrounding education for living together to think about current modes and possible alternatives. Otherwise one might end up promoting allegiance to civic and partisan entities which are themselves black boxes (the ‘nation’ the ‘people’) failing to notice when and how what goes on in civic education is morally questionable. This book aims to elucidate some of the black box of civic education and focuses on some of its main operations across contexts. Offering a new framework for students and academics this book questions existing thinking and shifts the focus of attention from the right balance to strike between local national and global allegiances to the more fundamental question of what counts as ‘local’ ‘national’ and ‘global’ and what might be involved in cultivating allegiances to them. It looks at allegiance to not just transnational but also sub-global ‘civilisations’ and it problematises the notion of the ‘local community’ in new ways. This book is the 2020 AESA Critics' Choice Book Award Winner. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138351110

Questioning Architectural JudgmentThe Problem of Codes in the United States The book shines light on the problem of judgment particularly in the realm of architectural "technics" and the codes that regulate it. The struggle to define "sustainability " and thus judge architecture through such lenses is but one dimension of the contemporary problem of judgment. By providing the reader with an inherently interdisciplinary study of a particular discipline—architecture it brings to the topic lenses that challenge the too frequently unexamined assumptions of the discipline. By situating architecture within a broader cultural field and using case studies to dissect the issues discussed the book emphasizes that it is not simply a matter of designing better more efficient or more stringent codes to guide place-making but a matter of reconstructing the boundaries of the systems to be coded. The authors are winners of the EDRA Place-Research Award 2014 for their work on the Green Alley Demonstration Project used in the book. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415840811

Questioning AuthorityPolitical Resistance and the Ethic of Natural Science The West is currently witnessing the slow destruction of the classical liberal tradition. The casualties are reason the willingness to question political or religious authority and the validity of natural science. Replacing these are a crippling intellectual relativism political apathy and a grave misunderstanding of natural science and its concomitant ethic. In this work Diana M. Judd gets to the root of the matter by directly addressing the following questions: What is modern natural science? What effect did it have on how we think about politics? What are the dangers surrounding the marginalization of natural science and the liberal intellectual and political tradition?This is a work of political theory. It seeks to engage the political by addressing the question first posed by the ancient Greeks: How ought we to live? If we have indeed entered the age of endarkenment where religious dogma intellectual apathy and unquestioned authority increasingly hold sway there is a need now more than ever to explore the meaning and significance of the origins of the modern political and scientific traditions Americans take for granted. It is from these traditions that Americans received the ideas of legitimate political resistance reason individual rights religious freedom and natural science. The importance of modern natural science and its relationship to these tenets of classical liberalism is the central concern of this book.Claims that science is dogmatic and ideological and that the tenets of liberalism divide individuals have become commonplace. It is Judd's intention to show how these claims err by exploring what natural science is and how it evolved. This ethic centers on the radical idea that authority must be questioned. We ignore this to our peril. If individuals do not question what leaders say we abdicate the rights and responsibility of self-rule and individual freedom. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513884

Questioning Capital PunishmentLaw Policy and Practice The death penalty has inspired controversy for centuries. Raising questions regarding capital punishment rather than answering them Questioning Capital Punishment offers the footing needed to allow for more informed consideration and analysis of these controversies. Acker edits judicial decisions that have addressed constitutional challenges to capital punishment and its administration in the United States and uses complementary materials to offer historical empirical and normative perspectives about death penalty policies and practices. This book is ideal for upper-level undergraduate and graduate classes in criminal justice. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415639446

Questioning Crime and Criminology This is a text for criminology students designed to take them to the heart of the contradictions confusions and blurred boundaries around the subject of crime about what crime is about social regulation and control and about social responsibility. It focuses on the key questions and issues underpinning them in contemporary definitions representations and explanations of crime. It aims to question the platitudes and cliches surrounding public discussion of crime by acknowledging the individual social and political frameworks within which we explore crime and criminality. Media > Books > E-books Willan 9781843926634

Questioning DerridaWith His Replies on Philosophy This title was first published in 2001. Derrida's work testifies to the problematic state of contemporary thought. Questioning Derrida offers new explorations into Derrida's contribution to philosophy. Presenting contributions from prominent philosophers worldwide this book explores many aspects of Derrida's philosophical perspective. With contributors commenting on a particular topic or defending alternative viewpoints this book examines the work of Plato Hegel Aristotle Heidegger and also the philosophy of science. Focusing on 'problematology' - a conception of philosophy as questioning - the contributors explore this new way of 'doing' philosophy. Including a concluding chapter from Derrida himself this book presents Derrida in question and Derrida and his answers and opens new debate for readers across the fields of philosophy and literature particularly those exploring the work of Derrida issues in continental philosophy and the theory of questioning. Michel Meyer is Director of the Revue Internationale de Philosophie journal and based at Université Libre de Bruxelles Belgium. He is also the series editor of Ashgate's Philosophy in Question series which is published in association with Revue Internationale de Philosophie from which the volumes in the series evolve. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138296473

Questioning Financial Governance from a Feminist Perspective Questioning Financial Governance from a Feminist Perspective brings together feminist economists and feminist political economists from different countries located in North America and Europe to analyze the ‘strategic silence’ about gender in fiscal and monetary policy and financial regulation. This silence reflects a set of assumptions that the key instruments of financial governance are gender-neutral. This often masks the ways in which financial governance operates to the disadvantage of women and reinforces gender inequality. This book examines both the transformations in the governance of finance that predate the financial crisis as well as some dimension of the crisis itself. The transformations increasingly involved private as well as public forms of power along with institutions of state and civil society operating at the local national regional and global levels. An important aspect of these transformations has been the creation of policy rules (often enacted in laws) that limit the discretion of national policy makers with respect to fiscal monetary and financial sector policies. These policy rules tend to have inscribed in them a series of biases that have gender (as well as class and race-based) outcomes. The biases identified by the authors in the various chapters are the deflationary bias male breadwinner bias and commodification bias adding two new biases: risk bias and creditor bias. The originality of the book is that its primary focus is on macroeconomic policies (fiscal and monetary) and financial governance from a feminist perspective with a focus on the gross domestic product and its fluctuations and growth paid employment and inflation the budget surplus/deficit levels of government expenditure and tax revenue and supply of money. The central findings are that the key instruments of financial governance are not gender neutral. Each chapter considers examples of financial governance and how it relates to the gender order including divisions of labour and relations of power and privilege. This book is key reading for anyone studying feminist economics and should also be of interest to those researching macroeconomics political economics and women’s studies. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415676700

Questioning FoundationsTruth Subjectivity and Culture First published in 1993. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor and Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138457539

Questioning IdentitiesPhilosophy in Psychoanalytic Practice This book offers a revision of psychoanalytic theory. It highlights how philosophical perspectives on language embodiment time history and conscious/unconscious experiences can contribute to clinical interpretations of gender sexuality race age culture and class. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367326517

Questioning in the Primary School This book is one of a set of eight innovative yet practical resource books for teachers focussing on the classroom and covering vital skills for primary and secondary teachers. The books are strongly influenced by the findings of numerous research projects during which hundreds of teachers were observed at work. The first editions of the series were bestsellers and these revised second editions will be equally welcomed by teachers eager to improve their teaching skills. The ability to ask intelligent and searching questions to use questioning for different purposes and to know what to do with the answers is crucial to teachers of all subjects and age groups. Sometimes a whole lesson can be built around one or two key questions. In Questioning in the Primary School esteemed authors Ted Wragg and George Brown explore the wide range of questions that teachers can ask from those requiring simple recall of information right up to those that stimulate complex reasoning imagination and speculation. The book explores the various strategies open to teachers and through a combination of activities and discussion points helps pupils to: *reflect upon their use of questions*develop their approaches to preparing using and evaluating questions*explore ways to encourage pupils to ask questions. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138172302

Questioning in the Secondary School The ability to ask intelligent and searching questions to use questioning for different purposes and to know what to do with the answers is crucial to teachers of all subjects and age groups. Sometimes a whole lesson can be built around one or two key questions. Ted Wragg and George Brown explore the wide range of questions that teachers can ask from those requiring simple recall of information right up to those that stimulate complex reasoning imagination and speculation. The book explores the various strategies open to teachers and through a combination of activities and discussion points helps them to: reflect upon their use of questions develop their approaches to preparing using and evaluating questions explore ways to encourage pupils to ask questions. This book is one of a set of eight innovative yet practical resource books for teachers focussing on the classroom and covering vital skills for primary and secondary teachers. The books are strongly influenced by the findings of numerous research projects during which hundreds of teachers were observed at work. The first editions of the series were bestsellers and these revised second editions will be equally welcomed by teachers eager to improve their teaching skills. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138466395

Questioning LeadershipNew directions for educational organisations Questioning Leadership offers a diverse mix of cutting-edge research in the field of educational leadership with contributions from expert and emerging leadership scholars. It contextualises school leadership within broader social and historical contexts and traces its influence on school performance through time from its relatively modest role within a systems theory paradigm to its growing influence from the 1980s onwards as exercising leadership came to be perceived as being largely responsible for improving educational outcomes. This book invites the reader to challenge the current orthodoxy of leader-centrism and instead reflect more broadly on the various structural and institutional interrelationships that determine how a school functions successfully. It poses challenging questions such as: Is leadership really necessary for high-quality school performance? Can schools function effectively without leadership? Is it possible to describe the work that principals do without using the word ‘leadership’? How do we challenge the assumption that leadership simply exists and that it is seen as the appropriate default explanation for school performance? This book does not assume that leadership is the key to organisational performance although it acknowledges the work that principals do. It goes against current orthodoxy and offers varied perspectives on how leadership might be repositioned vis-à-vis organisational and institutional structures. It also suggests some new directions for leading and learning and throws open a discussion on leadership that for too long has been captured by the assumption that the leader is the cause of organisational performance and learning outcomes in schools. At a time when leadership’s dominance seems unshakeable this is a bold book that should appeal to postgraduate students of educational leadership and management those undertaking training in educational administration and current school leaders interested in exploring the value of leadership for educational organisations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138327399

Questioning PlayWhat play can tell us about social life What is play? Why do we play? What can play teach us about our life as social beings? In this critical investigation into the significance of play Henning Eichberg argues that through play we can ask questions about the world others and ourselves. Playing a game and asking a question are two forms of human practice that are fundamentally connected. This book presents a practice-based philosophical approach to understanding play that begins with empirical study drawing on historical sociological and anthropological investigations of play in the real world from contemporary Danish soccer to war games and folk dances. Its ten chapters explore topics such as: play as a practice of search playing learning and progress the light and dark sides of play playing games sport and display folk sports popular games and social identity play under the conditions of alienation. From these explorations emerge a phenomenological approach to understanding play and its value in interrogating ourselves and our social worlds. This book offers a challenging contribution to the interdisciplinary field of the philosophy of play. It will be fascinating reading for any student or researcher interested in social and cultural anthropology phenomenology and critical sociology as well as the ethics and philosophy of sport leisure studies and the sociology of sport. . Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815357261

Questioning Technology In this extraordinary introduction to the study of the philosophy of technology Andrew Feenberg argues that techonological design is central to the social and political structure of modern societies. Environmentalism information technology and medical advances testify to technology's crucial importance.In his lucid and engaging style Feenberg shows that technology is the medium of daily life. Every major technical changes reverberates at countless levels: economic political and cultural. If we continue to see the social and technical domains as being seperate then we are essentially denying an integral part of our existence and our place in a democratic society.Questioning Tecchnology convinces us that it is vital that we learn more about technology the better to live with it and to manage it. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9780203022313

Questioning the ‘Muslim Woman’Identity and Insecurity in an Urban Indian Locality The marginalisation of Muslims in India has recently been the subject of heated public debate. In these discussions however Muslim women are often either overlooked or treated as a homogenous group with a common set of interests. Focusing on the narratives of women living in a predominantly Muslim colony in South Delhi this book attempts to demonstrate the complexity of their lives and the multiple levels of insecurity they face. Unlike other studies on Indian Muslims that focus on Islam as a defining factor this book highlights the ways in which religious identity intersects with other identities including class/status regional affiliation and gender. The author also sheds light on the impact of such events as the Babri Masjid demolition in 1992 and the subsequent riots the Gujarat communal carnage in 2002 and the anti-Sikh violence in New Delhi in 1984 along with the rise of Hindutva and growing Islamophobia experienced worldwide in the post-9/11 period — on the articulation of identities at the local level and increasing religion-based spatial segregation in Indian cities. The study highlights how these incidents combine in different ways to increase the sense of marginalisation experienced by Muslims at the level of the locality. Understanding the need to look beyond preconceived religious categories this book will serve as essential reading for those interested in sociology anthropology gender religious and urban studies as well as policymakers and organisations concerned with issues related to religious minorities in India. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge India 9781138660090

Questioning the Language of Improvement and Reform in EducationReclaiming Meaning Questioning the Language of Improvement and Reform in Education challenges the language used in education by linking the language of both the public and professional domains with the changing intentions of the governance of education. Exploring various issues which embody the many manifestations of the manner in which strident conservative language has captured the public view of education the book covers topics such as the importance of language in the context of educational practice the media's portrayal of teachers globally the role of students in the face of curriculum reform and the language used in educational policy worldwide. The book addresses the ways in which the words ‘improvement’ and ‘reform’ have been appropriated and hollowed-out by policymakers in order to justify globalised education policies. Using international case studies and reports the authors argue that the employment of specific words masks the reality that new educational policies are regressive and require re-examination while perpetuating the illusion that progressive educational practice is being brought to the fore. Questioning the Language of Improvement and Reform in Education is a fascinating and original take on this topic which will be of great interest to educational practitioners policymakers and linguists. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367487782

Questioning the New Public Management The book contains a wealth of detailed and fascinating case studies of New Public Management (NPM) in practice in the UK exploring the enactment of NPM in its specific organizational contexts. A range of public services are covered including local government education social work and the police with particular attention paid to the National Health Service. The editors introduce the case studies through an examination of the 'hydra-headed' nature of NPM its variability between sectors and its contested character. This provides themes that are developed within the case studies where in varying organizational contexts the meaning of NPM is negotiated and its impact on those working in the organization is explored. The book points to the complex fluid and negotiated character of NPM as well as its centrality in reconfiguring occupational identities and relations within public service organizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138378773

Questioning the Universality of Human RightsAfrican Charter on Human and People's Rights in Botswana Malawi and Mozambique First published in 1997 this volume analyses the material provisions of the African charter on Human and Peoples’ Rights from 1981 discussing the issues this raises both with respect to the theoretical aspects of human rights law and in relation to its implementation in various African member states. Illustrating the first aspect in particular the question of universality of human rights is discussed; with respect to the national implementation the Southern African states are the main focal points in particular Botswana Malawi and Mozambique. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367000479

Questioning the UniverseConcepts in Physics WINNER 2009 CHOICE AWARD OUTSTANDING ACADEMIC TITLE! The typical introduction to physics leaves readers with the impression that physics is about 30 different unconnected topics such as motion forces gravity electricity light heat energy and atoms. More often than not these readers are left to conclude that physics is mostly about boring lifeless numbers. Questioning the Universe: Concepts in Physics offers the nonscientist an alternative view: one that demonstrates how physics is perpetually evolving and shows how so many seemingly diverse concepts are intimately connected. In fact one could argue that the most important ideas in modern physics are all about unification and that these ideas are as fascinating as they are elegant. Physicists today believe that Mother Nature is remarkably efficient and requires only a relatively small number of laws to keep her universe in working order. We may not yet know all of these laws; but at the center of physics is a faith that she is indeed understandableand that someday we will see her full beauty. The purpose of this book is to tell readers the story of what we have learned about nature so far and how we have done it. Written to arouse curiosity this compelling and readable work: Delves into the most basic laws regarding motion and energy waves and particles Introduces modern theories including relativity quantum mechanics and particle physics Describes the key role played by that elemental building block the atom Discusses the evolution of the universe including the formation of stars and the mystery of dark matter and dark energy This book is not for those doing physics but is aimed at those who simply want to learn about physics so it requires only the most minimal math. What it Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138429680

Questioning the Utopian Springs of Market Economy Revisiting the magnetic poles of Karl Polanyi and Friedrich Hayek on the utopian springs of political economy this book seeks to provide a compass for questioning the market economy of the twenty-first century. For Polanyi in The Great Transformation the utopian springs of the dogma of liberalism existed within the extension of the market mechanism to the ‘fictitious commodities’ of land labour and money. There was nothing natural about laissez-faire. The progress of the utopia of a self-regulating market was backed by the state and checked by a double movement which attempted to subordinate the laws of the market to the substance of human society through principles of self-protection legislative intervention and regulation. For Hayek in The Road to Serfdom the utopia of freedom was threatened by the abandonment of individualism and classical liberalism. The tyranny of government interventionism led to the loss of freedom the creation of an oppressive society and the despotism of dictatorship that led to the serfdom of the individual. Economic planning in the form of socialism and fascism had commonalities that stifled individual freedom. Against the power of the state the guiding principle of the policy of freedom for the individual was advocated. Taking these different aspects of market economy as its point of departure this book promises to deliver a set of essays by leading commentators on twenty- first- century political economy debates relevant to the present conjuncture of neoliberalism. The chapters in this book were originally published in a special issue of the journal Globalizations. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367546267

Questioning Vygotsky's LegacyScientific Psychology or Heroic Cult This accessible collection of essays critically examines Vygotsky’s scientific legacy. The book is solidly grounded in the "revisionist revolution" context and encourages constructive questioning of Vygotsky’s theory of human development. It tackles thought-provoking issues such as the true value of his scholarship the possible falsification of his scientific legacy and the role of political factors and the Communist parties in the worldwide dissemination of his work. It is essential reading on Vygotskian psychology and of interest to students and researchers in developmental psychology history of psychology history of science Soviet/Russian history philosophical science and education. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138481275

Questionnaire ResearchA Practical Guide • Provides step-by-step guidance for students who will be conducting their first surveys to collect factual information measure attitudes and evaluate products services and programs using questionnaires. • Each chapter is structured around easy-to-follow guidelines. • Numerous examples illustrate the guidelines. The examples are on timely topics of interest to students. • This short book is an ideal supplement for guiding students through a class project. At the end of Chapter 1 they write the objectives for their questionnaires. They then follow the guidelines in subsequent chapters to complete their project. • Exercises at the end of each chapter allow students to practice their newly acquired skills. • Students learn that using questionnaires in research is both an art and a science—with principles that need to be followed for efficient effective data collection. • Thoroughly field-tested for student interest and comprehension this book is sure to please both you and your students. • We’ve had highly positive feedback from the numerous professors who have adopted this book to guide students in conducting term projects. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781936523313

Questions & Answers About Block Scheduling For administrators and others involved in the transition to block schedules this book provides answers to the complex and challenging questions raised by the curious and the skeptical. It demonstrates how to overcome obstacles to systemic school improvements. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138435520

Questions & Answers About RTIA Guide to Success As Response-to-Intervention (RTI) models continue to attract a great deal of attention school and district leaders need to understand the structures needed the personnel required the challenges faced and rewards realized from RTI. Questions and Answers About RTI: A Guide to Success is designed to guide a school or district through the implementation of a new RTI program. Moran and Petruzzelli deliver a concrete understanding of the components of a successful RTI model the resources needed and the underlying philosophy. Educators will find this resource rich with practical examples and straight talk. It also provides an easily understandable "how-to" manual for teachers that are being asked to provide service in an RTI structure. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781596671836

Questions About LanguageWhat Everyone Should Know About Language in the 21st Century Questions About Language sets out to answer in a readable yet insightful format a series of vital questions about language some of which language specialists are regularly asked and some of which are so surprising that only the specialists think about them. In this handy guide sixteen language experts answer challenging questions about language from What makes a language a language? to Do people swear because they don’t know enough words? Illustrating the complexity of human language and the way in which we use it the twelve chapters each end with a section on further reading for anyone interested in following up on the topic. Covering core questions about language this is essential reading for both students new to language and linguistics and the interested general reader. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367175016

Questions and Answers on Immigration in Britain This guide to immigration to Britain uses a question and answer format to provide information in simple English. It ranges over: visitors; professional workers; students; business people; working in the UK; settlement; asylum; offences and deportation; appeals and British nationality. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315036533

Questions and Information Systems The design and functioning of an information system improve to the extent that the system can handle the questions people ask. Surprisingly however researchers in the cognitive computer and information sciences have not thoroughly examined the multitude of relationships between information systems and questions -- both question asking and answering. The purpose of this book is to explicitly examine these relationships. Chapter contributors believe that questions play a central role in the analysis design and use of different kinds of natural or artificial information systems such as human cognition social interaction communication networks and intelligent tutoring systems. Their efforts show that data structures and representations need to be organized around the questioning mechanisms in order to achieve a quick retrieval of relevant useful information. Media > Books > E-books Psychology Press 9780203763148

Questions in Aesthetic Education (RLE Edu K) The Question of what ‘aesthetic education’ is or might be is often a source of incomprehension. This book opens up discussion of a complex difficult but highly important topic and offers an introductory survey of the whole area. In examining the relationship of the concept of the aesthetic to that of art it challenges the persistent linking by many educationists of ‘aesthetic’ with ‘creative’ and the consequent neglect of critical reflection and appreciation. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780415751292

Questions of Anthropology Anthropology today seems to shy away from the big comparative questions that ordinary people in many societies find compelling. Questions of Anthropology brings these issues back to the centre of anthropological concerns.Individual essays explore birth death and sexuality puzzles about the relationship between science and religion questions about the nature of ritual work political leadership and genocide and our personal fears and desires from the quest to control the future and to find one's 'true' identity to the fear of being alone. Each essay starts with a question posed by individual ethnographic experience and then goes on to frame this question in a broader comparative context. Written in an engaging and accessible style Questions of Anthropology presents an exciting introduction to the purpose and value of Anthropology today. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781003086482

Questions of AuthorityItalian and Australian Travel Narratives of the Long Nineteenth Century Questions of Authority investigates Italian–Australian literary travel exchanges throughout the long nineteenth century. The 1800s witnessed major transformations in Australian overseas travel: it gradually evolved from a replica of the Continental Grand Tour of the British to a more idiosyncratic cosmopolitan experience either touristic or professional. Moreover it was during the second half of this century that both Italy and Australia underwent crucial political upheavals; these resulted in shifts from colonial and subjugated status to self-government and ultimately independence. This volume connects these geographical political and sociocultural contexts of Italy and Australia by considering their interlaced odeporic library produced at a significant time in history. Additionally this book analyses key texts compiled by Italians in Australia and Australians in Italy: these chiefly consist of voyage accounts but also include the records of explorers missionaries scientists and migrants coming from the Italian peninsula. These primary sources include unpublished travel diaries compiled by the first Victorian women visitors to the Bel Paese which have been largely neglected by scholarship thus far.This examination pinpoints the enduring significance of Italy in travel-related terms showing how this destination was adapted from the map of eighteenth-century British Grand Tourists to that of nineteenth-century Australian holiday makers. Most critically Questions of Authority argues Italian–Australian peripatetic connections entail issues of authority that emerge in the ways in which Italian and Australian travel writers displayed their authorship cultural capital and national identification in relation to the other country. Finally it demonstrates how these are highly regulated by and yet simultaneously challenge British colonial hegemony. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367891053

Questions of Consciousness First published in 1995. Routledge is an imprint of Taylor & Francis an informa company. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138181458

Questions of Culture in Autoethnography Autoethnography allows researchers to make sense of the ‘ethno’ – the cultural – by studying their own experiences â€“ the ‘auto’. It links the self to the cultural allowing for an inductive grounding of theoretical insight into researchers' lived experiences. But what happens when the culture that we research is not conventionally or entirely our ‘own’? What happens when our culture does not neatly conceptualise the ‘auto’ as an individual Western self? And does autoethnographic writing risk reducing cultural ‘Others’ if we cannot help but see them through ‘imperial eyes’? Questions of Culture in Autoethnography showcases how cross-cultural autoethnographies might be done effectively ethically and reflectively. Chapters include: identity work among Tibetans in India and among the descendants of Spanish conquistadores in Appalachia; insider/outsider identities in myriad contexts from Mexico to Japan; embodied (gendered raced sized) intercultural experiences from Samoa to Aotearoa/New Zealand and from Canada to Malawi; and language stories from Korea to Singapore and from Somalia to Australia. It also explores cultural Otherness within ‘a’ culture including researchers’ accounts of working with Indigenous Australians of contesting mainstream cultural narratives from a body positive perspective and as a US American man in New Zealand’s ‘bloke culture’ only seemingly sharing the same English-language-speaking 'Western' culture. For all scholars of qualitative methods and autoethnography the book has a dual purpose – to show and to tell. It presents evocative autoethnographies of and about ‘culture’ as it is variously understood and discusses the issues inherent in autoethnographic writing. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138919587

Questions of Gender in Byzantine Society Gender was a key social indicator in Byzantine society as in many others. While studies of gender in the western medieval period have appeared regularly in the past decade similar studies of Byzantium have lagged behind. Masculine and feminine roles were not always as clearly defined as in the West while eunuchs made up a 'third gender' in the imperial court. Social status indicators were also in a state of flux as much linked to patronage networks as to wealth as the Empire came under a series of external and internal pressures. This fluidity applied equally in ecclesiastical and secular spheres. The present collection of essays uncovers gender roles in the imperial family in monastic institutions of both genders in the Orthodox church and in the nascent cult of Mary in the east. It puts the spotlight on flashpoints over a millennium of Byzantine rule from Constantine the Great to Irene and the Palaiologoi and covers a wide geographical range from Byzantine Italy to Syria. The introduction frames the following nine chapters against recent scholarship and considers methodological issues in the study of gender and Byzantine society. Together these essays portray a surprising range of male and female experience in various Byzantine social institutions - whether religious military or imperial -- over the course of more than a millennium. The collection offers a provocative contrast to recent studies based on western medieval scholarship. Common themes that bind the collection into a coherent whole include specifically Byzantine expectations of gender among the social elite; the fluidity of social and sexual identities for Byzantine men and women within the church; and the specific challenges that strong individuals posed to the traditional limitations of gender within a hierarchical society dominated by Christian orthodoxy. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367601461

Questions of Intonation First published in 1980 this book questions many of the assumptions that have accumulated around the subject of intonation as it occurs in spontaneous speech as well as texts read aloud. The book suggests alternative ways of examining the subject and primarily uses data derived from Edinburgh speech which is explicitly compared with descriptions of standard southern English (RP). The book critically examines many conventional assumptions made about the formal features of intonation particularly ‘tonic’ or primary stress’ and about the functions of intonation specifically rising intonation. A model of intonation is presented which demonstrates that the limited resources of intonation are exploited by several different expressive systems. This approach is justified in detailed analysis of extensive stretches of speech supported by instrumental analysis as well as by experiments which elicit judgements by both naïve and phonetically trained judges. This book will be of interest to students of linguistics English Language speech therapy and English as a Foreign Language as well as historians interested in the history of language. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138918214

Questions of Practice in Philosophy and Social Theory Humanistic theory for more than the past 100 years is marked by extensive attention to practice and practices. Two prominent streams of thought sharing this focus are pragmatism and theories of practice. This volume brings together internationally prominent theorists to explore key dimensions of practice and practices on the background of parallels and points of contact between these two traditions. The contributors all are steeped in one or both of these streams and well-known for their work on practice. The collected essays explore three important themes: what practice and practices are normativity and transformation. The volume deepens understanding of these three practice themes while strengthening appreciation of the parallels between and complementariness of pragmatism and practice theory. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780815394990

Questions of the Liminal in the Fiction of Julio Cortazar "The great Argentinian writer Julio Cortazar (1914-84) was immersed in one of the most vibrant and revolutionary intellectual scenes of the last century the Paris of the 1950s and 60s. Yet his often highly cerebral work has never received the close philosophical attention it deserves. Moran's book fills this critical lacuna. Rather than indiscriminately applying 'theory' to Cortazar it aims to show that his work both engages with and often foreshadows many of the problems which were to become central to so-called poststructuralist philosophy and poetics. This study demonstrates that Cortazar remains enduringly problematically modern." Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781351198752

Questions on Wittgenstein (Routledge Revivals) Wittgenstein possibly the most influential philosopher of the twentieth century is often labelled a Neopositivist a New-Kantian even a Sceptic. Questions on Wittgenstein first published in 1988 presents a selection of nine essays investigating a matter of vital philosophical importance: Wittgenstein’s relationship to his Austrian predecessors and peers. The intention throughout is to determine the precise contours of Wittgenstein’s own thought by situating it within its formative context. Although it remains of particular interest to Anglo-Saxon philosophers special familiarity with Austrian philosophy is required to appreciate the subtle and profound influence which this cultural and philosophical setting had on Wittgenstein’s intellectual development. Professor Haller has spent his career exploring these themes and is one of the foremost authorities on both Wittgenstein and contemporary Austrian philosophy. Questions on Wittgenstein thus offers a unique insight into the twentieth-century tradition of Austrian philosophy and its importance for Wittgenstein’s thought. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138025219

QuestsDesign Theory and History in Games and Narratives This unique take on quests incorporating literary and digital theory provides an excellent resource for game developers. Focused on both the theory and practice of the four main aspects of quests (spaces objects actors and challenges) each theoretical section is followed by a practical section that contains exercises using the Neverwinter Nights Aurora Toolset. Howard has created a Syllabus designed for a college-level course that instructors can use and modify as desired. Media > Books > Print Books A K Peters/CRC Press 9781138427945

Queues This is a classic book on Queues. First published in 1961 it is clearly and concisely introduces the theory of queueing systems and is still just as relevant today. The monograph is aimed at both students and operational research workers concerned with the practical investigations of queueing although almost every statistician will find its contents of interest. Media > Books > Print Books Chapman & Hall 9781138460317

Quick & Easy Kaizen Refill Pack The Quick & Easy Kaizen Refill Pack is designed to replenish your Quick and Easy Kaizen Solution Package in preparation for subsequent training. It is provided at a value price to encourage continuous generations of ideas and training. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079625

Quick and Easy Kaizen Facilitator Guide The Quick & Easy Kaizen Facilitator Guide provides all the structure needed to effectively training your employees in Quick and Easy Kaizen. This guide combines all the wisdom and knowledge of Norman Bodek into one package to ensure training success. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363201

Quick and Easy Kaizen FormsNumbered Quick & Easy Kaizen Forms are an effective way to log all improvement ideas that have been identified or implemented as part of your Quick & Easy Kaizen program. This form has a user-friendly format for employees to document information ensuring that each improvement idea is tracked and a course of action is taken. Using this form provides a single point of control and reference for improvement ideas both during a workshop and during the day-to-day running of your Quick and Easy Kaizen program. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138594623

Quick and Easy Kaizen FormsUnnumbered Quick & Easy Kaizen Forms are an effective way to log all improvement ideas that have been identified or implemented as part of your Quick & Easy Kaizen program. This form has a user-friendly format for employees to document information ensuring that each improvement idea is tracked and a course of action is taken. Using this form provides a single point of control and reference for improvement ideas both during a workshop and during the day-to-day running of your Quick and Easy Kaizen program. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363225

Quick and Easy Kaizen Participant Workbook The Quick & Easy Kaizen Participant Workbook is intended to be used with every Quick and Easy Kaizen workshop. This workbook allows the participant to systematically follow the facilitator through the presentation and workshop. The workbook will be personalized and retained by the participant for continued reference long after the workshop. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138069527

Quick and Easy Kaizen Training Package Quick & Easy Kaizen is the most effective and powerful way to implement a practical and sustainable employee-led improvement system by encompassing the often-ignored human (employee) side of Lean manufacturing. Enna’s Quick & Easy Kaizen is authored by Norman Bodek and made popular by his award winning Shingo Prize book Quick & Easy Kaizen: The Idea Generator. This training package recognizes that the employee performing the work is the expert concerning his/her job function and should be given the power to make changes to his/her work environment. Quick & Easy Kaizen trains employees to be responsible for improvements on a daily basis. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363379

Quick and Easy Kaizen Video DVD Published by Enna Inc this video features Norman Bodek at the AME conference revealing how each employee in a Lean company can support change. Bodek presents an overview of the Quick and Easy Kaizen system and provides examples from his experience. By communicating the concepts of Kaizen from the perspective of change Bodek connects with the audience and provides the credibility necessary to direct kaizen internally. Use the Quick and Easy Kaizen video to set an atmosphere of change in your organization. Your audience will learn the basics of Quick and Easy Kaizen. including how it can serve as a driving force of change in your organization. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781897363393

Quick Changeover Concepts AppliedDramatically Reduce Set-Up Time and Increase Production Flexibility with SMED Shifting from external to internal set-up steps and optimizing your set-up procedure is only the first step in achieving world-class performance. What’s most important is what comes next cutting down internal set-up times and achieving changeovers that last only a few minutes.Quick Changeover Concepts Applied: Dramatically Reduce Set-Up Time and Increase Production Flexibility with SMED provides a comprehensive overview of changeovers from a strategic tactical and operational perspective. It outlines specific strategies that can help readers shorten internal set-up steps through the physical analysis of machine elements. The method presented is the result of a synthesis of Shigeo Shingo’s classic single-minute exchange of die (SMED) methodology with modern engineering techniques. Providing readers with the understanding required to significantly reduce internal set-up times the book explains why efficient changeovers are critical to production scheduling. It redefines set-up and set-up time and details a step-by-step method for developing quick changeover methods in a manner where changes can be realized with minimal spending. Properly implemented the quick changeover concepts presented can help you reduce set-up times by up to 95 percent.The book uses language that is easy to understand to make it accessible to all functions along the value stream—from shop floor operators and industrial engineers to machine designers. It introduces the concept of systems engineering explains the set-up process and its various elements and addresses the financial aspects of set-up.Maintaining an analytical focus the text describes the theoretical details and includes numerous application examples for every step. It also includes an extensive chapter on fasteners and connection material that presents alternative methods to connect elements that can save you valuable time. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781466596313

Quick Changeover for OperatorsThe SMED System The powerful knowledge contained in this book can make your workplace more productive your job simpler and everything more satisfying. It's about how to do equipment or product changeovers in record time--often in less than 10 minutes. The method you'll learn here is called SMED short for "Single-Minute Exchange of Die" (the "single" here means a single-digit number of minutes). Developed from a longer book A Revolution in Manufacturing: The SMED System (cat no. PP9903) written for managers this book is written for frontline production and assembly associates. It presents an overview of the reasons why SMED is important for companies and employees sets out the three basic stages of SMED and then devotes a separate chapter to each of these stages. The first chapter of the book is like an "owner's manual" that tells you how to get the most out of your reading time by using the margin assists summaries and other features of the book to help pull out exactly what you need. One of the most effective ways to use this book is to read and discuss it with other employees. The authors planned the book so that it can be used this way organizing the book into chunks of information that can be covered in a series of short sessions. Each chapter includes reflection questions to stimulate group discussion. A Learning Package is also available (catalog no.PP7126) which includes a leader's guide overhead transparencies to summarize major points and color slides showing examples of SMED applications in different kinds of companies. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138438750

Quick Changeover Refill Pack The SMED Quick Changeover Refill Pack is designed to replenish your Quick Changeover Solution Package in preparation for subsequent training sessions. It is provided at a value price to encourage ongoing SMED workshops to ensure the highest success rate for you and your company. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138079632

Quick Changeover Training Package Quick Changeover of machinery throughout the various processes in your business is key to enabling you organization’s adaptability to constantly changing environments. By implementing a Single Minute Exchange of Die (SMED) Program you will start your organization on the path to flexibility and increased value-added time. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780973750942

Quick Changeover: Facilitator Guide When it comes to managing setup reduction within your organization having the right guide to communicate and train employees in the concept is paramount. Enna's SMED Quick Changeover Facilitator Guide is designed with the shop floor in mind and to allow for the performance of the workshop in-house. For this to take place internal trainers require a practical and information rich guide to maximize their efforts. Enna's SMED Quick Changeover Guide provides you with this knowledge. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9780973750959

Quick Changeover: Form Solution Pack - All 3Form Solution Pack - All 3 The SMED Quick Changeover Form Solution Pack consists of one pad of each of the SMED forms for a total of 3 pads. It is provided at a discount to encourage the use of these forms to ensure the highest success rate of facilitators. Enna encourages each facilitator to take advantage of the greater value of the Solution Package with all its components such as the forms for the SMED Training Package. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078895

Quick Changeover: Observation FormObservation Form Observation of the current state of the shopfloor is essential to reducing setup times. Enna recognizes that real observation is key to successfully reducing these setup times. The SMED Quick Changeover Observation Form provides front line recording of each step of a changeover. Use this form to record the changeover of a setup. The SMED Quick Changeover Observation Form will be the baseline of controlled observation. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078901

Quick Changeover: Participant WorkbookParticipant Workbook The SMED Quick Changeover Participant Workbook should be used during the SMED Quick Changeover Workshop. The workbook allows the participant to systematically follow the Facilitator through the presentation and workshop. The workbook will be personalized and the participant will retain the book for continued reference long after the SMED training and setup reduction workshop are finished. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138069534

Quick Changeover: Setup Combination WorksheetSetup Combination Worksheet The function of the SMED Quick Changeover Setup Combination Worksheet is to visually represent the two concepts of SMED Setup Reduction which are internal and external time. This form will allow the participants to separate the two components of Quick Changeover. It provides a graphical representation of these elements allowing the team to isolate each category and focus on reducing the times in a systematic manner. The Setup Combination Worksheet is essential as it provides an objective analysis of the setup of a machine. Media > Books > Print Books Productivity Press 9781138078918

Quick Response ManufacturingA Companywide Approach to Reducing Lead Times Developed by the author and now being employed by a number of businesses Quick Response Manufacturing (QRM) is an expansion of time-based competition aimed at a single target with the goal of reducing lead times. The key difference between QRM and other time-based programs is that QRM covers an entire organization from the shop floor to the office to sales and beyond. Providing guidelines for establishing a QRM enterprise this volume builds upon kaizen TQM TPM and other practice to help organizations streamline all functions of their operation. It shows how to quickly introduce products along with ways to rethink materials and production management. Media > Books > E-books Productivity Press 9780367804909

Quick Service Restaurants Franchising and Multi-Unit Chain Management Learn about new strategies to improve service quality and profitability for quick service restaurants!Quick Service Restaurants Franchising and Multi-Unit Chain Management examines a variety of issues pertaining to quick service restaurants. Quick-service restaurants (QSR) are the dominant sector of the foodservice industry and a one-hundred-billion-dollar industry. Since their inception in the 1920s quick-service restaurants have become one of the cultural icons of America. This informative book contains vital information on: growth change and strategy in the international foodservice industry food safety as an international problem and the formation of outreach committees to combat the challenges faced globally food consumption patterns and the driving forces that influence consumer food preferences the differences between mature and younger customers’ expectations and experiences in QSRs casual and fine dining restaurants consumer attitudes toward airline food adding quick-service meals to airplane menus factors influencing parental patronage of QSRs a case study on how Billy Ingram founder of White Castle restaurants made the hamburger a staple on American menus Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315864945

Quick Sketching with Ron Husband Quick sketching is the best technique you can use to stay finely tuned and to keep those creative juices flowing. To keep your sense of observation heightened and to sharpen your hand-eye coordination an animator needs to constantly draw and sketch. Quick Sketching with Ron Husband offers instruction to quick sketching and all its techniques. From observing positive and negative space and learning to recognize simple shapes in complex forms to action analysis and using line of action this Disney legend teaches you how to sketch using all these components and how to do it in a matter of seconds. On top of instruction and advice you‘ll also see Ron‘s portfolio of select art representing his growth as an artist throughout the years. Watch his drawings as he grows from a young talented artist to a true Disney animator. Follow him as he goes around the world and sketches flamenco dancers football players bakers joggers lions tigers anyone and anything. As if instruction and inspiration in one place weren‘t enough you‘ll find a sketchbook included so you can flip from Ron‘s techniques and work on perfecting basic shapes. Or take your book on the road read Ron‘s advice sketch away capture the world around you. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138428454

Quick Sketching with Ron HusbandRevised and Expanded Quick Sketching with Ron Husband offers instruction to quick sketching and all its techniques. From observing positive and negative space and learning to recognize simple shapes in complex forms to action analysis and using line of action this Disney legend teaches you how to sketch using all these components and how to do it in a matter of seconds. Watch his drawings as he grows from a young talented artist to a true Disney animator. Follow him as he goes around the world and sketches flamenco dancers football players bakers joggers lions tigers anyone and anything.   Key Features Get tips on quick sketching from a Disney legend who has animated or supervised some of your favourite recent Disney movies like The Fox and the Hound The Little Mermaid and Beauty and the Beast. Features artist’s guide and handbook which provides instruction while chronicling the author’s growth as an artist. Quickly try out Husband’s instructions and tips as you learn them in a sketchbook at the back of the book. This new edition re-emphasizes the four basic shapes and how important it is to recognize them in fast action. Stressing the importance of observation and the vital part this discipline plays in sketching. Media > Books > Print Books CRC Press 9781138336742

Quiet GenocideGuatemala 1981-1983 Quiet Genocide reviews the legal and historical case that genocide occurred in Guatemala in 1981-1983. It includes the full text of the genocide section of a United Nations sponsored Commission on Historical Clarification in Guatemala (CEH) brokered by the UN. In its final report the CEH's rigorously reviewed abuses throughout the whole country. However the memory of the Guatemalan dirty war which predated the genocide and continued for over a decade of the heightened killing has rapidly faded from international awareness.The book renders a historical picture of the 1948 Genocide Convention and its unique status in international law. It reminds readers of the difficulty of preventing and punishing genocide as illustrated by the ongoing tragedy of Darfur; anddiscusses the evolution of international and hybrid tribunals to prosecute genocide along with war crimes and crimes against humanity. Then it sketches a brief history of Guatemala with a focus on genocide It explores how internal and global politics were an expression of structural violence designed to ensure cheap abundant and quiescent Indian labor for coffee planters.a The volume provides the commission's general considerations legal definitions methodology period of analysis and victim groups and finds that genocide had been perpetrated against five indigenous Guatemalan groups.By translating the genocide argument of the CEH into English and framing it in a lively accessible way this volume recovers the past sets the record straight and promotes accountability. This exploratory effort provides insight into the world of transitional justice and truth commissions and valuable insights about how to engage with the question of genocide in the future. These findings shed light on a crucial and dark chapter of trans-American Cold War history and will thus be of interest not only to scholars focused on Guatemala but also on Central America and even more broadly on the Cold War. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9781138513891

Quincy JonesA Research and Information Guide Quincy Jones: A Research and Information Guide is an annotated bibliography and discography on one of the most prolific composers arrangers and conductors in American music. This reference work will appeal to wide range of musicologists ethnomusicologists and cultural studies scholars. Media > Books > Print Books Routledge 9780367740054

Quisqueya la BellaDominican Republic in Historical and Cultural Perspective A history of the Dominican Republic from pre-Columbian times to the present. The book focuses on the merger of three cultures across time - the indiginous cultures of the Caribbean the Iberians of southern Europe and the Africans. Media > Books > E-books Routledge 9781315701318